recording cvs-1.6 file death

36 files changed, 0 insertions, 42729 deletions

diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff/fnmatch.h b/gnu/usr.bin/diff/fnmatch.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a653ab..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff/fnmatch.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
-
-#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#undef	__P
-#define	__P(args)	args
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-#undef	__P
-#define	__P(args)	()
-/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
-   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
-   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-
-/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
-   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
-#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
-#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
-#undef	FNM_PERIOD
-
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-
-#if !defined (_POSIX_C_SOURCE) || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined (_GNU_SOURCE)
-#define	FNM_FILE_NAME	FNM_PATHNAME /* Preferred GNU name.  */
-#define	FNM_LEADING_DIR	(1 << 3) /* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-#define	FNM_CASEFOLD	(1 << 4) /* Compare without regard to case.  */
-#endif
-
-/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
-#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
-   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-extern int fnmatch __P ((const char *__pattern, const char *__string,
-			 int __flags));
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* fnmatch.h */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/COPYING b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/COPYING
deleted file mode 100644
index a43ea21..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/COPYING
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-			    Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
-			    NO WARRANTY
-
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/diff3.c b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/diff3.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b9952fc..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/diff3.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1693 +0,0 @@
-/* Three way file comparison program (diff3) for Project GNU.
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Randy Smith */
-
-#if __STDC__
-#define VOID void
-#else
-#define VOID char
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "getopt.h"
-#include "system.h"
-
-/*
- * Internal data structures and macros for the diff3 program; includes
- * data structures for both diff3 diffs and normal diffs.
- */
-
-/* Different files within a three way diff.  */
-#define	FILE0	0
-#define	FILE1	1
-#define	FILE2	2
-
-/*
- * A three way diff is built from two two-way diffs; the file which
- * the two two-way diffs share is:
- */
-#define	FILEC	FILE2
-
-/*
- * Different files within a two way diff.
- * FC is the common file, FO the other file.
- */
-#define FO 0
-#define FC 1
-
-/* The ranges are indexed by */
-#define	START	0
-#define	END	1
-
-enum diff_type {
-  ERROR,			/* Should not be used */
-  ADD,				/* Two way diff add */
-  CHANGE,			/* Two way diff change */
-  DELETE,			/* Two way diff delete */
-  DIFF_ALL,			/* All three are different */
-  DIFF_1ST,			/* Only the first is different */
-  DIFF_2ND,			/* Only the second */
-  DIFF_3RD			/* Only the third */
-};
-
-/* Two way diff */
-struct diff_block {
-  int ranges[2][2];		/* Ranges are inclusive */
-  char **lines[2];		/* The actual lines (may contain nulls) */
-  int *lengths[2];		/* Line lengths (including newlines, if any) */
-  struct diff_block *next;
-};
-
-/* Three way diff */
-
-struct diff3_block {
-  enum diff_type correspond;	/* Type of diff */
-  int ranges[3][2];		/* Ranges are inclusive */
-  char **lines[3];		/* The actual lines (may contain nulls) */
-  int *lengths[3];		/* Line lengths (including newlines, if any) */
-  struct diff3_block *next;
-};
-
-/*
- * Access the ranges on a diff block.
- */
-#define	D_LOWLINE(diff, filenum)	\
-  ((diff)->ranges[filenum][START])
-#define	D_HIGHLINE(diff, filenum)	\
-  ((diff)->ranges[filenum][END])
-#define	D_NUMLINES(diff, filenum)	\
-  (D_HIGHLINE (diff, filenum) - D_LOWLINE (diff, filenum) + 1)
-
-/*
- * Access the line numbers in a file in a diff by relative line
- * numbers (i.e. line number within the diff itself).  Note that these
- * are lvalues and can be used for assignment.
- */
-#define	D_RELNUM(diff, filenum, linenum)	\
-  ((diff)->lines[filenum][linenum])
-#define	D_RELLEN(diff, filenum, linenum)	\
-  ((diff)->lengths[filenum][linenum])
-
-/*
- * And get at them directly, when that should be necessary.
- */
-#define	D_LINEARRAY(diff, filenum)	\
-  ((diff)->lines[filenum])
-#define	D_LENARRAY(diff, filenum)	\
-  ((diff)->lengths[filenum])
-
-/*
- * Next block.
- */
-#define	D_NEXT(diff)	((diff)->next)
-
-/*
- * Access the type of a diff3 block.
- */
-#define	D3_TYPE(diff)	((diff)->correspond)
-
-/*
- * Line mappings based on diffs.  The first maps off the top of the
- * diff, the second off of the bottom.
- */
-#define	D_HIGH_MAPLINE(diff, fromfile, tofile, lineno)	\
-  ((lineno)						\
-   - D_HIGHLINE ((diff), (fromfile))			\
-   + D_HIGHLINE ((diff), (tofile)))
-
-#define	D_LOW_MAPLINE(diff, fromfile, tofile, lineno)	\
-  ((lineno)						\
-   - D_LOWLINE ((diff), (fromfile))			\
-   + D_LOWLINE ((diff), (tofile)))
-
-/*
- * General memory allocation function.
- */
-#define	ALLOCATE(number, type)	\
-  (type *) xmalloc ((number) * sizeof (type))
-
-/* Options variables for flags set on command line.  */
-
-/* If nonzero, treat all files as text files, never as binary.  */
-static int always_text;
-
-/* If nonzero, write out an ed script instead of the standard diff3 format.  */
-static int edscript;
-
-/* If nonzero, in the case of overlapping diffs (type DIFF_ALL),
-   preserve the lines which would normally be deleted from
-   file 1 with a special flagging mechanism.  */
-static int flagging;
-
-/* Number of lines to keep in identical prefix and suffix.  */
-static int horizon_lines = 10;
-
-/* If nonzero, do not output information for overlapping diffs.  */
-static int simple_only;
-
-/* If nonzero, do not output information for non-overlapping diffs.  */
-static int overlap_only;
-
-/* If nonzero, show information for DIFF_2ND diffs.  */
-static int show_2nd;
-
-/* If nonzero, include `:wq' at the end of the script
-   to write out the file being edited.   */
-static int finalwrite;
-
-/* If nonzero, output a merged file.  */
-static int merge;
-
-static char *argv0;
-
-/*
- * Forward function declarations.
- */
-static int myread ();
-static void fatal ();
-static void perror_with_exit ();
-static struct diff_block *process_diff ();
-static struct diff3_block *make_3way_diff ();
-static void output_diff3 ();
-static int output_diff3_edscript ();
-static int output_diff3_merge ();
-static void usage ();
-
-static struct diff3_block *using_to_diff3_block ();
-static int copy_stringlist ();
-static struct diff3_block *create_diff3_block ();
-static int compare_line_list ();
-
-static char *read_diff ();
-static enum diff_type process_diff_control ();
-static char *scan_diff_line ();
-
-static struct diff3_block *reverse_diff3_blocklist ();
-
-VOID *xmalloc ();
-static VOID *xrealloc ();
-
-static char diff_program[] = DIFF_PROGRAM;
-
-static struct option longopts[] =
-{
-  {"text", 0, NULL, 'a'},
-  {"show-all", 0, NULL, 'A'},
-  {"ed", 0, NULL, 'e'},
-  {"show-overlap", 0, NULL, 'E'},
-  {"label", 1, NULL, 'L'},
-  {"merge", 0, NULL, 'm'},
-  {"overlap-only", 0, NULL, 'x'},
-  {"easy-only", 0, NULL, '3'},
-  {"version", 0, NULL, 'v'},
-  {0, 0, 0, 0}
-};
-
-/*
- * Main program.  Calls diff twice on two pairs of input files,
- * combines the two diffs, and outputs them.
- */
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  extern char *version_string;
-  int c, i;
-  int mapping[3];
-  int rev_mapping[3];
-  int incompat;
-  int conflicts_found;
-  struct diff_block *thread0, *thread1, *last_block;
-  struct diff3_block *diff3;
-  int tag_count = 0;
-  char *tag_strings[3];
-  extern char *optarg;
-  char *commonname;
-  char **file;
-  struct stat statb;
-
-  incompat = 0;
-
-  argv0 = argv[0];
-
-  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "aeimvx3AEXL:", longopts, (int *) 0))
-	 != EOF)
-    {
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 'a':
-	  always_text = 1;
-	  break;
-	case 'A':
-	  show_2nd = 1;
-	  flagging = 1;
-	  incompat++;
-	  break;
-	case 'x':
-	  overlap_only = 1;
-	  incompat++;
-	  break;
-	case '3':
-	  simple_only = 1;
-	  incompat++;
-	  break;
-	case 'i':
-	  finalwrite = 1;
-	  break;
-	case 'm':
-	  merge = 1;
-	  break;
-	case 'X':
-	  overlap_only = 1;
-	  /* Falls through */
-	case 'E':
-	  flagging = 1;
-	  /* Falls through */
-	case 'e':
-	  incompat++;
-	  break;
-	case 'v':
-	  fprintf (stderr, "GNU diff3 version %s\n", version_string);
-	  break;
-	case 'L':
-	  /* Handle up to three -L options.  */
-	  if (tag_count < 3)
-	    {
-	      tag_strings[tag_count++] = optarg;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  /* Falls through */
-	default:
-	  usage ();
-	  /* NOTREACHED */
-	}
-    }
-
-  edscript = incompat & ~merge;  /* -AeExX3 without -m implies ed script.  */
-  show_2nd |= ~incompat & merge;  /* -m without -AeExX3 implies -A.  */
-  flagging |= ~incompat & merge;
-
-  if (incompat > 1  /* Ensure at most one of -AeExX3.  */
-      || finalwrite & merge /* -i -m would rewrite input file.  */
-      || (tag_count && ! flagging) /* -L requires one of -AEX.  */
-      || argc - optind != 3)
-    usage ();
-
-  file = &argv[optind];
-
-  for (i = tag_count; i < 3; i++)
-    tag_strings[i] = file[i];
-
-  /* Always compare file1 to file2, even if file2 is "-".
-     This is needed for -mAeExX3.  Using the file0 as
-     the common file would produce wrong results, because if the
-     file0-file1 diffs didn't line up with the file0-file2 diffs
-     (which is entirely possible since we don't use diff's -n option),
-     diff3 might report phantom changes from file1 to file2.  */
-
-  if (strcmp (file[2], "-") == 0)
-    {
-      /* Sigh.  We've got standard input as the last arg.  We can't
-	 call diff twice on stdin.  Use the middle arg as the common
-	 file instead.  */
-      if (strcmp (file[0], "-") == 0 || strcmp (file[1], "-") == 0)
-	fatal ("`-' specified for more than one input file");
-      mapping[0] = 0;
-      mapping[1] = 2;
-      mapping[2] = 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Normal, what you'd expect */
-      mapping[0] = 0;
-      mapping[1] = 1;
-      mapping[2] = 2;
-    }
-
-  for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-    rev_mapping[mapping[i]] = i;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
-    if (strcmp (file[i], "-") != 0)
-      if (stat (file[i], &statb) < 0)
-	perror_with_exit (file[i]);
-      else if (S_ISDIR(statb.st_mode))
-	{
-	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: Is a directory\n", argv0, file[i]);
-	  exit (2);
-	}
-
-
-  commonname = file[rev_mapping[FILEC]];
-  thread1 = process_diff (file[rev_mapping[FILE1]], commonname, &last_block);
-  if (thread1)
-    for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
-      {
-	horizon_lines = max (horizon_lines, D_NUMLINES (thread1, i));
-	horizon_lines = max (horizon_lines, D_NUMLINES (last_block, i));
-      }
-  thread0 = process_diff (file[rev_mapping[FILE0]], commonname, &last_block);
-  diff3 = make_3way_diff (thread0, thread1);
-  if (edscript)
-    conflicts_found
-      = output_diff3_edscript (stdout, diff3, mapping, rev_mapping,
-			       tag_strings[0], tag_strings[1], tag_strings[2]);
-  else if (merge)
-    {
-      if (! freopen (file[rev_mapping[FILE0]], "r", stdin))
-	perror_with_exit (file[rev_mapping[FILE0]]);
-      conflicts_found
-	= output_diff3_merge (stdin, stdout, diff3, mapping, rev_mapping,
-			      tag_strings[0], tag_strings[1], tag_strings[2]);
-      if (ferror (stdin))
-	fatal ("read error");
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      output_diff3 (stdout, diff3, mapping, rev_mapping);
-      conflicts_found = 0;
-    }
-
-  if (ferror (stdout) || fclose (stdout) != 0)
-    fatal ("write error");
-  exit (conflicts_found);
-  return conflicts_found;
-}
-
-/*
- * Explain, patiently and kindly, how to use this program.  Then exit.
- */
-static void
-usage ()
-{
-  fprintf (stderr, "\
-Usage: %s [options] my-file older-file your-file\n\
-Options:\n\
-       [-exAEX3v] [-i|-m] [-L label1 [-L label2 [-L label3]]] [--text] [--ed]\n\
-       [--merge] [--show-all] [--show-overlap] [--overlap-only] [--easy-only]\n\
-       [--label=label1 [--label=label2 [--label=label3]]] [--version]\n\
-       Only one of [exAEX3] is allowed\n", argv0);
-  exit (2);
-}
-
-/*
- * Routines that combine the two diffs together into one.  The
- * algorithm used follows:
- *
- *   File2 is shared in common between the two diffs.
- *   Diff02 is the diff between 0 and 2.
- *   Diff12 is the diff between 1 and 2.
- *
- *	1) Find the range for the first block in File2.
- *	    a) Take the lowest of the two ranges (in File2) in the two
- *	       current blocks (one from each diff) as being the low
- *	       water mark.  Assign the upper end of this block as
- *	       being the high water mark and move the current block up
- *	       one.  Mark the block just moved over as to be used.
- *	    b) Check the next block in the diff that the high water
- *	       mark is *not* from.
- *
- *	       *If* the high water mark is above
- *	       the low end of the range in that block,
- *
- *		   mark that block as to be used and move the current
- *		   block up.  Set the high water mark to the max of
- *		   the high end of this block and the current.  Repeat b.
- *
- *	 2) Find the corresponding ranges in File0 (from the blocks
- *	    in diff02; line per line outside of diffs) and in File1.
- *	    Create a diff3_block, reserving space as indicated by the ranges.
- *
- *	 3) Copy all of the pointers for file2 in.  At least for now,
- *	    do bcmp's between corresponding strings in the two diffs.
- *
- *	 4) Copy all of the pointers for file0 and 1 in.  Get what you
- *	    need from file2 (when there isn't a diff block, it's
- *	    identical to file2 within the range between diff blocks).
- *
- *	 5) If the diff blocks you used came from only one of the two
- *	    strings of diffs, then that file (i.e. the one other than
- *	    the common file in that diff) is the odd person out.  If you used
- *	    diff blocks from both sets, check to see if files 0 and 1 match:
- *
- *		Same number of lines?  If so, do a set of bcmp's (if a
- *	    bcmp matches; copy the pointer over; it'll be easier later
- *	    if you have to do any compares).  If they match, 0 & 1 are
- *	    the same.  If not, all three different.
- *
- *   Then you do it again, until you run out of blocks.
- *
- */
-
-/*
- * This routine makes a three way diff (chain of diff3_block's) from two
- * two way diffs (chains of diff_block's).  It is assumed that each of
- * the two diffs passed are onto the same file (i.e. that each of the
- * diffs were made "to" the same file).  The three way diff pointer
- * returned will have numbering FILE0--the other file in diff02,
- * FILE1--the other file in diff12, and FILEC--the common file.
- */
-static struct diff3_block *
-make_3way_diff (thread0, thread1)
-     struct diff_block *thread0, *thread1;
-{
-/*
- * This routine works on the two diffs passed to it as threads.
- * Thread number 0 is diff02, thread number 1 is diff12.  The USING
- * array is set to the base of the list of blocks to be used to
- * construct each block of the three way diff; if no blocks from a
- * particular thread are to be used, that element of the using array
- * is set to 0.  The elements LAST_USING array are set to the last
- * elements on each of the using lists.
- *
- * The HIGH_WATER_MARK is set to the highest line number in the common file
- * described in any of the diffs in either of the USING lists.  The
- * HIGH_WATER_THREAD names the thread.  Similarly the BASE_WATER_MARK
- * and BASE_WATER_THREAD describe the lowest line number in the common file
- * described in any of the diffs in either of the USING lists.  The
- * HIGH_WATER_DIFF is the diff from which the HIGH_WATER_MARK was
- * taken.
- *
- * The HIGH_WATER_DIFF should always be equal to LAST_USING
- * [HIGH_WATER_THREAD].  The OTHER_DIFF is the next diff to check for
- * higher water, and should always be equal to
- * CURRENT[HIGH_WATER_THREAD ^ 0x1].  The OTHER_THREAD is the thread
- * in which the OTHER_DIFF is, and hence should always be equal to
- * HIGH_WATER_THREAD ^ 0x1.
- *
- * The variable LAST_DIFF is kept set to the last diff block produced
- * by this routine, for line correspondence purposes between that diff
- * and the one currently being worked on.  It is initialized to
- * ZERO_DIFF before any blocks have been created.
- */
-
-  struct diff_block
-    *using[2],
-    *last_using[2],
-    *current[2];
-
-  int
-    high_water_mark;
-
-  int
-    high_water_thread,
-    base_water_thread,
-    other_thread;
-
-  struct diff_block
-    *high_water_diff,
-    *other_diff;
-
-  struct diff3_block
-    *result,
-    *tmpblock,
-    **result_end,
-    *last_diff3;
-
-  static struct diff3_block zero_diff3 = {
-      ERROR,
-      { {0, 0}, {0, 0}, {0, 0} },
-      { (char **) 0, (char **) 0, (char **) 0 },
-      { (int *) 0, (int *) 0, (int *) 0 },
-      (struct diff3_block *) 0
-      };
-
-  /* Initialization */
-  result = 0;
-  result_end = &result;
-  current[0] = thread0; current[1] = thread1;
-  last_diff3 = &zero_diff3;
-
-  /* Sniff up the threads until we reach the end */
-
-  while (current[0] || current[1])
-    {
-      using[0] = using[1] = last_using[0] = last_using[1] =
-	(struct diff_block *) 0;
-
-      /* Setup low and high water threads, diffs, and marks.  */
-      if (!current[0])
-	base_water_thread = 1;
-      else if (!current[1])
-	base_water_thread = 0;
-      else
-	base_water_thread =
-	  (D_LOWLINE (current[0], FC) > D_LOWLINE (current[1], FC));
-
-      high_water_thread = base_water_thread;
-
-      high_water_diff = current[high_water_thread];
-
-#if 0
-      /* low and high waters start off same diff */
-      base_water_mark = D_LOWLINE (high_water_diff, FC);
-#endif
-
-      high_water_mark = D_HIGHLINE (high_water_diff, FC);
-
-      /* Make the diff you just got info from into the using class */
-      using[high_water_thread]
-	= last_using[high_water_thread]
-	= high_water_diff;
-      current[high_water_thread] = high_water_diff->next;
-      last_using[high_water_thread]->next
-	= (struct diff_block *) 0;
-
-      /* And mark the other diff */
-      other_thread = high_water_thread ^ 0x1;
-      other_diff = current[other_thread];
-
-      /* Shuffle up the ladder, checking the other diff to see if it
-	 needs to be incorporated.  */
-      while (other_diff
-	     && D_LOWLINE (other_diff, FC) <= high_water_mark + 1)
-	{
-
-	  /* Incorporate this diff into the using list.  Note that
-	     this doesn't take it off the current list */
-	  if (using[other_thread])
-	    last_using[other_thread]->next = other_diff;
-	  else
-	    using[other_thread] = other_diff;
-	  last_using[other_thread] = other_diff;
-
-	  /* Take it off the current list.  Note that this following
-	     code assumes that other_diff enters it equal to
-	     current[high_water_thread ^ 0x1] */
-	  current[other_thread]
-	    = current[other_thread]->next;
-	  other_diff->next
-	    = (struct diff_block *) 0;
-
-	  /* Set the high_water stuff
-	     If this comparison is equal, then this is the last pass
-	     through this loop; since diff blocks within a given
-	     thread cannot overlap, the high_water_mark will be
-	     *below* the range_start of either of the next diffs.  */
-
-	  if (high_water_mark < D_HIGHLINE (other_diff, FC))
-	    {
-	      high_water_thread ^= 1;
-	      high_water_diff = other_diff;
-	      high_water_mark = D_HIGHLINE (other_diff, FC);
-	    }
-
-	  /* Set the other diff */
-	  other_thread = high_water_thread ^ 0x1;
-	  other_diff = current[other_thread];
-	}
-
-      /* The using lists contain a list of all of the blocks to be
-	 included in this diff3_block.  Create it.  */
-
-      tmpblock = using_to_diff3_block (using, last_using,
-				       base_water_thread, high_water_thread,
-				       last_diff3);
-
-      if (!tmpblock)
-	fatal ("internal error: screwup in format of diff blocks");
-
-      /* Put it on the list.  */
-      *result_end = tmpblock;
-      result_end = &tmpblock->next;
-
-      /* Set up corresponding lines correctly.  */
-      last_diff3 = tmpblock;
-    }
-  return result;
-}
-
-/*
- * using_to_diff3_block:
- *   This routine takes two lists of blocks (from two separate diff
- * threads) and puts them together into one diff3 block.
- * It then returns a pointer to this diff3 block or 0 for failure.
- *
- * All arguments besides using are for the convenience of the routine;
- * they could be derived from the using array.
- * LAST_USING is a pair of pointers to the last blocks in the using
- * structure.
- * LOW_THREAD and HIGH_THREAD tell which threads contain the lowest
- * and highest line numbers for File0.
- * last_diff3 contains the last diff produced in the calling routine.
- * This is used for lines mappings which would still be identical to
- * the state that diff ended in.
- *
- * A distinction should be made in this routine between the two diffs
- * that are part of a normal two diff block, and the three diffs that
- * are part of a diff3_block.
- */
-static struct diff3_block *
-using_to_diff3_block (using, last_using, low_thread, high_thread, last_diff3)
-     struct diff_block
-       *using[2],
-       *last_using[2];
-     int low_thread, high_thread;
-     struct diff3_block *last_diff3;
-{
-  int low[2], high[2];
-  struct diff3_block *result;
-  struct diff_block *ptr;
-  int d, i;
-
-  /* Find the range in the common file.  */
-  int lowc = D_LOWLINE (using[low_thread], FC);
-  int highc = D_HIGHLINE (last_using[high_thread], FC);
-
-  /* Find the ranges in the other files.
-     If using[d] is null, that means that the file to which that diff
-     refers is equivalent to the common file over this range.  */
-
-  for (d = 0; d < 2; d++)
-    if (using[d])
-      {
-	low[d] = D_LOW_MAPLINE (using[d], FC, FO, lowc);
-	high[d] = D_HIGH_MAPLINE (last_using[d], FC, FO, highc);
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	low[d] = D_HIGH_MAPLINE (last_diff3, FILEC, FILE0 + d, lowc);
-	high[d] = D_HIGH_MAPLINE (last_diff3, FILEC, FILE0 + d, highc);
-      }
-
-  /* Create a block with the appropriate sizes */
-  result = create_diff3_block (low[0], high[0], low[1], high[1], lowc, highc);
-
-  /* Copy information for the common file.
-     Return with a zero if any of the compares failed.  */
-
-  for (d = 0; d < 2; d++)
-    for (ptr = using[d]; ptr; ptr = D_NEXT (ptr))
-      {
-	int result_offset = D_LOWLINE (ptr, FC) - lowc;
-
-	if (!copy_stringlist (D_LINEARRAY (ptr, FC),
-			      D_LENARRAY (ptr, FC),
-			      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILEC) + result_offset,
-			      D_LENARRAY (result, FILEC) + result_offset,
-			      D_NUMLINES (ptr, FC)))
-	  return 0;
-      }
-
-  /* Copy information for file d.  First deal with anything that might be
-     before the first diff.  */
-
-  for (d = 0; d < 2; d++)
-    {
-      struct diff_block *u = using[d];
-      int lo = low[d], hi = high[d];
-
-      for (i = 0;
-	   i + lo < (u ? D_LOWLINE (u, FO) : hi + 1);
-	   i++)
-	{
-	  D_RELNUM (result, FILE0 + d, i) = D_RELNUM (result, FILEC, i);
-	  D_RELLEN (result, FILE0 + d, i) = D_RELLEN (result, FILEC, i);
-	}
-
-      for (ptr = u; ptr; ptr = D_NEXT (ptr))
-	{
-	  int result_offset = D_LOWLINE (ptr, FO) - lo;
-	  int linec;
-
-	  if (!copy_stringlist (D_LINEARRAY (ptr, FO),
-				D_LENARRAY (ptr, FO),
-				D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE0 + d) + result_offset,
-				D_LENARRAY (result, FILE0 + d) + result_offset,
-				D_NUMLINES (ptr, FO)))
-	    return 0;
-
-	  /* Catch the lines between here and the next diff */
-	  linec = D_HIGHLINE (ptr, FC) + 1 - lowc;
-	  for (i = D_HIGHLINE (ptr, FO) + 1 - lo;
-	       i < (D_NEXT (ptr) ? D_LOWLINE (D_NEXT (ptr), FO) : hi + 1) - lo;
-	       i++)
-	    {
-	      D_RELNUM (result, FILE0 + d, i) = D_RELNUM (result, FILEC, linec);
-	      D_RELLEN (result, FILE0 + d, i) = D_RELLEN (result, FILEC, linec);
-	      linec++;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Set correspond */
-  if (!using[0])
-    D3_TYPE (result) = DIFF_2ND;
-  else if (!using[1])
-    D3_TYPE (result) = DIFF_1ST;
-  else
-    {
-      int nl0 = D_NUMLINES (result, FILE0);
-      int nl1 = D_NUMLINES (result, FILE1);
-
-      if (nl0 != nl1
-	  || !compare_line_list (D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE0),
-				 D_LENARRAY (result, FILE0),
-				 D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE1),
-				 D_LENARRAY (result, FILE1),
-				 nl0))
-	D3_TYPE (result) = DIFF_ALL;
-      else
-	D3_TYPE (result) = DIFF_3RD;
-    }
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-/*
- * This routine copies pointers from a list of strings to a different list
- * of strings.  If a spot in the second list is already filled, it
- * makes sure that it is filled with the same string; if not it
- * returns 0, the copy incomplete.
- * Upon successful completion of the copy, it returns 1.
- */
-static int
-copy_stringlist (fromptrs, fromlengths, toptrs, tolengths, copynum)
-     char *fromptrs[], *toptrs[];
-     int *fromlengths, *tolengths;
-     int copynum;
-{
-  register char
-    **f = fromptrs,
-    **t = toptrs;
-  register int
-    *fl = fromlengths,
-    *tl = tolengths;
-
-  while (copynum--)
-    {
-      if (*t)
-	{ if (*fl != *tl || bcmp (*f, *t, *fl)) return 0; }
-      else
-	{ *t = *f ; *tl = *fl; }
-
-      t++; f++; tl++; fl++;
-    }
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Create a diff3_block, with ranges as specified in the arguments.
- * Allocate the arrays for the various pointers (and zero them) based
- * on the arguments passed.  Return the block as a result.
- */
-static struct diff3_block *
-create_diff3_block (low0, high0, low1, high1, low2, high2)
-     register int low0, high0, low1, high1, low2, high2;
-{
-  struct diff3_block *result = ALLOCATE (1, struct diff3_block);
-  int numlines;
-
-  D3_TYPE (result) = ERROR;
-  D_NEXT (result) = 0;
-
-  /* Assign ranges */
-  D_LOWLINE (result, FILE0) = low0;
-  D_HIGHLINE (result, FILE0) = high0;
-  D_LOWLINE (result, FILE1) = low1;
-  D_HIGHLINE (result, FILE1) = high1;
-  D_LOWLINE (result, FILE2) = low2;
-  D_HIGHLINE (result, FILE2) = high2;
-
-  /* Allocate and zero space */
-  numlines = D_NUMLINES (result, FILE0);
-  if (numlines)
-    {
-      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE0) = ALLOCATE (numlines, char *);
-      D_LENARRAY (result, FILE0) = ALLOCATE (numlines, int);
-      bzero (D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE0), (numlines * sizeof (char *)));
-      bzero (D_LENARRAY (result, FILE0), (numlines * sizeof (int)));
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE0) = (char **) 0;
-      D_LENARRAY (result, FILE0) = (int *) 0;
-    }
-
-  numlines = D_NUMLINES (result, FILE1);
-  if (numlines)
-    {
-      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE1) = ALLOCATE (numlines, char *);
-      D_LENARRAY (result, FILE1) = ALLOCATE (numlines, int);
-      bzero (D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE1), (numlines * sizeof (char *)));
-      bzero (D_LENARRAY (result, FILE1), (numlines * sizeof (int)));
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE1) = (char **) 0;
-      D_LENARRAY (result, FILE1) = (int *) 0;
-    }
-
-  numlines = D_NUMLINES (result, FILE2);
-  if (numlines)
-    {
-      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE2) = ALLOCATE (numlines, char *);
-      D_LENARRAY (result, FILE2) = ALLOCATE (numlines, int);
-      bzero (D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE2), (numlines * sizeof (char *)));
-      bzero (D_LENARRAY (result, FILE2), (numlines * sizeof (int)));
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      D_LINEARRAY (result, FILE2) = (char **) 0;
-      D_LENARRAY (result, FILE2) = (int *) 0;
-    }
-
-  /* Return */
-  return result;
-}
-
-/*
- * Compare two lists of lines of text.
- * Return 1 if they are equivalent, 0 if not.
- */
-static int
-compare_line_list (list1, lengths1, list2, lengths2, nl)
-     char *list1[], *list2[];
-     int *lengths1, *lengths2;
-     int nl;
-{
-  char
-    **l1 = list1,
-    **l2 = list2;
-  int
-    *lgths1 = lengths1,
-    *lgths2 = lengths2;
-
-  while (nl--)
-    if (!*l1 || !*l2 || *lgths1 != *lgths2++
-	|| bcmp (*l1++, *l2++, *lgths1++))
-      return 0;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
- * Routines to input and parse two way diffs.
- */
-
-extern char **environ;
-
-#define	DIFF_CHUNK_SIZE	10000
-
-static struct diff_block *
-process_diff (filea, fileb, last_block)
-     char *filea, *fileb;
-     struct diff_block **last_block;
-{
-  char *diff_contents;
-  char *diff_limit;
-  char *scan_diff;
-  enum diff_type dt;
-  int i;
-  struct diff_block *block_list, **block_list_end, *bptr;
-
-  diff_limit = read_diff (filea, fileb, &diff_contents);
-  scan_diff = diff_contents;
-  block_list_end = &block_list;
-
-  while (scan_diff < diff_limit)
-    {
-      bptr = ALLOCATE (1, struct diff_block);
-      bptr->lines[0] = bptr->lines[1] = (char **) 0;
-      bptr->lengths[0] = bptr->lengths[1] = (int *) 0;
-
-      dt = process_diff_control (&scan_diff, bptr);
-      if (dt == ERROR || *scan_diff != '\n')
-	{
-	  fprintf (stderr, "%s: diff error: ", argv0);
-	  do
-	    {
-	      putc (*scan_diff, stderr);
-	    }
-	  while (*scan_diff++ != '\n');
-	  exit (2);
-	}
-      scan_diff++;
-
-      /* Force appropriate ranges to be null, if necessary */
-      switch (dt)
-	{
-	case ADD:
-	  bptr->ranges[0][0]++;
-	  break;
-	case DELETE:
-	  bptr->ranges[1][0]++;
-	  break;
-	case CHANGE:
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  fatal ("internal error: invalid diff type in process_diff");
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      /* Allocate space for the pointers for the lines from filea, and
-	 parcel them out among these pointers */
-      if (dt != ADD)
-	{
-	  int numlines = D_NUMLINES (bptr, 0);
-	  bptr->lines[0] = ALLOCATE (numlines, char *);
-	  bptr->lengths[0] = ALLOCATE (numlines, int);
-	  for (i = 0; i < numlines; i++)
-	    scan_diff = scan_diff_line (scan_diff,
-					&(bptr->lines[0][i]),
-					&(bptr->lengths[0][i]),
-					diff_limit,
-					'<');
-	}
-
-      /* Get past the separator for changes */
-      if (dt == CHANGE)
-	{
-	  if (strncmp (scan_diff, "---\n", 4))
-	    fatal ("invalid diff format; invalid change separator");
-	  scan_diff += 4;
-	}
-
-      /* Allocate space for the pointers for the lines from fileb, and
-	 parcel them out among these pointers */
-      if (dt != DELETE)
-	{
-	  int numlines = D_NUMLINES (bptr, 1);
-	  bptr->lines[1] = ALLOCATE (numlines, char *);
-	  bptr->lengths[1] = ALLOCATE (numlines, int);
-	  for (i = 0; i < numlines; i++)
-	    scan_diff = scan_diff_line (scan_diff,
-					&(bptr->lines[1][i]),
-					&(bptr->lengths[1][i]),
-					diff_limit,
-					'>');
-	}
-
-      /* Place this block on the blocklist.  */
-      *block_list_end = bptr;
-      block_list_end = &bptr->next;
-    }
-
-  *block_list_end = 0;
-  *last_block = bptr;
-  return block_list;
-}
-
-/*
- * This routine will parse a normal format diff control string.  It
- * returns the type of the diff (ERROR if the format is bad).  All of
- * the other important information is filled into to the structure
- * pointed to by db, and the string pointer (whose location is passed
- * to this routine) is updated to point beyond the end of the string
- * parsed.  Note that only the ranges in the diff_block will be set by
- * this routine.
- *
- * If some specific pair of numbers has been reduced to a single
- * number, then both corresponding numbers in the diff block are set
- * to that number.  In general these numbers are interpetted as ranges
- * inclusive, unless being used by the ADD or DELETE commands.  It is
- * assumed that these will be special cased in a superior routine.
- */
-
-static enum diff_type
-process_diff_control (string, db)
-     char **string;
-     struct diff_block *db;
-{
-  char *s = *string;
-  int holdnum;
-  enum diff_type type;
-
-/* These macros are defined here because they can use variables
-   defined in this function.  Don't try this at home kids, we're
-   trained professionals!
-
-   Also note that SKIPWHITE only recognizes tabs and spaces, and
-   that READNUM can only read positive, integral numbers */
-
-#define	SKIPWHITE(s)	{ while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t') s++; }
-#define	READNUM(s, num)	\
-	{ if (!isdigit (*s)) return ERROR; holdnum = 0;	\
-	  do { holdnum = (*s++ - '0' + holdnum * 10); }	\
-	  while (isdigit (*s)); (num) = holdnum; }
-
-  /* Read first set of digits */
-  SKIPWHITE (s);
-  READNUM (s, db->ranges[0][START]);
-
-  /* Was that the only digit? */
-  SKIPWHITE (s);
-  if (*s == ',')
-    {
-      /* Get the next digit */
-      s++;
-      READNUM (s, db->ranges[0][END]);
-    }
-  else
-    db->ranges[0][END] = db->ranges[0][START];
-
-  /* Get the letter */
-  SKIPWHITE (s);
-  switch (*s)
-    {
-    case 'a':
-      type = ADD;
-      break;
-    case 'c':
-      type = CHANGE;
-      break;
-    case 'd':
-      type = DELETE;
-      break;
-    default:
-      return ERROR;			/* Bad format */
-    }
-  s++;				/* Past letter */
-
-  /* Read second set of digits */
-  SKIPWHITE (s);
-  READNUM (s, db->ranges[1][START]);
-
-  /* Was that the only digit? */
-  SKIPWHITE (s);
-  if (*s == ',')
-    {
-      /* Get the next digit */
-      s++;
-      READNUM (s, db->ranges[1][END]);
-      SKIPWHITE (s);		/* To move to end */
-    }
-  else
-    db->ranges[1][END] = db->ranges[1][START];
-
-  *string = s;
-  return type;
-}
-
-static char *
-read_diff (filea, fileb, output_placement)
-     char *filea, *fileb;
-     char **output_placement;
-{
-  char *argv[7];
-  char horizon_arg[256];
-  char **ap;
-  int fds[2];
-  char *diff_result;
-  int current_chunk_size;
-  int bytes;
-  int total;
-  int pid, w;
-  int wstatus;
-
-  ap = argv;
-  *ap++ = diff_program;
-  if (always_text)
-    *ap++ = "-a";
-  sprintf (horizon_arg, "--horizon-lines=%d", horizon_lines);
-  *ap++ = horizon_arg;
-  *ap++ = "--";
-  *ap++ = filea;
-  *ap++ = fileb;
-  *ap = (char *) 0;
-
-  if (pipe (fds) < 0)
-    perror_with_exit ("pipe failed");
-
-  pid = vfork ();
-  if (pid == 0)
-    {
-      /* Child */
-      close (fds[0]);
-      if (fds[1] != fileno (stdout))
-	{
-	  dup2 (fds[1], fileno (stdout));
-	  close (fds[1]);
-	}
-      execve (diff_program, argv, environ);
-      /* Avoid stdio, because the parent process's buffers are inherited.  */
-      write (fileno (stderr), diff_program, strlen (diff_program));
-      write (fileno (stderr), ": not found\n", 12);
-      _exit (2);
-    }
-
-  if (pid == -1)
-    perror_with_exit ("fork failed");
-
-  close (fds[1]);		/* Prevent erroneous lack of EOF */
-  current_chunk_size = DIFF_CHUNK_SIZE;
-  diff_result = (char *) xmalloc (current_chunk_size);
-  total = 0;
-  do {
-    bytes = myread (fds[0],
-		    diff_result + total,
-		    current_chunk_size - total);
-    total += bytes;
-    if (total == current_chunk_size)
-      diff_result = (char *) xrealloc (diff_result, (current_chunk_size *= 2));
-  } while (bytes);
-
-  if (total != 0 && diff_result[total-1] != '\n')
-    fatal ("invalid diff format; incomplete last line");
-
-  *output_placement = diff_result;
-
-  do
-    if ((w = wait (&wstatus)) == -1)
-      perror_with_exit ("wait failed");
-  while (w != pid);
-
-  if (! (WIFEXITED (wstatus) && WEXITSTATUS (wstatus) < 2))
-    fatal ("subsidiary diff failed");
-
-  return diff_result + total;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Scan a regular diff line (consisting of > or <, followed by a
- * space, followed by text (including nulls) up to a newline.
- *
- * This next routine began life as a macro and many parameters in it
- * are used as call-by-reference values.
- */
-static char *
-scan_diff_line (scan_ptr, set_start, set_length, limit, firstchar)
-     char *scan_ptr, **set_start;
-     int *set_length;
-     char *limit;
-     char firstchar;
-{
-  char *line_ptr;
-
-  if (!(scan_ptr[0] == (firstchar)
-	&& scan_ptr[1] == ' '))
-    fatal ("invalid diff format; incorrect leading line chars");
-
-  *set_start = line_ptr = scan_ptr + 2;
-  while (*line_ptr++ != '\n')
-    ;
-
-  /* Include newline if the original line ended in a newline,
-     or if an edit script is being generated.
-     Copy any missing newline message to stderr if an edit script is being
-     generated, because edit scripts cannot handle missing newlines.
-     Return the beginning of the next line.  */
-  *set_length = line_ptr - *set_start;
-  if (line_ptr < limit && *line_ptr == '\\')
-    {
-      if (edscript)
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", argv0);
-      else
-	--*set_length;
-      line_ptr++;
-      do
-	{
-	  if (edscript)
-	    putc (*line_ptr, stderr);
-	}
-      while (*line_ptr++ != '\n');
-    }
-
-  return line_ptr;
-}
-
-/*
- * This routine outputs a three way diff passed as a list of
- * diff3_block's.
- * The argument MAPPING is indexed by external file number (in the
- * argument list) and contains the internal file number (from the
- * diff passed).  This is important because the user expects his
- * outputs in terms of the argument list number, and the diff passed
- * may have been done slightly differently (if the last argument
- * was "-", for example).
- * REV_MAPPING is the inverse of MAPPING.
- */
-static void
-output_diff3 (outputfile, diff, mapping, rev_mapping)
-     FILE *outputfile;
-     struct diff3_block *diff;
-     int mapping[3], rev_mapping[3];
-{
-  int i;
-  int oddoneout;
-  char *cp;
-  struct diff3_block *ptr;
-  int line;
-  int length;
-  int dontprint;
-  static int skew_increment[3] = { 2, 3, 1 }; /* 0==>2==>1==>3 */
-
-  for (ptr = diff; ptr; ptr = D_NEXT (ptr))
-    {
-      char x[2];
-
-      switch (ptr->correspond)
-	{
-	case DIFF_ALL:
-	  x[0] = '\0';
-	  dontprint = 3;	/* Print them all */
-	  oddoneout = 3;	/* Nobody's odder than anyone else */
-	  break;
-	case DIFF_1ST:
-	case DIFF_2ND:
-	case DIFF_3RD:
-	  oddoneout = rev_mapping[(int) ptr->correspond - (int) DIFF_1ST];
-
-	  x[0] = oddoneout + '1';
-	  x[1] = '\0';
-	  dontprint = oddoneout==0;
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  fatal ("internal error: invalid diff type passed to output");
-	}
-      fprintf (outputfile, "====%s\n", x);
-
-      /* Go 0, 2, 1 if the first and third outputs are equivalent.  */
-      for (i = 0; i < 3;
-	   i = (oddoneout == 1 ? skew_increment[i] : i + 1))
-	{
-	  int realfile = mapping[i];
-	  int
-	    lowt = D_LOWLINE (ptr, realfile),
-	    hight = D_HIGHLINE (ptr, realfile);
-
-	  fprintf (outputfile, "%d:", i + 1);
-	  switch (lowt - hight)
-	    {
-	    case 1:
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "%da\n", lowt - 1);
-	      break;
-	    case 0:
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "%dc\n", lowt);
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "%d,%dc\n", lowt, hight);
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  if (i == dontprint) continue;
-
-	  for (line = 0; line < hight - lowt + 1; line++)
-	    {
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "  ");
-	      cp = D_RELNUM (ptr, realfile, line);
-	      length = D_RELLEN (ptr, realfile, line);
-	      fwrite (cp, sizeof (char), length, outputfile);
-	    }
-	  if (line != 0 && cp[length - 1] != '\n')
-	    fprintf (outputfile, "\n\\ No newline at end of file\n");
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Output to OUTPUTFILE the lines of B taken from FILENUM.
- * Double any initial '.'s; yield nonzero if any initial '.'s were doubled.
- */
-static int
-dotlines (outputfile, b, filenum)
-     FILE *outputfile;
-     struct diff3_block *b;
-     int filenum;
-{
-  int i;
-  int leading_dot = 0;
-
-  for (i = 0;
-       i < D_NUMLINES (b, filenum);
-       i++)
-    {
-      char *line = D_RELNUM (b, filenum, i);
-      if (line[0] == '.')
-	{
-	  leading_dot = 1;
-	  fprintf (outputfile, ".");
-	}
-      fwrite (line, sizeof (char),
-	      D_RELLEN (b, filenum, i), outputfile);
-    }
-
-  return leading_dot;
-}
-
-/*
- * Output to OUTPUTFILE a '.' line.  If LEADING_DOT is nonzero,
- * also output a command that removes initial '.'s
- * starting with line START and continuing for NUM lines.
- */
-static void
-undotlines (outputfile, leading_dot, start, num)
-     FILE *outputfile;
-     int leading_dot, start, num;
-{
-  fprintf (outputfile, ".\n");
-  if (leading_dot)
-    if (num == 1)
-      fprintf (outputfile, "%ds/^\\.//\n", start);
-    else
-      fprintf (outputfile, "%d,%ds/^\\.//\n", start, start + num - 1);
-}
-
-/*
- * This routine outputs a diff3 set of blocks as an ed script.  This
- * script applies the changes between file's 2 & 3 to file 1.  It
- * takes the precise format of the ed script to be output from global
- * variables set during options processing.  Note that it does
- * destructive things to the set of diff3 blocks it is passed; it
- * reverses their order (this gets around the problems involved with
- * changing line numbers in an ed script).
- *
- * Note that this routine has the same problem of mapping as the last
- * one did; the variable MAPPING maps from file number according to
- * the argument list to file number according to the diff passed.  All
- * files listed below are in terms of the argument list.
- * REV_MAPPING is the inverse of MAPPING.
- *
- * The arguments FILE0, FILE1 and FILE2 are the strings to print
- * as the names of the three files.  These may be the actual names,
- * or may be the arguments specified with -L.
- *
- * Returns 1 if conflicts were found.
- */
-
-static int
-output_diff3_edscript (outputfile, diff, mapping, rev_mapping,
-		       file0, file1, file2)
-     FILE *outputfile;
-     struct diff3_block *diff;
-     int mapping[3], rev_mapping[3];
-     char *file0, *file1, *file2;
-{
-  int leading_dot;
-  int conflicts_found = 0, conflict;
-  struct diff3_block *b;
-
-  for (b = reverse_diff3_blocklist (diff); b; b = b->next)
-    {
-      /* Must do mapping correctly.  */
-      enum diff_type type
-	= ((b->correspond == DIFF_ALL) ?
-	   DIFF_ALL :
-	   ((enum diff_type)
-	    (((int) DIFF_1ST)
-	     + rev_mapping[(int) b->correspond - (int) DIFF_1ST])));
-
-      /* If we aren't supposed to do this output block, skip it.  */
-      switch (type)
-	{
-	default: continue;
-	case DIFF_2ND: if (!show_2nd) continue; conflict = 1; break;
-	case DIFF_3RD: if (overlap_only) continue; conflict = 0; break;
-	case DIFF_ALL: if (simple_only) continue; conflict = flagging; break;
-	}
-
-      if (conflict)
-	{
-	  conflicts_found = 1;
-
-
-	  /* Mark end of conflict.  */
-
-	  fprintf (outputfile, "%da\n", D_HIGHLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]));
-	  leading_dot = 0;
-	  if (type == DIFF_ALL)
-	    {
-	      if (show_2nd)
-		{
-		  /* Append lines from FILE1.  */
-		  fprintf (outputfile, "||||||| %s\n", file1);
-		  leading_dot = dotlines (outputfile, b, mapping[FILE1]);
-		}
-	      /* Append lines from FILE2.  */
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "=======\n");
-	      leading_dot |= dotlines (outputfile, b, mapping[FILE2]);
-	    }
-	  fprintf (outputfile, ">>>>>>> %s\n", file2);
-	  undotlines (outputfile, leading_dot,
-		      D_HIGHLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]) + 2,
-		      (D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE1])
-		       + D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE2]) + 1));
-
-
-	  /* Mark start of conflict.  */
-
-	  fprintf (outputfile, "%da\n<<<<<<< %s\n",
-		   D_LOWLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]) - 1,
-		   type == DIFF_ALL ? file0 : file1);
-	  leading_dot = 0;
-	  if (type == DIFF_2ND)
-	    {
-	      /* Prepend lines from FILE1.  */
-	      leading_dot = dotlines (outputfile, b, mapping[FILE1]);
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "=======\n");
-	    }
-	  undotlines (outputfile, leading_dot,
-		      D_LOWLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]) + 1,
-		      D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE1]));
-	}
-      else if (D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE2]) == 0)
-	/* Write out a delete */
-	{
-	  if (D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE0]) == 1)
-	    fprintf (outputfile, "%dd\n",
-		     D_LOWLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]));
-	  else
-	    fprintf (outputfile, "%d,%dd\n",
-		     D_LOWLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]),
-		     D_HIGHLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]));
-	}
-      else
-	/* Write out an add or change */
-	{
-	  switch (D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE0]))
-	    {
-	    case 0:
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "%da\n",
-		       D_HIGHLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]));
-	      break;
-	    case 1:
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "%dc\n",
-		       D_HIGHLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]));
-	      break;
-	    default:
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "%d,%dc\n",
-		       D_LOWLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]),
-		       D_HIGHLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]));
-	      break;
-	    }
-
-	  undotlines (outputfile, dotlines (outputfile, b, mapping[FILE2]),
-		      D_LOWLINE (b, mapping[FILE0]),
-		      D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE2]));
-	}
-    }
-  if (finalwrite) fprintf (outputfile, "w\nq\n");
-  return conflicts_found;
-}
-
-/*
- * Read from INFILE and output to OUTPUTFILE a set of diff3_ blocks DIFF
- * as a merged file.  This acts like 'ed file0 <[output_diff3_edscript]',
- * except that it works even for binary data or incomplete lines.
- *
- * As before, MAPPING maps from arg list file number to diff file number,
- * REV_MAPPING is its inverse,
- * and FILE0, FILE1, and FILE2 are the names of the files.
- *
- * Returns 1 if conflicts were found.
- */
-
-static int
-output_diff3_merge (infile, outputfile, diff, mapping, rev_mapping,
-		    file0, file1, file2)
-     FILE *infile, *outputfile;
-     struct diff3_block *diff;
-     int mapping[3], rev_mapping[3];
-     char *file0, *file1, *file2;
-{
-  int c, i;
-  int conflicts_found = 0, conflict;
-  struct diff3_block *b;
-  int linesread = 0;
-
-  for (b = diff; b; b = b->next)
-    {
-      /* Must do mapping correctly.  */
-      enum diff_type type
-	= ((b->correspond == DIFF_ALL) ?
-	   DIFF_ALL :
-	   ((enum diff_type)
-	    (((int) DIFF_1ST)
-	     + rev_mapping[(int) b->correspond - (int) DIFF_1ST])));
-      char *format_2nd = "<<<<<<< %s\n";
-
-      /* If we aren't supposed to do this output block, skip it.  */
-      switch (type)
-	{
-	default: continue;
-	case DIFF_2ND: if (!show_2nd) continue; conflict = 1; break;
-	case DIFF_3RD: if (overlap_only) continue; conflict = 0; break;
-	case DIFF_ALL: if (simple_only) continue; conflict = flagging;
-	  format_2nd = "||||||| %s\n";
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      /* Copy I lines from file 0.  */
-      i = D_LOWLINE (b, FILE0) - linesread - 1;
-      linesread += i;
-      while (0 <= --i)
-	do
-	  {
-	    c = getc (infile);
-	    if (c == EOF)
-	      if (ferror (infile))
-		perror_with_exit ("input file");
-	      else if (feof (infile))
-		fatal ("input file shrank");
-	    putc (c, outputfile);
-	  }
-	while (c != '\n');
-
-      if (conflict)
-	{
-	  conflicts_found = 1;
-
-	  if (type == DIFF_ALL)
-	    {
-	      /* Put in lines from FILE0 with bracket.  */
-	      fprintf (outputfile, "<<<<<<< %s\n", file0);
-	      for (i = 0;
-		   i < D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE0]);
-		   i++)
-		fwrite (D_RELNUM (b, mapping[FILE0], i), sizeof (char),
-			D_RELLEN (b, mapping[FILE0], i), outputfile);
-	    }
-
-	  if (show_2nd)
-	    {
-	      /* Put in lines from FILE1 with bracket.  */
-	      fprintf (outputfile, format_2nd, file1);
-	      for (i = 0;
-		   i < D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE1]);
-		   i++)
-		fwrite (D_RELNUM (b, mapping[FILE1], i), sizeof (char),
-			D_RELLEN (b, mapping[FILE1], i), outputfile);
-	    }
-
-	  fprintf (outputfile, "=======\n");
-	}
-
-      /* Put in lines from FILE2.  */
-      for (i = 0;
-	   i < D_NUMLINES (b, mapping[FILE2]);
-	   i++)
-	fwrite (D_RELNUM (b, mapping[FILE2], i), sizeof (char),
-		D_RELLEN (b, mapping[FILE2], i), outputfile);
-
-      if (conflict)
-	fprintf (outputfile, ">>>>>>> %s\n", file2);
-
-      /* Skip I lines in file 0.  */
-      i = D_NUMLINES (b, FILE0);
-      linesread += i;
-      while (0 <= --i)
-	while ((c = getc (infile)) != '\n')
-	  if (c == EOF)
-	    if (ferror (infile))
-	      perror_with_exit ("input file");
-	    else if (feof (infile))
-	      {
-		if (i || b->next)
-		  fatal ("input file shrank");
-		return conflicts_found;
-	      }
-    }
-  /* Copy rest of common file.  */
-  while ((c = getc (infile)) != EOF || !(ferror (infile) | feof (infile)))
-    putc (c, outputfile);
-  return conflicts_found;
-}
-
-/*
- * Reverse the order of the list of diff3 blocks.
- */
-static struct diff3_block *
-reverse_diff3_blocklist (diff)
-     struct diff3_block *diff;
-{
-  register struct diff3_block *tmp, *next, *prev;
-
-  for (tmp = diff, prev = (struct diff3_block *) 0;
-       tmp; tmp = next)
-    {
-      next = tmp->next;
-      tmp->next = prev;
-      prev = tmp;
-    }
-
-  return prev;
-}
-
-static int
-myread (fd, ptr, size)
-     int fd, size;
-     char *ptr;
-{
-  int result = read (fd, ptr, size);
-  if (result < 0)
-    perror_with_exit ("read failed");
-  return result;
-}
-
-VOID *
-xmalloc (size)
-     unsigned size;
-{
-  VOID *result = (VOID *) malloc (size ? size : 1);
-  if (!result)
-    fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
-  return result;
-}
-
-static VOID *
-xrealloc (ptr, size)
-     VOID *ptr;
-     unsigned size;
-{
-  VOID *result = (VOID *) realloc (ptr, size ? size : 1);
-  if (!result)
-    fatal ("virtual memory exhausted");
-  return result;
-}
-
-static void
-fatal (string)
-     char *string;
-{
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s\n", argv0, string);
-  exit (2);
-}
-
-static void
-perror_with_exit (string)
-     char *string;
-{
-  int e = errno;
-  fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", argv0);
-  errno = e;
-  perror (string);
-  exit (2);
-}
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt.c b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a59a013..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,731 +0,0 @@
-/* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993
-   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-/* NOTE!!!  AIX requires this to be the first thing in the file.
-   Do not put ANYTHING before it!  */
-#if !defined (__GNUC__) && defined (_AIX)
- #pragma alloca
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#define alloca __builtin_alloca
-#else /* not __GNUC__ */
-#if defined (HAVE_ALLOCA_H) || (defined(sparc) && (defined(sun) || (!defined(USG) && !defined(SVR4) && !defined(__svr4__))))
-#include <alloca.h>
-#else
-#ifndef _AIX
-char *alloca ();
-#endif
-#endif /* alloca.h */
-#endif /* not __GNUC__ */
-
-#if !__STDC__ && !defined(const) && IN_GCC
-#define const
-#endif
-
-/* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.  */
-#ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-#undef	alloca
-/* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
-   contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else	/* Not GNU C library.  */
-#define	__alloca	alloca
-#endif	/* GNU C library.  */
-
-/* If GETOPT_COMPAT is defined, `+' as well as `--' can introduce a
-   long-named option.  Because this is not POSIX.2 compliant, it is
-   being phased out.  */
-/* #define GETOPT_COMPAT */
-
-/* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
-   but it behaves differently for the user, since it allows the user
-   to intersperse the options with the other arguments.
-
-   As `getopt' works, it permutes the elements of ARGV so that,
-   when it is done, all the options precede everything else.  Thus
-   all application programs are extended to handle flexible argument order.
-
-   Setting the environment variable POSIXLY_CORRECT disables permutation.
-   Then the behavior is completely standard.
-
-   GNU application programs can use a third alternative mode in which
-   they can distinguish the relative order of options and other arguments.  */
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-char *optarg = 0;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-/* XXX 1003.2 says this must be 1 before any call.  */
-int optind = 0;
-
-/* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
-   in which the last option character we returned was found.
-   This allows us to pick up the scan where we left off.
-
-   If this is zero, or a null string, it means resume the scan
-   by advancing to the next ARGV-element.  */
-
-static char *nextchar;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-int opterr = 1;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.
-   This must be initialized on some systems to avoid linking in the
-   system's own getopt implementation.  */
-
-int optopt = '?';
-
-/* Describe how to deal with options that follow non-option ARGV-elements.
-
-   If the caller did not specify anything,
-   the default is REQUIRE_ORDER if the environment variable
-   POSIXLY_CORRECT is defined, PERMUTE otherwise.
-
-   REQUIRE_ORDER means don't recognize them as options;
-   stop option processing when the first non-option is seen.
-   This is what Unix does.
-   This mode of operation is selected by either setting the environment
-   variable POSIXLY_CORRECT, or using `+' as the first character
-   of the list of option characters.
-
-   PERMUTE is the default.  We permute the contents of ARGV as we scan,
-   so that eventually all the non-options are at the end.  This allows options
-   to be given in any order, even with programs that were not written to
-   expect this.
-
-   RETURN_IN_ORDER is an option available to programs that were written
-   to expect options and other ARGV-elements in any order and that care about
-   the ordering of the two.  We describe each non-option ARGV-element
-   as if it were the argument of an option with character code 1.
-   Using `-' as the first character of the list of option characters
-   selects this mode of operation.
-
-   The special argument `--' forces an end of option-scanning regardless
-   of the value of `ordering'.  In the case of RETURN_IN_ORDER, only
-   `--' can cause `getopt' to return EOF with `optind' != ARGC.  */
-
-static enum
-{
-  REQUIRE_ORDER, PERMUTE, RETURN_IN_ORDER
-} ordering;
-
-#ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
-/* We want to avoid inclusion of string.h with non-GNU libraries
-   because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
-   On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
-   in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
-#define	my_bcopy(src, dst, n)	memcpy ((dst), (src), (n))
-#else
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-char *getenv ();
-
-static char *
-my_index (str, chr)
-     const char *str;
-     int chr;
-{
-  while (*str)
-    {
-      if (*str == chr)
-	return (char *) str;
-      str++;
-    }
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static void
-my_bcopy (from, to, size)
-     const char *from;
-     char *to;
-     int size;
-{
-  int i;
-  for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
-    to[i] = from[i];
-}
-#endif				/* GNU C library.  */
-
-/* Handle permutation of arguments.  */
-
-/* Describe the part of ARGV that contains non-options that have
-   been skipped.  `first_nonopt' is the index in ARGV of the first of them;
-   `last_nonopt' is the index after the last of them.  */
-
-static int first_nonopt;
-static int last_nonopt;
-
-/* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
-   One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
-   which contains all the non-options that have been skipped so far.
-   The other is elements [last_nonopt,optind), which contains all
-   the options processed since those non-options were skipped.
-
-   `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
-   the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
-
-static void
-exchange (argv)
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int nonopts_size = (last_nonopt - first_nonopt) * sizeof (char *);
-  char **temp = (char **) __alloca (nonopts_size);
-
-  /* Interchange the two blocks of data in ARGV.  */
-
-  my_bcopy ((char *) &argv[first_nonopt], (char *) temp, nonopts_size);
-  my_bcopy ((char *) &argv[last_nonopt], (char *) &argv[first_nonopt],
-	    (optind - last_nonopt) * sizeof (char *));
-  my_bcopy ((char *) temp,
-	    (char *) &argv[first_nonopt + optind - last_nonopt],
-	    nonopts_size);
-
-  /* Update records for the slots the non-options now occupy.  */
-
-  first_nonopt += (optind - last_nonopt);
-  last_nonopt = optind;
-}
-
-/* Scan elements of ARGV (whose length is ARGC) for option characters
-   given in OPTSTRING.
-
-   If an element of ARGV starts with '-', and is not exactly "-" or "--",
-   then it is an option element.  The characters of this element
-   (aside from the initial '-') are option characters.  If `getopt'
-   is called repeatedly, it returns successively each of the option characters
-   from each of the option elements.
-
-   If `getopt' finds another option character, it returns that character,
-   updating `optind' and `nextchar' so that the next call to `getopt' can
-   resume the scan with the following option character or ARGV-element.
-
-   If there are no more option characters, `getopt' returns `EOF'.
-   Then `optind' is the index in ARGV of the first ARGV-element
-   that is not an option.  (The ARGV-elements have been permuted
-   so that those that are not options now come last.)
-
-   OPTSTRING is a string containing the legitimate option characters.
-   If an option character is seen that is not listed in OPTSTRING,
-   return '?' after printing an error message.  If you set `opterr' to
-   zero, the error message is suppressed but we still return '?'.
-
-   If a char in OPTSTRING is followed by a colon, that means it wants an arg,
-   so the following text in the same ARGV-element, or the text of the following
-   ARGV-element, is returned in `optarg'.  Two colons mean an option that
-   wants an optional arg; if there is text in the current ARGV-element,
-   it is returned in `optarg', otherwise `optarg' is set to zero.
-
-   If OPTSTRING starts with `-' or `+', it requests different methods of
-   handling the non-option ARGV-elements.
-   See the comments about RETURN_IN_ORDER and REQUIRE_ORDER, above.
-
-   Long-named options begin with `--' instead of `-'.
-   Their names may be abbreviated as long as the abbreviation is unique
-   or is an exact match for some defined option.  If they have an
-   argument, it follows the option name in the same ARGV-element, separated
-   from the option name by a `=', or else the in next ARGV-element.
-   When `getopt' finds a long-named option, it returns 0 if that option's
-   `flag' field is nonzero, the value of the option's `val' field
-   if the `flag' field is zero.
-
-   The elements of ARGV aren't really const, because we permute them.
-   But we pretend they're const in the prototype to be compatible
-   with other systems.
-
-   LONGOPTS is a vector of `struct option' terminated by an
-   element containing a name which is zero.
-
-   LONGIND returns the index in LONGOPT of the long-named option found.
-   It is only valid when a long-named option has been found by the most
-   recent call.
-
-   If LONG_ONLY is nonzero, '-' as well as '--' can introduce
-   long-named options.  */
-
-int
-_getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-     const struct option *longopts;
-     int *longind;
-     int long_only;
-{
-  int option_index;
-
-  optarg = 0;
-
-  /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.
-     Start processing options with ARGV-element 1 (since ARGV-element 0
-     is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
-     non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
-
-  if (optind == 0)
-    {
-      first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
-
-      nextchar = NULL;
-
-      /* Determine how to handle the ordering of options and nonoptions.  */
-
-      if (optstring[0] == '-')
-	{
-	  ordering = RETURN_IN_ORDER;
-	  ++optstring;
-	}
-      else if (optstring[0] == '+')
-	{
-	  ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-	  ++optstring;
-	}
-      else if (getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL)
-	ordering = REQUIRE_ORDER;
-      else
-	ordering = PERMUTE;
-    }
-
-  if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
-    {
-      if (ordering == PERMUTE)
-	{
-	  /* If we have just processed some options following some non-options,
-	     exchange them so that the options come first.  */
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (last_nonopt != optind)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-
-	  /* Now skip any additional non-options
-	     and extend the range of non-options previously skipped.  */
-
-	  while (optind < argc
-		 && (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
-		 && (longopts == NULL
-		     || argv[optind][0] != '+' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif				/* GETOPT_COMPAT */
-		 )
-	    optind++;
-	  last_nonopt = optind;
-	}
-
-      /* Special ARGV-element `--' means premature end of options.
-	 Skip it like a null option,
-	 then exchange with previous non-options as if it were an option,
-	 then skip everything else like a non-option.  */
-
-      if (optind != argc && !strcmp (argv[optind], "--"))
-	{
-	  optind++;
-
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt && last_nonopt != optind)
-	    exchange ((char **) argv);
-	  else if (first_nonopt == last_nonopt)
-	    first_nonopt = optind;
-	  last_nonopt = argc;
-
-	  optind = argc;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have done all the ARGV-elements, stop the scan
-	 and back over any non-options that we skipped and permuted.  */
-
-      if (optind == argc)
-	{
-	  /* Set the next-arg-index to point at the non-options
-	     that we previously skipped, so the caller will digest them.  */
-	  if (first_nonopt != last_nonopt)
-	    optind = first_nonopt;
-	  return EOF;
-	}
-
-      /* If we have come to a non-option and did not permute it,
-	 either stop the scan or describe it to the caller and pass it by.  */
-
-      if ((argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
-	  && (longopts == NULL
-	      || argv[optind][0] != '+' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
-#endif				/* GETOPT_COMPAT */
-	  )
-	{
-	  if (ordering == REQUIRE_ORDER)
-	    return EOF;
-	  optarg = argv[optind++];
-	  return 1;
-	}
-
-      /* We have found another option-ARGV-element.
-	 Start decoding its characters.  */
-
-      nextchar = (argv[optind] + 1
-		  + (longopts != NULL && argv[optind][1] == '-'));
-    }
-
-  if (longopts != NULL
-      && ((argv[optind][0] == '-'
-	   && (argv[optind][1] == '-' || long_only))
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
-	  || argv[optind][0] == '+'
-#endif				/* GETOPT_COMPAT */
-	  ))
-    {
-      const struct option *p;
-      char *s = nextchar;
-      int exact = 0;
-      int ambig = 0;
-      const struct option *pfound = NULL;
-      int indfound;
-
-      while (*s && *s != '=')
-	s++;
-
-      /* Test all options for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-      for (p = longopts, option_index = 0; p->name;
-	   p++, option_index++)
-	if (!strncmp (p->name, nextchar, s - nextchar))
-	  {
-	    if (s - nextchar == strlen (p->name))
-	      {
-		/* Exact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-		exact = 1;
-		break;
-	      }
-	    else if (pfound == NULL)
-	      {
-		/* First nonexact match found.  */
-		pfound = p;
-		indfound = option_index;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	      ambig = 1;
-	  }
-
-      if (ambig && !exact)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n",
-		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  optind++;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-
-      if (pfound != NULL)
-	{
-	  option_index = indfound;
-	  optind++;
-	  if (*s)
-	    {
-	      /* Don't test has_arg with >, because some C compilers don't
-		 allow it to be used on enums.  */
-	      if (pfound->has_arg)
-		optarg = s + 1;
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		    {
-		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-			/* --option */
-			fprintf (stderr,
-				 "%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
-				 argv[0], pfound->name);
-		      else
-			/* +option or -option */
-			fprintf (stderr,
-			     "%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n",
-			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
-		    }
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  return '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (pfound->has_arg == 1)
-	    {
-	      if (optind < argc)
-		optarg = argv[optind++];
-	      else
-		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n",
-			     argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
-		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-		  return optstring[0] == ':' ? ':' : '?';
-		}
-	    }
-	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
-	  if (longind != NULL)
-	    *longind = option_index;
-	  if (pfound->flag)
-	    {
-	      *(pfound->flag) = pfound->val;
-	      return 0;
-	    }
-	  return pfound->val;
-	}
-      /* Can't find it as a long option.  If this is not getopt_long_only,
-	 or the option starts with '--' or is not a valid short
-	 option, then it's an error.
-	 Otherwise interpret it as a short option.  */
-      if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
-#ifdef GETOPT_COMPAT
-	  || argv[optind][0] == '+'
-#endif				/* GETOPT_COMPAT */
-	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
-	{
-	  if (opterr)
-	    {
-	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
-		/* --option */
-		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `--%s'\n",
-			 argv[0], nextchar);
-	      else
-		/* +option or -option */
-		fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `%c%s'\n",
-			 argv[0], argv[optind][0], nextchar);
-	    }
-	  nextchar = (char *) "";
-	  optind++;
-	  return '?';
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Look at and handle the next option-character.  */
-
-  {
-    char c = *nextchar++;
-    char *temp = my_index (optstring, c);
-
-    /* Increment `optind' when we start to process its last character.  */
-    if (*nextchar == '\0')
-      ++optind;
-
-    if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
-      {
-	if (opterr)
-	  {
-#if 0
-	    if (c < 040 || c >= 0177)
-	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option, character code 0%o\n",
-		       argv[0], c);
-	    else
-	      fprintf (stderr, "%s: unrecognized option `-%c'\n", argv[0], c);
-#else
-	    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-	    fprintf (stderr, "%s: illegal option -- %c\n", argv[0], c);
-#endif
-	  }
-	optopt = c;
-	return '?';
-      }
-    if (temp[1] == ':')
-      {
-	if (temp[2] == ':')
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that accepts an argument optionally.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else
-	      optarg = 0;
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-	else
-	  {
-	    /* This is an option that requires an argument.  */
-	    if (*nextchar != '\0')
-	      {
-		optarg = nextchar;
-		/* If we end this ARGV-element by taking the rest as an arg,
-		   we must advance to the next element now.  */
-		optind++;
-	      }
-	    else if (optind == argc)
-	      {
-		if (opterr)
-		  {
-#if 0
-		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option `-%c' requires an argument\n",
-			     argv[0], c);
-#else
-		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
-		    fprintf (stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n",
-			     argv[0], c);
-#endif
-		  }
-		optopt = c;
-		if (optstring[0] == ':')
-		  c = ':';
-		else
-		  c = '?';
-	      }
-	    else
-	      /* We already incremented `optind' once;
-		 increment it again when taking next ARGV-elt as argument.  */
-	      optarg = argv[optind++];
-	    nextchar = NULL;
-	  }
-      }
-    return c;
-  }
-}
-
-int
-getopt (argc, argv, optstring)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *optstring;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring,
-			   (const struct option *) 0,
-			   (int *) 0,
-			   0);
-}
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-/* Compile with -DTEST to make an executable for use in testing
-   the above definition of `getopt'.  */
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-
-      c = getopt (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789");
-      if (c == EOF)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt.h b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45541f5..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if	__STDC__
-  const char *name;
-#else
-  char *name;
-#endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
-
-#if __STDC__
-#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt1.c b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt1.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a32615c..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/getopt1.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-/* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 1993
-	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include "config.h"
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if !__STDC__ && !defined(const) && IN_GCC
-#define const
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
-/* This needs to come after some library #include
-   to get __GNU_LIBRARY__ defined.  */
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef	NULL
-#define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-int
-getopt_long (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 0);
-}
-
-/* Like getopt_long, but '-' as well as '--' can indicate a long option.
-   If an option that starts with '-' (not '--') doesn't match a long option,
-   but does match a short option, it is parsed as a short option
-   instead.  */
-
-int
-getopt_long_only (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index)
-     int argc;
-     char *const *argv;
-     const char *options;
-     const struct option *long_options;
-     int *opt_index;
-{
-  return _getopt_internal (argc, argv, options, long_options, opt_index, 1);
-}
-
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */
-
-#ifdef TEST
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-int
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int c;
-  int digit_optind = 0;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int this_option_optind = optind ? optind : 1;
-      int option_index = 0;
-      static struct option long_options[] =
-      {
-	{"add", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"append", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"delete", 1, 0, 0},
-	{"verbose", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"create", 0, 0, 0},
-	{"file", 1, 0, 0},
-	{0, 0, 0, 0}
-      };
-
-      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "abc:d:0123456789",
-		       long_options, &option_index);
-      if (c == EOF)
-	break;
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case 0:
-	  printf ("option %s", long_options[option_index].name);
-	  if (optarg)
-	    printf (" with arg %s", optarg);
-	  printf ("\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case '0':
-	case '1':
-	case '2':
-	case '3':
-	case '4':
-	case '5':
-	case '6':
-	case '7':
-	case '8':
-	case '9':
-	  if (digit_optind != 0 && digit_optind != this_option_optind)
-	    printf ("digits occur in two different argv-elements.\n");
-	  digit_optind = this_option_optind;
-	  printf ("option %c\n", c);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'a':
-	  printf ("option a\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'b':
-	  printf ("option b\n");
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  printf ("option c with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'd':
-	  printf ("option d with value `%s'\n", optarg);
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  printf ("?? getopt returned character code 0%o ??\n", c);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (optind < argc)
-    {
-      printf ("non-option ARGV-elements: ");
-      while (optind < argc)
-	printf ("%s ", argv[optind++]);
-      printf ("\n");
-    }
-
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TEST */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/system.h b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/system.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b17d39a..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/system.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,159 +0,0 @@
-/* System dependent declarations.
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This file is part of GNU DIFF.
-
-GNU DIFF is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
-
-GNU DIFF is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU DIFF; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#ifndef S_ISDIR
-#define S_ISDIR(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
-#endif
-#ifndef S_ISREG
-#define S_ISREG(mode) (((mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_TIME_H
-#include <time.h>
-#else
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
-#include <fcntl.h>
-#else
-#include <sys/file.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DUP2
-#define dup2(f,t)	(close (t),  fcntl (f,F_DUPFD,t))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef O_RDONLY
-#define O_RDONLY 0
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
-/* Prevent the NeXT prototype using union wait from causing problems.  */
-#define wait system_wait
-#endif
-#include <sys/wait.h>
-#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
-#undef wait
-#endif
-#endif /* HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H */
-
-#ifndef WEXITSTATUS
-#define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned)(stat_val) >> 8)
-#undef WIFEXITED		/* Avoid 4.3BSD incompatibility with Posix.  */
-#endif
-#ifndef WIFEXITED
-#define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
-#define STAT_BLOCKSIZE(s) (s).st_blksize
-#else
-#define STAT_BLOCKSIZE(s) (S_ISREG ((s).st_mode) ? 8192 : 4096)
-#endif
-
-#if DIRENT || defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
-#include <dirent.h>
-#ifdef direct
-#undef direct
-#endif
-#define direct dirent
-#else /* ! (DIRENT || defined (_POSIX_VERSION)) */
-#if SYSNDIR
-#include <sys/ndir.h>
-#else
-#if SYSDIR
-#include <sys/dir.h>
-#else
-#include <ndir.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif /* ! (DIRENT || defined (_POSIX_VERSION)) */
-
-#if HAVE_VFORK_H
-#include <vfork.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || STDC_HEADERS
-#include <string.h>
-#ifndef index
-#define index	strchr
-#endif
-#ifndef rindex
-#define rindex	strrchr
-#endif
-#ifndef bcopy
-#define bcopy(s,d,n)	memcpy (d,s,n)
-#endif
-#ifndef bcmp
-#define bcmp(s1,s2,n)	memcmp (s1,s2,n)
-#endif
-#ifndef bzero
-#define bzero(s,n)	memset (s,0,n)
-#endif
-#else
-#include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_MEMCHR && !STDC_HEADERS
-char *memchr ();
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <limits.h>
-#else
-char *getenv ();
-char *malloc ();
-char *realloc ();
-#if __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-#include "limits.h"
-#else
-#define INT_MAX 2147483647
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#if !STDC_HEADERS
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TRUE
-#undef TRUE
-#endif
-#ifdef FALSE
-#undef FALSE
-#endif
-#define TRUE		1
-#define	FALSE		0
-
-#if !__STDC__
-#define volatile
-#endif
-
-#define min(a,b) ((a) <= (b) ? (a) : (b))
-#define max(a,b) ((a) >= (b) ? (a) : (b))
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/version.c b/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/version.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cb9d3b9..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/diff3/version.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-/* Version number of GNU diff.  */
-
-char *version_string = "2.3";
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/grep/tests/regress.sh b/gnu/usr.bin/grep/tests/regress.sh
deleted file mode 100644
index b947036..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/grep/tests/regress.sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Regression test for GNU e?grep.
-# Usage: regress.sh [dir-containing-egrep]
-
-builddir=${1-..}
-
-failures=0
-
-# The Khadafy test is brought to you by Scott Anderson . . .
-$builddir/egrep -f khadafy.regexp khadafy.lines > khadafy.out
-if cmp khadafy.lines khadafy.out
-then
-	rm khadafy.out
-else
-	echo Khadafy test failed -- output left on khadafy.out
-	failures=1
-fi
-
-# . . . and the following by Henry Spencer.
-
-awk -F: -f scriptgen.awk spencer.tests > tmp.script
-
-if sh tmp.script $builddir
-then
-	rm tmp.script
-	exit $failures
-else
-	rm tmp.script
-	exit 1
-fi
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/gzip/zcmp b/gnu/usr.bin/gzip/zcmp
deleted file mode 100644
index c21e7ef..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/gzip/zcmp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-
-# Zcmp and zdiff are used to invoke the cmp or the  diff  pro-
-# gram  on compressed files.  All options specified are passed
-# directly to cmp or diff.  If only 1 file is specified,  then
-# the  files  compared  are file1 and an uncompressed file1.gz.
-# If two files are specified, then they are  uncompressed  (if
-# necessary) and fed to cmp or diff.  The exit status from cmp
-# or diff is preserved.
-
-prog=`echo $0 | sed 's|.*/||'`
-case "$prog" in
-  *cmp) comp=${CMP-cmp}   ;;
-  *)    comp=${DIFF-diff} ;;
-esac
-
-OPTIONS=
-FILES=
-for ARG
-do
-    case "$ARG" in
-    -*)	OPTIONS="$OPTIONS $ARG";;
-     *)	if test -f "$ARG"; then
-            FILES="$FILES $ARG"
-        else
-            echo "${prog}: $ARG not found or not a regular file"
-	    exit 1
-        fi ;;
-    esac
-done
-if test -z "$FILES"; then
-	echo "Usage: $prog [${comp}_options] file [file]"
-	exit 1
-fi
-set $FILES
-if test $# -eq 1; then
-	FILE=`echo "$1" | sed 's/[-.][zZtga]*$//'`
-	gzip -cd "$1" | $comp $OPTIONS - "$FILE"
-	STAT="$?"
-
-elif test $# -eq 2; then
-	case "$1" in
-        *[-.]gz | *[-.][zZ] | *.t[ga]z)
-                case "$2" in
-	        *[-.]gz | *[-.][zZ] | *.t[ga]z)
-			F=`echo "$2" | sed 's|.*/||;s|[-.][zZtga]*$||'`
-                        gzip -cd "$2" > /tmp/"$F".$$
-                        gzip -cd "$1" | $comp $OPTIONS - /tmp/"$F".$$
-                        STAT="$?"
-			/bin/rm -f /tmp/"$F".$$;;
-
-                *)      gzip -cd "$1" | $comp $OPTIONS - "$2"
-                        STAT="$?";;
-                esac;;
-        *)      case "$2" in
-	        *[-.]gz | *[-.][zZ] | *.t[ga]z)
-                        gzip -cd "$2" | $comp $OPTIONS "$1" -
-                        STAT="$?";;
-                *)      $comp $OPTIONS "$1" "$2"
-                        STAT="$?";;
-                esac;;
-	esac
-        exit "$STAT"
-else
-	echo "Usage: $prog [${comp}_options] file [file]"
-	exit 1
-fi
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/pr/COPYING b/gnu/usr.bin/pr/COPYING
deleted file mode 100644
index a43ea21..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/pr/COPYING
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-		       Version 2, June 1991
-
- Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-                          675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-			    Preamble
-
-  The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
-freedom to share and change it.  By contrast, the GNU General Public
-License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
-software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.  This
-General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
-Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
-using it.  (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
-the GNU Library General Public License instead.)  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
-if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
-in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
-anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
-These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
-distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
-you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
-source code.  And you must show them these terms so they know their
-rights.
-
-  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
-(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
-distribute and/or modify the software.
-
-  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
-that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
-software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
-want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
-that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
-authors' reputations.
-
-  Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
-patents.  We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
-program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
-program proprietary.  To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
-patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-		    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-   TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
-
-  0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
-a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
-under the terms of this General Public License.  The "Program", below,
-refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
-means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
-that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
-either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
-language.  (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
-the term "modification".)  Each licensee is addressed as "you".
-
-Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
-covered by this License; they are outside its scope.  The act of
-running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
-is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
-Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
-Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
-
-  1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
-source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
-conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
-copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
-notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
-and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
-along with the Program.
-
-You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
-you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
-
-  2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
-of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
-distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
-above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
-    stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
-
-    b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
-    whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
-    part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
-    parties under the terms of this License.
-
-    c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
-    when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
-    interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
-    announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
-    notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
-    a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
-    these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
-    License.  (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
-    does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
-    the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
-
-These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole.  If
-identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
-and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
-themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
-sections when you distribute them as separate works.  But when you
-distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
-on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
-this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
-entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
-
-Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
-your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
-exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
-collective works based on the Program.
-
-In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
-with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
-a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
-the scope of this License.
-
-  3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
-under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
-Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
-
-    a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
-    source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
-    1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
-    years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
-    cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
-    machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
-    distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
-    customarily used for software interchange; or,
-
-    c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
-    to distribute corresponding source code.  (This alternative is
-    allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
-    received the program in object code or executable form with such
-    an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
-
-The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
-making modifications to it.  For an executable work, complete source
-code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
-associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
-control compilation and installation of the executable.  However, as a
-special exception, the source code distributed need not include
-anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
-form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
-operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
-itself accompanies the executable.
-
-If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
-access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
-access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
-distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
-compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
-
-  4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
-except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
-void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
-this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
-
-  5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
-signed it.  However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
-distribute the Program or its derivative works.  These actions are
-prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.  Therefore, by
-modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
-all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
-the Program or works based on it.
-
-  6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
-Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
-original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
-these terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further
-restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
-You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
-this License.
-
-  7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
-infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
-conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot
-distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
-may not distribute the Program at all.  For example, if a patent
-license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
-all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
-the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
-refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
-
-If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
-any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
-apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
-circumstances.
-
-It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
-patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
-such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
-integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
-implemented by public license practices.  Many people have made
-generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
-through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
-system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
-to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
-impose that choice.
-
-This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
-be a consequence of the rest of this License.
-
-  8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
-certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
-original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
-may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
-those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
-countries not thus excluded.  In such case, this License incorporates
-the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
-
-  9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
-of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
-specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
-later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
-either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
-Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
-this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
-Foundation.
-
-  10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
-programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
-to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
-Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
-make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
-of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
-of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
-
-			    NO WARRANTY
-
-  11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
-FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
-OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
-PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
-OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
-TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
-PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
-REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
-REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
-INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
-OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
-YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
-PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
-POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-    Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
-when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
-    Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the commands you use may
-be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
-mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
-
-You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
-school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
-necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:
-
-  Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
-  `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
-
-  <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
-  Ty Coon, President of Vice
-
-This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
-proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you may
-consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
-library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
-Public License instead of this License.
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/pr/getopt.h b/gnu/usr.bin/pr/getopt.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45541f5..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/pr/getopt.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* For communication from `getopt' to the caller.
-   When `getopt' finds an option that takes an argument,
-   the argument value is returned here.
-   Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
-   each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
-
-extern char *optarg;
-
-/* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
-   This is used for communication to and from the caller
-   and for communication between successive calls to `getopt'.
-
-   On entry to `getopt', zero means this is the first call; initialize.
-
-   When `getopt' returns EOF, this is the index of the first of the
-   non-option elements that the caller should itself scan.
-
-   Otherwise, `optind' communicates from one call to the next
-   how much of ARGV has been scanned so far.  */
-
-extern int optind;
-
-/* Callers store zero here to inhibit the error message `getopt' prints
-   for unrecognized options.  */
-
-extern int opterr;
-
-/* Set to an option character which was unrecognized.  */
-
-extern int optopt;
-
-/* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
-   The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
-   of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
-   zero.
-
-   The field `has_arg' is:
-   no_argument		(or 0) if the option does not take an argument,
-   required_argument	(or 1) if the option requires an argument,
-   optional_argument 	(or 2) if the option takes an optional argument.
-
-   If the field `flag' is not NULL, it points to a variable that is set
-   to the value given in the field `val' when the option is found, but
-   left unchanged if the option is not found.
-
-   To have a long-named option do something other than set an `int' to
-   a compiled-in constant, such as set a value from `optarg', set the
-   option's `flag' field to zero and its `val' field to a nonzero
-   value (the equivalent single-letter option character, if there is
-   one).  For long options that have a zero `flag' field, `getopt'
-   returns the contents of the `val' field.  */
-
-struct option
-{
-#if	__STDC__
-  const char *name;
-#else
-  char *name;
-#endif
-  /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
-     type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
-  int has_arg;
-  int *flag;
-  int val;
-};
-
-/* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
-
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
-
-#if __STDC__
-#if defined(__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-/* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
-   differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
-   errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-
-/* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
-#else /* not __STDC__ */
-extern int getopt ();
-extern int getopt_long ();
-extern int getopt_long_only ();
-
-extern int _getopt_internal ();
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/pr/version.h b/gnu/usr.bin/pr/version.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 63de4fd..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/pr/version.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-extern const char *version_string;
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/info-stnd.info b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/info-stnd.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 31f486a..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/info-stnd.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file info-stnd.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
-input file info-stnd.texi.
-
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line
-formatted versions of Texinfo files.  This documentation is different
-from the documentation for the Info reader that is part of GNU Emacs.
-If you do not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you
-should read that documentation first.
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled "Copying" and "GNU General Public License" are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Top,  Next: What is Info,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
-
-The GNU Info Program
-********************
-
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line
-formatted versions of Texinfo files, version 2.9.  This documentation
-is different from the documentation for the Info reader that is part of
-GNU Emacs.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* What is Info::
-* Options::                     Options you can pass on the command line.
-* Cursor Commands::             Commands which move the cursor within a node.
-* Scrolling Commands::          Commands for moving the node around
-                                  in a window.
-* Node Commands::               Commands for selecting a new node.
-* Searching Commands::          Commands for searching an Info file.
-* Xref Commands::               Commands for selecting cross references.
-* Window Commands::             Commands which manipulate multiple windows.
-* Printing Nodes::              How to print out the contents of a node.
-* Miscellaneous Commands::      A few commands that defy categories.
-* Variables::                   How to change the default behavior of Info.
-* GNU Info Global Index::       Global index containing keystrokes,
-                                  command names, variable names,
-                                  and general concepts.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: What is Info,  Next: Options,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
-
-What is Info?
-*************
-
-"Info" is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII
-terminal.  "Info files" are the result of processing Texinfo files with
-the program `makeinfo' or with one of the Emacs commands, such as `M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer'.  Texinfo itself is a documentation system that
-uses a single source file to produce both on-line information and
-printed output.  You can typeset and print the files that you read in
-Info.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Cursor Commands,  Prev: What is Info,  Up: Top
-
-Command Line Options
-********************
-
-GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being
-viewed, and to specify which directories to search for Info files.  Here
-is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
-
-     info [--OPTION-NAME OPTION-VALUE] MENU-ITEM...
-
-The following OPTION-NAMES are available when invoking Info from the
-shell:
-
-`--directory DIRECTORY-PATH'
-`-d DIRECTORY-PATH'
-     Add DIRECTORY-PATH to the list of directory paths searched when
-     Info needs to find a file.  You may issue `--directory' multiple
-     times; once for each directory which contains Info files.
-     Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-     `INFOPATH'; if `--directory' is not given, the value of `INFOPATH'
-     is used.  The value of `INFOPATH' is a colon separated list of
-     directory names.  If you do not supply `INFOPATH' or
-     `--directory-path', Info uses a default path.
-
-`--file FILENAME'
-`-f FILENAME'
-     Specify a particular Info file to visit.  By default, Info visits
-     the file `dir'; if you use this option, Info will start with
-     `(FILENAME)Top' as the first file and node.
-
-`--node NODENAME'
-`-n NODENAME'
-     Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that Info
-     loads.  This is especially useful in conjunction with `--file'(1)
-     (*note Options-Footnotes::).  You may specify `--node' multiple
-     times; for an interactive Info, each NODENAME is visited in its
-     own window, for a non-interactive Info (such as when `--output' is
-     given) each NODENAME is processed sequentially.
-
-`--output FILENAME'
-`-o FILENAME'
-     Specify FILENAME as the name of a file to which to direct output.
-     Each node that Info visits will be output to FILENAME instead of
-     interactively viewed.  A value of `-' for FILENAME specifies the
-     standard output.
-
-`--subnodes'
-     This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with
-     `--output'.  It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in
-     the menus of each node being output.  Menu items which resolve to
-     external Info files are not output, and neither are menu items
-     which are members of an index.  Each node is only output once.
-
-`--help'
-`-h'
-     Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info
-     options.
-
-`--version'
-     Prints the version information of Info and exits.
-
-`MENU-ITEM'
-     Info treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items.
-     The first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited,
-     while the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's
-     node.  You can easily move to the node of your choice by
-     specifying the menu names which describe the path to that node.
-     For example,
-
-          info emacs buffers
-
-     first selects the menu item `Emacs' in the node `(dir)Top', and
-     then selects the menu item `Buffers' in the node `(emacs)Top'.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Options-Footnotes,  Up: Options
-
-(1)  Of course, you can specify both the file and node in a `--node'
-command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses from
-the shell as in: `info --node '(emacs)Buffers''
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Cursor Commands,  Next: Scrolling Commands,  Prev: Options,  Up: Top
-
-Moving the Cursor
-*****************
-
-Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made
-easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some
-kind of pointing device.  Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the
-Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to
-move the cursor about the screen.  The notation used in this manual to
-describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
-manual, and the GNU Readline manual.  *Note Character Conventions:
-(emacs)Characters, if you are unfamiliar with the notation.
-
-The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
-Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
-cursor movement, the `M-x'(1) (*note Cursor Commands-Footnotes::)
-command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short description of
-what the command does.  All of the cursor motion commands can take an
-"numeric" argument (*note `universal-argument': Miscellaneous
-Commands.), to find out how to supply them.  With a numeric argument,
-the motion commands are simply executed that many times; for example, a
-numeric argument of 4 given to `next-line' causes the cursor to move
-down 4 lines.  With a negative numeric argument, the motion is
-reversed; an argument of -4 given to the `next-line' command would
-cause the cursor to move *up* 4 lines.
-
-`C-n' (`next-line')
-     Move the cursor down to the next line.
-
-`C-p' (`prev-line')
-     Move the cursor up to the previous line.
-
-`C-a' (`beginning-of-line')
-     Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
-
-`C-e' (`end-of-line')
-     Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
-
-`C-f' (`forward-char')
-     Move the cursor forward a character.
-
-`C-b' (`backward-char')
-     Move the cursor backward a character.
-
-`M-f' (`forward-word')
-     Move the cursor forward a word.
-
-`M-b' (`backward-word')
-     Move the cursor backward a word.
-
-`M-<' (`beginning-of-node')
-`b'
-     Move the cursor to the start of the current node.
-
-`M->' (`end-of-node')
-     Move the cursor to the end of the current node.
-
-`M-r' (`move-to-window-line')
-     Move the cursor to a specific line of the window.  Without a
-     numeric argument, `M-r' moves the cursor to the start of the line
-     in the center of the window.  With a numeric argument of N, `M-r'
-     moves the cursor to the start of the Nth line in the window.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Cursor Commands-Footnotes,  Up: Cursor Commands
-
-(1)  `M-x' is also a command; it invokes `execute-extended-command'.
-*Note Executing an extended command: (emacs)M-x, for more detailed
-information.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Scrolling Commands,  Next: Node Commands,  Prev: Cursor Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Moving Text Within a Window
-***************************
-
-Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the
-current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen.  The
-commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
-current node is visible on the screen.
-
-`SPC' (`scroll-forward')
-`C-v'
-     Shift the text in this window up.  That is, show more of the node
-     which is currently below the bottom of the window.  With a numeric
-     argument, show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a
-     numeric argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up
-     4 lines (discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines
-     at the bottom of the window.  Without a numeric argument, SPC
-     takes the bottom two lines of the window and places them at the
-     top of the window, redisplaying almost a completely new screenful
-     of lines.
-
-`DEL' (`scroll-backward')
-`M-v'
-     Shift the text in this window down.  The inverse of
-     `scroll-forward'.
-
-The `scroll-forward' and `scroll-backward' commands can also move
-forward and backward through the node structure of the file.  If you
-press SPC while viewing the end of a node, or DEL while viewing the
-beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the variable
-`scroll-behavior'.  *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more
-information.
-
-`C-l' (`redraw-display')
-     Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the
-     cursor to a specified location.  With no numeric argument, `C-l'
-     clears the screen, and then redraws its entire contents.  Given a
-     numeric argument of N, the line containing the cursor is shifted
-     so that it is on the Nth line of the window.
-
-`C-x w' (`toggle-wrap')
-     Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window.
-     Normally, lines which are longer than the screen width "wrap",
-     i.e., they are continued on the next line.  Lines which wrap have
-     a `\' appearing in the rightmost column of the screen.  You can
-     cause such lines to be terminated at the rightmost column by
-     changing the state of line wrapping in the window with `C-x w'.
-     When a line which needs more space than one screen width to
-     display is displayed, a `$' appears in the rightmost column of the
-     screen, and the remainder of the line is invisible.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Node Commands,  Next: Searching Commands,  Prev: Scrolling Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Selecting a New Node
-********************
-
-This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
-to view in the current window.
-
-The most basic node commands are `n', `p', `u', and `l'.
-
-When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info
-"pointers" which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes are.
-Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file when
-you use the following commands:
-
-`n' (`next-node')
-     Select the `Next' node.
-
-`p' (`prev-node')
-     Select the `Prev' node.
-
-`u' (`up-node')
-     Select the `Up' node.
-
-You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window
-by using the `l' command - this name stands for "last", and actually
-moves through the list of already visited nodes for this window.  `l'
-with a negative numeric argument moves forward through the history of
-nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between two adjacent (in
-viewing history) nodes.
-
-`l' (`history-node')
-     Select the most recently selected node in this window.
-
-Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
-selected nodes; they are `t' and `d'.
-
-`t' (`top-node')
-     Select the node `Top' in the current Info file.
-
-`d' (`dir-node')
-     Select the directory node (i.e., the node `(dir)').
-
-Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
-
-`<' (`first-node')
-     Selects the first node which appears in this file.  This node is
-     most often `Top', but it does not have to be.
-
-`>' (`last-node')
-     Select the last node which appears in this file.
-
-`]' (`global-next-node')
-     Move forward or down through node structure.  If the node that you
-     are currently viewing has a `Next' pointer, that node is selected.
-     Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is
-     selected.  If there is no `Next' and no menu, the same process is
-     tried with the `Up' node of this node.
-
-`[' (`global-prev-node')
-     Move backward or up through node structure.  If the node that you
-     are currently viewing has a `Prev' pointer, that node is selected.
-     Otherwise, if the node has an `Up' pointer, that node is selected,
-     and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
-
-You can get the same behavior as `global-next-node' and
-`global-prev-node' while simply scrolling through the file with SPC and
-DEL; *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more information.
-
-`g' (`goto-node')
-     Read the name of a node and select it.  No completion is done while
-     reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a
-     separate file.  The node must be typed exactly as it appears in
-     the Info file.  A file name may be included as with any node
-     specification, for example
-
-          `g(emacs)Buffers'
-
-     finds the node `Buffers' in the Info file `emacs'.
-
-`C-x k' (`kill-node')
-     Kill a node.  The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with
-     a default of the current node.  "Killing" a node means that Info
-     tries hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of
-     history nodes kept for the window where that node is found.
-     Another node is selected in the window which contained the killed
-     node.
-
-`C-x C-f' (`view-file')
-     Read the name of a file and selects the entire file.  The command
-          `C-x C-f FILENAME'
-     is equivalent to typing
-          `g(FILENAME)*'
-
-`C-x C-b' (`list-visited-nodes')
-     Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited
-     nodes.  This window becomes the selected window, and you may use
-     the standard Info commands within it.
-
-`C-x b' (`select-visited-node')
-     Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible
-     window.  This is similar to `C-x C-b' followed by `m', but no
-     window is created.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Searching Commands,  Next: Xref Commands,  Prev: Node Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Searching an Info File
-**********************
-
-GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an
-entire Info file, search through the indices of an Info file, or find
-areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
-
-`s' (`search')
-     Read a string in the echo area and search for it.
-
-`C-s' (`isearch-forward')
-     Interactively search forward through the Info file for a string as
-     you type it.
-
-`C-r' (`isearch-backward')
-     Interactively search backward through the Info file for a string as
-     you type it.
-
-`i' (`index-search')
-     Look up a string in the indices for this Info file, and select a
-     node where the found index entry points to.
-
-`,' (`next-index-match')
-     Move to the node containing the next matching index item from the
-     last `i' command.
-
-The most basic searching command is `s' (`search').  The `s' command
-prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then searches the
-remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string.  If the
-string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the cursor is
-left positioned at the start of the found string.  Subsequent `s'
-commands show you the default search string within `[' and `]';
-pressing RET instead of typing a new string will use the default search
-string.
-
-"Incremental searching" is similar to basic searching, but the string
-is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until the
-entire search string has been specified.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Xref Commands,  Next: Window Commands,  Prev: Searching Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Selecting Cross References
-**************************
-
-We have already discussed the `Next', `Prev', and `Up' pointers which
-appear at the top of a node.  In addition to these pointers, a node may
-contain other pointers which refer you to a different node, perhaps in
-another Info file.  Such pointers are called "cross references", or
-"xrefs" for short.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Parts of an Xref::            What a cross reference is made of.
-* Selecting Xrefs::             Commands for selecting menu or note items.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Parts of an Xref,  Next: Selecting Xrefs,  Up: Xref Commands
-
-Parts of an Xref
-================
-
-Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
-"label"; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross
-reference, and the second is the "target"; it is the full name of the
-node that the cross reference points to.
-
-The target is separated from the label by a colon `:'; first the label
-appears, and then the target.  For example, in the sample menu cross
-reference below, the single colon separates the label from the target.
-
-     * Foo Label: Foo Target.        More information about Foo.
-
-Note the `.' which ends the name of the target.  The `.' is not part of
-the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target name ends.
-
-A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
-
-     * Foo Commands::                Commands pertaining to Foo.
-
-In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of
-the label, in this case `Foo Commands'.
-
-You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing nodes:
-"menu" references, and "note" references.  Menu references appear
-within a node's menu; they begin with a `*' at the beginning of a line,
-and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which describes what
-the contents of the node pointed to contains.
-
-Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with
-`*Note', and continue with a label and a target.
-
-Like `Next', `Prev', and `Up' pointers, cross references can point to
-any valid node.  They are used to refer you to a place where more
-detailed information can be found on a particular subject.  Here is a
-cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
-documentation:  *Note Writing an Xref: (texinfo)xref, for more
-information on creating your own texinfo cross references.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Selecting Xrefs,  Prev: Parts of an Xref,  Up: Xref Commands
-
-Selecting Xrefs
-===============
-
-The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
-
-`1' (`menu-digit')
-`2' ... `9'
-     Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as `1'),
-     selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window.
-     For convenience, there is one exception; pressing `0' selects the
-     *last* item in the node's menu.
-
-`0' (`last-menu-item')
-     Select the last item in the current node's menu.
-
-`m' (`menu-item')
-     Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its
-     node.  Completion is available while reading the menu label.
-
-`M-x find-menu'
-     Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
-
-This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross
-references.
-
-`f' (`xref-item')
-`r'
-     Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and
-     selects its node.  Completion is available while reading the cross
-     reference label.
-
-Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike:
-
-`TAB' (`move-to-next-xref')
-     Move the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note
-     reference in this node.  You can then use RET
-     (`select-reference-this-line') to select the menu or note
-     reference.
-
-`M-TAB' (`move-to-prev-xref')
-     Move the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note
-     reference in this node.
-
-`RET' (`select-reference-this-line')
-     Select the menu item or note reference appearing on this line.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Window Commands,  Next: Printing Nodes,  Prev: Xref Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Manipulating Multiple Windows
-*****************************
-
-A "window" is a place to show the text of a node.  Windows have a view
-area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated "mode
-line", which briefly describes the node being viewed.
-
-GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
-window is separated from the next by its modeline.  At any time, there
-is only one "active" window, that is, the window in which the cursor
-appears.  There are commands available for creating windows, changing
-the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting
-windows.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* The Mode Line::               What appears in the mode line?
-* Basic Windows::               Manipulating windows in Info.
-* The Echo Area::               Used for displaying errors and reading input.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: The Mode Line,  Next: Basic Windows,  Up: Window Commands
-
-The Mode Line
-=============
-
-A "mode line" is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom of
-an Info window.  It describes the contents of the window just above it;
-this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in
-that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node,
-and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window.  It can
-also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be
-updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on
-disk.
-
-Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file
-named `dir', showing the node `Top'.
-
-     -----Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top---------------------------------------
-                 ^^   ^   ^^^        ^^
-               (file)Node #lines    where
-
-When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
-indicated in the mode line with two small `z''s.  In addition, if the
-Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name of
-the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
-
-     --zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z---------------
-
-When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(`*').  The name itself tells you what the contents of the window are;
-the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node showing
-possible completions:
-
-     -----Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All-----------------------------------
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Basic Windows,  Next: The Echo Area,  Prev: The Mode Line,  Up: Window Commands
-
-Window Commands
-===============
-
-It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time.  To allow
-this, Info can display more than one "window".  Each window has its own
-mode line (*note The Mode Line::.) and history of nodes viewed in that
-window (*note `history-node': Node Commands.).
-
-`C-x o' (`next-window')
-     Select the next window on the screen.  Note that the echo area can
-     only be selected if it is already in use, and you have left it
-     temporarily.  Normally, `C-x o' simply moves the cursor into the
-     next window on the screen, or if you are already within the last
-     window, into the first window on the screen.  Given a numeric
-     argument, `C-x o' moves over that many windows.  A negative
-     argument causes `C-x o' to select the previous window on the
-     screen.
-
-`M-x prev-window'
-     Select the previous window on the screen.  This is identical to
-     `C-x o' with a negative argument.
-
-`C-x 2' (`split-window')
-     Split the current window into two windows, both showing the same
-     node.  Each window is one half the size of the original window,
-     and the cursor remains in the original window.  The variable
-     `automatic-tiling' can cause all of the windows on the screen to
-     be resized for you automatically, please *note automatic-tiling:
-     Variables. for more information.
-
-`C-x 0' (`delete-window')
-     Delete the current window from the screen.  If you have made too
-     many windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to
-     get rid of some of them.
-
-`C-x 1' (`keep-one-window')
-     Delete all of the windows excepting the current one.
-
-`ESC C-v' (`scroll-other-window')
-     Scroll the other window, in the same fashion that `C-v' might
-     scroll the current window.  Given a negative argument, scroll the
-     "other" window backward.
-
-`C-x ^' (`grow-window')
-     Grow (or shrink) the current window.  Given a numeric argument,
-     grow the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric
-     argument, shrink the window instead.
-
-`C-x t' (`tile-windows')
-     Divide the available screen space among all of the visible windows.
-     Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to
-     display its contents.  The variable `automatic-tiling' can cause
-     `tile-windows' to be called when a window is created or deleted.
-     *Note `automatic-tiling': Variables.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: The Echo Area,  Prev: Basic Windows,  Up: Window Commands
-
-The Echo Area
-=============
-
-The "echo area" is a one line window which appears at the bottom of the
-screen.  It is used to display informative or error messages, and to
-read lines of input from you when that is necessary.  Almost all of the
-commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs
-counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of
-discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text.  The following
-table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being
-read in the echo area:
-
-`C-f' (`echo-area-forward')
-     Move forward a character.
-
-`C-b' (`echo-area-backward')
-     Move backward a character.
-
-`C-a' (`echo-area-beg-of-line')
-     Move to the start of the input line.
-
-`C-e' (`echo-area-end-of-line')
-     Move to the end of the input line.
-
-`M-f' (`echo-area-forward-word')
-     Move forward a word.
-
-`M-b' (`echo-area-backward-word')
-     Move backward a word.
-
-`C-d' (`echo-area-delete')
-     Delete the character under the cursor.
-
-`DEL' (`echo-area-rubout')
-     Delete the character behind the cursor.
-
-`C-g' (`echo-area-abort')
-     Cancel or quit the current operation.  If completion is being read,
-     `C-g' discards the text of the input line which does not match any
-     completion.  If the input line is empty, `C-g' aborts the calling
-     function.
-
-`RET' (`echo-area-newline')
-     Accept (or forces completion of) the current input line.
-
-`C-q' (`echo-area-quoted-insert')
-     Insert the next character verbatim.  This is how you can insert
-     control characters into a search string, for example.
-
-PRINTING CHARACTER (`echo-area-insert')
-     Insert the character.
-
-`M-TAB' (`echo-area-tab-insert')
-     Insert a TAB character.
-
-`C-t' (`echo-area-transpose-chars')
-     Transpose the characters at the cursor.
-
-The next group of commands deal with "killing", and "yanking" text.
-For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking, *note Killing and
-Deleting: (emacs)Killing.
-
-`M-d' (`echo-area-kill-word')
-     Kill the word following the cursor.
-
-`M-DEL' (`echo-area-backward-kill-word')
-     Kill the word preceding the cursor.
-
-`C-k' (`echo-area-kill-line')
-     Kill the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
-
-`C-x DEL' (`echo-area-backward-kill-line')
-     Kill the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.
-
-`C-y' (`echo-area-yank')
-     Yank back the contents of the last kill.
-
-`M-y' (`echo-area-yank-pop')
-     Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
-
-Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices.  The choices
-represent the "possible completions", and you must respond with one of
-them.  Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, Info
-allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it.  In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this is
-called "completion".
-
-The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
-
-`TAB' (`echo-area-complete')
-`SPC'
-     Insert as much of a completion as is possible.
-
-`?' (`echo-area-possible-completions')
-     Display a window containing a list of the possible completions of
-     what you have typed so far.  For example, if the available choices
-     are:
-
-          bar
-          foliate
-          food
-          forget
-
-     and you have typed an `f', followed by `?', the possible
-     completions would contain:
-
-          foliate
-          food
-          forget
-
-     i.e., all of the choices which begin with `f'.  Pressing SPC or
-     TAB would result in `fo' appearing in the echo area, since all of
-     the choices which begin with `f' continue with `o'.  Now, typing
-     `l' followed by `TAB' results in `foliate' appearing in the echo
-     area, since that is the only choice which begins with `fol'.
-
-`ESC C-v' (`echo-area-scroll-completions-window')
-     Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
-     window if not.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Printing Nodes,  Next: Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: Window Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Printing Out Nodes
-******************
-
-You may wish to print out the contents of a node as  a quick reference
-document for later use.  Info provides you with a command for doing
-this.  In general, we recommend that you use TeX to format the document
-and print sections of it, by running `tex' on the Texinfo source file.
-
-`M-x print-node'
-     Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the
-     environment variable `INFO_PRINT_COMMAND'.  If the variable does
-     not exist, the node is simply piped to `lpr'.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Commands,  Next: Variables,  Prev: Printing Nodes,  Up: Top
-
-Miscellaneous Commands
-**********************
-
-GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info:
-
-`M-x describe-command'
-     Read the name of an Info command in the echo area and then display
-     a brief description of what that command does.
-
-`M-x describe-key'
-     Read a key sequence in the echo area, and then display the name and
-     documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes.
-
-`M-x describe-variable'
-     Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a
-     brief description of what the variable affects.
-
-`M-x where-is'
-     Read the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then display
-     a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command.
-
-`C-h' (`get-help-window')
-`?'
-     Create (or Move into) the window displaying `*Help*', and place a
-     node containing a quick reference card into it.  This window
-     displays the most concise information about GNU Info available.
-
-`h' (`get-info-help-node')
-     Try hard to visit the node `(info)Help'.  The Info file
-     `info.texi' distributed with GNU Info contains this node.  Of
-     course, the file must first be processed with `makeinfo', and then
-     placed into the location of your Info directory.
-
-Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
-
-`C-u' (`universal-argument')
-     Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument.  `C-u' is a
-     good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or
-     scrolling commands; `C-u C-v' scrolls the screen 4 lines, while
-     `C-u C-u C-n' moves the cursor down 16 lines.
-
-`M-1' (`add-digit-to-numeric-arg')
-`M-2' ... `M-9'
-     Add the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric
-     argument.  Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just
-     type the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix.  For
-     example, you might give `C-l' a numeric argument of 32 by typing:
-
-          `C-u 3 2 C-l'
-
-     or
-
-          `M-3 2 C-l'
-
-`C-g' is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key sequence,
-to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and to
-cancel reading input in the echo area.
-
-`C-g' (`abort-key')
-     Cancel current operation.
-
-The `q' command of Info simply quits running Info.
-
-`q' (`quit')
-     Exit GNU Info.
-
-If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall,
-and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that
-the operating system is correct.
-
-`M-x set-screen-height'
-     Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the
-     displayed screen to that value.
-
-Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might
-be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
-
-`ESC C-f' (`show-footnotes')
-     Show the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in
-     another window.  You can have Info automatically display the
-     footnotes associated with a node when the node is selected by
-     setting the variable `automatic-footnotes'.  *Note
-     `automatic-footnotes': Variables.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Variables,  Next: GNU Info Global Index,  Prev: Miscellaneous Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Manipulating Variables
-**********************
-
-GNU Info contains several "variables" whose values are looked at by
-various Info commands.  You can change the values of these variables,
-and thus change the behavior of Info to more closely match your
-environment and Info file reading manner.
-
-`M-x set-variable'
-     Read the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo
-     area and then set the variable to that value.  Completion is
-     available when reading the variable name; often, completion is
-     available when reading the value to give to the variable, but that
-     depends on the variable itself.  If a variable does *not* supply
-     multiple choices to complete over, it expects a numeric value.
-
-`M-x describe-variable'
-     Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a
-     brief description of what the variable affects.
-
-Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
-
-`automatic-footnotes'
-     When set to `On', footnotes appear and disappear automatically.
-     This variable is `On' by default.  When a node is selected, a
-     window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is
-     created, and the footnotes are displayed within the new window.
-     The window that Info creates to contain the footnotes is called
-     `*Footnotes*'.  If a node is selected which contains no footnotes,
-     and a `*Footnotes*' window is on the screen, the `*Footnotes*'
-     window is deleted.  Footnote windows created in this fashion are
-     not automatically tiled so that they can use as little of the
-     display as is possible.
-
-`automatic-tiling'
-     When set to `On', creating or deleting a window resizes other
-     windows.  This variable is `Off' by default.  Normally, typing
-     `C-x 2' divides the current window into two equal parts.  When
-     `automatic-tiling' is set to `On', all of the windows are resized
-     automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each
-     window.  There are exceptions to the automatic tiling;
-     specifically, the windows `*Completions*' and `*Footnotes*' are
-     *not* resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original
-     size.
-
-`visible-bell'
-     When set to `On', GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of
-     ringing the bell.  This variable is `Off' by default.  Of course,
-     Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the
-     case that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this
-     variable has no effect.  However, you can make Info perform
-     quietly by setting the `errors-ring-bell' variable to `Off'.
-
-`errors-ring-bell'
-     When set to `On', errors cause the bell to ring.  The default
-     setting of this variable is `On'.
-
-`gc-compressed-files'
-     When set to `On', Info garbage collects files which had to be
-     uncompressed.  The default value of this variable is `Off'.
-     Whenever a node is visited in Info, the Info file containing that
-     node is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags
-     and nodes contained in that file.  Once the tags information is
-     read by Info, it is never forgotten.  However, the actual text of
-     the nodes does not need to remain in core unless a particular Info
-     window needs it.  For non-compressed files, the text of the nodes
-     does not remain in core when it is no longer in use.  But
-     de-compressing a file can be a time consuming operation, and so
-     Info tries hard not to do it twice.  `gc-compressed-files' tells
-     Info it is okay to garbage collect the text of the nodes of a file
-     which was compressed on disk.
-
-`show-index-match'
-     When set to `On', the portion of the matched search string is
-     highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search
-     string was found.  The default value of this variable is `On'.
-     When Info displays the location where an index match was found,
-     (*note `next-index-match': Searching Commands.), the portion of the
-     string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the
-     inverse case from its surrounding characters.
-
-`scroll-behavior'
-     Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the
-     end of a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the
-     beginning of a node.  The default value for this variable is
-     `Continuous'.  There are three possible values for this variable:
-
-    `Continuous'
-          Try to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing
-          that, the `Next' node, or failing that, the `Next' of the
-          `Up'.  This behavior is identical to using the `]'
-          (`global-next-node') and `[' (`global-prev-node') commands.
-
-    `Next Only'
-          Only try to get the `Next' node.
-
-    `Page Only'
-          Simply give up, changing nothing.  If `scroll-behavior' is
-          `Page Only', no scrolling command can change the node that is
-          being viewed.
-
-`scroll-step'
-     The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the
-     window.  Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved
-     out of the visible portion of the node text when it is time to
-     display.  Usually the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on
-     the center line of the current window.  However, if the variable
-     `scroll-step' has a nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the
-     node text by that many lines; if that is enough to bring the
-     cursor back into the window, that is what is done.  The default
-     value of this variable is 0, thus placing the cursor (and the text
-     it is attached to) in the center of the window.  Setting this
-     variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which some
-     people prefer.
-
-`ISO-Latin'
-     When set to `On', Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters.
-     By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set.  `ISO-Latin' tells
-     Info that it is running in an environment where the European
-     standard character set is in use, and allows you to input such
-     characters to Info, as well as display them.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: GNU Info Global Index,  Prev: Variables,  Up: Top
-
-Global Index
-************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ,:                                    Searching Commands.
-* 0, in Info windows:                   Selecting Xrefs.
-* 1 ... 9, in Info windows:             Selecting Xrefs.
-* 1 ... 9, in Info windows:             Selecting Xrefs.
-* <:                                    Node Commands.
-* >:                                    Node Commands.
-* ?, in Info windows:                   Miscellaneous Commands.
-* ?, in the echo area:                  The Echo Area.
-* -subnodes, command line option:       Options.
-* abort-key:                            Miscellaneous Commands.
-* add-digit-to-numeric-arg:             Miscellaneous Commands.
-* arguments, command line:              Options.
-* automatic-footnotes:                  Variables.
-* automatic-tiling:                     Variables.
-* b, in Info windows:                   Cursor Commands.
-* backward-char:                        Cursor Commands.
-* backward-word:                        Cursor Commands.
-* beginning-of-line:                    Cursor Commands.
-* beginning-of-node:                    Cursor Commands.
-* C-a, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-a, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-b, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-b, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-d, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-e, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-e, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-f, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-f, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-g, in Info windows:                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* C-g, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-h:                                  Miscellaneous Commands.
-* C-k, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-l:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* C-n:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* C-p:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* C-q, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-r:                                  Searching Commands.
-* C-s:                                  Searching Commands.
-* C-t, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-u:                                  Miscellaneous Commands.
-* C-v:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* C-w:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* C-x 0:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x 1:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x 2:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x b:                                Node Commands.
-* C-x C-b:                              Node Commands.
-* C-x C-f:                              Node Commands.
-* C-x DEL, in the echo area:            The Echo Area.
-* C-x k:                                Node Commands.
-* C-x o:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x t:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x ^:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-y, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* cancelling the current operation:     Miscellaneous Commands.
-* cancelling typeahead:                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* command line options:                 Options.
-* commands, describing:                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* cursor, moving:                       Cursor Commands.
-* d:                                    Node Commands.
-* DEL, in Info windows:                 Scrolling Commands.
-* DEL, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* delete-window:                        Basic Windows.
-* describe-command:                     Miscellaneous Commands.
-* describe-key:                         Miscellaneous Commands.
-* describe-variable:                    Variables.
-* dir-node:                             Node Commands.
-* directory path:                       Options.
-* echo area:                            The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-abort:                      The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward:                   The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward-kill-line:         The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward-kill-word:         The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward-word:              The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-beg-of-line:                The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-complete:                   The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-delete:                     The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-end-of-line:                The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-forward:                    The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-forward-word:               The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-insert:                     The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-kill-line:                  The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-kill-word:                  The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-newline:                    The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-possible-completions:       The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-quoted-insert:              The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-rubout:                     The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-scroll-completions-window:  The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-tab-insert:                 The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-transpose-chars:            The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-yank:                       The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-yank-pop:                   The Echo Area.
-* end-of-line:                          Cursor Commands.
-* end-of-node:                          Cursor Commands.
-* errors-ring-bell:                     Variables.
-* ESC C-f:                              Miscellaneous Commands.
-* ESC C-v, in Info windows:             Basic Windows.
-* ESC C-v, in the echo area:            The Echo Area.
-* f:                                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* file, outputting to:                  Options.
-* find-menu:                            Selecting Xrefs.
-* first-node:                           Node Commands.
-* footnotes, displaying:                Miscellaneous Commands.
-* forward-char:                         Cursor Commands.
-* forward-word:                         Cursor Commands.
-* functions, describing:                Miscellaneous Commands.
-* g:                                    Node Commands.
-* gc-compressed-files:                  Variables.
-* get-help-window:                      Miscellaneous Commands.
-* get-info-help-node:                   Miscellaneous Commands.
-* global-next-node:                     Node Commands.
-* global-prev-node:                     Node Commands.
-* goto-node:                            Node Commands.
-* grow-window:                          Basic Windows.
-* h:                                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* history-node:                         Node Commands.
-* i:                                    Searching Commands.
-* index-search:                         Searching Commands.
-* Info file, selecting:                 Options.
-* INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable: Printing Nodes.
-* isearch-backward:                     Searching Commands.
-* isearch-forward:                      Searching Commands.
-* ISO Latin characters:                 Variables.
-* ISO-Latin:                            Variables.
-* keep-one-window:                      Basic Windows.
-* keys, describing:                     Miscellaneous Commands.
-* kill-node:                            Node Commands.
-* l:                                    Node Commands.
-* last-menu-item:                       Selecting Xrefs.
-* last-node:                            Node Commands.
-* list-visited-nodes:                   Node Commands.
-* m:                                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* M-1 ... M-9:                          Miscellaneous Commands.
-* M-<:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* M->:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* M-b, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* M-b, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* M-d, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* M-DEL, in the echo area:              The Echo Area.
-* M-f, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* M-f, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* M-r:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* M-TAB, in Info windows:               Selecting Xrefs.
-* M-TAB, in the echo area:              The Echo Area.
-* M-v:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* M-y, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* menu, following:                      Options.
-* menu-digit:                           Selecting Xrefs.
-* menu-item:                            Selecting Xrefs.
-* move-to-next-xref:                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* move-to-prev-xref:                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* move-to-window-line:                  Cursor Commands.
-* n:                                    Node Commands.
-* next-index-match:                     Searching Commands.
-* next-line:                            Cursor Commands.
-* next-node:                            Node Commands.
-* next-window:                          Basic Windows.
-* node, selecting:                      Options.
-* nodes, selection of:                  Node Commands.
-* numeric arguments:                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* outputting to a file:                 Options.
-* p:                                    Node Commands.
-* prev-line:                            Cursor Commands.
-* prev-node:                            Node Commands.
-* prev-window:                          Basic Windows.
-* print-node:                           Printing Nodes.
-* printing:                             Printing Nodes.
-* printing characters, in the echo area: The Echo Area.
-* q:                                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* quit:                                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* quitting:                             Miscellaneous Commands.
-* r:                                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* redraw-display:                       Scrolling Commands.
-* RET, in Info windows:                 Selecting Xrefs.
-* RET, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* s:                                    Searching Commands.
-* screen, changing the height of:       Miscellaneous Commands.
-* scroll-backward:                      Scrolling Commands.
-* scroll-behavior:                      Variables.
-* scroll-forward:                       Scrolling Commands.
-* scroll-other-window:                  Basic Windows.
-* scroll-step:                          Variables.
-* scrolling:                            Scrolling Commands.
-* scrolling through node structure:     Scrolling Commands.
-* search:                               Searching Commands.
-* searching:                            Searching Commands.
-* select-reference-this-line:           Selecting Xrefs.
-* select-visited-node:                  Node Commands.
-* set-screen-height:                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* set-variable:                         Variables.
-* show-footnotes:                       Miscellaneous Commands.
-* show-index-match:                     Variables.
-* SPC, in Info windows:                 Scrolling Commands.
-* SPC, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* split-window:                         Basic Windows.
-* t:                                    Node Commands.
-* TAB, in Info windows:                 Selecting Xrefs.
-* TAB, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* tile-windows:                         Basic Windows.
-* tiling:                               Basic Windows.
-* toggle-wrap:                          Scrolling Commands.
-* top-node:                             Node Commands.
-* u:                                    Node Commands.
-* universal-argument:                   Miscellaneous Commands.
-* up-node:                              Node Commands.
-* variables, describing:                Variables.
-* variables, setting:                   Variables.
-* version information:                  Options.
-* view-file:                            Node Commands.
-* visible-bell:                         Variables.
-* where-is:                             Miscellaneous Commands.
-* windows, creating:                    Basic Windows.
-* windows, deleting:                    Basic Windows.
-* windows, manipulating:                Window Commands.
-* windows, selecting:                   Basic Windows.
-* xref-item:                            Selecting Xrefs.
-* [:                                    Node Commands.
-* ]:                                    Node Commands.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top1263
-Node: What is Info2593
-Node: Options3127
-Node: Options-Footnotes6157
-Node: Cursor Commands6411
-Node: Cursor Commands-Footnotes8906
-Node: Scrolling Commands9136
-Node: Node Commands11600
-Node: Searching Commands15563
-Node: Xref Commands17151
-Node: Parts of an Xref17766
-Node: Selecting Xrefs19711
-Node: Window Commands21298
-Node: The Mode Line22233
-Node: Basic Windows23872
-Node: The Echo Area26374
-Node: Printing Nodes30531
-Node: Miscellaneous Commands31174
-Node: Variables34345
-Node: GNU Info Global Index40515
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/info.info b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/info.info
deleted file mode 100644
index b6fd850..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/info.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,777 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file info.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file info.texi.
-
-   This file describes how to use Info, the on-line, menu-driven GNU
-documentation system.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Getting Started,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
-
-Info: An Introduction
-*********************
-
-   Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now.
-
-   To learn how to use Info, type the command `h'.  It brings you to a
-programmed instruction sequence.
-
-   To learn advanced Info commands, type `n' twice.  This brings you to
-`Info for Experts', skipping over the .  `Getting Started' chapter.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Getting Started::
-* Advanced Info::
-* Create an Info File::
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Getting Started,  Next: Advanced Info,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
-
-Getting Started
-***************
-
-   This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside
-of Info.  The second part of the manual describes various advanced Info
-commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.
-The third part is about how to generate Info files from Texinfo files.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Help-Small-Screen::   Starting Info on a Small Screen
-* Help::                How to use Info
-* Help-P::              Returning to the Previous node
-* Help-^L::             The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-* Help-M::              Menus
-* Help-Adv::            Some advanced Info commands
-* Help-Q::              Quitting Info
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Small-Screen,  Next: Help,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Starting Info on a Small Screen
-===============================
-
-   Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its
-screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning.
-
-   If you see the text `--All----' at near the bottom right corner of
-the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the
-screen.  If you see `--Top----' instead, it means that there is more
-text below that does not fit.  To move forward through the text and see
-another screen full, press the Space bar, SPC.  To move back up, press
-the key labeled `Rubout' or `Delete' or DEL.
-
-   Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try SPC and DEL and see what
-they do.  At the end are instructions of what you should do next.
-
-   This is line 17
-This is line 18
-This is line 19
-This is line 20
-This is line 21
-This is line 22
-This is line 23
-This is line 24
-This is line 25
-This is line 26
-This is line 27
-This is line 28
-This is line 29
-This is line 30
-This is line 31
-This is line 32
-This is line 33
-This is line 34
-This is line 35
-This is line 36
-This is line 37
-This is line 38
-This is line 39
-This is line 40
-This is line 41
-This is line 42
-This is line 43
-This is line 44
-This is line 45
-This is line 46
-This is line 47
-This is line 48
-This is line 49
-This is line 50
-This is line 51
-This is line 52
-This is line 53
-This is line 54
-This is line 55
-This is line 56
-If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with DEL, and
-come back here again, then you understand SPC and DEL.  So now type an
-`n'--just one character; do not type the quotes and do not type the
-Return key, RET, afterward--to get to the normal start of the course.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help,  Next: Help-P,  Prev: Help-Small-Screen,  Up: Getting Started
-
-How to use Info
-===============
-
-   You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation.
-
-   Right now you are looking at one "Node" of Information.  A node
-contains text describing a specific topic at a specific level of
-detail.  This node's topic is "how to use Info".
-
-   The top line of a node is its "header".  This node's header (look at
-it now) says that it is the node named `Help' in the file `info'.  It
-says that the `Next' node after this one is the node called `Help-P'.
-An advanced Info command lets you go to any node whose name you know.
-
-   Besides a `Next', a node can have a `Previous' or an `Up'.  This
-node has a `Previous' but no `Up', as you can see.
-
-   Now it is time to move on to the `Next' node, named `Help-P'.
-
-   >> Type `n' to move there.  Type just one character;    do not type
-the quotes and do not type a RET afterward.
-
-   `>>' in the margin means it is really time to try a command.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-P,  Next: Help-^L,  Prev: Help,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Returning to the Previous node
-==============================
-
-   This node is called `Help-P'.  The `Previous' node, as you see, is
-`Help', which is the one you just came from using the `n' command.
-Another `n' command now would take you to the next node, `Help-^L'.
-
-   >> But do not do that yet.  First, try the `p' command, which takes
- you to the `Previous' node.  When you get there, you can do an    `n'
-again to return here.
-
-   This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but *do not* be
-led into skimming.  Things will get more complicated soon.  Also, do
-not try a new command until you are told it is time to.  Otherwise, you
-may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
-
-   >> Now do an `n' to get to the node `Help-^L' and learn more.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-^L,  Next: Help-M,  Prev: Help-P,  Up: Getting Started
-
-The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-=====================================
-
-   This node's header tells you that you are now at node `Help-^L', and
-that `p' would get you back to `Help-P'.  The node's title is
-underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles).
-
-   This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
-You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you can see
-the string `--Top-----' rather than `--All----' near the bottom right
-corner of the screen.
-
-   The SPC, DEL and `b' commands exist to allow you to "move around" in
-a node that does not all fit on the screen at once.  SPC moves forward,
-to show what was below the bottom of the screen.  DEL moves backward,
-to show what was above the top of the screen (there is not anything
-above the top until you have typed some spaces).
-
-   >> Now try typing a SPC (afterward, type a DEL to return here).
-
-   When you type the SPC, the two lines that were at the bottom of the
-screen appear at the top, followed by more lines.  DEL takes the two
-lines from the top and moves them to the bottom, *usually*, but if
-there are not a full screen's worth of lines above them they may not
-make it all the way to the bottom.
-
-   If you type a SPC when there is no more to see, it rings the bell
-and otherwise does nothing.  The same goes for a DEL when the header of
-the node is visible.
-
-   If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out
-again by typing `C-l' (`Control-L', that is--hold down "Control" and
-type an L or `l').
-
-   >> Type `C-l' now.
-
-   To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type a
-lot of DELs.  You can also type simply `b' for beginning.
-
-   >> Try that now.  (I have put in enough verbiage to make sure you are
-  not on the first screenful now).  Then come back, typing SPC
-several times.
-
-   You have just learned a considerable number of commands.  If you
-want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type a ?
-which prints out a brief list of commands.  When you are finished
-looking at the list, make it go away by typing a SPC.
-
-   >> Type a ? now.  After it finishes, type a SPC.
-
-   (If you are using the standalone Info reader, type `l' to return
-here.)
-
-   From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and
-will be expected to know how to use SPC and DEL to move around in them
-without being told.  Since not all terminals have the same size screen,
-it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
-
-   >> Now type `n' to see the description of the `m' command.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-M,  Next: Help-Adv,  Prev: Help-^L,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Menus
-=====
-
-   Menus and the `m' command
-
-   With only the `n' and `p' commands for moving between nodes, nodes
-are restricted to a linear sequence.  Menus allow a branching
-structure.  A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to.  It is
-actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that
-Info can interpret it.  The beginning of a menu is always identified by
-a line which starts with `* Menu:'.  A node contains a menu if and only
-if it has a line in it which starts that way.  The only menu you can
-use at any moment is the one in the node you are in.  To use a menu in
-any other node, you must move to that node first.
-
-   After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a `*'
-identifies one subtopic.  The line usually contains a brief name for
-the subtopic (followed by a `:'), the name of the node that talks about
-that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the subtopic.
-Lines in the menu that do not start with a `*' have no special
-meaning--they are only for the human reader's benefit and do not define
-additional subtopics.  Here is an example:
-
-     * Foo:  FOO's Node      This tells about FOO
-
-   The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is `FOO's Node'.
-The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information.  [[ But this
-line is not a real menu item, simply because there is no line above it
-which starts with `* Menu:'.]]
-
-   When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
-described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first thing
-in the menu line.  Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts the
-node name from it, and goes to that node.  The reason that there is
-both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be
-meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking.
-The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to
-specify.  Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify and
-so both it and the subtopic name are the same.  There is an
-abbreviation for this:
-
-     * Foo::   This tells about FOO
-
-This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are
-both `Foo'.
-
-   >> Now use SPCs to find the menu in this node, then come back to
-the front with a `b'.  As you see, a menu is actually visible in    its
-node.  If you cannot find a menu in a node by looking at it,    then
-the node does not have a menu and the `m' command is not    available.
-
-   The command to go to one of the subnodes is `m'--but *do not do it
-yet!*  Before you use `m', you must understand the difference between
-commands and arguments.  So far, you have learned several commands that
-do not need arguments.  When you type one, Info processes it and is
-instantly ready for another command.  The `m' command is different: it
-is incomplete without the "name of the subtopic".  Once you have typed
-`m', Info tries to read the subtopic name.
-
-   Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the
-screen.  There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is
-blank If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as `n' or `b'
-or SPC or `m'.  If that line contains text ending in a colon, it mean
-Info is trying to read the "argument" to a command.  At such times,
-commands do not work, because Info tries to use them as the argument.
-You must either type the argument and finish the command you started,
-or type `Control-g' to cancel the command.  When you have done one of
-those things, the line becomes blank again.
-
-   The command to go to a subnode via a menu is `m'.  After you type
-the `m', the line at the bottom of the screen says `Menu item: '.  You
-must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with a RET.
-
-   You can abbreviate the subtopic name.  If the abbreviation is not
-unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen.  Some menus put the
-shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital
-letters, so you can see how much you need to type.  It does not matter
-whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the subtopic.
-You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the item name,
-except for one space where a space appears in the item in the menu.
-
-   Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice.
-
-   * Menu:	   The menu starts here.
-
-   This menu givs you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO.
-
-   * Foo:  Help-FOO.       A node you can visit for fun.
-* Bar:  Help-FOO.       Strange!  two ways to get to the same place.
-* Help-FOO::            And yet another!
->>  Now type just an `m' and see what happens:
-
-   Now you are "inside" an `m' command.  Commands cannot be used now;
-the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
-
-   You can change your mind about doing the `m' by typing Control-g.
-
-   >> Try that now;  notice the bottom line clear.
-
-   >> Then type another `m'.
-
-   >> Now type `BAR' item name.  Do not type RET yet.
-
-   While you are typing the item name, you can use the DEL character to
-cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake.
-
-   >> Type one to cancel the `R'.  You could type another `R' to
-replace it.  You do not have to, since `BA' is a valid abbreviation.
-
-   >> Now you are ready to go.  Type a RET.
-
-   After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here.
-
-   >> Type `n' to see more commands.
-
-   Here is another way to get to  Help-FOO, a menu.  You can ignore this
-if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Help-FOO::
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-FOO,  Up: Help-M
-
-The `u' command
----------------
-
-   Congratulations!  This is the node `Help-FOO'.  Unlike the other
-nodes you have seen, this one has an `Up': `Help-M', the node you just
-came from via the `m' command.  This is the usual convention--the nodes
-you reach from a menu have `Up' nodes that lead back to the menu.
-Menus move Down in the tree, and `Up' moves Up.  `Previous', on the
-other hand, is usually used to "stay on the same level but go backwards"
-
-   You can go back to the node `Help-M' by typing the command `u' for
-"Up".  That puts you at the *front* of the node--to get back to where
-you were reading you have to type some SPCs.
-
-   >> Now type `u' to move back up to `Help-M'.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Adv,  Next: Help-Q,  Prev: Help-M,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Some advanced Info commands
-===========================
-
-   The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end.
-
-   If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to
-retrace your steps, the `l' command (`l' for "last") will do that, one
-node at a time.  If you have been following directions, an `l' command
-now will get you back to `Help-M'.  Another `l' command would undo the
-`u' and get you back to `Help-FOO'.  Another `l' would undo the `m' and
-get you back to `Help-M'.
-
-   >> Try typing three `l''s, pausing in between to see what each
-`l' does.
-
-   Then follow directions again and you will end up back here.
-
-   Note the difference between `l' and `p': `l' moves to where *you*
-last were, whereas `p' always moves to the node which the header says
-is the `Previous' node (from this node, to `Help-M').
-
-   The `d' command gets you instantly to the Directory node.  This
-node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info, has a menu
-which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus), to all the
-nodes that exist.
-
-   >> Try doing a `d', then do an `l' to return here (yes,    *do*
-return).
-
-   Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference.
-Cross references look like this: *Note Cross: Help-Cross.  That is a
-real, live cross reference which is named `Cross' and points at the
-node named `Help-Cross'.
-
-   If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the `f'
-command.  The `f' must be followed by the cross reference name (in this
-case, `Cross').  You can use DEL to edit the name, and if you change
-your mind about following any reference you can use `Control-g' to
-cancel the command.
-
-   Completion is available in the `f' command; you can complete among
-all the cross reference names in the current node.
-
-   >> Type `f', followed by `Cross', and a RET.
-
-   To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you
-can type `?' after an `f'.  The `f' continues to await a cross
-reference name even after printing the list, so if you do not actually
-want to follow a reference you should type a `Control-g' to cancel the
-`f'.
-
-   >> Type "f?" to get a list of the footnotes in this node.  Then type
-a    `Control-g' and see how the `f' gives up.
-
-   >> Now type `n' to see the last node of the course.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Cross,  Up: Help-Adv
-
-The node reached by the cross reference in Info
------------------------------------------------
-
-   This is the node reached by the cross reference named `Cross'.
-
-   While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
-reference, most cross references lead to nodes that "belong" someplace
-else far away in the structure of Info.  So you cannot expect the
-footnote to have a `Next', `Previous' or `Up' pointing back to where
-you came from.  In general, the `l' (el) command is the only way to get
-back there.
-
-   >> Type `l' to return to the node where the cross reference was.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Q,  Prev: Help-Adv,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Quitting Info
-=============
-
-   To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type `q' for
-"Quit".
-
-   This is the end of the course on using Info.  There are some other
-commands that are not essential or are meant for experienced users;
-they are useful, and you can find them by looking in the directory for
-documentation on Info.  Finding them will be a good exercise in using
-Info in the usual manner.
-
-   >> Type `d' to go to the Info directory node; then type    `mInfo'
-and RET, to get to the node about Info    and see what other help is
-available.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Advanced Info,  Next: Create an Info File,  Prev: Getting Started,  Up: Top
-
-Info for Experts
-****************
-
-   This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to
-write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.  (However, in most
-cases, writing a Texinfo file is better, since you can use it *both* to
-generate an Info file and to make a printed manual.  *Note Overview of
-Texinfo: (texinfo)Top.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Expert::              Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5.
-* Add::                 Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
-                          Also tells what nodes look like.
-* Menus::               How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
-* Cross-refs::          How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
-* Tags::                How to make tag tables for Info files.
-* Checking::            Checking an Info File
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Expert,  Next: Add,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Advanced Info Commands
-======================
-
-   `g', `s', `1', - `5', and `e'
-
-   If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing `g', the name,
-and RET.  Thus, `gTopRET' would go to the node called `Top' in this
-file (its directory node).  `gExpertRET' would come back here.
-
-   Unlike `m', `g' does not allow the use of abbreviations.
-
-   To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the
-node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses.  Thus,
-`g(dir)TopRET' would go to the Info Directory node, which is node `Top'
-in the file `dir'.
-
-   The node name `*' specifies the whole file.  So you can look at all
-of the current file by typing `g*RET' or all of any other file with
-`g(FILENAME)RET'.
-
-   The `s' command allows you to search a whole file for a string.  It
-switches to the next node if and when that is necessary.  You type `s'
-followed by the string to search for, terminated by RET.  To search for
-the same string again, just `s' followed by RET will do.  The file's
-nodes are scanned in the order they are in in the file, which has no
-necessary relationship to the order that they may be in in the tree
-structure of menus and `next' pointers.  But normally the two orders
-are not very different.  In any case, you can always do a `b' to find
-out what node you have reached, if the header is not visible (this can
-happen, because `s' puts your cursor at the occurrence of the string,
-not at the beginning of the node).
-
-   If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you
-might like to use the commands `1', `2', `3', `4', and `5'.  They are
-short for the `m' command together with an argument.  "1", "2", "3",
-"4", and "5".  `1' goes through the first item in the current node's
-menu; `2' goes through the second item, etc.  Note that numbers larger
-than 5 are not allowed.  If the item you want is that far down, you are
-better off using an abbreviation for its name than counting.
-
-   The Info command `e' changes from Info mode to an ordinary Emacs
-editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node.  Type
-`C-c C-c' to switch back to Info.  The `e' command is allowed only if
-the variable `Info-enable-edit' is non-`nil'.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Add,  Next: Menus,  Prev: Expert,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Adding a new node to Info
-=========================
-
-   To add a new topic to the list in the directory, you must:
-
-  1. Create a node, in some file, to document that topic.
-
-  2. Put that topic in the menu in the directory.  *Note Menu: Menus.
-
-   The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
-one.  It must have a ^_ character before it (invisible to the user;
-this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either a ^_,
-a ^L, or the end of file.  Note: If you put in a ^L to end a new node,
-be sure that there is a ^_ after it to start the next one, since ^L
-cannot *start* a node.  Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a
-page boundary as well is to put a ^L *right after* the ^_.
-
-   The ^_ starting a node must be followed by a newline or a ^L
-newline, after which comes the node's header line.  The header line
-must give the node's name (by which Info finds it), and state the names
-of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' nodes (if there are any).  As you
-can see, this node's `Up' node is the node `Top', which points at all
-the documentation for Info.  The `Next' node is `Menus'.
-
-   The keywords "Node", "Previous", "Up" and "Next", may appear in any
-order, anywhere in the header line, but the recommended order is the
-one in this sentence.  Each keyword must be followed by a colon, spaces
-and tabs, and then the appropriate name.  The name may be terminated
-with a tab, a comma, or a newline.  A space does not end it; node names
-may contain spaces.  The case of letters in the names is insignificant.
-
-   A node name has two forms.  A node in the current file is named by
-what appears after the `Node: ' in that node's first line.  For
-example, this node's name is `Add'.  A node in another file is named by
-`(FILENAME)NODE-WITHIN-FILE', as in `(info)Add' for this node.  If the
-file name is relative, it is taken starting from the standard Info file
-directory of your site.  The name `(FILENAME)Top' can be abbreviated to
-just `(FILENAME)'.  By convention, the name `Top' is used for the
-"highest" node in any single file--the node whose `Up' points out of
-the file.  The Directory node is `(dir)'.  The `Top' node of a document
-file listed in the Directory should have an `Up: (dir)' in it.
-
-   The node name `*' is special: it refers to the entire file.  Thus,
-`g*' shows you the whole current file.  The use of the node `*' is to
-make it possible to make old-fashioned, unstructured files into nodes
-of the tree.
-
-   The `Node:' name, in which a node states its own name, must not
-contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not
-expect one to be there.  The `Next', `Previous' and `Up' names may
-contain them.  In this node, since the `Up' node is in the same file,
-it was not necessary to use one.
-
-   Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header
-line.  The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments
-to help identify the node for the user.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Menus,  Next: Cross-refs,  Prev: Add,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-How to Create Menus
-===================
-
-   Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a "menu"--a list of subnodes.
-The `m' command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it
-reads from the terminal.
-
-   A menu begins with a line starting with `* Menu:'.  The rest of the
-line is a comment.  After the starting line, every line that begins
-with a `* ' lists a single topic.  The name of the topic-the argument
-that the user must give to the `m' command to select this topic--comes
-right after the star and space, and is followed by a colon, spaces and
-tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that topic.  The node
-name, like node names following `Next', `Previous' and `Up', may be
-terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also be terminated
-with a period.
-
-   If the node name and topic name are the same, than rather than
-giving the name twice, the abbreviation `* NAME::' may be used (and
-should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual clutter in
-the menu).
-
-   It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ from
-each other very near the beginning--this allows the user to type short
-abbreviations.  In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize the
-beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable
-abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries).
-
-   The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its "subnodes", and it
-is their "superior".  They should each have an `Up:' pointing at the
-superior.  It is often useful to arrange all or most of the subnodes in
-a sequence of `Next' and `Previous' pointers so that someone who wants
-to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu.
-
-   The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node `(dir)Top'--that
-is, node `Top' in file `.../info/dir'.  You can put new entries in that
-menu just like any other menu.  The Info Directory is *not* the same as
-the file directory called `info'.  It happens that many of Info's files
-live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and files on that
-directory are not automatically listed in the Info Directory node.
-
-   Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a "hierarchy",
-in fact it can be *any* directed graph.  Shared structures and pointer
-cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are appropriate
-to the meaning to be expressed.  There is no need for all the nodes in
-a file to form a connected structure.  In fact, this file has two
-connected components.  You are in one of them, which is under the node
-`Top'; the other contains the node `Help' which the `h' command goes
-to.  In fact, since there is no garbage collector, nothing terrible
-happens if a substructure is not pointed to, but such a substructure is
-rather useless since nobody can ever find out that it exists.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Cross-refs,  Next: Tags,  Prev: Menus,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Creating Cross References
-=========================
-
-   A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu
-item which must go at the front of a line.  A cross reference looks
-like a menu item except that it has `*note' instead of `*'.  It
-*cannot* be terminated by a `)', because `)''s are so often part of
-node names.  If you wish to enclose a cross reference in parentheses,
-terminate it with a period first.  Here are two examples of cross
-references pointers:
-
-     *Note details: commands.  (See *note 3: Full Proof.)
-
-   They are just examples.  The places they "lead to" do not really
-exist!
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Tags,  Next: Checking,  Prev: Cross-refs,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Tag Tables for Info Files
-=========================
-
-   You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving
-it a tag table.  Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for
-an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used automatically
-whenever Info reads in the file.
-
-   To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode
-and type `M-x Info-tagify'.  Then you must use `C-x C-s' to save the
-file.
-
-   Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up
-to date.  If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back more
-than a thousand characters in the file from the position recorded in
-the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that node.  To
-update the tag table, use the `Info-tagify' command again.
-
-   An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like
-this:
-
-     ^_
-     Tag Table:
-     File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419
-     File: info,  Node: Tags^?22145
-     ^_
-     End Tag Table
-
-Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains the
-beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name), a DEL
-character, and the character position in the file of the beginning of
-the node.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Checking,  Prev: Tags,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Checking an Info File
-=====================
-
-   When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node
-when you are making a pointer to it from another node.  If you put in
-the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone tries to
-go through the pointer using Info.  Verification of the Info file is an
-automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and reports any
-pointers which are invalid.  Every `Next', `Previous', and `Up' is
-checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference.  In addition,
-any `Next' which does not have a `Previous' pointing back is reported.
-Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking pointers to
-other files would be terribly slow.  But those are usually few.
-
-   To check an Info file, do `M-x Info-validate' while looking at any
-node of the file with Emacs Info mode.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Create an Info File,  Prev: Advanced Info,  Up: Top
-
-Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file
-******************************************
-
-   `makeinfo' is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; `texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' are GNU Emacs
-functions that do the same.
-
-   *Note Creating an Info File: (texinfo)Create an Info File, to learn
-how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
-
-   *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top, to learn how to write a
-Texinfo file.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top913
-Node: Getting Started1431
-Node: Help-Small-Screen2179
-Node: Help3921
-Node: Help-P4949
-Node: Help-^L5811
-Node: Help-M8462
-Node: Help-FOO14030
-Node: Help-Adv14766
-Node: Help-Cross17148
-Node: Help-Q17794
-Node: Advanced Info18434
-Node: Expert19330
-Node: Add21601
-Node: Menus24635
-Node: Cross-refs27509
-Node: Tags28211
-Node: Checking29510
-Node: Create an Info File30434
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/makeinfo.info b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/makeinfo.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 81dbe14..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/makeinfo.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file makeinfo.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
-input file makeinfo.texi.
-
-This file is an extract from the `Texinfo' manual.
-It documents `makeinfo', a program that converts Texinfo files into
-Info files.
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: makeinfo.info,  Node: Top,  Next: What is makeinfo,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
-
-`makeinfo'
-**********
-
-This file documents the use of the `makeinfo' program, versions 1.51
-and later.  It is an extract from the `Texinfo' manual.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* What is makeinfo::
-
-
-File: makeinfo.info,  Node: What is makeinfo,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
-
-What is `makeinfo'?
-*******************
-
-`makeinfo' is a program for converting "Texinfo" files into "Info"
-files.  Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source
-file to produce both on-line information and printed output.
-
-You can read the on-line information using Info; type `info' to learn
-about Info.  *Note Texinfo: (texinfo.texi)Top, to learn about the
-Texinfo documentation system.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Formatting Control::
-* Options::
-* Pointer Validation::
-
-
-File: makeinfo.info,  Node: Formatting Control,  Next: Options,  Up: What is makeinfo
-
-Controlling Paragraph Formats
-=============================
-
-In general, `makeinfo' "fills" the paragraphs that it outputs to an
-Info file.  Filling is the process of breaking and connecting lines so
-that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number specified
-as the fill column.  Lines are broken between words.  With `makeinfo',
-you can control:
-
-   * The width of each paragraph (the "fill-column").
-
-   * The amount of indentation that the first line of each paragraph
-     receives (the "paragraph-indentation").
-
-
-File: makeinfo.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Pointer Validation,  Prev: Formatting Control,  Up: What is makeinfo
-
-Command Line Options
-====================
-
-The following command line options are available for `makeinfo'.
-
-`-D VAR'
-     Cause VAR to be defined.  This is equivalent to `@set VAR' in the
-     Texinfo file.
-
-`--error-limit LIMIT'
-     Set the maximum number of errors that `makeinfo' will report
-     before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be
-     useless).  The default number of errors that can be reported before
-     `makeinfo' gives up is 100.
-
-`--fill-column WIDTH'
-     Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the
-     right-hand edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be
-     filled to this width.  The default value for `fill-column' is 72.
-
-`--footnote-style STYLE'
-     Set the footnote style to STYLE, either `end' for the end node
-     style or `separate' for the separate node style.  The value set by
-     this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-     `@footnotestyle' command.  When the footnote style is `separate',
-     `makeinfo' makes a new node containing the footnotes found in the
-     current node.  When the footnote style is `end', `makeinfo' places
-     the footnote references at the end of the current node.
-
-`-I DIR'
-     Add `dir' to the directory search list for finding files that are
-     included using the `@include' command.  By default, `makeinfo'
-     searches only the current directory.
-
-`--no-headers'
-     Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in
-     an ASCII file that you cannot read in Info since it does not
-     contain the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a
-     file in a single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable
-     output.
-
-`--no-split'
-     Suppress the splitting stage of `makeinfo'.  Normally, large
-     output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split
-     into smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you
-     specify `--no-split', `makeinfo' will not split up the output file.
-
-`--no-pointer-validate'
-`--no-validate'
-     Suppress the pointer-validation phase of `makeinfo'.  Normally,
-     after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are
-     made to ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.  *Note
-     Pointer Validation::.
-
-`--no-warn'
-     Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does *not* suppress
-     the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might want this
-     if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-     references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not
-     actually exist.
-
-`--no-number-footnotes'
-     Supress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, `makeinfo'
-     numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-     current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-`--output FILE'
-`-o FILE'
-     Specify that the output should be directed to FILE and not to the
-     file name specified in the `@setfilename' command found in the
-     Texinfo source.  FILE can be the special token `-', which specifies
-     standard output.
-
-`--paragraph-indent INDENT'
-     Set the paragraph indentation style to INDENT.  The value set by
-     this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-     `@paragraphindent' command.  The value of INDENT is interpreted as
-     follows:
-
-        * If the value of INDENT is `asis', do not change the existing
-          indentation at the starts of paragraphs.
-
-        * If the value of INDENT is zero, delete any existing
-          indentation.
-
-        * If the value of INDENT is greater than zero, indent each
-          paragraph by that number of spaces.
-
-`--reference-limit LIMIT'
-     Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-     `makeinfo' will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has
-     more than this number of references in it, `makeinfo' will make the
-     references but also report a warning.
-
-`-U VAR'
-     Cause VAR to be undefined.  This is equivalent to `@clear VAR' in
-     the Texinfo file.
-
-`--verbose'
-     Cause `makeinfo' to display messages saying what it is doing.
-     Normally, `makeinfo' only outputs messages if there are errors or
-     warnings.
-
-`--version'
-     Report the version number of this copy of `makeinfo'.
-
-
-File: makeinfo.info,  Node: Pointer Validation,  Prev: Options,  Up: What is makeinfo
-
-Pointer Validation
-==================
-
-If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the
-`--no-pointer-validation' option), `makeinfo' will check the validity
-of the final Info file.  Mostly, this means ensuring that nodes you
-have referenced really exist.  Here is a complete list of what is
-checked:
-
-  1. If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-     node in the current file and is not an external reference such as
-     to `(dir)', then the referenced node must exist.
-
-  2. In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up'
-     node, then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next'
-     node.
-
-  3. Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.
-
-  4. The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to
-     the current node in some manner other than through a `Next'
-     reference.  This includes menu entries and cross references.
-
-  5. If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next'
-     reference of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the
-     `Next' pointer must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to
-     the current node.  This rule allows the last node in a section to
-     point to the first node of the next chapter.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top949
-Node: What is makeinfo1215
-Node: Formatting Control1758
-Node: Options2377
-Node: Pointer Validation6743
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/info-stnd.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/info-stnd.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 286973b..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/info-stnd.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1359 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename info-stnd.info
-@settitle GNU Info
-@set InfoProgVer 2.9
-@paragraphindent none
-@footnotestyle separate
-@synindex vr cp
-@synindex fn cp
-@synindex ky cp
-@comment %**end of header
-
-@ifinfo
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted
-versions of Texinfo files.  This documentation is different from the
-documentation for the Info reader that is part of GNU Emacs.  If you do
-not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you should
-read that documentation first.
-
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-@end ignore
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title GNU Info User's Guide
-@subtitle For GNU Info version @value{InfoProgVer}
-@author Brian J. Fox (bfox@@ai.mit.edu)
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License'' are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, What is Info, (dir), (dir)
-@top The GNU Info Program
-
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line
-formatted versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}.  This
-documentation is different from the documentation for the Info reader
-that is part of GNU Emacs.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@menu
-* What is Info::                
-* Options::                     Options you can pass on the command line.
-* Cursor Commands::             Commands which move the cursor within a node.
-* Scrolling Commands::          Commands for moving the node around 
-                                  in a window.
-* Node Commands::               Commands for selecting a new node.
-* Searching Commands::          Commands for searching an Info file.
-* Xref Commands::               Commands for selecting cross references.
-* Window Commands::             Commands which manipulate multiple windows.
-* Printing Nodes::              How to print out the contents of a node.
-* Miscellaneous Commands::      A few commands that defy categories.
-* Variables::                   How to change the default behavior of Info.
-* GNU Info Global Index::       Global index containing keystrokes, 
-                                  command names, variable names, 
-                                  and general concepts.
-@end menu
-
-@node What is Info, Options, Top, Top
-@chapter What is Info?
-
-@iftex
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line formatted
-versions of Texinfo files, version @value{InfoProgVer}.
-@end iftex
-
-@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII
-terminal.  @dfn{Info files} are the result of processing Texinfo files
-with the program @code{makeinfo} or with one of the Emacs commands, such
-as @code{M-x texinfo-format-buffer}.  Texinfo itself is a documentation
-system that uses a single source file to produce both on-line
-information and printed output.  You can typeset and print the
-files that you read in Info.@refill
-
-@node Options, Cursor Commands, What is Info, Top
-@chapter Command Line Options
-@cindex command line options
-@cindex arguments, command line
-
-GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being
-viewed, and to specify which directories to search for Info files.  Here
-is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
-
-@example
-info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{}
-@end example
-
-The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from
-the shell:
-
-@table @code
-@cindex directory path
-@item --directory @var{directory-path}
-@itemx -d @var{directory-path}
-Add @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when
-Info needs to find a file.  You may issue @code{--directory} multiple
-times; once for each directory which contains Info files.
-Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of
-@code{INFOPATH} is used.  The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon
-separated list of directory names.  If you do not supply @code{INFOPATH}
-or @code{--directory-path}, Info uses a default path.
-
-@item --file @var{filename}
-@itemx -f @var{filename}
-@cindex Info file, selecting
-Specify a particular Info file to visit.  By default, Info visits
-the file @code{dir}; if you use this option, Info will start with
-@code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first file and node.
-
-@item --node @var{nodename}
-@itemx -n @var{nodename}
-@cindex node, selecting
-Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that Info
-loads.  This is especially useful in conjunction with
-@code{--file}@footnote{Of course, you can specify both the file and node
-in a @code{--node} command; but don't forget to escape the open and
-close parentheses from the shell as in: @code{info --node
-'(emacs)Buffers'}}.  You may specify @code{--node} multiple times; for
-an interactive Info, each @var{nodename} is visited in its own window,
-for a non-interactive Info (such as when @code{--output} is given) each
-@var{nodename} is processed sequentially.
-
-@item --output @var{filename}
-@itemx -o @var{filename}
-@cindex file, outputting to
-@cindex outputting to a file
-Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to which to direct output.
-Each node that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of
-interactively viewed.  A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies
-the standard output.
-
-@item --subnodes
-@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option
-This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with
-@code{--output}.  It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in
-the menus of each node being output.  Menu items which resolve to
-external Info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are
-members of an index.  Each node is only output once.
-
-@item --help
-@itemx -h
-Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options.
-
-@item --version
-@cindex version information
-Prints the version information of Info and exits.
-
-@item @var{menu-item}
-@cindex menu, following
-Info treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items.  The
-first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited, while
-the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's node.
-You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu
-names which describe the path to that node.  For example,
-
-@example
-info emacs buffers
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top},
-and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node
-@samp{(emacs)Top}.
-@end table
-
-@node Cursor Commands, Scrolling Commands, Options, Top
-@chapter Moving the Cursor
-@cindex cursor, moving
-
-Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made
-easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some
-kind of pointing device.  Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the
-Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to
-move the cursor about the screen.  The notation used in this manual to
-describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
-manual, and the GNU Readline manual.  @xref{Characters, , Character
-Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamiliar with the
-notation.
-
-The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
-Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
-cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it
-invokes @code{execute-extended-command}.  @xref{M-x, , Executing an
-extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed
-information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short
-description of what the command does.  All of the cursor motion commands
-can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands,
-@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them.  With a
-numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that
-many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to
-@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines.  With a
-negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4
-given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move
-@emph{up} 4 lines.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line})
-@kindex C-n
-@findex next-line
-Move the cursor down to the next line.
-
-@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line})
-@kindex C-p
-@findex prev-line
-Move the cursor up to the previous line.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in Info windows
-@findex beginning-of-line
-Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in Info windows
-@findex end-of-line
-Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char})
-@kindex C-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-char
-Move the cursor forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char})
-@kindex C-b, in Info windows
-@findex backward-char
-Move the cursor backward a character.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-word
-Move the cursor forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in Info windows
-@findex backward-word
-Move the cursor backward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node})
-@itemx @code{b}
-@kindex b, in Info windows
-@kindex M-<
-@findex beginning-of-node
-Move the cursor to the start of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node})
-@kindex M->
-@findex end-of-node
-Move the cursor to the end of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line})
-@kindex M-r
-@findex move-to-window-line
-Move the cursor to a specific line of the window.  Without a numeric
-argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the
-center of the window.  With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r}
-moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window.
-@end table
-
-@node Scrolling Commands, Node Commands, Cursor Commands, Top
-@chapter Moving Text Within a Window
-@cindex scrolling
-
-Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the
-current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen.  The
-commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
-current node is visible on the screen.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward})
-@itemx @code{C-v}
-@kindex SPC, in Info windows
-@kindex C-v
-@findex scroll-forward
-Shift the text in this window up.  That is, show more of the node which
-is currently below the bottom of the window.  With a numeric argument,
-show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric
-argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines
-(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom
-of the window.  Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom
-two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window,
-redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward})
-@itemx @code{M-v}
-@kindex DEL, in Info windows
-@kindex M-v
-@findex scroll-backward
-Shift the text in this window down.  The inverse of
-@code{scroll-forward}.
-@end table
-
-@cindex scrolling through node structure
-The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also
-move forward and backward through the node structure of the file.  If
-you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while
-viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the
-variable @code{scroll-behavior}.  @xref{Variables,
-@code{scroll-behavior}}, for more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display})
-@kindex C-l
-@findex redraw-display
-Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor
-to a specified location.  With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears
-the screen, and then redraws its entire contents.  Given a numeric
-argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that
-it is on the @var{n}th line of the window.
-
-@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap})
-@kindex C-w
-@findex toggle-wrap
-Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window.  Normally,
-lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are
-continued on the next line.  Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing
-in the rightmost column of the screen.  You can cause such lines to be
-terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line
-wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}.  When a line which needs more
-space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears
-in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is
-invisible.
-@end table
-
-@node Node Commands, Searching Commands, Scrolling Commands, Top
-@chapter Selecting a New Node
-@cindex nodes, selection of
-
-This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
-to view in the current window.
-
-The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and
-@samp{l}.
-
-When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info
-@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes
-are.  Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file
-when you use the following commands:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{n} (@code{next-node})
-@kindex n
-@findex next-node
-Select the `Next' node.  
-
-@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node})
-@kindex p
-@findex prev-node
-Select the `Prev' node.
-
-@item @code{u} (@code{up-node})
-@kindex u
-@findex up-node
-Select the `Up' node.
-@end table
-
-You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window
-by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and
-actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this
-window.  @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through
-the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between
-two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{l} (@code{history-node})
-@kindex l
-@findex history-node
-Select the most recently selected node in this window.
-@end table
-
-Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
-selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{t} (@code{top-node})
-@kindex t
-@findex top-node
-Select the node @samp{Top} in the current Info file.
-
-@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node})
-@kindex d
-@findex dir-node
-Select the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}).
-@end table
-
-Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{<} (@code{first-node})
-@kindex <
-@findex first-node
-Selects the first node which appears in this file.  This node is most
-often @samp{Top}, but it does not have to be.
-
-@item @code{>} (@code{last-node})
-@kindex >
-@findex last-node
-Select the last node which appears in this file.
-
-@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node})
-@kindex ]
-@findex global-next-node
-Move forward or down through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected.  If
-there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the
-@samp{Up} node of this node.
-
-@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-@kindex [
-@findex global-prev-node
-Move backward or up through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected,
-and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
-@end table
-
-You can get the same behavior as @code{global-next-node} and
-@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with
-@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behavior}}, for
-more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node})
-@kindex g
-@findex goto-node
-Read the name of a node and select it.  No completion is done while
-reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate
-file.  The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the Info file.  A
-file name may be included as with any node specification, for example
-
-@example
-@code{g(emacs)Buffers}
-@end example
-
-finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the Info file @file{emacs}.
-
-@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node})
-@kindex C-x k
-@findex kill-node
-Kill a node.  The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a
-default of the current node.  @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries
-hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept
-for the window where that node is found.  Another node is selected in
-the window which contained the killed node.
-
-@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file})
-@kindex C-x C-f
-@findex view-file
-Read the name of a file and selects the entire file.  The command
-@example
-@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}}
-@end example
-is equivalent to typing
-@example
-@code{g(@var{filename})*}
-@end example
-
-@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes})
-@kindex C-x C-b
-@findex list-visited-nodes
-Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes.
-This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard
-Info commands within it.
-
-@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node})
-@kindex C-x b
-@findex select-visited-node
-Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible window.
-This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is
-created.
-@end table
-
-@node Searching Commands, Xref Commands, Node Commands, Top
-@chapter Searching an Info File
-@cindex searching
-
-GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an
-entire Info file, search through the indices of an Info file, or find
-areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{s} (@code{search})
-@kindex s
-@findex search
-Read a string in the echo area and search for it.
-
-@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward})
-@kindex C-s
-@findex isearch-forward
-Interactively search forward through the Info file for a string as you
-type it.
-
-@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward})
-@kindex C-r
-@findex isearch-backward
-Interactively search backward through the Info file for a string as
-you type it.
-
-@item @code{i} (@code{index-search})
-@kindex i
-@findex index-search
-Look up a string in the indices for this Info file, and select a node
-where the found index entry points to.
-
-@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match})
-@kindex ,
-@findex next-index-match
-Move to the node containing the next matching index item from the last
-@samp{i} command.
-@end table
-
-The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}).  The
-@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then
-searches the remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string.
-If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the
-cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string.  Subsequent
-@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and
-@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the
-default search string.
-
-@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the
-string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until
-the entire search string has been specified.
-
-@node Xref Commands, Window Commands, Searching Commands, Top
-@chapter Selecting Cross References
-
-We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up}
-pointers which appear at the top of a node.  In addition to these
-pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a
-different node, perhaps in another Info file.  Such pointers are called
-@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short.
-
-@menu
-* Parts of an Xref::            What a cross reference is made of.
-* Selecting Xrefs::             Commands for selecting menu or note items.
-@end menu
-
-@node Parts of an Xref, Selecting Xrefs,  , Xref Commands
-@section Parts of an Xref
-
-Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
-@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross
-reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of
-the node that the cross reference points to.
-
-The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the
-label appears, and then the target.  For example, in the sample menu
-cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the
-target.
-
-@example
-* Foo Label: Foo Target.        More information about Foo.
-@end example
-
-Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target.  The @samp{.} is
-not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target
-name ends.
-
-A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
-
-@example
-* Foo Commands::                Commands pertaining to Foo.
-@end example
-
-In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of
-the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}.
-
-You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing nodes:
-@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references.  Menu references
-appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning
-of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which
-describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains.
-
-Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with
-@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target.
-
-Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references
-can point to any valid node.  They are used to refer you to a place
-where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject.
-Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
-documentation:  @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo
-Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross
-references.
-
-@node Selecting Xrefs,  , Parts of an Xref, Xref Commands
-@section Selecting Xrefs
-
-The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit})
-@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9}
-@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@findex menu-digit
-Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}),
-selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window.
-For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the
-@emph{last} item in the node's menu.
-
-@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item})
-@kindex 0, in Info windows
-@findex last-menu-item
-Select the last item in the current node's menu.
-
-@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item})
-@kindex m
-@findex menu-item
-Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node.
-Completion is available while reading the menu label.
-
-@item @code{M-x find-menu}
-@findex find-menu
-Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
-@end table
-
-This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item})
-@itemx @code{r}
-@kindex f
-@kindex r
-@findex xref-item
-Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects
-its node.  Completion is available while reading the cross reference
-label.
-@end table
-
-Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref})
-@kindex TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-next-xref
-Move the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note
-reference in this node.  You can then use @key{RET}
-(@code{select-reference-this-line}) to select the menu or note reference.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref})
-@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-prev-xref
-Move the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note
-reference in this node.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line})
-@kindex RET, in Info windows
-@findex select-reference-this-line
-Select the menu item or note reference appearing on this line.
-@end table
-
-@node Window Commands, Printing Nodes, Xref Commands, Top
-@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows
-@cindex windows, manipulating
-
-A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node.  Windows have a
-view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated
-@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed.
-
-GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
-window is separated from the next by its modeline.  At any time, there
-is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor
-appears.  There are commands available for creating windows, changing
-the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting
-windows.
-
-@menu
-* The Mode Line::               What appears in the mode line?
-* Basic Windows::               Manipulating windows in Info.
-* The Echo Area::               Used for displaying errors and reading input.
-@end menu
-
-@node The Mode Line, Basic Windows,  , Window Commands
-@section The Mode Line
-
-A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom
-of an Info window.  It describes the contents of the window just above
-it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in
-that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node,
-and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window.  It can
-also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be
-updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on
-disk.
-
-Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file
-named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}.
-
-@example
-@group
------Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top---------------------------------------
-            ^^   ^   ^^^        ^^
-          (file)Node #lines    where
-@end group
-@end example
-
-When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
-indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s.  In addition, if
-the Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name
-of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
-
-@example
---zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z---------------
-@end example 
-
-When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(@samp{*}).  The name itself tells you what the contents of the window
-are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node
-showing possible completions:
-
-@example
------Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All-----------------------------------
-@end example
-
-@node Basic Windows, The Echo Area, The Mode Line, Window Commands
-@section Window Commands
-
-It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time.  To allow
-this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}.  Each window has its
-own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that
-window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}).
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window})
-@cindex windows, selecting
-@kindex C-x o
-@findex next-window
-Select the next window on the screen.  Note that the echo area can only be
-selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily.
-Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on
-the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first
-window on the screen.  Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over
-that many windows.  A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select
-the previous window on the screen.
-
-@item @code{M-x prev-window}
-@findex prev-window
-Select the previous window on the screen.  This is identical to
-@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument.
-
-@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window})
-@cindex windows, creating
-@kindex C-x 2
-@findex split-window
-Split the current window into two windows, both showing the same node.
-Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor
-remains in the original window.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling}
-can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you
-automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more
-information.
-
-@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window})
-@cindex windows, deleting
-@kindex C-x 0
-@findex delete-window
-Delete the current window from the screen.  If you have made too many
-windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of
-some of them.
-
-@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window})
-@kindex C-x 1
-@findex keep-one-window
-Delete all of the windows excepting the current one.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows
-@findex scroll-other-window
-Scroll the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might
-scroll the current window.  Given a negative argument, scroll the
-"other" window backward.
-
-@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window})
-@kindex C-x ^
-@findex grow-window
-Grow (or shrink) the current window.  Given a numeric argument, grow
-the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument,
-shrink the window instead.
-
-@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows})
-@cindex tiling
-@kindex C-x t
-@findex tile-windows
-Divide the available screen space among all of the visible windows.
-Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display
-its contents.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause
-@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted.
-@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}.
-@end table
-
-@node The Echo Area,  , Basic Windows, Window Commands
-@section The Echo Area
-@cindex echo area
-
-The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of
-the screen.  It is used to display informative or error messages, and to
-read lines of input from you when that is necessary.  Almost all of the
-commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs
-counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of
-discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text.  The following
-table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being
-read in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward})
-@kindex C-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward
-Move forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward})
-@kindex C-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward
-Move backward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-beg-of-line
-Move to the start of the input line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-end-of-line
-Move to the end of the input line.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward-word
-Move forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-word
-Move backward a word.
-
-@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete})
-@kindex C-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-delete
-Delete the character under the cursor.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout})
-@kindex DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-rubout
-Delete the character behind the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort})
-@kindex C-g, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-abort
-Cancel or quit the current operation.  If completion is being read,
-@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any
-completion.  If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling
-function.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline})
-@kindex RET, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-newline
-Accept (or forces completion of) the current input line.
-
-@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert})
-@kindex C-q, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-quoted-insert
-Insert the next character verbatim.  This is how you can insert control
-characters into a search string, for example.
-
-@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert})
-@kindex printing characters, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-insert
-Insert the character.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert})
-@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-tab-insert
-Insert a TAB character.
-
-@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars})
-@kindex C-t, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-transpose-chars
-Transpose the characters at the cursor.
-@end table
-
-The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking}
-text.  For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking,
-@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word})
-@kindex M-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-word
-Kill the word following the cursor.
-
-@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word})
-@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word
-Kill the word preceding the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line})
-@kindex C-k, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-line
-Kill the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line})
-@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line
-Kill the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank})
-@kindex C-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank
-Yank back the contents of the last kill.
-
-@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop})
-@kindex M-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank-pop
-Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
-@end table
-
-Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices.  The choices
-represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one
-of them.  Since there are a limited number of responses you can make,
-Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it.  In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this
-is called @dfn{completion}.
-
-The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete})
-@itemx @code{SPC}
-@kindex TAB, in the echo area
-@kindex SPC, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-complete
-Insert as much of a completion as is possible.
-
-@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions})
-@kindex ?, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-possible-completions
-Display a window containing a list of the possible completions of what
-you have typed so far.  For example, if the available choices are:
-
-@example
-@group
-bar
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible
-completions would contain:
-
-@example
-@group
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}.  Pressing @key{SPC}
-or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since
-all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}.
-Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate}
-appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins
-with @samp{fol}.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window
-Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
-window if not.
-@end table
-
-@node Printing Nodes, Miscellaneous Commands, Window Commands, Top
-@chapter Printing Out Nodes
-@cindex printing
-
-You may wish to print out the contents of a node as  a quick reference
-document for later use.  Info provides you with a command for doing
-this.  In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the
-document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the Texinfo
-source file.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x print-node}
-@findex print-node
-@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable
-Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the
-environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}.  If the variable does not
-exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}.
-@end table
-
-@node Miscellaneous Commands, Variables, Printing Nodes, Top
-@chapter Miscellaneous Commands
-
-GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x describe-command}
-@cindex functions, describing
-@cindex commands, describing
-@findex describe-command
-Read the name of an Info command in the echo area and then display a
-brief description of what that command does.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-key}
-@cindex keys, describing
-@findex describe-key
-Read a key sequence in the echo area, and then display the name and
-documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-
-@item @code{M-x where-is}
-@findex where-is
-Read the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then display
-a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command.
-
-@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window})
-@itemx @code{?}
-@kindex C-h
-@kindex ?, in Info windows
-@findex get-help-window
-Create (or Move into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and place
-a node containing a quick reference card into it.  This window displays
-the most concise information about GNU Info available.
-
-@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node})
-@kindex h
-@findex get-info-help-node
-Try hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}.  The Info file
-@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node.  Of
-course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then
-placed into the location of your Info directory.
-@end table
-
-Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument})
-@cindex numeric arguments
-@kindex C-u
-@findex universal-argument
-Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument.  @samp{C-u} is
-a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or
-scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while
-@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines.
-
-@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg})
-@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9}
-@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9
-@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg
-Add the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric
-argument.  Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type
-the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix.  For example, you
-might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing:
-
-@example
-@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or
-
-@example
-@kbd{M-3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-@end table
-
-@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key
-sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and
-to cancel reading input in the echo area.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key})
-@cindex cancelling typeahead
-@cindex cancelling the current operation
-@kindex C-g, in Info windows
-@findex abort-key
-Cancel current operation.
-@end table
-
-The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{q} (@code{quit})
-@cindex quitting
-@kindex q
-@findex quit
-Exit GNU Info.
-@end table
-
-If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall,
-and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that
-the operating system is correct.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-screen-height}
-@findex set-screen-height
-@cindex screen, changing the height of
-Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the
-displayed screen to that value.
-@end table
-
-Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might
-be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes})
-@kindex ESC C-f
-@findex show-footnotes
-@cindex footnotes, displaying
-Show the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another
-window.  You can have Info automatically display the footnotes
-associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable
-@code{automatic-footnotes}.  @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}.
-@end table
-
-@node Variables, GNU Info Global Index, Miscellaneous Commands, Top
-@chapter Manipulating Variables
-
-GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by various
-Info commands.  You can change the values of these variables, and thus
-change the behavior of Info to more closely match your environment and
-Info file reading manner.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-variable}
-@cindex variables, setting
-@findex set-variable
-Read the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and
-then set the variable to that value.  Completion is available when
-reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading
-the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable
-itself.  If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to
-complete over, it expects a numeric value.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-@cindex variables, describing
-@findex describe-variable
-Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-@end table
-
-Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
-
-@table @code
-@item automatic-footnotes
-@vindex automatic-footnotes
-When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically.
-This variable is @code{On} by default.  When a node is selected, a
-window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created,
-and the footnotes are displayed within the new window.  The window that
-Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}.  If
-a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*}
-window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted.
-Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so
-that they can use as little of the display as is possible.
-
-@item automatic-tiling
-@vindex automatic-tiling
-When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other
-windows.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Normally, typing
-@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts.  When
-@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are
-resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each
-window.  There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the
-windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not}
-resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size.
-
-@item visible-bell
-@vindex visible-bell
-When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of
-ringing the bell.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Of course,
-Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case
-that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no
-effect.  However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the
-@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}.
-
-@item errors-ring-bell
-@vindex errors-ring-bell
-When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring.  The default
-setting of this variable is @code{On}.
-
-@item gc-compressed-files
-@vindex gc-compressed-files
-When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be
-uncompressed.  The default value of this variable is @code{Off}.
-Whenever a node is visited in Info, the Info file containing that node
-is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes
-contained in that file.  Once the tags information is read by Info, it
-is never forgotten.  However, the actual text of the nodes does not need
-to remain in core unless a particular Info window needs it.  For
-non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when
-it is no longer in use.  But de-compressing a file can be a time
-consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice.
-@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the
-text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk.
-
-@item show-index-match
-@vindex show-index-match
-When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is
-highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search
-string was found.  The default value of this variable is @code{On}.
-When Info displays the location where an index match was found,
-(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the
-string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse
-case from its surrounding characters.
-
-@item scroll-behavior
-@vindex scroll-behavior
-Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of
-a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a
-node.  The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}.  There
-are three possible values for this variable:
-
-@table @code
-@item Continuous
-Try to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the
-@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}.
-This behavior is identical to using the @samp{]}
-(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-commands.
-
-@item Next Only
-Only try to get the @samp{Next} node.
-
-@item Page Only
-Simply give up, changing nothing.  If @code{scroll-behavior} is
-@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being
-viewed.
-@end table
-
-@item scroll-step
-@vindex scroll-step
-The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window.
-Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the
-visible portion of the node text when it is time to display.  Usually
-the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the
-current window.  However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a
-nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines;
-if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what
-is done.  The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the
-cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window.
-Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which
-some people prefer.
-
-@item ISO-Latin
-@cindex ISO Latin characters
-@vindex ISO-Latin
-When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters.
-By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set.  @code{ISO-Latin} tells
-Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard
-character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to
-Info, as well as display them.
-@end table
-
-
-
-@c the following is incomplete
-@ignore
-@c node Info for Sys Admins
-@c chapter Info for System Administrators
-
-This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info hierarchy
-from scratch, and details the various options that are available when
-installing Info.  This text is designed for the person who is installing
-GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present
-in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to
-use GNU Info.
-
-@menu
-* Setting the INFOPATH::        Where are my Info files kept?
-* Editing the DIR node::        What goes in `DIR', and why?
-* Storing Info files::          Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups.
-* Using `localdir'::            Building DIR on the fly.
-* Example setups::              Some common ways to organize Info files.
-@end menu
-
-@c node Setting the INFOPATH
-@c section Setting the INFOPATH
-
-Where are my Info files kept?
-
-@c node Editing the DIR node
-@c section Editing the DIR node
-
-What goes in `DIR', and why?
-
-@c node Storing Info files
-@c section Storing Info files
-
-Alternate formats allow flexibility in setups.
-
-@c node Using `localdir'
-@c section Using `localdir'
-
-Building DIR on the fly.
-
-@c node Example setups
-@c section Example setups
-
-Some common ways to organize Info files.
-@end ignore
-
-@node GNU Info Global Index,  , Variables, Top
-@appendix Global Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@contents
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/info.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/info.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 5eec9f1..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/info.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,861 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header 
-@setfilename info.info
-@settitle Info 1.0
-@comment %**end of header 
-
-@iftex
-@finalout
-@end iftex
-
-@ifinfo
-This file describes how to use Info, 
-the on-line, menu-driven GNU documentation system.
-
-Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@setchapternewpage odd
-@titlepage
-@sp 11
-@center @titlefont{Info}
-@sp 2
-@center The
-@sp 2
-@center On-line, Menu-driven
-@sp 2
-@center GNU Documentation System
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1989, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@sp 2
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-675 Massachusetts Avenue, @*
-Cambridge, MA 02139 USA @*
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, Getting Started, (dir), (dir)
-@top Info: An Introduction
-
-Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now.
-
-To learn how to use Info, type the command @kbd{h}.  It brings you
-to a programmed instruction sequence.
-
-@c Need to make sure that `Info-help' goes to the right node, 
-@c which is the first node of the first chapter. (It should.) 
-@c   (Info-find-node "info"
-@c 		  (if (< (window-height) 23)
-@c 		      "Help-Small-Screen"
-@c 		    "Help")))
-
-To learn advanced Info commands, type @kbd{n} twice.  This
-brings you to @cite{Info for Experts}, skipping over the .
-`Getting Started' chapter.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@menu
-* Getting Started::     
-* Advanced Info::       
-* Create an Info File::  
-@end menu
-
-@node Getting Started, Advanced Info, Top, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Getting Started
-
-This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside
-of Info.  The second part of the manual describes various advanced
-Info commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo
-file.  The third part is about how to generate Info files from 
-Texinfo files.
-
-@iftex
-This manual is primarily designed for use on a computer, so that you can
-try Info commands while reading about them.  Reading it on paper is less
-effective, since you must take it on faith that the commands described
-really do what the manual says.  By all means go through this manual now
-that you have it; but please try going through the on-line version as
-well.  
-
-There are two ways of looking at the online version of this manual:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-Type @code{info} at your shell's command line.  This approach uses a
-small stand-alone program designed just to read Info files.
-
-@item
-Type @code{emacs} at the command line; then type @kbd{C-h i} (Control
-@kbd{h}, followed by @kbd{i}).  This approach uses
-the Info mode of the Emacs program, an editor with many other
-capabilities.
-@end enumerate
-
-In either case, then type @kbd{mInfo} (just the letters), followed by
-@key{RET}---the ``Return'' or ``Enter'' key.  At this point, you should
-be ready to follow the instructions in this manual as you read them on
-the screen.
-@c FIXME! (pesch@cygnus.com, 14 dec 1992)
-@c Is it worth worrying about what-if the beginner goes to somebody
-@c else's Emacs session, which already has an Info running in the middle
-@c of something---in which case these simple instructions won't work?
-@end iftex
-
-@menu
-* Help-Small-Screen::   Starting Info on a Small Screen
-* Help::                How to use Info
-* Help-P::              Returning to the Previous node
-* Help-^L::             The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-* Help-M::              Menus
-* Help-Adv::            Some advanced Info commands
-* Help-Q::              Quitting Info
-@end menu
-
-@node Help-Small-Screen, Help,  , Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Starting Info on a Small Screen
-
-@iftex
-(In Info, you only see this section if your terminal has a small
-number of lines; most readers pass by it without seeing it.)
-@end iftex
-
-Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its
-screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning.
-
-If you see the text @samp{--All----} at near the bottom right corner
-of the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the
-screen.  If you see @samp{--Top----} instead, it means that there is
-more text below that does not fit.  To move forward through the text
-and see another screen full, press the Space bar, @key{SPC}.  To move
-back up, press the key labeled @samp{Rubout} or @samp{Delete} or
-@key{DEL}.
-
-@ifinfo
-Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} and
-see what they do.  At the end are instructions of what you should do
-next.
-
-This is line 17 @*
-This is line 18 @*
-This is line 19 @*
-This is line 20 @*
-This is line 21 @*
-This is line 22 @*
-This is line 23 @*
-This is line 24 @*
-This is line 25 @*
-This is line 26 @*
-This is line 27 @*
-This is line 28 @*
-This is line 29 @*
-This is line 30 @*
-This is line 31 @*
-This is line 32 @*
-This is line 33 @*
-This is line 34 @*
-This is line 35 @*
-This is line 36 @*
-This is line 37 @*
-This is line 38 @*
-This is line 39 @*
-This is line 40 @*
-This is line 41 @*
-This is line 42 @*
-This is line 43 @*
-This is line 44 @*
-This is line 45 @*
-This is line 46 @*
-This is line 47 @*
-This is line 48 @*
-This is line 49 @*
-This is line 50 @*
-This is line 51 @*
-This is line 52 @*
-This is line 53 @*
-This is line 54 @*
-This is line 55 @*
-This is line 56 @*
-
-If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with
-@key{DEL}, and come back here again, then you understand @key{SPC} and
-@key{DEL}.  So now type an @kbd{n}---just one character; do not type
-the quotes and do not type the Return key, @key{RET}, afterward---to
-get to the normal start of the course.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Help, Help-P, Help-Small-Screen, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section How to use Info
-
-You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation.
-
-  Right now you are looking at one @dfn{Node} of Information.
-A node contains text describing a specific topic at a specific
-level of detail.  This node's topic is ``how to use Info''.
-
-  The top line of a node is its @dfn{header}.  This node's header (look at
-it now) says that it is the node named @samp{Help} in the file
-@file{info}.  It says that the @samp{Next} node after this one is the node
-called @samp{Help-P}.  An advanced Info command lets you go to any node
-whose name you know.
-
-  Besides a @samp{Next}, a node can have a @samp{Previous} or an @samp{Up}.
-This node has a @samp{Previous} but no @samp{Up}, as you can see.
-
-  Now it is time to move on to the @samp{Next} node, named @samp{Help-P}.
-
->> Type @samp{n} to move there.  Type just one character;
-   do not type the quotes and do not type a @key{RET} afterward.
-
-@samp{>>} in the margin means it is really time to try a command.
-
-@node Help-P, Help-^L, Help, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Returning to the Previous node
-
-This node is called @samp{Help-P}.  The @samp{Previous} node, as you see,
-is @samp{Help}, which is the one you just came from using the @kbd{n}
-command.  Another @kbd{n} command now would take you to the next
-node, @samp{Help-^L}.
-
->> But do not do that yet.  First, try the @kbd{p} command, which takes
-   you to the @samp{Previous} node.  When you get there, you can do an
-   @kbd{n} again to return here.
-
-  This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but @emph{do not} be
-led into skimming.  Things will get more complicated soon.  Also,
-do not try a new command until you are told it is time to.  Otherwise,
-you may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
-
->> Now do an @kbd{n} to get to the node @samp{Help-^L} and learn more.
-
-@node Help-^L, Help-M, Help-P, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-
-  This node's header tells you that you are now at node @samp{Help-^L}, and
-that @kbd{p} would get you back to @samp{Help-P}.  The node's title is
-underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles).
-
-  This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
-You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you
-can see the string @samp{--Top-----} rather than @samp{--All----} near
-the bottom right corner of the screen.
-
-  The @key{SPC}, @key{DEL} and @kbd{b} commands exist to allow you to ``move
-around'' in a node that does not all fit on the screen at once.
-@key{SPC} moves forward, to show what was below the bottom of the screen.
-@key{DEL} moves backward, to show what was above the top of the screen
-(there is not anything above the top until you have typed some spaces).
-
->> Now try typing a @key{SPC} (afterward, type a @key{DEL} to return here).
-
-  When you type the @key{SPC}, the two lines that were at the bottom
-of the screen appear at the top, followed by more lines.  @key{DEL}
-takes the two lines from the top and moves them to the bottom,
-@emph{usually}, but if there are not a full screen's worth of lines above
-them they may not make it all the way to the bottom.
-
-  If you type a @key{SPC} when there is no more to see, it rings the
-bell and otherwise does nothing.  The same goes for a @key{DEL} when
-the header of the node is visible.
-
-  If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out
-again by typing @kbd{C-l} (@kbd{Control-L}, that is---hold down ``Control'' and
-type an @key{L} or @kbd{l}).
-
->> Type @kbd{C-l} now.
-
-  To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type
-a lot of @key{DEL}s.  You can also type simply @kbd{b} for beginning.
-
->> Try that now.  (I have put in enough verbiage to make sure you are
-   not on the first screenful now).  Then come back, typing @key{SPC}
-   several times.
-
-  You have just learned a considerable number of commands.  If you
-want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type
-a @key{?} which prints out a brief list of commands.  When you are
-finished looking at the list, make it go away by typing a @key{SPC}.
-
->> Type a @key{?} now.  After it finishes, type a @key{SPC}.
-
-  (If you are using the standalone Info reader, type `l' to return here.)
-
-  From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and
-will be expected to know how to use @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} to move
-around in them without being told.  Since not all terminals have
-the same size screen, it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
-
->> Now type @kbd{n} to see the description of the @kbd{m} command.
-
-@node Help-M, Help-Adv, Help-^L, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Menus
-
-Menus and the @kbd{m} command
-
-  With only the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} commands for moving between nodes, nodes
-are restricted to a linear sequence.  Menus allow a branching
-structure.  A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to.  It is
-actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that
-Info can interpret it.  The beginning of a menu is always identified
-by a line which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.  A node contains a menu if and
-only if it has a line in it which starts that way.  The only menu you
-can use at any moment is the one in the node you are in.  To use a
-menu in any other node, you must move to that node first. 
-
-  After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a @samp{*}
-identifies one subtopic.  The line usually contains a brief name
-for the subtopic (followed by a @samp{:}), the name of the node that talks
-about that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the
-subtopic.  Lines in the menu that do not start with a @samp{*} have no
-special meaning---they are only for the human reader's benefit and do
-not define additional subtopics.  Here is an example:
-
-@example
-* Foo:  FOO's Node      This tells about FOO
-@end example
-
-The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is @samp{FOO's Node}.
-The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information.
-[[ But this line is not a real menu item, simply because there is
-no line above it which starts with @samp{* Menu:}.]]
-
-  When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
-described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first
-thing in the menu line.  Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts
-the node name from it, and goes to that node.  The reason that there
-is both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be
-meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking.
-The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to
-specify.  Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify
-and so both it and the subtopic name are the same.  There is an
-abbreviation for this:
-
-@example
-* Foo::   This tells about FOO
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are
-both @samp{Foo}.
-
->> Now use @key{SPC}s to find the menu in this node, then come back to
-   the front with a @kbd{b}.  As you see, a menu is actually visible in
-   its node.  If you cannot find a menu in a node by looking at it,
-   then the node does not have a menu and the @kbd{m} command is not
-   available.
-
-  The command to go to one of the subnodes is @kbd{m}---but @emph{do not do it
-yet!}  Before you use @kbd{m}, you must understand the difference between
-commands and arguments.  So far, you have learned several commands
-that do not need arguments.  When you type one, Info processes it and
-is instantly ready for another command.  The @kbd{m} command is different:
-it is incomplete without the @dfn{name of the subtopic}.  Once you have
-typed @kbd{m}, Info tries to read the subtopic name.
-
-  Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the
-screen.  There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is
-blank If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as @kbd{n} or @kbd{b}
-or @key{SPC} or @kbd{m}.  If that line contains text ending in a colon, it
-mean Info is trying to read the @dfn{argument} to a command.  At such
-times, commands do not work, because Info tries to use them as the
-argument.  You must either type the argument and finish the command
-you started, or type @kbd{Control-g} to cancel the command.  When you have
-done one of those things, the line becomes blank again.
-
-  The command to go to a subnode via a menu is @kbd{m}.  After you type
-the @kbd{m}, the line at the bottom of the screen says @samp{Menu item: }.
-You must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with
-a @key{RET}.
-
-  You can abbreviate the subtopic name.  If the abbreviation is not
-unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen.  Some menus put
-the shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital
-letters, so you can see how much you need to type.  It does not
-matter whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the
-subtopic.  You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the
-item name, except for one space where a space appears in the item in
-the menu.
-
-  Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice.
-
-* Menu:	   The menu starts here.
-
-This menu givs you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO.
-
-* Foo:  Help-FOO.       A node you can visit for fun.@*
-* Bar:  Help-FOO.       Strange!  two ways to get to the same place.@*
-* Help-FOO::            And yet another!@*
-
-
->>  Now type just an @kbd{m} and see what happens:
-
-  Now you are ``inside'' an @kbd{m} command.  Commands cannot be used
-now; the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
-
-  You can change your mind about doing the @kbd{m} by typing Control-g.
-
->> Try that now;  notice the bottom line clear.
-
->> Then type another @kbd{m}.
-
->> Now type @samp{BAR} item name.  Do not type @key{RET} yet.
-
-  While you are typing the item name, you can use the @key{DEL}
-character to cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake.
-
->> Type one to cancel the @samp{R}.  You could type another @samp{R} to
-   replace it.  You do not have to, since @samp{BA} is a valid abbreviation.
-
->> Now you are ready to go.  Type a @key{RET}.
-
-  After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here.
-
->> Type @kbd{n} to see more commands.
-
-@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it.
-@c It is an accident of the menu updating command.
-
-Here is another way to get to  Help-FOO, a menu.  You can ignore this
-if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here).
-
-@menu
-* Help-FOO::
-@end menu
-
-@node Help-FOO,  ,  , Help-M
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The @kbd{u} command
-
-  Congratulations!  This is the node @samp{Help-FOO}.  Unlike the other
-nodes you have seen, this one has an @samp{Up}: @samp{Help-M}, the node you
-just came from via the @kbd{m} command.  This is the usual
-convention---the nodes you reach from a menu have @samp{Up} nodes that lead
-back to the menu.  Menus move Down in the tree, and @samp{Up} moves Up.
-@samp{Previous}, on the other hand, is usually used to ``stay on the same
-level but go backwards''
-
-  You can go back to the node @samp{Help-M} by typing the command
-@kbd{u} for ``Up''.  That puts you at the @emph{front} of the
-node---to get back to where you were reading you have to type
-some @key{SPC}s.
-
->> Now type @kbd{u} to move back up to @samp{Help-M}.
-
-@node Help-Adv, Help-Q, Help-M, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Some advanced Info commands
-
-  The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end.
-
-  If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to
-retrace your steps, the @kbd{l} command (@kbd{l} for @dfn{last}) will
-do that, one node at a time.  If you have been following directions,
-an @kbd{l} command now will get you back to @samp{Help-M}.  Another
-@kbd{l} command would undo the @kbd{u} and get you back to
-@samp{Help-FOO}.  Another @kbd{l} would undo the @kbd{m} and get you
-back to @samp{Help-M}.
-
->> Try typing three @kbd{l}'s, pausing in between to see what each
-    @kbd{l} does.
-
-Then follow directions again and you will end up back here.
-
-  Note the difference between @kbd{l} and @kbd{p}: @kbd{l} moves to
-where @emph{you} last were, whereas @kbd{p} always moves to the node
-which the header says is the @samp{Previous} node (from this node, to
-@samp{Help-M}).
-
-  The @samp{d} command gets you instantly to the Directory node.
-This node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info,
-has a menu which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus),
-to all the nodes that exist.
-
->> Try doing a @samp{d}, then do an @kbd{l} to return here (yes,
-   @emph{do} return).
-
-  Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference.
-Cross references look like this: @xref{Help-Cross, Cross}.  That is a
-real, live cross reference which is named @samp{Cross} and points at
-the node named @samp{Help-Cross}.
-
-  If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the @samp{f}
-command.  The @samp{f} must be followed by the cross reference name
-(in this case, @samp{Cross}).  You can use @key{DEL} to edit the name,
-and if you change your mind about following any reference you can use
-@kbd{Control-g} to cancel the command.
-
-  Completion is available in the @samp{f} command; you can complete among
-all the cross reference names in the current node.
-
->> Type @samp{f}, followed by @samp{Cross}, and a @key{RET}.
-
-  To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you can
-type @kbd{?} after an @samp{f}.  The @samp{f} continues to await a
-cross reference name even after printing the list, so if you do not
-actually want to follow a reference you should type a @kbd{Control-g}
-to cancel the @samp{f}.
-
->> Type "f?" to get a list of the footnotes in this node.  Then type a
-   @kbd{Control-g} and see how the @samp{f} gives up.
-
->> Now type @kbd{n} to see the last node of the course.
-
-@c If a menu appears at the end of this node, remove it.
-@c It is an accident of the menu updating command.
-
-@node Help-Cross,  ,  , Help-Adv
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@unnumberedsubsec The node reached by the cross reference in Info
-
-  This is the node reached by the cross reference named @samp{Cross}.
-
-  While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
-reference, most cross references lead to nodes that ``belong''
-someplace else far away in the structure of Info.  So you cannot expect
-the footnote to have a @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} or @samp{Up} pointing back to
-where you came from.  In general, the @kbd{l} (el) command is the only
-way to get back there.
-
->> Type @kbd{l} to return to the node where the cross reference was.
-
-@node Help-Q,  , Help-Adv, Getting Started
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Quitting Info
-
-  To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type @kbd{q}
-for @dfn{Quit}.
-
-  This is the end of the course on using Info.  There are some other
-commands that are not essential or are meant for experienced users;
-they are useful, and you can find them by looking in the directory for
-documentation on Info.  Finding them will be a good exercise in using
-Info in the usual manner.
-
->> Type @samp{d} to go to the Info directory node; then type
-   @samp{mInfo} and @key{RET}, to get to the node about Info
-   and see what other help is available.
-
-@node Advanced Info, Create an Info File, Getting Started, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Info for Experts
-
-This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to write
-an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.  (However, in most cases, writing a
-Texinfo file is better, since you can use it @emph{both} to generate an
-Info file and to make a printed manual.  @xref{Top,, Overview of
-Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation Format}.)
-
-@menu
-* Expert::              Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5.
-* Add::                 Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
-                          Also tells what nodes look like.
-* Menus::               How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
-* Cross-refs::          How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
-* Tags::                How to make tag tables for Info files.
-* Checking::            Checking an Info File
-@end menu
-
-@node Expert, Add,  , Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Advanced Info Commands
-
-@kbd{g}, @kbd{s}, @kbd{1}, -- @kbd{5}, and @kbd{e}
-
-If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing @kbd{g}, the
-name, and @key{RET}.  Thus, @kbd{gTop@key{RET}} would go to the node
-called @samp{Top} in this file (its directory node).
-@kbd{gExpert@key{RET}} would come back here.
-
-Unlike @kbd{m}, @kbd{g} does not allow the use of abbreviations.
-
-To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the
-node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses.  Thus,
-@kbd{g(dir)Top@key{RET}} would go to the Info Directory node, which is
-node @samp{Top} in the file @file{dir}.
-
-The node name @samp{*} specifies the whole file.  So you can look at
-all of the current file by typing @kbd{g*@key{RET}} or all of any
-other file with @kbd{g(FILENAME)@key{RET}}.
-
-The @kbd{s} command allows you to search a whole file for a string.
-It switches to the next node if and when that is necessary.  You
-type @kbd{s} followed by the string to search for, terminated by
-@key{RET}.  To search for the same string again, just @kbd{s} followed
-by @key{RET} will do.  The file's nodes are scanned in the order
-they are in in the file, which has no necessary relationship to the
-order that they may be in in the tree structure of menus and @samp{next} pointers.
-But normally the two orders are not very different.  In any case,
-you can always do a @kbd{b} to find out what node you have reached, if
-the header is not visible (this can happen, because @kbd{s} puts your
-cursor at the occurrence of the string, not at the beginning of the
-node).
-
-If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you
-might like to use the commands @kbd{1}, @kbd{2}, @kbd{3}, @kbd{4}, and
-@kbd{5}.  They are short for the @kbd{m} command together with an
-argument.  "1", "2", "3", "4", and "5".  @kbd{1} goes through the
-first item in the current node's menu; @kbd{2} goes through the second
-item, etc.  Note that numbers larger than 5 are not allowed.  If the
-item you want is that far down, you are better off using an
-abbreviation for its name than counting.
-
-The Info command @kbd{e} changes from Info mode to an ordinary
-Emacs editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node.
-Type @kbd{C-c C-c} to switch back to Info.  The @kbd{e} command is allowed
-only if the variable @code{Info-enable-edit} is non-@code{nil}.
-
-@node Add, Menus, Expert, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Adding a new node to Info
-
-To add a new topic to the list in the directory, you must:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-Create a node, in some file, to document that topic.
-
-@item
-Put that topic in the menu in the directory.  @xref{Menus, Menu}.
-@end enumerate
-
-  The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
-one.  It must have a @key{^_} character before it (invisible to the
-user; this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either
-a @key{^_}, a @key{^L}, or the end of file.  Note: If you put in a
-@key{^L} to end a new node, be sure that there is a @key{^_} after it
-to start the next one, since @key{^L} cannot @emph{start} a node.
-Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a page boundary as well
-is to put a @key{^L} @emph{right after} the @key{^_}.
-
-  The @key{^_} starting a node must be followed by a newline or a
-@key{^L} newline, after which comes the node's header line.  The
-header line must give the node's name (by which Info finds it),
-and state the names of the @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and @samp{Up} nodes (if
-there are any).  As you can see, this node's @samp{Up} node is the node
-@samp{Top}, which points at all the documentation for Info.  The @samp{Next}
-node is @samp{Menus}.
-
-  The keywords @dfn{Node}, @dfn{Previous}, @dfn{Up} and @dfn{Next},
-may appear in any order, anywhere in the header line, but the
-recommended order is the one in this sentence.  Each keyword must be
-followed by a colon, spaces and tabs, and then the appropriate name.
-The name may be terminated with a tab, a comma, or a newline.  A space
-does not end it; node names may contain spaces.  The case of letters
-in the names is insignificant.
-
-  A node name has two forms.  A node in the current file is named by
-what appears after the @samp{Node: } in that node's first line.  For
-example, this node's name is @samp{Add}.  A node in another file is
-named by @samp{(@var{filename})@var{node-within-file}}, as in
-@samp{(info)Add} for this node.  If the file name is relative, it is
-taken starting from the standard Info file directory of your site.
-The name @samp{(@var{filename})Top} can be abbreviated to just
-@samp{(@var{filename})}.  By convention, the name @samp{Top} is used for
-the ``highest'' node in any single file---the node whose @samp{Up} points
-out of the file.  The Directory node is @file{(dir)}.  The @samp{Top} node
-of a document file listed in the Directory should have an @samp{Up:
-(dir)} in it.
-
-  The node name @kbd{*} is special: it refers to the entire file.
-Thus, @kbd{g*} shows you the whole current file.  The use of the
-node @kbd{*} is to make it possible to make old-fashioned,
-unstructured files into nodes of the tree.
-
-  The @samp{Node:} name, in which a node states its own name, must not
-contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not
-expect one to be there.  The @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous} and @samp{Up} names may
-contain them.  In this node, since the @samp{Up} node is in the same file,
-it was not necessary to use one.
-
-  Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header
-line.  The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments
-to help identify the node for the user.
-
-@node Menus, Cross-refs, Add, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section How to Create Menus
-
-  Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a @dfn{menu}---a list of subnodes. 
-The @kbd{m} command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it
-reads from the terminal.
-
-  A menu begins with a line starting with @samp{* Menu:}.  The rest of the
-line is a comment.  After the starting line, every line that begins
-with a @samp{* } lists a single topic.  The name of the topic--the
-argument that the user must give to the @kbd{m} command to select this
-topic---comes right after the star and space, and is followed by a
-colon, spaces and tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that
-topic.  The node name, like node names following @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}
-and @samp{Up}, may be terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also
-be terminated with a period.
-
-  If the node name and topic name are the same, than rather than
-giving the name twice, the abbreviation @samp{* NAME::} may be used
-(and should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual
-clutter in the menu).
-
-  It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ
-from each other very near the beginning---this allows the user to type
-short abbreviations.  In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize
-the beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable
-abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries).
-
-  The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its ``subnodes'', and
-it is their ``superior''.  They should each have an @samp{Up:} pointing at
-the superior.  It is often useful to arrange all or most of the
-subnodes in a sequence of @samp{Next} and @samp{Previous} pointers so that someone who
-wants to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu.
-
-  The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node @samp{(dir)Top}---that
-is, node @samp{Top} in file @file{.../info/dir}.  You can put new entries
-in that menu just like any other menu.  The Info Directory is @emph{not} the
-same as the file directory called @file{info}.  It happens that many of
-Info's files live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and
-files on that directory are not automatically listed in the Info
-Directory node.
-
-  Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a ``hierarchy'',
-in fact it can be @emph{any} directed graph.  Shared structures and
-pointer cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are
-appropriate to the meaning to be expressed.  There is no need for all
-the nodes in a file to form a connected structure.  In fact, this file
-has two connected components.  You are in one of them, which is under
-the node @samp{Top}; the other contains the node @samp{Help} which the
-@kbd{h} command goes to.  In fact, since there is no garbage
-collector, nothing terrible happens if a substructure is not pointed
-to, but such a substructure is rather useless since nobody can
-ever find out that it exists.
-
-@node Cross-refs, Tags, Menus, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Creating Cross References
-
-  A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu
-item which must go at the front of a line.  A cross reference looks
-like a menu item except that it has @samp{*note} instead of @kbd{*}.
-It @emph{cannot} be terminated by a @samp{)}, because @samp{)}'s are
-so often part of node names.  If you wish to enclose a cross reference
-in parentheses, terminate it with a period first.  Here are two
-examples of cross references pointers:
-
-@example
-*Note details: commands.  (See *note 3: Full Proof.)
-@end example
-
-They are just examples.  The places they ``lead to'' do not really exist!
-
-@node Tags, Checking, Cross-refs, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Tag Tables for Info Files
-
-  You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving
-it a tag table.  Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for
-an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used 
-automatically whenever Info reads in the file.
-
-  To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode and type
-@kbd{M-x Info-tagify}.  Then you must use @kbd{C-x C-s} to save the
-file.
-
-  Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up
-to date.  If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back
-more than a thousand characters in the file from the position
-recorded in the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that
-node.  To update the tag table, use the @code{Info-tagify} command again.
-
-  An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like
-this:
-
-@example
-^_
-Tag Table:
-File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419
-File: info,  Node: Tags^?22145
-^_
-End Tag Table
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains
-the beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name),
-a @key{DEL} character, and the character position in the file of the
-beginning of the node.
-
-@node Checking,  , Tags, Advanced Info
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Checking an Info File
-
-  When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node
-when you are making a pointer to it from another node.  If you put in
-the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone
-tries to go through the pointer using Info.  Verification of the Info
-file is an automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and
-reports any pointers which are invalid.  Every @samp{Next}, @samp{Previous}, and
-@samp{Up} is checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference.  In
-addition, any @samp{Next} which does not have a @samp{Previous} pointing back is
-reported.  Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking
-pointers to other files would be terribly slow.  But those are usually
-few.
-
-  To check an Info file, do @kbd{M-x Info-validate} while looking at
-any node of the file with Emacs Info mode.
-
-@node Create an Info File,  , Advanced Info, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file
-
-@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are
-GNU Emacs functions that do the same.
-
-@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an Info File, texinfo, the Texinfo
-Manual}, to learn how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
-
-@xref{Top,, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo, Texinfo: The GNU Documentation
-Format}, to learn how to write a Texinfo file.
-
-@bye
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/makeinfo.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/makeinfo.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 21ee2d3..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/makeinfo.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,285 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename makeinfo.info
-@set VERSION 1.51
-@paragraphindent none
-@comment %**start of header
-
-@ifinfo
-This file is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual.@*
-It documents @code{makeinfo}, a program that converts Texinfo
-files into Info files.  
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@titlepage
-@title Makeinfo
-@author Brian J. Fox and Robert J. Chassell
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, What is makeinfo, (dir), (dir)
-@unnumbered @code{makeinfo}
-
-This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions
-@value{VERSION} and later.  It is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@menu
-* What is makeinfo::            
-@end menu
-
-@node What is makeinfo,  , Top, Top
-@chapter What is @code{makeinfo}?
-
-@iftex
-This file documents the use of the @code{makeinfo} program, versions
-@value{VERSION} and later.  It is an extract from the @cite{Texinfo} manual.
-@end iftex
-
-@code{makeinfo} is a program for converting @dfn{Texinfo} files into @dfn{Info}
-files.  Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
-produce both on-line information and printed output.
-
-You can read the on-line information using Info; type @code{info} to
-learn about Info.
-@ifinfo
-@xref{Top, Texinfo, Overview of Texinfo, texinfo.texi, Texinfo},
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-See the @cite{Texinfo} manual,
-@end iftex
-to learn about the Texinfo documentation system.
-
-@menu
-* Formatting Control::          
-* Options::                     
-* Pointer Validation::          
-@end menu
-
-@node Formatting Control, Options,  , What is makeinfo
-@section Controlling Paragraph Formats
-
-In general, @code{makeinfo} @dfn{fills} the paragraphs that it outputs
-to an Info file.  Filling is the process of breaking and connecting
-lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number
-specified as the fill column.  Lines are broken between words.  With
-@code{makeinfo}, you can control:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The width of each paragraph (the @dfn{fill-column}).
-@item
-The amount of indentation that the first line of 
-each paragraph receives (the @dfn{paragraph-indentation}).
-@end itemize
-
-@node Options, Pointer Validation, Formatting Control, What is makeinfo
-@section Command Line Options
-
-The following command line options are available for @code{makeinfo}.
-
-@need 100
-@table @code
-@item -D @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be defined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 150
-@item --error-limit @var{limit}
-Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report
-before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless).
-The default number of errors that can be reported before
-@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --fill-column @var{width}
-Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand
-edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this
-width.  The default value for @code{fill-column} is 72.
-@refill
-
-@item --footnote-style @var{style}
-Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.  The value
-set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@footnotestyle} command.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the
-footnotes found in the current node.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end
-of the current node.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -I @var{dir}
-Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are
-included using the @code{@@include} command.  By default,
-@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-headers
-Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in an
-@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain
-the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a
-single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-split
-Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally, large
-output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into
-smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you specify
-@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output
-file.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --no-pointer-validate
-@item --no-validate
-Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally,
-after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to
-ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.
-@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-warn
-Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does @emph{not}
-suppress the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might
-want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually
-exist.@refill
-
-@item --no-number-footnotes
-Supress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, @code{makeinfo}
-numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-@need 150
-@item --output @var{file}
-@itemx -o @var{file}
-Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the
-file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo
-source.  @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies
-standard output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent}
-Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}.  The value set by
-this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@paragraphindent} command.  The value of @var{indent} is
-interpreted as follows:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the
-existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing
-indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each
-paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@need 100
-@item --reference-limit @var{limit}
-Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has more
-than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the
-references but also report a warning.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -U @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be undefined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 100
-@item --verbose
-Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing.
-Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or
-warnings.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --version
-Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Pointer Validation,  , Options, What is makeinfo
-@section Pointer Validation
-@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Validation of pointers
-
-If you do not suppress pointer-validation (by using the
-@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option), @code{makeinfo}
-will check the validity of the final Info file.  Mostly,
-this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced
-really exist.  Here is a complete list of what is
-checked:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to
-@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill
-
-@item
-In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, 
-then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill
-
-@item
-Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill
-
-@item
-The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the
-current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference.
-This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill
-
-@item
-If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference
-of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer
-must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node.
-This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node
-of the next chapter.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/texi.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/texi.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index f77f662..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/texi.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15626 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-@comment %**start of header
-@setfilename texi.info
-@settitle Texinfo @value{edition}
-@syncodeindex vr fn
-@c footnotestyle separate
-@c paragraphindent 2
-@smallbook
-@comment %**end of header
-
-@ignore
-@ifinfo
-@format
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Texinfo: (texi.info).           The documentation format for the GNU Project.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-@end format
-@end ifinfo
-@end ignore
-
-@c Set smallbook if printing in smallbook format so the example of the
-@c smallbook font is actually written using smallbook; in bigbook, a kludge
-@c is used for TeX output.
-@c set smallbook
-@clear smallbook
-
-@set edition 2.18
-@set update-date 26 March 1993
-@set update-month March 1993
-
-@c Experiment with smaller amounts of whitespace between chapters
-@c and sections.
-@tex
-\global\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt 
-\global\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\global\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-@end tex
-
-@c Experiment with smaller amounts of whitespace between paragraphs in
-@c the 8.5 by 11 inch format.
-@ifclear smallbook
-@tex
-\global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
-@end tex
-@end ifclear
-
-@finalout
-
-@c Currently undocumented commands, 24 March 1993:
-@c See documentation in `texinfmt.el' file.
-@c
-@c raisesections    (Two useful commands.)
-@c lowersections
-@c nwnode          (Same as node, but no warnings; for `makeinfo'.)
-@c math            (Unsatisfactory TeX definition; no processing for Info.)
-@c definfoenclose  (For ifinfo text only; not supported by `makeinfo'; 
-@c                  each instance requires a corresponding TeX definition.)
-
-@ifinfo
-This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a single
-source file to produce both on-line information and a printed manual.
-
-Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@*
-and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@setchapternewpage odd
-@titlepage
-@c use the new format for titles
-@title Texinfo
-@subtitle The GNU Documentation Format
-@subtitle Edition @value{edition}, for Texinfo Version Two
-@subtitle @value{update-month}
-
-@author by Robert J. Chassell and Richard M. Stallman
-
-@comment   Include the Distribution inside the titlepage so
-@c that headings are turned off. 
-
-@page
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-@sp 2
-This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,@*
-and is consistent with version 2 of @file{texinfo.tex}.
-@sp 2
-
-Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
-675 Massachusetts Avenue, @*
-Cambridge, MA 02139 USA @*
-Printed copies are available for $15 each.@*
-ISBN-1882114-12-4
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-@sp 2
-Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
-@end titlepage
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
-@top Texinfo
-
-Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
-produce both on-line information and printed output.@refill
-
-The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
-document, including the @@-command and concept indices.  The rest of
-the menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.@refill
-
-This is Edition @value{edition} of the Texinfo documentation, 
-@w{@value{update-date},} for Texinfo Version 2.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@c Here is a spare copy of the chapter menu entry descriptions,
-@c in case they are accidently deleted 
-@ignore
-Your rights.
-Texinfo in brief.
-How to use Texinfo mode.
-What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file?
-What is at the end of a Texinfo file?
-How to create chapters, sections, subsections,
-  appendices, and other parts.
-How to provide structure for a document.
-How to write nodes.
-How to write menus.
-How to write cross references.
-How to mark words and phrases as code,
-  keyboard input, meta-syntactic
-  variables, and the like.
-How to write quotations, examples, etc.
-How to write lists and tables.
-How to create indices.
-How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc.
-How to indicate results of evaluation,
-  expansion of macros, errors, etc.
-How to force and prevent line and page breaks.
-How to describe functions and the like in a uniform manner.
-How to write footnotes.
-How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info.
-How to print hardcopy.
-How to create an Info file.
-How to install an Info file
-A list of all the Texinfo @@-commands.
-Hints on how to write a Texinfo document.
-A sample Texinfo file to look at.
-Tell readers they have the right to copy
-  and distribute.
-How to incorporate other Texinfo files.
-How to write page headings and footings.
-How to find formatting mistakes.
-All about paragraph refilling.
-A description of @@-Command syntax.
-Texinfo second edition features.
-A menu containing commands and variables.
-A menu covering many topics.
-@end ignore
-
-@menu
-* Copying::                     Your rights. 
-* Overview::                    Texinfo in brief.
-* Texinfo Mode::                How to use Texinfo mode.
-* Beginning a File::            What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file?
-* Ending a File::               What is at the end of a Texinfo file?
-* Structuring::                 How to create chapters, sections, subsections,
-                                  appendices, and other parts.
-* Nodes::                       How to write nodes.
-* Menus::                       How to write menus.
-* Cross References::            How to write cross references.
-* Marking Text::                How to mark words and phrases as code,
-                                  keyboard input, meta-syntactic
-                                  variables, and the like.
-* Quotations and Examples::     How to write quotations, examples, etc.
-* Lists and Tables::            How to write lists and tables.
-* Indices::                     How to create indices.
-* Insertions::                  How to insert @@-signs, braces, etc.
-* Glyphs::                      How to indicate results of evaluation,
-                                  expansion of macros, errors, etc.
-* Breaks::                      How to force and prevent line and page breaks.
-* Definition Commands::         How to describe functions and the like 
-                                  in a uniform manner.
-* Footnotes::                   How to write footnotes.
-* Conditionals::                How to specify text for either @TeX{} or Info.
-* Format/Print Hardcopy::       How to convert a Texinfo file to a file
-                                  for printing and how to print that file.
-* Create an Info File::         Convert a Texinfo file into an Info file.
-* Install an Info File::        Make an Info file accessible to users.
-* Command List::                All the Texinfo @@-commands.
-* Tips::                        Hints on how to write a Texinfo document.
-* Sample Texinfo File::         A sample Texinfo file to look at.
-* Sample Permissions::          Tell readers they have the right to copy
-                                  and distribute.
-* Include Files::               How to incorporate other Texinfo files.
-* Headings::                    How to write page headings and footings.
-* Catching Mistakes::           How to find formatting mistakes.
-* Refilling Paragraphs::        All about paragraph refilling.
-* Command Syntax::              A description of @@-Command syntax.
-* Obtaining TeX::               How to Obtain @TeX{}.
-* New Features::                Texinfo second edition features.
-* Command and Variable Index::  A menu containing commands and variables.
-* Concept Index::               A menu covering many topics.
-
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Overview of Texinfo
-
-* Using Texinfo::               Create a conventional printed book 
-                                  or an Info file.
-* Info Files::                  What is an Info file?
-* Printed Books::               Characteristics of a printed book or manual.
-* Formatting Commands::         @@-commands are used for formatting.
-* Conventions::                 General rules for writing a Texinfo file.
-* Comments::                    How to write comments and mark regions that
-                                  the formatting commands will ignore.
-* Minimum::                     What a Texinfo file must have.
-* Six Parts::                   Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts.
-* Short Sample::                A short sample Texinfo file.
-* Acknowledgements::            
-
-Using Texinfo Mode
-
-* Texinfo Mode Overview::       How Texinfo mode can help you.
-* Emacs Editing::               Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general
-                                  purpose editing features.
-* Inserting::                   How to insert frequently used @@-commands. 
-* Showing the Structure::       How to show the structure of a file.
-* Updating Nodes and Menus::    How to update or create new nodes and menus.
-* Info Formatting::             How to format for Info.
-* Printing::                    How to format and print part or all of a file.
-* Texinfo Mode Summary::        Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.
-
-Updating Nodes and Menus
-
-* Updating Commands::           Five major updating commands.
-* Updating Requirements::       How to structure a Texinfo file for
-                                  using the updating command.
-* Other Updating Commands::     How to indent descriptions, insert
-                                  missing nodes lines, and update
-                                  nodes in sequence.
-
-Beginning a Texinfo File
-
-* Four Parts::                  Four parts begin a Texinfo file.
-* Sample Beginning::            Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file.
-* Header::                      The very beginning of a Texinfo file.
-* Info Summary and Permissions::  Summary and copying permissions for Info.
-* Titlepage & Copyright Page::  Creating the title and copyright pages.
-* The Top Node::                Creating the `Top' node and master menu.
-* Software Copying Permissions::  Ensure that you and others continue to
-                                  have the right to use and share software.
-
-The Texinfo File Header
-
-* First Line::                  The first line of a Texinfo file.  
-* Start of Header::             Formatting a region requires this.
-* setfilename::                 Tell Info the name of the Info file.
-* settitle::                    Create a title for the printed work.
-* setchapternewpage::           Start chapters on right-hand pages.
-* paragraphindent::             An option to specify paragraph indentation.
-* End of Header::               Formatting a region requires this.
-
-The Title and Copyright Pages
-
-* titlepage::                   Create a title for the printed document.
-* titlefont center sp::         The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center},
-                                  and @code{@@sp} commands.
-* title subtitle author::       The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle},
-                                  and @code{@@author} commands.
-* Copyright & Permissions::     How to write the copyright notice and
-                                  include copying permissions.
-* end titlepage::               Turn on page headings after the title and
-                                  copyright pages.
-* headings on off::             An option for turning headings on and off
-                                  and double or single sided printing.
-
-The `Top' Node and Master Menu
-
-* Title of Top Node::           Sketch what the file is about.
-* Master Menu Parts::           A master menu has three or more parts.
-
-Ending a Texinfo File
-
-* Printing Indices & Menus::    How to print an index in hardcopy and 
-                                  generate index menus in Info.
-* Contents::                    How to create a table of contents.
-* File End::                    How to mark the end of a file.
-
-Chapter Structuring
-
-* Tree Structuring::            A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{}
-* Structuring Command Types::   How to divide a manual into parts.
-* makeinfo top::                The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node.
-* chapter::                     
-* unnumbered & appendix::       
-* majorheading & chapheading::  
-* section::                     
-* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading::  
-* subsection::                  
-* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading::  
-* subsubsection::               Commands for the lowest level sections.
-
-Nodes
-
-* Two Paths::                   Different commands to structure 
-                                  Info output and printed output.
-* Node Menu Illustration::      A diagram, and sample nodes and menus.
-* node::                        How to write a node, in detail.
-* makeinfo Pointer Creation::   How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}.
-
-The @code{@@node} Command
-
-* Node Names::                  How to choose node and pointer names.
-* Writing a Node::              How to write an @code{@@node} line.
-* Node Line Tips::              Keep names short.
-* Node Line Requirements::      Keep names unique, without @@-commands.
-* First Node::                  How to write a `Top' node.
-* makeinfo top command::        How to use the @code{@@top} command. 
-* Top Node Summary::            Write a brief description for readers.
-
-Menus
-
-* Menu Location::               Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::              What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                  A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry::   Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::                Two and three part menu entries.
-* Other Info Files::            How to refer to a different Info file.
-
-Cross References
-
-* References::                  What cross references are for.
-* Cross Reference Commands::    A summary of the different commands.
-* Cross Reference Parts::       A cross reference has several parts.
-* xref::                        Begin a reference with `See' @dots{}
-* Top Node Naming::             How to refer to the beginning of another file.
-* ref::                         A reference for the last part of a sentence.
-* pxref::                       How to write a parenthetical cross reference.
-* inforef::                     How to refer to an Info-only file.
-
-@code{@@xref}
-
-* Reference Syntax::            What a reference looks like and requires.
-* One Argument::                @code{@@xref} with one argument.
-* Two Arguments::               @code{@@xref} with two arguments.
-* Three Arguments::             @code{@@xref} with three arguments.
-* Four and Five Arguments::     @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments.
-
-Marking Words and Phrases
-
-* Indicating::                  How to indicate definitions, files, etc.
-* Emphasis::                    How to emphasize text.
-
-Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
-
-* Useful Highlighting::         Highlighting provides useful information.
-* code::                        How to indicate code.
-* kbd::                         How to show keyboard input.
-* key::                         How to specify keys.
-* samp::                        How to show a literal sequence of characters.
-* var::                         How to indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-* file::                        How to indicate the name of a file.
-* dfn::                         How to specify a definition.
-* cite::                        How to refer to a book that is not in Info.
-
-Emphasizing Text
-
-* emph & strong::               How to emphasize text in Texinfo.
-* Smallcaps::                   How to use the small caps font.
-* Fonts::                       Various font commands for printed output.
-
-Quotations and Examples
-
-* Block Enclosing Commands::    Use different constructs for 
-                                  different purposes.
-* quotation::                   How to write a quotation.
-* example::                     How to write an example in a fixed-width font.
-* noindent::                    How to prevent paragraph indentation.
-* Lisp Example::                How to illustrate Lisp code.
-* smallexample & smalllisp::    Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option.
-* display::                     How to write an example in the current font.
-* format::                      How to write an example that does not narrow
-                                  the margins.
-* exdent::                      How to undo the indentation of a line.
-* flushleft & flushright::      How to push text flushleft or flushright.
-* cartouche::                   How to draw cartouches around examples.
-
-Making Lists and Tables
-
-* Introducing Lists::           Texinfo formats lists for you.
-* itemize::                     How to construct a simple list.
-* enumerate::                   How to construct a numbered list.
-* Two-column Tables::           How to construct a two-column table.
-
-Making a Two-column Table
-
-* table::                       How to construct a two-column table.
-* ftable vtable::               How to construct a two-column table
-                                  with automatic indexing.
-* itemx::                       How to put more entries in the first column.
-
-Creating Indices
-
-* Index Entries::               Choose different words for index entries.
-* Predefined Indices::          Use different indices for different kinds
-                                  of entry.
-* Indexing Commands::           How to make an index entry.
-* Combining Indices::           How to combine indices.
-* New Indices::                 How to define your own indices.
-
-Combining Indices
-
-* syncodeindex::                How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code}
-                                  font for the merged-from index.
-* synindex::                    How to merge two indices, using the
-                                  default font of the merged-to index.
-
-Special Insertions
-
-* Braces Atsigns Periods::      How to insert braces, @samp{@@} and periods.
-* dmn::                         How to format a dimension.
-* Dots Bullets::                How to insert dots and bullets.
-* TeX and copyright::           How to insert the @TeX{} logo 
-                                  and the copyright symbol.
-* minus::                       How to insert a minus sign.
-
-Inserting @samp{@@}, Braces, and Periods
-
-* Inserting An Atsign::         
-* Inserting Braces::            How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
-* Controlling Spacing::         How to insert the right amount of space
-                                  after punctuation within a sentence.
-
-Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
-
-* dots::                        How to insert dots @dots{}
-* bullet::                      How to insert a bullet.
-
-Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol
-
-* tex::                         How to insert the @TeX{} logo.
-* copyright symbol::            How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}.
-
-Glyphs for Examples 
-
-* Glyphs Summary::              
-* result::                      How to show the result of expression.
-* expansion::                   How to indicate an expansion.
-* Print Glyph::                 How to indicate printed output.
-* Error Glyph::                 How to indicate an error message.
-* Equivalence::                 How to indicate equivalence.
-* Point Glyph::                 How to indicate the location of point.
-
-Making and Preventing Breaks
-
-* Break Commands::              Cause and prevent splits.
-* Line Breaks::                 How to force a single line to use two lines.
-* w::                           How to prevent unwanted line breaks. 
-* sp::                          How to insert blank lines.
-* page::                        How to force the start of a new page.
-* group::                       How to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-* need::                        Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-
-Definition Commands
-
-* Def Cmd Template::            How to structure a description using a
-                                  definition command.
-* Optional Arguments::          How to handle optional and repeated arguments.
-* deffnx::                      How to group two or more `first' lines.
-* Def Cmds in Detail::          All the definition commands.
-* Def Cmd Conventions::         Conventions for writing definitions.
-* Sample Function Definition::  
-
-The Definition Commands
-
-* Functions Commands::          Commands for functions and similar entities.
-* Variables Commands::          Commands for variables and similar entities.
-* Typed Functions::             Commands for functions in typed languages.
-* Typed Variables::             Commands for variables in typed languages.
-* Abstract Objects::            Commands for object-oriented programming.
-* Data Types::                  The definition command for data types.
-
-Conditionally Visible Text
-
-* Conditional Commands::        How to specify text for Info or @TeX{}.
-* Using Ordinary TeX Commands::  You can use any and all @TeX{} commands.
-* set clear value::             How to designate which text to format (for
-                                  both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a
-                                  flag to a string that you can insert.
-
-@code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value}
-
-* ifset ifclear::               Format a region if a flag is set.
-* value::                       Replace a flag with a string. 
-* value Example::               An easy way to update edition information.
-
-Format and Print Hardcopy
-
-* Use TeX::                     Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy.
-* Shell Format & Print::        How to format and print a hardcopy manual
-                                 with shell commands.
-* Within Emacs::                How to format and print from an Emacs shell.
-* Texinfo Mode Printing::       How to format and print in Texinfo mode.
-* Compile-Command::             How to print using Emacs's compile command.
-* Requirements Summary::        @TeX{} formatting requirements summary.
-* Preparing for TeX::           What you need to do to use @TeX{}.
-* Overfull hboxes::             What are and what to do with overfull hboxes.
-* smallbook::                   How to print small format books and manuals.
-* A4 Paper::                    How to print on European A4 paper.
-* Cropmarks and Magnification::  How to print marks to indicate the size
-                                of pages and how to print scaled up output.
-
-Creating an Info File
-
-* makeinfo advantages::         @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking.
-* Invoking makeinfo::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell.
-* makeinfo options::            Specify fill-column and other options.
-* Pointer Validation::          How to check that pointers point somewhere.
-* makeinfo in Emacs::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs.
-* texinfo-format commands::     Two Info formatting commands written
-                                  in Emacs Lisp are an alternative 
-                                  to @code{makeinfo}.
-* Batch Formatting::            How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode.
-* Tag and Split Files::         How tagged and split files help Info 
-                                  to run better.
-
-Installing an Info File
-
-* Directory file::              The top level menu for all Info files.
-* New Info File::               Listing a new info file.
-* Other Info Directories::      How to specify Info files that are 
-                                  located in other directories.
-
-Sample Permissions
-
-* Inserting Permissions::       How to put permissions in your document.
-* ifinfo Permissions::          Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions.
-* Titlepage Permissions::       Sample Titlepage copying permissions.
-
-Include Files
-
-* Using Include Files::         How to use the @code{@@include} command.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update::  How to create and update nodes and
-                                  menus when using included files.
-* Include File Requirements::   What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects.
-* Sample Include File::         A sample outer file with included files
-                                  within it; and a sample included file.
-* Include Files Evolution::     How use of the @code{@@include} command
-                                  has changed over time.
-
-Page Headings
-
-* Headings Introduced::         Conventions for using page headings.
-* Heading Format::              Standard page heading formats.
-* Heading Choice::              How to specify the type of page heading.
-* Custom Headings::             How to create your own headings and footings.
-
-Formatting Mistakes
-
-* makeinfo preferred::          @code{makeinfo} finds errors.
-* Debugging with Info::         How to catch errors with Info formatting.
-* Debugging with TeX::          How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting.
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}.
-* Using occur::                 How to list all lines containing a pattern.
-* Running Info-Validate::       How to find badly referenced nodes.
-
-Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-
-* Using Info-validate::         How to run @code{Info-validate}.
-* Unsplit::                     How to create an unsplit file.
-* Tagifying::                   How to tagify a file.
-* Splitting::                   How to split a file manually.
-
-Second Edition Features
-
-* New Texinfo Mode Commands::   The updating commands are especially useful.
-* New Commands::                Many newly described @@-commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node Copying, Overview, Top, Top
-@comment  node-name, next, previous,  up
-@unnumbered Texinfo Copying Conditions
-@cindex Copying conditions
-@cindex Conditions for copying Texinfo
-
-The programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo include
-portions of GNU Emacs, plus other separate programs (including
-@code{makeinfo}, @code{info}, @code{texindex}, and @file{texinfo.tex}).
-These programs are @dfn{free}; this means that everyone is free to use
-them and free to redistribute them on a free basis.  The Texinfo-related
-programs are not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there
-are restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are
-designed to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want
-to do.  What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further
-sharing any version of these programs that they might get from
-you.@refill
-
-  Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
-away copies of the programs that relate to Texinfo, that you receive
-source code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these
-programs or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know
-you can do these things.@refill
-
-  To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
-deprive anyone else of these rights.  For example, if you distribute
-copies of the Texinfo related programs, you must give the recipients all
-the rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or
-can get the source code.  And you must tell them their rights.@refill
-
-  Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone finds
-out that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to Texinfo.
-If these programs are modified by someone else and passed on, we want
-their recipients to know that what they have is not what we distributed,
-so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on our
-reputation.@refill
-
-  The precise conditions of the licenses for the programs currently
-being distributed that relate to Texinfo are found in the General Public
-Licenses that accompany them.@refill
-
-@node Overview, Texinfo Mode, Copying, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Overview of Texinfo
-@cindex Overview of Texinfo
-@cindex Texinfo overview
-
-@dfn{Texinfo}@footnote{Note that the first syllable of ``Texinfo'' is
-pronounced like ``speck'', not ``hex''.  This odd pronunciation is
-derived from, but is not the same as, the pronunciation of @TeX{}.  In
-the word @TeX{}, the @samp{X} is actually the Greek letter ``chi''
-rather than the English letter ``ex''.  Pronounce @TeX{} as if the
-@samp{X} were the last sound in the name `Bach'; but pronounce Texinfo
-as if the @samp{x} were a `k'.  Spell ``Texinfo'' with a capital ``T''
-and write the other letters in lower case.} 
-is a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
-on-line information and printed output.  This means that instead of
-writing two different documents, one for the on-line help or other on-line
-information and the other for a typeset manual or other printed work, you
-need write only one document.  When the work is revised, you need revise
-only one document.  (You can read the on-line information, known as an
-@dfn{Info file}, with an Info documentation-reading program.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Using Texinfo::               Create a conventional printed book 
-                                  or an Info file.
-* Info Files::                  What is an Info file?
-* Printed Books::               Characteristics of a printed book or manual.
-* Formatting Commands::         @@-commands are used for formatting.
-* Conventions::                 General rules for writing a Texinfo file.
-* Comments::                    How to write comments and mark regions that
-                                  the formatting commands will ignore.
-* Minimum::                     What a Texinfo file must have.
-* Six Parts::                   Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts.
-* Short Sample::                A short sample Texinfo file.
-* Acknowledgements::            
-@end menu
-
-@node Using Texinfo, Info Files,  , Overview
-@ifinfo
-@heading Using Texinfo
-@end ifinfo
-
-Using Texinfo, you can create a printed document with the normal
-features of a book, including chapters, sections, cross references,
-and indices.  From the same Texinfo source file, you can create a
-menu-driven, on-line Info file with nodes, menus, cross references,
-and indices.  You can, if you wish, make the chapters and sections of
-the printed document correspond to the nodes of the on-line
-information; and you use the same cross references and indices for
-both the Info file and the printed work.  @cite{The GNU
-Emacs Manual} is a good example of a Texinfo file, as is this manual.@refill
-
-To make a printed document, you process a Texinfo source file with the
-@TeX{} typesetting program.  This creates a @sc{dvi} file that you can
-typeset and print as a book or report.  (Note that the Texinfo language is
-completely different from @TeX{}'s usual language, Plain@TeX{}, which
-Texinfo replaces.)  If you do not have @TeX{}, but do have
-@code{troff} or @code{nroff}, you can use the @code{texi2roff} program
-instead.@refill
-
-To make an Info file, you process a Texinfo source file with the
-@code{makeinfo} utility or Emacs's @code{texinfo-format-buffer} command;
-this creates an Info file that you can install on-line.@refill
-
-@TeX{} and @code{texi2roff} work with many types of printer; similarly,
-Info works with almost every type of computer terminal.  This power
-makes Texinfo a general purpose system, but brings with it a constraint,
-which is that a Texinfo file may contain only the customary
-``typewriter'' characters (letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation
-marks) but no special graphics.@refill
-
-A Texinfo file is a plain @sc{ascii} file containing text and
-@dfn{@@-commands} (words preceded by an @samp{@@}) that tell the
-typesetting and formatting programs what to do.  You may edit a
-Texinfo file with any text editor; but it is especially convenient to
-use GNU Emacs since that editor has a special mode, called Texinfo
-mode, that provides various Texinfo-related features.  (@xref{Texinfo
-Mode}.)@refill
-
-Before writing a Texinfo source file, you should become familiar with
-the Info documentation reading program and learn about nodes,
-menus, cross references, and the rest.  (@inforef{Top, info, info},
-for more information.)@refill
-
-You can use Texinfo to create both on-line help and printed manuals;
-moreover, Texinfo is freely redistributable.  For these reasons, Texinfo
-is the format in which documentation for GNU utilities and libraries is
-written.@refill
-
-@node Info Files, Printed Books, Using Texinfo, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Info files
-@cindex Info files
-
-An Info file is a Texinfo file formatted so that the Info documentation
-reading program can operate on it.  (@code{makeinfo}
-and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are two commands that convert a Texinfo file
-into an Info file.)@refill
-
-Info files are divided into pieces called @dfn{nodes}, each of which
-contains the discussion of one topic.  Each node has a name, and
-contains both text for the user to read and pointers to other nodes,
-which are identified by their names.  The Info program displays one node
-at a time, and provides commands with which the user can move to other
-related nodes.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information about using Info.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Each node of an Info file may have any number of child nodes that
-describe subtopics of the node's topic.  The names of child
-nodes are listed in a @dfn{menu} within the parent node; this
-allows you to use certain Info commands to move to one of the child
-nodes.  Generally, an Info file is organized like a book.  If a node
-is at the logical level of a chapter, its child nodes are at the level
-of sections; likewise, the child nodes of sections are at the level
-of subsections.@refill
-  
-All the children of any one parent are linked together in a
-bidirectional chain of `Next' and `Previous' pointers.  The `Next'
-pointer provides a link to the next section, and the `Previous' pointer
-provides a link to the previous section.  This means that all the nodes
-that are at the level of sections within a chapter are linked together.
-Normally the order in this chain is the same as the order of the
-children in the parent's menu.  Each child node records the parent node
-name as its `Up' pointer.  The last child has no `Next' pointer, and the
-first child has the parent both as its `Previous' and as its `Up'
-pointer.@footnote{In some documents, the first child has no `Previous'
-pointer.  Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next
-following higher level node as its `Next' pointer.}@refill
-
-The book-like structuring of an Info file into nodes that correspond
-to chapters, sections, and the like is a matter of convention, not a
-requirement.  The `Up', `Previous', and `Next' pointers of a node can
-point to any other nodes, and a menu can contain any other nodes.
-Thus, the node structure can be any directed graph.  But it is usually
-more comprehensible to follow a structure that corresponds to the
-structure of chapters and sections in a printed book or report.@refill
-
-In addition to menus and to `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, Info
-provides pointers of another kind, called references, that can be
-sprinkled throughout the text.  This is usually the best way to
-represent links that do not fit a hierarchical structure.@refill
-
-Usually, you will design a document so that its nodes match the
-structure of chapters and sections in the printed output.  But there
-are times when this is not right for the material being discussed.
-Therefore, Texinfo uses separate commands to specify the node
-structure for the Info file and the section structure for the printed
-output.@refill
-
-Generally, you enter an Info file through a node that by convention is
-called @samp{Top}.  This node normally contains just a brief summary
-of the file's purpose, and a large menu through which the rest of the
-file is reached.  From this node, you can either traverse the file
-systematically by going from node to node, or you can go to a specific
-node listed in the main menu, or you can search the index menus and
-then go directly to the node that has the information you want.@refill
-@c !!! With the standalone Info system you may go to specific nodes
-@c directly.. 
-
-If you want to read through an Info file in sequence, as if it were a
-printed manual, you can get the whole file with the advanced Info
-command @kbd{g* @key{RET}}.  (@inforef{Expert, Advanced Info commands,
-info}.)@refill
-
-@c !!! dir file may be located in one of many places:
-@c     /usr/local/emacs/info            mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH
-@c     /usr/local/lib/emacs/info        mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH
-@c     /usr/gnu/info                    mentioned in info.c DEFAULT_INFOPATH
-@c     /usr/local/info
-@c     /usr/local/lib/info 
-The @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory serves as the
-departure point for the whole Info system.  From it, you can reach the
-`Top' nodes of each of the documents in a complete Info system.@refill
-
-@node Printed Books, Formatting Commands, Info Files, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Printed Books
-@cindex Printed book and manual characteristics
-@cindex Manual characteristics, printed
-@cindex Book characteristics, printed
-@cindex Texinfo printed book characteristics
-@cindex Characteristics, printed books or manuals
-
-A Texinfo file can be formatted and typeset as a printed book or manual.
-To do this, you need @TeX{}, a powerful, sophisticated typesetting
-program written by Donald Knuth.@footnote{You can also use the
-@code{texi2roff} program if you do not have @TeX{}; since Texinfo is
-designed for use with @TeX{}, @code{texi2roff} is not described here.
-@code{texi2roff} is part of the standard GNU distribution.}@refill
-
-A Texinfo-based book is similar to any other typeset, printed work: it
-can have a title page, copyright page, table of contents, and preface,
-as well as chapters, numbered or unnumbered sections and subsections,
-page headers, cross references, footnotes, and indices.@refill
-
-You can use Texinfo to write a book without ever having the intention
-of converting it into on-line information.  You can use Texinfo for
-writing a printed novel, and even to write a printed memo, although
-this latter application is not recommended since electronic mail is so
-much easier.@refill
-
-@TeX{} is a general purpose typesetting program.  Texinfo provides a
-file called @file{texinfo.tex} that contains information (definitions or
-@dfn{macros}) that @TeX{} uses when it typesets a Texinfo file.
-(@file{texinfo.tex} tells @TeX{} how to convert the Texinfo @@-commands
-to @TeX{} commands, which @TeX{} can then process to create the typeset
-document.)  @file{texinfo.tex} contains the specifications for printing
-a document.@refill 
-
-Most often, documents are printed on 8.5 inch by 11 inch
-pages (216@dmn{mm} by 280@dmn{mm}; this is the default size), but you
-can also print for 7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178@dmn{mm} by
-235@dmn{mm}; the @code{@@smallbook} size) or on European A4 size paper
-(@code{@@afourpaper}).  (@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}.
-Also, see @ref{A4 Paper, ,Printing on A4 Paper}.)@refill
-
-By changing the parameters in @file{texinfo.tex}, you can change the
-size of the printed document.  In addition, you can change the style in
-which the printed document is formatted; for example, you can change the
-sizes and fonts used, the amount of indentation for each paragraph, the
-degree to which words are hyphenated, and the like.  By changing the
-specifications, you can make a book look dignified, old and serious, or
-light-hearted, young and cheery.@refill
-
-@TeX{} is freely distributable.  It is written in a dialect of Pascal
-called WEB and can be compiled either in Pascal or (by using a
-conversion program that comes with the @TeX{} distribution) in C.
-(@xref{TeX Mode, ,@TeX{} Mode, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information
-about @TeX{}.)@refill
-
-@TeX{} is very powerful and has a great many features.  Because a
-Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a
-character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the
-formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily
-limited.@refill
-
-@xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain @TeX{}}.
-
-
-@node Formatting Commands, Conventions, Printed Books, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @@-commands
-@cindex @@-commands
-@cindex Formatting commands
-
-In a Texinfo file, the commands that tell @TeX{} how to typeset the
-printed manual and tell @code{makeinfo} and
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} how to create an Info file are preceded
-by @samp{@@}; they are called @dfn{@@-commands}.  For example,
-@code{@@node} is the command to indicate a node and @code{@@chapter}
-is the command to indicate the start of a chapter.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} All the @@-commands, with the exception of the
-@code{@@TeX@{@}} command, must be written entirely in lower
-case.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-The Texinfo @@-commands are a strictly limited set of constructs.  The
-strict limits make it possible for Texinfo files to be understood both
-by @TeX{} and by the code that converts them into Info files.  You can
-display Info files on any terminal that displays alphabetic and
-numeric characters.  Similarly, you can print the output generated by
-@TeX{} on a wide variety of printers.@refill
-
-Depending on what they do or what arguments@footnote{The word
-@dfn{argument} comes from the way it is used in mathematics and does
-not refer to a disputation between two people; it refers to the
-information presented to the command.  According to the @cite{Oxford
-English Dictionary}, the word derives from the Latin for @dfn{to make
-clear, prove}; thus it came to mean `the evidence offered as proof',
-which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
-mathematical meaning.  In its other thread of derivation, the word
-came to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make
-counter assertions', which led to the meaning of `argument' as a
-disputation.} they take, you need to write @@-commands on lines of
-their own or as part of sentences:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@noindent} at the beginning of a line as
-the only text on the line.  (@code{@@noindent} prevents the beginning of
-the next line from being indented as the beginning of a
-paragraph.)@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@chapter} at the beginning of a line
-followed by the command's arguments, in this case the chapter title, on
-the rest of the line.  (@code{@@chapter} creates chapter titles.)@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@dots@{@}} wherever you wish but usually
-within a sentence. (@code{@@dots@{@}} creates dots @dots{})@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@code@{@var{sample-code}@}} wherever you
-wish (but usually within a sentence) with its argument,
-@var{sample-code} in this example, between the braces.  (@code{@@code}
-marks text as being code.)@refill
-
-@item
-Write a command such as @code{@@example} at the beginning of a line of
-its own; write the body-text on following lines; and write the matching
-@code{@@end} command, @code{@@end example} in this case, at the
-beginning of a line of its own after the body-text. (@code{@@example}
-@dots{} @code{@@end example} indents and typesets body-text as an
-example.)@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-@cindex Braces, when to use
-As a general rule, a command requires braces if it mingles among other
-text; but it does not need braces if it starts a line of its own.  The
-non-alphabetic commands, such as @code{@@:}, are exceptions to the rule;
-they do not need braces.@refill
-
-As you gain experience with Texinfo, you will rapidly learn how to
-write the different commands: the different ways to write commands
-make it easier to write and read Texinfo files than if all commands
-followed exactly the same syntax.  (For details about @@-command
-syntax, see @ref{Command Syntax, , @@-Command Syntax}.)@refill
-
-@node Conventions, Comments, Formatting Commands, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section General Syntactic Conventions
-@cindex General syntactic conventions
-@cindex Syntactic conventions
-@cindex Conventions, syntactic
-
-All @sc{ascii} printing characters except @samp{@@}, @samp{@{} and
-@samp{@}} can appear in a Texinfo file and stand for themselves.
-@samp{@@} is the escape character which introduces commands.
-@samp{@{} and @samp{@}} should be used only to surround arguments to
-certain commands.  To put one of these special characters into the
-document, put an @samp{@@} character in front of it, like this:
-@samp{@@@@}, @samp{@@@{}, and @samp{@@@}}.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to
-begin and end quotations: ` ` and ' ' (but without a space between the
-two single-quote characters).  This convention should be followed in
-Texinfo files.  @TeX{} converts doubled single-quote characters to
-left- and right-hand doubled quotation marks and Info converts doubled
-single-quote characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: ` ` and ' ' to " .@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-It is customary in @TeX{} to use doubled single-quote characters to
-begin and end quotations: @w{@tt{ `` }} and @w{@tt{ '' }}.  This
-convention should be followed in Texinfo files.  @TeX{} converts
-doubled single-quote characters to left- and right-hand doubled
-quotation marks, ``like this'', and Info converts doubled single-quote
-characters to @sc{ascii} double-quotes: @w{@tt{ `` }} and 
-@w{@tt{ '' }} to @w{@tt{ " }}.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, for a dash---like this.  In
-@TeX{}, a single or even a double hyphen produces a printed dash that
-is shorter than the usual typeset dash. Info reduces three hyphens to two for
-display on the screen.@refill
-
-To prevent a paragraph from being indented in the printed manual, put
-the command @code{@@noindent} on a line by itself before the
-paragraph.@refill
-
-If you mark off a region of the Texinfo file with the @code{@@iftex}
-and @w{@code{@@end iftex}} commands, that region will appear only in
-the printed copy; in that region, you can use certain commands
-borrowed from Plain@TeX{} that you cannot use in Info.  Likewise, if
-you mark off a region with the @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}
-commands, that region will appear only in the Info file; in that
-region, you can use Info commands that you cannot use in @TeX{}.
-(@xref{Conditionals}.)
-
-@cindex Tabs; don't use!
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in a Texinfo file!  @TeX{} uses
-variable-width fonts, which means that it cannot predefine a tab to work
-in all circumstances.  Consequently, @TeX{} treats tabs like single
-spaces, and that is not what they look like.@refill
-
-@noindent
-To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert multiple
-spaces when you press the @key{TAB} key.@refill
-
-@noindent
-Also, you can run @code{untabify} in Emacs to convert tabs in a region
-to multiple spaces.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Comments
-
-You can write comments in a Texinfo file that will not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual by using the
-@code{@@comment} command (which may be abbreviated to @code{@@c}).
-Such comments are for the person who reads the Texinfo file.  All the
-text on a line that follows either @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} is a
-comment; the rest of the line does not appear in either the Info file
-or the printed manual. (Often, you can write the @code{@@comment} or 
-@code{@@c} in the middle of a line, and only the text that follows after
-the @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} command does not appear; but some
-commands, such as @code{@@settitle} and @code{@@setfilename}, work on a
-whole line.  You cannot use @code{@@comment} or @code{@@c} in a line
-beginning with such a command.)@refill
-@cindex Comments
-@findex comment
-@findex c @r{(comment)}
-
-You can write long stretches of text that will not appear in either
-the Info file or the printed manual by using the @code{@@ignore} and
-@code{@@end ignore} commands.  Write each of these commands on a line
-of its own, starting each command at the beginning of the line.  Text
-between these two commands does not appear in the processed output.
-You can use @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} for writing
-comments.  Often, @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} is used
-to enclose a part of the copying permissions that applies to the
-Texinfo source file of a document, but not to the Info or printed
-version of the document.@refill
-@cindex Ignored text
-@cindex Unprocessed text
-@findex ignore
-@c !!! Perhaps include this comment about ignore and ifset:
-@ignore
-Text enclosed by @code{@@ignore} or by failing @code{@@ifset} or
-@code{@@ifclear} conditions is ignored in the sense that it will not
-contribute to the formatted output.  However, TeX and makeinfo must
-still parse the ignored text, in order to understand when to
-@emph{stop} ignoring text from the source file; that means that you
-will still get error messages if you have invalid Texinfo markup
-within ignored text.
-@end ignore
-
-@node Minimum, Six Parts, Comments, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section What a Texinfo File Must Have
-@cindex Minimal Texinfo file (requirements)
-@cindex Must have in Texinfo file
-@cindex Required in Texinfo file
-@cindex Texinfo file minimum
-
-By convention, the names of Texinfo files end with one of the
-extensions @file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}.  The longer
-extension is preferred since it describes more clearly to a human
-reader the nature of the file.  The shorter extensions are for
-operating systems that cannot handle long file names.@refill
-
-In order to be made into a printed manual and an Info file, a
-Texinfo file @strong{must} begin with lines like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The contents of the file follow this beginning, and then you @strong{must} end
-a Texinfo file with a line like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-@findex input @r{(@TeX{} command)}
-@noindent
-The @samp{\input texinfo} line tells @TeX{} to use the
-@file{texinfo.tex} file, which tells @TeX{} how to translate the Texinfo
-@@-commands into @TeX{} typesetting commands.  (Note the use of the
-backslash, @samp{\}; this is correct for @TeX{}.)  The
-@samp{@@setfilename} line provides a name for the Info file and the
-@samp{@@settitle} line specifies a title for the page headers (or
-footers) of the printed manual.@refill
-
-The @code{@@bye} line at the end of the file on a line of its own tells
-the formatters that the file is ended and to stop formatting.@refill
-
-Usually, you will not use quite such a spare format, but will include
-mode setting and start-of-header and end-of-header lines at the
-beginning of a Texinfo file, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@@c %**end of header
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In the first line, @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} causes Emacs to switch into
-Texinfo mode when you edit the file.  
-
-The @code{@@c} lines which surround the @samp{@@setfilename} and
-@samp{@@settitle} lines are optional, but you need them in order to
-run @TeX{} or Info on just part of the file.  (@xref{Start of Header},
-for more information.)@refill
-
-Furthermore, you will usually provide a Texinfo file with a title
-page, indices, and the like.  But the minimum, which can be useful
-for short documents, is just the three lines at the beginning and the
-one line at the end.@refill
-
-@node Six Parts, Short Sample, Minimum, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Six Parts of a Texinfo File
-
-Generally, a Texinfo file contains more than the minimal
-beginning and end---it usually contains six parts:@refill
-
-@table @r
-@item 1. Header
-The @dfn{Header} names the file, tells @TeX{} which definitions' file to
-use, and performs other ``housekeeping'' tasks.@refill
-
-@item 2. Summary Description and Copyright
-The @dfn{Summary Description and Copyright} segment describes the document
-and contains the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Info
-file.  The segment must be enclosed between @code{@@ifinfo} and
-@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only in the Info
-file.@refill
-
-@item 3. Title and Copyright 
-The @dfn{Title and Copyright} segment contains the title and copyright pages
-and copying permissions for the printed manual.  The segment must be
-enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands.
-The title and copyright page appear only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill
-
-@item 4. `Top' Node and Master Menu
-The @dfn{Master Menu} contains a complete menu of all the nodes in the whole
-Info file.  It appears only in the Info file, in the `Top' node.@refill
-
-@item 5. Body
-The @dfn{Body} of the document may be structured like a traditional book or
-encyclopedia or it may be free form.@refill
-
-@item 6. End
-The @dfn{End} contains commands for printing indices and generating
-the table of contents, and the @code{@@bye} command on a line of its
-own.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Short Sample, Acknowledgements, Six Parts, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section A Short Sample Texinfo File
-@cindex Sample Texinfo file
-
-Here is a complete but very short Texinfo file, in 6 parts.  The first
-three parts of the file, from @samp{\input texinfo} through to
-@samp{@@end titlepage}, look more intimidating than they are.  Most of
-the material is standard boilerplate; when you write a manual, simply
-insert the names for your own manual in this segment. (@xref{Beginning a
-File}.)@refill
-
-@noindent
-In the following, the sample text is @emph{indented}; comments on it are
-not.  The complete file, without any comments, is shown in 
-@ref{Sample Texinfo File}. 
-
-@subheading Part 1: Header
-
-@noindent
-The header does not appear in either the Info file or the@*
-printed output.  It sets various parameters, including the@*
-name of the Info file and the title used in the header.
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@@c %**end of header
-
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 2: Summary Description and Copyright
-
-@noindent
-The summary description and copyright segment does not@*
-appear in the printed document.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
-
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 3: Titlepage and Copyright
-
-@noindent
-The titlepage segment does not appear in the Info file.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@comment The title is printed in a large font.
-@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@}
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 4: `Top' Node and Master Menu
-
-@noindent
-The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file.@*
-Since a printed manual uses a table of contents rather than@*
-a menu, the master menu appears only in the Info file.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Top,       First Chapter, (dir),    (dir)
-@@comment node-name, next,          previous, up
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* First Chapter::    The first chapter is the 
-                     only chapter in this sample.
-* Concept Index::    This index has two entries.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 5:  The Body of the Document
-
-@noindent
-The body segment contains all the text of the document, but not the
-indices or table of contents.  This example illustrates a node and a
-chapter containing an enumerated list.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    First Chapter, Concept Index, Top,      Top
-@@comment node-name,     next,          previous, up
-@@chapter First Chapter
-@@cindex Sample index entry
-@end group
-
-@group
-This is the contents of the first chapter. 
-@@cindex Another sample index entry
-@end group
-
-@group
-Here is a numbered list.
-
-@@enumerate
-@@item
-This is the first item.
-
-@@item
-This is the second item.
-@@end enumerate
-@end group
-
-@group
-The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@}
-commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into 
-an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed 
-manual.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Part 6: The End of the Document
-
-@noindent
-The end segment contains commands both for generating an index in a node
-and unnumbered chapter of its own and for generating the table of
-contents; and it contains the @code{@@bye} command that marks the end of
-the document.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Concept Index,    ,  First Chapter, Top
-@@comment node-name,    next,  previous,      up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@printindex cp
-
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading The Results
-
-Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look like:
-
-@sp 1
-@need 700
-@quotation
-This is the contents of the first chapter. 
-
-Here is a numbered list.
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-This is the first item.
-
-@item
-This is the second item.
-@end enumerate
-
-The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} 
-commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into 
-an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed 
-manual.
-@end quotation
-
-@node Acknowledgements,  , Short Sample, Overview
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Acknowledgements
-
-Richard M.@: Stallman wrote Edition 1.0 of this manual.  
-@w{Robert J.@: Chassell} revised and extended it,
-starting with Edition 1.1.
-
-Our thanks go out to all who helped improve this work, particularly to
-@w{Francois Pinard} and @w{David D.@: Zuhn}, who tirelessly recorded 
-and reported mistakes and obscurities; our special thanks go to 
-@w{Melissa Weisshaus} for her frequent and often tedious reviews of 
-nearly similar editions.  Our mistakes are our own.
-
-@c ignore until mailing lists set up
-@ignore
-Please send suggestions and corrections to:
-
-@example
-@group
-@r{Internet address:}
-    bug-gnu-texinfo@@prep.ai.mit.edu
-
-@r{UUCP path:}
-    mit-eddie!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gnu-texinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Please include the manual's edition number in your messages.
-@end ignore
-
-@node Texinfo Mode, Beginning a File, Overview, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Using Texinfo Mode
-@cindex Texinfo mode
-@cindex Mode, using Texinfo
-@cindex GNU Emacs
-@cindex Emacs
-
-You may edit a Texinfo file with any text editor you choose.  A Texinfo
-file is no different from any other @sc{ascii} file.  However, GNU Emacs
-comes with a special mode, called Texinfo
-mode, that provides  Emacs commands and tools to help ease your work.@refill
-
-This chapter describes features of GNU Emacs' Texinfo mode but not any
-features of the Texinfo formatting language.  If you are reading this
-manual straight through from the beginning, you may want to skim through
-this chapter briefly and come back to it after reading succeeding
-chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in
-detail.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Texinfo Mode Overview::       How Texinfo mode can help you.
-* Emacs Editing::               Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general
-                                  purpose editing features.
-* Inserting::                   How to insert frequently used @@-commands. 
-* Showing the Structure::       How to show the structure of a file.
-* Updating Nodes and Menus::    How to update or create new nodes and menus.
-* Info Formatting::             How to format for Info.
-* Printing::                    How to format and print part or all of a file.
-* Texinfo Mode Summary::        Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node Texinfo Mode Overview, Emacs Editing,  , Texinfo Mode
-@ifinfo 
-@heading Texinfo Mode Overview
-@end ifinfo
-
-Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo
-files:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item 
-Insert frequently used @@commands. @refill
-
-@item
-Automatically create @code{@@node} lines.
-
-@item
-Show the structure of a Texinfo source file.@refill
-
-@item
-Automatically create or update the `Next',@*
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers of a node.
-
-@item
-Automatically create or update menus.@refill
-
-@item
-Automatically create a master menu.@refill
-
-@item 
-Format a part or all of a file for Info.@refill
-
-@item
-Typeset and print part or all of a file.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-Perhaps the two most helpful features are those for inserting frequently
-used @@-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.@refill
-
-@node Emacs Editing, Inserting, Texinfo Mode Overview, Texinfo Mode
-@section The Usual GNU Emacs Editing Commands 
-
-In most cases, the usual Text mode commands work the same in Texinfo
-mode as they do in Text mode.  Texinfo mode adds new editing commands
-and tools to GNU Emacs' general purpose editing features.  The major
-difference concerns filling.  In Texinfo mode, the paragraph
-separation variable and syntax table are redefined so that Texinfo
-commands that should be on lines of their own are not inadvertently
-included in paragraphs.  Thus, the @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph})
-command will refill a paragraph but not mix an indexing command on a
-line adjacent to it into the paragraph.@refill
-
-In addition, Texinfo mode sets the @code{page-delimiter} variable to
-the value of @code{texinfo-chapter-level-regexp}; by default, this is
-a regular expression matching the commands for chapters and their
-equivalents, such as appendices.  With this value for the page
-delimiter, you can jump from chapter title to chapter title with the
-@kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [}
-(@code{backward-page}) commands and narrow to a chapter with the
-@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command.  (@xref{Pages, , ,emacs,
-The GNU Emacs Manual}, for details about the page commands.)@refill
-
-You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is to
-end a Texinfo file name with one of the three extensions
-@file{.texinfo}, @file{.texi}, or @file{.tex}.  A longer extension is
-preferred, since it is explicit, but a shorter extension may be
-necessary for operating systems that limit the length of file names.
-GNU Emacs automatically enters Texinfo mode when you visit a file with
-a @file{.texinfo} or  @file{.texi} 
-extension.  Also, Emacs switches to Texinfo mode 
-when you visit a 
-file that has @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} in its first line.  If ever you are
-in another mode and wish to switch to Texinfo mode, type @code{M-x
-texinfo-mode}.@refill
-
-Like all other Emacs features, you can customize or enhance Texinfo
-mode as you wish.  In particular, the keybindings are very easy to
-change.  The keybindings described here are the default or standard
-ones.@refill
-
-@node Inserting, Showing the Structure, Emacs Editing, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting Frequently Used Commands
-@cindex Inserting frequently used commands
-@cindex Frequently used commands, inserting
-@cindex Commands, inserting them
-
-Texinfo mode provides commands to insert various frequently used
-@@-commands into the buffer.  You can use these commands to save
-keystrokes.@refill
-
-The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the
-first letter of the @@-command:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item  C-c C-c c
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@code
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@code
-Insert @code{@@code@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c d 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@dfn
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@dfn
-Insert @code{@@dfn@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c e 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@end
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@end
-Insert @code{@@end} and attempt to insert the correct following word,
-such as @samp{example} or @samp{table}.  (This command does not handle
-nested lists correctly, but inserts the word appropriate to the
-immediately preceding list.)@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c i 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@item
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@item
-Insert @code{@@item} and put the
-cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c k
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@kbd
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@kbd
-Insert @code{@@kbd@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c n 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@node
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@node
-Insert @code{@@node} and a comment line
-listing the sequence for the `Next', 
-`Previous', and `Up' nodes.
-Leave point after the @code{@@node}.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c o
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@noindent
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@noindent
-Insert @code{@@noindent} and put the
-cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c s
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@samp
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@samp
-Insert @code{@@samp@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c t
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@table
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@table
-Insert @code{@@table} followed by a @key{SPC} 
-and leave the cursor after the @key{SPC}.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c v
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@var
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@var
-Insert @code{@@var@{@}} and put the
-cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c x
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-@@example
-@findex texinfo-insert-@@example
-Insert @code{@@example} and put the
-cursor at the beginning of the next line.@refill
-
-@c M-@{  was the binding for texinfo-insert-braces; 
-@c in Emacs 19, backward-paragraph will take this binding.
-@item C-c C-c @{
-@itemx M-x texinfo-insert-braces
-@findex texinfo-insert-braces
-Insert @code{@{@}} and put the cursor between the braces.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-c @}
-@itemx C-c C-c ]
-@itemx M-x up-list
-@findex up-list
-Move from between a pair of braces forward past the closing brace.
-Typing @kbd{C-c C-c ]} is easier than typing @kbd{C-c C-c @}}, which
-is, however, more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings.  (Also, you can
-move out from between braces by typing @kbd{C-f}.)@refill
-@end table
-
-To put a command such as @w{@code{@@code@{@dots{}@}}} around an
-@emph{existing} word, position the cursor in front of the word and type
-@kbd{C-u 1 C-c C-c c}.  This makes it easy to edit existing plain text.
-The value of the prefix argument tells Emacs how many words following
-point to include between braces---1 for one word, 2 for two words, and
-so on.  Use a negative argument to enclose the previous word or words.
-If you do not specify a prefix argument, Emacs inserts the @@-command
-string and positions the cursor between the braces.  This feature works
-only for those @@-commands that operate on a word or words within one
-line, such as @code{@@kbd} and @code{@@var}.@refill
-
-This set of insert commands was created after analyzing the frequency
-with which different @@-commands are used in the @cite{GNU Emacs
-Manual} and the @cite{GDB Manual}.  If you wish to add your own insert
-commands, you can bind a keyboard macro to a key, use abbreviations,
-or extend the code in @file{texinfo.el}.@refill
-
-@findex texinfo-start-menu-description
-@cindex Menu description, start
-@cindex Description for menu, start
-@kbd{C-c C-c C-d} (@code{texinfo-start-menu-description}) is an insert
-command that works differently from the other insert commands.  It
-inserts a node's section or chapter title in the space for the
-description in a menu entry line.  (A menu entry has three parts, the
-entry name, the node name, and the description.  Only the node name is
-required, but a description helps explain what the node is about.
-@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu}.)@refill
-
-To use @code{texinfo-start-menu-description}, position point in a menu
-entry line and type @kbd{C-c C-c C-d}.  The command looks for and copies
-the title that goes with the node name, and inserts the title as a
-description; it positions point at beginning of the inserted text so you
-can edit it.  The function does not insert the title if the menu entry
-line already contains a description.@refill
-
-This command is only an aid to writing descriptions; it does not do the
-whole job.  You must edit the inserted text since a title tends to use
-the same words as a node name but a useful description uses different
-words.@refill
-
-@node Showing the Structure, Updating Nodes and Menus, Inserting, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Showing the Section Structure of a File
-@cindex Showing the section structure of a file
-@cindex Section structure of a file, showing it
-@cindex Structure of a file, showing it
-@cindex Outline of file structure, showing it
-@cindex Contents-like outline of file structure
-@cindex File section structure, showing it
-@cindex Texinfo file section structure, showing it
-
-You can show the section structure of a Texinfo file by using the
-@kbd{C-c C-s} command (@code{texinfo-show-structure}).  This command
-shows the section structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines
-that begin with the @@-commands for @code{@@chapter},
-@code{@@section}, and the like.  It constructs what amounts
-to a table of contents.  These lines are displayed in another buffer
-called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer.  In that buffer, you can position
-the cursor over one of the lines and use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command
-(@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to the corresponding spot
-in the Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item  C-c C-s 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-show-structure
-@findex texinfo-show-structure
-Show the @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and such lines of a
-Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-c
-@itemx M-x occur-mode-goto-occurrence
-@findex occur-mode-goto-occurrence
-Go to the line in the Texinfo file corresponding to the line under the
-cursor in the @file{*Occur*} buffer.@refill
-@end table
-
-If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by
-typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list not only those lines with the
-@@-commands for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like,
-but also the @code{@@node} lines.  (This is how the
-@code{texinfo-show-structure} command worked without an argument in
-the first version of Texinfo.  It was changed because @code{@@node}
-lines clutter up the @samp{*Occur*} buffer and are usually not
-needed.)  You can use @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix
-argument to check whether the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of
-an @code{@@node} line are correct.@refill
-
-Often, when you are working on a manual, you will be interested only
-in the structure of the current chapter.  In this case, you can mark
-off the region of the buffer that you are interested in with the
-@kbd{C-x n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command and
-@code{texinfo-show-structure} will work on only that region.  To see
-the whole buffer again, use @w{@kbd{C-x w}} (@code{widen}).
-(@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more
-information about the narrowing commands.)@refill
-
-@vindex page-delimiter 
-@cindex Page delimiter in Texinfo mode
-In addition to providing the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command,
-Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match
-the chapter-level @@-commands.  This enables you to use the @kbd{C-x
-]} (@code{forward-page}) and @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page})
-commands to move forward and backward by chapter, and to use the
-@kbd{C-x p} (@code{narrow-to-page}) command to narrow to a chapter.
-@xref{Pages, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information
-about the page commands.@refill
-
-@node Updating Nodes and Menus, Info Formatting, Showing the Structure, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Updating Nodes and Menus
-@cindex Updating nodes and menus
-@cindex Create nodes, menus automatically
-@cindex Insert nodes, menus automatically
-@cindex Automatically insert nodes, menus 
-
-Texinfo mode provides commands for automatically creating or updating
-menus and node pointers.  The commands are called ``update'' commands
-because their most frequent use is for updating a Texinfo file after
-you have worked on it; but you can use them to insert the `Next',
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers into an @code{@@node} line that has none and to
-create menus in a file that has none.@refill
-
-If you do not use the updating commands, you need to write menus and
-node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Updating Commands::           Five major updating commands.
-* Updating Requirements::       How to structure a Texinfo file for
-                                  using the updating command.
-* Other Updating Commands::     How to indent descriptions, insert
-                                  missing nodes lines, and update
-                                  nodes in sequence.
-@end menu
-
-@node Updating Commands, Updating Requirements,  , Updating Nodes and Menus
-@ifinfo
-@subheading The Updating Commands
-@end ifinfo
-
-You can use the updating commands@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-to insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of a
-node,@refill
-
-@item
-to insert or update the menu for a section, and@refill
-
-@item
-to create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-You can also use the commands to update all the nodes and menus in a
-region or in a whole Texinfo file.@refill
-
-The updating commands work only with conventional Texinfo files, which
-are structured hierarchically like books.  In such files, a structuring
-command line must follow closely after each @code{@@node} line, except
-for the `Top' @code{@@node} line.  (A @dfn{structuring command line} is
-a line beginning with @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or other
-similar command.)
-
-You can write the structuring command line on the line that follows
-immediately after an @code{@@node} line or else on the line that
-follows after a single @code{@@comment} line or a single
-@code{@@ifinfo} line.  You cannot interpose more than one line between
-the @code{@@node} line and the structuring command line; and you may
-interpose only an @code{@@comment} line or an @code{@@ifinfo} line.
-
-Commands which work on a whole buffer require that the `Top' node be
-followed by a node with an @code{@@chapter} or equivalent-level command.
-Note that the menu updating commands will not create a main or master
-menu for a Texinfo file that has only @code{@@chapter}-level nodes!  The
-menu updating commands only create menus @emph{within} nodes for lower level
-nodes.  To create a menu of chapters, you must provide a `Top'
-node.@refill
-
-The menu updating commands remove menu entries that refer to other Info
-files since they do not refer to nodes within the current buffer.  This
-is a deficiency.  Rather than use menu entries, you can use cross
-references to refer to other Info files.  None of the updating commands
-affect cross references.@refill
-
-Texinfo mode has five updating commands that are used most often: two
-are for updating the node pointers or menu of a single node (or a
-region); two are for updating every node pointer and menu in a file;
-and one, the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command, is for creating a
-master menu for a complete file, and optionally, for updating every
-node and menu in the whole Texinfo file.@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu
-@findex texinfo-master-menu
-Create or update a master menu that includes all the other menus
-(incorporating the descriptions from pre-existing menus, if
-any).@refill
-
-With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u,} if interactive), first create or
-update all the nodes and all the regular menus in the buffer before
-constructing the master menu.  (@xref{The Top Node, , The Top Node and
-Master Menu}, for more about a master menu.)@refill
-
-For @code{texinfo-master-menu} to work, the Texinfo file must have a
-`Top' node and at least one subsequent node.@refill
-
-After extensively editing a Texinfo file, you can type the following:
-
-@example
-C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
-@exdent or
-C-u C-c C-u m
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This updates all the nodes and menus completely and all at once.@refill
-@end table
-
-The other major updating commands do smaller jobs and are designed for
-the person  who updates nodes and menus as he or she writes a Texinfo
-file.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-The commands are:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u C-n
-@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node
-@findex texinfo-update-node
-Insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for the node that point is
-within (i.e., for the @code{@@node} line preceding point).  If the
-@code{@@node} line has pre-existing `Next', `Previous', or `Up'
-pointers in it, the old pointers are removed and new ones inserted.
-With an argument (prefix argument, @kbd{C-u}, if interactive), this command
-updates all @code{@@node} lines in the region (which is the text
-between point and mark).@refill
-
-@item C-c C-u C-m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu
-@findex texinfo-make-menu
-Create or update the menu in the node that point is within.
-With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if
-interactive), the command makes or updates menus for the
-nodes which are either within or a part of the
-region.@refill
-
-Whenever @code{texinfo-make-menu} updates an existing menu, the
-descriptions from that menu are incorporated into the new menu.  This
-is done by copying descriptions from the existing menu to the entries
-in the new menu that have the same node names.  If the node names are
-different, the descriptions are not copied to the new menu.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-u C-e
-@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update
-@findex texinfo-every-node-update
-Insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for every
-node in the buffer.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-u C-a
-@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-@findex texinfo-all-menus-update
-Create or update all the menus in the buffer.  With an argument
-(@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), first insert 
-or update all the node
-pointers before working on the menus.@refill
-
-If a master menu exists, the @code{texinfo-all-menus-update} command
-updates it; but the command does not create a new master menu if none
-already exists.  (Use the @code{texinfo-master-menu} command for
-that.)@refill
-
-When working on a document that does not merit a master menu, you can
-type the following:
-
-@example
-C-u C-c C-u C-a
-@exdent or 
-C-u M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This updates all the nodes and menus.@refill
-@end table
-
-The @code{texinfo-column-for-description} variable specifies the
-column to which menu descriptions are indented.  By default, the value
-is 32 although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24.  You
-can set the variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command
-(@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}) or with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining,
-, Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}).@refill
-
-Also, the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command may be used to
-indent existing menu descriptions to a specified column.  Finally, if
-you wish, you can use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to
-insert missing @code{@@node} lines into a file.  (@xref{Other Updating
-Commands}, for more information.)@refill
-
-@node Updating Requirements, Other Updating Commands, Updating Commands, Updating Nodes and Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Updating Requirements
-@cindex Updating requirements
-@cindex Requirements for updating commands
-
-To use the updating commands, you must organize the Texinfo file
-hierarchically with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like.  
-When you construct the hierarchy of the manual, do not `jump down'
-more than one level at a time: you can follow the `Top' node with a
-chapter, but not with a section; you can follow a chapter with a
-section, but not with a subsection.  However, you may `jump up' any
-number of levels at one time---for example, from a subsection to a
-chapter.@refill
-
-Each @code{@@node} line, with the exception of the line for the `Top'
-node, must be followed by a line with a structuring command such as
-@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, or
-@code{@@unnumberedsubsec}.@refill
-
-Each @code{@@node} line/structuring-command line combination
-must look either like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node     Comments,  Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-@@comment  node-name, next,    previous,    up
-@@section Comments
-@end group
-@end example
-
-or like this (without the @code{@@comment} line):
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-@@section Comments
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this example, `Comments' is the name of both the node and the
-section.  The next node is called `Minimum' and the previous node is
-called `Conventions'.  The `Comments' section is within the `Overview'
-node, which is specified by the `Up' pointer.  (Instead of an
-@code{@@comment} line, you can write an @code{@@ifinfo} line.)@refill
-
-If a file has a `Top' node, it must be called @samp{top} or @samp{Top}
-and be the first node in the file.@refill
-
-The menu updating commands create a menu of sections within a chapter,
-a menu of subsections within a section, and so on.  This means that
-you must have a `Top' node if you want a menu of chapters.@refill
-
-Incidentally, the @code{makeinfo} command will create an Info file for
-a hierarchically organized Texinfo file that lacks `Next', `Previous'
-and `Up' pointers.  Thus, if you can be sure that your Texinfo file
-will be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, you have no need for the
-`update node' commands.  (@xref{Create an Info File, , Creating an
-Info File}, for more information about @code{makeinfo}.)  However,
-both @code{makeinfo} and the @code{texinfo-format-@dots{}} commands
-require that you insert menus in the file.@refill
-
-@node Other Updating Commands,  , Updating Requirements, Updating Nodes and Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Other Updating Commands
-
-In addition to the five major updating commands, Texinfo mode
-possesses several less frequently used updating commands:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-@findex texinfo-insert-node-lines
-Insert @code{@@node} lines before the @code{@@chapter},
-@code{@@section}, and other sectioning commands wherever they are
-missing throughout a region in a Texinfo file.@refill
-
-With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if interactive), the
-@code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command not only inserts
-@code{@@node} lines but also inserts the chapter or section titles as
-the names of the corresponding nodes.  In addition, it inserts the
-titles as node names in pre-existing @code{@@node} lines that lack
-names.  Since node names should be more concise than section or
-chapter titles, you must manually edit node names so inserted.@refill
-
-For example, the following marks a whole buffer as a region and inserts
-@code{@@node} lines and titles throughout:@refill
-
-@example
-C-x h C-u M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-@end example
-
-(Note that this command inserts titles as node names in @code{@@node}
-lines; the @code{texinfo-start-menu-description} command
-(@pxref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}) inserts titles
-as descriptions in menu entries, a different action.  However, in both
-cases, you need to edit the inserted text.)@refill
-
-@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update @r{(in brief)}
-Update nodes and menus in a document built from several separate files.
-With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, create and insert a master menu in
-the outer file.  With a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 2}, first
-update all the menus and all the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers
-of all the included files before creating and inserting a master menu in
-the outer file.  The @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command is
-described in the appendix on @code{@@include} files.
-@ifinfo
-@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update}.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@xref{texinfo-multiple-files-update, ,
-@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}}.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-@findex texinfo-indent-menu-description
-Indent every description in the menu following point to the specified
-column.  You can use this command to give yourself more space for
-descriptions.  With an argument (@kbd{C-u} as prefix argument, if
-interactive), the @code{texinfo-indent-menu-description} command indents
-every description in every menu in the region.  However, this command
-does not indent the second and subsequent lines of a multi-line
-description.@refill
-
-@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-@findex texinfo-sequential-node-update
-Insert the names of the nodes immediately following and preceding the
-current node as the `Next' or `Previous' pointers regardless of those
-nodes' hierarchical level.  This means that the `Next' node of a
-subsection may well be the next chapter.  Sequentially ordered nodes are
-useful for novels and other documents that you read through
-sequentially.  (However, in Info, the @code{g* @key{RET}} command lets
-you look through the file sequentially, so sequentially ordered nodes
-are not strictly necessary.)  With an argument (prefix argument, if
-interactive), the @code{texinfo-sequential-node-update} command
-sequentially updates all the nodes in the region.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Info Formatting, Printing, Updating Nodes and Menus, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Formatting for Info
-@cindex Formatting for Info
-@cindex Running an Info formatter
-@cindex Info formatting
-
-Texinfo mode provides several commands for formatting part or all of a
-Texinfo file for Info.  Often, when you are writing a document, you
-want to format only part of a file---that is, a region.@refill
-
-You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-region} or the
-@code{makeinfo-region} command to format a region:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@findex texinfo-format-region
-@item  C-c C-e C-r
-@itemx M-x texinfo-format-region
-@itemx C-c C-m C-r
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-region
-Format the current region for Info.@refill
-@end table
-
-You can use either the @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or the
-@code{makeinfo-buffer} command to format a whole buffer:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@findex texinfo-format-buffer
-@item  C-c C-e C-b
-@itemx M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-@itemx C-c C-m C-b
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer
-Format the current buffer for Info.@refill
-@end table
-
-@need 1000
-For example, after writing a Texinfo file, you can type the following:
-
-@example
-C-u C-c C-u m
-@exdent or
-C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This updates all the nodes and menus.  Then type the following to create
-an Info file:
-
-@example
-C-c C-m C-b
-@exdent or
-M-x makeinfo-buffer
-@end example
-
-For the Info formatting commands to work, the file @emph{must} include
-a line that has @code{@@setfilename} in its header.@refill
-
-Not all systems support the @code{makeinfo}-based formatting commands.@refill
-
-@xref{Create an Info File}, for details about Info formatting.@refill
-
-@node Printing, Texinfo Mode Summary, Info Formatting, Texinfo Mode
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Formatting and Printing
-@cindex Formatting for printing
-@cindex Printing a region or buffer
-@cindex Region formatting and printing
-@cindex Buffer formatting and printing
-@cindex Part of file formatting and printing
-
-Typesetting and printing a Texinfo file is a multi-step process in which
-you first create a file for printing (called a @sc{dvi} file), and then
-print the file.  Optionally, you may also create indices.  To do this,
-you must run the @code{texindex} command after first running the
-@code{tex} typesetting command; and then you must run the @code{tex}
-command again. @refill
-
-Often, when you are writing a document, you want to typeset and print
-only part of a file to see what it will look like.  You can use the
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} and related commands for this purpose.  Use
-the @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} command to format all of a
-buffer.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item  C-c C-t C-r
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region
-@findex texinfo-tex-region
-Run @TeX{} on the region.@refill
-
-@item  C-c C-t C-b
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer
-@findex texinfo-tex-buffer
-Run @TeX{} on the buffer.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-i
-@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex
-Run @code{texindex} to sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}.  You must run
-the @code{tex} command a second time after sorting the raw index
-files.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-p
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print
-@findex texinfo-tex-print
-Print the file (or the part of the file) previously formatted with
-@code{texinfo-tex-buffer} or @code{texinfo-tex-region}.@refill
-@end table
-
-For @code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer} to work, the
-file @emph{must} start with a @samp{\input texinfo} line and must
-include an @code{@@settitle} line.  The file must end with @code{@@bye}
-on a line by itself.  (When you use @code{texinfo-tex-region}, you must
-surround the @code{@@settitle} line with start-of-header and
-end-of-header lines.)@refill
-
-@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for a description of the other @TeX{} related
-commands, such as @code{tex-show-print-queue}.@refill
-
-@node Texinfo Mode Summary,  , Printing, Texinfo Mode
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Texinfo Mode Summary
-
-In Texinfo mode, each set of commands has default keybindings that
-begin with the same keys.  All the commands that are custom-created
-for Texinfo mode begin with @kbd{C-c}.  The keys are somewhat 
-mnemonic.@refill
-
-@subheading Insert Commands
-
-The insert commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c} twice and then the
-first letter of the @@-command to be inserted.  (It might make more
-sense mnemonically to use @kbd{C-c C-i}, for `custom insert', but
-@kbd{C-c C-c} is quick to type.)@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-c c       @r{Insert} @samp{@@code}.
-C-c C-c d       @r{Insert} @samp{@@dfn}.
-C-c C-c e       @r{Insert} @samp{@@end}.
-C-c C-c i       @r{Insert} @samp{@@item}.
-C-c C-c n       @r{Insert} @samp{@@node}.
-C-c C-c s       @r{Insert} @samp{@@samp}.
-C-c C-c v       @r{Insert} @samp{@@var}.
-C-c C-c @{       @r{Insert braces.}
-C-c C-c ]
-C-c C-c @}       @r{Move out of enclosing braces.}
-
-@group
-C-c C-c C-d     @r{Insert a node's section title}
-                @r{in the space for the description}
-                @r{in a menu entry line.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Show Structure
-
-The @code{texinfo-show-structure} command is often used within a
-narrowed region.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-s         @r{List all the headings.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading The Master Update Command
-
-The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command creates a master menu; and can
-be used to update every node and menu in a file as well.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-C-c C-u m
-M-x texinfo-master-menu
-                @r{Create or update a master menu.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-C-u C-c C-u m   @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument, first}
-                @r{create or update all nodes and regular}
-                @r{menus, and then create a master menu.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Update Pointers
-
-@c !!! added verbiage to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-The update pointer commands are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-u} and
-then either typing @kbd{C-n} for @code{texinfo-update-node} or typing
-@kbd{C-e} for @code{texinfo-every-node-update}.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-u C-n     @r{Update a node.}
-C-c C-u C-e     @r{Update every node in the buffer.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading Update Menus
-
-Invoke the  update menu commands by typing @kbd{C-c C-u}
-and then either @kbd{C-m} for @code{texinfo-make-menu} or
-@kbd{C-a} for @code{texinfo-all-menus-update}.  To update
-both nodes and menus at the same time, precede @kbd{C-c C-u
-C-a} with @kbd{C-u}.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-u C-m     @r{Make or update a menu.}
-
-@group
-C-c C-u C-a     @r{Make or update all}
-                @r{menus in a buffer.} 
-@end group
-
-@group
-C-u C-c C-u C-a @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,}
-                @r{first create or update all nodes and}
-                @r{then create or update all menus.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@subheading Format for Info
-
-The Info formatting commands that are written in Emacs Lisp are
-invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-e} and then either @kbd{C-r} for a region
-or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill
-
-The Info formatting commands that are written in C and based on the
-@code{makeinfo} program are invoked by typing @kbd{C-c C-m} and then
-either @kbd{C-r} for a region or @kbd{C-b} for the whole buffer.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Use the @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands:
-
-@example
-@group
-C-c C-e C-r     @r{Format the region.}
-C-c C-e C-b     @r{Format the buffer.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-Use @code{makeinfo}:
-
-@example
-C-c C-m C-r     @r{Format the region.}
-C-c C-m C-b     @r{Format the buffer.}
-C-c C-m C-l     @r{Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer.}
-C-c C-m C-k     @r{Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading Typeset and Print
-
-The @TeX{} typesetting and printing commands are invoked by typing
-@kbd{C-c C-t} and then another control command: @kbd{C-r} for
-@code{texinfo-tex-region}, @kbd{C-b} for @code{texinfo-tex-buffer},
-and so on.@refill
-
-@example
-C-c C-t C-r     @r{Run @TeX{} on the region.}
-C-c C-t C-b     @r{Run @TeX{} on the buffer.}
-C-c C-t C-i     @r{Run} @code{texindex}.
-C-c C-t C-p     @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.}
-C-c C-t C-q     @r{Show the print queue.}
-C-c C-t C-d     @r{Delete a job from the print queue.}
-C-c C-t C-k     @r{Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job.}
-C-c C-t C-x     @r{Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job.}
-C-c C-t C-l     @r{Recenter the output buffer.}
-@end example
-
-@subheading Other Updating Commands
-
-The `other updating commands' do not have standard keybindings because
-they are rarely used.
-
-@example
-@group
-M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-                @r{Insert missing @code{@@node} lines in region.}
-                @r{With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,}
-                @r{use section titles as node names.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-                @r{Update a multi-file document.}
-                @r{With @kbd{C-u 2} as a prefix argument,}
-                @r{create or update all nodes and menus}
-                @r{in all included files first.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-                @r{Indent descriptions.}
-@end group
-
-@group
-M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-                @r{Insert node pointers in strict sequence.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Beginning a File, Ending a File, Texinfo Mode, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Beginning a Texinfo File
-@cindex Beginning a Texinfo file
-@cindex Texinfo file beginning
-@cindex File beginning
-
-Certain pieces of information must be provided at the beginning of a
-Texinfo file, such as the name of the file and the title of the
-document.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Four Parts::                  Four parts begin a Texinfo file.
-* Sample Beginning::            Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file.
-* Header::                      The very beginning of a Texinfo file.
-* Info Summary and Permissions::  Summary and copying permissions for Info.
-* Titlepage & Copyright Page::  Creating the title and copyright pages.
-* The Top Node::                Creating the `Top' node and master menu.
-* Software Copying Permissions::  Ensure that you and others continue to
-                                  have the right to use and share software.
-@end menu
-
-@node Four Parts, Sample Beginning,  , Beginning a File
-@ifinfo
-@heading Four Parts Begin a File
-@end ifinfo
-
-Generally, the beginning of a Texinfo file has four parts:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item 
-The header, delimited by special comment lines, that includes the
-commands for naming the Texinfo file and telling @TeX{} what
-definitions' file to use when processing the Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@item 
-A short statement of what the file is about, with a copyright notice
-and copying permissions.  This is enclosed in @code{@@ifinfo} and
-@code{@@end ifinfo} commands so that the formatters place it only
-in the Info file.@refill
-
-@item 
-A title page and copyright page, with a copyright notice and copying
-permissions.  This is enclosed between @code{@@titlepage} and
-@code{@@end titlepage} commands.  The title and copyright page appear
-only in the printed @w{manual}.@refill
-
-@item
-The `Top' node that contains a menu for the whole Info file.  The
-contents of this node appear only in the Info file.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-Also, optionally, you may include the copying conditions for a program
-and a warranty disclaimer.  The copying section will be followed by an
-introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.@refill
-
-Since the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Texinfo
-document (in contrast to the copying permissions for a program) are in
-parts that appear only in the Info file or only in the printed manual,
-this information must be given twice.@refill
-
-@node Sample Beginning, Header, Four Parts, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Sample Texinfo File Beginning
-
-The following sample shows what is needed.@refill
-
-@example
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename @var{name-of-info-file}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@@c %**end of header
-
-@@ifinfo
-This file documents @dots{}
-
-Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-
-@group
-Permission is granted to @dots{}
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@c  This title page illustrates only one of the
-@@c  two methods of forming a title page.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed}
-@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any}
-@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle}
-@@author @var{author}
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@c  The following two commands 
-@@c  start the copyright page.
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-@end group
-
-Published by @dots{}
-
-Permission is granted to @dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-
-@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
-
-@@ifinfo
-This document describes @dots{} 
-
-This document applies to version @dots{} 
-of the program named @dots{}
-@@end ifinfo
-
-@group
-@@menu
-* Copying::          Your rights and freedoms.
-* First Chapter::    Getting started @dots{}
-* Second Chapter::              @dots{}
-  @dots{}
-  @dots{}
-@@end menu
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@node    First Chapter, Second Chapter, top,      top
-@@comment node-name,     next,           previous, up
-@@chapter First Chapter
-@@cindex Index entry for First Chapter
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Header, Info Summary and Permissions, Sample Beginning, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The Texinfo File Header
-@cindex Header for Texinfo files
-@cindex Texinfo file header
-
-Texinfo files start with at least three lines that provide Info and
-@TeX{} with necessary information.  These are the @code{\input
-texinfo} line, the @code{@@settitle} line, and the
-@code{@@setfilename} line.  If you want to run @TeX{} on just a part
-of the Texinfo File, you must write the @code{@@settitle}
-and @code{@@setfilename} lines between start-of-header and end-of-header
-lines.@refill
-
-Thus, the beginning of a Texinfo file looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or else like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@@c %**end of header
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@menu
-* First Line::                  The first line of a Texinfo file.  
-* Start of Header::             Formatting a region requires this.
-* setfilename::                 Tell Info the name of the Info file.
-* settitle::                    Create a title for the printed work.
-* setchapternewpage::           Start chapters on right-hand pages.
-* paragraphindent::             An option to specify paragraph indentation.
-* End of Header::               Formatting a region requires this.
-@end menu
-
-@node First Line, Start of Header,  , Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The First Line of a Texinfo File
-@cindex First line of a Texinfo file
-@cindex Beginning line of a Texinfo file
-@cindex Header of a Texinfo file
-
-Every Texinfo file that is to be the top-level input to @TeX{} must begin
-with a line that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This line serves two functions:
-
-@enumerate
-@item 
-When the file is processed by @TeX{}, the @code{\input texinfo} command
-tells @TeX{} to load the macros needed for processing a Texinfo file.
-These are in a file called @file{texinfo.tex}, which is usually located
-in the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} directory.  @TeX{} uses the backslash,
-@samp{\}, to mark the beginning of a command, just as Texinfo uses
-@code{@@}.  The @file{texinfo.tex} file causes the switch from @samp{\}
-to @samp{@@}; before the switch occurs, @TeX{} requires @samp{\}, which
-is why it appears at the beginning of the file.@refill
-
-@item 
-When the file is edited in GNU Emacs, the @samp{-*-texinfo-*-} mode
-specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-@node Start of Header, setfilename, First Line, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Start of Header
-@cindex Start of header line
-
-Write a start-of-header line on the second line of a Texinfo file.
-Follow the start-of-header line with @code{@@setfilename} and
-@code{@@settitle} lines and, optionally, with other command lines, such
-as @code{@@smallbook} or @code{@@footnotestyle}; and then by an
-end-of-header line (@pxref{End of Header}).@refill
-
-With these lines, you can format part of a Texinfo file for Info or
-typeset part for printing.@refill
-
-A start-of-header line looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@c %**start of header
-@end example
-
-The odd string of characters, @samp{%**}, is to ensure that no other
-comment is accidentally taken for a start-of-header line.@refill
-
-@node setfilename, settitle, Start of Header, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@setfilename}
-@cindex Info file requires @code{@@setfilename}
-@findex setfilename
-
-In order to be made into an Info file, a Texinfo file must contain a line
-that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@end example
-
-Write the @code{@@setfilename} command at the beginning of a line and
-follow it on the same line by the Info file name.  Do not write
-anything else on the line; anything on the line after the command is
-considered part of the file name, including a comment.@refill
-
-The @code{@@setfilename} line specifies the name of the Info file to be
-generated.  This name should be different from the name of the Texinfo
-file.  The convention is to write a name with a @samp{.info} extension,
-to produce an Info file name such as @file{texinfo.info}.@refill
-
-Some operating systems cannot handle long file names.  You can run into
-a problem even when the file name you specify is itself short enough.
-This occurs because the Info formatters split a long Info file into
-short indirect subfiles, and name them by appending `-1', `-2', @dots{},
-`-10', `-11', and so on, to the original file name.  (@xref{Tag and
-Split Files, , Tag Files and Split Files}.)  The subfile name
-@file{texinfo.info-10}, for example, is too long for some systems; so
-the Info file name for this document is actually @file{texinfo} rather than
-@file{texinfo.info}.@refill
-
-The Info formatting commands ignore everything written before the
-@code{@@setfilename} line, which is why the very first line of 
-the file (the @code{\input} line) does not need to be commented out.
-The @code{@@setfilename} line is ignored when you typeset a printed
-manual.@refill
-
-@node settitle, setchapternewpage, setfilename, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@settitle}
-@findex settitle
-
-In order to be made into a printed manual, a Texinfo file must contain
-a line that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@settitle @var{title}
-@end example
-
-Write the @code{@@settitle} command at the beginning of a line and
-follow it on the same line by the title.  This tells @TeX{} the title
-to use in a header or footer.  Do not write anything else on the line;
-anything on the line after the command is considered part of the
-title, including a comment.@refill
-
-Conventionally, @TeX{} formats a Texinfo file for double-sided output
-so as to print the title in the left-hand (even-numbered) page
-headings and the current chapter titles in the right-hand
-(odd-numbered) page headings.  (@TeX{} learns the title of each
-chapter from each @code{@@chapter} command.)  Page footers are not
-printed.@refill
-
-Even if you are printing in a single-sided style, @TeX{} looks for an
-@code{@@settitle} command line, in case you include the manual title
-in the heading. @refill
-
-The @code{@@settitle} command should precede everything that generates
-actual output in @TeX{}.@refill
-
-Although the title in the @code{@@settitle} command is usually the
-same as the title on the title page, it does not affect the title as
-it appears on the title page.  Thus, the two do not need not match
-exactly;  and the title in the @code{@@settitle} command can be a
-shortened or expanded version of the title as it appears on the title
-page. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill
-
-@TeX{} prints page headings only for that text that comes after the
-@code{@@end titlepage} command in the Texinfo file, or that comes
-after an @code{@@headings} command that turns on headings.
-(@xref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}, for more
-information.)@refill
-
-You may, if you wish, create your own, customized headings and
-footings.  @xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for a detailed discussion
-of this process.@refill
-
-@node setchapternewpage, paragraphindent, settitle, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-@cindex Starting chapters
-@cindex Pages, starting odd
-@findex setchapternewpage
-
-In a book or a manual, text is usually printed on both sides of the
-paper, chapters start on right-hand pages, and right-hand pages have
-odd numbers.  But in short reports, text often is printed only on one
-side of the paper.  Also in short reports, chapters sometimes do not
-start on new pages, but are printed on the same page as the end of the
-preceding chapter, after a small amount of vertical whitespace.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command with various
-arguments to specify how @TeX{} should start chapters and whether it
-should typeset pages for printing on one or both sides of the paper
-(single-sided or double-sided printing).@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command at the beginning of a
-line followed by its argument.@refill
-
-For example, you would write the following to cause each chapter to
-start on a fresh odd-numbered page:@refill
-
-@example
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@end example
-
-You can specify one of three alternatives with the
-@code{@@setchapternewpage} command:@refill
-
-@table @asis
-@ignore
-@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-If the Texinfo file does not contain an @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-command before the @code{@@titlepage} command, @TeX{} automatically
-begins chapters on new pages and prints headings in the standard
-format for single-sided printing.  This is the conventional format for
-single-sided printing.@refill
-
-The result is exactly the same as when you write
-@code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill
-@end ignore
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off}
-Cause @TeX{} to typeset a new chapter on the same page as the last
-chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.  Also, cause @TeX{} to
-format page headers for single-sided printing. (You can override the
-headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see
-@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on}
-Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new pages and to typeset page
-headers for single-sided printing.  This is the form most often
-used for short reports.@refill
-
-This alternative is the default.@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd}
-Cause @TeX{} to start new chapters on new, odd-numbered pages
-(right-handed pages) and to typeset for double-sided printing.  This is
-the form most often used for books and manuals.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-Texinfo does not have an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill
-
-@noindent
-(You can countermand or modify an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-with an @code{@@headings} command.  @xref{headings on off, , The
-@code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill
-
-At the beginning of a manual or book, pages are not numbered---for
-example, the title and copyright pages of a book are not numbered.
-By convention, table of contents pages are numbered with roman
-numerals and not in sequence with the rest of the document.@refill
-
-Since an Info file does not have pages, the @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-command has no effect on it.@refill
-
-Usually, you do not write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for
-single-sided printing, but accept the default which is to typeset for
-single-sided printing and to start new chapters on new pages.  Usually,
-you write an @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} command for double-sided
-printing.@refill
-
-@node paragraphindent, End of Header, setchapternewpage, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Paragraph Indenting
-@cindex Indenting paragraphs
-@cindex Paragraph indentation
-@findex paragraphindent
-
-The Info formatting commands may insert spaces at the beginning of the
-first line of each paragraph, thereby indenting that paragraph.  You
-can use the @code{@@paragraphindent} command to specify the
-indentation.  Write an @code{@@paragraphindent} command at the
-beginning of a line followed by either @samp{asis} or a number.  The
-template is:@refill
-
-@example
-@@paragraphindent @var{indent}
-@end example
-
-The Info formatting commands indent according to the value of
-@var{indent}:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, the Info formatting
-commands do not change the existing indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is 0, the Info formatting commands delete
-existing indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than 0, the Info formatting
-commands indent the paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-The default value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}.@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@paragraphindent} command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  (If you write
-the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the
-region formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified.)@refill
-
-@c !!! added verbiage to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-A peculiarity of @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and 
-@code{texinfo-format-region} is that they do not indent (nor
-fill) paragraphs that contain @code{@@w} or @code{@@*} commands.
-@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}, for a detailed description of what goes
-on.@refill
-
-@node End of Header,  , paragraphindent, Header
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection  End of Header
-@cindex End of header line
-
-Follow the header lines with an @w{end-of-header} line.
-An end-of-header line looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@c %**end of header
-@end example
-
-If you include the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command between the
-start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will typeset a region as
-that command specifies.  Similarly, if you include an @code{@@smallbook}
-command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, @TeX{} will
-typeset a region in the ``small'' book format.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-The reason for the odd string of characters (@samp{%**}) is so that the
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} command does not accidentally find
-something that it should not when it is looking for the header.@refill
-
-The start-of-header line and the end-of-header line are Texinfo mode
-variables that you can change.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@iftex
-@xref{Start of Header}.
-@end iftex
-
-@node Info Summary and Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Header, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Summary and Copying Permissions for Info
-
-The title page and the copyright page appear only in the printed copy of
-the manual; therefore, the same information must be inserted in a
-section that appears only in the Info file.  This section usually
-contains a brief description of the contents of the Info file, a
-copyright notice, and copying permissions.@refill
-
-The copyright notice should read:@refill
-
-@example
-Copyright @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and be put on a line by itself.@refill
-
-Standard text for the copyright permissions is contained in an appendix
-to this manual; see @ref{ifinfo Permissions, , @samp{ifinfo} Copying
-Permissions}, for the complete text.@refill
-
-The permissions text appears in an Info file @emph{before} the first
-node.  This mean that a reader does @emph{not} see this text when
-reading the file using Info, except when using the advanced Info command
-@kbd{g *}.
-
-@node Titlepage & Copyright Page, The Top Node, Info Summary and Permissions, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The Title and Copyright Pages
-
-A manual's name and author are usually printed on a title page.
-Sometimes copyright information is printed on the title page as well;
-more often, copyright information is printed on the back of the title
-page.
-
-The title and copyright pages appear in the printed manual, but not in the
-Info file.  Because of this, it is possible to use several slightly
-obscure @TeX{} typesetting commands that cannot be used in an Info file.
-In addition, this part of the beginning of a Texinfo file contains the text
-of the copying permissions that will appear in the printed manual.@refill
-
-@xref{Titlepage Permissions, , Titlepage Copying Permissions}, for the
-standard text for the copyright permissions.@refill
-
-@menu
-* titlepage::                   Create a title for the printed document.
-* titlefont center sp::         The @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center},
-                                  and @code{@@sp} commands.
-* title subtitle author::       The @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle},
-                                  and @code{@@author} commands.
-* Copyright & Permissions::     How to write the copyright notice and
-                                  include copying permissions.
-* end titlepage::               Turn on page headings after the title and
-                                  copyright pages.
-* headings on off::             An option for turning headings on and off
-                                  and double or single sided printing.
-@end menu
-
-@node titlepage, titlefont center sp,  , Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@titlepage}
-@cindex Title page
-@findex titlepage
-
-Start the material for the title page and following copyright page
-with @code{@@titlepage} on a line by itself and end it with
-@code{@@end titlepage} on a line by itself.@refill
-
-The @code{@@end titlepage} command starts a new page and turns on page
-numbering. (@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for details about how to
-generate of page headings.)  All the material that you want to
-appear on unnumbered pages should be put between the
-@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} commands.  By using the
-@code{@@page} command you can force a page break within the region
-delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage}
-commands and thereby create more than one unnumbered page.  This is
-how the copyright page is produced.  (The @code{@@titlepage} command
-might perhaps have been better named the
-@code{@@titleandadditionalpages} command, but that would have been
-rather long!)@refill
-
-@c !!! append refill to footnote when makeinfo can handle it.
-When you write a manual about a computer program, you should write the
-version of the program to which the manual applies on the title
-page.  If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is
-independent of it, you should also include an edition
-number@footnote{We have found that it is helpful to refer to versions
-of manuals as `editions' and versions of programs as `versions';
-otherwise, we find we are liable to confuse each other in conversation
-by referring to both the documentation and the software with the same
-words.} for the manual.  This helps readers keep track of which manual
-is for which version of the program.  (The `Top' node
-should also contain this information; see @ref{makeinfo top, ,
-@code{@@top}}.)@refill
-
-Texinfo provides two methods for creating a title page.  One method
-uses the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center} commands
-to generate a title page in which the words on the page are
-centered.@refill
-
-The second method uses the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and
-@code{@@author} commands to create a title page with black rules under
-the title and author lines and the subtitle text set flush to the
-right hand side of the page.  With this method, you do not specify any
-of the actual formatting of the title page.  You specify the text
-you want, and Texinfo does the formatting.  You may use either
-method.@refill
-
-@node titlefont center sp, title subtitle author, titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@sp}
-@findex titlefont
-@findex center
-@findex sp @r{(titlepage line spacing)}
-
-You can use the @code{@@titlefont}, @code{@@sp}, and @code{@@center}
-commands to create a title page for a printed document.  (This is the
-first of the two methods for creating a title page in Texinfo.)@refill
-
-Use the @code{@@titlefont} command to select a large font suitable for
-the title itself.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example:
-
-@example
-@@titlefont@{Texinfo@}
-@end example
-
-Use the @code{@@center} command at the beginning of a line to center
-the remaining text on that line.  Thus,@refill
-
-@example
-@@center @@titlefont@{Texinfo@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-centers the title, which in this example is ``Texinfo'' printed
-in the title font.@refill
-
-Use the @code{@@sp} command to insert vertical space.  For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@sp 2
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This inserts two blank lines on the printed page.  (@xref{sp, ,
-@code{@@sp}}, for more information about the @code{@@sp}
-command.)@refill
-
-A template for this method looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@center @@titlefont@{@var{name-of-manual-when-printed}@}
-@@sp 2
-@@center @var{subtitle-if-any}
-@@sp 2
-@@center @var{author}
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The spacing of the example fits an 8 1/2 by 11 inch manual.@refill
-
-@node title subtitle author, Copyright & Permissions, titlefont center sp, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author}
-@findex title
-@findex subtitle
-@findex author
-
-You can use the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, and @code{@@author}
-commands to create a title page in which the vertical and horizontal
-spacing is done for you automatically.  This contrasts with the method 
-described in
-the previous section, in which the @code{@@sp} command is needed to
-adjust vertical spacing.@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@title}, @code{@@subtitle}, or @code{@@author}
-commands at the beginning of a line followed by the title, subtitle,
-or author.@refill
-
-The @code{@@title} command produces a line in which the title is set
-flush to the left-hand side of the page in a larger than normal font.
-The title is underlined with a black rule.@refill
-
-The @code{@@subtitle} command sets subtitles in a normal-sized font
-flush to the right-hand side of the page.@refill
-
-The @code{@@author} command sets the names of the author or authors in
-a middle-sized font flush to the left-hand side of the page on a line
-near the bottom of the title page.  The names are underlined with a
-black rule that is thinner than the rule that underlines the title.
-(The black rule only occurs if the @code{@@author} command line is
-followed by an @code{@@page} command line.)@refill
-
-There are two ways to use the @code{@@author} command: you can write
-the name or names on the remaining part of the line that starts with
-an @code{@@author} command:@refill
-
-@example
-@@author by Jane Smith and John Doe
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or you can write the names one above each other by using two (or more)
-@code{@@author} commands:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@author Jane Smith
-@@author John Doe
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Only the bottom name is underlined with a black rule.)@refill
-
-@need 950
-A template for this method looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@titlepage
-@@title @var{name-of-manual-when-printed}
-@@subtitle @var{subtitle-if-any}
-@@subtitle @var{second-subtitle}
-@@author @var{author}
-@@page
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-Contrast this form with the form of a title page written using the
-@code{@@sp}, @code{@@center}, and @code{@@titlefont} commands:@refill
-
-@example
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@center @@titlefont@{Name of Manual When Printed@}
-@@sp 2
-@@center Subtitle, If Any
-@@sp 1
-@@center Second subtitle
-@@sp 2
-@@center Author
-@@page
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-@end example
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Copyright & Permissions, end titlepage, title subtitle author, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Copyright Page and Permissions
-@cindex Copyright page
-@cindex Printed permissions
-@cindex Permissions, printed
-
-By international treaty, the copyright notice for a book should be
-either on the title page or on the back of the title page.  The
-copyright notice should include the year followed by the name of the
-organization or person who owns the copyright.@refill
-
-When the copyright notice is on the back of the title page, that page
-is customarily not numbered.  Therefore, in Texinfo, the information
-on the copyright page should be within @code{@@titlepage} and
-@code{@@end titlepage} commands.@refill
-
-@findex vskip
-@findex filll
-@cindex Vertical whitespace (@samp{vskip})
-Use the @code{@@page} command to cause a page break.  To push the
-copyright notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the
-bottom of the page, you can write a somewhat mysterious line after the
-@code{@@page} command that reads like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This is a @TeX{} command that is not supported by the Info formatting
-commands.  The @code{@@vskip} command inserts whitespace.  The
-@samp{0pt plus 1filll} means to put in zero points of mandatory whitespace,
-and as much optional whitespace as needed to push the
-following text to the bottom of the page.  Note the use of three
-@samp{l}s in the word @samp{filll}; this is the correct usage in
-@TeX{}.@refill
-
-@findex copyright
-In a printed manual, the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command generates a
-@samp{c} inside a circle.  (In Info, it generates @samp{(C)}.)  The
-copyright notice itself has the following legally defined sequence:@refill
-
-@example
-Copyright @copyright{} @var{year} @var{copyright-owner}
-@end example
-
-It is customary to put information on how to get a manual after the
-copyright notice, followed by the copying permissions for the
-manual.@refill
-
-Note that permissions must be given here as well as in the summary
-segment within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} that
-immediately follows the header since this text appears only in the
-printed manual and the @samp{ifinfo} text appears only in the Info
-file.@refill
-
-@xref{Sample Permissions}, for the standard text.@refill
-
-@node end titlepage, headings on off, Copyright & Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Heading Generation
-@findex end titlepage
-@cindex Headings, page, begin to appear
-@cindex Titlepage end starts headings 
-@cindex End titlepage starts headings
-
-An @code{@@end titlepage} command on a line by itself not only marks
-the end of the title and copyright pages, but also causes @TeX{} to start
-generating page headings and page numbers.
-
-To repeat what is said elsewhere,  Texinfo has two standard page heading
-formats, one for documents which are printed on one side of each sheet of paper
-(single-sided printing), and the other for documents which are printed on both
-sides of each sheet (double-sided printing).   
-(@xref{setchapternewpage, ,@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.)
-You can specify these formats in different ways:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The conventional way is to write an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-before the title page commands, and then have the @code{@@end
-titlepage} command start generating page headings in the manner desired.
-(@xref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}}.)@refill
-
-@item
-Alternatively, you can use the @code{@@headings} command to prevent page
-headings from being generated or to start them for either single or
-double-sided printing.  (Write an @code{@@headings} command immediately
-after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.  @xref{headings on off, , The
-@code{@@headings} Command}, for more information.)@refill
-
-@item
-Or, you may specify your own page heading and footing format.
-@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for detailed
-information about page headings and footings.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-Most documents are formatted with the standard single-sided or
-double-sided format, using @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} for
-double-sided printing and no @code{@@setchapternewpage} command for
-single-sided printing.@refill
-
-@node headings on off,  , end titlepage, Titlepage & Copyright Page
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The @code{@@headings} Command
-@findex headings
-
-The @code{@@headings} command is rarely used.  It specifies what kind of
-page headings and footings to print on each page.  Usually, this is
-controlled by the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command.  You need the
-@code{@@headings} command only if the @code{@@setchapternewpage} command
-does not do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page
-headings prior to defining your own.  Write an @code{@@headings} command
-immediately after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.@refill
-
-There are four ways to use the @code{@@headings} command:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@headings off
-Turn off printing of page headings.@refill
-
-@item @@headings single
-Turn on page headings appropriate for single-sided printing.
-@refill
-
-@item @@headings double
-@itemx @@headings on
-Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing.  The two
-commands, @code{@@headings on} and @code{@@headings double}, are
-synonymous.@refill
-@end table
-
-For example, suppose you write @code{@@setchapternewpage off} before the
-@code{@@titlepage} command to tell @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the
-same page as the end of the last chapter.  This command also causes
-@TeX{} to typeset page headers for single-sided printing.  To cause
-@TeX{} to typeset for double sided printing, write @code{@@headings
-double} after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.
-
-You can stop @TeX{} from generating any page headings at all by
-writing @code{@@headings off} on a line of its own immediately after the
-line containing the @code{@@end titlepage} command, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@end titlepage
-@@headings off
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The @code{@@headings off} command overrides the @code{@@end titlepage}
-command, which would otherwise cause @TeX{} to print page
-headings.@refill
-
-You can also specify your own style of page heading and footing.
-@xref{Headings, , Page Headings}, for more information.@refill
-
-@node The Top Node, Software Copying Permissions, Titlepage & Copyright Page, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The `Top' Node and Master Menu
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node
-@cindex Master menu
-@cindex Node, `Top'
-
-The `Top' node is the node from which you enter an Info file.@refill
-
-A `Top' node should contain a brief description of the Info file and an
-extensive, master menu for the whole Info file.  
-This helps the reader understand what the Info file is
-about.  Also, you should write the version number of the program to
-which the Info file applies; or, at least, the edition number.@refill
-
-The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the Info file; none
-of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it between
-@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands.  (@TeX{} does not
-print either an @code{@@node} line or a menu; they appear only in Info;
-strictly speaking, you are not required to enclose these parts between
-@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}, but it is simplest to do so.
-@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Title of Top Node::           Sketch what the file is about.
-* Master Menu Parts::           A master menu has three or more parts.
-@end menu
-
-@node Title of Top Node, Master Menu Parts,  , The Top Node
-@ifinfo
-@subheading `Top' Node Title
-@end ifinfo
-
-Sometimes, you will want to place an @code{@@top} sectioning command
-line containing the title of the document immediately after the
-@code{@@node Top} line (@pxref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top}
-Sectioning Command}, for more information).@refill
-
-For example, the beginning of the Top node of this manual contains an
-@code{@@top} sectioning command, a short description, and edition and
-version information.  It looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@dots{}
-@@end titlepage
-
-@@ifinfo
-@@node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
-@@top Texinfo
-
-Texinfo is a documentation system@dots{}
-@end group
-
-@group
-This is edition@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@menu
-* Copying::                 Texinfo is freely 
-                              redistributable.
-* Overview::                What is Texinfo?
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@@end menu
-@end example
-
-In a `Top' node, the `Previous', and `Up' nodes usually refer to the top
-level directory of the whole Info system, which is called @samp{(dir)}.
-The `Next' node refers to the first node that follows the main or master
-menu, which is usually the copying permissions, introduction, or first
-chapter.@refill
-
-@node Master Menu Parts,  , Title of Top Node, The Top Node
-@subsection Parts of a Master Menu
-@cindex Master menu parts
-@cindex Parts of a master menu
-
-A @dfn{master menu} is a detailed main menu listing all the nodes in a
-file.
-
-A master menu is enclosed in @code{@@menu} and @code{@@end menu}
-commands and does not appear in the printed document.@refill
-
-Generally, a master menu is divided into parts.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the nodes
-for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the appendices.@refill
-
-@item
-The second part contains nodes for the indices.@refill
-
-@item
-The third and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other, lower
-level nodes, often ordered by chapter.  This way, rather than go
-through an intermediary menu, an inquirer can go directly to a
-particular node when searching for specific information.  These menu
-items are not required; add them if you think they are a
-convenience.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-Each section in the menu can be introduced by a descriptive line.  So
-long as the line does not begin with an asterisk, it will not be
-treated as a menu entry.  (@xref{Writing a Menu}, for more
-information.)@refill
-
-For example, the master menu for this manual looks like the following
-(but has many more entries):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* Copying::             Texinfo is freely 
-                          redistributable.
-* Overview::            What is Texinfo?
-* Texinfo Mode::        Special features in GNU Emacs.
-@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@group
-* Command and Variable Index::    
-                        An entry for each @@-command.
-* Concept Index::       An entry for each concept.
-@end group
-
-@group
- --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-
-Overview of Texinfo
-
-* Info Files::          What is an Info file?
-* Printed Manuals::     Characteristics of 
-                          a printed manual.
-@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@end group
-
-@group
-Using Texinfo Mode
-
-* Info on a Region::    Formatting part of a file 
-                          for Info.
-@dots{}
-@dots{}
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Software Copying Permissions,  , The Top Node, Beginning a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Software Copying Permissions
-@cindex Software copying permissions
-@cindex Copying software
-@cindex Distribution
-@cindex License agreement
-
-If the Texinfo file has a section containing the ``General Public
-License'' and the distribution information and a warranty disclaimer
-for the software that is documented, this section usually follows the
-`Top' node.  The General Public License is very important to Project
-GNU software.  It ensures that you and others will continue to have a
-right to use and share the software.@refill
-
-The copying and distribution information and the disclaimer are
-followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the
-manual.@refill
-
-@cindex Introduction, as part of file
-Although an introduction is not a required part of a Texinfo file, it
-is very helpful.  Ideally, it should state clearly and concisely what
-the file is about and who would be interested in reading it.  In
-general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution
-information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document.
-Usually, an introduction is put in an @code{@@unnumbered} section.
-(@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The @code{@@unnumbered} and
-@code{@@appendix} Commands}.)@refill
-
-@node Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Ending a Texinfo File
-@cindex Ending a Texinfo file
-@cindex Texinfo file ending
-@cindex File ending
-@findex bye
-
-The end of a Texinfo file should include the commands that create
-indices and generate detailed and summary tables of contents.
-And it must include the @code{@@bye} command that marks the last line
-processed by @TeX{}.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example:
-
-@example
-@@node    Concept Index,     , Variables Index, Top
-@@c        node-name,    next, previous,        up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-@menu
-* Printing Indices & Menus::    How to print an index in hardcopy and 
-                                  generate index menus in Info.
-* Contents::                    How to create a table of contents.
-* File End::                    How to mark the end of a file.
-@end menu
-
-@node Printing Indices & Menus, Contents,  , Ending a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Index Menus and Printing an Index
-@findex printindex
-@cindex Printing an index
-@cindex Indices, printing and menus
-@cindex Generating menus with indices
-@cindex Menus generated with indices
-
-To print an index means to include it as part of a manual or Info
-file.  This does not happen automatically just because you use
-@code{@@cindex} or other index-entry generating commands in the
-Texinfo file; those just cause the raw data for the index to be
-accumulated.  To generate an index, you must include the
-@code{@@printindex} command at the place in the document where you
-want the index to appear.  Also, as part of the process of creating a
-printed manual, you must run a program called @code{texindex}
-(@pxref{Format/Print Hardcopy}) to sort the raw data to produce a sorted
-index file.  The sorted index file is what is actually used to
-print the index.@refill
-
-Texinfo offers six different types of predefined index: the concept
-index, the function index, the variables index, the keystroke index, the
-program index, and the data type index (@pxref{Predefined Indices}).  Each
-index type has a two-letter name: @samp{cp}, @samp{fn}, @samp{vr},
-@samp{ky}, @samp{pg}, and @samp{tp}.  You may merge indices, or put them
-into separate sections (@pxref{Combining Indices}); or you may define
-your own indices (@pxref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}).@refill
-
-The @code{@@printindex} command takes a two-letter index name, reads
-the corresponding sorted index file and formats it appropriately into
-an index.@refill
-
-@ignore
-The two-letter index names are:
-
-@table @samp
-@item cp
-concept index
-@item fn
-function index
-@item vr
-variable index
-@item ky
-key index
-@item pg
-program index
-@item tp
-data type index
-@end table
-@end ignore
-The @code{@@printindex} command does not generate a chapter heading
-for the index.  Consequently, you should precede the
-@code{@@printindex} command with a suitable section or chapter command
-(usually @code{@@unnumbered}) to supply the chapter heading and put
-the index into the table of contents.  Precede the @code{@@unnumbered}
-command with an @code{@@node} line.@refill
-
-@need 1200
-For example:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-@@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Function Index, Top
-@@comment    node-name,         next,       previous, up
-@@unnumbered Variable Index
-
-@@printindex vr
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@node     Concept Index,     , Variable Index, Top
-@@comment      node-name, next,       previous, up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@summarycontents
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-(Readers often prefer that the concept index come last in a book,
-since that makes it easiest to find.)@refill
-
-@ignore
-In @TeX{}, the @code{@@printindex} command needs a sorted index file
-to work from.  @TeX{} does not know how to do sorting; this is a
-deficiency.  @TeX{} writes output files of raw index data; use the
-@code{texindex} program to convert these files to sorted index files.
-(@xref{Format/Print Hardcopy}, for more information.)@refill
-@end ignore
-@node     Contents, File End, Printing Indices & Menus, Ending a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Generating a Table of Contents
-@cindex Table of contents
-@cindex Contents, Table of 
-@findex contents
-@findex summarycontents
-@findex shortcontents
-
-The @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and other structuring commands
-supply the information to make up a table of contents, but they do not
-cause an actual table to appear in the manual.  To do this, you must
-use the @code{@@contents} and @code{@@summarycontents}
-commands:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@contents
-Generate a table of contents in a printed manual, including all
-chapters, sections, subsections, etc., as well as appendices and
-unnumbered chapters.  (Headings generated by the @code{@@heading}
-series of commands do not appear in the table of contents.)  The
-@code{@@contents} command should be written on a line by
-itself.@refill
-
-@item @@shortcontents
-@itemx @@summarycontents
-(@code{@@summarycontents} is a synonym for @code{@@shortcontents}; the
-two commands are exactly the same.)@refill
-
-Generate a short or summary table of contents that lists only the
-chapters (and appendices and unnumbered chapters).  Omit sections, subsections
-and subsubsections.  Only a long manual needs a short table
-of contents in addition to the full table of contents.@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@shortcontents} command on a line by itself right
-@emph{before} the @code{@@contents} command.@refill
-@end table
-
-The table of contents commands automatically generate a chapter-like
-heading at the top of the first table of contents page.  Write the table
-of contents commands at the very end of a Texinfo file, just before the
-@code{@@bye} command, following any index sections---anything in the
-Texinfo file after the table of contents commands will be omitted from
-the table of contents.@refill
-
-When you print a manual with a table of contents, the table of
-contents are printed last and numbered with roman numerals.  You need
-to place those pages in their proper place, after the title page,
-yourself.  (This is the only collating you need to do for a printed
-manual.  The table of contents is printed last because it is generated
-after the rest of the manual is typeset.)@refill
-
-@need 700
-Here is an example of where to write table of contents commands:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@var{indices}@dots{}
-@@shortcontents
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Since an Info file uses menus instead of tables of contents, the Info
-formatting commands ignore the @code{@@contents} and
-@code{@@shortcontents} commands.@refill
-
-@node File End,  , Contents, Ending a File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@bye} File Ending
-@findex bye
-
-An @code{@@bye} command terminates @TeX{} or Info formatting.  None of
-the formatting commands see any of the file following @code{@@bye}.
-The @code{@@bye} command should be on a line by itself.@refill
-
-If you wish, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line with notes. These notes
-will not be formatted and will not appear in either Info or a printed
-manual; it is as if text after @code{@@bye} were within @code{@@ignore}
-@dots{} @code{@@end ignore}.  Also, you may follow the @code{@@bye} line
-with a local variables list.  @xref{Compile-Command, , Using Local
-Variables and the Compile Command}, for more information.@refill
-
-@node Structuring, Nodes, Ending a File, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Chapter Structuring
-@cindex Chapter structuring
-@cindex Structuring of chapters
-
-The @dfn{chapter structuring} commands divide a document into a hierarchy of
-chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections.  These commands
-generate large headings; they also provide information for the table
-of contents of a printed manual (@pxref{Contents, , Generating a Table
-of Contents}).@refill
-
-The chapter structuring commands do not create an Info node structure,
-so normally you should put an @code{@@node} command immediately before
-each chapter structuring command (@pxref{Nodes}).  The only time you
-are likely to use the chapter structuring commands without using the
-node structuring commands is if you are writing a document that
-contains no cross references and will never be transformed into Info
-format.@refill
-
-It is unlikely that you will ever write a Texinfo file that is
-intended only as an Info file and not as a printable document.  If you
-do, you might still use chapter structuring commands to create a
-heading at the top of each node---but you don't need to.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Tree Structuring::            A manual is like an upside down tree @dots{}
-* Structuring Command Types::   How to divide a manual into parts.
-* makeinfo top::                The @code{@@top} command, part of the `Top' node.
-* chapter::                     
-* unnumbered & appendix::       
-* majorheading & chapheading::  
-* section::                     
-* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading::  
-* subsection::                  
-* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading::  
-* subsubsection::               Commands for the lowest level sections.
-@end menu
-
-@node Tree Structuring, Structuring Command Types,  , Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Tree Structure of Sections
-@cindex Tree structuring
-
-A Texinfo file is usually structured like a book with chapters,
-sections, subsections, and the like.  This structure can be visualized
-as a tree (or rather as an upside-down tree) with the root at the top
-and the levels corresponding to chapters, sections, subsection, and
-subsubsections.@refill
-
-Here is a diagram that shows a Texinfo file with three chapters,
-each of which has two sections.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-                          Top
-                           |
-         -------------------------------------
-        |                  |                  |
-     Chapter 1          Chapter 2          Chapter 3
-        |                  |                  |
-     --------           --------           --------
-    |        |         |        |         |        |         
- Section  Section   Section  Section   Section  Section
-   1.1      1.2       2.1      2.2       3.1      3.2
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a Texinfo file that has this structure, the beginning of Chapter 2
-looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Chapter 2,  Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top
-@@chapter Chapter 2
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that
-follow; the @code{@@node} and @code{@@menu} commands are described in
-following chapters. (@xref{Nodes}, and see @ref{Menus}.)@refill
-
-@node Structuring Command Types, makeinfo top, Tree Structuring, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Types of Structuring Command
-
-The chapter structuring commands fall into four groups or series, each
-of which contains structuring commands corresponding to the
-hierarchical levels of chapters, sections, subsections, and
-subsubsections.@refill
-
-The four groups are the @code{@@chapter} series, the
-@code{@@unnumbered} series, the @code{@@appendix} series, and the
-@code{@@heading} series.@refill
-
-Each command produces titles that have a different appearance on the
-printed page or Info file; only some of the commands produce
-titles that are listed in the table of contents of a printed book or
-manual.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The @code{@@chapter} and @code{@@appendix} series of commands produce
-numbered or lettered entries both in the body of a printed work and in
-its table of contents.@refill
-
-@item
-The @code{@@unnumbered} series of commands produce unnumbered entries
-both in the body of a printed work and in its table of contents.  The
-@code{@@top} command, which has a special use, is a member of this
-series (@pxref{makeinfo top, , @code{@@top}}).@refill
-
-@item
-The @code{@@heading} series of commands produce unnumbered headings
-that do not appear in a table of contents.  The heading commands never
-start a new page.@refill
-
-@item
-The @code{@@majorheading} command produces results similar to using
-the @code{@@chapheading} command but generates a larger vertical
-whitespace before the heading.@refill
-
-@item
-When an @code{@@setchapternewpage} command says to do so, the
-@code{@@chapter}, @code{@@unnumbered}, and @code{@@appendix} commands
-start new pages in the printed manual; the @code{@@heading} commands
-do not.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@need 1000
-Here are the four groups of chapter structuring commands:@refill
-
-@c Slightly different formatting for regular sized books and smallbooks.
-@ifset smallbook
-@sp 1
-@tex
-{\let\rm=\indrm \let\tt=\indtt
-\halign{\hskip\itemindent#\hfil&  \hskip.5em#\hfil&  \hskip.5em#\hfil&
-\hskip.5em#\hfil\cr
-
-& & &                                                \rm No new pages\cr
-\rm Numbered&    \rm Unnumbered&  \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr
-\rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm Not in contents\cr
-
-& & & \cr
- &              \tt  @@top&            &               \tt @@majorheading\cr
-\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered&    \tt @@appendix&     \tt @@chapheading\cr
-\tt @@section&   \tt @@unnumberedsec&   \tt @@appendixsec&   \tt @@heading\cr
-\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec&
-\tt @@subheading\cr
-\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec&
-\tt @@subsubheading\cr}}
-@end tex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear smallbook
-@sp 1
-@tex
-\vbox{
-\halign{\hskip\itemindent\hskip.5em#\hfil&  \hskip.5em#\hfil&
-\hskip.5em#\hfil& \hskip.5em #\hfil\cr
-
-& & & \cr
-& & &                                                \rm No new pages\cr
-\rm Numbered&    \rm Unnumbered&  \rm Lettered and numbered& \rm Unnumbered\cr
-\rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm In contents&  \rm Not in contents\cr
-
-& & & \cr
- &              \tt  @@top&            &               \tt @@majorheading\cr
-\tt @@chapter& \tt @@unnumbered&    \tt @@appendix&     \tt @@chapheading\cr
-\tt @@section&   \tt @@unnumberedsec&   \tt @@appendixsec&   \tt @@heading\cr
-\tt @@subsection&\tt @@unnumberedsubsec&\tt @@appendixsubsec&
-\tt @@subheading\cr
-\tt @@subsubsection& \tt @@unnumberedsubsubsec& \tt @@appendixsubsubsec&
-\tt @@subsubheading\cr}}
-@end tex
-@end ifclear
-@ifinfo
-@example
-@group
-                                                       @r{No new pages}
-@r{Numbered}       @r{Unnumbered}       @r{Lettered and numbered}  @r{Unnumbered}
-@r{In contents}    @r{In contents}          @r{In contents}        @r{Not in contents}
-                
-               @@top                                    @@majorheading
-@@chapter       @@unnumbered          @@appendix          @@chapheading
-@@section       @@unnumberedsec       @@appendixsec       @@heading
-@@subsection    @@unnumberedsubsec    @@appendixsubsec    @@subheading
-@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading
-@end group
-@end example
-@end ifinfo
-
-@c Cannot line up columns properly inside of an example because of roman
-@c proportional fonts.
-@ignore
-@ifset smallbook
-@iftex
-@smallexample
-@group
-                                                       @r{No new pages}
-@r{Numbered}      @r{Unnumbered}       @r{Lettered and numbered}  @r{Unnumbered}
-@r{In contents}      @r{In contents}           @r{In contents}         @r{Not in contents}
-                
-               @@top                                    @@majorheading
-@@chapter       @@unnumbered          @@appendix          @@chapheading
-@@section       @@unnumberedsec       @@appendixsec       @@heading
-@@subsection    @@unnumberedsubsec    @@appendixsubsec    @@subheading
-@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@end iftex
-@end ifset
-@ifclear smallbook
-@iftex
-@smallexample
-@group
-                                                      @r{No new pages}
-@r{Numbered}      @r{Unnumbered}       @r{Lettered and numbered}  @r{Unnumbered}
-@r{In contents}      @r{In contents}           @r{In contents}         @r{Not in contents}
-                
-               @@top                                    @@majorheading
-@@chapter       @@unnumbered          @@appendix          @@chapheading
-@@section       @@unnumberedsec       @@appendixsec       @@heading
-@@subsection    @@unnumberedsubsec    @@appendixsubsec    @@subheading
-@@subsubsection @@unnumberedsubsubsec @@appendixsubsubsec @@subsubheading
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@end iftex
-@end ignore
-
-@node makeinfo top, chapter, Structuring Command Types, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@top} 
-
-The @code{@@top} command is a special sectioning command that you use
-only after an @code{@@node Top} line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.
-The @code{@@top} command tells the @code{makeinfo} formatter 
-which node is the `Top'
-node.  It has the same typesetting effect as @code{@@unnumbered}
-(@pxref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix}}).
-For detailed information, see
-@ref{makeinfo top command, , The @code{@@top} Command}.@refill
-
-@node chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@chapter}
-@findex chapter
-
-@code{@@chapter} identifies a chapter in the document.  Write the
-command at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by
-the title of the chapter.@refill
-
-For example, this chapter in this manual is entitled ``Chapter
-Structuring''; the @code{@@chapter} line looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@chapter Chapter Structuring
-@end example
-
-In @TeX{}, the @code{@@chapter} command creates a chapter in the
-document, specifying the chapter title.  The chapter is numbered
-automatically.@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@chapter} command causes the title to appear on a
-line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.  Thus,
-in Info, the above example produces the following output:@refill
-
-@example
-Chapter Structuring
-*******************
-@end example
-
-@node unnumbered & appendix, majorheading & chapheading, chapter, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@unnumbered}, @code{@@appendix}
-@findex unnumbered
-@findex appendix
-
-Use the @code{@@unnumbered} command to create a chapter that appears
-in a printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind.  Use the
-@code{@@appendix} command to create an appendix in a printed manual
-that is labelled by letter instead of by number.@refill
-
-For Info file output, the @code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix}
-commands are equivalent to @code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a
-line by itself with a line of asterisks underneath.  (@xref{chapter, ,
-@code{@@chapter}}.)@refill
-
-To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an
-@code{@@appendix} or @code{@@unnumbered} command at the beginning of a
-line and follow it on the same line by the title, as you would if you
-were creating a chapter.@refill
-
-@node majorheading & chapheading, section, unnumbered & appendix, Structuring
-@section @code{@@majorheading}, @code{@@chapheading}
-@findex majorheading
-@findex chapheading
-
-The @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading} commands put
-chapter-like headings in the body of a document.@refill
-
-However, neither command causes @TeX{} to produce a numbered heading
-or an entry in the table of contents; and neither command causes
-@TeX{} to start a new page in a printed manual.@refill
-
-In @TeX{}, an @code{@@majorheading} command generates a larger vertical
-whitespace before the heading than an @code{@@chapheading} command but
-is otherwise the same.@refill
-
-In Info,
-the @code{@@majorheading} and
-@code{@@chapheading} commands are equivalent to
-@code{@@chapter}: the title is printed on a line by itself with a line
-of asterisks underneath.  (@xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.)@refill
-
-@node section, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, majorheading & chapheading, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@section}
-@findex section
-
-In a printed manual, an @code{@@section} command identifies a
-numbered section within a chapter.  The section title appears in the
-table of contents.  In Info, an @code{@@section} command provides a
-title for a segment of text, underlined with @samp{=}.@refill
-
-This section is headed with an @code{@@section} command and looks like
-this in the Texinfo file:@refill
-
-@example
-@@section @@code@{@@@@section@}
-@end example
-
-To create a section, write the @code{@@section} command at the
-beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by the section
-title.@refill
-
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@@section This is a section
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This is a section
-=================
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-in Info.
-
-@node unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, subsection, section, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, @code{@@heading}
-@findex unnumberedsec
-@findex appendixsec
-@findex heading
-
-The @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, and @code{@@heading}
-commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and
-heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@section} command.
-(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.)@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@unnumberedsec
-The @code{@@unnumberedsec} command may be used within an
-unnumbered chapter or within a regular chapter or appendix to
-provide an unnumbered section.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsec
-@itemx @@appendixsection
-@code{@@appendixsection} is a longer spelling of the
-@code{@@appendixsec} command; the two are synonymous.@refill
-@findex appendixsection
-
-Conventionally, the @code{@@appendixsec} or @code{@@appendixsection}
-command is used only within appendices.@refill
-
-@item @@heading
-You may use the @code{@@heading} command anywhere you wish for a
-section-style heading that will not appear in the table of contents.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node subsection, unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{@@subsection} Command
-@findex subsection
-
-Subsections are to sections as sections are to chapters.
-(@xref{section, , @code{@@section}}.)  In Info, subsection titles are
-underlined with @samp{-}.  For example,@refill
-
-@example
-@@subsection This is a subsection
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This is a subsection
---------------------
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents
-and are numbered three levels deep.@refill
-
-@node unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, subsubsection, subsection, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{@@subsection}-like Commands 
-@cindex Subsection-like commands 
-@findex unnumberedsubsec
-@findex appendixsubsec
-@findex subheading
-
-The @code{@@unnumberedsubsec}, @code{@@appendixsubsec}, and
-@code{@@subheading} commands are, respectively, the unnumbered,
-appendix-like, and heading-like equivalents of the @code{@@subsection}
-command.  (@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.)@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@subsection}-like commands generate a title
-underlined with hyphens.  In a printed manual, an @code{@@subheading}
-command produces a heading like that of a subsection except that it is
-not numbered and does not appear in the table of contents.  Similarly,
-an @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} command produces an unnumbered heading like
-that of a subsection and an @code{@@appendixsubsec} command produces a
-subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of
-these commands produce headings that appear in the table of
-contents.@refill
-
-@node subsubsection,  , unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, Structuring
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The `subsub' Commands
-@cindex Subsub commands 
-@findex subsubsection
-@findex unnumberedsubsubsec
-@findex appendixsubsubsec
-@findex subsubheading
-
-The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the
-`subsub' commands.  They are:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@subsubsection
-Subsubsections are to subsections as subsections are to sections.
-(@xref{subsection, , @code{@@subsection}}.)  In a printed manual,
-subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents and are numbered
-four levels deep.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec
-Unnumbered subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents of a
-printed manual, but lack numbers.  Otherwise, unnumbered
-subsubsections are the same as subsubsections.  In Info, unnumbered
-subsubsections look exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsubsubsec
-Conventionally, appendix commands are used only for appendices and are
-lettered and numbered appropriately in a printed manual.  They also
-appear in the table of contents.  In Info, appendix subsubsections look
-exactly like ordinary subsubsections.@refill
-
-@item @@subsubheading
-The @code{@@subsubheading} command may be used anywhere that you need
-a small heading that will not appear in the table of contents.  In
-Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection
-headings.@refill
-@end table
-
-In Info,  `subsub' titles are underlined with periods.  
-For example,@refill
-
-@example
-@@subsubsection This is a subsubsection
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This is a subsubsection
-.......................
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Nodes, Menus, Structuring, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Nodes
-
-@dfn{Nodes} are the primary segments of a Texinfo file.  They do not
-themselves impose a hierarchic or any other kind of structure on a file.
-Nodes contain @dfn{node pointers} that name other nodes, and can contain
-@dfn{menus} which are lists of nodes.  In Info, the movement commands
-can carry you to a pointed-to node or to a node listed in a menu.  Node
-pointers and menus provide structure for Info files just as chapters,
-sections, subsections, and the like, provide structure for printed
-books.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Two Paths::                   Different commands to structure 
-                                  Info output and printed output.
-* Node Menu Illustration::      A diagram, and sample nodes and menus.
-* node::                        How to write a node, in detail.
-* makeinfo Pointer Creation::   How to create node pointers with @code{makeinfo}.
-@end menu
-
-@node Two Paths, Node Menu Illustration,  , Nodes
-@ifinfo
-@heading Two Paths
-@end ifinfo
-
-The node and menu commands and the chapter structuring commands are
-independent of each other:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-In Info, node and menu commands provide structure.  The chapter
-structuring commands generate headings with different kinds of
-underlining---asterisks for chapters, hyphens for sections, and so on;
-they do nothing else.@refill
-
-@item
-In @TeX{}, the chapter structuring commands generate chapter and section
-numbers and tables of contents.  The node and menu commands provide
-information for cross references; they do nothing else.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-You can use node pointers and menus to structure an Info file any way
-you want; and you can write a Texinfo file so that its Info output has a
-different structure than its printed output.  However, most Texinfo
-files are written such that the structure for the Info output
-corresponds to the structure for the printed output.  It is not
-convenient to do otherwise.@refill
-
-Generally, printed output is structured in a tree-like hierarchy in
-which the chapters are the major limbs from which the sections branch
-out.  Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a
-matching structure in the Info output.@refill
-
-@node Node Menu Illustration, node, Two Paths, Nodes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Node and Menu Illustration
-
-Here is a copy of the diagram shown earlier that illustrates a Texinfo
-file with three chapters, each of which contains two sections.@refill
-
-Note that the ``root'' is at the top of the diagram and the ``leaves''
-are at the bottom.  This is how such a diagram is drawn conventionally;
-it illustrates an upside-down tree.  For this reason, the root node is
-called the `Top' node, and `Up' node pointers carry you closer to the
-root.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-                          Top
-                           |
-         -------------------------------------
-        |                  |                  |
-     Chapter 1          Chapter 2          Chapter 3
-        |                  |                  |
-     --------           --------           --------
-    |        |         |        |         |        |         
- Section  Section   Section  Section   Section  Section
-   1.1      1.2       2.1      2.2       3.1      3.2
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Write the beginning of the node for Chapter 2 like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node     Chapter 2,  Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top
-@@comment  node-name,  next,      previous,  up
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This @code{@@node} line says that the name of this node is ``Chapter 2'', the
-name of the `Next' node is ``Chapter 3'', the name of the `Previous'
-node is ``Chapter 1'', and the name of the `Up' node is ``Top''.
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please Note:} `Next' refers to the next node at the same
-hierarchical level in the manual, not necessarily to the next node
-within the Texinfo file.  In the Texinfo file, the subsequent node may
-be at a lower level---a section-level node may follow a chapter-level
-node, and a subsection-level node may follow a section-level node.
-`Next' and `Previous' refer to nodes at the @emph{same} hierarchical
-level.  (The `Top' node contains the exception to this rule.  Since the
-`Top' node is the only node at that level, `Next' refers to the first
-following node, which is almost always a chapter or chapter-level
-node.)@refill
-@end quotation
-
-To go to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 using Info, you need a menu inside Chapter
-2.  (@xref{Menus}.)  You would write the menu just
-before the beginning of Section 2.1, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-    @@menu
-    * Sect. 2.1::    Description of this section.
-    * Sect. 2.2::  
-    @@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Write the node for Sect. 2.1 like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-    @@node     Sect. 2.1, Sect. 2.2, Chapter 2, Chapter 2
-    @@comment  node-name, next,      previous,  up
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In Info format, the `Next' and `Previous' pointers of a node usually
-lead to other nodes at the same level---from chapter to chapter or from
-section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points
-up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer
-to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer
-to `leaves').  (A cross reference can point to a node at any level;
-see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill
-
-Usually, an @code{@@node} command and a chapter structuring command are
-used in sequence, along with indexing commands.  (You may follow the
-@code{@@node} line with a comment line that reminds you which pointer is
-which.)@refill
-
-Here is the beginning of the chapter in this manual called ``Ending a
-Texinfo File''.  This shows an @code{@@node} line followed by a comment
-line, an @code{@@chapter} line, and then by indexing lines.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node    Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top
-@@comment node-name,     next,        previous,         up
-@@chapter Ending a Texinfo File
-@@cindex Ending a Texinfo file
-@@cindex Texinfo file ending
-@@cindex File ending
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node node, makeinfo Pointer Creation, Node Menu Illustration, Nodes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{@@node} Command
-
-@cindex Node, defined
-A @dfn{node} is a segment of text that begins at an @code{@@node}
-command and continues until the next @code{@@node} command.  The
-definition of node is different from that for chapter or section.  A
-chapter may contain sections and a section may contain subsections;
-but a node cannot contain subnodes; the text of a node continues only
-until the next @code{@@node} command in the file.  A node usually
-contains only one chapter structuring command, the one that follows
-the @code{@@node} line.  On the other hand, in printed output nodes
-are used only for cross references, so a chapter or section may
-contain any number of nodes.  Indeed, a chapter usually contains
-several nodes, one for each section, subsection, and
-subsubsection.@refill
-
-To create a node, write an @code{@@node} command at the beginning of a
-line, and follow it with four arguments, separated by commas, on the
-rest of the same line.  These arguments are the name of the node, and
-the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order.
-You may insert spaces before each pointer if you wish; the spaces are
-ignored.  You must write the name of the node, and the names of the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, all on the same line.  Otherwise,
-the formatters fail.  (@inforef{Top, info, info}, for more information
-about nodes in Info.)@refill
-
-Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines
-immediately after an @code{@@node} line---for example, an
-@code{@@section} or @code{@@subsection} line.  (@xref{Structuring
-Command Types, , Types of Structuring Command}.)@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work
-only with Texinfo files in which @code{@@node} lines are followed by chapter
-structuring lines.  @xref{Updating Requirements}.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@TeX{} uses @code{@@node} lines to identify the names to use for cross
-references.  For this reason, you must write @code{@@node} lines in a
-Texinfo file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not
-intend to format it for Info.  (Cross references, such as the one at the
-end of this sentence, are made with @code{@@xref} and its related
-commands; see @ref{Cross References}.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Node Names::                  How to choose node and pointer names.
-* Writing a Node::              How to write an @code{@@node} line.
-* Node Line Tips::              Keep names short.
-* Node Line Requirements::      Keep names unique, without @@-commands.
-* First Node::                  How to write a `Top' node.
-* makeinfo top command::        How to use the @code{@@top} command. 
-* Top Node Summary::            Write a brief description for readers.
-@end menu
-
-@node Node Names, Writing a Node,  , node
-@ifinfo
-@subheading Choosing Node and Pointer Names
-@end ifinfo
-
-The name of a node identifies the node.  The pointers enable
-you to reach other nodes and consist of the names of those nodes.@refill
-
-Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose menu
-mentions that node.  The node's `Next' pointer contains the name of the
-node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous' pointer
-contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu.  When a
-node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node pointers
-name the same node.@refill
-
-Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its
-`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the @file{dir} file, which
-contains the main menu for all of Info.@refill
-
-The `Top' node itself contains the main or master menu for the manual.
-Also, it is helpful to include a brief description of the manual in the
-`Top' node.  @xref{First Node}, for information on how to write the
-first node of a Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@node Writing a Node, Node Line Tips, Node Names, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection How to Write an @code{@@node} Line
-@cindex Writing an @code{@@node} line
-@cindex @code{@@node} line writing
-@cindex Node line writing
-
-The easiest way to write an @code{@@node} line is to write @code{@@node}
-at the beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@node @var{node-name}
-@end example
-
-If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use the update node commands
-provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you
-can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let @code{makeinfo}
-insert node pointers into the Info file it creates.  (@xref{Texinfo
-Mode}, and @ref{makeinfo Pointer Creation}.)@refill
-
-Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers yourself.  If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the
-Texinfo mode keyboard command @kbd{C-c C-c n}.  This command inserts
-@samp{@@node} and a comment line listing the names of the pointers in
-their proper order.  The comment line helps you keep track of which
-arguments are for which pointers.  This comment line is especially useful
-if you are not familiar with Texinfo.@refill
-
-The template for a node line with `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers
-looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@node @var{node-name}, @var{next}, @var{previous}, @var{up}
-@end example
-
-If you wish, you can ignore @code{@@node} lines altogether in your first
-draft and then use the @code{texinfo-insert-node-lines} command to
-create @code{@@node} lines for you.  However, we do not 
-recommend this practice.  It is better to name the node itself 
-at the same time that you
-write a segment so you can easily make cross references.  A large number
-of cross references are an especially important feature of a good Info
-file.@refill
-
-After you have inserted an @code{@@node} line, you should immediately
-write an @@-command for the chapter or section and insert its name.
-Next (and this is important!), put in several index entries.  Usually,
-you will find at least two and often as many as four or five ways of
-referring to the node in the index.  Use them all.  This will make it
-much easier for people to find the node.@refill
-
-@node Node Line Tips, Node Line Requirements, Writing a Node, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@node} Line Tips
-
-Here are three suggestions:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Try to pick node names that are informative but short.@refill
-
-In the Info file, the file name, node name, and pointer names are all
-inserted on one line, which may run into the right edge of the window.
-(This does not cause a problem with Info, but is ugly.)@refill
-
-@item
-Try to pick node names that differ from each other near the beginnings
-of their names.  This way, it is easy to use automatic name completion in
-Info.@refill
-
-@item
-By convention, node names are capitalized just as they would be for
-section or chapter titles---initial and significant words are
-capitalized; others are not.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@node Node Line Requirements, First Node, Node Line Tips, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@node} Line Requirements
-
-@cindex Node line requirements
-Here are several requirements for @code{@@node} lines:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@cindex Unique nodename requirement
-@cindex Nodename must be unique
-@item
-All the node names for a single Info file must be unique.@refill
-
-Duplicates confuse the Info movement commands.  This means, for
-example, that if you end every chapter with a summary, you must name
-each summary node differently.  You cannot just call each one
-``Summary''.  You may, however, duplicate the titles of chapters, sections,
-and the like.  Thus you can end each chapter in a book with a section
-called ``Summary'', so long as the node names for those sections are all
-different.@refill
-
-@item
-A pointer name must be the name of a node.@refill
-
-The node to which a pointer points may come before or after the
-node containing the pointer.@refill
-
-@cindex @@-command in nodename
-@cindex Nodename, cannot contain
-@item
-You cannot use any of the Texinfo @@-commands in a node name;
-@w{@@-commands} confuse Info.@refill
-
-@need 750
-Thus, the beginning of the section called @code{@@chapter} looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-@@node  chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring
-@@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@@section @@code@{@@@@chapter@}
-@@findex chapter
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex Comma in nodename
-@cindex Colon in nodename
-@cindex Apostrophe in nodename
-@item
-You cannot use commas, colons, or apostrophes within a node name; these
-confuse @TeX{} or the Info formatters.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example, the following is a section title:
-
-@smallexample
-@@code@{@@@@unnumberedsec@}, @@code@{@@@@appendixsec@}, @@code@{@@@@heading@} 
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-The corresponding node name is:
-
-@smallexample
-unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex Case in nodename
-@item
-Case is significant.
-@end itemize
-
-@node First Node, makeinfo top command, Node Line Requirements, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The First Node 
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node is first
-@cindex First node
-
-The first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, except in an
-included file (@pxref{Include Files}).
-
-The `Top' node (which must be named @samp{top} or @samp{Top}) should
-have as its `Up' and `Previous' nodes the name of a node in another
-file, where there is a menu that leads to this file.  Specify the file
-name in parentheses.  If the file is to be installed directly in the
-Info directory file, use @samp{(dir)} as the parent of the `Top' node;
-this is short for @samp{(dir)top}, and specifies the `Top' node in the
-@file{dir} file, which contains the main menu for Info.  For example,
-the @code{@@node Top} line of this manual looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(You may use the Texinfo updating commands or the @code{makeinfo}
-utility to insert these `Next' and @samp{(dir)} pointers
-automatically.)@refill
-
-@xref{Install an Info File}, for more information about installing
-an Info file in the @file{info} directory.@refill
-
-The `Top' node contains the main or master menu for the document.
-
-@node makeinfo top command, Top Node Summary, First Node, node
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection The @code{@@top} Sectioning Command
-@findex top @r{(@@-command)}
-
-A special sectioning command, @code{@@top}, has been created for use
-with the @code{@@node Top} line.  The @code{@@top} sectioning command tells
-@code{makeinfo} that it marks the `Top' node in the file.  It provides
-the information that @code{makeinfo} needs to insert node
-pointers automatically.  Write the @code{@@top} command at the
-beginning of the line immediately following the @code{@@node Top}
-line.  Write the title on the remaining part of the same line as the
-@code{@@top} command.@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@top} sectioning command causes the title to appear on a
-line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.@refill
-
-In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top}
-sectioning command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}.
-Neither of these formatters require an @code{@@top} command, and do
-nothing special with it.  You can use @code{@@chapter} or
-@code{@@unnumbered} after the @code{@@node Top} line when you use
-these formatters.  Also, you can use @code{@@chapter} or
-@code{@@unnumbered} when you use the Texinfo updating commands to
-create or update pointers and menus.@refill
-
-Whatever sectioning command follows an @code{@@node Top} line, whether
-it be @code{@@top} or @code{@@chapter}, the @code{@@node Top} line and
-the immediately following line and any additional text must be
-enclosed between @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands.
-(@xref{Conditionals}.)  This prevents the title and the accompanying
-text from appearing in printed output.  Write the @code{@@ifinfo}
-command before the @code{@@node} line and write the @code{@@end ifinfo} command
-after the @code{@@top} or other sectioning command and after any
-additional text.  (You can write the @code{@@end ifinfo} command after
-the @code{@@end menu} command if you like.)@refill
-
-@node Top Node Summary,  , makeinfo top command, node
-@subsection The `Top' Node Summary
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node summary
-
-You can help readers by writing a summary in the `Top' node, after the
-@code{@@top} line, before the main or master menu.  The summary should
-briefly describe the Info file.  You should also write the version
-number of the program to which the manual applies in this section.  This
-helps the reader keep track of which manual is for which version of the
-program.  If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is
-independent of it, you should also include an edition number for the
-manual.  (The title page should also contain this information:
-see @ref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.)@refill
-
-Put the whole of the `Top' node, including the @code{@@top} sectioning
-command line if you
-have one, between @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end
-ifinfo} so none of the text appears in the printed output
-(@pxref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}).  (You may want to
-repeat the brief description from the `Top' node within @code{@@iftex}
-@dots{} @code{@@end iftex} at the beginning of the first chapter, for
-those who read the printed manual.)
-
-@node makeinfo Pointer Creation,  , node, Nodes
-@section Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Creating pointers with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Pointer creation with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Automatic pointer creation with @code{makeinfo}
-
-The @code{makeinfo} program has a feature for automatically creating
-node pointers for a hierarchically organized file that lacks
-them.@refill
-
-When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node.
-However, you must write a sectioning command, such as @code{@@chapter}
-or @code{@@section}, on the line immediately following each truncated
-@code{@@node} line.  You cannot write a comment line after a node
-line; the section line must follow it immediately.@refill
-
-In addition, you must follow the `Top' @code{@@node} line with a line beginning
-with @code{@@top} to mark the `Top' node in the file. @xref{makeinfo
-top, , @code{@@top}}.
-
-Finally, you must write the name of each node (except for the `Top'
-node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the
-node's hierarchical level.@refill
-
-This node pointer insertion feature in @code{makeinfo} is an
-alternative to the menu and pointer creation and update commands in
-Texinfo mode.  (@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.)  It is especially
-helpful to people who do not use GNU Emacs for writing Texinfo
-documents.@refill
-
-@node Menus, Cross References, Nodes, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,          up
-@chapter Menus
-@cindex Menus
-@findex menu
-
-@dfn{Menus} contain pointers to subordinate
-nodes.@footnote{Menus can carry you to any node, regardless
-of the hierarchical structure; even to nodes in a different
-Info file.  However, the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating
-commands work only to create menus of subordinate nodes.
-Conventionally, cross references are used to refer to other
-nodes.} In Info, you use menus to go to such nodes.  Menus
-have no effect in printed manuals and do not appear in
-them.@refill
-
-By convention, a menu is put at the end of a node since a reader who
-uses the menu may not see text that follows it.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-A node that has a menu should @emph{not} contain much text.  If you
-have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new
-subnode---all but a few lines.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@emph{A node that has a menu should not contain much text.} If you
-have a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new
-subnode---all but a few lines.  Otherwise, a reader with a terminal
-that displays only a few lines may miss the menu and its associated
-text.  As a practical matter, you should locate a menu within 20 lines
-of the beginning of the node.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@menu
-* Menu Location::               Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::              What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                  A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry::   Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::                Two and three part menu entries.
-* Other Info Files::            How to refer to a different Info file.
-@end menu
-
-@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu,  , Menus
-@ifinfo
-@heading Menus Need Short Nodes
-@end ifinfo
-@cindex Menu location
-@cindex Location of menus
-@cindex Nodes for menus are short
-@cindex Short nodes for menus
-
-@ifinfo
-A reader can easily see a menu that is close to the beginning of the
-node.  The node should be short.  As a practical matter, you should
-locate a menu within 20 lines of the beginning of the node.
-Otherwise, a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may
-miss the menu and its associated text.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-The short text before a menu may look awkward in a printed manual.  To
-avoid this, you can write a menu near the beginning of its node and
-follow the menu by an @code{@@node} line, and then an @code{@@heading}
-line located within @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo}.  This way,
-the menu, @code{@@node} line, and title appear only in the Info file,
-not the printed document.@refill
-
-For example, the preceding two paragraphs follow an Info-only menu,
-@code{@@node} line, and heading, and look like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* Menu Location::             Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::            What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::              Two and three part entries.
-* Other Info Files::          How to refer to a different 
-                                Info file.
-@@end menu
-
-@@node Menu Location, Writing a Menu,  , Menus
-@@ifinfo
-@@heading Menus Need Short Nodes
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The Texinfo file for this document contains more than a dozen
-examples of this procedure.  One is at the beginning of this chapter;
-another is at the beginning of the ``Cross References'' chapter.@refill
-
-@node Writing a Menu, Menu Parts, Menu Location, Menus
-@section Writing a Menu
-@cindex Writing a menu
-@cindex Menu writing
-
-A menu consists of an @code{@@menu} command on a line by
-itself followed by menu entry lines or menu comment lines
-and then by an @code{@@end menu} command on a line by
-itself.@refill
-
-A menu looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-Larger Units of Text
-
-* Files::                       All about handling files.
-* Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing 
-                                  several files at once.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a menu, every line that begins with an @w{@samp{* }} is a
-@dfn{menu entry}.  (Note the space after the asterisk.)  A
-line that does not start with an @w{@samp{* }} may also
-appear in a menu.  Such a line is not a menu entry but is a
-menu comment line that appears in the Info file.  In
-the example above, the line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a
-menu comment line; the two lines starting with @w{@samp{* }}
-are menu entries.
-
-@node Menu Parts, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Writing a Menu, Menus
-@section The Parts of a Menu
-@cindex Parts of a menu
-@cindex Menu parts
-@cindex @code{@@menu} parts
-
-A menu entry has three parts, only the second of which is
-required:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-The menu entry name.
-
-@item
-The name of the node (required).
-
-@item
-A description of the item.
-@end enumerate
-
-The template for a menu entry looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-* @var{menu-entry-name}: @var{node-name}.   @var{description}
-@end example
-
-Follow the menu entry name with a single colon and follow the node name
-with tab, comma, period, or newline.@refill
-
-In Info, a user selects a node with the @kbd{m} (@code{Info-menu})
-command.  The menu entry name is what the user types after the @kbd{m}
-command.@refill
-
-The third part of a menu entry is a descriptive phrase or
-sentence.  Menu entry names and node names are often short; the
-description explains to the reader what the node is about.  The
-description, which is optional, can spread over two or more lines.  A
-useful description complements the node name rather than repeats
-it.@refill
-
-@node Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menu Example, Menu Parts, Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Less Cluttered Menu Entry
-@cindex Two part menu entry
-@cindex Double-colon menu entries
-@cindex Menu entries with two colons
-@cindex Less cluttered menu entry
-@cindex Uncluttered menu entry
-
-When the menu entry name and node name are the same, you can write
-the name immediately after the asterisk and space at the beginning of
-the line and follow the name with two colons.@refill
-
-@need 800
-For example, write
-
-@example
-* Name::                                    @var{description}
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-instead of
-
-@example
-* Name: Name.                               @var{description}
-@end example
-
-You should use the node name for the menu entry name whenever possible,
-since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.@refill
-
-@node Menu Example, Other Info Files, Less Cluttered Menu Entry, Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section A Menu Example
-@cindex Menu example
-@cindex Example menu
-
-A menu looks like this in Texinfo:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* menu entry name: Node name.   A short description.
-* Node name::                   This form is preferred.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@example
-@group
-* menu:
-
-* menu entry name: Node name.   A short description.
-* Node name::                   This form is preferred.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-Here is an example as you might see it in a Texinfo file:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-Larger Units of Text
-
-* Files::                       All about handling files.
-* Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing 
-                                  several files at once.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@example
-@group
-* menu:
-Larger Units of Text
-
-* Files::                       All about handling files.
-* Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing 
-                                  several files at once.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In this example, the menu has two entries.  @samp{Files} is both a menu
-entry name and the name of the node referred to by that name.
-@samp{Multiples} is the menu entry name; it refers to the node named
-@samp{Buffers}. The line @samp{Larger Units of Text} is a comment; it
-appears in the menu, but is not an entry.@refill
-
-Since no file name is specified with either @samp{Files} or
-@samp{Buffers}, they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file
-(@pxref{Other Info Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}).@refill
-
-@node Other Info Files,  , Menu Example, Menus
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Referring to Other Info Files
-@cindex Referring to other Info files
-@cindex Nodes in other Info files
-@cindex Other Info files' nodes
-@cindex Going to other Info files' nodes
-@cindex Info; other files' nodes
-
-You can create a menu entry that enables a reader in Info to go to a
-node in another Info file by writing the file name in parentheses just
-before the node name.  In this case, you should use the three-part menu
-entry format, which saves the reader from having to type the file
-name.@refill
-
-@need 800
-The format looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* @var{first-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{nodename}.     @var{description}
-* @var{second-entry-name}:(@var{filename})@var{second-node}. @var{description}
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-For example, to refer directly to the @samp{Outlining} and
-@samp{Rebinding} nodes in the @cite{Emacs Manual}, you would write a
-menu like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@menu
-* Outlining: (emacs)Outline Mode. The major mode for 
-                                  editing outlines.
-* Rebinding: (emacs)Rebinding.    How to redefine the 
-                                  meaning of a key.
-@@end menu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-If you do not list the node name, but only name the file, then Info
-presumes that you are referring to the `Top' node.@refill
-
-The @file{dir} file that contains the main menu for Info has menu
-entries that list only file names.  These take you directly to the `Top'
-nodes of each Info document.  (@xref{Install an Info File}.)@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-* Info: (info).         Documentation browsing system.
-* Emacs: (emacs).       The extensible, self-documenting 
-                        text editor.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(The @file{dir} top level directory for the Info system is an Info file,
-not a Texinfo file, but a menu entry looks the same in both types of
-file.)@refill
-
-Note that the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode menu updating commands only work
-with nodes within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create
-menus that refer to other files.  You must write such menus by hand.@refill
-
-@node Cross References, Marking Text, Menus, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Cross References
-@cindex Making cross references
-@cindex Cross references
-@cindex References
-
-@dfn{Cross references} are used to refer the reader to other parts of the
-same or different Texinfo files.  In Texinfo, nodes are the
-places to which cross references can refer.@refill
-
-@menu
-* References::                  What cross references are for.
-* Cross Reference Commands::    A summary of the different commands.
-* Cross Reference Parts::       A cross reference has several parts.
-* xref::                        Begin a reference with `See' @dots{}
-* Top Node Naming::             How to refer to the beginning of another file.
-* ref::                         A reference for the last part of a sentence.
-* pxref::                       How to write a parenthetical cross reference.
-* inforef::                     How to refer to an Info-only file.
-@end menu
-
-@node References, Cross Reference Commands,  , Cross References
-@ifinfo
-@heading What References Are For
-@end ifinfo
-
-Often, but not always, a printed document should be designed so that
-it can be read sequentially.  People tire of flipping back and forth
-to find information that should be presented to them as they need
-it.@refill
-
-However, in any document, some information will be too detailed for
-the current context, or incidental to it; use cross references to
-provide access to such information.  Also, an on-line help system or a
-reference manual is not like a novel; few read such documents in
-sequence from beginning to end.  Instead, people look up what they
-need.  For this reason, such creations should contain many cross
-references to help readers find other information that they may not
-have read.@refill
-
-In a printed manual, a cross reference results in a page reference,
-unless it is to another manual altogether, in which case the cross
-reference names that manual.@refill
-
-In Info, a cross reference results in an entry that you can follow using
-the Info @samp{f} command.  (@inforef{Help-Adv, Some advanced Info
-commands, info}.)@refill
-
-The various cross reference commands use nodes to define cross
-reference locations.  This is evident in Info, in which a cross
-reference takes you to the specified node.  @TeX{} also uses nodes to
-define cross reference locations, but the action is less obvious.  When
-@TeX{} generates a @sc{dvi} file, it records nodes' page numbers and
-uses the page numbers in making references.  Thus, if you are writing
-a manual that will only be printed, and will not be used on-line, you
-must nonetheless write @code{@@node} lines to name the places to which
-you make cross references.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@node Cross Reference Commands, Cross Reference Parts, References, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Different Cross Reference Commands
-@cindex Different cross reference commands
-
-There are four different cross reference commands:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@xref
-Used to start a sentence in the printed manual saying
-@w{`See @dots{}'} or an entry in the Info file saying 
-@samp{*Note @dots{}}.
-
-@item @@ref
-Used within or, more often, at the end of a sentence; same as
-@code{@@xref} for Info; produces just the reference in the printed
-manual without a preceding `See'.@refill
-
-@item @@pxref
-Used within parentheses to make a reference that suits both an Info
-file and a printed book.  Starts with a lower case `see' within the
-printed manual. (@samp{p} is for `parenthesis'.)@refill
-
-@item @@inforef
-Used to make a reference to an Info file for which there is no printed
-manual.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-(The @code{@@cite} command is used to make references to books and
-manuals for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore,
-no node to which to point.   @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.)@refill
-
-@node Cross Reference Parts, xref, Cross Reference Commands, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Parts of a Cross Reference
-@cindex Cross reference parts
-@cindex Parts of a cross reference
-
-A cross reference command requires only one argument, which is the
-name of the node to which it refers.  But a cross reference command
-may contain up to four additional arguments.  By using these
-arguments, you can provide a cross reference name for Info, a topic
-description or section title for the printed output, the name of a
-different Info file, and the name of a different printed
-manual.@refill
-
-Here is a simple cross reference example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Node name@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Node name::.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section @var{nnn} [Node name], page @var{ppp}.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 700
-Here is an example of a full five-part cross reference:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{Node name, Cross Reference Name, Particular Topic, 
-info-file-name, A Printed Manual@}, for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Cross Reference Name: (info-file-name)Node name,
-for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-in Info and
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Particular Topic'' in @i{A Printed Manual}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-in a printed book.
-
-The five possible arguments for a cross reference are:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-The node name (required).  This is the node to which the
-cross reference takes you.  In a printed document, the location of the
-node provides the page reference only for references within the same
-document.@refill
-
-@item
-The cross reference name for the Info reference, if it is to be different
-from the node name.  If you include this argument, it argument becomes
-the first part of the cross reference. It is usually omitted.@refill
-
-@item
-A topic description or section name.  Often, this is the title of the
-section.  This is used as the name of the reference in the printed
-manual.  If omitted, the node name is used.@refill
-
-@item
-The name of the Info file in which the reference is located, if it is
-different from the current file.@refill
-
-@item
-The name of a printed manual from a different Texinfo file.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-The template for a full five argument cross reference looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic},
-@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Cross references with one, two, three, four, and five arguments are
-described separately following the description of @code{@@xref}.@refill
-
-Write a node name in a cross reference in exactly the same way as in
-the @code{@@node} line, including the same capitalization; otherwise, the
-formatters may not find the reference.@refill
-
-You can write cross reference commands within a paragraph, but note
-how Info and @TeX{} format the output of each of the various commands:
-write @code{@@xref} at the beginning of a sentence; write
-@code{@@pxref} only within parentheses, and so on.@refill
-
-@node xref, Top Node Naming, Cross Reference Parts, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@xref}
-@findex xref
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@xref}
-@cindex References using @code{@@xref}
-
-The @code{@@xref} command generates a cross reference for the
-beginning of a sentence.  The Info formatting commands convert it into
-an Info cross reference, which the Info @samp{f} command can use to
-bring you directly to another node.  The @TeX{} typesetting commands
-convert it into a page reference, or a reference to another book or
-manual.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Reference Syntax::            What a reference looks like and requires.
-* One Argument::                @code{@@xref} with one argument.
-* Two Arguments::               @code{@@xref} with two arguments.
-* Three Arguments::             @code{@@xref} with three arguments.
-* Four and Five Arguments::     @code{@@xref} with four and five arguments.
-@end menu
-
-@node Reference Syntax, One Argument,  , xref
-@ifinfo
-@subheading What a Reference Looks Like and Requires
-@end ifinfo
-
-Most often, an Info cross reference looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-*Note @var{node-name}::.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or like this
-
-@example
-*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In @TeX{}, a cross reference looks like this:
-
-@example
-See Section @var{section-number} [@var{node-name}], page @var{page}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or like this
-
-@example
-See Section @var{section-number} [@var{title-or-topic}], page @var{page}.
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@xref} command does not generate a period or comma to end
-the cross reference in either the Info file or the printed output.
-You must write that period or comma yourself; otherwise, Info will not
-recognize the end of the reference.  (The @code{@@pxref} command works
-differently.  @xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.)@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} A period or comma @strong{must} follow the closing
-brace of an @code{@@xref}.  It is required to terminate the cross
-reference.  This period or comma will appear in the output, both in
-the Info file and in the printed manual.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@code{@@xref} must refer to an Info node by name.  Use @code{@@node}
-to define the node (@pxref{Writing a Node}).@refill
-
-@code{@@xref} is followed by several arguments inside braces, separated by
-commas.  Whitespace before and after these commas is ignored.@refill
-
-A cross reference requires only the name of a node; but it may contain
-up to four additional arguments.  Each of these variations produces a
-cross reference that looks somewhat different.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} Commas separate arguments in a cross reference;
-avoid including them in the title or other part lest the formatters
-mistake them for separators.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node One Argument, Two Arguments, Reference Syntax, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with One Argument
-
-The simplest form of @code{@@xref} takes one argument, the name of
-another node in the same Info file.    The Info formatters produce
-output that the Info readers can use to jump to the reference; @TeX{}
-produces output that specifies the page and section number for you.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Tropical Storms::.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-period.)@refill
-
-You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Tropical Storms@}, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Tropical Storms::, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@quotation
-See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24, for more info.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill
-
-@node Two Arguments, Three Arguments, One Argument, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with Two Arguments
-
-With two arguments, the second is used as the name of the Info cross
-reference, while the first is still the name of the node to which the
-cross reference points.@refill
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-The template is like this:
-
-@example
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}.
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces:
-
-@example
-*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and 
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-period; and that the node name is printed, not the cross reference name.)@refill
-
-You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning@}, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-@example
-*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for more info.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and 
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57, for more info.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)@refill
-
-@node Three Arguments, Four and Five Arguments, Two Arguments, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with Three Arguments
-
-A third argument replaces the node name in the @TeX{} output.  The third
-argument should be the name of the section in the printed output, or
-else state the topic discussed by that section.  Often, you will want to
-use initial upper case letters so it will be easier to read when the
-reference is printed.  Use a third argument when the node name is
-unsuitable because of syntax or meaning.@refill
-
-Remember to avoid placing a comma within the title or topic section of
-a cross reference, or within any other section.  The formatters divide
-cross references into arguments according to the commas; a comma
-within a title or other section will divide it into two arguments.  In
-a reference, you need to write a title such as ``Clouds, Mist, and
-Fog'' without the commas.@refill
-
-Also, remember to write a comma or period after the closing brace of a
-@code{@@xref} to terminate the cross reference.  In the following
-examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill
-
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-The template is like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic}@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning@},
-for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-If a third argument is given and the second one is empty, then the
-third argument serves both.  (Note how two commas, side by side, mark
-the empty second argument.)@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning@},
-for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Thunder and Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-As a practical matter, it is often best to write cross references with
-just the first argument if the node name and the section title are the
-same, and with the first and third arguments if the node name and title
-are different.@refill
-
-Here are several examples from @cite{The GAWK Manual}:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-@@xref@{Sample Program@}.
-@@xref@{Glossary@}.
-@@xref@{Case-sensitivity, ,Case-sensitivity in Matching@}.
-@@xref@{Close Output, , Closing Output Files and Pipes@}, 
-   for more information.
-@@xref@{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns@}.
-@end smallexample
-
-@node Four and Five Arguments,  , Three Arguments, xref
-@subsection @code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments
-
-In a cross reference, a fourth argument specifies the name of another
-Info file, different from the file in which the reference appears, and
-a fifth argument specifies its title as a printed manual.@refill
-
-Remember that a comma or period must follow the closing brace of an
-@code{@@xref} command to terminate the cross reference.  In the
-following examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{title-or-topic},
-@var{info-file-name}, @var{printed-manual-title}@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning, 
-weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The name of the Info file is enclosed in parentheses and precedes
-the name of the node.
-
-@noindent
-In a printed manual, the reference looks like this:@refill
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to
-Meteorology}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-The title of the printed manual is typeset in italics; and the
-reference lacks a page number since @TeX{} cannot know to which page a
-reference refers when that reference is to another manual.@refill
-
-Often, you will leave out the second argument when you use the long
-version of @code{@@xref}.  In this case, the third argument, the topic
-description, will be used as the cross reference name in Info.@refill
-
-@noindent
-The template looks like this:
-
-@example
-@@xref@{@var{node-name}, , @var{title-or-topic}, @var{info-file-name},
-@var{printed-manual-title}@}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note @var{title-or-topic}: (@var{info-file-name})@var{node-name}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See section @var{title-or-topic} in @var{printed-manual-title}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning, 
-weather, An Introduction to Meteorology@}, for details.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-*Note Thunder and Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects,
-for details.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Thunder and Lightning'' in @i{An Introduction to
-Meteorology}, for details.
-@end quotation
-
-On rare occasions, you may want to refer to another Info file that
-is within a single printed manual---when multiple Texinfo files are
-incorporated into the same @TeX{} run but make separate Info files.
-In this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not
-the fifth.@refill
-
-@node Top Node Naming, ref, xref, Cross References
-@section Naming a `Top' Node
-@cindex Naming a `Top' Node in references
-@cindex @samp{@r{Top}} node naming for references
-
-In a cross reference, you must always name a node.  This means that in
-order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by
-writing it as the first argument to the @code{@@xref} command.  (This
-is different from the way you write a menu entry; see @ref{Other Info
-Files, , Referring to Other Info Files}.)  At the same time, to
-provide a meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross
-reference (instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate
-entry for the third argument to the @code{@@xref} command.
-@refill
-
-@noindent
-Thus, to make a cross reference to @cite{The GNU Make Manual},
-write:@refill
-
-@example
-@@xref@{Top, , Overview, make, The GNU Make Manual@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-*Note Overview: (make)Top.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See section ``Overview'' in @i{The GNU Make Manual}.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-In this example, @samp{Top} is the name of the first node, and
-@samp{Overview} is the name of the first section of the manual.@refill
-@node ref, pxref, Top Node Naming, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@ref}
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@ref}
-@cindex References using @code{@@ref}
-@findex ref
-
-@code{@@ref} is nearly the same as @code{@@xref} except that it does
-not generate a `See' in the printed output, just the reference itself.
-This makes it useful as the last part of a sentence.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-For more information, see @@ref@{Hurricanes@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-For more information, see *Note Hurricanes.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123.
-@end quotation
-
-The @code{@@ref} command sometimes leads writers to express themselves
-in a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward
-in the Info format.  Bear in mind that your audience will be using
-both the printed and the Info format.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-Sea surges are described in @@ref@{Hurricanes@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-in a printed document, and the following in Info:
-
-@example
-Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::.
-@end example
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} You @emph{must} write a period or comma immediately
-after an @code{@@ref} command with two or more arguments.  Otherwise,
-Info will not find the end of the cross reference entry and its
-attempt to follow the cross reference will fail.  As a general rule,
-you should write a period or comma after every @code{@@ref} command.
-This looks best in both the printed and the Info output.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node pxref, inforef, ref, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@pxref}
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@pxref}
-@cindex References using @code{@@pxref}
-@findex pxref
-
-The parenthetical reference command, @code{@@pxref}, is nearly the
-same as @code{@@xref}, but you use it @emph{only} inside parentheses
-and you do @emph{not} type a comma or period after the command's
-closing brace.  The command differs from @code{@@xref} in two
-ways:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-@TeX{} typesets the reference for the printed manual with a lower case
-`see' rather than an upper case `See'.@refill
-
-@item
-The Info formatting commands automatically end the reference with a
-closing colon or period.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing
-punctuation and the other does not, you should use @code{@@pxref}
-@emph{only} inside parentheses as part of another sentence.  Also, you
-yourself should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do
-with @code{@@xref}.@refill
-
-@code{@@pxref} is designed so that the output looks right and works
-right between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file.
-In a printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a
-cross reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong.  But in
-an Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross
-reference so Info can recognize its end.  @code{@@pxref} spares you
-the need to use complicated methods to put a terminator into one form
-of the output and not the other.@refill
-
-@noindent
-With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{} storms cause flooding (@@pxref@{Hurricanes@}) @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-@group
-@dots{} storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-@dots{} storms cause flooding (see Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72) @dots{}
-@end quotation
-
-With two arguments, a parenthetical cross reference has this
-template:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{} (@@pxref@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}@}) @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-which produces
-
-@example
-@dots{} (*Note @var{cross-reference-name}: @var{node-name}.) @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and
-
-@need 1500
-@quotation
-@dots{} (see Section @var{nnn} [@var{node-name}], page @var{ppp}) @dots{}
-@end quotation
-
-@code{@@pxref} can be used with up to five arguments just like
-@code{@@xref} (@pxref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}).@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} Use @code{@@pxref} only as a parenthetical
-reference.  Do not try to use @code{@@pxref} as a clause in a sentence.
-It will look bad in either the Info file, the printed output, or
-both.@refill
-
-Also, parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of sentences.
-Although you may write them in the middle of a sentence, that location
-breaks up the flow of text.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node inforef,  , pxref, Cross References
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@inforef}
-@cindex Cross references using @code{@@inforef}
-@cindex References using @code{@@inforef}
-@findex inforef
-
-@code{@@inforef} is used for cross references to Info files for which
-there are no printed manuals.  Even in a printed manual,
-@code{@@inforef} generates a reference directing the user to look in
-an Info file.@refill
-
-The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following
-order:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-The node name.
-
-@item
-The cross reference name (optional).
-
-@item
-The Info file name.
-@end enumerate
-
-@noindent
-Separate the arguments with commas, as with @code{@@xref}.  Also, you
-must terminate the reference with a comma or period after the
-@samp{@}}, as you do with @code{@@xref}.@refill
-
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@@inforef@{@var{node-name}, @var{cross-reference-name}, @var{info-file-name}@},
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@inforef@{Expert, Advanced Info commands, info@},
-for more information.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-*Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert,
-for more information.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information.
-@end quotation
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Similarly,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@inforef@{Expert, , info@}, for more information.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-*Note (info)Expert::, for more information.
-@end example
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and
-
-@quotation
-See Info file @file{info}, node @samp{Expert}, for more information.
-@end quotation
-
-The converse of @code{@@inforef} is @code{@@cite}, which is used to
-refer to printed works for which no Info form exists.  @xref{cite, ,
-@code{@@cite}}.@refill
-
-@node Marking Text, Quotations and Examples, Cross References, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Marking Words and Phrases
-@cindex Paragraph, marking text within
-@cindex Marking words and phrases
-@cindex Words and phrases, marking them
-@cindex Marking text within a paragraph
-
-In Texinfo, you can mark words and phrases in a variety of ways.
-The Texinfo formatters use this information to determine how to
-highlight the text.
-You can specify, for example, whether a word or phrase is a
-defining occurrence, a metasyntactic variable, or a symbol used in a
-program.  Also, you can emphasize text.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Indicating::                  How to indicate definitions, files, etc.
-* Emphasis::                    How to emphasize text.
-@end menu
-
-@node Indicating, Emphasis,  , Marking Text
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
-@cindex Highlighting text
-@cindex Indicating commands, definitions, etc.
-
-Texinfo has commands for indicating just what kind of object a piece of
-text refers to.  For example, metasyntactic variables are marked by
-@code{@@var}, and code by @code{@@code}.  Since the pieces of text are
-labelled by commands that tell what kind of object they are, it is easy
-to change the way the Texinfo formatters prepare such text.  (Texinfo is
-an @emph{intentional} formatting language rather than a @emph{typesetting}
-formatting language.)@refill
-
-For example, in a printed manual, 
-code is usually illustrated in a typewriter font;
-@code{@@code} tells @TeX{} to typeset this text in this font.  But it
-would be easy to change the way @TeX{} highlights code to use another
-font, and this change would not effect how keystroke examples are
-highlighted.  If straight typesetting commands were used in the body
-of the file and you wanted to make a change, you would need to check
-every single occurrence to make sure that you were changing code and
-not something else that should not be changed.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Useful Highlighting::         Highlighting provides useful information.
-* code::                        How to indicate code.
-* kbd::                         How to show keyboard input.
-* key::                         How to specify keys.
-* samp::                        How to show a literal sequence of characters.
-* var::                         How to indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-* file::                        How to indicate the name of a file.
-* dfn::                         How to specify a definition.
-* cite::                        How to refer to a book that is not in Info.
-@end menu
-
-@node Useful Highlighting, code,  , Indicating
-@ifinfo
-@subheading Highlighting Commands are Useful
-@end ifinfo
-
-The highlighting commands can be used to generate useful information
-from the file, such as lists of functions or file names.  It is
-possible, for example, to write a program in Emacs Lisp (or a keyboard
-macro) to insert an index entry after every paragraph that contains
-words or phrases marked by a specified command.  You could do this to
-construct an index of functions if you had not already made the
-entries.@refill
-
-The commands serve a variety of purposes:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@}
-Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program.@refill
-
-@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@}
-Indicate keyboard input.@refill
-
-@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@}
-Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard.@refill
-
-@item @@samp@{@var{text}@}
-Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of characters.@refill
-
-@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@}
-Indicate a metasyntactic variable.@refill
-
-@item @@file@{@var{file-name}@}
-Indicate the name of a file.@refill
-
-@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@}
-Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term.@refill
-
-@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@}
-Indicate the name of a book.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@}
-Use for an @sc{ascii} control character.@refill
-@end ignore
-@end table
-
-@node code, kbd, Useful Highlighting, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@code}@{@var{sample-code}@}
-@findex code
-
-Use the @code{@@code} command to indicate text that is a piece of a
-program and which consists of entire syntactic tokens.  Enclose the
-text in braces.@refill
-
-Thus, you should use @code{@@code} for an expression in a program, for
-the name of a variable or function used in a program, or for a
-keyword.  Also, you should use @code{@@code} for the name of a
-program, such as @code{diff}, that is a name used in the machine. (You
-should write the name of a program in the ordinary text font if you
-regard it as a new English word, such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.)@refill
-
-Use @code{@@code} for environment variables such as @code{TEXINPUTS},
-and other variables.@refill
-
-Use @code{@@code} for command names in command languages that
-resemble programming languages, such as Texinfo or the shell.  
-For example, @code{@@code} and @code{@@samp} are produced by writing
-@samp{@@code@{@@@@code@}} and @samp{@@code@{@@@@samp@}} in the Texinfo
-source, respectively.@refill
-
-Note, however, that you should not use @code{@@code} for shell options
-such as @samp{-c} when such options stand alone. (Use @code{@@samp}.)
-Also, an entire shell command often looks better if written using
-@code{@@samp} rather than @code{@@code}.  In this case, the rule is to
-choose the more pleasing format.@refill
-
-It is incorrect to alter the case of a word inside an @code{@@code}
-command when it appears at the beginning of a sentence.  Most computer
-languages are case sensitive.  In C, for example, @code{Printf} is
-different from the identifier @code{printf}, and most likely is a
-misspelling of it.  Even in languages which are not case sensitive, it
-is confusing to a human reader to see identifiers spelled in different
-ways.  Pick one spelling and always use that.  If you do not want to
-start a sentence with a command written all in lower case, you should
-rearrange the sentence.@refill
-
-Do not use the @code{@@code} command for a string of characters shorter
-than a syntactic token.  If you are writing about @samp{TEXINPU}, which
-is just a part of the name for the @code{TEXINPUTS} environment
-variable, you should use @code{@@samp}.@refill
-
-In particular, you should not use the @code{@@code} command when writing
-about the characters used in a token; do not, for example, use
-@code{@@code} when you are explaining what letters or printable symbols
-can be used in the names of functions.  (Use @code{@@samp}.)  Also, you
-should not use @code{@@code} to mark text that is considered input to
-programs unless the input is written in a language that is like a
-programming language.  For example, you should not use @code{@@code} for
-the keystroke commands of GNU Emacs (use @code{@@kbd} instead) although
-you may use @code{@@code} for the names of the Emacs Lisp functions that
-the keystroke commands invoke.@refill
-
-In the printed manual, @code{@@code} causes @TeX{} to typeset the
-argument in a typewriter face.  In the Info file, it causes the Info
-formatting commands to use single quotation marks around the text.
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-Use @@code@{diff@} to compare two files.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces this in the printed manual:@refill
-
-@quotation
-Use @code{diff} to compare two files.
-@end quotation
-@iftex
-
-@noindent
-and this in the Info file:@refill
-
-@example
-Use `diff' to compare two files.
-@end example
-@end iftex
-
-@node kbd, key, code, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@kbd}@{@var{keyboard-characters}@}
-@findex kbd
-
-Use the @code{@@kbd} command for characters of input to be typed by
-users.  For example, to refer to the characters @kbd{M-a},
-write@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{M-a@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and to refer to the characters @kbd{M-x shell}, write@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{M-x shell@}
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@kbd} command has the same effect as @code{@@code} in Info,
-but may produce a different font in a printed manual.@refill
-
-You can embed another @@-command inside the braces of an @code{@@kbd}
-command.  Here, for example, is the way to describe a command that
-would be described more verbosely as ``press an @samp{r} and then
-press the @key{RET} key'':@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{r @@key@{RET@}@}  
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces: @kbd{r @key{RET}}
-
-You also use the @code{@@kbd} command if you are spelling out the letters
-you type; for example:@refill
-
-@example
-To give the @@code@{logout@} command, 
-type the characters @@kbd@{l o g o u t @@key@{RET@}@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-To give the @code{logout} command, 
-type the characters @kbd{l o g o u t @key{RET}}.
-@end quotation
-
-(Also, this example shows that you can add spaces for clarity.  If you
-really want to mention a space character as one of the characters of
-input, write @kbd{@@key@{SPC@}} for it.)@refill
-
-@node key, samp, kbd, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@key}@{@var{key-name}@}
-@findex key
-
-Use the @code{@@key} command for the conventional name for a key on a
-keyboard, as in:@refill
-
-@example
-@@key@{RET@}
-@end example
-
-You can use the @code{@@key} command within the argument of an
-@code{@@kbd} command when the sequence of characters to be typed
-includes one or more keys that are described by name.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example, to produce @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} you would type:@refill
-
-@example
-@@kbd@{C-x @@key@{ESC@}@}
-@end example
-
-@c bob: this next sentence looks weird, having a semi-colon followed by
-@c a colon that ends the "sentence"..  --mew
-Here is a list of the recommended names for keys; they are all in
-upper case:@refill
-@cindex Recommended names for keys
-@cindex Keys, recommended names
-@cindex Names recommended for keys
-@cindex Abbreviations for keys
-
-@quotation
-@table @t
-@item SPC
-Space
-@item RET
-Return
-@item LFD
-Linefeed
-@item TAB
-Tab
-@item BS
-Backspace
-@item ESC
-Escape
-@item DEL
-Delete
-@item SFT
-Shift
-@item CTL
-Control
-@item META
-Meta
-@end table
-@end quotation
-
-There are subtleties to handling words like `meta' or `ctl' that are
-names of shift keys.  When mentioning a character in which the shift
-key is used, such as @kbd{Meta-a}, use the @code{@@kbd} command alone;
-do not use the @code{@@key} command; but when you are referring to the
-shift key in isolation, use the @code{@@key} command.  For example,
-write @samp{@@kbd@{Meta-a@}} to produce @kbd{Meta-a} and
-@samp{@@key@{META@}} to produce @key{META}.  This is because
-@kbd{Meta-a} refers to keys that you press on a keyboard, but
-@key{META} refers to a key without implying that you press it.  In
-short, use @code{@@kbd} for what you do, and use @code{@@key} for what
-you talk about: ``Press @code{@@kbd@{M-a@}} to move point to the
-beginning of the sentence.  The @code{@@key@{META@}} key is often in the
-lower left of the keyboard.''@refill
-@cindex META key
-
-@node samp, var, key, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@samp}@{@var{text}@}
-@findex samp
-
-Use the @code{@@samp} command to indicate text that is a literal example
-or `sample' of a sequence of characters in a file, string, pattern, etc.
-Enclose the text in braces.  The argument appears within single
-quotation marks in both the Info file and the printed manual; in
-addition, it is printed in a fixed-width font.@refill
-
-@example
-To match @@samp@{foo@} at the end of the line, 
-use the regexp @@samp@{foo$@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-To match @samp{foo} at the end of the line, use the regexp
-@samp{foo$}.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-Any time you are referring to single characters, you should use
-@code{@@samp} unless @code{@@kbd} is more appropriate.  Use
-@code{@@samp} for the names of command-line options.  Also, you may use
-@code{@@samp} for entire statements in C and for entire shell
-commands---in this case, @code{@@samp} often looks better than
-@code{@@code}.  Basically, @code{@@samp} is a catchall for whatever is
-not covered by @code{@@code}, @code{@@kbd}, or @code{@@key}.@refill
-
-Only include punctuation marks within braces if they are part of the
-string you are specifying.  Write punctuation marks outside the braces
-if those punctuation marks are part of the English text that surrounds
-the string.  In the following sentence, for example, the commas and
-period are outside of the braces:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-In English, the vowels are @@samp@{a@}, @@samp@{e@}, 
-@@samp@{i@}, @@samp@{o@}, @@samp@{u@}, and sometimes 
-@@samp@{y@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-In English, the vowels are @samp{a}, @samp{e},
-@samp{i}, @samp{o}, @samp{u},  and sometimes 
-@samp{y}.
-@end quotation
-
-@node var, file, samp, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@var}@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@}
-@findex var
-
-Use the @code{@@var} command to indicate metasyntactic variables.  A
-@dfn{metasyntactic variable} is something that stands for another piece of
-text.  For example, you should use a metasyntactic variable in the
-documentation of a function to describe the arguments that are passed
-to that function.@refill
-
-Do not use @code{@@var} for the names of particular variables in
-programming languages.  These are specific names from a program, so
-@code{@@code} is correct for them.  For example, the Lisp variable
-@code{texinfo-tex-command} is not a metasyntactic variable; it is
-properly formatted using @code{@@code}.@refill
-
-The effect of @code{@@var} in the Info file is to change the case of
-the argument to all upper case; in the printed manual, to italicize it.  
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-To delete file @@var@{filename@}, 
-type @@code@{rm @@var@{filename@}@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-To delete file @var{filename}, type @code{rm @var{filename}}.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-(Note that @code{@@var} may appear inside @code{@@code},
-@code{@@samp}, @code{@@file}, etc.)@refill
-
-Write a metasyntactic variable all in lower case without spaces, and
-use hyphens to make it more readable.  Thus, the Texinfo source for
-the illustration of how to begin a Texinfo manual looks like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo
-@@@@setfilename @@var@{info-file-name@}
-@@@@settitle @@var@{name-of-manual@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo
-@@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In some documentation styles, metasyntactic variables are shown with
-angle brackets, for example:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{}, type rm <filename>
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-However, that is not the style that Texinfo uses.  (You can, of
-course, modify the sources to @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands
-to output the @code{<@dots{}>} format if you wish.)@refill
-
-@node file, dfn, var, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@file}@{@var{file-name}@}
-@findex file
-
-Use the @code{@@file} command to indicate text that is the name of a
-file, buffer, or directory, or is the name of a node in Info.  You can
-also use the command for file name suffixes.  Do not use @code{@@file}
-for symbols in a programming language; use @code{@@code}.
-
-Currently, @code{@@file} is equivalent to @code{@@samp} in its effects.
-For example,@refill
-
-@example
-The @@file@{.el@} files are in 
-the @@file@{/usr/local/emacs/lisp@} directory.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-The @file{.el} files are in 
-the @file{/usr/local/emacs/lisp} directory.
-@end quotation
-
-@node dfn, cite, file, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@dfn}@{@var{term}@}
-@findex dfn
-
-Use the @code{@@dfn} command to identify the introductory or defining
-use of a technical term.  Use the command only in passages whose
-purpose is to introduce a term which will be used again or which the
-reader ought to know.  Mere passing mention of a term for the first
-time does not deserve @code{@@dfn}.  The command generates italics in
-the printed manual, and double quotation marks in the Info file.  For
-example:@refill
-
-@example
-Getting rid of a file is called @@dfn@{deleting@} it.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-Getting rid of a file is called @dfn{deleting} it.
-@end quotation
-
-As a general rule, a sentence containing the defining occurrence of a
-term should be a definition of the term.  The sentence does not need
-to say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the
-information of a definition---it should make the meaning clear.
-
-@node cite,  , dfn, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@cite}@{@var{reference}@}
-@findex cite
-
-Use the @code{@@cite} command for the name of a book that lacks a
-companion Info file. The command produces italics in the printed
-manual, and quotation marks in the Info file.@refill
-
-(If a book is written in Texinfo, it is better to use a cross reference
-command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in Info.
-@xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.)@refill
-@ignore
-
-@c node ctrl,  , cite, Indicating
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@c subsection @code{@@ctrl}@{@var{ctrl-char}@}
-@findex ctrl
-
-The @code{@@ctrl} command is seldom used.  It describes an @sc{ascii}
-control character by inserting the actual character into the Info
-file.  
-
-Usually, in Texinfo, you talk what you type as keyboard entry by
-describing it with @code{@@kbd}: thus, @samp{@@kbd@{C-a@}} for
-@kbd{C-a}.  Use @code{@@kbd} in this way when talking about a control
-character that is typed on the keyboard by the user.  When talking
-about a control character appearing in a file or a string, do not use
-@code{@@kbd} since the control character is not typed.  Also, do not
-use @samp{C-} but spell out @code{control-}, as in @samp{control-a},
-to make it easier for a reader to understand.@refill
-
-@code{@@ctrl} is an idea from the beginnings of Texinfo which may not
-really fit in to the scheme of things.  But there may be times when
-you want to use the command.  The pattern is
-@code{@@ctrl@{@var{ch}@}}, where @var{ch} is an @sc{ascii} character
-whose control-equivalent is wanted.  For example, to specify
-@samp{control-f}, you would enter@refill
-
-@example
-@@ctrl@{f@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@ctrl{f}
-@end quotation
-
-In the Info file, this generates the specified control character, output
-literally into the file.  This is done so a user can copy the specified
-control character (along with whatever else he or she wants) into another
-Emacs buffer and use it.  Since the `control-h',`control-i', and
-`control-j' characters are formatting characters, they should not be
-indicated with @code{@@ctrl}.@refill
-
-In a printed manual, @code{@@ctrl} generates text to describe or
-identify that control character: an uparrow followed by the character
-@var{ch}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@node Emphasis,  , Indicating, Marking Text
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Emphasizing Text
-@cindex Emphasizing text
-
-Usually, Texinfo changes the font to mark words in the text according to
-what category the words belong to; an example is the @code{@@code} command.
-Most often, this is the best way to mark words.
-However, sometimes you will want to emphasize text without indicating a
-category.  Texinfo has two commands to do this.  Also, Texinfo has
-several commands that specify the font in which @TeX{} will typeset
-text.  These commands have no affect on Info and only one of them,
-the @code{@@r} command, has any regular use.@refill
-
-@menu
-* emph & strong::               How to emphasize text in Texinfo.
-* Smallcaps::                   How to use the small caps font.
-* Fonts::                       Various font commands for printed output.
-@end menu
-
-@node emph & strong, Smallcaps,  , Emphasis
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@emph}@{@var{text}@} and @code{@@strong}@{@var{text}@}
-@cindex Emphasizing text, font for
-@findex emph
-@findex strong
-
-The @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} commands are for emphasis;
-@code{@@strong} is stronger.  In printed output, @code{@@emph}
-produces @emph{italics} and @code{@@strong} produces
-@strong{bold}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@quotation
-@@strong@{Caution:@} @@code@{rm * .[^.]*@} removes @@emph@{all@}
-files in the directory.
-@@end quotation
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@iftex
-@noindent
-produces the following in printed output:
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution}: @code{rm * .[^.]*} removes @emph{all} 
-files in the directory.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-and the following in Info:
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-produces:
-@end ifinfo
-
-@example
-     *Caution*: `rm * .[^.]*' removes *all* 
-     files in the directory.
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@strong} command is seldom used except to mark what is, in
-effect, a typographical element, such as the word `Caution' in the
-preceding example.
-
-In the Info file, both @code{@@emph} and @code{@@strong} put asterisks
-around the text.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use @code{@@emph} or @code{@@strong} with the
-word @samp{Note}; Info will mistake the combination for a cross
-reference.  Use a phrase such as @strong{Please note} or
-@strong{Caution} instead.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node Smallcaps, Fonts, emph & strong, Emphasis
-@subsection @code{@@sc}@{@var{text}@}: The Small Caps Font
-@cindex Small caps font
-@findex sc @r{(small caps font)}
-
-@iftex
-Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in @sc{a
-small caps font} and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-Use the @samp{@@sc} command to set text in the printed output in a
-small caps font and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Write the text between braces in lower case, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-The @@sc@{acm@} and @@sc@{ieee@} are technical societies.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@display
-The @sc{acm} and @sc{ieee} are technical societies.
-@end display
-
-@TeX{} typesets the small caps font in a manner that prevents the
-letters from `jumping out at you on the page'.  This makes small caps
-text easier to read than text in all upper case.  The Info formatting
-commands set all small caps text in upper case.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case,
-@TeX{} typesets in full-size capitals.  Use full-size capitals
-sparingly.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-If the text between the braces of an @code{@@sc} command is upper case,
-@TeX{} typesets in @sc{FULL-SIZE CAPITALS}.  Use full-size capitals
-sparingly.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-You may also use the small caps font for a jargon word such as
-@sc{ato} (a @sc{nasa} word meaning `abort to orbit').@refill
-
-There are subtleties to using the small caps font with a jargon word
-such as @sc{cdr}, a word used in Lisp programming.  In this case, you
-should use the small caps font when the word refers to the second and
-subsequent elements of a list (the @sc{cdr} of the list), but you
-should use @samp{@@code} when the word refers to the Lisp function of
-the same spelling.@refill
-
-@node Fonts,  , Smallcaps, Emphasis
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Fonts for Printing, Not Info
-@cindex Fonts for printing, not for Info
-@findex i @r{(italic font)}
-@findex b @r{(bold font)}
-@findex t @r{(typewriter font)}
-@findex r @r{(Roman font)}
-
-Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the
-printed manual but have no effect in the Info file.  @code{@@i}
-requests @i{italic} font (in some versions of @TeX{}, a slanted font
-is used), @code{@@b} requests @b{bold} face, @code{@@t} requests the
-@t{fixed-width}, typewriter-style font used by @code{@@code}, and @code{@@r} requests a
-@r{roman} font, which is the usual font in which text is printed.  All
-four commands apply to an argument that follows, surrounded by
-braces.@refill
-
-Only the @code{@@r} command has much use: in example programs, you
-can use the @code{@@r} command to convert code comments from the
-fixed-width font to a roman font.  This looks better in printed
-output.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@lisp
-(+ 2 2)    ; @@r@{Add two plus two.@}
-@@end lisp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-(+ 2 2)    ; @r{Add two plus two.}
-@end lisp
-
-If possible, you should avoid using the other three font commands.  If
-you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo
-language.@refill
-
-@node Quotations and Examples, Lists and Tables, Marking Text, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Quotations and Examples
-
-Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more
-whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and
-treated differently.  They are usually indented.@refill
-
-In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an
-@@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing
-an @code{@@end} command that is also at the beginning of a line by
-itself.  For instance, you begin an example by writing @code{@@example}
-by itself at the beginning of a line and end the example by writing
-@code{@@end example} on a line by itself, at the beginning of that
-line.@refill
-@findex end
-
-@menu
-* Block Enclosing Commands::    Use different constructs for 
-                                  different purposes.
-* quotation::                   How to write a quotation.
-* example::                     How to write an example in a fixed-width font.
-* noindent::                    How to prevent paragraph indentation.
-* Lisp Example::                How to illustrate Lisp code.
-* smallexample & smalllisp::    Forms for the @code{@@smallbook} option.
-* display::                     How to write an example in the current font.
-* format::                      How to write an example that does not narrow
-                                  the margins.
-* exdent::                      How to undo the indentation of a line.
-* flushleft & flushright::      How to push text flushleft or flushright.
-* cartouche::                   How to draw cartouches around examples.
-@end menu
-
-@node Block Enclosing Commands, quotation,  , Quotations and Examples
-@section The Block Enclosing Commands
-
-Here are commands for quotations and examples:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@quotation
-Indicate text that is quoted. The text is filled, indented, and
-printed in a roman font by default.@refill
-
-@item @@example
-Illustrate code, commands, and the like. The text is printed
-in a fixed-width font, and indented but not filled.@refill
-
-@item @@lisp
-Illustrate Lisp code. The text is printed in a fixed-width font, 
-and indented but not filled.@refill
-
-@item @@smallexample
-Illustrate code, commands, and the like.  Similar to
-@code{@@example}, except that in @TeX{} this command typesets text in
-a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook} format than for the
-8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill
-
-@item @@smalllisp
-Illustrate Lisp code.  Similar to @code{@@lisp}, except that
-in @TeX{} this command typesets text in a smaller font for the smaller
-@code{@@smallbook} format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill
-
-@item @@display
-Display illustrative text.  The text is indented but not filled, and
-no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill
-
-@item @@format
-Print illustrative text.  The text is not indented and not filled
-and no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).@refill
-@end table
-
-The @code{@@exdent} command is used within the above constructs to
-undo the indentation of a line.  
-
-The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands are used to line
-up the left or right margins of unfilled text.@refill
-
-The @code{@@noindent} command may be used after one of the above
-constructs to prevent the following text from being indented as a new
-paragraph.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@cartouche} command within one of the above
-constructs to highlight the example or quotation by drawing a box with
-rounded corners around it.  (The @code{@@cartouche} command affects
-only the printed manual; it has no effect in the Info file; see
-@ref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill
-
-@node quotation, example, Block Enclosing Commands, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@quotation}
-@cindex Quotations
-@findex quotation
-
-The text of a quotation is
-processed normally except that:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-the margins are closer to the center of the page, so the whole of the
-quotation is indented;@refill
-
-@item
-the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other
-lines;@refill
-
-@item
-in the printed output, interparagraph spacing is reduced.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@quotation
-This is an example of text written between an @code{@@quotation}
-command and an @code{@@end quotation} command.  An @code{@@quotation}
-command is most often used to indicate text that is excerpted from
-another (real or hypothetical) printed work.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-Write an @code{@@quotation} command as text on a line by itself.  This
-line will disappear from the output.  Mark the end of the quotation
-with a line beginning with and containing only @code{@@end quotation}.
-The @code{@@end quotation} line will likewise disappear from the
-output.  Thus, the following,@refill
-
-@example
-@@quotation
-This is
-a foo.
-@@end quotation
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-This is a foo.
-@end quotation
-
-@node example, noindent, quotation, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@example}
-@cindex Examples, formatting them
-@cindex Formatting examples
-@findex example
-
-The @code{@@example} command is used to indicate an example that is
-not part of the running text, such as computer input or output.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-This is an example of text written between an
-@code{@@example} command 
-and an @code{@@end example} command.
-The text is indented but not filled.
-@end group
-
-@group
-In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a
-fixed-width font, and extra spaces and blank lines are
-significant.  In the Info file, an analogous result is
-obtained by indenting each line with five spaces.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Write an @code{@@example} command at the beginning of a line by itself.
-This line will disappear from the output.  Mark the end of the example
-with an @code{@@end example} command, also written at the beginning of a
-line by itself.  The @code{@@end example} will disappear from the
-output.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@example
-mv foo bar
-@@end example
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-mv foo bar
-@end example
-
-Since the lines containing @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example}
-will disappear, you should put a blank line before the
-@code{@@example} and another blank line after the @code{@@end
-example}.  (Remember that blank lines between the beginning
-@code{@@example} and the ending @code{@@end example} will appear in
-the output.)@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use tabs in the lines of an example (or anywhere
-else in Texinfo, for that matter)!  @TeX{} treats tabs as single
-spaces, and that is not what they look like.  This is a problem with
-@TeX{}.  (If necessary, in Emacs, you can use @kbd{M-x untabify} to
-convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.)@refill
-@end quotation
-
-Examples are often, logically speaking, ``in the middle'' of a
-paragraph, and the text continues after an example should not be
-indented.  The @code{@@noindent} command prevents a piece of text from
-being indented as if it were a new paragraph.
-@ifinfo
-(@xref{noindent}.)
-@end ifinfo
-
-(The @code{@@code} command is used for examples of code that are
-embedded within sentences, not set off from preceding and following
-text.  @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.)
-
-@node noindent, Lisp Example, example, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@noindent}
-@findex noindent
-
-An example or other inclusion can break a paragraph into segments.
-Ordinarily, the formatters indent text that follows an example as a new
-paragraph.  However, you can prevent this by writing @code{@@noindent}
-at the beginning of a line by itself preceding the continuation
-text.@refill
-
-@need 750
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-This is an example
-@@end example
-
-@@noindent 
-This line is not indented.  As you can see, the
-beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line
-that follows after it.  (This whole example is between
-@@code@{@@@@display@} and @@code@{@@@@end display@}.)
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@display
-@example
-This is an example
-@end example
-@tex
-% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display
-\vskip-3.5\baselineskip
-@end tex
-
-@noindent
-This line is not indented.  As you can see, the
-beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line
-that follows after it.  (This whole example is between
-@code{@@display} and @code{@@end display}.)
-@end display
-
-To adjust the number of blank lines properly in the Info file output,
-remember that the line containing @code{@@noindent} does not generate a
-blank line, and neither does the @code{@@end example} line.@refill
-
-In the Texinfo source file for this manual, each line that says
-`produces' is preceded by a line containing @code{@@noindent}.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after an @code{@@noindent} command; they are not
-necessary, since @code{@@noindent} is a command used outside of
-paragraphs (@pxref{Command Syntax}).@refill
-
-@node Lisp Example, smallexample & smalllisp, noindent, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@lisp}
-@cindex Lisp example
-@findex lisp
-
-The @code{@@lisp} command is used for Lisp code.  It is synonymous
-with the @code{@@example} command.
-
-@lisp
-This is an example of text written between an
-@code{@@lisp} command and an @code{@@end lisp} command.
-@end lisp
-
-Use @code{@@lisp} instead of @code{@@example} so as to preserve
-information regarding the nature of the example.  This is useful, for
-example, if you write a function that evaluates only and all the Lisp
-code in a Texinfo file.  Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp
-library.@footnote{It would be straightforward to extend Texinfo to
-work in a similar fashion for C, @sc{fortran}, or other languages.}@refill
-
-Mark the end of @code{@@lisp} with @code{@@end lisp} on a line by
-itself.@refill
-
-@node smallexample & smalllisp, display, Lisp Example, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}
-@cindex Small book example 
-@cindex Example for a small book
-@cindex Lisp example for a small book
-@findex smallexample
-@findex smalllisp
-
-In addition to the regular @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands,
-Texinfo has two other ``example-style'' commands.  These are the
-@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands.  Both these
-commands are designed for use with the @code{@@smallbook} command that
-causes @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format
-rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.@refill
-
-In @TeX{}, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands
-typeset text in a smaller font for the smaller @code{@@smallbook}
-format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.  Consequently, many examples
-containing long lines fit in a narrower, @code{@@smallbook} page
-without needing to be shortened.  Both commands typeset in the normal
-font size when you format for the 8.5 by 11 inch size; indeed,
-in this situation, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}
-commands are defined to be the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp}
-commands.@refill
-
-In Info, the @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands are
-equivalent to the @code{@@example} and @code{@@lisp} commands, and work
-exactly the same.@refill
-
-Mark the end of @code{@@smallexample} or @code{@@smalllisp} with
-@code{@@end smallexample} or @code{@@end smalllisp},
-respectively.@refill
-
-@iftex
-Here is an example written in the small font used by the
-@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands:
-
-@ifclear smallbook
-@display
-@tex
-% Remove extra vskip; this is a kludge to counter the effect of display
-\vskip-3\baselineskip
-{\ninett 
-\dots{} to make sure that you have the freedom to
-distribute copies of free software (and charge for 
-this service if you wish), that you receive source 
-code or can get it if you want it, that you can 
-change the software or use pieces of it in new free 
-programs; and that you know you can do these things.}
-@end tex
-@end display
-@end ifclear
-@end iftex
-@ifset smallbook
-@iftex
-@smallexample
-This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@end smallexample}.  In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual,
-this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual,
-this text appears in a smaller font.
-@end smallexample
-@end iftex
-@end ifset
-@ifinfo
-@smallexample
-This is an example of text written between @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@end smallexample}.  In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual,
-this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual,
-this text appears in a smaller font.
-@end smallexample
-@end ifinfo
-
-The @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp} commands make it
-easier to prepare smaller format manuals without forcing you to edit
-examples by hand to fit them onto narrower pages.@refill
-
-As a general rule, a printed document looks better if you write all the
-examples in a chapter consistently in @code{@@example} or in
-@code{@@smallexample}.  Only occasionally should you mix the two
-formats.@refill
-
-@xref{smallbook, , Printing ``Small'' Books}, for more information
-about the @code{@@smallbook} command.@refill
-
-@node display, format, smallexample & smalllisp, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@display}
-@cindex Display formatting
-@findex display
-
-The @code{@@display} command begins a kind of example.  It is like the
-@code{@@example} command
-except that, in
-a printed manual, @code{@@display} does not select the fixed-width
-font.  In fact, it does not specify the font at all, so that the text
-appears in the same font it would have appeared in without the
-@code{@@display} command.@refill
-
-@display
-This is an example of text written between an @code{@@display} command
-and an @code{@@end display} command.  The @code{@@display} command
-indents the text, but does not fill it.
-@end display
-
-@node format, exdent, display, Quotations and Examples
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@format}
-@findex format
-
-The @code{@@format} command is similar to @code{@@example} except
-that, in the printed manual, @code{@@format} does not select the
-fixed-width font and does not narrow the margins.@refill
-
-@format
-This is an example of text written between an @code{@@format} command
-and an @code{@@end format} command.  As you can see
-from this example, 
-the @code{@@format} command does not fill the text.
-@end format
-
-@node exdent, flushleft & flushright, format, Quotations and Examples
-@section @code{@@exdent}: Undoing a Line's Indentation
-@cindex Indentation undoing
-@findex exdent
-
-The @code{@@exdent} command removes any indentation a line might have.
-The command is written at the beginning of a line and applies only to
-the text that follows the command that is on the same line.  Do not use
-braces around the text.  In a printed manual, the text on an
-@code{@@exdent} line is printed in the roman font.@refill
-
-@code{@@exdent} is usually used within examples.  Thus,@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-This line follows an @@@@example command.
-@@exdent This line is exdented.
-This line follows the exdented line.
-The @@@@end example comes on the next line.
-@@end group
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This line follows an @@example command.
-@exdent This line is exdented.
-This line follows the exdented line.
-The @@end example comes on the next line.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In practice, the @code{@@exdent} command is rarely used.
-Usually, you un-indent text by ending the example and
-returning the page to its normal width.@refill
-
-@node flushleft & flushright, cartouche, exdent, Quotations and Examples
-@section @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}
-@findex flushleft
-@findex flushright
-
-The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright} commands line up the
-ends of lines on the left and right margins of a page,
-but do not fill the text.  The commands are written on lines of their
-own, without braces.  The @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}
-commands are ended by @code{@@end flushleft} and @code{@@end
-flushright} commands on lines of their own.@refill
-
-@need 800
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@flushleft
-This text is 
-written flushleft.
-@@end flushleft
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@flushleft
-This text is 
-written flushleft.
-@end flushleft
-@end quotation
-
-
-Flushright produces the type of indentation often used in the return
-address of letters.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@flushright
-Here is an example of text written
-flushright.  The @@code@{@@flushright@} command 
-right justifies every line but leaves the
-left end ragged.
-@@end flushright
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@flushright
-Here is an example of text written
-flushright.  The @code{@@flushright} command
-right justifies every line but leaves the
-left end ragged.
-@end flushright
-
-@node cartouche,  , flushleft & flushright, Quotations and Examples
-@section Drawing Cartouches Around Examples
-@findex cartouche
-@cindex Box with rounded corners
-
-In a printed manual, the @code{@@cartouche} command draws a box with
-rounded corners around its contents.  You can use this command to
-further highlight an example or quotation.  For instance, you could
-write a manual in which one type of example is surrounded by a cartouche
-for emphasis.@refill
-
-The @code{@@cartouche} command affects only the printed manual; it has
-no effect in the Info file.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-For example, 
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-@@cartouche
-% pwd
-/usr/local/lib/emacs/info
-@@end cartouche
-@@end example
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-surrounds the two-line example with a box with rounded corners, in the
-printed manual.
-
-@iftex
-In a printed manual, the example looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@cartouche
-% pwd
-/usr/local/lib/emacs/info
-@end cartouche
-@end group
-@end example
-@end iftex
-
-@node Lists and Tables, Indices, Quotations and Examples, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Making Lists and Tables
-@cindex Making lists and tables
-@cindex Lists and tables, making them
-@cindex Tables and lists, making them
-
-Texinfo has several ways of making lists and two-column tables.  Lists can
-be bulleted or numbered, while two-column tables can highlight the items in
-the first column.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Introducing Lists::           Texinfo formats lists for you.
-* itemize::                     How to construct a simple list.
-* enumerate::                   How to construct a numbered list.
-* Two-column Tables::           How to construct a two-column table.
-@end menu
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Introducing Lists, itemize,  , Lists and Tables
-@heading Introducing Lists
-@end ifinfo
-
-Texinfo automatically indents the text in lists or tables, and numbers
-an enumerated list.  This last feature is useful if you modify the
-list, since you do not need to renumber it yourself.@refill
-
-Numbered lists and tables begin with the appropriate @@-command at the
-beginning of a line, and end with the corresponding @code{@@end}
-command on a line by itself.  The table and itemized-list commands
-also require that you write formatting information on the same line as
-the beginning @@-command.@refill
-
-Begin an enumerated list, for example, with an @code{@@enumerate}
-command and end the list with an @code{@@end enumerate} command.
-Begin an itemized list with an @code{@@itemize} command, followed on
-the same line by a formatting command such as @code{@@bullet}, and end
-the list with an @code{@@end itemize} command.@refill
-@findex end
-
-Precede each element of a list with an @code{@@item} or @code{@@itemx}
-command.@refill
-
-@sp 1
-@noindent
-Here is an itemized list of the different kinds of table and lists:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item 
-Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-@item 
-Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-@item 
-Two-column tables with highlighting.
-@end itemize
-
-@sp 1
-@noindent
-Here is an enumerated list with the same items:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item 
-Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-@item 
-Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-@item 
-Two-column tables with highlighting.
-@end enumerate
-
-@sp 1
-@noindent
-And here is a two-column table with the same items and their
-@w{@@-commands}:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@itemize
-Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-@item @@enumerate
-Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-@item @@table
-@itemx @@ftable
-@itemx @@vtable
-Two-column tables with highlighting.
-@end table
-
-@node itemize, enumerate, Introducing Lists, Lists and Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making an Itemized List
-@cindex Itemization
-@findex itemize
-
-The @code{@@itemize} command produces sequences of indented
-paragraphs, with a bullet or other mark inside the left margin 
-at the beginning of each paragraph for which such a mark is desired.@refill
-
-Begin an itemized list by writing @code{@@itemize} at the beginning of
-a line.  Follow the command, on the same line, with a character or a
-Texinfo command that generates a mark.  Usually, you will write
-@code{@@bullet} after @code{@@itemize}, but you can use
-@code{@@minus}, or any character or any special symbol that results in
-a single character in the Info file.  (When you write @code{@@bullet}
-or @code{@@minus} after an @code{@@itemize} command, you may omit the
-@samp{@{@}}.)@refill
-
-Write the text of the indented paragraphs themselves after the
-@code{@@itemize}, up to another line that says @code{@@end
-itemize}.@refill
-
-Before each paragraph for which a mark in the margin is desired, write
-a line that says just @code{@@item}.  Do not write any other text on this
-line.@refill
-@findex item
-
-Usually, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item}.  This
-puts a blank line in the Info file. (@TeX{} inserts the proper
-interline whitespace in either case.)  Except when the entries are
-very brief, these blank lines make the list look better.@refill
-
-Here is an example of the use of @code{@@itemize}, followed by the
-output it produces.  Note that @code{@@bullet} produces an @samp{*} in
-Info and a round dot in @TeX{}.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@itemize @@bullet
-@@item
-Some text for foo.
-
-@@item
-Some text
-for bar.
-@@end itemize
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Some text for foo.
-
-@item
-Some text
-for bar.
-@end itemize
-@end quotation
-
-Itemized lists may be embedded within other itemized lists.  Here is a
-list marked with dashes embedded in a list marked with bullets:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@itemize @@bullet
-@@item
-First item.
-
-@@itemize @@minus
-@@item
-Inner item.
-
-@@item
-Second inner item.
-@@end itemize
-
-@@item
-Second outer item.
-@@end itemize
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@quotation
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-First item.
-
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-Inner item.
-
-@item
-Second inner item.
-@end itemize
-
-@item
-Second outer item.
-@end itemize
-@end quotation
-
-@node enumerate, Two-column Tables, itemize, Lists and Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making a Numbered or Lettered List
-@cindex Enumeration
-@findex enumerate
-
-@code{@@enumerate} is like @code{@@itemize} except that the marks in
-the left margin contain successive integers or letters.
-(@xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.)@refill
-
-Write the @code{@@enumerate} command at the beginning of a line. 
-The command does not require an argument, but accepts either a number or
-a letter as an option.
-Without an argument, @code{@@enumerate} starts the list 
-with the number 1.  With a numeric argument, such as 3,
-the command starts the list with that number.
-With an upper or lower case letter, such as @kbd{a} or @kbd{A}, 
-the command starts the list with that letter.@refill
-
-Write the text of the enumerated list in the same way you write an
-itemized list: put @code{@@item} on a line of its own before the start of
-each paragraph that you want enumerated.  Do not write any other text on
-the line beginning with @code{@@item}.@refill
-
-You should put a blank line between entries in the list.
-This generally makes it easier to read the Info file.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-Here is an example of @code{@@enumerate} without an argument:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@enumerate
-@@item
-Underlying causes.
-
-@@item
-Proximate causes.
-@@end enumerate
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-Underlying causes.
-
-@item
-Proximate causes.
-@end enumerate
-@sp 1
-Here is an example with an argument of @kbd{3}:@refill
-@sp 1
-@example
-@group
-@@enumerate 3
-@@item
-Predisposing causes.
-
-@@item
-Precipitating causes.
-
-@@item
-Perpetuating causes.
-@@end enumerate
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@enumerate 3
-@item
-Predisposing causes.
-
-@item
-Precipitating causes.
-
-@item
-Perpetuating causes.
-@end enumerate
-@sp 1
-Here is a brief summary of the alternatives.  The summary is constructed
-using @code{@@enumerate} with an argument of @kbd{a}.@refill
-@sp 1
-@enumerate a
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate}
-
-Without an argument, produce a numbered list, starting with the number
-1.@refill
-
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate @var{positive-integer}}
-
-With a (positive) numeric argument, start a numbered list with that
-number.  You can use this to continue a list that you interrupted with
-other text.@refill
-
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate @var{upper-case-letter}}
-
-With an upper case letter as argument, start a list 
-in which each item is marked
-by a letter, beginning with that upper case letter.@refill
-
-@item 
-@code{@@enumerate @var{lower-case-letter}}
-
-With a lower case letter as argument, start a list 
-in which each item is marked by
-a letter, beginning with that lower case letter.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.@refill
-
-@node Two-column Tables,  , enumerate, Lists and Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making a Two-column Table
-@cindex Tables, making two-column
-@findex table
-
-@code{@@table} is similar to @code{@@itemize}, but the command allows
-you to specify a name or heading line for each item.  (@xref{itemize,
-, @code{@@itemize}}.)  The @code{@@table} command is used to produce
-two-column tables, and is especially useful for glossaries and
-explanatory exhibits.@refill
-
-@menu
-* table::                       How to construct a two-column table.
-* ftable vtable::               How to construct a two-column table
-                                  with automatic indexing.
-* itemx::                       How to put more entries in the first column.
-@end menu
-
-@ifinfo
-@node table, ftable vtable,  , Two-column Tables
-@subheading Using the @code{@@table} Command
-
-Use the @code{@@table} command to produce two-column tables.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Write the @code{@@table} command at the beginning of a line and follow
-it on the same line with an argument that is a Texinfo command such as
-@code{@@code}, @code{@@samp}, @code{@@var}, or @code{@@kbd}.  
-Although these commands are usually followed by arguments in braces,
-in this case you use the command name without an argument because
-@code{@@item} will supply the argument.  This command will be applied
-to the text that goes into the first column of each item and
-determines how it will be highlighted.  For example, @code{@@samp}
-will cause the text in the first column to be highlighted with an
-@code{@@samp} command.@refill
-
-You may also choose to use the @code{@@asis} command as an argument to
-@code{@@table}.  @code{@@asis} is a command that does nothing; if you use this
-command after @code{@@table}, @TeX{} and the Info formatting commands
-output the first column entries without added highlighting (`as
-is').@refill
-
-(The @code{@@table} command may work with other commands besides those
-listed here.  However, you can only use commands
-that normally take arguments in braces.)@refill
-
-Begin each table entry with an @code{@@item} command at the beginning
-of a line.  Write the first column text on the same line as the
-@code{@@item} command.  Write the second column text on the line
-following the @code{@@item} line and on subsequent lines.  (You do not
-need to type anything for an empty second column entry.)  You may
-write as many lines of supporting text as you wish, even several
-paragraphs.  But only text on the same line as the @code{@@item} will
-be placed in the first column.@refill
-@findex item
-
-Normally, you should put a blank line before an @code{@@item} line.
-This puts a blank like in the Info file.  Except when the entries are
-very brief, a blank line looks better.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-The following table, for example, highlights the text in the first
-column with an @code{@@samp} command:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@table @@samp
-@@item foo
-This is the text for
-@@samp@{foo@}.
-
-@@item bar
-Text for @@samp@{bar@}.
-@@end table
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@table @samp
-@item foo
-This is the text for
-@samp{foo}.
-@item bar
-Text for @samp{bar}.
-@end table
-
-If you want to list two or more named items with a single block of
-text, use the @code{@@itemx} command.  (@xref{itemx, ,
-@code{@@itemx}}.)@refill
-
-@node ftable vtable, itemx, table, Two-column Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} 
-@cindex Tables with indexes
-@cindex Indexing table entries automatically
-@findex ftable
-@findex vtable
-
-The @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable} commands are the same as the
-@code{@@table} command except that @code{@@ftable} automatically enters
-each of the items in the first column of the table into the index of
-functions and @code{@@vtable} automatically enters each of the items in
-the first column of the table into the index of variables.  This
-simplifies the task of creating indices.  Only the items on the same
-line as the @code{@@item} commands are indexed, and they are indexed in
-exactly the form that they appear on that line.  @xref{Indices, ,
-Creating Indices}, for more information about indices.@refill
-
-Begin a two-column table using @code{@@ftable} or @code{@@vtable} by
-writing the @@-command at the beginning of a line, followed on the same
-line by an argument that is a Texinfo command such as @code{@@code},
-exactly as you would for an @code{@@table} command; and end the table
-with an @code{@@end ftable} or @code{@@end vtable} command on a line by
-itself.
-
-@node itemx,  , ftable vtable, Two-column Tables
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@itemx}
-@cindex Two named items for @code{@@table}
-@findex itemx
-
-Use the @code{@@itemx} command inside a table when you have two or
-more first column entries for the same item, each of which should
-appear on a line of its own.  Use @code{@@itemx} for all but the first
-entry.  The @code{@@itemx} command works exactly like @code{@@item}
-except that it does not generate extra vertical space above the first
-column text.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@table @@code
-@@item upcase
-@@itemx downcase
-These two functions accept a character or a string as
-argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower
-case) character or string.
-@@end table
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This produces:
-
-@table @code
-@item upcase
-@itemx downcase
-These two functions accept a character or a string as
-argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower
-case) character or string.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-(Note also that this example illustrates multi-line supporting text in
-a two-column table.)@refill
-
-@node Indices, Insertions, Lists and Tables, Top
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Creating Indices
-@cindex Indices
-@cindex Creating indices
-
-Using Texinfo, you can generate indices without having to sort and
-collate entries manually.  In an index, the entries are listed in
-alphabetical order, together with information on how to find the
-discussion of each entry.  In a printed manual, this information
-consists of page numbers.  In an Info file, this information is a menu
-entry leading to the first node referenced.@refill
-
-Texinfo provides several predefined kinds of index: an index
-for functions, an index for variables, an index for concepts, and so
-on.  You can combine indices or use them for other than their
-canonical purpose.  If you wish, you can define your own indices.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Index Entries::               Choose different words for index entries.
-* Predefined Indices::          Use different indices for different kinds
-                                  of entry.
-* Indexing Commands::           How to make an index entry.
-* Combining Indices::           How to combine indices.
-* New Indices::                 How to define your own indices.
-@end menu
-
-@node Index Entries, Predefined Indices,  , Indices
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Making Index Entries
-@cindex Index entries, making
-@cindex Entries, making index
-
-When you are making index entries, it is good practice to think of the
-different ways people may look for something.  Different people
-@emph{do not} think of the same words when they look something up.  A
-helpful index will have items indexed under all the different words
-that people may use.  For example, one reader may think it obvious that
-the two-letter names for indices should be listed under ``Indices,
-two-letter names'', since the word ``Index'' is the general concept.
-But another reader may remember the specific concept of two-letter
-names and search for the entry listed as ``Two letter names for
-indices''.  A good index will have both entries and will help both
-readers.@refill
-
-Like typesetting, the construction of an index is a highly skilled,
-professional art, the subtleties of which are not appreciated until you
-need to do it yourself.@refill
-
-@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index
-at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill
-
-@node Predefined Indices, Indexing Commands, Index Entries, Indices
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Predefined Indices
-
-Texinfo provides six predefined indices:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-A @dfn{concept index} listing concepts that are discussed.@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{function index} listing functions (such as entry points of
-libraries).@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{variables index} listing variables (such as global variables
-of libraries).@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{keystroke index} listing keyboard commands.@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{program index} listing names of programs.@refill
-
-@item
-A @dfn{data type index} listing data types (such as structures defined in
-header files).@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-Not every manual needs all of these, and most manuals use two or three
-of them.  This manual has two indices: a
-concept index and an @@-command index (that is actually the function
-index but is called a command index in the chapter heading).  Two or
-more indices can be combined into one using the @code{@@synindex} or
-@code{@@syncodeindex} commands.  @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill
-
-@node Indexing Commands, Combining Indices, Predefined Indices, Indices
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Defining the Entries of an Index
-@cindex Defining indexing entries
-@cindex Index entries
-@cindex Entries for an index
-@cindex Specifying index entries
-@cindex Creating index entries
-
-The data to make an index come from many individual indexing commands
-scattered throughout the Texinfo source file.  Each command says to add
-one entry to a particular index; after formatting, the index will give
-the current page number or node name as the reference.@refill
-
-An index entry consists of an indexing command at the beginning of a
-line followed, on the rest of the line, by the entry.@refill
-
-For example, this section begins with the following five entries for
-the concept index:@refill
-
-@example
-@@cindex Defining indexing entries
-@@cindex Index entries
-@@cindex Entries for an index
-@@cindex Specifying index entries
-@@cindex Creating index entries
-@end example
-
-Each predefined index has its own indexing command---@code{@@cindex}
-for the concept index, @code{@@findex} for the function index, and so
-on.@refill
-
-@cindex Capitalizing index entries
-@cindex Index entry capitalization 
-The usual convention is to capitalize the first word of each index
-entry, unless that word is the name of a function, variable, or other
-such entity that should not be capitalized.  Thus, if you are
-documenting Emacs Lisp, you should usually capitalize entries in
-the concept index, but not those in the function index.
-However, if your
-concept index entries are consistently short (one or two words each)
-it may look better for each regular entry to start with a lower case
-letter.  Whichever convention you adapt, please be consistent!
-
-By default, entries for a concept index are printed in a small roman
-font and entries for the other indices are printed in a small
-@code{@@code} font.  You may change the way part of an entry is
-printed with the usual Texinfo commands, such as @code{@@file} for
-file names and @code{@@emph} for emphasis (@pxref{Marking
-Text}).@refill
-@cindex Index font types
-
-@cindex Predefined indexing commands 
-@cindex Indexing commands, predefined 
-The six indexing commands for predefined indices are:
-
-@table @code
-@item @@cindex @var{concept}
-@findex cindex
-Make an entry in the concept index for @var{concept}.@refill
-
-@item @@findex @var{function}
-@findex findex
-Make an entry in the function index for @var{function}.@refill
-
-@item @@vindex @var{variable}
-@findex vindex
-Make an entry in the variable index for @var{variable}.@refill
-
-@item @@kindex @var{keystroke}
-@findex kindex
-Make an entry in the key index for @var{keystroke}.@refill
-
-@item @@pindex @var{program}
-@findex pindex
-Make an entry in the program index for @var{program}.@refill
-
-@item @@tindex @var{data type}
-@findex tindex
-Make an entry in the data type index for @var{data type}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not use a colon in an index entry.  In Info, a
-colon separates the menu entry name from the node name.  An extra
-colon confuses Info.
-@xref{Menu Parts, , The Parts of a Menu},
-for more information about the structure of a menu entry.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-If you write several identical index entries in different places in a
-Texinfo file, the index in the printed manual will list all the pages to
-which those entries refer.  However, the index in the Info file will
-list @strong{only} the node that references the @strong{first} of those
-index entries.  Therefore, it is best to write indices in which each
-entry refers to only one place in the Texinfo file.  Fortunately, this
-constraint is a feature rather than a loss since it means that the index
-will be easy to use.  Otherwise, you could create an index that lists
-several pages for one entry and your reader would not know to which page
-to turn.  If you have two identical entries for one topic, change the
-topics slightly, or qualify them to indicate the difference.@refill
-
-You are not actually required to use the predefined indices for their
-canonical purposes.  For example, suppose you wish to index some C
-preprocessor macros.  You could put them in the function index along
-with actual functions, just by writing @code{@@findex} commands for
-them; then, when you print the ``Function Index'' as an unnumbered
-chapter, you could give it the title `Function and Macro Index' and
-all will be consistent for the reader.  Or you could put the macros in
-with the data types by writing @code{@@tindex} commands for them, and
-give that index a suitable title so the reader will understand.
-(@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}.)@refill
-
-@node Combining Indices, New Indices, Indexing Commands, Indices
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Combining Indices
-@cindex Combining indices
-@cindex Indices, combining them
-
-Sometimes you will want to combine two disparate indices such as functions
-and concepts, perhaps because you have few enough of one of them that
-a separate index for them would look silly.@refill
-
-You could put functions into the concept index by writing
-@code{@@cindex} commands for them instead of @code{@@findex} commands,
-and produce a consistent manual by printing the concept index with the
-title `Function and Concept Index' and not printing the `Function
-Index' at all; but this is not a robust procedure.  It works only if
-your document is never included as part of another
-document that is designed to have a separate function index; if your
-document were to be included with such a document, the functions from
-your document and those from the other would not end up together.
-Also, to make your function names appear in the right font in the
-concept index, you would need to enclose every one of them between
-the braces of @code{@@code}.@refill
-
-@menu
-* syncodeindex::                How to merge two indices, using @code{@@code}
-                                  font for the merged-from index.
-* synindex::                    How to merge two indices, using the
-                                  default font of the merged-to index.
-@end menu
-
-@node syncodeindex, synindex,  , Combining Indices
-@subsubsection @code{@@syncodeindex}
-@findex syncodeindex
-
-When you want to combine functions and concepts into one index, you
-should index the functions with @code{@@findex} and index the concepts
-with @code{@@cindex}, and use the @code{@@syncodeindex} command to
-redirect the function index entries into the concept index.@refill
-@findex syncodeindex
-
-The @code{@@syncodeindex} command takes two arguments; they are the name
-of the index to redirect, and the name of the index to redirect it to.
-The template looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@syncodeindex @var{from} @var{to}
-@end example
-
-@cindex Predefined names for indices
-@cindex Two letter names for indices
-@cindex Indices, two letter names
-@cindex Names for indices
-For this purpose, the indices are given two-letter names:@refill
-
-@table @samp
-@item cp
-concept index
-@item fn
-function index
-@item vr
-variable index
-@item ky
-key index
-@item pg
-program index
-@item tp
-data type index
-@end table
-
-Write an @code{@@syncodeindex} command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  For example,
-to merge a function index with a concept index, write the
-following:@refill
-
-@example
-@@syncodeindex fn cp
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This will cause all entries designated for the function index to merge
-in with the concept index instead.@refill
-
-To merge both a variables index and a function index into a concept
-index, write the following:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@syncodeindex vr cp
-@@syncodeindex fn cp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@cindex Fonts for indices
-The @code{@@syncodeindex} command puts all the entries from the `from'
-index (the redirected index) into the @code{@@code} font, overriding
-whatever default font is used by the index to which the entries are
-now directed.  This way, if you direct function names from a function
-index into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the
-@code{@@code} font as you would expect.@refill
-
-@node synindex,  , syncodeindex, Combining Indices
-@subsubsection @code{@@synindex}
-@findex synindex
-
-The @code{@@synindex} command is nearly the same as the
-@code{@@syncodeindex} command, except that it does not put the
-`from' index  entries into the @code{@@code} font; rather it puts
-them in the roman font.  Thus, you use @code{@@synindex} when you
-merge a concept index into a function index.@refill
-
-@xref{Printing Indices & Menus}, for information about printing an index
-at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.@refill
-
-@node New Indices,  , Combining Indices, Indices
-@section Defining New Indices 
-@cindex Defining new indices 
-@cindex Indices, defining new 
-@cindex New index defining
-@findex defindex
-@findex defcodeindex
-
-In addition to the predefined indices, you may use the
-@code{@@defindex} and @code{@@defcodeindex} commands to define new
-indices.  These commands create new indexing @@-commands with which
-you mark index entries.  The @code{@@defindex }command is used like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@defindex @var{name}
-@end example
-
-The name of an index should be a two letter word, such as @samp{au}.
-For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@defindex au
-@end example
-
-This defines a new index, called the @samp{au} index.  At the same
-time, it creates a new indexing command, @code{@@auindex}, that you
-can use to make index entries.  Use the new indexing command just as
-you would use a predefined indexing command.@refill
-
-For example, here is a section heading followed by a concept index
-entry and two @samp{au} index entries.@refill
-
-@example
-@@section Cognitive Semantics
-@@cindex kinesthetic image schemas
-@@auindex Johnson, Mark
-@@auindex Lakoff, George
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Evidently, @samp{au} serves here as an abbreviation for ``author''.)
-Texinfo constructs the new indexing command by concatenating the name
-of the index with @samp{index}; thus, defining an @samp{au} index
-leads to the automatic creation of an @code{@@auindex} command.@refill
-
-Use the @code{@@printindex} command to print the index, as you do with
-the predefined indices.  For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node Author Index, Subject Index, , Top
-@@unnumbered Author Index
-
-@@printindex au
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@defcodeindex} is like the @code{@@defindex} command, except
-that, in the printed output, it prints entries in an @code{@@code} font
-instead of a roman font.  Thus, it parallels the @code{@@findex} command
-rather than the @code{@@cindex} command.@refill
-
-You should define new indices within or right after the end-of-header
-line of a Texinfo file, before any @code{@@synindex} or
-@code{@@syncodeindex} commands (@pxref{Header}).@refill
-
-@node Insertions, Glyphs, Indices, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Special Insertions
-@cindex Inserting special characters and symbols
-@cindex Special insertions
-
-Texinfo provides several commands for formatting dimensions, for
-inserting single characters that have special meaning in Texinfo, such
-as braces, and for inserting special graphic symbols that do not
-correspond to characters, such as dots and bullets.@refill
-
-@iftex
-These are:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Braces, @samp{@@} and periods.
-
-@item
-Format a dimension, such as @samp{12@dmn{pt}}.
-
-@item
-Dots and bullets.
-
-@item
-The @TeX{} logo and the copyright symbol.
-
-@item
-A minus sign.
-@end itemize
-@end iftex
-
-@menu
-* Braces Atsigns Periods::      How to insert braces, @samp{@@} and periods.
-* dmn::                         How to format a dimension.
-* Dots Bullets::                How to insert dots and bullets.
-* TeX and copyright::           How to insert the @TeX{} logo 
-                                  and the copyright symbol.
-* minus::                       How to insert a minus sign.
-@end menu
-
-@node Braces Atsigns Periods, dmn,  , Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting @samp{@@}, Braces, and Periods
-@cindex Inserting @@, braces, and periods
-@cindex Braces, inserting
-@cindex Periods, inserting
-@cindex Single characters, commands to insert
-@cindex Commands to insert single characters
-
-@samp{@@} and curly braces are special characters in Texinfo.  To
-insert these characters so they appear in text, you must put an @samp{@@} in front
-of these characters to prevent Texinfo from misinterpreting them.@refill
-
-Periods are also special.  Depending on whether the period is inside
-or at the end of a sentence, less or more space is inserted after a
-period in a typeset manual.  Since it is not always possible for
-Texinfo to determine when a period ends a sentence and when it is used
-in an abbreviation, special commands are needed in some circumstances.
-(Usually, Texinfo can guess how to handle periods, so you do not need
-to use the special commands; you just enter a period as you would if
-you were using a typewriter, which means you put two spaces after the
-period, question mark, or exclamation mark that ends a
-sentence.)@refill
-
-Do not put braces after any of these commands; they are not
-necessary.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Inserting An Atsign::         
-* Inserting Braces::            How to insert @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}
-* Controlling Spacing::         How to insert the right amount of space
-                                  after punctuation within a sentence.
-@end menu
-
-@node Inserting An Atsign, Inserting Braces,  , Braces Atsigns Periods
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Inserting @samp{@@} with @@@@
-@findex @@ @r{(single @samp{@@})}
-
-@code{@@@@} stands for a single @samp{@@} in either printed or Info
-output.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after an @code{@@@@} command.@refill
-
-@node Inserting Braces, Controlling Spacing, Inserting An Atsign, Braces Atsigns Periods
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Inserting @samp{@{} and @samp{@}}with @@@{ and @@@}
-@findex @{ @r{(single @samp{@{})}
-@findex @} @r{(single @samp{@}})}
-
-@code{@@@{} stands for a single @samp{@{} in either printed or Info
-output.@refill
-
-@code{@@@}} stands for a single @samp{@}} in either printed or Info
-output.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after either an @code{@@@{} or an @code{@@@}} 
-command.@refill
-
-@node Controlling Spacing,  , Inserting Braces, Braces Atsigns Periods
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection Spacing After Colons and Periods
-@findex : @r{(suppress widening)}
-
-Use the @code{@@:}@: command after a period, question mark,
-exclamation mark, or colon that should not be followed by extra space.
-For example, use @code{@@:}@: after periods that end abbreviations
-which are not at the ends of sentences.  @code{@@:}@: has no effect on
-the Info file output.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-The s.o.p.@@: has three parts @dots{}
-The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-produces
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-produces the following.  If you look carefully at this printed output,
-you will see a little more whitespace after @samp{s.o.p.} in the second
-line.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@quotation
-The s.o.p.@: has three parts @dots{}@*
-The s.o.p. has three parts @dots{}
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-@kbd{@@:} has no effect on the Info output.  (@samp{s.o.p} is an acronym
-for ``Standard Operating Procedure''.)
-
-@findex .  @r{(true end of sentence)}
-Use @code{@@.}@: instead of a period at the end of a sentence that
-ends with a single capital letter.  Otherwise, @TeX{} will think the
-letter is an abbreviation and will not insert the correct
-end-of-sentence spacing.  Here is an example:@refill
-
-@example
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@@.  Also, give it to R.J.C@@.
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-produces
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-produces the following.  If you look carefully at this printed output,
-you will see a little more whitespace after the @samp{W} in the first
-line.@refill
-@end iftex
-
-@quotation
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@.  Also, give it to R.J.C@.@*
-Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-@end quotation
-
-In the Info file output, @code{@@.}@: is equivalent to a simple
-@samp{.}.@refill
-
-The meanings of @code{@@:}@: and @code{@@.}@: in Texinfo are designed
-to work well with the Emacs sentence motion commands.  This made it
-necessary for them to be incompatible with some other formatting
-systems that use @@-commands.@refill
-
-Do not put braces after either an @code{@@:} or an @code{@@.} command.@refill
-
-@node dmn, Dots Bullets, Braces Atsigns Periods, Insertions
-@section @code{@@dmn}@{@var{dimension}@}: Format a Dimension
-@cindex Thin space between number, dimension
-@cindex Dimension formatting
-@cindex Format a dimension
-@findex dmn
-
-At times, you may want to write @samp{12@dmn{pt}} or
-@samp{8.5@dmn{in}} with little or no space between the number and the
-abbreviation for the dimension.  You can use the @code{@@dmn} command
-to do this.  On seeing the command, @TeX{} inserts just enough space
-for proper typesetting; the Info formatting commands insert no space
-at all, since the Info file does not require it.@refill
-
-To use the @code{@@dmn} command, write the number and then follow it
-immediately, with no intervening space, by @code{@@dmn}, and then by
-the dimension within braces.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-A4 paper is 8.27@@dmn@{in@} wide.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-A4 paper is 8.27@dmn{in} wide.
-@end quotation
-
-Not everyone uses this style.  Instead of writing
-@w{@samp{8.27@@dmn@{in@}}} in the Texinfo file, you may write
-@w{@samp{8.27 in.}} or @w{@samp{8.27 inches}}.  (In these cases, the
-formatters may insert a line break between the number and the
-dimension.  Also, if you write a period after an abbreviation within a
-sentence, you should write @samp{@@:} after the period to prevent
-@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace.  @xref{Controlling Spacing, ,
-Spacing After Colons and Periods}.)@refill
-
-@node Dots Bullets, TeX and copyright, dmn, Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
-@cindex Dots, inserting
-@cindex Bullets, inserting
-@cindex Ellipsis, inserting
-@cindex Inserting ellipsis
-@cindex Inserting dots
-@cindex Special typesetting commands
-@cindex Typesetting commands for dots, etc.
-
-An @dfn{ellipsis} (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of
-periods, so a special command is used for ellipsis in Texinfo.  The
-@code{@@bullet} command is special, too.  Each of these commands is
-followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}}, without any whitespace
-between the name of the command and the braces.  (You need to use braces
-with these commands because you can use them next to other text; without
-the braces, the formatters would be confused.  @xref{Command Syntax, ,
-@@-Command Syntax}, for further information.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* dots::                        How to insert dots @dots{}
-* bullet::                      How to insert a bullet.
-@end menu
-
-@node dots, bullet,  , Dots Bullets
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@dots}@{@}
-@findex dots
-@cindex Inserting dots
-@cindex Dots, inserting
-
-Use the @code{@@dots@{@}} command to generate an ellipsis, which is
-three dots in a row, appropriately spaced, like this: `@dots{}'.  Do
-not simply write three periods in the input file; that would work for
-the Info file output, but would produce the wrong amount of space
-between the periods in the printed manual.@refill
-
-@iftex
-Here is an ellipsis: @dots{}
-
-Here are three periods in a row: ...
-
-In printed output, the three periods in a row are closer together than
-the dots in the ellipsis.
-@end iftex
-
-@node bullet,  , dots, Dots Bullets
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@bullet}@{@}
-@findex bullet
-
-Use the @code{@@bullet@{@}} command to generate a large round dot, or
-the closest possible thing to one.  In Info, an asterisk is used.@refill
-
-Here is a bullet: @bullet{}
-
-When you use @code{@@bullet} in @code{@@itemize}, you do not need to
-type the braces, because @code{@@itemize} supplies them.  @xref{itemize}.@refill
-
-@node TeX and copyright, minus, Dots Bullets, Insertions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Inserting @TeX{} and the Copyright Symbol
-
-The logo `@TeX{}' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an
-@@-command.  The copyright symbol, `@copyright{}', is also special.
-Each of these commands is followed by a pair of braces, @samp{@{@}},
-without any whitespace between the name of the command and the
-braces.@refill
-
-@menu
-* tex::                         How to insert the @TeX{} logo.
-* copyright symbol::            How to use @code{@@copyright}@{@}.
-@end menu
-
-@node tex, copyright symbol,  , TeX and copyright
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@TeX}@{@}
-@findex tex (command)
-
-Use the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command to generate `@TeX{}'.  In a printed
-manual, this is a special logo that is different from three ordinary
-letters.  In Info, it just looks like @samp{TeX}.  The
-@code{@@TeX@{@}} command is unique among Texinfo commands in that the
-@key{T} and the @key{X} are in upper case.@refill
-
-@node copyright symbol,  , tex, TeX and copyright
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@subsection @code{@@copyright}@{@}
-@findex copyright
-
-Use the @code{@@copyright@{@}} command to generate `@copyright{}'.  In
-a printed manual, this is a @samp{c} inside a circle, and in Info,
-this is @samp{(C)}.@refill
-
-@node minus,  , TeX and copyright, Insertions
-@section @code{@@minus}@{@}: Inserting a Minus Sign
-@findex minus
-
-Use the @code{@@minus@{@}} command to generate a minus sign.  In a
-fixed-width font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font,
-the symbol is the customary length for a minus sign---a little longer
-than a hyphen.@refill
-
-You can compare the two forms:
-
-@display
-@samp{@minus{}} is a minus sign generated with @samp{@@minus@{@}},
-
-`-' is a hyphen generated with the character @samp{-}.
-@end display
-
-@noindent
-In the fixed-width font used by Info, @code{@@minus@{@}} is the same
-as a hyphen.@refill
-
-You should not use @code{@@minus@{@}} inside @code{@@code} or
-@code{@@example} because the width distinction is not made in the
-fixed-width font they use.@refill
-
-When you use @code{@@minus} to specify the mark beginning each entry in
-an itemized list, you do not need to type the braces
-(@pxref{itemize}).@refill
-
-@node Glyphs, Breaks, Insertions, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Glyphs for Examples 
-@cindex Glyphs
-
-In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited
-by @code{@@example} and @code{@@end example}, or by @code{@@lisp} and
-@code{@@end lisp}.  In such examples, you can indicate the results of
-evaluation or an expansion using @samp{@result{}} or
-@samp{@expansion{}}.  Likewise, there are commands to insert glyphs 
-to indicate
-printed output, error messages, equivalence of expressions, and the
-location of point.@refill
-
-The glyph-insertion commands do not need to be used within an example, but
-most often they are.  Every  glyph-insertion command is followed by a pair of
-left- and right-hand braces.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Glyphs Summary::              
-* result::                      How to show the result of expression.
-* expansion::                   How to indicate an expansion.
-* Print Glyph::                 How to indicate printed output.
-* Error Glyph::                 How to indicate an error message.
-* Equivalence::                 How to indicate equivalence.
-* Point Glyph::                 How to indicate the location of point.
-@end menu
-
-@node Glyphs Summary, result,  , Glyphs
-@ifinfo
-@heading Glyphs Summary
-
-Here are the different glyph commands:@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@table @asis
-@item @result{}
-@code{@@result@{@}} points to the result of an expression.@refill
-
-@item @expansion{}
-@code{@@expansion@{@}} shows the results of a macro expansion.@refill
-
-@item @print{}
-@code{@@print@{@}} indicates printed output.@refill
-
-@item @error{}
-@code{@@error@{@}} indicates that the following text is an error
-message.@refill
-
-@item @equiv{}
-@code{@@equiv@{@}} indicates the exact equivalence of two forms.@refill
-
-@item @point{}
-@code{@@point@{@}} shows the location of point.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node result, expansion, Glyphs Summary, Glyphs
-@section @result{}: Indicating Evaluation
-@cindex Result of an expression
-@cindex Indicating evaluation
-@cindex Evaluation glyph
-@cindex Value of an expression, indicating
-
-Use the @code{@@result@{@}} command to indicate the result of
-evaluating an expression.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{=>} in Info and
-as @samp{@result{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@result@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@result{}} in Info
-and as a double stemmed arrow in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Thus, the following,
-
-@lisp
-(cdr '(1 2 3))
-     @result{} (2 3)
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-may be read as ``@code{(cdr '(1 2 3))} evaluates to @code{(2 3)}''.
-
-@node expansion, Print Glyph, result, Glyphs
-@section @expansion{}: Indicating an Expansion
-@cindex Expansion, indicating it
-
-When an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression.
-You can indicate the result of the expansion with the
-@code{@@expansion@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==>} in Info and
-as @samp{@expansion{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@expansion@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@expansion{}}
-in Info and as a long arrow with a flat base in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@need 700
-For example, the following
-
-@example
-@group
-@@lisp
-(third '(a b c))
-     @@expansion@{@} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
-     @@result@{@} c
-@@end lisp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-@group
-(third '(a b c))
-     @expansion{} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
-     @result{} c
-@end group
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-which may be read as: 
-
-@quotation
-@code{(third '(a b c))} expands to @code{(car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))};
-the result of evaluating the expression is @code{c}.
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the
-@code{@@expansion@{@}} and @code{@@result@{@}} commands are indented
-five spaces.@refill
-
-@node Print Glyph, Error Glyph, expansion, Glyphs
-@section @print{}: Indicating Printed Output
-@cindex Printed output, indicating it
-
-Sometimes an expression will print output during its execution.  You
-can indicate the printed output with the @code{@@print@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-|} in Info and
-as @samp{@print{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@print@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@print{}} in Info
-and similarly, as a horizontal dash butting against a vertical bar, in
-the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-In the following example, the printed text is indicated with
-@samp{@print{}}, and the value of the expression follows on the
-last line.@refill
-
-@lisp
-@group
-(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar))
-     @print{} foo
-     @print{} bar
-     @result{} bar
-@end group
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows:
-
-@lisp
-@group
-@@lisp
-(progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar))
-     @@print@{@} foo
-     @@print@{@} bar
-     @@result@{@} bar
-@@end lisp
-@end group
-@end lisp
-
-@node Error Glyph, Equivalence, Print Glyph, Glyphs
-@section @error{}: Indicating an Error Message
-@cindex Error message, indicating it
-
-A piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it.  You can
-designate the error message with the @code{@@error@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{error-->} in Info
-and as @samp{@error{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@error@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@error{}} in Info
-and as the word `error' in a box in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@need 700
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@@lisp
-(+ 23 'x)
-@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-@@end lisp
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-(+ 23 'x)
-@error{} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-This indicates that the following error message is printed
-when you evaluate the expression:
-
-@lisp
-Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-@end lisp
-
-Note that @samp{@error{}} itself is not part of the error
-message.
-
-@node Equivalence, Point Glyph, Error Glyph, Glyphs
-@section @equiv{}: Indicating Equivalence
-@cindex Equivalence, indicating it
-
-Sometimes two expressions produce identical results.  You can indicate the
-exact equivalence of two forms with the @code{@@equiv@{@}} command.@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{==} in Info and
-as @samp{@equiv{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@equiv@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@equiv{}} in Info
-and as a three parallel horizontal lines in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@@lisp
-(make-sparse-keymap) @@equiv@{@} (list 'keymap)
-@@end lisp
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@lisp
-(make-sparse-keymap) @equiv{} (list 'keymap)
-@end lisp
-
-@noindent
-This indicates that evaluating @code{(make-sparse-keymap)} produces
-identical results to evaluating @code{(list 'keymap)}.
-
-@c Cannot write point command here because it causes trouble with TOC.
-@node Point Glyph,  , Equivalence, Glyphs
-@section Indicating Point in a Buffer
-@cindex Point, indicating it in a buffer
-
-Sometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer.  In
-such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the
-buffer in question between two lines of dashes containing the buffer
-name.@refill
-
-You can use the @samp{@@point@{@}} command to show the location of point
-in the text in the buffer.  (The symbol for point, of course, is not
-part of the text in the buffer; it indicates the place @emph{between}
-two characters where point is located.)@refill
-
-@iftex
-The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{-!-} in Info and
-as @samp{@point{}} in the printed output.
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-The @code{@@point@{@}} command is displayed as @samp{@point{}} in Info
-and as a small five pointed star in the printed output.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-The following example shows the contents of buffer @file{foo} before
-and after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word @code{changed}.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the @point{}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@example
-@group
-(insert "changed ")
-     @result{} nil
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the changed @point{}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-In a Texinfo source file, the example is written like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@example
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the @@point@{@}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-(insert "changed ")
-     @@result@{@} nil
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-This is the changed @@point@{@}contents of foo.
----------- Buffer: foo ----------
-@@end example
-@end example
-
-@node Breaks, Definition Commands, Glyphs, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Making and Preventing Breaks
-@cindex Making line and page breaks
-@cindex Preventing line and page breaks
-
-Usually, a Texinfo file is processed both by @TeX{} and by one of the
-Info formatting commands.  Line, paragraph, or page breaks sometimes
-occur in the `wrong' place in one or other form of output.  You must
-ensure that text looks right both in the printed manual and in the
-Info file.@refill
-
-For example, in a printed manual, page breaks may occur awkwardly in
-the middle of an example; to prevent this, you can hold text together
-using a grouping command that keeps the text from being split across
-two pages.  Conversely, you may want to force a page break where none
-would occur normally.  Fortunately, problems like these do not often
-arise.  When they do, use the break, break prevention, or pagination
-commands.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Break Commands::              Cause and prevent splits.
-* Line Breaks::                 How to force a single line to use two lines.
-* w::                           How to prevent unwanted line breaks. 
-* sp::                          How to insert blank lines.
-* page::                        How to force the start of a new page.
-* group::                       How to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-* need::                        Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-@end menu
-
-@ifinfo
-@node Break Commands, Line Breaks,  , Breaks
-@heading The Break Commands
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@sp 1
-@end iftex
-
-The break commands create line and paragraph breaks:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@*
-Force a line break.
-
-@item @@sp @var{n}
-Skip @var{n} blank lines.@refill
-@end table
-@iftex
-@sp 1
-@end iftex
-
-The line-break-prevention command holds text together all on one
-line:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@w@{@var{text}@}
-Prevent @var{text} from being split and hyphenated across two lines.@refill
-@end table
-@iftex
-@sp 1
-@end iftex
-
-The pagination commands apply only to printed output, since Info
-files do not have pages.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@page
-Start a new page in the printed manual.@refill
-
-@item @@group
-Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.@refill
-
-@item @@need @var{mils}
-Start a new printed page if not enough space on this one.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Line Breaks, w, Break Commands, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@*}: Generate Line Breaks
-@findex * @r{(force line break)}
-@cindex Line breaks
-@cindex Breaks in a line
-
-The @code{@@*} command forces a line break in both the printed manual and
-in Info.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-This line @@* is broken @@*in two places.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This line
- is broken
-in two places.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the space after the first @code{@@*} command is faithfully
-carried down to the next line.)@refill
-
-@need 800
-The @code{@@*} command is often used in a file's copyright page:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-This is edition 2.0 of the Texinfo documentation,@@*
-and is for @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, the @code{@@*} command keeps @TeX{} from stretching the
-line across the whole page in an ugly manner.@refill
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Please note:} Do not write braces after an @code{@@*} command;
-they are not needed.@refill
-
-Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end of a paragraph
-containing an @code{@@*} command; it will cause the paragraph to be
-refilled after the line break occurs, negating the effect of the line
-break.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node w, sp, Line Breaks, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@w}@{@var{text}@}: Prevent Line Breaks
-@findex w @r{(prevent line break)}
-@cindex Line breaks, preventing
-
-@code{@@w@{@var{text}@}} outputs @var{text} and prohibits line breaks
-within @var{text}.@refill
-
-You can use the @code{@@w} command to prevent @TeX{} from automatically
-hyphenating a long name or phrase that accidentally falls near the end
-of a line.@refill
-
-@example
-You can copy GNU software from @@w@{@@file@{prep.ai.mit.edu@}@}.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-You can copy GNU software from @w{@file{prep.ai.mit.edu}}.
-@end quotation
-
-In the Texinfo file, you must write the @code{@@w} command and its
-argument (all the affected text) all on one line.@refill  
-
-@quotation
-@strong{Caution:} Do not write an @code{@@refill} command at the end
-of a paragraph containing an @code{@@w} command; it will cause the
-paragraph to be refilled and may thereby negate the effect of the
-@code{@@w} command.@refill
-@end quotation
-
-@node sp, page, w, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@sp} @var{n}: Insert Blank Lines
-@findex sp @r{(line spacing)}
-@cindex Spaces (blank lines)
-@cindex Blank lines
-@cindex Line spacing
-
-A line beginning with and containing only @code{@@sp @var{n}}
-generates @var{n} blank lines of space in both the printed manual and
-the Info file.  @code{@@sp} also forces a paragraph break.  For
-example,@refill
-
-@example
-@@sp 2
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-generates two blank lines.  
-
-The @code{@@sp} command is most often used in the title page.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@c node br, page, sp, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@c section @code{@@br}: Generate Paragraph Breaks
-@findex br @r{(paragraph breaks)}
-@cindex Paragraph breaks
-@cindex Breaks in a paragraph
-
-The @code{@@br} command forces a paragraph break.  It inserts a blank
-line.  You can use the command within or at the end of a line.  If
-used within a line, the @code{@@br@{@}} command must be followed by
-left and right braces (as shown here) to mark the end of the
-command.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-This line @@br@{@}contains and is ended by paragraph breaks@@br
-and is followed by another line.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@example
-@group
-This line 
-
-contains and is ended by paragraph breaks
-
-and is followed by another line.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@br} command is seldom used.
-@end ignore
-
-@node page, group, sp, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@page}: Start a New Page
-@cindex Page breaks
-@findex page
-
-A line containing only @code{@@page} starts a new page in a printed
-manual.  The command has no effect on Info files since they are not
-paginated.  An @code{@@page} command is often used in the @code{@@titlepage}
-section of a Texinfo file to start the copyright page.@refill
-
-@node group, need, page, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@group}: Prevent Page Breaks
-@cindex Group (hold text together vertically)
-@cindex Holding text together vertically
-@cindex Vertically holding text together
-@findex group
-
-The @code{@@group} command (on a line by itself) is used inside an
-@code{@@example} or similar construct to begin an unsplittable vertical
-group, which will appear entirely on one page in the printed output.
-The group is terminated by a line containing only @code{@@end group}.
-These two lines produce no output of their own, and in the Info file
-output they have no effect at all.@refill
-
-@c Once said that these environments
-@c turn off vertical spacing between ``paragraphs''.
-@c Also, quotation used to work, but doesn't in texinfo-2.72
-Although @code{@@group} would make sense conceptually in a wide
-variety of contexts, its current implementation works reliably only
-within @code{@@example} and variants, and within @code{@@display},
-@code{@@format}, @code{@@flushleft} and @code{@@flushright}.
-@xref{Quotations and Examples}.  (What all these commands have in
-common is that each line of input produces a line of output.)  In
-other contexts, @code{@@group} can cause anomalous vertical
-spacing.@refill
-
-@need 750
-This formatting requirement means that you should write:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@example
-@@group
-@dots{}
-@@end group
-@@end example
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-with the @code{@@group} and @code{@@end group} commands inside the
-@code{@@example} and @code{@@end example} commands.
-
-The @code{@@group} command is most often used to hold an example
-together on one page.  In this Texinfo manual, more than 100 examples
-contain text that is enclosed between @code{@@group} and @code{@@end
-group}.
-
-If you forget to end a group, you may get strange and unfathomable
-error messages when you run @TeX{}.  This is because @TeX{} keeps
-trying to put the rest of the Texinfo file onto the one page and does
-not start to generate error messages until it has processed
-considerable text.  It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing
-@code{@@end group} if you get incomprehensible error messages in
-@TeX{}.@refill
-
-@node need,  , group, Breaks
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@need @var{mils}}: Prevent Page Breaks
-@cindex Need space at page bottom
-@findex need
-
-A line containing only @code{@@need @var{n}} starts
-a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils (thousandths
-of an inch) remain on the current page.  Do not use
-braces around the argument @var{n}.  The @code{@@need} command has no
-effect on Info files since they are not paginated.@refill
-
-@need 800
-This paragraph is preceded by an @code{@@need} command that tells
-@TeX{} to start a new page if fewer than 800 mils (eight-tenths
-inch) remain on the page.  It looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@need 800
-This paragraph is preceded by @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@need} command is useful for preventing orphans (single
-lines at the bottoms of printed pages).@refill
-
-@node Definition Commands, Footnotes, Breaks, Top
-@chapter Definition Commands
-@cindex Definition commands
-
-The @code{@@deffn} command and the other @dfn{definition commands}
-enable you to describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user
-options, special forms and other such artifacts in a uniform
-format.@refill
-
-In the Info file, a definition causes the entity
-category---`Function', `Variable', or whatever---to appear at the
-beginning of the first line of the definition, followed by the
-entity's name and arguments.  In the printed manual, the command
-causes @TeX{} to print the entity's name and its arguments on the left
-margin and print the category next to the right margin.  In both
-output formats, the body of the definition is indented.  Also, the
-name of the entity is entered into the appropriate index:
-@code{@@deffn} enters the name into the index of functions,
-@code{@@defvr} enters it into the index of variables, and so
-on.@refill
-
-A manual need not and should not contain more than one definition for
-a given name.  An appendix containing a summary should use
-@code{@@table} rather than the definition commands.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Def Cmd Template::            How to structure a description using a
-                                  definition command.
-* Optional Arguments::          How to handle optional and repeated arguments.
-* deffnx::                      How to group two or more `first' lines.
-* Def Cmds in Detail::          All the definition commands.
-* Def Cmd Conventions::         Conventions for writing definitions.
-* Sample Function Definition::  
-@end menu
-
-@node Def Cmd Template, Optional Arguments,  , Definition Commands
-@section The Template for a Definition
-@cindex Definition template
-@cindex Template for a definition
-
-The @code{@@deffn} command is used for definitions of entities that
-resemble functions.  To write a definition using the @code{@@deffn}
-command, write the @code{@@deffn} command at the beginning of a line
-and follow it on the same line by the category of the entity, the name
-of the entity itself, and its arguments (if any).  Then write the body
-of the definition on succeeding lines.  (You may embed examples in the
-body.)  Finally, end the definition with an @code{@@end deffn} command
-written on a line of its own.  (The other definition commands follow
-the same format.)@refill
-
-The template for a definition looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn Command forward-word count
-This command moves point forward @@var@{count@} words 
-(or backward if @@var@{count@} is negative). @dots{}
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@deffn Command forward-word count
-This function moves point forward @var{count} words
-(or backward if @var{count} is negative). @dots{}
-@end deffn
-@end quotation
-
-Capitalize the category name like a title.  If the name of the
-category contains spaces, as in the phrase `Interactive Command',
-write braces around it.  For example:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward 
-@dots{} 
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the
-entity.@refill
-
-Some of the definition commands are more general than others.  The
-@code{@@deffn} command, for example, is the general definition command
-for functions and the like---for entities that may take arguments.  When
-you use this command, you specify the category to which the entity
-belongs.  The @code{@@deffn} command possesses three predefined,
-specialized variations, @code{@@defun}, @code{@@defmac}, and
-@code{@@defspec}, that specify the category for you: ``Function'',
-``Macro'', and ``Special Form'' respectively.  The @code{@@defvr}
-command also is accompanied by several predefined, specialized
-variations for describing particular kinds of variables.@refill
-
-The template for a specialized definition, such as @code{@@defun}, is
-similar to the template for a generalized definition, except that you
-do not need to specify the category:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{} 
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Thus,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun buffer-end flag 
-This function returns @@code@{(point-min)@} if @@var@{flag@}
-is less than 1, @@code@{(point-max)@} otherwise.
-@dots{} 
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@quotation
-@defun buffer-end flag
-This function returns @code{(point-min)} if @var{flag} is less than 1,
-@code{(point-max)} otherwise.  @dots{}
-@end defun
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Sample Function Definition, Sample Function Definition, A Sample
-Function Definition}, for a more detailed example of a function
-definition, including the use of @code{@@example} inside the
-definition.@refill
-
-The other specialized commands work like @code{@@defun}.@refill
-
-@node Optional Arguments, deffnx, Def Cmd Template, Definition Commands
-@section Optional and Repeated Arguments
-@cindex Optional and repeated arguments
-@cindex Repeated and optional arguments
-@cindex Arguments, repeated and optional
-@cindex Syntax, optional & repeated arguments
-@cindex Meta-syntactic chars for arguments
-
-Some entities take optional or repeated arguments, which may be
-specified by a distinctive glyph that uses square brackets and
-ellipses.  For @w{example}, a special form often breaks its argument list
-into separate arguments in more complicated ways than a
-straightforward function.@refill
-
-@iftex
-An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional.
-Thus, the phrase
-@samp{@code{@r{[}@var{optional-arg}@r{]}}} means that
-@var{optional-arg} is optional.  
-An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional
-and may be repeated more than once.  
-@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual
-Thus, @samp{@var{repeated-args}@dots{}} stands for zero or more arguments.  
-Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped
-into additional levels of list structure in Lisp.  
-@end iftex
-@c The following looks better in Info (no `r', `samp' and `code'):
-@ifinfo
-An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional.  
-Thus, [@var{optional-arg}] means that @var{optional-arg} is optional.  
-An argument followed by an ellipsis is optional 
-and may be repeated more than once.  
-@c This is consistent with Emacs Lisp Reference manual
-Thus, @var{repeated-args}@dots{} stands for zero or more arguments.  
-Parentheses are used when several arguments are grouped
-into additional levels of list structure in Lisp.
-@end ifinfo
-
-Here is the @code{@@defspec} line of an example of an imaginary
-special form:@refill
-
-@quotation
-@defspec foobar (@var{var} [@var{from} @var{to} [@var{inc}]]) @var{body}@dots{}
-@end defspec
-@tex
-\vskip \parskip
-@end tex
-@end quotation
-
-@noindent
-In this example, the arguments @var{from} and @var{to} are optional,
-but must both be present or both absent.  If they are present,
-@var{inc} may optionally be specified as well.  These arguments are
-grouped with the argument @var{var} into a list, to distinguish them
-from @var{body}, which includes all remaining elements of the
-form.@refill
-
-In a Texinfo source file, this @code{@@defspec} line is written like
-this (except it would not be split over two lines, as it is in this
-example).@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defspec foobar (@@var@{var@} [@@var@{from@} @@var@{to@}
-     [@@var@{inc@}]]) @@var@{body@}@@dots@{@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under
-@samp{foobar}.@refill
-
-@node deffnx, Def Cmds in Detail, Optional Arguments, Definition Commands
-@section Two or More `First' Lines
-@cindex Two `First' Lines for @code{@@deffn}
-@cindex Grouping two definitions together
-@cindex Definitions grouped together
-@findex deffnx
-
-To create two or more `first' or header lines for a definition, follow
-the first @code{@@deffn} line by a line beginning with @code{@@deffnx}.
-The @code{@@deffnx} command works exactly like @code{@@deffn}
-except that it does not generate extra vertical white space between it
-and the preceding line.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @{Interactive Command@} isearch-forward 
-@@deffnx @{Interactive Command@} isearch-backward
-These two search commands are similar except @dots{} 
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces
-
-@deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward 
-@deffnx {Interactive Command} isearch-backward
-These two search commands are similar except @dots{} 
-@end deffn
-
-Each of the other definition commands has an `x' form: @code{@@defunx},
-@code{@@defvrx}, @code{@@deftypefunx}, etc.
-
-The `x' forms work just like @code{@@itemx}; see @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.
-
-@node Def Cmds in Detail, Def Cmd Conventions, deffnx, Definition Commands
-@section The Definition Commands
-
-Texinfo provides more than a dozen definition commands, all of which
-are described in this section.@refill
-
-The definition commands automatically enter the name of the entity in
-the appropriate index: for example, @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun},
-and @code{@@defmac} enter function names in the index of functions;
-@code{@@defvr} and @code{@@defvar} enter variable names in the index
-of variables.@refill
-
-Although the examples that follow mostly illustrate Lisp, the commands
-can be used for other programming languages.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Functions Commands::          Commands for functions and similar entities.
-* Variables Commands::          Commands for variables and similar entities.
-* Typed Functions::             Commands for functions in typed languages.
-* Typed Variables::             Commands for variables in typed languages.
-* Abstract Objects::            Commands for object-oriented programming.
-* Data Types::                  The definition command for data types.
-@end menu
-
-@node Functions Commands, Variables Commands,  , Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Functions and Similar Entities
-
-This section describes the commands for describing functions and similar
-entities:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deffn
-@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deffn} command is the general definition command for
-functions, interactive commands, and similar entities that may take
-arguments.  You must choose a term to describe the category of entity
-being defined; for example, ``Function'' could be used if the entity is
-a function.  The @code{@@deffn} command is written at the beginning of a
-line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity being
-described, the name of this particular entity, and its arguments, if
-any.  Terminate the definition with @code{@@end deffn} on a line of its
-own.@refill
-
-@need 750
-For example, here is a definition:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn Command forward-char nchars 
-Move point forward @@var@{nchars@} characters.
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This shows a rather terse definition for a ``command'' named
-@code{forward-char} with one argument, @var{nchars}.
-
-@code{@@deffn} prints argument names such as @var{nchars} in italics or
-upper case, as if @code{@@var} had been used, because we think of these
-names as metasyntactic variables---they stand for the actual argument
-values.  Within the text of the description, write an argument name
-explicitly with @code{@@var} to refer to the value of the argument.  In
-the example above, we used @samp{@@var@{nchars@}} in this way.
-
-The template for @code{@@deffn} is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition} 
-@@end deffn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@findex defun
-@item @@defun @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defun} command is the definition command for functions.
-@code{@@defun} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Function
-@dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun set symbol new-value
-Change the value of the symbol @@var@{symbol@}
-to @@var@{new-value@}.
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-shows a rather terse definition for a function @code{set} whose
-arguments are @var{symbol} and @var{new-value}.  The argument names on
-the @code{@@defun} line automatically appear in italics or upper case as
-if they were enclosed in @code{@@var}.  Terminate the definition with
-@code{@@end defun} on a line of its own.@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{} 
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defun} creates an entry in the index of functions.
-
-@findex defmac
-@item @@defmac @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defmac} command is the definition command for macros.
-@code{@@defmac} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}} and
-works like @code{@@defun}.@refill
-
-@findex defspec
-@item @@defspec @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defspec} command is the definition command for special
-forms.  (In Lisp, a special form is an entity much like a function.)
-@code{@@defspec} is equivalent to @samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@}
-@dots{}} and works like @code{@@defun}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Variables Commands, Typed Functions, Functions Commands, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Variables and Similar Entities
-
-Here are the commands for defining variables and similar
-entities:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex defvr
-@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name}
-The @code{@@defvr} command is a general definition command for
-something like a variable---an entity that records a value.  You must
-choose a term to describe the category of entity being defined; for
-example, ``Variable'' could be used if the entity is a variable.
-Write the @code{@@defvr} command at the beginning of a line and
-followed it on the same line by the category of the entity and the
-name of the entity.@refill
-
-Capitalize the category name like a title.  If the name of the
-category contains spaces, as in the name `User Option', write braces
-around it.  Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name
-of the entity, for example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvr @{User Option@} fill-column 
-This buffer-local variable specifies 
-the maximum width of filled lines.  
-@dots{} 
-@@end defvr
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Terminate the definition with @code{@@end defvr} on a line of its
-own.@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvr @var{category} @var{name} 
-@var{body-of-definition} 
-@@end defvr
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defvr} creates an entry in the index of variables for @var{name}.
-
-@findex defvar
-@item @@defvar @var{name}
-The @code{@@defvar} command is the definition command for variables.
-@code{@@defvar} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr Variable
-@dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 750
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvar kill-ring 
-@dots{} 
-@@end defvar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defvar @var{name} 
-@var{body-of-definition} 
-@@end defvar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defvar} creates an entry in the index of variables for
-@var{name}.@refill
-
-@findex defopt
-@item @@defopt @var{name}
-The @code{@@defopt} command is the definition command for user
-options.  @code{@@defopt} is equivalent to @samp{@@defvr @{User
-Option@} @dots{}} and works like @code{@@defvar}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Typed Functions, Typed Variables, Variables Commands, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Functions in Typed Languages
-
-The @code{@@deftypefn} command and its variations are for describing
-functions in C or any other language in which you must declare types
-of variables and functions.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deftypefn
-@item @@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deftypefn} command is the general definition command for
-functions and similar entities that may take arguments and that are
-typed.  The @code{@@deftypefn} command is written at the beginning of
-a line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity
-being described, the type of the returned value, the name of this
-particular entity, and its arguments, if any.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefn @{Library Function@} int foobar 
-   (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@})
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypefn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-(where the text before the ``@dots{}'', shown above as two lines, would
-actually be a single line in a real Texinfo file) produces the following
-in Info:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
--- Library Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR)
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@iftex
-
-In a printed manual, it produces:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-@dots{}
-@end deftypefn
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-This means that @code{foobar} is a ``library function'' that returns an
-@code{int}, and its arguments are @var{foo} (an @code{int}) and
-@var{bar} (a @code{float}).@refill
-
-The argument names that you write in @code{@@deftypefn} are not subject
-to an implicit @code{@@var}---since the actual names of the arguments in
-@code{@@deftypefn} are typically scattered among data type names and
-keywords, Texinfo cannot find them without help.  Instead, you must write
-@code{@@var} explicitly around the argument names.  In the example
-above, the argument names are @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}.@refill
-
-The template for @code{@@deftypefn} is:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefn @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments} @dots{}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypefn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Note that if the @var{category} or @var{data type} is more than one
-word then it must be enclosed in braces to make it a single argument.@refill
-
-If you are describing a procedure in a language that has packages,
-such as Ada, you might consider using @code{@@deftypefn} in a manner
-somewhat contrary to the convention described in the preceding
-paragraphs.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefn stacks private push 
-        (@@var@{s@}:in out stack; 
-        @@var@{n@}:in integer)
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypefn
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(The @code{@@deftypefn} arguments are shown split into three lines, but
-would be a single line in a real Texinfo file.)
-
-In this instance, the procedure is classified as belonging to the
-package @code{stacks} rather than classified as a `procedure' and its
-data type is described as @code{private}.  (The name of the procedure
-is @code{push}, and its arguments are @var{s} and @var{n}.)@refill
-
-@code{@@deftypefn} creates an entry in the index of functions for
-@var{name}.@refill
-
-@findex deftypefun
-@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deftypefun} command is the specialized definition command
-for functions in typed languages.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-Thus,
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-@@deftypefun int foobar (int @@var@{foo@}, float @@var@{bar@})
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypefun
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-produces the following in Info:
-
-@example
-@group
--- Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR)
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-@iftex
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and the following in a printed manual:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-@dots{}
-@end deftypefun
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-@need 800
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypefun @var{type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypefun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftypefun} creates an entry in the index of functions for
-@var{name}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Typed Variables, Abstract Objects, Typed Functions, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Variables in Typed Languages
-
-Variables in typed languages are handled in a manner similar to
-functions in typed languages.  @xref{Typed Functions}.  The general
-definition command @code{@@deftypevr} corresponds to
-@code{@@deftypefn} and the specialized definition command
-@code{@@deftypevar} corresponds to @code{@@deftypefun}.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deftypevr
-@item @@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name}
-The @code{@@deftypevr} command is the general definition command for
-something like a variable in a typed language---an entity that records
-a value.  You must choose a term to describe the category of the
-entity being defined; for example, ``Variable'' could be used if the
-entity is a variable.@refill
-
-The @code{@@deftypevr} command is written at the beginning of a line
-and is followed on the same line by the category of the entity
-being described, the data type, and the name of this particular
-entity.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypevr @{Global Flag@} int enable
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypevr
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces the following in Info:
-
-@example
-@group
--- Global Flag: int enable
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-@iftex
-
-@noindent
-and the following in a printed manual:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-@dots{}
-@end deftypevr
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-@need 800
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@@deftypevr @var{category} @var{data-type} @var{name}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypevr
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftypevr} creates an entry in the index of variables for
-@var{name}.@refill
-
-@findex deftypevar
-@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name}
-The @code{@@deftypevar} command is the specialized definition command
-for variables in typed languages.  @code{@@deftypevar} is equivalent
-to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypevar int fubar
-@dots{}
-@@end deftypevar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-produces the following in Info:
-
-@example
-@group
--- Variable: int fubar
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-@iftex
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-and the following in a printed manual:
-
-@quotation
-@deftypevar int fubar
-@dots{}
-@end deftypevar
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{name}
-@var{body-of-description}
-@@end deftypevar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftypevar} creates an entry in the index of variables for
-@var{name}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Abstract Objects, Data Types, Typed Variables, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Object-Oriented Programming
-
-Here are the commands for formatting descriptions about abstract
-objects, such as are used in object-oriented programming.  A class is
-a defined type of abstract object.  An instance of a class is a
-particular object that has the type of the class.  An instance
-variable is a variable that belongs to the class but for which each
-instance has its own value.@refill
-
-In a definition, if the name of a class is truly a name defined in the
-programming system for a class, then you should write an @code{@@code}
-around it.  Otherwise, it is printed in the usual text font.@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex defcv
-@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name}
-The @code{@@defcv} command is the general definition command for
-variables associated with classes in object-oriented programming.  The
-@code{@@defcv} command is followed by three arguments: the category of
-thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its
-name.  Thus,@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defcv @{Class Option@} Window border-pattern
-@dots{}
-@@end defcv
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-illustrates how you would write the first line of a definition of the
-@code{border-pattern} class option of the class @code{Window}.@refill
-
-The template is
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name}
-@dots{}
-@@end defcv
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defcv} creates an entry in the index of variables.
-
-@findex defivar
-@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{name}
-The @code{@@defivar} command is the definition command for instance
-variables in object-oriented programming.  @code{@@defivar} is
-equivalent to @samp{@@defcv @{Instance Variable@} @dots{}}@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defivar
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defivar} creates an entry in the index of variables.
-
-@findex defop
-@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defop} command is the general definition command for
-entities that may resemble methods in object-oriented programming.  
-These entities take arguments, as functions do, but are associated
-with particular classes of objects.@refill
-
-For example, some systems have constructs called @dfn{wrappers} that
-are associated with classes as methods are, but that act more like
-macros than like functions.  You could use @code{@@defop Wrapper} to
-describe one of these.@refill
-
-Sometimes it is useful to distinguish methods and @dfn{operations}.
-You can think of an operation as the specification for a method.
-Thus, a window system might specify that all window classes have a
-method named @code{expose}; we would say that this window system
-defines an @code{expose} operation on windows in general.  Typically,
-the operation has a name and also specifies the pattern of arguments;
-all methods that implement the operation must accept the same
-arguments, since applications that use the operation do so without
-knowing which method will implement it.@refill
-
-Often it makes more sense to document operations than methods.  For
-example, window application developers need to know about the
-@code{expose} operation, but need not be concerned with whether a
-given class of windows has its own method to implement this operation.
-To describe this operation, you would write:@refill
-
-@example
-@@defop Operation windows expose
-@end example
-
-The @code{@@defop} command is written at the beginning of a line and
-is followed on the same line by the overall name of the category of
-operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
-operation, and its arguments, if any.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defop
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@defop} creates an entry, such as `@code{expose} on
-@code{windows}', in the index of functions.@refill
-
-@findex defmethod
-@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-The @code{@@defmethod} command is the definition command for methods
-in object-oriented programming.  A method is a kind of function that
-implements an operation for a particular class of objects and its
-subclasses.  In the Lisp Machine, methods actually were functions, but
-they were usually defined with @code{defmethod}.
-
-@code{@@defmethod} is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}.
-The command is written at the beginning of a line and is followed by
-the name of the class of the method, the name of the method, and its
-arguments, if any.@refill
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defmethod @code{bar-class} bar-method argument
-@dots{}
-@@end defmethod
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-illustrates the definition for a method called @code{bar-method} of
-the class @code{bar-class}.  The method takes an argument.@refill
-
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end defmethod
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@c !!! reworded to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-@code{@@defmethod} creates an entry in the index of functions, such as
-`@code{bar-method} on @code{bar-class}'.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Data Types,  , Abstract Objects, Def Cmds in Detail
-@subsection Data Types
-
-Here is the command for data types:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex deftp
-@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name} @var{attributes}@dots{}
-The @code{@@deftp} command is the generic definition command for data
-types.  The command is written at the beginning of a line and is
-followed on the same line by the category, by the name of the type
-(which is a word like @code{int} or @code{float}), and then by names of
-attributes of objects of that type.  Thus, you could use this command
-for describing @code{int} or @code{float}, in which case you could use
-@code{data type} as the category.  (A data type is a category of
-certain objects for purposes of deciding which operations can be
-performed on them.)@refill
-
-In Lisp, for example,  @dfn{pair} names a particular data
-type, and an object of that type has two slots called the
-@sc{car} and the @sc{cdr}.  Here is how you would write the first line
-of a definition of @code{pair}.@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftp @{Data type@} pair car cdr
-@dots{}
-@@end deftp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 950
-The template is:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{}
-@var{body-of-definition}
-@@end deftp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@code{@@deftp} creates an entry in the index of data types.
-@end table
-
-@node Def Cmd Conventions, Sample Function Definition, Def Cmds in Detail, Definition Commands
-@section Conventions for Writing Definitions
-@cindex Definition conventions
-@cindex Conventions for writing definitions
-
-When you write a definition using @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun}, or
-one of the other definition commands, please take care to use
-arguments that indicate the meaning, as with the @var{count} argument
-to the @code{forward-word} function.  Also, if the name of an argument
-contains the name of a type, such as @var{integer}, take care that the
-argument actually is of that type.@refill
-
-@node Sample Function Definition,  , Def Cmd Conventions, Definition Commands
-@section A Sample Function Definition
-@cindex Function definitions
-@cindex Command definitions
-@cindex Macro definitions
-@cindex Sample function definition
-
-A function definition uses the @code{@@defun} and @code{@@end defun}
-commands.  The name of the function follows immediately after the
-@code{@@defun} command and it is followed, on the same line, by the
-parameter list.@refill
-
-Here is a definition from @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
-(@xref{Calling Functions, , Calling Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
-Lisp Reference Manual}.)
-
-@quotation
-@defun apply function &rest arguments
-@code{apply} calls @var{function} with @var{arguments}, just
-like @code{funcall} but with one difference: the last of
-@var{arguments} is a list of arguments to give to
-@var{function}, rather than a single argument.  We also say
-that this list is @dfn{appended} to the other arguments.
-
-@code{apply} returns the result of calling @var{function}.
-As with @code{funcall}, @var{function} must either be a Lisp
-function or a primitive function; special forms and macros
-do not make sense in @code{apply}.
-
-@example
-(setq f 'list)
-     @result{} list
-(apply f 'x 'y 'z)
-@error{} Wrong type argument: listp, z
-(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4))
-     @result{} 10
-(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4))
-     @result{} 10
-
-(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil))
-     @result{} (a b c x y z)
-@end example
-
-An interesting example of using @code{apply} is found in the description
-of @code{mapcar}.@refill
-@end defun
-@end quotation
-
-@need 1200
-In the Texinfo source file, this example looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@defun apply function &rest arguments
-
-@@code@{apply@} calls @@var@{function@} with
-@@var@{arguments@}, just like @@code@{funcall@} but with one
-difference: the last of @@var@{arguments@} is a list of
-arguments to give to @@var@{function@}, rather than a single
-argument.  We also say that this list is @@dfn@{appended@}
-to the other arguments.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@code@{apply@} returns the result of calling
-@@var@{function@}.  As with @@code@{funcall@},
-@@var@{function@} must either be a Lisp function or a
-primitive function; special forms and macros do not make
-sense in @@code@{apply@}.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@example
-(setq f 'list)
-     @@result@{@} list
-(apply f 'x 'y 'z)
-@@error@{@} Wrong type argument: listp, z
-(apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4))
-     @@result@{@} 10
-(apply '+ '(1 2 3 4))
-     @@result@{@} 10
-
-(apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil))
-     @@result@{@} (a b c x y z)
-@@end example
-@end group
-
-@group
-An interesting example of using @@code@{apply@} is found
-in the description of @@code@{mapcar@}.@@refill
-@@end defun
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this manual, this function is listed in the Command and Variable
-Index under @code{apply}.@refill
-
-Ordinary variables and user options are described using a format like
-that for functions except that variables do not take arguments.
-
-@node Footnotes, Conditionals, Definition Commands, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Footnotes
-@cindex Footnotes
-@findex footnote
-
-A @dfn{footnote} is for a reference that documents or elucidates the
-primary text.@footnote{A footnote should complement or expand upon
-the primary text, but a reader should not need to read a footnote to
-understand the primary text.  For a thorough discussion of footnotes,
-see @cite{The Chicago Manual of Style}, which is published by the
-University of Chicago Press.}@refill
-
-In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the @code{@@footnote} command.
-This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text
-of the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace.  The template
-is: 
-
-@example
-@@footnote@{@var{text}@}
-@end example
-
-Footnotes may be of any length, but are usually short.@refill
-
-For example, this clause is followed by a sample
-footnote@footnote{Here is the sample footnote.}; in the Texinfo
-source, it looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@dots{}a sample footnote @@footnote@{Here is the sample 
-footnote.@}; in the Texinfo source@dots{}
-@end example
-
-In a printed manual or book, the reference mark for a footnote is a
-small, superscripted number; the text of the footnote is written at
-the bottom of the page, below a horizontal line.@refill
-
-In Info, the reference mark for a footnote is a pair of parentheses
-with the footnote number between them, like this: @samp{(1)}.@refill
-
-Info has two footnote styles, which determine where the text of the
-footnote is located:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@cindex @samp{@r{End}} node footnote style
-@item 
-In the `End' node style, all the footnotes for a single node
-are placed at the end of that node.  The footnotes are separated from
-the rest of the node by a line of dashes with the word
-@samp{Footnotes} within it.  Each footnote begins with an
-@samp{(@var{n})} reference mark.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@noindent
-Here is an example of a single footnote in the end of node style:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
- --------- Footnotes ---------
-
-(1)  Here is a sample footnote.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@cindex @samp{@r{Separate}} footnote style
-@item 
-In the `Separate' node style, all the footnotes for a single
-node are placed in an automatically constructed node of
-their own.  In this style, a ``footnote reference'' follows
-each @samp{(@var{n})} reference mark in the body of the
-node.  The footnote reference is actually a cross reference
-which you use to reach the footnote node.@refill
-
-The name of the node containing the footnotes is constructed
-by appending @w{@samp{-Footnotes}} to the name of the node
-that contains the footnotes. (Consequently, the footnotes'
-node for the @file{Footnotes} node is
-@w{@file{Footnotes-Footnotes}}!)  The footnotes' node has an
-`Up' node pointer that leads back to its parent node.@refill
-
-@noindent
-Here is how the first footnote in this manual looks after being
-formatted for Info in the separate node style:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-@group
-File: texinfo.info  Node: Overview-Footnotes, Up: Overview
-
-(1) Note that the first syllable of "Texinfo" is 
-pronounced like "speck", not "hex". @dots{}
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-@end itemize
-
-A Texinfo file may be formatted into an Info file with either footnote
-style.@refill
-
-@findex footnotestyle
-Use the @code{@@footnotestyle} command to specify an Info file's
-footnote style.  Write this command at the beginning of a line followed
-by an argument, either @samp{end} for the end node style or
-@samp{separate} for the separate node style.  
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@footnotestyle end
-@end example
-@noindent
-or
-@example
-@@footnotestyle separate
-@end example
-
-Write an @code{@@footnotestyle} command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  (If you
-include the @code{@@footnotestyle} command between the start-of-header
-and end-of-header lines, the region formatting commands will format
-footnotes as specified.)@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-If you do not specify a footnote style, the formatting commands use
-their default style.  Currently, @code{makeinfo} uses the `end' style,
-while @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{texinfo-format-region}
-use the `separate' style.@refill
-
-@c !!! note: makeinfo's --footnote-style option overrides footnotestyle
-@ignore
-If you use @code{makeinfo} to create the Info file, the
-@samp{--footnote-style} option determines which style is used,
-@samp{end} for the end of node style or @samp{separate} for the
-separate node style.  Thus, to format the Texinfo manual in the
-separate node style, you would use the following shell command:@refill
-
-@example
-makeinfo --footnote-style=separate texinfo.texi
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-To format the Texinfo manual in the end of node style, you would
-type:@refill
-
-@example
-makeinfo --footnote-style=end texinfo.texi
-@end example
-@end ignore
-@ignore
-If you use @code{texinfo-format-buffer} or
-@code{texinfo-format-region} to create the Info file, the value of the
-@code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable controls the footnote style.
-It can be either @samp{"separate"} for the separate node style or
-@samp{"end"} for the end of node style.  (You can change the value of
-this variable with the @kbd{M-x edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit
-Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), or
-with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command (@pxref{Examining, , Examining
-and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-footnote-style} variable also controls the style if
-you use the @kbd{M-x makeinfo-region} or @kbd{M-x makeinfo-buffer}
-command in Emacs.@refill
-@end ignore
-This chapter contains two footnotes.@refill
-
-@node Conditionals, Format/Print Hardcopy, Footnotes, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Conditionally Visible Text
-@cindex Conditionally visible text
-@cindex Text, conditionally visible
-@cindex Visibility of conditional text
-@cindex If text conditionally visible
-@findex ifinfo
-@findex iftex
-
-Sometimes it is good to use different text for a printed manual and
-its corresponding Info file.  In this case, you can use the
-@dfn{conditional commands} to specify which text is for the printed manual
-and which is for the Info file.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Conditional Commands::        How to specify text for Info or @TeX{}.
-* Using Ordinary TeX Commands::  You can use any and all @TeX{} commands.
-* set clear value::             How to designate which text to format (for
-                                  both Info and @TeX{}); and how to set a
-                                  flag to a string that you can insert.
-@end menu
-
-@node Conditional Commands, Using Ordinary TeX Commands,  , Conditionals
-@ifinfo
-@heading Using @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@iftex}
-@end ifinfo
-
-@code{@@ifinfo} begins segments of text that should be ignored 
-by @TeX{} when it
-typesets the printed manual.  The segment of text appears only 
-in the Info file.
-The @code{@@ifinfo} command should appear on a line by itself;  end
-the Info-only text with a line containing @code{@@end ifinfo} by
-itself.  At the beginning of a Texinfo file, the Info permissions are
-contained within a region marked by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end
-ifinfo}. (@xref{Info Summary and Permissions}.)@refill
-
-The @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands are similar to the
-@code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end ifinfo} commands, except that they
-specify text that will appear in the printed manual but not in the Info
-file.@refill
-
-@need 700
-For example,
-
-@example
-@@iftex
-This text will appear only in the printed manual.
-@@end iftex
-
-@@ifinfo
-However, this text will appear only in Info.
-@@end ifinfo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The preceding example produces the following line:
-
-@iftex
-This text will appear only in the printed manual.
-@end iftex
-
-@ifinfo
-However, this text will appear only in Info.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@noindent
-Note how you only see one of the two lines, depending on whether you
-are reading the Info version or the printed version of this
-manual.@refill
-
-The @code{@@titlepage} command is a special variant of @code{@@iftex} that
-is used for making the title and copyright pages of the printed
-manual. (@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.) @refill
-
-@node Using Ordinary TeX Commands, set clear value, Conditional Commands, Conditionals
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands
-@cindex @TeX{} commands, using ordinary
-@cindex Ordinary @TeX{} commands, using
-@cindex Commands using ordinary @TeX{}
-@cindex Plain@TeX{}
-
-Inside a region delineated by @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex},
-you can embed some Plain@TeX{} commands.  Info will ignore these
-commands since they are only in that part of the file which is seen by
-@TeX{}.  You can write the @TeX{} commands as you would write them in
-a normal @TeX{} file, except that you must replace the @samp{\} used
-by @TeX{} with an @samp{@@}.  For example, in the @code{@@titlepage}
-section of a Texinfo file, you can use the @TeX{} command
-@code{@@vskip} to format the copyright page.  (The @code{@@titlepage}
-command causes Info to ignore the region automatically, as it does
-with the @code{@@iftex} command.)@refill
-
-However, many features of Plain@TeX{} will not work, as they are
-overridden by features of Texinfo.
-
-@findex tex
-You can enter Plain@TeX{} completely, and use @samp{\} in the @TeX{}
-commands, by delineating a region with the @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end
-tex} commands.  (The @code{@@tex} command also causes Info to ignore the
-region, like the @code{@@iftex}
-command.)@refill
-
-@cindex Mathematical expressions
-For example, here is a mathematical expression written in
-Plain@TeX{}:@refill
-
-@example
-@@tex
-$$ \chi^2 = \sum_@{i=1@}^N 
-          \left (y_i - (a + b x_i) 
-          \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
-@@end tex
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The output of this example will appear only in a printed manual.  If
-you are reading this in Info, you will not see anything after this
-paragraph.
-@iftex
-In a printed manual, the above expression looks like
-this:
-@end iftex
-
-@tex
-$$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N 
-          \left(y_i - (a + b x_i) 
-          \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
-@end tex
-
-@node set clear value,  , Using Ordinary TeX Commands, Conditionals
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, and @code{@@value}
-
-You can direct the Texinfo formatting commands to format or ignore parts
-of a Texinfo file with the @code{@@set}, @code{@@clear}, @code{@@ifset},
-and @code{@@ifclear} commands.@refill
-
-In addition, you can use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to set the
-value of @var{flag} to a string of characters; and use
-@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} to insert that string.  You can use
-@code{@@set}, for example, to set a date and use @code{@@value} to
-insert the date in several places in the Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@menu
-* ifset ifclear::               Format a region if a flag is set.
-* value::                       Replace a flag with a string. 
-* value Example::               An easy way to update edition information.
-@end menu
-
-@node ifset ifclear, value,  , set clear value
-@subsection @code{@@ifset} and @code{@@ifclear}
-
-@findex ifset
-When a @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and @code{@@end
-ifset} commands.  When the @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting
-commands do @emph{not} format the text.
-
-Use the @code{@@set @var{flag}} command to turn on, or @dfn{set}, a
-@var{flag}; a @dfn{flag} can be any single word.  The format for the
-command looks like this:@refill
-@findex set
- 
-@example
-@@set @var{flag}
-@end example
-
-Write the conditionally formatted text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}}
-and @code{@@end ifset} commands, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@ifset @var{flag}
-@var{conditional-text}
-@@end ifset
-@end group
-@end example
-
-For example, you can create one document that has two variants, such as
-a manual for a `large' and `small' model:@refill
-
-@example
-You can use this machine to dig up shrubs 
-without hurting them.
-
-@@set large
-
-@@ifset large
-It can also dig up fully grown trees.
-@@end ifset
-
-Remember to replant promptly @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In the example, the formatting commands will format the text between
-@code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset} because the @code{large}
-flag is set.@refill
-
-@findex clear
-Use the @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command to turn off, or @dfn{clear},
-a flag.  Clearing a flag is the opposite of setting a flag.  The
-command looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@clear @var{flag}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Write the command on a line of its own.
-
-When @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do
-@emph{not} format the text between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and
-@code{@@end ifset}; that text is ignored and does not appear in either
-printed or Info output.@refill
-
-For example, if you clear the flag of the preceding example by writing
-an @code{@@clear large} command after the @code{@@set large} command
-(but before the conditional text), then the Texinfo formatting commands
-ignore the text between the @code{@@ifset large} and @code{@@end ifset}
-commands.  In the formatted output, that text does not appear; in both
-printed and Info output, you see only the lines that say, ``You can use
-this machine to dig up shrubs without hurting them.  Remember to replant
-promptly @dots{}''.
-
-@findex ifclear
-If a flag is cleared with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}} command, then
-the formatting commands format text between subsequent pairs of
-@code{@@ifclear} and @code{@@end ifclear} commands.  But if the flag
-is set with @code{@@set @var{flag}}, then the formatting commands do
-@emph{not} format text between an @code{@@ifclear} and an @code{@@end
-ifclear} command; rather, they ignore that text.  An @code{@@ifclear}
-command looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@@ifclear @var{flag}
-@end example
-
-@need 700
-In brief, the commands are:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@item @@set @var{flag}
-Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is set.@refill
-
-@item @@clear @var{flag}
-Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that @var{flag} is cleared.@refill
-
-@item @@ifset @var{flag}
-If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to format
-the text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill
-
-If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to
-ignore text up to the following @code{@@end ifset} command.@refill
-
-@item @@ifclear @var{flag} 
-If @var{flag} is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to ignore
-the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear} command.@refill
-
-If @var{flag} is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to
-format the text up to the following @code{@@end ifclear}
-command.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node value, value Example, ifset ifclear, set clear value
-@subsection @code{@@value}
-@findex value
-
-You can use the @code{@@set} command to specify a value for a flag,
-which is expanded by the @code{@@value} command.  The value is a string
-a characters.
-
-Write the @code{@@set} command like this:
-
-@example
-@@set foo This is a string.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This sets the value of @code{foo} to ``This is a string.''
-
-The Texinfo formatters replace an @code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} command with
-the string to which @var{flag} is set.@refill
-
-Thus, when @code{foo} is set as shown above, the Texinfo formatters convert
-
-@example
-@group
-@@value@{foo@}
-@exdent @r{to}
-This is a string.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-You can write an @code{@@value} command within a paragraph; but you
-must write an @code{@@set} command on a line of its own.
-
-If you write the @code{@@set} command like this:
-
-@example
-@@set foo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-without specifying a string, the value of @code{foo} is an empty string.
-
-If you clear a previously set flag with an @code{@@clear @var{flag}}
-command, a subsequent @code{@@value@{flag@}} command is invalid and the
-string is replaced with an error message that says @samp{@{No value for
-"@var{flag}"@}}.
-
-For example, if you set @code{foo} as follows:@refill
-
-@example
-@@set how-much very, very, very
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-then the formatters transform
-
-@example
-@group
-It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day.
-@exdent @r{into}
-It is a very, very, very wet day.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-If you write
-
-@example
-@@clear how-much
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-then the formatters transform
-
-@example
-@group
-It is a @@value@{how-much@} wet day.
-@exdent @r{into}
-It is a @{No value for "how-much"@} wet day.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node value Example,  , value, set clear value
-@subsection @code{@@value} Example
-
-You can use the @code{@@value} command to limit the number of places you
-need to change when you record an update to a manual.  
-Here is how it is done in @cite{The GNU Make Manual}:
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-Set the flags:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@set EDITION 0.35 Beta
-@@set VERSION 3.63 Beta
-@@set UPDATED 14 August 1992
-@@set UPDATE-MONTH August 1992
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-Write text for the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the
-Texinfo file:
-
-@example
-@group
-This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, 
-last updated @@value@{UPDATED@},
-of @@cite@{The GNU Make Manual@}, 
-for @@code@{make@}, Version @@value@{VERSION@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-Write text for the title page, for people reading the printed manual:
-@c List only the month and the year since that looks less fussy on a
-@c printed cover than a date that lists the day as well.
-
-@example
-@group
-@@title GNU Make
-@@subtitle A Program for Directing Recompilation
-@@subtitle Edition @@value@{EDITION@}, @dots{}
-@@subtitle @@value@{UPDATE-MONTH@}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(On a printed cover, a date listing the month and the year looks less
-fussy than a date listing the day as well as the month and year.)
-
-@need 750
-@noindent
-Write text for the Top node, for people reading the Info file:
-
-@example
-@group
-This is Edition @@value@{EDITION@} 
-of the @@cite@{GNU Make Manual@},
-last updated @@value@{UPDATED@}
-for @@code@{make@} Version @@value@{VERSION@}.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 950
-After you format the manual, the text in the first @code{@@ifinfo}
-section looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-This is Edition 0.35 Beta, last updated 14 August 1992, 
-of `The GNU Make Manual', for `make', Version 3.63 Beta.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-When you update the manual, change only the values of the flags; you do
-not need to rewrite the three sections.
-
-@node Format/Print Hardcopy, Create an Info File, Conditionals, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Format and Print Hardcopy
-@cindex Format and print hardcopy
-@cindex Hardcopy, printing it
-@cindex Making a printed manual
-@cindex Sorting indices
-@cindex Indices, sorting
-@cindex @TeX{} index sorting
-@findex texindex
-
-There are three major shell commands for making a printed manual from a
-Texinfo file: one for converting the Texinfo file into a file that will be
-printed, a second for sorting indices, and a third for printing the
-formatted document.  When you use the shell commands, you can either
-work directly in the operating system shell or work within a shell
-inside GNU Emacs.@refill
-
-If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use commands provided by Texinfo
-mode instead of shell commands.  In addition to the three commands to
-format a file, sort the indices, and print the result, Texinfo mode
-offers key bindings for commands to recenter the output buffer, show the
-print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Use TeX::                     Use @TeX{} to format for hardcopy.
-* Shell Format & Print::        How to format and print a hardcopy manual
-                                 with shell commands.
-* Within Emacs::                How to format and print from an Emacs shell.
-* Texinfo Mode Printing::       How to format and print in Texinfo mode.
-* Compile-Command::             How to print using Emacs's compile command.
-* Requirements Summary::        @TeX{} formatting requirements summary.
-* Preparing for TeX::           What you need to do to use @TeX{}.
-* Overfull hboxes::             What are and what to do with overfull hboxes.
-* smallbook::                   How to print small format books and manuals.
-* A4 Paper::                    How to print on European A4 paper.
-* Cropmarks and Magnification::  How to print marks to indicate the size
-                                of pages and how to print scaled up output.
-@end menu
-
-@node Use TeX, Shell Format & Print,  , Format/Print Hardcopy
-@ifinfo
-@heading Use @TeX{}
-@end ifinfo
-
-The typesetting program called @TeX{} is used for formatting a Texinfo
-file.  @TeX{} is a very powerful typesetting program and, if used right,
-does an exceptionally good job.  @xref{Obtaining TeX, , How to Obtain
-@TeX{}}, for information on how to obtain @TeX{}.@refill
-
-The @code{makeinfo}, @code{texinfo-format-region}, and
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} commands read the very same @@-commands
-in the Texinfo file as does @TeX{}, but process them differently to
-make an Info file; see @ref{Create an Info File}.@refill
-
-@node Shell Format & Print, Within Emacs, Use TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Format and Print Using Shell Commands
-
-@cindex DVI file
-Format the Texinfo file with the shell command @code{tex} followed by
-the name of the Texinfo file.  This produces a formatted @sc{dvi} file
-as well as several auxiliary files containing indices, cross
-references, etc.  The @sc{dvi} file (for @dfn{DeVice Independent}
-file) can be printed on a wide variety of printers.@refill
-
-The @code{tex} formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it
-writes an output file of unsorted index data.  This is a misfeature of
-@TeX{}.  Hence, to generate a printed index, you first need a sorted
-index to work from.  The @code{texindex} command sorts indices.  (The
-source file @file{texindex.c} comes as part of the standard GNU
-distribution and is usually installed when Emacs is installed.)@refill
-@findex texindex
-@ignore
-Usage: texindex [-k] [-T tempdir] infile [-o outfile] ...
-
-Each infile arg can optionally be followed by a `-o outfile' arg;
-for each infile that is not followed by a -o arg, the infile name with
-`s' (for `sorted') appended is used for the outfile.
-
--T dir is the directory to put temp files in, instead of /tmp.
--k means `keep tempfiles', for debugging.
-@end ignore
-
-The @code{tex} formatting command outputs unsorted index files under
-names that obey a standard convention.  These names are the name of
-your main input file to the @code{tex} formatting command, with
-everything after the first period thrown away, and the two letter
-names of indices added at the end.  For example, the raw index output
-files for the input file @file{foo.texinfo} would be @file{foo.cp},
-@file{foo.vr}, @file{foo.fn}, @file{foo.tp}, @file{foo.pg} and
-@file{foo.ky}.  Those are exactly the arguments to give to
-@code{texindex}.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Or else, you can use @samp{??} as ``wild-cards'' and give the command in
-this form:@refill
-
-@example
-texindex foo.??
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This command will run @code{texindex} on all the unsorted index files,
-including any that you have defined yourself using @code{@@defindex}
-or @code{@@defcodeindex}.  (You may execute @samp{texindex foo.??}
-even if there are similarly named files with two letter extensions
-that are not index files, such as @samp{foo.el}.  The @code{texindex}
-command reports but otherwise ignores such files.)@refill
-
-For each file specified, @code{texindex} generates a sorted index file
-whose name is made by appending @samp{s} to the input file name.  The
-@code{@@printindex} command knows to look for a file of that name.
-@code{texindex} does not alter the raw index output file.@refill
-
-After you have sorted the indices, you need to rerun the @code{tex}
-formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This regenerates a formatted
-@sc{dvi} file with up-to-date index entries.@footnote{If you use more
-than one index and have cross references to an index other than the
-first, you must run @code{tex} @emph{three times} to get correct output:
-once to generate raw index data; again (after @code{texindex}) to output
-the text of the indices and determine their true page numbers; and a
-third time to output correct page numbers in cross references to them.
-However, cross references to indices are rare.}@refill
-
-To summarize, this is a three step process:
- 
-@enumerate
-@item 
-Run the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This
-generates the formatted @sc{dvi} file as well as the raw index files
-with two letter extensions.@refill
-
-@item 
-Run the shell command @code{texindex} on the raw index files to sort
-them.  This creates the corresponding sorted index files.@refill
-
-@item 
-Rerun the @code{tex} formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This
-regenerates a formatted @sc{dvi} file with the index entries in the
-correct order.  This second run also corrects the page numbers for 
-the cross references.  (The tables of contents are always correct.)@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-You need not run @code{texindex} each time after you run the
-@code{tex} formatting.  If you do not, on the next run, the @code{tex}
-formatting command will use whatever sorted index files happen to
-exist from the previous use of @code{texindex}.  This is usually
-@sc{ok} while you are debugging.@refill
-
-@findex texi2dvi @r{(shell script)}
-Rather than type the @code{tex} and @code{texindex} commands yourself,
-you can use @code{texi2dvi}.  This shell script is designed to
-simplify the @code{tex}---@code{texindex}---@code{tex} sequence by
-figuring out whether index files and @sc{dvi} files are up-to-date.
-It runs @code{texindex} and @code{tex} only when necessary.
-
-@need 1000
-The syntax for @code{texi2dvi} is like this (where @samp{%} is the
-shell prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% texi2dvi @var{filename}@dots{}
-@end example
-
-@findex lpr @r{(@sc{dvi} print command)}
-Finally, you can print the @sc{dvi} file with the @sc{dvi} print command.
-The precise command to use depends on the system; @samp{lpr -d} is
-common.  The @sc{dvi} print command may require a file name without any
-extension or with a @samp{.dvi} extension.@refill
-
-@need 1200
-The following commands, for example, sort the indices, format, and
-print the @cite{Bison Manual} (where @samp{%} is the shell
-prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-% tex bison.texinfo
-% texindex bison.??
-% tex bison.texinfo
-% lpr -d bison.dvi
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Remember that the shell commands may be different at your site; but
-these are commonly used versions.)@refill
-
-@node Within Emacs, Texinfo Mode Printing, Shell Format & Print, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section From an Emacs Shell @dots{}
-@cindex Print, format from Emacs shell
-@cindex Format, print from Emacs shell
-@cindex Shell, format, print from
-@cindex Emacs shell, format, print from
-@cindex GNU Emacs shell, format, print from
-
-You can give formatting and printing commands from a shell within GNU
-Emacs.  To create a shell within Emacs, type @kbd{M-x shell}.  In this
-shell, you can format and print the document.  @xref{Shell Format & Print, ,
-How to Format and Print Using Shell Commands}, for details.@refill
-
-You can switch to and from the shell buffer while @code{tex} is
-running and do other editing.  If you are formatting a long document
-on a slow machine, this can be very convenient.@refill
-
-You can also use @code{texi2dvi} from an Emacs shell.  For example,
-here is how to use @code{texi2dvi} to format and print @cite{Using and
-Porting GNU CC} from a shell within Emacs (where @samp{%} is the shell
-prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-% texi2dvi gcc.texinfo
-% lpr -d gcc.dvi
-@end group
-@end example
-@ifinfo
-
-@xref{Texinfo Mode Printing}, for more information about formatting
-and printing in Texinfo mode.@refill
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Texinfo Mode Printing, Compile-Command, Within Emacs, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@section Formatting and Printing in Texinfo Mode
-@cindex Region printing in Texinfo mode
-@cindex Format and print in Texinfo mode
-@cindex Print and format in Texinfo mode
-
-Texinfo mode provides several predefined key commands for @TeX{}
-formatting and printing.  These include commands for sorting indices,
-looking at the printer queue, killing the formatting job, and
-recentering the display of the buffer in which the operations
-occur.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-t C-r 
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-region
-Run @TeX{} on the current region.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-b
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-buffer
-Run @TeX{} on the current buffer.@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-@item C-c C-t C-i
-@itemx M-x texinfo-texindex
-Sort the indices of a Texinfo file that have been formatted with
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-p
-@itemx M-x texinfo-tex-print
-Print a @sc{dvi} file that was made with @code{texinfo-tex-region} or
-@code{texinfo-tex-buffer}.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-q
-@itemx M-x texinfo-show-tex-print-queue
-Show the print queue.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-d
-@itemx M-x texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue
-Delete a job from the print queue; you will be prompted for the job
-number shown by a preceding @kbd{C-c C-t C-q} command
-(@code{texinfo-show-tex-print-queue}).@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-@item C-c C-t C-k
-@itemx M-x texinfo-kill-tex-job
-Kill either the currently running @TeX{} job that has been started by
-@code{texinfo-tex-region} or @code{texinfo-tex-buffer}, or any other
-process running in the Texinfo shell buffer.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-x
-@itemx M-x texinfo-quit-tex-job
-Quit a @TeX{} formatting job that has stopped because of an error by
-sending an @key{x} to it.  When you do this, @TeX{} preserves a record
-of what it did in a @file{.log} file.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-t C-l
-@itemx M-x texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer
-Redisplay the shell buffer in which the @TeX{} printing and formatting
-commands are run to show its most recent output.@refill
-@end table
-
-Thus, the usual sequence of commands for formatting a buffer is as
-follows (with comments to the right):@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-C-c C-t C-b             @r{Run @TeX{} on the buffer.}
-C-c C-t C-i             @r{Sort the indices.}
-C-c C-t C-b             @r{Rerun @TeX{} to regenerate indices.}
-C-c C-t C-p             @r{Print the @sc{dvi} file.}
-C-c C-t C-q             @r{Display the printer queue.}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The Texinfo mode @TeX{} formatting commands start a subshell in Emacs
-called the @file{*texinfo-tex-shell*}.  The @code{texinfo-tex-command},
-@code{texinfo-texindex-command}, and @code{tex-dvi-print-command}
-commands are all run in this shell.  
-
-You can watch the commands operate in the @samp{*texinfo-tex-shell*} buffer,
-and you can switch to and from and use the @samp{*texinfo-tex-shell*} buffer
-as you would any other shell buffer.@refill
-
-@need 1500
-The formatting and print commands depend on the values of several variables.
-The default values are:@refill
-
-@sp 1
-@example
-@group
-     @r{Variable}                            @r{Default value}
-
-texinfo-tex-command                       "tex"
-texinfo-texindex-command                  "texindex"
-texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command              "cd"
-texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command             "lpr -d"
-texinfo-show-tex-queue-command            "lpq"
-texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command   "lprm"
-texinfo-start-of-header                   "%**start"
-texinfo-end-of-header                     "%**end"
-texinfo-tex-trailer                       "@@bye"
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-The default values of both the @code{texinfo-tex-command} and the
-@code{texinfo-texindex-command} variables are set in the @file{texnfo-tex.el}
-file.@refill
-
-You can change the values of these variables with the @kbd{M-x
-edit-options} command (@pxref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values,
-emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}), with the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command
-(@pxref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU
-Emacs Manual}), or with your @file{.emacs} initialization file
-(@pxref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}).@refill
-
-@node Compile-Command, Requirements Summary, Texinfo Mode Printing, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Using the Local Variables List
-@cindex Local variables
-@cindex Compile command for formatting
-@cindex Format with the compile command
-
-Yet another way to apply the @TeX{} formatting command to a Texinfo
-file is to put that command in a @dfn{local variables list} at the end
-of the Texinfo file.  You can then specify the @TeX{} formatting
-command as a @code{compile-command} and have Emacs run the @TeX{}
-formatting command by typing @kbd{M-x compile}.  This creates a
-special shell called the @samp{*compilation buffer*} in which Emacs
-runs the compile command.  For example, at the end of the
-@file{gdb.texinfo} file, after the @code{@@bye}, you would put the
-following:@refill
-
-@example
-@@c Local Variables:
-@@c compile-command: "tex gdb.texinfo"
-@@c End:
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile programs
-this way; see @ref{Compilation, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.@refill
-
-@node Requirements Summary, Preparing for TeX, Compile-Command, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section @TeX{} Formatting Requirements Summary
-@cindex Requirements for formatting 
-@cindex Formatting requirements
-
-Every Texinfo file that is to be input to @TeX{} must begin with a
-@code{\input} command and contain an @code{@@settitle} command:@refill
-
-@example
-\input texinfo
-@@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The first command instructs @TeX{} to load the macros it needs to
-process a Texinfo file and the second command specifies the title of
-printed manual.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Every Texinfo file must end with a line that terminates @TeX{}
-processing and forces out unfinished pages:@refill
-
-@example
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-Strictly speaking, these three lines are all a Texinfo file needs for
-@TeX{}, besides the body.  (The @code{@@setfilename} line is the only
-line that a Texinfo file needs for Info formatting.)@refill
-
-Usually, the file's first line contains an @samp{@@c -*-texinfo-*-}
-comment that causes Emacs to switch to Texinfo mode when you edit the
-file.  In addition, the beginning usually includes an
-@code{@@setfilename} for Info formatting, an @code{@@setchapternewpage}
-command, a title page, a copyright page, and permissions.  Besides an
-@code{@@bye}, the end of a file usually includes indices and a table of
-contents.@refill
-
-@iftex
-For more information, see
-@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}},
-@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings},
-@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page},
-@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and
-@ref{Contents}.
-@end iftex
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-For more information, see@*
-@ref{setchapternewpage, , @code{@@setchapternewpage}},@*
-@ref{Headings, ,Page Headings},@*
-@ref{Titlepage & Copyright Page},@*
-@ref{Printing Indices & Menus}, and@*
-@ref{Contents}.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node Preparing for TeX, Overfull hboxes, Requirements Summary, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Preparing to Use @TeX{}
-@cindex Preparing to use @TeX{}
-@cindex @TeX{} input initialization
-@cindex @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable
-@vindex TEXINPUTS
-@cindex @b{.profile} initialization file
-@cindex @b{.cshrc} initialization file
-@cindex Initialization file for @TeX{} input
-
-@TeX{} needs to know where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file
-that you have told it to input with the @samp{\input texinfo} command
-at the beginning of the first line.  The @file{texinfo.tex} file tells
-@TeX{} how to handle @@-commands.  (@file{texinfo.tex} is
-included in the standard GNU distributions.)@refill
-
-Usually, the @file{texinfo.tex} file is put in the default directory
-that contains @TeX{} macros (the @file{/usr/lib/tex/macros} 
-directory) when GNU Emacs or other GNU software is installed.  
-In this case, @TeX{} will
-find the file and you do not need to do anything special.
-Alternatively, you can put @file{texinfo.tex} in the directory in
-which the Texinfo source file is located, and @TeX{} will find it
-there.@refill
-
-However, you may want to specify the location of the @code{\input} file
-yourself.  One way to do this is to write the complete path for the file
-after the @code{\input} command.  Another way is to set the
-@code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or
-@file{.profile} file.  The @code{TEXINPUTS} environment variable will tell
-@TeX{} where to find the @file{texinfo.tex} file and any other file that
-you might want @TeX{} to use.@refill
-
-Whether you use a @file{.cshrc} or @file{.profile} file depends on
-whether you use @code{csh}, @code{sh}, or @code{bash} for your shell
-command interpreter.  When you use @code{csh}, it looks to the
-@file{.cshrc} file for initialization information, and when you use
-@code{sh} or @code{bash}, it looks to the @file{.profile} file.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could use the following @code{csh} command
-sequence:@refill
-
-@example
-setenv TEXINPUTS .:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
-@end example
-
-@need 1000
-In a @file{.profile} file, you could use the following @code{sh} command
-sequence:
-
-@example
-@group
-TEXINPUTS=.:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
-export TEXINPUTS
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This would cause @TeX{} to look for @file{\input} file first in the current
-directory, indicated by the @samp{.}, then in a hypothetical user's
-@file{me/mylib} directory, and finally in the system library.@refill
-
-@node Overfull hboxes, smallbook, Preparing for TeX, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Overfull ``hboxes''
-@cindex Overfull @samp{hboxes}
-@cindex @samp{hboxes}, overfull
-@cindex Final output
-
-@TeX{} is sometimes unable to typeset a line without extending it into
-the right margin.  This can occur when @TeX{} comes upon what it
-interprets as a long word that it cannot hyphenate, such as an
-electronic mail network address or a very long title.  When this
-happens, @TeX{} prints an error message like this:@refill
-
-@example
-Overfull \hbox (20.76302pt too wide)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(In @TeX{}, lines are in ``horizontal boxes'', hence the term, ``hbox''.
-The backslash, @samp{\}, is the @TeX{} equivalent of @samp{@@}.)@refill
-
-@TeX{} also provides the line number in the Texinfo source file and
-the text of the offending line, which is marked at all the places that
-@TeX{} knows how to hyphenate words.  
-@xref{Debugging with TeX, , Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting},
-for more information about typesetting errors.@refill
-
-If the Texinfo file has an overfull hbox, you can rewrite the sentence
-so the overfull hbox does not occur, or you can decide to leave it.  A
-small excursion into the right margin often does not matter and may not
-even be noticeable.@refill
-
-@cindex Black rectangle in hardcopy
-@cindex Rectangle, ugly, black in hardcopy
-However, unless told otherwise, @TeX{} will print a large, ugly, black
-rectangle beside the line that contains the overful hbox.  This is so
-you will notice the location of the problem if you are correcting a
-draft.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-@findex finalout
-To prevent such a monstrosity from marring your final printout, write
-the following in the beginning of the Texinfo file on a line of its own,
-before the @code{@@titlepage} command:@refill
-
-@example
-@@finalout
-@end example
-
-@node smallbook, A4 Paper, Overfull hboxes, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Printing ``Small'' Books
-@findex smallbook
-@cindex Small book size
-@cindex Book, printing small
-@cindex Page sizes for books
-@cindex Size of printed book
-
-By default, @TeX{} typesets pages for printing in an 8.5 by 11 inch
-format.  However, you can direct @TeX{} to typeset a document in a 7 by
-9.25 inch format that is suitable for bound books by inserting the
-following command on a line by itself at the beginning of the Texinfo
-file, before the title page:@refill
-
-@example
-@@smallbook
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Since regular sized books are often about 7 by 9.25 inches, this
-command might better have been called the @code{@@regularbooksize}
-command, but it came to be called the @code{@@smallbook} command by
-comparison to the 8.5 by 11 inch format.)@refill
-
-If you write the @code{@@smallbook} command between the
-start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode @TeX{}
-region formatting command, @code{texinfo-tex-region}, will format the
-region in ``small'' book size (@pxref{Start of Header}).@refill
-
-The Free Software Foundation distributes printed copies of @cite{The GNU
-Emacs Manual} and other manuals in the ``small'' book size.
-@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@smalllisp}}, for information about commands that make it easier
-to produce examples for a smaller manual.@refill
-
-@node A4 Paper, Cropmarks and Magnification, smallbook, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Printing on A4 Paper
-@cindex A4 paper, printing on
-@cindex Paper size, European A4
-@cindex European A4 paper
-@findex afourpaper
-
-You can tell @TeX{} to typeset a document for printing on European size
-A4 paper with the @code{@@afourpaper} command.  Write the command on a
-line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} lines near
-the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill
-
-For example, this is how you would write the header for this manual:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo    @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename texinfo
-@@settitle Texinfo
-@@syncodeindex vr fn
-@@iftex
-@@afourpaper
-@@end iftex
-@@c %**end of header
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node Cropmarks and Magnification,  , A4 Paper, Format/Print Hardcopy
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Cropmarks and Magnification
-
-@findex cropmarks 
-@cindex Cropmarks for printing
-@cindex Printing cropmarks
-You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to print cropmarks at the corners of
-pages with the @code{@@cropmarks} command.  Write the @code{@@cropmarks}
-command on a line by itself between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end
-iftex} lines near the beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title
-page, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@cropmarks
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-This command is mainly for printers that typeset several pages on one
-sheet of film; but you can attempt to use it to mark the corners of a
-book set to 7 by 9.25 inches with the @code{@@smallbook} command.
-(Printers will not produce cropmarks for regular sized output that is
-printed on regular sized paper.)  Since different printing machines work
-in different ways, you should explore the use of this command with a
-spirit of adventure.  You may have to redefine the command in the
-@file{texinfo.tex} definitions file.@refill
-
-@findex mag @r{(@TeX{} command)}
-@cindex Magnified printing
-@cindex Larger or smaller pages
-You can attempt to direct @TeX{} to typeset pages larger or smaller than
-usual with the @code{\mag} @TeX{} command.  Everything that is typeset
-is scaled proportionally larger or smaller.  (@code{\mag} stands for
-``magnification''.)  This is @emph{not} a Texinfo @@-command, but is a
-Plain@TeX{} command that is prefixed with a backslash.  You have to
-write this command between @code{@@tex} and @code{@@end tex}
-(@pxref{Using Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{}
-Commands}).@refill
-
-Follow the @code{\mag} command with an @samp{=} and then a number that
-is 1000 times the magnification you desire.  For example, to print pages
-at 1.2 normal size, write the following near the beginning of the
-Texinfo file, before the title page:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@tex
-\mag=1200
-@@end tex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-With some printing technologies, you can print normal-sized copies that
-look better than usual by using a larger-than-normal master.@refill
-
-Depending on your system, @code{\mag} may not work or may work only at
-certain magnifications.  Be prepared to experiment.@refill
-
-@node Create an Info File, Install an Info File, Format/Print Hardcopy, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Creating an Info File
-@cindex Creating an Info file
-@cindex Info, creating an on-line file
-@cindex Formatting a file for Info
-
-@code{makeinfo} is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer} are
-GNU Emacs functions that do the same.@refill
-
-A Texinfo file must possess an @code{@@setfilename} line near its
-beginning, otherwise the Info formatting commands will fail.@refill
-
-For information on installing the Info file in the Info system, see
-@ref{Install an Info File}.@refill
-
-@menu
-* makeinfo advantages::         @code{makeinfo} provides better error checking.
-* Invoking makeinfo::            How to run @code{makeinfo} from a shell.
-* makeinfo options::            Specify fill-column and other options.
-* Pointer Validation::          How to check that pointers point somewhere.
-* makeinfo in Emacs::           How to run @code{makeinfo} from Emacs.
-* texinfo-format commands::     Two Info formatting commands written
-                                  in Emacs Lisp are an alternative 
-                                  to @code{makeinfo}.
-* Batch Formatting::            How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode.
-* Tag and Split Files::         How tagged and split files help Info 
-                                  to run better.
-@end menu
-
-@node makeinfo advantages, Invoking makeinfo,  , Create an Info File
-@ifinfo
-@heading @code{makeinfo} Preferred
-@end ifinfo
-
-The @code{makeinfo} utility creates an Info file from a Texinfo source
-file more quickly than either of the Emacs formatting commands and
-provides better error messages.  We recommend it.  @code{makeinfo} is a
-C program that is independent of Emacs.  You do not need to run Emacs to
-use @code{makeinfo}, which means you can use @code{makeinfo} on machines
-that are too small to run Emacs. You can run @code{makeinfo} in
-any one of three ways: from an operating system shell, from a shell
-inside Emacs, or by typing a key command in Texinfo mode in Emacs.
-@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} and the @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-commands are useful if you cannot run @code{makeinfo}.  Also, in some
-circumstances, they format short regions or buffers more quickly than
-@code{makeinfo}.@refill
-
-@node Invoking makeinfo, makeinfo options, makeinfo advantages, Create an Info File
-@section Invoking @code{makeinfo} from a Shell
-
-To create an Info file from a Texinfo file, type @code{makeinfo}
-followed by the name of the Texinfo file.  Thus, to create the Info
-file for Bison, type the following at the shell prompt (where @samp{%}
-is the prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo bison.texinfo
-@end example
-
-(You can run a shell inside Emacs by typing @kbd{M-x
-shell}.)@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-Sometimes you will want to specify options.  For example, if you wish
-to discover which version of @code{makeinfo} you are using,
-type:@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --version
-@end example
-
-@xref{makeinfo options}, for more information.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node makeinfo options, Pointer Validation, Invoking makeinfo, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Options for @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex @code{makeinfo} options
-@cindex Options for @code{makeinfo}
-
-The @code{makeinfo} command takes a number of options.  Most often,
-options are used to set the value of the fill column and specify the
-footnote style.  Each command line option is a word preceded by
-@samp{--}@footnote{@samp{--} has replaced @samp{+}, the old introductory
-character, to maintain POSIX.2 compatibility without losing long-named
-options.} or a letter preceded by @samp{-}.  You can use abbreviations
-for the option names as long as they are unique.@refill
-
-For example, you could use the following command to create an Info
-file for @file{bison.texinfo} in which each line is filled to only 68
-columns (where @samp{%} is the prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --fill-column=68 bison.texinfo
-@end example
-
-You can write two or more options in sequence, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --no-split --fill-column=70 @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This would keep the Info file together as one possibly very long
-file and would also set the fill column to 70.@refill
-
-@iftex
-If you wish to discover which version of @code{makeinfo}
-you are using, type:@refill
-
-@example
-% makeinfo --version
-@end example
-@end iftex
-
-The options are:@refill
-
-@need 100
-@table @code
-@item -D @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be defined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@set @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 150
-@item --error-limit @var{limit}
-Set the maximum number of errors that @code{makeinfo} will report
-before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be useless).
-The default number of errors that can be reported before
-@code{makeinfo} gives up is 100.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --fill-column @var{width}
-Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the right-hand
-edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be filled to this
-width.  (Filling is the process of breaking up and connecting lines so
-that lines are the same length as or shorter than the number specified
-as the fill column.  Lines are broken between words.) The default value
-for @code{fill-column} is 72.
-@refill
-
-@item --footnote-style @var{style}
-Set the footnote style to @var{style}, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.  The value
-set by this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@footnotestyle} command.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{separate}, @code{makeinfo} makes a new node containing the
-footnotes found in the current node.  When the footnote style is
-@samp{end}, @code{makeinfo} places the footnote references at the end
-of the current node.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -I @var{dir}
-Add @code{dir} to the directory search list for finding files that are
-included using the @code{@@include} command.  By default,
-@code{makeinfo} searches only the current directory.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-headers
-Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in an
-@sc{ascii} file that you cannot read in Info since it does not contain
-the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a file in a
-single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-split
-Suppress the splitting stage of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally, large
-output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split into
-smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you specify
-@samp{--no-split}, @code{makeinfo} will not split up the output
-file.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --no-pointer-validate
-@item --no-validate
-Suppress the pointer-validation phase of @code{makeinfo}.  Normally,
-after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are made to
-ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.
-@xref{Pointer Validation}.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item --no-warn
-Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does @emph{not}
-suppress the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might
-want this if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not actually
-exist.@refill
-
-@item --no-number-footnotes
-Supress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, @code{makeinfo}
-numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-@need 150
-@item --output @var{file}
-@itemx -o @var{file}
-Specify that the output should be directed to @var{file} and not to the
-file name specified in the @code{@@setfilename} command found in the Texinfo
-source.  @var{file} can be the special token @samp{-}, which specifies
-standard output.
-
-@need 150
-@item --paragraph-indent @var{indent}
-Set the paragraph indentation style to @var{indent}.  The value set by
-this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-@code{@@paragraphindent} command.  The value of @var{indent} is
-interpreted as follows:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is @samp{asis}, do not change the
-existing indentation at the starts of paragraphs.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is zero, delete any existing
-indentation.@refill
-
-@item
-If the value of @var{indent} is greater than zero, indent each
-paragraph by that number of spaces.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@need 100
-@item --reference-limit @var{limit}
-Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-@code{makeinfo} will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has more
-than this number of references in it, @code{makeinfo} will make the
-references but also report a warning.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item -U @var{var}
-Cause @var{var} to be undefined.  This is equivalent to 
-@code{@@clear @var{var}} in the Texinfo file.
-
-@need 100
-@item --verbose
-Cause @code{makeinfo} to display messages saying what it is doing.
-Normally, @code{makeinfo} only outputs messages if there are errors or
-warnings.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item --version
-Report the version number of this copy of @code{makeinfo}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Pointer Validation, makeinfo in Emacs, makeinfo options, Create an Info File
-@section Pointer Validation
-@cindex Pointer validation with @code{makeinfo}
-@cindex Validation of pointers
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-@code{makeinfo} will check the validity of the final Info file unless
-you suppress pointer-validation by using the
-@samp{--no-pointer-validation} option.  Mostly, this means ensuring
-that nodes you have referenced really exist.  Here is a complete list
-of what is checked:@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-node in the current file and is not an external reference such as to
-@file{(dir)}, then the referenced node must exist.@refill
-
-@item
-In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up' node, 
-then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next' node.@refill
-
-@item
-Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.@refill
-
-@item
-The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to the
-current node in some manner other than through a `Next' reference.
-This includes menu entries and cross references.@refill
-
-@item
-If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next' reference
-of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the `Next' pointer
-must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to the current node.
-This rule allows the last node in a section to point to the first node
-of the next chapter.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-@node makeinfo in Emacs, texinfo-format commands, Pointer Validation, Create an Info File
-@section Running @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs
-@cindex Running @code{makeinfo} in Emacs
-@cindex @code{makeinfo} inside Emacs
-@cindex Shell, running @code{makeinfo} in
-
-You can run @code{makeinfo} in GNU Emacs Texinfo mode by using either the
-@code{makeinfo-region} or the @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands.  In
-Texinfo mode, the commands are bound to @kbd{C-c C-m C-r} and @kbd{C-c
-C-m C-b} by default.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-m C-r
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-region
-Format the current region for Info.@refill
-@findex makeinfo-region
-
-@item C-c C-m C-b
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-buffer
-Format the current buffer for Info.@refill
-@findex makeinfo-buffer
-@end table
-
-When you invoke either @code{makeinfo-region} or
-@code{makeinfo-buffer}, Emacs prompts for a file name, offering the
-name of the visited file as the default.  You can edit the default
-file name in the minibuffer if you wish, before typing @key{RET} to
-start the @code{makeinfo} process.@refill
-
-The Emacs @code{makeinfo-region} and @code{makeinfo-buffer} commands
-run the @code{makeinfo} program in a temporary shell buffer.  If
-@code{makeinfo} finds any errors, Emacs displays the error messages in
-the temporary buffer.@refill
-
-@cindex Errors, parsing
-@cindex Parsing errors
-@findex next-error
-You can parse the error messages by typing @kbd{C-x `}
-(@code{next-error}).  This causes Emacs to go to and position the
-cursor on the line in the Texinfo source that @code{makeinfo} thinks
-caused the error.  @xref{Compilation, , Running @code{make} or
-Compilers Generally, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more
-information about using the @code{next-error} command.@refill
-
-In addition, you can kill the shell in which the @code{makeinfo}
-command is running or make the shell buffer display its most recent
-output.@refill
-
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-m C-k
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-kill-job
-@findex makeinfo-kill-job
-Kill the currently running job created by
-@code{makeinfo-region} or @code{makeinfo-buffer}.@refill
-
-@item C-c C-m C-l
-@itemx M-x makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer
-@findex makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer
-Redisplay the @code{makeinfo} shell buffer to display its most recent
-output.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the parallel commands for killing and recentering a @TeX{}
-job are @kbd{C-c C-t C-k} and @kbd{C-c C-t C-l}.  @xref{Texinfo Mode
-Printing}.)@refill
-
-You can specify options for @code{makeinfo} by setting the
-@code{makeinfo-options} variable with either the @kbd{M-x
-edit-options} or the @kbd{M-x set-variable} command, or by setting the
-variable in your @file{.emacs} initialization file.@refill
-
-For example, you could write the following in your @file{.emacs} file:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-(setq makeinfo-options 
-      "--paragraph-indent=0 --no-split 
-       --fill-column=70 --verbose")
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@c If you write these three cross references using xref, you see
-@c three references to the same named manual, which looks strange.
-@iftex
-For more information, see @ref{makeinfo options, , Options for
-@code{makeinfo}}, as well as ``Editing Variable Values,''``Examining and
-Setting Variables,'' and ``Init File'' in the @cite{The GNU Emacs
-Manual}.
-@end iftex
-@noindent
-@ifinfo
-For more information, see@*
-@ref{Edit Options, , Editing Variable Values, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@*
-@ref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},@*
-@ref{Init File, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and@*
-@ref{makeinfo options, , Options for @code{makeinfo}}.
-@end ifinfo
-
-@node texinfo-format commands, Batch Formatting, makeinfo in Emacs, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section The @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} Commands
-@findex texinfo-format-region
-@findex texinfo-format-buffer
-
-In GNU Emacs in Texinfo mode, you can format part or all of a Texinfo
-file with the @code{texinfo-format-region} command.  This formats the
-current region and displays the formatted text in a temporary buffer
-called @samp{*Info Region*}.@refill
-
-Similarly, you can format a buffer with the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command.  This command creates a new
-buffer and generates the Info file in it.  Typing @kbd{C-x C-s} will
-save the Info file under the name specified by the
-@code{@@setfilename} line which must be near the beginning of the
-Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-e C-r
-@itemx @code{texinfo-format-region}
-Format the current region for Info.
-@findex texinfo-format-region
-
-@item C-c C-e C-b
-@itemx @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-Format the current buffer for Info.
-@findex texinfo-format-buffer
-@end table
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-commands provide you with some error checking, and other functions can
-provide you with further help in finding formatting errors.  These
-procedures are described in an appendix; see @ref{Catching Mistakes}.
-However, the @code{makeinfo} program is often faster and
-provides better error checking (@pxref{makeinfo in Emacs}).@refill
-
-@node Batch Formatting, Tag and Split Files, texinfo-format commands, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Batch Formatting
-@cindex Batch formatting for Info
-@cindex Info batch formatting
-
-You can format Texinfo files for Info using @code{batch-texinfo-format}
-and Emacs Batch mode.  You can run Emacs in Batch mode from any shell,
-including a shell inside of Emacs.  (@xref{Command Switches, , Command
-Line Switches and Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)@refill
-
-Here is the command to format all the files that end in @file{.texinfo}
-in the current directory (where @samp{%} is the shell prompt):@refill
-
-@example
-% emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format *.texinfo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Emacs processes all the files listed on the command line, even if an
-error occurs while attempting to format some of them.@refill
-
-Run @code{batch-texinfo-format} only with Emacs in Batch mode as shown;
-it is not interactive.  It kills the Batch mode Emacs on completion.@refill
-
-@code{batch-texinfo-format} is convenient if you lack @code{makeinfo}
-and want to format several Texinfo files at once.  When you use Batch
-mode, you create a new Emacs process.  This frees your current Emacs, so
-you can continue working in it.  (When you run
-@code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, you cannot
-use that Emacs for anything else until the command finishes.)@refill
-
-@node Tag and Split Files,  , Batch Formatting, Create an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Tag Files and Split Files
-@cindex Making a tag table automatically
-@cindex Tag table, making automatically
-
-If a Texinfo file has more than 30,000 bytes,
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} automatically creates a tag table
-for its Info file;  @code{makeinfo} always creates a tag table.  With
-a @dfn{tag table}, Info can jump to new nodes more quickly than it can
-otherwise.@refill
-
-@cindex Indirect subfiles
-In addition, if the Texinfo file contains more than about 70,000
-bytes, @code{texinfo-format-buffer} and @code{makeinfo} split the
-large Info file into shorter @dfn{indirect} subfiles of about 50,000
-bytes each.  Big files are split into smaller files so that Emacs does
-not need to make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info
-file; instead, Emacs allocates just enough memory for the small, split
-off file that is needed at the time.  This way, Emacs avoids wasting
-memory when you run Info.  (Before splitting was implemented, Info
-files were always kept short and @dfn{include files} were designed as
-a way to create a single, large printed manual out of the smaller Info
-files.  @xref{Include Files}, for more information.  Include files are
-still used for very large documents, such as @cite{The Emacs Lisp
-Reference Manual}, in which each chapter is a separate file.)@refill
-
-When a file is split, Info itself makes use of a shortened version of
-the original file that contains just the tag table and references to
-the files that were split off.  The split off files are called
-@dfn{indirect} files.@refill
-
-The split off files have names that are created by appending @w{@samp{-1}},
-@w{@samp{-2}}, @w{@samp{-3}} and so on to the file name specified by the
-@code{@@setfilename} command.  The shortened version of the original file
-continues to have the name specified by @code{@@setfilename}.@refill
-
-At one stage in writing this document, for example, the Info file was saved
-as @file{test-texinfo} and that file looked like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-Info file: test-texinfo,    -*-Text-*-
-produced by texinfo-format-buffer
-from file: new-texinfo-manual.texinfo
-
-^_
-Indirect:
-test-texinfo-1: 102
-test-texinfo-2: 50422
-test-texinfo-3: 101300
-^_^L
-Tag table:
-(Indirect)
-Node: overview^?104
-Node: info file^?1271
-Node: printed manual^?4853
-Node: conventions^?6855
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(But @file{test-texinfo} had far more nodes than are shown here.)  Each of
-the split off, indirect files, @file{test-texinfo-1},
-@file{test-texinfo-2}, and @file{test-texinfo-3}, is listed in this file
-after the line that says @samp{Indirect:}.  The tag table is listed after
-the line that says @samp{Tag table:}. @refill
-
-In the list of indirect files, the number following the file name
-records the cumulative number of bytes in the preceding indirect files,
-not counting the file list itself, the tag table, or the permissions
-text in each file.  In the tag table, the number following the node name
-records the location of the beginning of the node, in bytes from the
-beginning.@refill
-
-If you are using @code{texinfo-format-buffer} to create Info files,
-you may want to run the @code{Info-validate} command.  (The
-@code{makeinfo} command does such a good job on its own, you do not
-need @code{Info-validate}.)  However, you cannot run the @kbd{M-x
-Info-validate} node-checking command on indirect files.  For
-information on how to prevent files from being split and how to
-validate the structure of the nodes, see @ref{Using
-Info-validate}.@refill
-
-@node Install an Info File, Command List, Create an Info File, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@chapter Installing an Info File
-@cindex Installing an Info file
-@cindex Info file installation
-@cindex @file{dir} directory for Info installation
-
-Info files are usually kept in the @file{info}
-directory.  (You can find the location of this directory within Emacs
-by typing @kbd{C-h i} to enter Info and then typing @kbd{C-x C-f} to
-see the full pathname to the @file{info} directory.)
-
-@menu
-* Directory file::              The top level menu for all Info files.
-* New Info File::               Listing a new info file.
-* Other Info Directories::      How to specify Info files that are 
-                                  located in other directories.
-@end menu
-
-@node Directory file, New Info File,  , Install an Info File
-@ifinfo
-@heading The @file{dir} File
-@end ifinfo
-
-For Info to work, the @file{info} directory must contain a file that
-serves as a top level directory for the Info system.  By convention,
-this file is called @file{dir}.  The @file{dir} file is itself an Info
-file.  It contains the top level menu for all the Info files in the
-system.  The menu looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-* Menu:
-
-* Info:    (info).     Documentation browsing system.
-* Emacs:   (emacs).    The extensible, self-documenting
-                       text editor.
-* Texinfo: (texinfo).  With one source file, make 
-                       either a printed manual using 
-                       TeX or an Info file.
-@dots{}
-@end example
-
-Each of these menu entries points to the `Top' node of the Info file
-that is named in parentheses.  (The menu entry does not need to
-specify the `Top' node, since Info goes to the `Top' node if no node
-name is mentioned.  @xref{Other Info Files, , Nodes in Other Info
-Files}.)@refill
-
-Thus, the @samp{Info} entry points to the `Top' node of the
-@file{info} file and the @samp{Emacs} entry points to the `Top' node
-of the @file{emacs} file.@refill
-
-In each of the Info files, the `Up' pointer of the `Top' node refers
-back to the @code{dir} file.  For example, the line for the `Top'
-node of the Emacs manual looks like this in Info:@refill
-
-@example
-File: emacs  Node: Top, Up: (DIR), Next: Distrib
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that in this case, the @file{dir} file name is written in upper
-case letters---it can be written in either upper or lower case.  Info
-has a feature that it will change the case of the file name to lower
-case if it cannot find the name as written.)@refill
-
-@c !!! Can any file name be written in upper or lower case, 
-@c     or is dir a special case?
-@c     Yes, apparently so, at least with Gillespie's Info.  --rjc 24mar92
-@c
-@node New Info File, Other Info Directories, Directory file, Install an Info File
-@section Listing a New Info File
-@cindex Adding a new info file
-@cindex Listing a new info file
-@cindex New info file, listing it in @file{dir} file
-@cindex Info file, listing new one
-@cindex @file{dir} file listing
-
-To add a new Info file to your system, write a menu entry for it in the
-menu in the @file{dir} file in the @file{info} directory.  Also, move
-the new Info file itself to the @file{info} directory.  For example, if
-you were adding documentation for GDB, you would write the following new
-entry:@refill
-
-@example
-* GDB: (gdb).           The source-level C debugger.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The first part of the menu entry is the menu entry name, followed by a
-colon.  The second part is the name of the Info file, in parentheses,
-followed by a period.  The third part is the description.@refill
-
-Conventionally, the name of an Info file has a @file{.info} extension.  
-Thus, you might list the name of the file like this:
-
-@example
-* GDB: (gdb.info).           The source-level C debugger.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-However, Info will look for a file with a @file{.info} extension if it
-does not find the file under the name given in the menu.  This means
-that you can refer to the file @file{gdb.info} as @file{gdb}, as shown
-in the first example.  This looks better.
-
-@node Other Info Directories,  , New Info File, Install an Info File
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@section Info Files in Other Directories
-@cindex Installing Info in another directory
-@cindex Info installed in another directory
-@cindex Another Info directory
-
-If an Info file is not in the @file{info} directory, there are two
-ways to specify its location:@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write the pathname as the menu's second part, or;@refill
-
-@item
-Specify the @file{info} directory name in an environment variable in
-your @file{.profile} or @file{.cshrc} initialization file.  (Only you
-and others with the same environment variable will be able to find Info
-files whose location is specified this way.)@refill
-@end itemize
-
-For example, to reach a test file in the @file{~bob/manuals}
-directory, you could add an entry like this to the menu in the
-@file{dir} file:@refill
-
-@example
-* Test: (~bob/manuals/info-test).  Bob's own test file.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, the absolute file name of the @file{info-test} file is
-written as the second part of the menu entry.@refill
-
-@vindex INFOPATH
-Alternatively, you can tell Info where to look by setting the
-@code{INFOPATH} environment variable in your @file{.cshrc} or
-@file{.profile} file.@refill
-
-If you use @code{sh} or @code{bash} for your shell command interpreter,
-you must set the @code{INFOPATH} environment variable in the
-@file{.profile} initialization file; but if you use @code{csh}, you must
-set the variable in the @file{.cshrc} initialization file.  The two
-files require slightly different command formats.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-In a @file{.cshrc} file, you could set the @code{INFOPATH}
-variable as follows:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-setenv INFOPATH .:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info
-@end smallexample
-
-@item
-In a @file{.profile} file, you would achieve the same effect by
-writing:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-INFOPATH=.:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info
-export INFOPATH
-@end smallexample
-@end itemize
-
-@noindent
-Either form would cause Info to look first in the current directory,
-indicated by the @samp{.}, then in the @file{~bob/manuals} directory,
-and finally in the @file{/usr/local/emacs/info} directory (which is
-a common location for the standard Info directory).@refill
-
-@c ================ Appendix starts here ================
-
-@node Command List, Tips, Install an Info File, Top
-@appendix @@-Command List
-@cindex Alphabetical @@-command list
-@cindex List of  @@-commands
-@cindex @@-command list
-
-Here is an alphabetical list of the @@-commands in Texinfo.  Square
-brackets, @t{[}@w{ }@t{]}, indicate optional arguments; an ellipsis,
-@samp{@dots{}}, indicates repeated text.@refill
-
-@sp 1
-@table @code
-@item @@*
-Force a line break. Do not end a paragraph that uses @code{@@*} with
-an @code{@@refill} command.  @xref{Line Breaks}.@refill
-
-@item @@.
-Stands for a period that really does end a sentence (usually after an
-end-of-sentence capital letter).  @xref{Controlling Spacing}.@refill
-
-@item @@:
-Indicate to @TeX{} that an immediately preceding period, question
-mark, exclamation mark, or colon does not end a sentence.  Prevent
-@TeX{} from inserting extra whitespace as it does at the end of a
-sentence.  The command has no effect on the Info file output.
-@xref{Controlling Spacing}.@refill
-
-@item @@@@
-Stands for @samp{@@}.  @xref{Braces Atsigns Periods, , Inserting
-@samp{@@}}.@refill
-
-@item @@@{
-Stands for a left-hand brace, @samp{@{}.
-@xref{Braces Atsigns Periods, , Inserting @@ braces and periods}.@refill
-
-@item @@@}
-Stands for a right-hand brace, @samp{@}}.
-@xref{Braces Atsigns Periods, , Inserting @@ braces and periods}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendix @var{title}
-Begin an appendix.  The title appears in the table
-of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with asterisks.  @xref{unnumbered & appendix, , The
-@code{@@unnumbered} and @code{@@appendix} Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsec @var{title}
-@itemx @@appendixsection @var{title}
-Begin an appendix section within an appendix.  The section title appears
-in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with equal signs.  @code{@@appendixsection} is a longer
-spelling of the @code{@@appendixsec} command.  @xref{unnumberedsec
-appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsubsec @var{title}
-Begin an appendix subsection within an appendix.  The title appears
-in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with hyphens.  @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec
-subheading, , Subsection Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@appendixsubsubsec @var{title}
-Begin an appendix subsubsection within a subappendix.  The title
-appears in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the
-title is underlined with periods.  @xref{subsubsection,, The `subsub'
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@asis
-Used following @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable} to
-print the table's first column without highlighting (``as is'').
-@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}.@refill
-
-@item @@author @var{author}
-Typeset @var{author} flushleft and underline it.  @xref{title
-subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} and @code{@@author}
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@b@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in @b{bold} font.  No effect in Info.  @xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@br
-Force a paragraph break.  If used within a line, follow @code{@@br}
-with braces.  @xref{br, , @code{@@br}}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@item @@bullet@{@}
-Generate a large round dot, or the closest possible
-thing to one.  @xref{bullet, , @code{@@bullet}}.@refill
-
-@item @@bye
-Stop formatting a file.  The formatters do not see the contents of a
-file following an @code{@@bye} command.  @xref{Ending a File}.@refill
-
-@item @@c @var{comment}
-Begin a comment in Texinfo.  The rest of the line does not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual.  A synonym for
-@code{@@comment}.  @xref{Conventions, , General Syntactic
-Conventions}.@refill
-
-@item @@cartouche
-Highlight an example or quotation by drawing a box with rounded
-corners around it.  Pair with @code{@@end cartouche}.  No effect in
-Info.  @xref{cartouche, , Drawing Cartouches Around Examples}.)@refill
-
-@item @@center @var{line-of-text}
-Center the line of text following the command.
-@xref{titlefont center sp, , @code{@@center}}.@refill
-
-@item @@chapheading @var{title}
-Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of
-contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with
-asterisks.  @xref{majorheading & chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading}
-and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@chapter @var{title}
-Begin a chapter.  The chapter title appears in the table of
-contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with
-asterisks.  @xref{chapter, , @code{@@chapter}}.@refill
-
-@item @@cindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of concepts.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@cite@{@var{reference}@}
-Highlight the name of a book or other reference that lacks a
-companion Info file.  @xref{cite, , @code{@@cite}}.@refill
-
-@item @@clear @var{flag}
-Unset @var{flag}, preventing the Texinfo formatting commands from
-formatting text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}}
-and @code{@@end ifset} commands, and preventing
-@code{@@value@{@var{flag}@}} from expanding to the value to which
-@var{flag} is set.  
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@code@{@var{sample-code}@}
-Highlight text that is an expression, a syntactically complete token
-of a program, or a program name.  @xref{code, , @code{@@code}}.@refill
-
-@item @@comment @var{comment}
-Begin a comment in Texinfo.  The rest of the line does not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual.  A synonym for @code{@@c}.
-@xref{Conventions, , General Syntactic Conventions}.@refill
-
-@item @@contents
-Print a complete table of contents.  Has no effect in Info, which uses
-menus instead.  @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of
-Contents}.@refill
-
-@item @@copyright@{@}
-Generate a copyright symbol.  @xref{copyright symbol, ,
-@code{@@copyright}}.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@ctrl@{@var{ctrl-char}@}
-Describe an @sc{ascii} control character.  Insert actual control character
-into Info file.  @xref{ctrl, , @code{@@ctrl}}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@item @@defcodeindex @var{index-name}
-Define a new index and its indexing command.  Print entries in an
-@code{@@code} font.  @xref{New Indices, , Defining New
-Indices}.@refill
-
-@item @@defcv @var{category} @var{class} @var{name}
-Format a description for a variable associated with a class in
-object-oriented programming.  Takes three arguments: the category of
-thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its name.
-@xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a function, interactive command, or similar
-entity that may take arguments.  @code{@@deffn} takes as arguments the
-category of entity being described, the name of this particular
-entity, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defindex @var{index-name}
-Define a new index and its indexing command.  Print entries in a roman
-font.  @xref{New Indices, , Defining New Indices}.@refill
-
-@item @@defivar @var{class} @var{instance-variable-name}
-Format a description for an instance variable in object-oriented
-programming.  The command is equivalent to @samp{@@defcv @{Instance
-Variable@} @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defmac @var{macro-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a macro.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deffn Macro @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defmethod @var{class} @var{method-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a method in object-oriented programming.  The
-command is equivalent to @samp{@@defop Method @dots{}}.  Takes as
-arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the
-method, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defop @var{category} @var{class} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for an operation in object-oriented programming.
-@code{@@defop} takes as arguments the overall name of the category of
-operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
-operation, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@defopt @var{option-name}
-Format a description for a user option.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@defvr @{User Option@} @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@defspec @var{special-form-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a special form.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deffn @{Special Form@} @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@deftp @var{category} @var{name-of-type} @var{attributes}@dots{}
-Format a description for a data type.  @code{@@deftp} takes as
-arguments the category, the name of the type (which is a word like
-@samp{int} or @samp{float}), and then the names of attributes of
-objects of that
-type.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypefn @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a function or similar entity that may take
-arguments and that is typed.  @code{@@deftypefn} takes as arguments
-the classification of entity being described, the type, the name of
-the entity, and its arguments, if any.  @xref{Definition
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypefun @var{data-type} @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for a function in a typed language.
-The command is equivalent to @samp{@@deftypefn Function @dots{}}.
-@xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypevr @var{classification} @var{data-type} @var{name}
-Format a description for something like a variable in a typed
-language---an entity that records a value.  Takes as arguments the
-classification of entity being described, the type, and the name of
-the entity.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@deftypevar @var{data-type} @var{variable-name}
-Format a description for a variable in a typed language.  The command is
-equivalent to @samp{@@deftypevr Variable @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defun @var{function-name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for functions.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@deffn Function @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defvar @var{variable-name}
-Format a description for variables.  The command is equivalent to
-@samp{@@defvr Variable @dots{}}.  @xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@defvr @var{category} @var{name}
-Format a description for any kind of variable.  @code{@@defvr} takes
-as arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity.
-@xref{Definition Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@dfn@{@var{term}@}
-Highlight the introductory or defining use of a term.
-@xref{dfn, , @code{@@dfn}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@display
-Begin a kind of example.  Indent text, do not fill, do not select a
-new font.  Pair with @code{@@end display}.  @xref{display, ,
-@code{@@display}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@}
-Format a dimension.  Cause @TeX{} to insert a narrow space before
-@var{dimension}.  No effect in Info.  Use for writing a number
-followed by an abbreviation of a dimension name, such as
-@samp{12@dmn{pt}}, written as @samp{12@@dmn@{pt@}}, with no space
-between the number and the @code{@@dmn} command.  @xref{dmn, ,
-@code{@@dmn}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@dots@{@}
-Insert an ellipsis: @samp{@dots{}}.
-@xref{dots, , @code{@@dots}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@emph@{@var{text}@}
-Highlight @var{text}; text is displayed in @emph{italics} in printed
-output, and surrounded by asterisks in Info.  @xref{Emphasis, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@enumerate [@var{number-or-letter}]
-Begin a numbered list, using @code{@@item} for each entry.
-Optionally, start list with @var{number-or-letter}.  Pair with
-@code{@@end enumerate}.  @xref{enumerate, ,
-@code{@@enumerate}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@equiv@{@}
-Indicate to the reader the exact equivalence of two forms with a
-glyph: @samp{@equiv{}}.  @xref{Equivalence}.@refill
-
-@item @@error@{@}
-Indicate to the reader with a glyph that the following text is
-an error message: @samp{@error{}}.  @xref{Error Glyph}.@refill
-
-@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@evenheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page headings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@everyfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page footings for every page.  Not relevant to Info.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@everyheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page headings for every page.  Not relevant to Info.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@example
-Begin an example.  Indent text, do not fill, and select fixed-width font.
-Pair with @code{@@end example}.  @xref{example, ,
-@code{@@example}}.@refill
-
-@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text}
-Remove any indentation a line might have.  @xref{exdent, ,
-Undoing the Indentation of a Line}.@refill
-
-@item @@expansion@{@}
-Indicate the result of a macro expansion to the reader with a special
-glyph: @samp{@expansion{}}.  
-@xref{expansion, , @expansion{} Indicating an Expansion}.@refill
-
-@item @@file@{@var{filename}@}
-Highlight the name of a file, buffer, node, or directory.  @xref{file, ,
-@code{@@file}}.@refill
-
-@item @@finalout
-Prevent @TeX{} from printing large black warning rectangles beside
-over-wide lines.  @xref{Overfull hboxes}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@findex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of functions.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@flushleft
-Left justify every line but leave the right end ragged.
-Leave font as is.  Pair with @code{@@end flushleft}.
-@xref{flushleft & flushright, , @code{@@flushleft} and
-@code{@@flushright}}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@flushright
-Right justify every line but leave the left end ragged.
-Leave font as is.  Pair with @code{@@end flushright}.
-@xref{flushleft & flushright, , @code{@@flushleft} and
-@code{@@flushright}}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@footnote@{@var{text-of-footnote}@}
-Enter a footnote.  Footnote text is printed at the bottom of the page
-by @TeX{}; Info may format in either `End' node or `Separate' node style.
-@xref{Footnotes}.@refill
-
-@item @@footnotestyle @var{style}
-Specify an Info file's footnote style, either @samp{end} for the end
-node style or @samp{separate} for the separate node style.
-@xref{Footnotes}.@refill
-
-@item @@format
-Begin a kind of example.  Like @code{@@example} or @code{@@display},
-but do not narrow the margins and do not select the fixed-width font.
-Pair with @code{@@end format}.  @xref{example, ,
-@code{@@example}}.@refill
-
-@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command}
-Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry.
-Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
-index of functions.  Pair with @code{@@end ftable}.  The same as
-@code{@@table}, except for indexing.  @xref{ftable vtable, ,
-@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill
-
-@item @@group
-Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.  Pair with
-@code{@@end group}.  Not relevant to Info.  @xref{group, ,
-@code{@@group}}.@refill
-
-@item @@heading @var{title}
-Print an unnumbered section-like heading in the text, but not in the
-table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with equal signs.  @xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading,
-, Section Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double}
-Turn page headings on or off, or specify single-sided or double-sided
-page headings for printing.  @code{@@headings on} is synonymous with
-@code{@@headings double}.  @xref{headings on off, , The
-@code{@@headings} Command}.@refill
-
-@item @@i@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in @i{italic} font.  No effect in Info.
-@xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@item @@ifclear @var{flag}
-If @var{flag} is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between @code{@@ifclear @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end
-ifclear} command.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@ifinfo
-Begin a stretch of text that will be ignored by @TeX{} when it
-typesets the printed manual.  The text appears only in the Info file.
-Pair with @code{@@end ifinfo}.  @xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally
-Visible Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@ifset @var{flag}
-If @var{flag} is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and the following @code{@@end ifset}
-command.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@iftex
-Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in the Info file, but
-will be processed only by @TeX{}.  Pair with @code{@@end iftex}.
-@xref{Conditionals, , Conditionally Visible Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@ignore
-Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in either the Info file
-or the printed output.  Pair with @code{@@end ignore}.
-@xref{Comments, , Comments and Ignored Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@include @var{filename}
-Incorporate the contents of the file @var{filename} into the Info file
-or printed document.  @xref{Include Files}.@refill
-
-@item @@inforef@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry-name}], @var{info-file-name}@}
-Make a cross reference to an Info file for which there is no printed
-manual.  @xref{inforef, , Cross references using
-@code{@@inforef}}.@refill
-
-@item \input @var{macro-definitions-file}
-Use the specified macro definitions file.  This command is used only
-in the first line of a Texinfo file to cause @TeX{} to make use of the
-@file{texinfo} macro definitions file.  The backslash in @code{\input}
-is used instead of an @code{@@} because @TeX{} does not properly
-recognize @code{@@} until after it has read the definitions file.
-@xref{Header, , The Texinfo File Header}.@refill
-
-@item @@item
-Indicate the beginning of a marked paragraph for @code{@@itemize} and
-@code{@@enumerate}; indicate the beginning of the text of a first column
-entry for @code{@@table}, @code{@@ftable}, and @code{@@vtable}.
-@xref{Lists and Tables}.@refill
-
-@item @@itemize  @var{mark-generating-character-or-command}
-Produce a sequence of indented paragraphs, with a mark inside the left
-margin at the beginning of each paragraph.  Pair with @code{@@end
-itemize}.  @xref{itemize, , @code{@@itemize}}.@refill
-
-@item @@itemx
-Like @code{@@item} but do not generate extra vertical space above the
-item text.  @xref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill
-
-@item @@kbd@{@var{keyboard-characters}@}
-Indicate text that consists of characters of input to be typed by
-users.  @xref{kbd, , @code{@@kbd}}.@refill
-
-@item @@key@{@var{key-name}@}
-Highlight @var{key-name}, a conventional name for a key on a keyboard.
-@xref{key, , @code{@@key}}.@refill
-
-@item @@kindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of keys.  @xref{Index Entries, , Defining the
-Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@lisp
-Begin an example of Lisp code.  Indent text, do not fill, and select
-fixed-width font.  Pair with @code{@@end lisp}.  @xref{Lisp Example, ,
-@code{@@lisp}}.@refill
-
-@item @@majorheading  @var{title}
-Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of
-contents of a printed manual.  Generate more vertical whitespace before
-the heading than the @code{@@chapheading} command.  In Info, the chapter
-heading line is underlined with asterisks.  @xref{majorheading &
-chapheading, , @code{@@majorheading} and @code{@@chapheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@menu
-Mark the beginning of a menu of nodes in Info.  No effect in a printed
-manual.  Pair with @code{@@end menu}.  @xref{Menus}.@refill
-
-@item @@minus@{@}
-Generate a minus sign.  @xref{minus, , @code{@@minus}}.@refill
-
-@item @@need @var{n}
-Start a new page in a printed manual if fewer than @var{n} mils
-(thousandths of an inch) remain on the current page.  @xref{need, ,
-@code{@@need}}.@refill
-
-@item @@node @var{name, next, previous, up}
-Define the beginning of a new node in Info, and serve as a locator for
-references for @TeX{}.  @xref{node, , @code{@@node}}.@refill
-
-@need 200
-@item @@noindent
-Prevent text from being indented as if it were a new paragraph.
-@xref{noindent, , @code{@@noindent}}.@refill
-
-@item @@oddfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page footings for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@oddheading [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Specify page headings for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.  Not relevant to
-Info.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@page
-Start a new page in a printed manual.  No effect in Info.
-@xref{page, , @code{@@page}}.@refill
-
-@item @@paragraphindent @var{indent}
-Indent paragraphs by @var{indent} number of spaces; delete indentation
-if the value of @var{indent} is 0; and do not change indentation if
-@var{indent} is @code{asis}. @xref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph
-Indenting}.@refill
-
-@item @@pindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of programs.  @xref{Index Entries, , Defining
-the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@point@{@}
-Indicate the position of point in a buffer to the reader with a
-glyph: @samp{@point{}}.  @xref{Point Glyph, , Indicating
-Point in a Buffer}.@refill
-
-@item @@print@{@}
-Indicate printed output to the reader with a glyph:
-@samp{@print{}}.  @xref{Print Glyph}.@refill
-
-@item @@printindex @var{index-name}
-Print an alphabetized two-column index in a printed manual or generate
-an alphabetized menu of index entries for Info.  @xref{Printing
-Indices & Menus}.@refill
-
-@item @@pxref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@}
-Make a reference that starts with a lower case `see' in a printed
-manual.  Use within parentheses only.  Do not follow command with a
-punctuation mark.  The Info formatting commands automatically insert
-terminating punctuation as needed, which is why you do not need to
-insert punctuation.  Only the first argument is mandatory.
-@xref{pxref, , @code{@@pxref}}.@refill
-
-@item @@quotation
-Narrow the margins to indicate text that is quoted from another real
-or imaginary work.  Write command on a line of its own.  Pair with
-@code{@@end quotation}.  @xref{quotation, ,
-@code{@@quotation}}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@r@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in @r{roman} font.  No effect in Info.
-@xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@}
-Make a reference.  In a printed manual, the reference does not start
-with a `See'.  Follow command with a punctuation mark.  Only the first
-argument is mandatory.  @xref{ref, , @code{@@ref}}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@refill
-In Info, refill and indent the paragraph after all the other processing
-has been done.  No effect on @TeX{}, which always refills.  This command
-is no longer needed, since all formatters now automatically refill.
-@xref{Refilling Paragraphs}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@result@{@}
-Indicate the result of an expression to the reader with a special
-glyph: @samp{@result{}}.  @xref{result, , @code{@@result}}.@refill
-
-@item @@samp@{@var{text}@}
-Highlight @var{text} that is a literal example of a sequence of
-characters.  Used for single characters, for statements, and often for
-entire shell commands.  @xref{samp, , @code{@@samp}}.@refill
-
-@item @@sc@{@var{text}@}
-Set @var{text} in a printed output in @sc{the small caps font} and
-set text in the Info file in uppercase letters.
-@xref{Smallcaps}.@refill
-
-@item @@section @var{title}
-Begin a section within a chapter.  In a printed manual, the section
-title is numbered and appears in the table of contents.  In Info, the
-title is underlined with equal signs.  @xref{section, ,
-@code{@@section}}.@refill
-
-@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}]
-Make @var{flag} active, causing the Texinfo formatting commands to
-format text between subsequent pairs of @code{@@ifset @var{flag}} and
-@code{@@end ifset} commands.  Optionally, set value of @var{flag} to
-@var{string}.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@setchapternewpage @var{on-off-odd}
-Specify whether chapters start on new pages, and if so, whether on
-odd-numbered (right-hand) new pages.  @xref{setchapternewpage, ,
-@code{@@setchapternewpage}}.@refill
-
-@item @@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-Provide a name for the Info file.  @xref{Conventions, , General
-Syntactic Conventions}.@refill
-
-@item @@settitle @var{title}
-Provide a title for page headers in a printed manual.
-@xref{Conventions, , General Syntactic Conventions}.@refill
-
-@item @@shortcontents
-Print a short table of contents.  Not relevant to Info, which uses
-menus rather than tables of contents.  A synonym for
-@code{@@summarycontents}.  @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of
-Contents}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@smallbook
-Cause @TeX{} to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format
-rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.  @xref{smallbook, ,
-Printing Small Books}.  Also, see @ref{smallexample & smalllisp, ,
-@code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@smallexample
-Indent text to indicate an example.  Do not fill, select fixed-width
-font.  In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a smaller font than
-with @code{@@example}.  Pair with @code{@@end smallexample}.
-@xref{smallexample & smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and
-@code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@smalllisp
-Begin an example of Lisp code.  Indent text, do not fill, select
-fixed-width font.  In @code{@@smallbook} format, print text in a
-smaller font.  Pair with @code{@@end smalllisp}.  @xref{smallexample &
-smalllisp, , @code{@@smallexample} and @code{@@smalllisp}}.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@item @@sp @var{n}
-Skip @var{n} blank lines.  @xref{sp, , @code{@@sp}}.@refill
-
-@need 700
-@item @@strong @var{text} 
-Emphasize @var{text} by typesetting it in a @strong{bold} font for the
-printed manual and by surrounding it with asterisks for Info.
-@xref{emph & strong, , Emphasizing Text}.@refill
-
-@item @@subheading @var{title}
-Print an unnumbered subsection-like heading in the text, but not in
-the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with hyphens.  @xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec
-subheading, , @code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec}
-@code{@@subheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@subsection @var{title}
-Begin a subsection within a section.  In a printed manual, the
-subsection title is numbered and appears in the table of contents.  In
-Info, the title is underlined with hyphens.  @xref{subsection, ,
-@code{@@subsection}}.@refill
-
-@item @@subsubheading @var{title}
-Print an unnumbered subsubsection-like heading in the text, but not in
-the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-underlined with periods.  @xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub'
-Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@subsubsection @var{title}
-Begin a subsubsection within a subsection.  In a printed manual,
-the subsubsection title is numbered and appears in the table of
-contents.  In Info, the title is underlined with periods.
-@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@subtitle @var{title}
-In a printed manual, set a subtitle in a normal sized font flush to
-the right-hand side of the page.  Not relevant to Info, which does not
-have title pages.  @xref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title}
-@code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@summarycontents
-Print a short table of contents.  Not relevant to Info, which uses
-menus rather than tables of contents.  A synonym for
-@code{@@shortcontents}.  @xref{Contents, , Generating a Table of
-Contents}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@syncodeindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index}
-Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in
-the second argument, printing the entries from the first index in
-@code{@@code} font.  @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index}
-Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in
-the second argument.  Do not change the font of @var{from-index}
-entries.  @xref{Combining Indices}.@refill
-
-@need 100
-@item @@t@{@var{text}@}
-Print @var{text} in a @t{fixed-width}, typewriter-like font.
-No effect in Info.  @xref{Fonts}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@table @var{formatting-command}
-Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry.  Write
-each first column entry on the same line as @code{@@item}.  First
-column entries are printed in the font resulting from
-@var{formatting-command}.  Pair with @code{@@end table}.
-@xref{Two-column Tables, , Making a Two-column Table}.
-Also see @ref{ftable vtable, , @code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}, 
-and @ref{itemx, , @code{@@itemx}}.@refill
-
-@item @@TeX@{@}
-Insert the logo @TeX{}.  @xref{TeX and copyright, , Inserting @TeX{}
-and @copyright{}}.@refill
-
-@item @@tex
-Enter @TeX{} completely.  Pair with @code{@@end tex}.  @xref{Using
-Ordinary TeX Commands, , Using Ordinary @TeX{} Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@thischapter
-In a heading or footing, stands for the number and name of the current
-chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@thischaptername
-In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the current chapter.
-@xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@thisfile
-In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the current
-@code{@@include} file.  Does not insert anything if not within an
-@code{@@include} file.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own
-Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@thispage
-In a heading or footing, stands for the current page number.
-@xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@ignore
-@item @@thissection
-In a heading or footing, stands for the title of the current section.
-@xref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@item @@thistitle
-In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the document, as specified
-by the @code{@@settitle} command.  @xref{Custom Headings, , How to
-Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@tindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of data types.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@item @@title @var{title}
-In a printed manual, set a title flush to the left-hand side of the
-page in a larger than normal font and underline it with a black rule.
-Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages.  @xref{title
-subtitle author, , The @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and
-@code{@@author} Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@titlefont@{@var{text}@}
-In a printed manual, print @var{text} in a larger than normal font.
-Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages.
-@xref{titlefont center sp, , The @code{@@titlefont} @code{@@center}
-and @code{@@sp} Commands}.@refill
-
-@need 300
-@item @@titlepage
-Indicate to Texinfo the beginning of the title page.  Write command on
-a line of its own.  Pair with @code{@@end titlepage}.  Nothing between
-@code{@@titlepage} and @code{@@end titlepage} appears in Info.
-@xref{titlepage, , @code{@@titlepage}}.@refill
-
-@need 150
-@item @@today@{@}
-Insert the current date, in `1 Jan 1900' style.  @xref{Custom
-Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.@refill
-
-@item @@top @var{title}
-In a Texinfo file to be formatted with @code{makeinfo}, identify the
-topmost @code{@@node} line in the file, which must be written on the line
-immediately preceding the @code{@@top} command.  Used for
-@code{makeinfo}'s node pointer insertion feature.  The title is
-underlined with asterisks.  Both the @code{@@node} line and the @code{@@top}
-line normally should be enclosed by @code{@@ifinfo} and @code{@@end
-ifinfo}.  In @TeX{} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, the @code{@@top}
-command is merely a synonym for @code{@@unnumbered}.  @xref{makeinfo
-Pointer Creation, , Creating Pointers with @code{makeinfo}}.
-
-@item @@unnumbered @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin a chapter that appears without chapter
-numbers of any kind.  The title appears in the table of contents of a
-printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with asterisks.
-@xref{unnumbered & appendix, , @code{@@unnumbered} and
-@code{@@appendix}}.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsec @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin a section that appears without section
-numbers of any kind.  The title appears in the table of contents of a
-printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with equal signs.
-@xref{unnumberedsec appendixsec heading, , Section Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsubsec @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsection within a
-chapter.  The title appears in the table of contents of a printed
-manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with hyphens.
-@xref{unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading, ,
-@code{@@unnumberedsubsec} @code{@@appendixsubsec}
-@code{@@subheading}}.@refill
-
-@item @@unnumberedsubsubsec @var{title}
-In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsubsection within a
-chapter.  The title appears in the table of contents of a printed
-manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with periods.
-@xref{subsubsection, , The `subsub' Commands}.@refill
-
-@item @@value@{@var{flag}@}
-Replace @var{flag} with the value to which it is set by @code{@@set
-@var{flag}}.
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@item @@var@{@var{metasyntactic-variable}@}
-Highlight a metasyntactic variable, which is something that stands for
-another piece of text.  @xref{var, , Indicating Metasyntactic
-Variables}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@vindex @var{entry}
-Add @var{entry} to the index of variables.  @xref{Index Entries, ,
-Defining the Entries of an Index}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@vskip @var{amount}
-In a printed manual, insert whitespace so as to push text on the
-remainder of the page towards the bottom of the page.  Used in
-formatting the copyright page with the argument @samp{0pt plus
-1filll}.  (Note spelling of @samp{filll}.)  @code{@@vskip} may be used
-only in contexts ignored for Info.  @xref{Copyright & Permissions, ,
-The Copyright Page and Printed Permissions}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@vtable @var{formatting-command}
-Begin a two-column table, using @code{@@item} for each entry.
-Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
-index of variables.  Pair with @code{@@end vtable}.  The same as
-@code{@@table}, except for indexing.  @xref{ftable vtable, ,
-@code{@@ftable} and @code{@@vtable}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@w@{@var{text}@}
-Prevent @var{text} from being split across two lines.  Do not end a
-paragraph that uses @code{@@w} with an @code{@@refill} command.
-In the Texinfo file, keep @var{text} on one line.
-@xref{w, , @code{@@w}}.@refill
-
-@need 400
-@item @@xref@{@var{node-name}, [@var{entry}], [@var{topic-or-title}], [@var{info-file}], [@var{manual}]@}
-Make a reference that starts with `See' in a printed manual.  Follow
-command with a punctuation mark.  Only the first argument is
-mandatory.  @xref{xref, , @code{@@xref}}.@refill
-@end table
-
-@node Tips, Sample Texinfo File, Command List, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Tips and Hints
-
-Here are some tips for writing Texinfo documentation:@refill
-
-@cindex Tips
-@cindex Usage tips
-@cindex Hints
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write in the present tense, not in the past or the future.
-
-@item
-Write actively!  For example, write ``We recommend that @dots{}'' rather
-than ``It is recommended that @dots{}''.
-
-@item
-Use 70 or 72 as your fill column.  Longer lines are hard to read.
-
-@item
-Include a copyright notice and copying permissions.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Index, index, index!  
-
-Write many index entries, in different ways.
-Readers like indices; they are helpful and convenient.
-
-Although it is easiest to write index entries as you write the body of
-the text, some people prefer to write entries afterwards.  In either
-case, write an entry before the paragraph to which it applies.  This
-way, an index entry points to the first page of a paragraph that is
-split across pages.
-
-Here are more hints we have found valuable:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write each index entry differently, so each entry refers to a different
-place in the document.  The index of an Info file lists only one
-location for each entry.  
-
-@item
-Write index entries only where a topic is discussed significantly.  For
-example, it is not useful to index ``debugging information'' in a
-chapter on reporting bugs.  Someone who wants to know about debugging
-information will certainly not find it in that chapter.
-
-@item
-Consistently capitalize the first word of every index entry, or else use
-lower case.  According to convention, you should capitalize the first
-word of an index entry.  However, this practice may make an index look
-crowded.  Some writers prefer lower case.  Regardless of which you
-prefer, choose one style and stick to it.  Mixing the two styles looks
-bad.
-
-@item
-Always capitalize or use upper case for those words in an index for
-which this is proper, such as names of countries or acronyms.
-
-@item 
-Write the indexing commands that refer to a whole section immediately
-after the section command, and write the indexing commands that refer to
-the paragraph before the paragraph.
-
-@need 1000
-In the example that follows, a blank line comes after the index
-entry for ``Leaping'':
-
-@example
-@group
-@@section The Dog and the Fox
-@@cindex Jumping, in general
-@@cindex Leaping
-
-@@cindex Dog, lazy, jumped over
-@@cindex Lazy dog jumped over
-@@cindex Fox, jumps over dog
-@@cindex Quick fox jumps over dog
-The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the example shows entries for the same concept that are
-written in different ways---@samp{Lazy dog}, and @samp{Dog, lazy}---so
-readers can look up the concept in different ways.)
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Blank lines
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Insert a blank line between a sectioning command and the first following
-sentence or paragraph, or between the indexing commands associated with
-the sectioning command and the first following sentence or paragraph, as
-shown in the tip on indexing.  Otherwise, a formatter may fold title and
-paragraph together.
-
-@item
-Always insert a blank line before an @code{@@table} command and after an
-@code{@@end table} command; but never insert a blank line after an
-@code{@@table} command or before an @code{@@end table} command.  
-
-@need 1000
-For example,
-
-@example
-@group
-Types of fox:
-
-@@table @@samp
-@@item Quick
-Jump over lazy dogs.
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@item Brown
-Also jump over lazy dogs.
-@@end table
-
-@end group
-@group
-@@noindent
-On the other hand, @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Insert blank lines before and after @code{@@itemize} @dots{} @code{@@end
-itemize} and @code{@@enumerate} @dots{} @code{@@end enumerate} in the
-same way.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Complete phrases
-
-Complete phrases are easier to read than @dots{}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write entries in an itemized list as complete sentences; or at least, as
-complete phrases.  Incomplete expressions @dots{} awkward @dots{} like
-this.
-
-@item
-Write the prefatory sentence or phrase for a multi-item list or table as
-a complete expression.  Do not write ``You can set:''; instead, write
-``You can set these variables:''.  The former expression sounds cut off.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Editions, dates and versions
-
-Write the edition and version numbers and date in three places in every
-manual:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-In the first @code{@@ifinfo} section, for people reading the Texinfo file.
-
-@item
-In the @code{@@titlepage} section, for people reading the printed manual.
-
-@item
-In the `Top' node, for people reading the Info file.
-@end enumerate
-
-@noindent
-Also, it helps to write a note before the first @code{@@ifinfo}
-section to explain what you are doing.
-
-@need 800
-@noindent
-For example:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@c ===> NOTE! <==
-@@c Specify the edition and version numbers and date 
-@@c in *three* places: 
-@@c   1. First ifinfo section  2. title page  3. top node
-@@c To find the locations, search for !!set
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-@@c !!set edition, date, version
-This is Edition 4.03, January 1992, 
-of the @@cite@{GDB Manual@} for GDB Version 4.3.
-@dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
----or use @code{@@set} and @code{@@value} 
-(@pxref{value Example, , @code{@@value} Example}).
-
-@subsubheading Definition Commands
-
-Definition commands are @code{@@deffn}, @code{@@defun},
-@code{@@defmac}, and the like, and enable you to write descriptions in
-a uniform format.@refill
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Write just one definition command for each entity you define with a
-definition command.  The automatic indexing feature creates an index
-entry that leads the reader to the definition. 
-
-@item
-Use @code{@@table} @dots{} @code{@@end table} in an appendix that
-contains a summary of functions, not @code{@@deffn} or other definition
-commands.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Capitalization
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Capitalize @samp{Texinfo}; it is a name.  Do not write the @samp{x} or
-@samp{i} in upper case.
-
-@item
-Capitalize @samp{Info}; it is a name.
-
-@item
-Write @TeX{} using the @code{@@TeX@{@}} command.  Note the uppercase
-@samp{T} and @samp{X}.  This command causes the formatters to
-typeset the name according to the wishes of Donald Knuth, who wrote
-@TeX{}.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Spaces
-
-Do not use spaces to format a Texinfo file, except inside of
-@code{@@example} @dots{} @code{@@end example} and similar commands.
-
-@need 700
-For example, @TeX{} fills the following:
-
-@example
-@group
-    @@kbd@{C-x v@}
-    @@kbd@{M-x vc-next-action@}
-       Perform the next logical operation 
-       on the version-controlled file
-       corresponding to the current buffer.
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@need 950
-@noindent
-so it looks like this:
-
-@iftex
-@quotation
-    @kbd{C-x v}
-    @kbd{M-x vc-next-action}
-       Perform the next logical operation on the version-controlled file
-       corresponding to the current buffer.
-@end quotation
-@end iftex
-@ifinfo
-@quotation
-`C-x v' `M-x vc-next-action' Perform the next logical operation on the
-version-controlled file corresponding to the current buffer.
-@end quotation
-@end ifinfo
-
-@noindent
-In this case, the text should be formatted with
-@code{@@table}, @code{@@item}, and @code{@@itemx}, to create a table.
-
-@subsubheading @@code, @@samp, @@var, and @samp{---}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Use @code{@@code} around Lisp symbols, including command names.
-For example,
-       
-@example
-The main function is @@code@{vc-next-action@}, @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@item
-Avoid putting letters such as @samp{s} immediately after an
-@samp{@@code}.  Such letters look bad.
-
-@item
-Use @code{@@var} around meta-variables.  Do not write angle brackets
-around them.
-
-@item
-Use three hyphens in a row, @samp{---}, to indicate a long dash.  @TeX{}
-typesets these as a long dash and the Info formatters reduce three
-hyphens to two.  
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading Periods Outside of Quotes
-
-Place periods and other punctuation marks @emph{outside} of quotations,
-unless the punctuation is part of the quotation.  This practice goes against
-convention, but enables the reader to distinguish between the contents
-of the quotation and the whole passage.
-
-For example, you should write the following sentence with the period
-outside the end quotation marks:
-
-@example
-Evidently, @samp{au} is an abbreviation for ``author''.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-since @samp{au} does @emph{not} serve as an  abbreviation for
-@samp{author.} (with a period following the word).
-
-@subsubheading Introducing New Terms
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Introduce new terms so that a user who does not know them can understand
-them from context; or write a definition for the term.
-
-For example, in the following, the terms ``check in'', ``register'' and
-``delta'' are all appearing for the first time; the example sentence should be
-rewritten so they are understandable.
-
-@quotation
-The major function assists you in checking in a file to your
-version control system and registering successive sets of changes to
-it as deltas.
-@end quotation
-
-@item
-Use the @code{@@dfn} command around a word being introduced, to indicate
-that the user should not expect to know the meaning already, and should
-expect to learn the meaning from this passage.
-@end itemize
-
-@subsubheading @@pxref
-
-@c !!! maybe include this in the tips on pxref
-@ignore
-By the way, it is okay to use pxref with something else in front of
-it within the parens, as long as the pxref is followed by the close
-paren, and the material inside the parents is not part of a larger
-sentence.  Also, you can use xref inside parens as part of a complete
-sentence so long as you terminate the cross reference with punctuation.
-@end ignore
-Absolutely never use @code{@@pxref} except in the special context for
-which it is designed: inside parentheses, with the closing parenthesis
-following immediately after the closing brace.  One formatter
-automatically inserts closing punctuation and the other does not.  This
-means that the output looks right both in printed output and in an Info
-file, but only when the command is used inside parentheses.
-
-@subsubheading Invoking from a Shell
-
-You can invoke programs such as Emacs, GCC, and GAWK from a shell.
-The documentation for each program should contain a section that
-describes this.  Unfortunately, if the node names and titles for these
-sections are all different, readers find it hard to search for the
-section.@refill
-
-Name such sections with a phrase beginning with the word 
-@w{`Invoking @dots{}'}, as in `Invoking Emacs'; this way 
-users can find the section easily.
-
-@subsubheading @sc{ansi c} Syntax
-
-When you use @code{@@example} to describe a C function's calling
-conventions, use the @sc{ansi c} syntax, like this:@refill
-
-@example
-void dld_init (char *@@var@{path@});
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-And in the subsequent discussion, refer to the argument values by
-writing the same argument names, again highlighted with
-@code{@@var}.@refill
-
-@need 800
-Avoid the obsolete style that looks like this:@refill
-
-@example
-#include <dld.h>
-
-dld_init (path)
-char *path;
-@end example
-
-Also, it is best to avoid writing @code{#include} above the
-declaration just to indicate that the function is declared in a
-header file.  The practice may give the misimpression that the
-@code{#include} belongs near the declaration of the function.  Either
-state explicitly which header file holds the declaration or, better
-yet, name the header file used for a group of functions at the
-beginning of the section that describes the functions.@refill
-
-@subsubheading Bad Examples
-
-Here are several examples of bad writing to avoid:
-
-In this example, say, `` @dots{} you must @code{@@dfn}@{check
-in@} the new version.''  That flows better.
-
-@quotation
-When you are done editing the file, you must perform a 
-@code{@@dfn}@{check in@}.
-@end quotation
-
-In the following example, say, ``@dots{} makes a unified interface such as VC
-mode possible.''
-
-@quotation
-SCCS, RCS and other version-control systems all perform similar
-functions in broadly similar ways (it is this resemblance which makes
-a unified control mode like this possible).
-@end quotation
-
-And in this example, you should specify what `it' refers to:
-
-@quotation
-If you are working with other people, it assists in coordinating
-everyone's changes so they do not step on each other.
-@end quotation
-
-@subsubheading And Finally @dots{}
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-Pronounce @TeX{} as if the @samp{X} were a Greek `chi', as the last
-sound in the name `Bach'.  But pronounce Texinfo as in `speck':
-@samp{teckinfo}.
-
-@item
-Write notes for yourself at the very end of a Texinfo file after the
-@code{@@bye}.  None of the formatters process text after the
-@code{@@bye}; it is as if the text were within @code{@@ignore} @dots{}
-@code{@@end ignore}.
-@end itemize
-
-@node Sample Texinfo File, Sample Permissions, Tips, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix A Sample Texinfo File
-@cindex Sample Texinfo file, no comments
-
-Here is a complete, short sample Texinfo file, without any commentary.
-You can see this file, with comments, in the first chapter.
-@xref{Short Sample, , A Short Sample Texinfo File}.
-
-@sp 1
-@example
-\input texinfo   @@c -*-texinfo-*-      
-@@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename sample.info
-@@settitle Sample Document
-@@c %**end of header
-
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-
-@@ifinfo
-This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
-
-Copyright 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end ifinfo
-
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 10
-@@comment The title is printed in a large font.
-@@center @@titlefont@{Sample Title@}
-
-@@c The following two commands start the copyright page.
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end titlepage
-
-@@node    Top,       First Chapter, (dir),    (dir)
-@@comment node-name, next,          previous, up
-
-@@menu
-* First Chapter::    The first chapter is the 
-                     only chapter in this sample.
-* Concept Index::    This index has two entries.
-@@end menu
-
-@@node    First Chapter, Concept Index, Top,      Top
-@@comment node-name,     next,          previous, up
-@@chapter First Chapter
-@@cindex Sample index entry
-
-This is the contents of the first chapter. 
-@@cindex Another sample index entry
-
-Here is a numbered list.
-
-@@enumerate
-@@item
-This is the first item.
-
-@@item
-This is the second item.
-@@end enumerate
-
-The @@code@{makeinfo@} and @@code@{texinfo-format-buffer@}
-commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into 
-an Info file; and @@TeX@{@} typesets it for a printed 
-manual.
-
-@@node    Concept Index,    ,  First Chapter, Top
-@@comment node-name,    next,  previous,      up
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-
-@@contents
-@@bye
-@end example
-
-@node Sample Permissions, Include Files, Sample Texinfo File, Top
-@appendix Sample Permissions
-@cindex Permissions
-@cindex Copying permissions
-
-Texinfo files should contain sections that tell the readers that they
-have the right to copy and distribute the Texinfo file, the Info file,
-and the printed manual.@refill
-
-Also, if you are writing a manual about software, you should explain
-that the software is free and either include the GNU General Public
-License (GPL) or provide a reference to it.  @xref{Distrib, ,
-Distribution, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for an example of the text
-that could be used in the software ``Distribution'', ``General Public
-License'', and ``NO WARRANTY'' sections of a document.  @xref{Copying,
-, Texinfo Copying Conditions}, for an example of a brief explanation
-of how the copying conditions provide you with rights. @refill
-
-@menu
-* Inserting Permissions::       How to put permissions in your document.
-* ifinfo Permissions::          Sample @samp{ifinfo} copying permissions.
-* Titlepage Permissions::       Sample Titlepage copying permissions.
-@end menu
-
-@node Inserting Permissions, ifinfo Permissions,  , Sample Permissions
-@ifinfo
-@appendixsec Inserting Permissions
-@end ifinfo
-
-In a Texinfo file, the first @code{@@ifinfo} section usually begins
-with a line that says what the file documents.  This is what a person
-reading the unprocessed Texinfo file or using the advanced Info
-command @kbd{g *} sees first.  @inforef{Expert, Advanced Info
-commands, info}, for more information. (A reader using the regular
-Info commands usually starts reading at the first node and skips
-this first section, which is not in a node.)@refill
-
-In the @code{@@ifinfo} section, the summary sentence is followed by a
-copyright notice and then by the copying permission notice.  One of
-the copying permission paragraphs is enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and
-@code{@@end ignore} commands.  This paragraph states that the Texinfo
-file can be processed through @TeX{} and printed, provided the printed
-manual carries the proper copying permission notice.  This paragraph
-is not made part of the Info file since it is not relevant to the Info
-file; but it is a mandatory part of the Texinfo file since it permits
-people to process the Texinfo file in @TeX{} and print the
-results.@refill
-
-In the printed manual, the Free Software Foundation copying permission
-notice follows the copyright notice and publishing information and is
-located within the region delineated by the @code{@@titlepage} and
-@code{@@end titlepage} commands.  The copying permission notice is exactly
-the same as the notice in the @code{@@ifinfo} section except that the
-paragraph enclosed in @code{@@ignore} and @code{@@end ignore} commands is
-not part of the notice.@refill
-
-To make it simple to insert a permission notice into each section of
-the Texinfo file, sample permission notices for each section are
-reproduced in full below.@refill
-
-Note that you may need to specify the correct name of a section
-mentioned in the permission notice.  For example, in @cite{The GDB
-Manual}, the name of the section referring to the General Public
-License is called the ``GDB General Public License'', but in the
-sample shown below, that section is referred to generically as the
-``GNU General Public License''.  If the Texinfo file does not carry a
-copy of the General Public License, leave out the reference to it, but
-be sure to include the rest of the sentence.@refill
-
-@node ifinfo Permissions, Titlepage Permissions, Inserting Permissions, Sample Permissions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec @samp{ifinfo} Copying Permissions
-@cindex @samp{ifinfo} permissions
-
-In the @code{@@ifinfo} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
-Software Foundation permission notice reads as follows:@refill
-
-@example
-This file documents @dots{}
-
-Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-
-@@ignore 
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX
-and print the results, provided the printed document
-carries a copying permission notice identical to this
-one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
-paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-versions of this manual under the conditions for
-verbatim copying, provided also that the sections
-entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License''
-are included exactly as in the original, and provided
-that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
-under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
-one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute
-translations of this manual into another language, 
-under the above conditions for modified versions, 
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end example
-
-@node Titlepage Permissions,  , ifinfo Permissions, Sample Permissions
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Titlepage Copying Permissions
-@cindex Titlepage permissions
-
-In the @code{@@titlepage} section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
-Software Foundation copying permission notice follows the copyright
-notice and publishing information.  The standard phrasing is as
-follows:@refill
-
-@example
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-versions of this manual under the conditions for
-verbatim copying, provided also that the sections
-entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License''
-are included exactly as in the original, and provided
-that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
-under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
-one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute
-translations of this manual into another language, 
-under the above conditions for modified versions, 
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-@end example
-
-@node Include Files, Headings, Sample Permissions, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Include Files
-@cindex Include files
-
-When @TeX{} or an Info formatting command sees an @code{@@include}
-command in a Texinfo file, it processes the contents of the file named
-by the command and incorporates them into the @sc{dvi} or Info file being
-created.  Index entries from the included file are incorporated into
-the indices of the output file.@refill
-
-Include files let you keep a single large document as a collection of
-conveniently small parts.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Using Include Files::         How to use the @code{@@include} command.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update::  How to create and update nodes and
-                                  menus when using included files.
-* Include File Requirements::   What @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} expects.
-* Sample Include File::         A sample outer file with included files
-                                  within it; and a sample included file.
-* Include Files Evolution::     How use of the @code{@@include} command
-                                  has changed over time.
-@end menu
-
-@node Using Include Files, texinfo-multiple-files-update,  , Include Files
-@appendixsec How to Use Include Files 
-@findex include
-
-To include another file within a Texinfo file, write the
-@code{@@include} command at the beginning of a line and follow it on
-the same line by the name of a file to be included.  For
-example:@refill
-
-@example
-@@include buffers.texi
-@end example
-
-An included file should simply be a segment of text that you expect to
-be included as is into the overall or @dfn{outer} Texinfo file; it
-should not contain the standard beginning and end parts of a Texinfo
-file.  In particular, you should not start an included file with a
-line saying @samp{\input texinfo}; if you do, that phrase is inserted
-into the output file as is.  Likewise, you should not end an included
-file with an @code{@@bye} command; nothing after @code{@@bye} is
-formatted.@refill
-
-In the past, you were required to write an @code{@@setfilename} line at the
-beginning of an included file, but no longer.  Now, it does not matter
-whether you write such a line.  If an @code{@@setfilename} line exists
-in an included file, it is ignored.@refill
-
-Conventionally, an included file begins with an @code{@@node} line that
-is followed by an @code{@@chapter} line.  Each included file is one
-chapter.  This makes it easy to use the regular node and menu creating
-and updating commands to create the node pointers and menus within the
-included file.  However, the simple Emacs node and menu creating and
-updating commands do not work with multiple Texinfo files.  Thus you
-cannot use these commands to fill in the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers of the @code{@@node} line that begins the included file.  Also,
-you cannot use the regular commands to create a master menu for the
-whole file.  Either you must insert the menus and the `Next',
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers by hand, or you must use the GNU Emacs
-Texinfo mode command, @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, that is
-designed for @code{@@include} files.@refill
-
-@node texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include File Requirements, Using Include Files, Include Files
-@appendixsec @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}
-@findex texinfo-multiple-files-update
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-GNU Emacs Texinfo mode provides a command to handle included files
-called @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}.  This command creates or
-updates `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of included files as
-well as those in the outer or overall Texinfo file, and it creates or
-updates a main menu in the outer file.  Depending whether you call it
-with optional arguments, the command updates only the pointers in the
-first @code{@@node} line of the included files or all of them:@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Called without any arguments:@refill
-
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-Create or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of the
-first @code{@@node} line in each file included in an outer or overall
-Texinfo file.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or
-overall file.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update a main menu in the outer file.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@item C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Called with @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument:
-
-@itemize @minus{}
-@item
-Create or update pointers in the first @code{@@node} line in each
-included file.
-
-@item
-Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer file.
-
-@item
-Create and insert a master menu in the outer file.  The master menu
-is made from all the menus in all the included files.@refill
-@end itemize
-
-@item C-u 8 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Called with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}:
-
-@itemize @minus
-@item
-Create or update @strong{all} the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers
-of all the included files.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update @strong{all} the menus of all the included
-files.@refill
-
-@item
-Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or
-overall file.@refill
-
-@item
-And then create a master menu in the outer file.  This is similar to
-invoking @code{texinfo-master-menu} with an argument when you are
-working with just one file.@refill
-@end itemize
-@end table
-
-Note the use of the prefix argument in interactive use: with a regular
-prefix argument, just @w{@kbd{C-u}}, the
-@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command inserts a master menu;
-with a numeric prefix argument, such as @kbd{C-u 8}, the command
-updates @strong{every} pointer and menu in @strong{all} the files and then inserts a
-master menu.@refill
-
-@node Include File Requirements, Sample Include File, texinfo-multiple-files-update, Include Files
-@appendixsec Include File Requirements
-@cindex Include file requirements
-@cindex Requirements for include files
-
-If you plan to use the @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command,
-the outer Texinfo file that lists included files within it should
-contain nothing but the beginning and end parts of a Texinfo file, and
-a number of @code{@@include} commands listing the included files.  It
-should not even include indices, which should be listed in an included
-file of their own.@refill
-
-Moreover, each of the included files must contain exactly one highest
-level node (conventionally, @code{@@chapter} or equivalent),
-and this node must be the first node in the included file.
-Furthermore, each of these highest level nodes in each included file
-must be at the same hierarchical level in the file structure.
-Usually, each is an @code{@@chapter}, an @code{@@appendix}, or an
-@code{@@unnumbered} node.  Thus, normally, each included file contains
-one, and only one, chapter or equivalent-level node.@refill
-
-The outer file should contain only @emph{one} node, the `Top' node.  It
-should @emph{not} contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node.  The
-@code{texinfo-multiple-files-update} command will not process
-them.@refill
-
-@node Sample Include File, Include Files Evolution, Include File Requirements, Include Files
-@appendixsec Sample File with @code{@@include}
-@cindex Sample @code{@@include} file
-@cindex Include file sample
-@cindex @code{@@include} file sample
-
-Here is an example of a complete outer Texinfo file with @code{@@include} files
-within it before running @code{texinfo-multiple-files-update}, which
-would insert a main or master menu:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-\input texinfo @@c -*-texinfo-*-
-@c %**start of header
-@@setfilename  include-example.info
-@@settitle Include Example
-@c %**end of header
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@setchapternewpage odd
-@@titlepage
-@@sp 12
-@@center @@titlefont@{Include Example@}
-@@sp 2
-@@center by Whom Ever
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@page
-@@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @@copyright@{@} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@@end titlepage
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@ifinfo
-@@node Top, First, (dir), (dir)
-@@top Master Menu
-@@end ifinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@include foo.texinfo
-@@include bar.texinfo
-@@include concept-index.texinfo
-@end group
-
-@group
-@@summarycontents
-@@contents
-
-@@bye
-@end group
-@end example
-
-An included file, such as @file{foo.texinfo}, might look like
-this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node First, Second, , Top
-@@chapter First Chapter
-
-Contents of first chapter @dots{}
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The full contents of @file{concept-index.texinfo} might be as simple as this:
-
-@example
-@group
-@@node Concept Index, , Second, Top
-@@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@@printindex cp
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The outer Texinfo source file for @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
-Manual} is named @file{elisp.texi}.  This outer file contains a master
-menu with 417 entries and a list of 41 @code{@@include}
-files.@refill
-
-@node Include Files Evolution,  , Sample Include File, Include Files
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Evolution of Include Files
-
-When Info was first created, it was customary to create many small
-Info files on one subject.  Each Info file was formatted from its own
-Texinfo source file.  This custom meant that Emacs did not need to
-make a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file when
-someone wanted information; instead, Emacs allocated just enough
-memory for the small Info file that contained the particular
-information sought.  This way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.@refill
-
-References from one file to another were made by referring to the file
-name as well as the node name. (@xref{Other Info Files, , Referring to
-Other Info Files}.  Also, see @ref{Four and Five Arguments, , 
-@code{@@xref} with Four and Five Arguments}.)@refill
-
-Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single,
-large printed manual out of several smaller Info files.  In a printed
-manual, all the references were within the same document, so @TeX{}
-could automatically determine the references' page numbers.  The Info
-formatting commands used include files only for creating joint
-indices; each of the individual Texinfo files had to be formatted for
-Info individually.  (Each, therefore, required its own
-@code{@@setfilename} line.)@refill
-
-However, because large Info files are now split automatically, it is
-no longer necessary to keep them small.@refill
-
-Nowadays, multiple Texinfo files are used mostly for large documents,
-such as @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and for projects
-in which several different people write different sections of a
-document simultaneously.@refill
-
-In addition, the Info formatting commands have been extended to work
-with the @code{@@include} command so as to create a single large Info
-file that is split into smaller files if necessary.  This means that
-you can write menus and cross references without naming the different
-Texinfo files.@refill
-
-@node Headings, Catching Mistakes, Include Files, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Page Headings
-@cindex Headings
-@cindex Footings
-@cindex Page numbering
-@cindex Page headings
-@cindex Formatting headings and footings
-
-Most printed manuals contain headings along the top of every page
-except the title and copyright pages.  Some manuals also contain
-footings.  (Headings and footings have no meaning to Info, which is
-not paginated.)@refill
-
-@menu
-* Headings Introduced::         Conventions for using page headings.
-* Heading Format::              Standard page heading formats.
-* Heading Choice::              How to specify the type of page heading.
-* Custom Headings::             How to create your own headings and footings.
-@end menu
-
-@node Headings Introduced, Heading Format,  , Headings
-@ifinfo
-@heading Headings Introduced
-@end ifinfo
-
-Texinfo provides standard page heading formats for manuals that are printed
-on one side of each sheet of paper and for manuals that are printed on
-both sides of the paper.  Usually, you will use one or other of these
-formats, but you can specify your own format, if you wish.@refill
-
-In addition, you can specify whether chapters should begin on a new
-page, or merely continue the same page as the previous chapter; and if
-chapters begin on new pages, you can specify whether they must be
-odd-numbered pages.@refill
-
-By convention, a book is printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.
-When you open a book, the right-hand page is odd-numbered, and
-chapters begin on right-hand pages---a preceding left-hand page is
-left blank if necessary.  Reports, however, are often printed on just
-one side of paper, and chapters begin on a fresh page immediately
-following the end of the preceding chapter.  In short or informal
-reports, chapters often do not begin on a new page at all, but are
-separated from the preceding text by a small amount of whitespace.@refill
-
-The @code{@@setchapternewpage} command controls whether chapters begin
-on new pages, and whether one of the standard heading formats is used.
-In addition, Texinfo has several heading and footing commands that you
-can use to generate your own heading and footing formats.@refill
-
-In Texinfo, headings and footings are single lines at the tops and
-bottoms of pages; you cannot create multiline headings or footings.
-Each header or footer line is divided into three parts: a left part, a
-middle part, and a right part.  Any part, or a whole line, may be left
-blank.  Text for the left part of a header or footer line is set
-flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the
-right part is set flushright.@refill
-
-@node Heading Format, Heading Choice, Headings Introduced, Headings
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Standard Heading Formats
-
-Texinfo provides two standard heading formats, one for manuals printed
-on one side of each sheet of paper, and the other for manuals printed
-on both sides of the paper.
-
-By default, nothing is specified for the footing of a Texinfo file,
-so the footing remains blank.@refill
-
-The standard format for single-sided printing consists of a header
-line in which the left-hand part contains the name of the chapter, the
-central part is blank, and the right-hand part contains the page
-number.@refill
-
-@need 950
-A single-sided page looks like this:
-
-@example
-@group
-   _______________________
-  |                       |
-  | chapter   page number |
-  |                       |
-  | Start of text ...     |
-  | ...                   |
-  |                       |
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The standard format for two-sided printing depends on whether the page
-number is even or odd.  By convention, even-numbered pages are on the
-left- and odd-numbered pages are on the right.  (@TeX{} will adjust the
-widths of the left- and right-hand margins.  Usually, widths are
-correct, but during double-sided printing, it is wise to check that
-pages will bind properly---sometimes a printer will produce output in
-which the even-numbered pages have a larger right-hand margin than the
-odd-numbered pages.)@refill
-
-In the standard double-sided format, the left part of the left-hand
-(even-numbered) page contains the page number, the central part is
-blank, and the right part contains the title (specified by the
-@code{@@settitle} command).  The left part of the right-hand
-(odd-numbered) page contains the name of the chapter, the central part
-is blank, and the right part contains the page number.@refill
-
-@need 750
-Two pages, side by side as in an open book, look like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-   _______________________     _______________________
-  |                       |   |                       |
-  | page number     title |   | chapter   page number |
-  |                       |   |                       |
-  | Start of text ...     |   | More  text ...        |
-  | ...                   |   | ...                   |
-  |                       |   |                       |
-
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The chapter name is preceded by the word @samp{Chapter}, the chapter
-number and a colon.  This makes it easier to keep track of where you
-are in the manual.@refill
-
-@node Heading Choice, Custom Headings, Heading Format, Headings
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Specifying the Type of Heading
-
-@TeX{} does not begin to generate page headings for a standard Texinfo
-file until it reaches the @code{@@end titlepage} command.  Thus, the
-title and copyright pages are not numbered.  The @code{@@end
-titlepage} command causes @TeX{} to begin to generate page headings
-according to a standard format specified by the
-@code{@@setchapternewpage} command that precedes the
-@code{@@titlepage} section.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-There are four possibilities:@refill
-
-@table @asis
-@item No @code{@@setchapternewpage} command 
-Cause @TeX{} to specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters
-on new pages. This is the same as @code{@@setchapternewpage on}.@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage on} 
-Specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage off} 
-Cause @TeX{} to start a new chapter on the same page as the last page of
-the preceding chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.  Also
-cause @TeX{} to typeset for single-sided printing.  (You can override
-the headers format with the @code{@@headings double} command; see
-@ref{headings on off, , The @code{@@headings} Command}.)@refill
-
-@item @code{@@setchapternewpage odd} 
-Specify the double-sided heading format, with chapters on new pages.@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-Texinfo lacks an @code{@@setchapternewpage even} command.@refill
-
-@node Custom Headings,  , Heading Choice, Headings
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec How to Make Your Own Headings
-
-You can use the standard headings provided with Texinfo or specify
-your own.@refill
-
-@c Following paragraph is verbose to prevent overfull hboxes.
-Texinfo provides six commands for specifying headings and
-footings.  The @code{@@everyheading} command and
-@code{@@everyfooting} command generate page headers and footers
-that are the same for both even- and odd-numbered pages.
-The @code{@@evenheading} command and @code{@@evenfooting}
-command generate headers and footers for even-numbered
-(left-hand) pages; and the @code{@@oddheading} command and
-@code{@@oddfooting} command generate headers and footers for
-odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.@refill
-
-Write custom heading specifications in the Texinfo file immediately
-after the @code{@@end titlepage} command.  Enclose your specifications
-between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands since the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command may not recognize them.  Also,
-you must cancel the predefined heading commands with the
-@code{@@headings off} command before defining your own
-specifications.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Here is how to tell @TeX{} to place the chapter name at the left, the
-page number in the center, and the date at the right of every header
-for both even- and odd-numbered pages:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@headings off
-@@everyheading @@thischapter @@| @@thispage @@| @@today@{@}
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-You need to divide the left part from the central part and the central
-part from the right had part by inserting @samp{@@|} between parts.
-Otherwise, the specification command will not be able to tell where
-the text for one part ends and the next part begins.@refill
-
-Each part can contain text or @@-commands.  The text
-is printed as if the part were within an ordinary paragraph in the
-body of the page.  The @@-commands replace
-themselves with the page number, date, chapter name, or
-whatever.@refill
-
-@need 950
-Here are the six heading and footing commands:@refill
-
-@findex everyheading
-@findex everyfooting
-@table @code
-@item @@everyheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-@itemx @@everyfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-
-The `every' commands specify the format for both even- and odd-numbered
-pages.  These commands are for documents that are printed on one side
-of each sheet of paper, or for documents in which you want symmetrical
-headers or footers.@refill
-
-@findex evenheading
-@findex evenfooting
-@findex oddheading
-@findex oddfooting
-@item @@evenheading @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-@itemx @@oddheading  @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-
-@itemx @@evenfooting @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-@itemx @@oddfooting  @var{left} @@| @var{center} @@| @var{right}
-
-The `even' and `odd' commands specify the format for even-numbered
-pages and odd-numbered pages.  These commands are for books and
-manuals that are printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.@refill
-@end table
-
-Use the @samp{@@this@dots{}} series of @@-commands to
-provide the names of chapters
-and sections and the page number.  You can use the
-@samp{@@this@dots{}} commands in the left, center, or right portions
-of headers and footers, or anywhere else in a Texinfo file so long as
-they are between @code{@@iftex} and @code{@@end iftex} commands.@refill
-
-@need 1000
-Here are the @samp{@@this@dots{}} commands:@refill
-
-@table @code
-@findex thispage
-@item @@thispage
-Expands to the current page number.@refill
-@c !!! Karl Berry says that `thissection' fails on page breaks.
-@ignore
-@item @@thissection
-Expands to the name of the current section.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@findex thischaptername
-@item @@thischaptername
-Expands to the name of the current chapter.@refill
-
-@findex thischapter
-@item @@thischapter
-Expands to the number and name of the current
-chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.@refill
-
-@findex thistitle
-@item @@thistitle   
-Expands to the name of the document, as specified by the
-@code{@@settitle} command.@refill
-
-@findex thisfile
-@item @@thisfile   
-For @code{@@include} files only: expands to the name of the current
-@code{@@include} file.  If the current Texinfo source file is not an
-@code{@@include} file, this command has no effect.  This command does
-@emph{not} provide the name of the current Texinfo source file unless
-it is an @code{@@include} file.  (@xref{Include Files}, for more
-information about @code{@@include} files.)@refill
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-You can also use the @code{@@today@{@}} command, which expands to the
-current date, in `1 Jan 1900' format.@refill
-@findex today
-
-Other @@-commands and text are printed in a header or footer just as
-if they were in the body of a page.  It is useful to incorporate text,
-particularly when you are writing drafts:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@@iftex
-@@headings off
-@@everyheading @@emph@{Draft!@} @@| @@thispage @@| @@thischapter
-@@everyfooting @@| @@| Version: 0.27: @@today@{@}
-@@end iftex
-@end group
-@end example
-
-Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the
-header or footer and blot it out.@refill
-
-@node Catching Mistakes, Refilling Paragraphs, Headings, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Formatting Mistakes
-@cindex Structure, catching mistakes in
-@cindex Nodes, catching mistakes
-@cindex Catching mistakes
-@cindex Correcting mistakes
-@cindex Mistakes, catching
-@cindex Problems, catching
-@cindex Debugging the Texinfo structure
-
-Besides mistakes in the content of your documentation, there
-are two kinds of mistake you can make with Texinfo:  you can make mistakes
-with @@-commands, and you can make mistakes with the structure of the
-nodes and chapters.@refill
-
-Emacs has two tools for catching the @@-command mistakes and two for
-catching structuring mistakes.@refill
-
-For finding problems with @@-commands, you can run @TeX{} or a region
-formatting command on the region that has a problem; indeed, you can
-run these commands on each region as you write it.@refill
-
-For finding problems with the structure of nodes and chapters, you can use
-@kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{texinfo-show-structure}) and the related @code{occur}
-command and you can use the @kbd{M-x Info-validate} command.@refill
-
-@menu
-* makeinfo preferred::          @code{makeinfo} finds errors.
-* Debugging with Info::         How to catch errors with Info formatting.
-* Debugging with TeX::          How to catch errors with @TeX{} formatting.
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use @code{texinfo-show-structure}.
-* Using occur::                 How to list all lines containing a pattern.
-* Running Info-Validate::       How to find badly referenced nodes.
-@end menu
-
-@node makeinfo preferred, Debugging with Info,  , Catching Mistakes
-@ifinfo
-@heading @code{makeinfo} Find Errors
-@end ifinfo
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-The @code{makeinfo} program does an excellent job of catching errors
-and reporting them---far better than either the
-@code{texinfo-format-region} or the @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-command.  In addition, the various functions for automatically
-creating and updating node pointers and menus remove many
-opportunities for human error.@refill
-
-If you can, use the updating commands to create and insert pointers
-and menus.  These prevent many errors.  Then use @code{makeinfo} (or
-its Texinfo mode manifestations, @code{makeinfo-region} and
-@code{makeinfo-buffer}) to format your file and check for other
-errors.  This is the best way to work with Texinfo.  But if you
-cannot use @code{makeinfo}, or your problem is very puzzling, then you
-may want to use the tools described in this appendix.@refill
-
-@node Debugging with Info, Debugging with TeX, makeinfo preferred, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Catching Errors with Info Formatting
-@cindex Catching errors with Info formatting
-@cindex Debugging with Info formatting
-
-After you have written part of a Texinfo file, you can use the
-@code{texinfo-format-region} or the @code{makeinfo-region} command to
-see whether the region formats properly.@refill
-
-Most likely, however, you are reading this section because for some
-reason you cannot use the @code{makeinfo-region} command; therefore, the
-rest of this section presumes that you are using
-@code{texinfo-format-region}.@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-If you make a mistake with an @@-command,
-@code{texinfo-format-region} will stop processing at or after the
-error and display an error message.  To see where in the buffer the
-error occurred, switch to the @samp{*Info Region*} buffer; the cursor
-will be in a position that is after the location of the error.  Also,
-the text will not be formatted after the place where the error
-occurred (or more precisely, where it was detected).@refill
-
-For example, if you accidentally end a menu with the command @code{@@end
-menus} with an `s' on the end, instead of with @code{@@end menu}, you
-will see an error message that says:@refill
-
-@example
-@@end menus is not handled by texinfo
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-The cursor will stop at the point in the buffer where the error
-occurs, or not long after it.  The buffer will look like this:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
----------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
-* Menu:
-
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use  
-                                  `texinfo-show-structure'
-                                  to catch mistakes.
-* Running Info-Validate::         How to check for 
-                                  unreferenced nodes.
-@@end menus
-@point{}
----------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
-@end group
-@end example
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} command sometimes provides slightly
-odd error messages.  For example, the following cross reference fails to format:@refill
-
-@example
-(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes, for more info.)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, @code{texinfo-format-region} detects the missing closing
-brace but displays a message that says @samp{Unbalanced parentheses}
-rather than @samp{Unbalanced braces}.  This is because the formatting
-command looks for mismatches between braces as if they were
-parentheses.@refill
-
-Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} fails to detect mistakes.  For
-example, in the following, the closing brace is swapped with the
-closing parenthesis:@refill
-
-@example
-(@@xref@{Catching Mistakes), for more info.@}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-Formatting produces:
-@example
-(*Note for more info.: Catching Mistakes)
-@end example
-
-The only way for you to detect this error is to realize that the
-reference should have looked like this:@refill
-
-@example
-(*Note Catching Mistakes::, for more info.)
-@end example
-
-Incidentally, if you are reading this node in Info and type @kbd{f
-@key{RET}} (@code{Info-follow-reference}), you will generate an error
-message that says:
-
-@example
-No such node: "Catching Mistakes) The only way @dots{}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This is because Info perceives the example of the error as the first
-cross reference in this node and if you type a @key{RET} immediately
-after typing the Info @kbd{f} command, Info will attempt to go to the
-referenced node.  If you type @kbd{f catch @key{TAB} @key{RET}}, Info
-will complete the node name of the correctly written example and take
-you to the `Catching Mistakes' node.  (If you try this, you can return
-from the `Catching Mistakes' node by typing @kbd{l}
-(@code{Info-last}).)
-
-@c !!! section on using Elisp debugger ignored.
-@ignore
-Sometimes @code{texinfo-format-region} will stop long after the
-original error; this is because it does not discover the problem until
-then.  In this case, you will need to backtrack.@refill
-
-@c menu
-@c * Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger::  How to use the Emacs Lisp debugger.
-@c end menu
-
-@c node Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger
-@c appendixsubsec Using the Emacs Lisp Debugger
-@c index Using the Emacs Lisp debugger
-@c index Emacs Lisp debugger
-@c index Debugger, using the Emacs Lisp 
-
-If an error is especially elusive, you can turn on the Emacs Lisp
-debugger and look at the backtrace; this tells you where in the
-@code{texinfo-format-region} function the problem occurred.  You can
-turn on the debugger with the command:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} t @key{RET}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-and turn it off with
-
-@example
-M-x set-variable @key{RET} debug-on-error @key{RET} nil @key{RET}
-@end example
-
-Often, when you are using the debugger, it is easier to follow what is
-going on if you use the Emacs Lisp files that are not byte-compiled.
-The byte-compiled sources send octal numbers to the debugger that may
-look mysterious.  To use the uncompiled source files, load
-@file{texinfmt.el} and @file{texinfo.el} with the @kbd{M-x load-file}
-command.@refill
-
-The debugger will not catch an error if @code{texinfo-format-region}
-does not detect one.  In the example shown above,
-@code{texinfo-format-region} did not find the error when the whole
-list was formatted, but only when part of the list was formatted.
-When @code{texinfo-format-region} did not find an error, the debugger
-did not find one either. @refill
-
-However, when @code{texinfo-format-region} did report an error, it
-invoked the debugger.  This is the backtrace it produced:@refill
-
-@example
----------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
-Signalling: (search-failed "[@},]")
-  re-search-forward("[@},]")
-  (while ...)
-  (let ...)
-  texinfo-format-parse-args()
-  (let ...)
-  texinfo-format-xref()
-  funcall(texinfo-format-xref)
-  (if ...)
-  (let ...)
-  (if ...)
-  (while ...)
-  texinfo-format-scan()
-  (save-excursion ...)
-  (let ...)
-  texinfo-format-region(103370 103631)
-* call-interactively(texinfo-format-region)
----------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
-@end example
-
-The backtrace is read from the bottom up.
-@code{texinfo-format-region} was called interactively; and it, in
-turn, called various functions, including @code{texinfo-format-scan},
-@code{texinfo-format-xref} and @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}.
-Inside the function @code{texinfo-format-parse-args}, the function
-@code{re-search-forward} was called; it was this function that could
-not find the missing right-hand brace.@refill
-
-@xref{Lisp Debug, , Debugging Emacs Lisp, emacs, The GNU Emacs
-Manual}, for more information.@refill
-@end ignore
-
-@node Debugging with TeX, Using texinfo-show-structure, Debugging with Info, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting
-@cindex Catching errors with @TeX{} formatting
-@cindex Debugging with @TeX{} formatting
-
-You can also catch mistakes when you format a file with @TeX{}.@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-Usually, you do this after you have run
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} (or, better, @code{makeinfo-buffer}) on
-the same file, because @code{texinfo-format-buffer} sometimes displays
-error messages that make more sense than @TeX{}.  (@xref{Debugging
-with Info}, for more information.)@refill
-
-For example, @TeX{} was run on a Texinfo file, part of which is shown
-here:@refill
-
-@example
----------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
-name of the texinfo file as an extension.  The
-@@samp@{??@} are `wildcards' that cause the shell to
-substitute all the raw index files.  (@@xref@{sorting
-indices, for more information about sorting
-indices.)@@refill
----------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(The cross reference lacks a closing brace.)
-@TeX{} produced the following output, after which it stopped:@refill
-
-@example
----------- Buffer: *texinfo-tex-shell* ----------
-Runaway argument?
-@{sorting indices, for more information about sorting 
-indices.) @@refill @@ETC.
-! Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete.
-<to be read again> 
-                   @@par 
-l.27 
-     
-? 
----------- Buffer: *texinfo-tex-shell* ----------
-@end example
-
-In this case, @TeX{} produced an accurate and
-understandable error message: 
-
-@example
-Paragraph ended before @@xref was complete.
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-@samp{@@par} is an internal @TeX{} command of no relevance to Texinfo.
-@samp{l.27} means that @TeX{} detected the problem on line 27 of the
-Texinfo file.  The @samp{?} is the prompt @TeX{} uses in this
-circumstance.@refill
-
-Unfortunately, @TeX{} is not always so helpful, and sometimes you must
-truly be a Sherlock Holmes to discover what went wrong.@refill
-
-In any case, if you run into a problem like this, you can do one of three
-things.@refill
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and ignore just this error by
-typing @key{RET} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill
-
-@item 
-You can tell @TeX{} to continue running and to ignore all errors as best
-it can by typing @kbd{r @key{RET}} at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill
-
-This is often the best thing to do.  However, beware: the one error
-may produce a cascade of additional error messages as its consequences
-are felt through the rest of the file.  (To stop @TeX{} when it is
-producing such an avalanche of error messages, type @kbd{C-d} (or
-@kbd{C-c C-d}, if you are running a shell inside Emacs Version 18.))@refill
-
-@item 
-You can tell @TeX{} to stop this run by typing @kbd{x @key{RET}} 
-at the @samp{?} prompt.@refill
-@end enumerate
-
-Please note that if you are running @TeX{} inside Emacs, you need to
-switch to the shell buffer and line at which @TeX{} offers the @samp{?}
-prompt.@refill
-
-Sometimes @TeX{} will format a file without producing error messages even
-though there is a problem.  This usually occurs if a command is not ended
-but @TeX{} is able to continue processing anyhow.  For example, if you fail
-to end an itemized list with the @code{@@end itemize} command, @TeX{} will
-write a @sc{dvi} file that you can print out.  The only error message that
-@TeX{} will give you is the somewhat mysterious comment that@refill
-
-@example
-(@@end occurred inside a group at level 1)
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-However, if you print the @sc{dvi} file, you will find that the text
-of the file that follows the itemized list is entirely indented as if
-it were part of the last item in the itemized list.  The error message
-is the way @TeX{} says that it expected to find an @code{@@end}
-command somewhere in the file; but that it could not determine where
-it was needed.@refill
-
-Another source of notoriously hard-to-find errors is a missing
-@code{@@end group} command.  If you ever are stumped by
-incomprehensible errors, look for a missing @code{@@end group} command
-first.@refill
-
-If the Texinfo file lacks header lines,
-@TeX{} may stop in the
-beginning of its run and display output that looks like the following.
-The @samp{*} indicates that @TeX{} is waiting for input.@refill
-
-@example
-This is TeX, Version 2.0 for Berkeley UNIX 
-(preloaded format=plain-cm 87.10.25) 
-(test.texinfo [1])
-*
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-In this case, simply type @kbd{\end @key{RET}} after the asterisk.  Then
-write the header lines in the Texinfo file and run the @TeX{} command
-again. (Note the use of the backslash, @samp{\}.  @TeX{} uses @samp{\}
-instead of @samp{@@}; and in this circumstance, you are working
-directly with @TeX{}, not with Texinfo.)@refill
-
-@node Using texinfo-show-structure, Using occur, Debugging with TeX, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Using @code{texinfo-show-structure}
-@cindex Showing the structure of a file
-@findex texinfo-show-structure
-
-It is not always easy to keep track of the nodes, chapters, sections, and
-subsections of a Texinfo file.  This is especially true if you are revising
-or adding to a Texinfo file that someone else has written.@refill
-
-In GNU Emacs, in Texinfo mode, the @code{texinfo-show-structure}
-command lists all the lines that begin with the @@-commands that
-specify the structure: @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section},
-@code{@@appendix}, and so on.  With an argument (@w{@kbd{C-u}}
-as prefix argument, if interactive), 
-the command also shows the @code{@@node} lines.  The
-@code{texinfo-show-structure} command is bound to @kbd{C-c C-s} in
-Texinfo mode, by default.@refill
-
-The lines are displayed in a buffer called the @samp{*Occur*} buffer.
-For example, when @code{texinfo-show-structure} was run on an earlier
-version of this appendix, it produced the following:@refill
-
-@smallexample
-Lines matching "^@@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|sub\\|unnum\\|major\\|
-heading \\|appendix\\)" in buffer texinfo.texi.
-  4:@@appendix Formatting Mistakes
- 52:@@appendixsec Catching Errors with Info Formatting
-222:@@appendixsec Catching Errors with @@TeX@{@} Formatting
-338:@@appendixsec Using @@code@{texinfo-show-structure@}
-407:@@appendixsubsec Using @@code@{occur@}
-444:@@appendixsec Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-513:@@appendixsubsec Running @@code@{Info-validate@}
-573:@@appendixsubsec Splitting a File Manually
-@end smallexample
-
-This says that lines 4, 52, and 222 of @file{texinfo.texi} begin with
-the @code{@@appendix}, @code{@@appendixsec}, and @code{@@appendixsec}
-commands respectively.  If you move your cursor into the @samp{*Occur*}
-window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use the
-@kbd{C-c C-c} command (@code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}), to jump to
-the corresponding spot in the Texinfo file.  @xref{Other Repeating
-Search, , Using Occur, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more
-information about @code{occur-mode-goto-occurrence}.@refill
-
-The first line in the @samp{*Occur*} window describes the @dfn{regular
-expression} specified by @var{texinfo-heading-pattern}.  This regular
-expression is the pattern that @code{texinfo-show-structure} looks for.
-@xref{Regexps, , Using Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual},
-for more information.@refill
-
-When you invoke the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command, Emacs will
-display the structure of the whole buffer.  If you want to see the
-structure of just a part of the buffer, of one chapter, for example,
-use the @kbd{C-x n} (@code{narrow-to-region}) command to mark the
-region.  (@xref{Narrowing, , , emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)  This is
-how the example used above was generated.  (To see the whole buffer
-again, use @kbd{C-x w} (@code{widen}).)@refill
-
-If you call @code{texinfo-show-structure} with a prefix argument by
-typing @w{@kbd{C-u C-c C-s}}, it will list lines beginning with
-@code{@@node} as well as the lines beginning with the @@-sign commands
-for @code{@@chapter}, @code{@@section}, and the like.@refill
-
-You can remind yourself of the structure of a Texinfo file by looking at
-the list in the @samp{*Occur*} window; and if you have mis-named a node
-or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.@refill
-
-@node Using occur, Running Info-Validate, Using texinfo-show-structure, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Using @code{occur}
-@cindex Occurrences, listing with @code{@@occur} 
-@findex occur
-
-Sometimes the @code{texinfo-show-structure} command produces too much
-information.  Perhaps you want to remind yourself of the overall structure
-of a Texinfo file, and are overwhelmed by the detailed list produced by
-@code{texinfo-show-structure}.  In this case, you can use the @code{occur}
-command directly.  To do this, type@refill
-
-@example
-@kbd{M-x occur}
-@end example
-
-@noindent 
-and then, when prompted, type a @dfn{regexp}, a regular expression for
-the pattern you want to match.  (@xref{Regexps, , Regular Expressions,
-emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.)  The @code{occur} command works from
-the current location of the cursor in the buffer to the end of the
-buffer.  If you want to run @code{occur} on the whole buffer, place
-the cursor at the beginning of the buffer.@refill
-
-For example, to see all the lines that contain the word
-@samp{@@chapter} in them, just type @samp{@@chapter}.  This will
-produce a list of the chapters.  It will also list all the sentences
-with @samp{@@chapter} in the middle of the line.@refill
-
-If you want to see only those lines that start with the word
-@samp{@@chapter}, type @samp{^@@chapter} when prompted by
-@code{occur}.  If you want to see all the lines that end with a word
-or phrase, end the last word with a @samp{$}; for example,
-@samp{catching mistakes$}.  This can be helpful when you want to see
-all the nodes that are part of the same chapter or section and
-therefore have the same `Up' pointer.@refill
-
-@xref{Other Repeating Search, , Using Occur, emacs , The GNU Emacs Manual},
-for more information.@refill
-
-@node Running Info-Validate,  , Using occur, Catching Mistakes
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsec Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-@findex Info-validate
-@cindex Nodes, checking for badly referenced
-@cindex Checking for badly referenced nodes
-@cindex Looking for badly referenced nodes
-@cindex Finding badly referenced nodes
-@cindex Badly referenced nodes 
-
-You can use the @code{Info-validate} command to check whether any of
-the `Next', `Previous', `Up' or other node pointers fail to point to a
-node.  This command checks that every node pointer points to an
-existing node.  The @code{Info-validate} command works only on Info
-files, not on Texinfo files.@refill
-
-The @code{makeinfo} program validates pointers automatically, so you
-do not need to use the @code{Info-validate} command if you are using
-@code{makeinfo}.  You only may need to use @code{Info-validate} if you
-are unable to run @code{makeinfo} and instead must create an Info file
-using @code{texinfo-format-region} or @code{texinfo-format-buffer}, or
-if you write an Info file from scratch.@refill
-
-@menu
-* Using Info-validate::         How to run @code{Info-validate}.
-* Unsplit::                     How to create an unsplit file.
-* Tagifying::                   How to tagify a file.
-* Splitting::                   How to split a file manually.
-@end menu
-
-@node Using Info-validate, Unsplit,  , Running Info-Validate
-@appendixsubsec Running @code{Info-validate}
-@cindex Running @code{Info-validate}
-@cindex Info validating a large file
-@cindex Validating a large file
-
-To use @code{Info-validate}, visit the Info file you wish to check and
-type:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-validate
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the @code{Info-validate} command requires an upper case
-`I'.  You may also need to create a tag table before running
-@code{Info-validate}.  @xref{Tagifying}.)@refill
-
-If your file is valid, you will receive a message that says ``File appears
-valid''.  However, if you have a pointer that does not point to a node,
-error messages will be displayed in a buffer called @samp{*problems in
-info file*}.@refill
-
-For example, @code{Info-validate} was run on a test file that contained
-only the first node of this manual.  One of the messages said:@refill
-
-@example
-In node "Overview", invalid Next: Texinfo Mode
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This meant that the node called @samp{Overview} had a `Next' pointer that
-did not point to anything (which was true in this case, since the test file
-had only one node in it).@refill
-
-Now suppose we add a node named @samp{Texinfo Mode} to our test case
-but we do not specify a `Previous' for this node.  Then we will get
-the following error message:@refill
-
-@example
-In node "Texinfo Mode", should have Previous: Overview
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-This is because every `Next' pointer should be matched by a
-`Previous' (in the node where the `Next' points) which points back.@refill
-
-@code{Info-validate} also checks that all menu entries and cross references
-point to actual nodes.@refill
-
-Note that @code{Info-validate} requires a tag table and does not work
-with files that have been split.  (The @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-command automatically splits large files.)  In order to use
-@code{Info-validate} on a large file, you must run
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} with an argument so that it does not split
-the Info file; and you must create a tag table for the unsplit
-file.@refill
-
-@node Unsplit, Tagifying, Using Info-validate, Running Info-Validate
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsubsec Creating an Unsplit File
-@cindex Creating an unsplit file
-@cindex Unsplit file creation
-
-You can run @code{Info-validate} only on a single Info file that has a
-tag table.  The command will not work on the indirect subfiles that
-are generated when a master file is split.  If you have a large file
-(longer than 70,000 bytes or so), you need to run the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command in such
-a way that it does not create indirect subfiles.  You will also need
-to create a tag table for the Info file.  After you have done this,
-you can run @code{Info-validate} and look for badly referenced
-nodes.@refill
-
-@c !!! broke into two paragraphs to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-The first step is to create an unsplit Info file.  
-
-To prevent @code{texinfo-format-buffer} from splitting a Texinfo file
-into smaller Info files, give a prefix to the @kbd{M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer} command:@refill
-
-@example
-C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-or else
-
-@example
-C-u C-c C-e C-b
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create
-a tag table for it. @refill
-@cindex Making a tag table manually
-@cindex Tag table, making manually
-
-@node Tagifying, Splitting, Unsplit, Running Info-Validate
-@appendixsubsec Tagifying a File
-
-After creating an unsplit Info file, you must create a tag table for
-it.  Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and type:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-tagify
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note the upper case @key{I} in @code{Info-tagify}.)  This creates an
-Info file with a tag table that you can validate.@refill
-
-The third step is to validate the Info file:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-validate
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note the upper case @key{I} in @code{Info-validate}.)
-In brief, the steps are:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-M-x Info-tagify
-M-x Info-validate
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-After you have validated the node structure, you will be able to rerun
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} in the normal way so it will construct a
-tag table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag
-table and split the file manually.@refill
-
-@node Splitting,  , Tagifying, Running Info-Validate
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendixsubsec Splitting a File Manually
-@cindex Splitting an Info file manually
-@cindex Info file, splitting manually
-
-You should split a large file or else let the
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} or @code{makeinfo-buffer} command do it
-for you automatically.  (Generally you will let one of the formatting
-commands do this job for you.  @xref{Create an Info File}.)@refill
-
-The split-off files are called the indirect subfiles.@refill
-
-Info files are split to save memory.  With smaller files, Emacs does not
-have make such a large buffer to hold the information.@refill
-
-If an Info file has more than 30 nodes, you should also make a tag
-table for it. @xref{Using Info-validate}, for information
-about creating a tag table.  (Again, tag tables are usually created
-automatically by the formatting command; you only need to create a tag
-table yourself if you are doing the job manually.  Most likely, you
-will do this for a large, unsplit file on which you have run
-@code{Info-validate}.)@refill
-
-@c Info-split is autoloaded in `loaddefs.el' in Emacs 18.51
-@ignore
-Before running @code{Info-split}, you need to load the @code{info} library
-into Emacs by giving the command @kbd{M-x load-library @key{RET} info
-@key{RET}}.
-@end ignore
-
-Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and split and type the two
-commands:@refill
-
-@example
-M-x Info-tagify
-M-x Info-split
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-(Note that the @samp{I} in @samp{Info} is upper case.)@refill
-
-When you use the @code{Info-split} command, the buffer is modified into a
-(small) Info file which lists the indirect subfiles.  This file should be
-saved in place of the original visited file.  The indirect subfiles are
-written in the same directory the original file is in, with names generated
-by appending @samp{-} and a number to the original file name.@refill
-
-The primary file still functions as an Info file, but it contains just
-the tag table and a directory of subfiles.@refill
-
-@node Refilling Paragraphs, Command Syntax, Catching Mistakes, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix Refilling Paragraphs
-@cindex Refilling paragraphs 
-@cindex Filling paragraphs 
-@findex refill
-
-The @code{@@refill} command refills and, optionally, indents the first
-line of a paragraph.@footnote{Perhaps the command should have been
-called the @code{@@refillandindent} command, but @code{@@refill} is
-shorter and the name was chosen before indenting was possible.} The
-@code{@@refill} command is no longer important, but we describe it here
-because you once needed it.  You will see it in many old Texinfo
-files.@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-Without refilling, paragraphs containing long @@-constructs may look
-bad after formatting because the formatter removes @@-commands and
-shortens some lines more than others.  In the past, neither 
-@code{texinfo-format-region} nor
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} refilled paragraphs
-automatically.  The @code{@@refill} command had to be written at the
-end of every paragraph to cause these formatters to fill them.  (Both
-@TeX{} and @code{makeinfo} have always refilled paragraphs
-automatically.)  Now, all the Info formatters automatically fill and
-indent those paragraphs that need to be filled and indented.@refill
-
-@c !!! changed wording to prevent overfull hbox --bob 26 Mar 93
-The @code{@@refill} command causes both the @code{texinfo-format-region}
-command and the 
-@code{texinfo-format-buffer} command to refill a paragraph in the Info file
-@emph{after} all the other processing has been done.  For this reason,
-you can not use @code{@@refill} with a paragraph containing either
-@code{@@*} or @code{@@w@{ @dots{} @}} since the refilling action will
-override those two commands.@refill
-
-The @code{texinfo-format-region} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-commands now automatically append @code{@@refill} to the end of each
-paragraph that should be filled.  They do not append @code{@@refill} to
-the ends of paragraphs that contain @code{@@*} or @w{@code{@@w@{ @dots{}@}}}
-and therefore do not refill or indent them.@refill
-
-@node Command Syntax, Obtaining TeX, Refilling Paragraphs, Top
-@comment node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@appendix @@-Command Syntax
-@cindex @@-command syntax
-
-The character @samp{@@} is used to start special Texinfo commands.
-(It has the same meaning that @samp{\} has in Plain@TeX{}.)  Texinfo
-has four types of @@-command:@refill
-
-@table @asis
-@item 1. Non-alphabetic commands.
-These commands consist of an @@ followed by a punctuation mark or other
-character that is not part of the alphabet.  Non-alphabetic commands
-are almost always part of the text within a paragraph, and never take
-any argument.  The two characters (@@ and the other one) are complete
-in themselves; none is followed by braces.  The non-alphabetic
-commands are: @code{@@.}, @code{@@:}, @code{@@*}, @code{@@@@},
-@code{@@@{}, and @code{@@@}}.@refill
-
-@item 2. Alphabetic commands that do not require arguments.
-These commands start with @@ followed by a word followed by left- and
-right-hand braces.  These commands insert special symbols in the
-document; they do not require arguments.  For example,
-@code{@@dots@{@}} @result{} @samp{@dots{}}, @code{@@equiv@{@}}
-@result{} @samp{@equiv{}}, @code{@@TeX@{@}} @result{} `@TeX{}',
-and @code{@@bullet@{@}} @result{} @samp{@bullet{}}.@refill
-
-@item 3. Alphabetic commands that require arguments within braces.
-These commands start with @@ followed by a letter or a word, followed by an
-argument within braces.  For example, the command @code{@@dfn} indicates
-the introductory or defining use of a term; it is used as follows: @samp{In
-Texinfo, @@@@-commands are @@dfn@{mark-up@} commands.}@refill
-
-@item 4. Alphabetic commands that occupy an entire line.
-These commands occupy an entire line.  The line starts with @@,
-followed by the name of the command (a word); for example, @code{@@center}
-or @code{@@cindex}.  If no argument is needed, the word is followed by
-the end of the line.  If there is an argument, it is separated from
-the command name by a space.  Braces are not used.@refill
-@end table
-
-@cindex Braces and argument syntax
-Thus, the alphabetic commands fall into classes that have
-different argument syntaxes.  You cannot tell to which class a command
-belongs by the appearance of its name, but you can tell by the
-command's meaning: if the command stands for a glyph, it is in
-class 2 and does not require an argument; if it makes sense to use the
-command together with other text as part of a paragraph, the command
-is in class 3 and must be followed by an argument in braces;
-otherwise, it is in class 4 and uses the rest of the line as its
-argument.@refill
-
-The purpose of having a different syntax for commands of classes 3 and
-4 is to make Texinfo files easier to read, and also to help the GNU
-Emacs paragraph and filling commands work properly.  There is only one
-exception to this rule: the command @code{@@refill}, which is always
-used at the end of a paragraph immediately following the final period
-or other punctuation character.  @code{@@refill} takes no argument and
-does @emph{not} require braces.  @code{@@refill} never confuses the
-Emacs paragraph commands because it cannot appear at the beginning of
-a line.@refill
-
-@node Obtaining TeX, New Features, Command Syntax, Top
-@appendix How to Obtain @TeX{}
-@cindex Obtaining @TeX{}
-@cindex @TeX{}, how to obtain
-
-@c !!! Here is information about obtaining TeX.  Update it whenever.
-@c     Last updated by RJC on 6 October 1992
-@c     based on message from elisabet@@.u.washington.edu
-@TeX{} is freely redistributable.  You can obtain @TeX{} for Unix
-systems from the University of Washington for a distribution
-fee.@refill
-
-To order a full distribution, send $200.00 for a 1/2-inch 9-track 1600
-bpi (@code{tar} or @code{cpio}) tape reel, or $210.00 for a 1/4-inch
-4-track QIC-24 (@code{tar} or @code{cpio}) cartridge, to:@refill
-
-@display
-Northwest Computing Support Center
-DR-10, Thomson Hall 35
-University of Washington
-Seattle, Washington 98195
-@end display
-
-@noindent
-Please make checks payable to the University of Washington.@refill
-
-Prepaid orders are preferred but purchase orders are acceptable;
-however, purchase orders carry an extra charge of $10.00, to pay for
-processing.@refill
-
-Overseas sites: please add to the base cost $20.00 for shipment via 
-air parcel post, or $30.00 for shipment via courier.@refill
-
-Please check with the Northwest Computing Support Center at the
-University of Washington for current prices and formats:@refill
-
-@example
-@group
-@r{telephone:}  (206) 543-6259
-@r{email:}      elisabet@@u.washington.edu
-@end group
-@end example
-
-@node  New Features, Command and Variable Index, Obtaining TeX, Top
-@appendix Second Edition Features
-
-@tex
-% Widen the space for the first column so three control-character
-% strings fit in the first column.  Switched back to default .8in
-% value at end of chapter.
-\global\tableindent=1.0in
-@end tex
-
-The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 20 new
-Texinfo mode commands and more than 50 previously undocumented Texinfo
-@@-commands.  This edition is more than twice the length of the first
-edition.@refill
-
-Here is a brief description of the new commands.@refill
-
-@menu
-* New Texinfo Mode Commands::   The updating commands are especially useful.
-* New Commands::                Many newly described @@-commands.
-@end menu
-
-@node New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Commands,  , New Features
-@appendixsec New Texinfo Mode Commands
-
-Texinfo mode provides commands and features especially designed for
-working with Texinfo files.  More than 20 new commands have been
-added, including commands for automatically creating and updating
-both nodes and menus.  This is a tedious task when done by hand.@refill
-
-The keybindings are intended to be somewhat mnemonic.@refill
-
-@subheading Update all nodes and menus
-
-The @code{texinfo-master-menu} command is the primary command:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-master-menu
-Create or update a master menu.
-With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,
-first create or update all nodes
-and regular menus.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Update Pointers
-
-@noindent
-Create or update `Next', `Previous', and `Up' node pointers.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u C-n
-@itemx M-x texinfo-update-node
-Update a node.
-
-@item C-c C-u C-e
-@itemx M-x texinfo-every-node-update
-Update every node in the buffer.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Update Menus
-
-@noindent
-Create or update menus.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Updating Nodes and Menus}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-u C-m
-@itemx M-x texinfo-make-menu
-Make or update a menu.
-
-@item C-c C-u C-a
-@itemx M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-Make or update all the menus in a buffer.
-With @kbd{C-u} as a prefix argument,
-first update all the nodes.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Insert Title as Description
-
-@noindent
-Insert a node's chapter or section title in the space for the
-description in a menu entry line; position point so you can edit the
-insert.  (This command works somewhat differently than the other
-insertion commands, which insert only a predefined string.)@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Inserting, Inserting Frequently Used Commands}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-c C-d
-Insert title.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Format for Info
-
-@noindent
-Provide keybindings both for the Info formatting commands that are
-written in Emacs Lisp and for @code{makeinfo} that is written in
-C.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Info Formatting}.
-
-@noindent
-Use the Emacs lisp @code{texinfo-format@dots{}} commands:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-e C-r
-Format the region.
-
-@item C-c C-e C-b
-Format the buffer.
-@end table
-
-@noindent
-Use @code{makeinfo}:
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-m C-r
-Format the region.
-
-@item C-c C-m C-b
-Format the buffer.
-
-@item C-c C-m C-l
-Recenter the @code{makeinfo} output buffer.
-
-@item C-c C-m C-k
-Kill the @code{makeinfo} formatting job.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Typeset and Print
-
-@noindent
-Typeset and print Texinfo documents from within Emacs.@refill
-
-@ifinfo
-@noindent
-@xref{Printing}.
-@end ifinfo
-@iftex
-@noindent
-@xref{Printing, , Formatting and Printing}.
-@end iftex
-
-@table @kbd
-@item C-c C-t C-r
-Run @TeX{} on the region.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-b
-Run @TeX{} on the buffer.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-i
-Run @code{texindex}.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-p
-Print the @sc{dvi} file.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-q
-Show the print queue.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-d
-Delete a job from the print queue.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-k
-Kill the current @TeX{} formatting job.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-x
-Quit a currently stopped @TeX{} formatting job.
-
-@item C-c C-t C-l
-Recenter the output buffer.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Other Updating Commands
-
-@noindent
-The ``other updating commands'' do not have standard keybindings because
-they are used less frequently.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Other Updating Commands}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-Insert missing @code{@@node} lines using
-section titles as node names.
-
-@item M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-Update a multi-file document.
-With a numeric prefix, such as @kbd{C-u 8},
-update  @strong{every} pointer and
-menu in @strong{all} the files and
-then insert a master menu.
-
-@item M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-Indent descriptions in menus.
-
-@item M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-Insert node pointers in strict sequence.
-@end table
-
-@node New Commands,  , New Texinfo Mode Commands, New Features
-@appendixsec New Texinfo @@-Commands
-
-The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 50
-commands that were not described in the first edition.  A third or so
-of these commands existed in Texinfo but were not documented in the
-manual; the others are new.  Here is a listing, with brief
-descriptions of them:@refill
-
-@subheading Indexing
-
-@noindent
-Create your own index, and merge indices.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Indices}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@defindex @var{index-name}
-Define a new index and its indexing command.
-See also the @code{@@defcodeindex} command.
-
-@c written verbosely to avoid overful hbox
-@item @@synindex @var{from-index} @var{into-index}
-Merge the @var{from-index} index into the @var{into-index} index.
-See also the @code{@@syncodeindex} command.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Definitions
-
-@noindent
-Describe functions, variables, macros,
-commands, user options, special forms, and other such artifacts in a
-uniform format.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Definition Commands}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@deffn @var{category} @var{name} @var{arguments}@dots{}
-Format a description for functions, interactive
-commands, and similar entities.
-
-@item @@defvr, @@defop, @dots{}
-15 other related commands.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Glyphs
-
-@noindent
-Indicate the results of evaluation, expansion,
-printed output, an error message, equivalence of expressions, and the
-location of point.@refill
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Glyphs}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@equiv@{@}    
-@itemx @equiv{}
-Equivalence:
-
-@item @@error@{@}    
-@itemx @error{}
-Error message
-
-@item @@expansion@{@}
-@itemx @expansion{}
-Macro expansion
-
-@item @@point@{@}    
-@itemx @point{}
-Position of point
-
-@item @@print@{@}    
-@itemx @print{}
-Printed output
-
-@item @@result@{@}   
-@itemx @result{}
-Result of an expression
-@end table
-
-@subheading Page Headings
-
-@noindent
-Customize page headings.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Headings}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@headings @var{on-off-single-double}
-Headings on or off, single, or double-sided.
-
-@item @@evenfooting [@var{left}] @@| [@var{center}] @@| [@var{right}]
-Footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.
-
-@item @@evenheading, @@everyheading, @@oddheading, @dots{}
-Five other related commands.
-
-@item @@thischapter 
-Insert name of chapter and chapter number.
-
-@item @@thischaptername, @@thisfile, @@thistitle, @@thispage
-Related commands.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Formatting
-
-@noindent
-Format blocks of text.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Quotations and Examples}, and@*
-@ref{Lists and Tables, , Making Lists and Tables}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@cartouche
-Draw rounded box surrounding text (not in Info).
-
-@item @@enumerate @var{optional-arg}
-Enumerate a list with letters or numbers.
-
-@item @@exdent @var{line-of-text}
-Remove indentation.
-
-@item @@flushleft 
-Left justify.
-
-@item @@flushright
-Right justify.
-
-@item @@format    
-Do not narrow nor change font.
-
-@item @@ftable @var{formatting-command}
-@itemx @@vtable @var{formatting-command}
-Two-column table with indexing.
-
-@item @@lisp
-For an example of Lisp code.
-
-@item @@smallexample 
-@itemx @@smalllisp
-Like @@table and @@lisp @r{but for} @@smallbook.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Conditionals
-
-@noindent
-Conditionally format text.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{set clear value, , @code{@@set} @code{@@clear} @code{@@value}}.@refill
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@set @var{flag} [@var{string}]    
-Set a flag.  Optionally, set value
-of @var{flag} to @var{string}.
-
-@item @@clear @var{flag}
-Clear a flag.
-
-@item @@value@{@var{flag}@}
-Replace with value to which @var{flag} is set.
-
-@item @@ifset @var{flag}
-Format, if @var{flag} is set.
-
-@item @@ifclear @var{flag}
-Ignore, if @var{flag} is set.
-@end table
-
-@subheading @@heading series for Titles
-
-@noindent
-Produce unnumbered headings that do not appear in a table of contents.
-
-@noindent
-@xref{Structuring}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@heading @var{title}
-Unnumbered section-like heading not listed
-in the table of contents of a printed manual.
-
-@item @@chapheading, @@majorheading, @@subheading, @@subsubheading
-Related commands.
-@end table
-
-@need 1000
-@subheading Font commands
-
-@need 1000
-@noindent
-@xref{Smallcaps}, and @*
-@ref{Fonts}.
-
-@table @kbd
-@item @@r@{@var{text}@}
-Print in roman font.
-      
-@item @@sc@{@var{text}@}
-Print in @sc{small caps} font.
-@end table
-
-@subheading Miscellaneous
-
-@noindent
-See @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author} Commands},@*
-see @ref{Overfull hboxes},@*
-see @ref{Footnotes},@*
-see @ref{dmn, , Format a Dimension},@*
-see @ref{minus, , Inserting a Minus Sign},@*
-see @ref{paragraphindent, , Paragraph Indenting},@*
-see @ref{Cross Reference Commands},@*
-see @ref{title subtitle author, , @code{@@title} @code{@@subtitle} and @code{@@author}}, and@*
-see @ref{Custom Headings, , How to Make Your Own Headings}.
-
-@need 700
-@table @kbd
-@item @@author @var{author}
-Typeset author's name.
-
-@item @@finalout
-Produce cleaner printed output.
-
-@item @@footnotestyle
-Specify footnote style.
-
-@item @@dmn@{@var{dimension}@}
-Format a dimension.
-
-@item @@minus@{@}
-Generate a minus sign.
-
-@item @@paragraphindent
-Specify paragraph indentation.
-
-@item @@ref@{@var{node-name}, @r{[}@var{entry}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{topic-or-title}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{info-file}@r{]}, @r{[}@var{manual}@r{]}@}
-Make a reference.  In the printed manual, the
-reference does not start with the word `see'.
-
-@item @@title @var{title}  
-Typeset @var{title} in the alternative
-title page format.
-
-@item @@subtitle @var{subtitle}
-Typeset @var{subtitle} in the alternative
-title page format.
-
-@item @@today@{@}
-Insert the current date.
-@end table
-@tex
-% Switch width of first column of tables back to default value
-\global\tableindent=.8in
-@end tex
-
-@node Command and Variable Index, Concept Index, New Features, Top
-@comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-@unnumbered Command and Variable Index
-
-This is an alphabetical list of all the @@-commands and several
-variables.  To make the list easier to use, the commands are listed
-without their preceding @samp{@@}.@refill
-
-@printindex fn
-
-@node Concept Index,  , Command and Variable Index, Top
-@comment  node-name,     next,  previous,      up
-@unnumbered Concept Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@summarycontents
-@contents
-@bye
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/userdoc.texi b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/userdoc.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ebeae8..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi-files/userdoc.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1263 +0,0 @@
-@c This file is meant to be included in any arbitrary piece of
-@c documentation that wishes to describe the info program.  Some day
-@c info-stnd.texi should probably use this file instead of duplicating
-@c its contents. 
-@c
-@c This file documents the use of the standalone GNU Info program,
-@c versions 2.7 and later. 
-
-@ifclear InfoProgVer
-@set InfoProgVer 2.9
-@end ifclear
-@synindex vr cp
-@synindex fn cp
-@synindex ky cp
-
-@heading What is Info?
-
-This text documents the use of the GNU Info program, version
-@value{InfoProgVer}.
-
-@dfn{Info} is a program which is used to view info files on an ASCII
-terminal. @dfn{info files} are the result of processing texinfo files
-with the program @code{makeinfo} or with  the Emacs command @code{M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer}.  Finally, @dfn{texinfo} is a documentation
-language which allows a printed manual and online documentation (an info
-file) to be produced from a single source file.
-
-@menu
-* Options::		    Options you can pass on the command line.
-* Cursor Commands::	    Commands which move the cursor within a node.
-* Scrolling Commands::	    Commands for moving the node around in a window.
-* Node Commands::	    Commands for selecting a new node.
-* Searching Commands::	    Commands for searching an info file.
-* Xref Commands::	    Commands for selecting cross references.
-* Window Commands::	    Commands which manipulate multiple windows.
-* Printing Nodes::	    How to print out the contents of a node.
-* Miscellaneous Commands::  A few commands that defy categories.
-* Variables::		    How to change the default behaviour of Info.
-* Info for Sys Admins::	    How to setup Info.  Using special options.
-@ifset STANDALONE
-* GNU Info Global Index::   Global index containing keystrokes, command names,
-			    variable names, and general concepts.
-@end ifset
-@end menu
-
-@node Options
-@chapter Command Line Options
-@cindex command line options
-@cindex arguments, command line
-
-GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being
-viewed, and to specify which directories to search for info files.  Here
-is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
-
-@example
-info [--@var{option-name} @var{option-value}] @var{menu-item}@dots{}
-@end example
-
-The following @var{option-names} are available when invoking Info from
-the shell:
-
-@table @code
-@cindex directory path
-@item --directory @var{directory-path}
-@itemx -d @var{directory-path}
-Adds @var{directory-path} to the list of directory paths searched when
-Info needs to find a file.  You may issue @code{--directory} multiple
-times; once for each directory which contains info files.
-Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-@code{INFOPATH}; if @code{--directory} is not given, the value of
-@code{INFOPATH} is used.  The value of @code{INFOPATH} is a colon
-separated list of directory names.  If you do not supply
-@code{INFOPATH} or @code{--directory-path} a default path is used.
-
-@item --file @var{filename}
-@itemx -f @var{filename}
-@cindex info file, selecting
-Specifies a particular info file to visit.  Instead of visiting the file
-@code{dir}, Info will start with @code{(@var{filename})Top} as the first
-file and node.
-
-@item --node @var{nodename}
-@itemx -n @var{nodename}
-@cindex node, selecting
-Specifies a particular node to visit in the initial file loaded.  This
-is especially useful in conjunction with @code{--file}@footnote{Of
-course, you can specify both the file and node in a @code{--node}
-command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses from
-the shell as in: @code{info --node '(emacs)Buffers'}}.  You may specify
-@code{--node} multiple times; for an interactive Info, each
-@var{nodename} is visited in its own window, for a non-interactive Info
-(such as when @code{--output} is given) each @var{nodename} is processed
-sequentially.
-
-@item --output @var{filename}
-@itemx -o @var{filename}
-@cindex file, outputting to
-@cindex outputting to a file
-Specify @var{filename} as the name of a file to output to.  Each node
-that Info visits will be output to @var{filename} instead of
-interactively viewed.  A value of @code{-} for @var{filename} specifies
-the standard output.
-
-@item --subnodes
-@cindex @code{--subnodes}, command line option
-This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with
-@code{--output}.  It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in
-the menus of each node being output.  Menu items which resolve to
-external info files are not output, and neither are menu items which are
-members of an index.  Each node is only output once.
-
-@item --help
-@itemx -h
-Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info options.
-
-@item --version
-@cindex version information
-Prints the version information of Info and exits.
-
-@item @var{menu-item}
-@cindex menu, following
-Remaining arguments to Info are treated as the names of menu items.  The
-first argument would be a menu item in the initial node visited, while
-the second argument would be a menu item in the first argument's node.
-You can easily move to the node of your choice by specifying the menu
-names which describe the path to that node.  For example,
-
-@example
-info emacs buffers
-@end example
-
-first selects the menu item @samp{Emacs} in the node @samp{(dir)Top},
-and then selects the menu item @samp{Buffers} in the node
-@samp{(emacs)Top}.
-
-@end table
-
-@node Cursor Commands
-@chapter Moving the Cursor
-@cindex cursor, moving
-Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made
-easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some
-kind of pointing device.  Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the
-Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to
-move the cursor about the screen.  The notation used in this manual to
-describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
-manual, and the GNU Readline manual.  @xref{Characters, , Character
-Conventions, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, if you are unfamilar with the
-notation.
-
-The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
-Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
-cursor movement, the @code{M-x}@footnote{@code{M-x} is also a command; it
-invokes @code{execute-extended-command}.  @xref{M-x, , Executing an
-extended command, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}, for more detailed
-information.} command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short
-description of what the command does.  All of the cursor motion commands
-can take an @dfn{numeric} argument (@pxref{Miscellaneous Commands,
-@code{universal-argument}}), to find out how to supply them.  With a
-numeric argument, the motion commands are simply executed that
-many times; for example, a numeric argument of 4 given to
-@code{next-line} causes the cursor to move down 4 lines.  With a
-negative numeric argument, the motion is reversed; an argument of -4
-given to the @code{next-line} command would cause the cursor to move
-@emph{up} 4 lines.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-n} (@code{next-line})
-@kindex C-n
-@findex next-line
-Moves the cursor down to the next line.
-
-@item @code{C-p} (@code{prev-line})
-@kindex C-p
-@findex prev-line
-Move the cursor up to the previous line.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{beginning-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in Info windows
-@findex beginning-of-line
-Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in Info windows
-@findex end-of-line
-Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.
-
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{forward-char})
-@kindex C-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-char
-Move the cursor forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{backward-char})
-@kindex C-b, in Info windows
-@findex backward-char
-Move the cursor backward a character.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in Info windows
-@findex forward-word
-Moves the cursor forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in Info winows
-@findex backward-word
-Moves the cursor backward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-<} (@code{beginning-of-node})
-@itemx @code{b}
-@kindex b, in Info winows
-@kindex M-<
-@findex beginning-of-node
-Moves the cursor to the start of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M->} (@code{end-of-node})
-@kindex M->
-@findex end-of-node
-Moves the cursor to the end of the current node.
-
-@item @code{M-r} (@code{move-to-window-line})
-@kindex M-r
-@findex move-to-window-line
-Moves the cursor to a specific line of the window.  Without a numeric
-argument, @code{M-r} moves the cursor to the start of the line in the
-center of the window.  With a numeric argument of @var{n}, @code{M-r}
-moves the cursor to the start of the @var{n}th line in the window.
-@end table
-
-@node Scrolling Commands
-@chapter Moving Text Within a Window
-@cindex scrolling
-
-Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the
-current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen.  The
-commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
-current node is visible on the screen.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{SPC} (@code{scroll-forward})
-@itemx @code{C-v}
-@kindex SPC, in Info windows
-@kindex C-v
-@findex scroll-forward
-Shift the text in this window up.  That is, show more of the node which
-is currently below the bottom of the window.  With a numeric argument,
-show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a numeric
-argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up 4 lines
-(discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines at the bottom
-of the window.  Without a numeric argument, @key{SPC} takes the bottom
-two lines of the window and places them at the top of the window,
-redisplaying almost a completely new screenful of lines.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{scroll-backward})
-@itemx @code{M-v}
-@kindex DEL, in Info windows
-@kindex M-v
-@findex scroll-backward
-Shift the text in this window down.  The inverse of
-@code{scroll-forward}.
-
-@end table
-
-@cindex scrolling through node structure
-The @code{scroll-forward} and @code{scroll-backward} commands can also
-move forward and backward through the node structure of the file.  If
-you press @key{SPC} while viewing the end of a node, or @key{DEL} while
-viewing the beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the
-variable @code{scroll-behaviour}.  @xref{Variables,
-@code{scroll-behaviour}}, for more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-l} (@code{redraw-display})
-@kindex C-l
-@findex redraw-display
-Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the cursor
-to a specified location.  With no numeric argument, @samp{C-l} clears
-the screen, and then redraws its entire contents.  Given a numeric
-argument of @var{n}, the line containing the cursor is shifted so that
-it is on the @var{n}th line of the window.
-
-@item @code{C-x w} (@code{toggle-wrap})
-@kindex C-w
-@findex toggle-wrap
-Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window.  Normally,
-lines which are longer than the screen width @dfn{wrap}, i.e., they are
-continued on the next line.  Lines which wrap have a @samp{\} appearing
-in the rightmost column of the screen.  You can cause such lines to be
-terminated at the rightmost column by changing the state of line
-wrapping in the window with @code{C-x w}.  When a line which needs more
-space than one screen width to display is displayed, a @samp{$} appears
-in the rightmost column of the screen, and the remainder of the line is
-invisible.
-@end table
-
-@node Node Commands
-@chapter Selecting a New Node
-@cindex nodes, selection of
-
-This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
-to view in the current window.
-
-The most basic node commands are @samp{n}, @samp{p}, @samp{u}, and
-@samp{l}.
-
-When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info
-@dfn{pointers} which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes
-are.  Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file
-when you use the following commands:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{n} (@code{next-node})
-@kindex n
-@findex next-node
-Selects the `Next' node.  
-
-@item @code{p} (@code{prev-node})
-@kindex p
-@findex prev-node
-Selects the `Prev' node.
-
-@item @code{u} (@code{up-node})
-@kindex u
-@findex up-node
-Selects the `Up' node.
-@end table
-
-You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window
-by using the @samp{l} command -- this name stands for "last", and
-actually moves through the list of already visited nodes for this
-window.  @samp{l} with a negative numeric argument moves forward through
-the history of nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between
-two adjacent (in viewing history) nodes.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{l} (@code{history-node})
-@kindex l
-@findex history-node
-Selects the most recently selected node in this window.
-@end table
-
-Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
-selected nodes; they are @samp{t} and @samp{d}.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{t} (@code{top-node})
-@kindex t
-@findex top-node
-Selects the node @samp{Top} in the current info file.
-
-@item @code{d} (@code{dir-node})
-@kindex d
-@findex dir-node
-Selects the directory node (i.e., the node @samp{(dir)}).
-@end table
-
-Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{<} (@code{first-node})
-@kindex <
-@findex first-node
-Selects the first node which appears in this file.  This node is most
-often @samp{Top}, but it doesn't have to be.
-
-@item @code{>} (@code{last-node})
-@kindex >
-@findex last-node
-Selects the last node which appears in this file.
-
-@item @code{]} (@code{global-next-node})
-@kindex ]
-@findex global-next-node
-Moves forward or down through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Next} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is selected.  If
-there is no @samp{Next} and no menu, the same process is tried with the
-@samp{Up} node of this node.
-
-@item @code{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-@kindex [
-@findex global-prev-node
-Moves backward or up through node structure.  If the node that you are
-currently viewing has a @samp{Prev} pointer, that node is selected.
-Otherwise, if the node has an @samp{Up} pointer, that node is selected,
-and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
-@end table
-
-You can get the same behaviour as @code{global-next-node} and
-@code{global-prev-node} while simply scrolling through the file with
-@key{SPC} and @key{DEL}; @xref{Variables, @code{scroll-behaviour}}, for
-more information.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{g} (@code{goto-node})
-@kindex g
-@findex goto-node
-Reads the name of a node and selects it.  No completion is done while
-reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a separate
-file.  The node must be typed exactly as it appears in the info file.  A
-file name may be included as with any node specification, for example
-
-@example
-@code{g(emacs)Buffers}
-@end example
-
-finds the node @samp{Buffers} in the info file @file{emacs}.
-
-@item @code{C-x k} (@code{kill-node})
-@kindex C-x k
-@findex kill-node
-Kills a node.  The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with a
-default of the current node.  @dfn{Killing} a node means that Info tries
-hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of history nodes kept
-for the window where that node is found.  Another node is selected in
-the window which contained the killed node.
-
-@item @code{C-x C-f} (@code{view-file})
-@kindex C-x C-f
-@findex view-file
-Reads the name of a file and selects the entire file.  The command
-@example
-@code{C-x C-f @var{filename}}
-@end example
-is equivalent to typing
-@example
-@code{g(@var{filename})*}
-@end example
-
-@item @code{C-x C-b} (@code{list-visited-nodes})
-@kindex C-x C-b
-@findex list-visited-nodes
-Makes a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited nodes.
-This window becomes the selected window, and you may use the standard
-Info commands within it.
-
-@item @code{C-x b} (@code{select-visited-node})
-@kindex C-x b
-@findex select-visited-node
-Selects a node which has been previously visited in a visible window.
-This is similar to @samp{C-x C-b} followed by @samp{m}, but no window is
-created.
-@end table
-
-@node Searching Commands
-@chapter Searching an Info File
-@cindex searching
-
-GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an
-entire info file, search through the indices of an info file, or find
-areas within an info file which discuss a particular topic.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{s} (@code{search})
-@kindex s
-@findex search
-Reads a string in the echo area and searches for it.
-
-@item @code{C-s} (@code{isearch-forward})
-@kindex C-s
-@findex isearch-forward
-Interactively searches forward through the info file for a string as you
-type it.
-
-@item @code{C-r} (@code{isearch-backward})
-@kindex C-r
-@findex isearch-backward
-Interactively searches backward through the info file for a string as
-you type it.
-
-@item @code{i} (@code{index-search})
-@kindex i
-@findex index-search
-Looks up a string in the indices for this info file, and selects a node
-where the found index entry points to.
-
-@item @code{,} (@code{next-index-match})
-@kindex ,
-@findex next-index-match
-Moves to the node containing the next matching index item from the last
-@samp{i} command.
-@end table
-
-The most basic searching command is @samp{s} (@code{search}).  The
-@samp{s} command prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then
-searches the remainder of the info file for an ocurrence of that string.
-If the string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the
-cursor is left positioned at the start of the found string.  Subsequent
-@samp{s} commands show you the default search string within @samp{[} and
-@samp{]}; pressing @key{RET} instead of typing a new string will use the
-default search string.
-
-@dfn{Incremental searching} is similar to basic searching, but the
-string is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until
-the entire search string has been specified.
-
-@node Xref Commands
-@chapter Selecting Cross References
-
-We have already discussed the @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev}, and @samp{Up}
-pointers which appear at the top of a node.  In addition to these
-pointers, a node may contain other pointers which refer you to a
-different node, perhaps in another info file.  Such pointers are called
-@dfn{cross references}, or @dfn{xrefs} for short.
-
-@menu
-* Parts of an Xref::	What a cross reference is made of.
-* Selecting Xrefs::	Commands for selecting menu or note items.
-@end menu
-
-@node Parts of an Xref
-@section Parts of an Xref
-
-Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
-@dfn{label}; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross
-reference, and the second is the @dfn{target}; it is the full name of
-the node that the cross reference points to.
-
-The target is separated from the label by a colon @samp{:}; first the
-label appears, and then the target.  For example, in the sample menu
-cross reference below, the single colon separates the label from the
-target.
-
-@example
-* Foo Label: Foo Target.	More information about Foo.
-@end example
-
-Note the @samp{.} which ends the name of the target.  The @samp{.} is
-not part of the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target
-name ends.
-
-A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
-
-@example
-* Foo Commands::		Commands pertaining to Foo.
-@end example
-
-In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of
-the label, in this case @code{Foo Commands}.
-
-You will normally see two types of cross references while viewing nodes:
-@dfn{menu} references, and @dfn{note} references.  Menu references
-appear within a node's menu; they begin with a @samp{*} at the beginning
-of a line, and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which
-describes what the contents of the node pointed to contains.
-
-Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with
-@code{*Note}, and continue with a label and a target.
-
-Like @samp{Next}, @samp{Prev} and @samp{Up} pointers, cross references
-can point to any valid node.  They are used to refer you to a place
-where more detailed information can be found on a particular subject.
-Here is a cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
-documentation:  @xref{xref, , Writing an Xref, texinfo, the Texinfo
-Manual}, for more information on creating your own texinfo cross
-references.
-
-@node Selecting Xrefs
-@section Selecting Xrefs
-
-The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{1} (@code{menu-digit})
-@itemx @code{2} @dots{} @code{9}
-@cindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@kindex 1 @dots{} 9, in Info windows
-@findex menu-digit
-Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as @samp{1}),
-selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window.
-For convenience, there is one exception; pressing @samp{0} selects the
-@emph{last} item in the node's menu.
-
-@item @code{0} (@code{last-menu-item})
-@kindex 0, in Info windows
-@findex last-menu-item
-Select the last item in the current node's menu.
-
-@item @code{m} (@code{menu-item})
-@kindex m
-@findex menu-item
-Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its node.
-Completion is available while reading the menu label.
-
-@item @code{M-x find-menu}
-@findex find-menu
-Moves the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
-@end table
-
-This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross references.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{f} (@code{xref-item})
-@itemx @code{r}
-@kindex f
-@kindex r
-@findex xref-item
-Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and selects
-its node.  Completion is available while reading the cross reference
-label.
-@end table
-
-Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{move-to-next-xref})
-@kindex TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-next-xref
-Moves the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note
-reference in this node.  You can then use @key{RET}
-(@code{select-reference-this-line} to select the menu or note reference.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{move-to-prev-xref})
-@kindex M-TAB, in Info windows
-@findex move-to-prev-xref
-Moves the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note
-reference in this node.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{select-reference-this-line})
-@kindex RET, in Info windows
-@findex select-reference-this-line
-Selects the menu item or note reference appearing on this line.
-@end table
-
-@node Window Commands
-@chapter Manipulating Multiple Windows
-@cindex windows, manipulating
-
-A @dfn{window} is a place to show the text of a node.  Windows have a
-view area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated
-@dfn{mode line}, which briefly describes the node being viewed.
-
-GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
-window is separated from the next by its modeline.  At any time, there
-is only one @dfn{active} window, that is, the window in which the cursor
-appears.  There are commands available for creating windows, changing
-the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting
-windows.
-
-@menu
-* The Mode Line::	What appears in the mode line?
-* Basic Windows::	Manipulating windows in Info.
-* The Echo Area::	Used for displaying errors and reading input.
-@end menu
-
-@node The Mode Line
-@section The Mode Line
-
-A @dfn{mode line} is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom
-of an info window.  It describes the contents of the window just above
-it; this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in
-that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node,
-and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window.  It can
-also tell you if the indirect tags table for this info file needs to be
-updated, and whether or not the info file was compressed when stored on
-disk.
-
-Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file
-named @file{dir}, showing the node @samp{Top}.
-
-@example
------Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top---------------------------------------
-            ^^   ^   ^^^        ^^
-          (file)Node #lines    where
-@end example
-
-When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
-indicated in the mode line with two small @samp{z}'s.  In addition, if
-the info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name
-of the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
-
-@example
---zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z---------------
-@end example 
-
-When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(@samp{*}).  The name itself tells you what the contents of the window
-are; the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node
-showing possible completions:
-
-@example
------Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All-----------------------------------
-@end example
-
-@node Basic Windows
-@section Window Commands
-
-It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time.  To allow
-this, Info can display more than one @dfn{window}.  Each window has its
-own mode line (@pxref{The Mode Line}) and history of nodes viewed in that
-window (@pxref{Node Commands, , @code{history-node}}).
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-x o} (@code{next-window})
-@cindex windows, selecting
-@kindex C-x o
-@findex next-window
-Selects the next window on the screen.  Note that the echo area can only be
-selected if it is already in use, and you have left it temporarily.
-Normally, @samp{C-x o} simply moves the cursor into the next window on
-the screen, or if you are already within the last window, into the first
-window on the screen.  Given a numeric argument, @samp{C-x o} moves over
-that many windows.  A negative argument causes @samp{C-x o} to select
-the previous window on the screen.
-
-@item @code{M-x prev-window}
-@findex prev-window
-Selects the previous window on the screen.  This is identical to
-@samp{C-x o} with a negative argument.
-
-@item @code{C-x 2} (@code{split-window})
-@cindex windows, creating
-@kindex C-x 2
-@findex split-window
-Splits the current window into two windows, both showing the same node.
-Each window is one half the size of the original window, and the cursor
-remains in the original window.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling}
-can cause all of the windows on the screen to be resized for you
-automatically, please @pxref{Variables, , automatic-tiling} for more
-information.
-
-@item @code{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window})
-@cindex windows, deleting
-@kindex C-x 0
-@findex delete-window
-Deletes the current window from the screen.  If you have made too many
-windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to get rid of
-some of them.
-
-@item @code{C-x 1} (@code{keep-one-window})
-@kindex C-x 1
-@findex keep-one-window
-Deletes all of the windows excepting the current one.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{scroll-other-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in Info windows
-@findex scroll-other-window
-Scrolls the other window, in the same fashion that @samp{C-v} might
-scroll the current window.  Given a negative argument, the "other"
-window is scrolled backward.
-
-@item @code{C-x ^} (@code{grow-window})
-@kindex C-x ^
-@findex grow-window
-Grows (or shrinks) the current window.  Given a numeric argument, grows
-the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric argument,
-the window is shrunk instead.
-
-@item @code{C-x t} (@code{tile-windows})
-@cindex tiling
-@kindex C-x t
-@findex tile-windows
-Divides the available screen space among all of the visible windows.
-Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to display
-its contents.  The variable @code{automatic-tiling} can cause
-@code{tile-windows} to be called when a window is created or deleted.
-@xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-tiling}}.
-@end table
-
-@node The Echo Area
-@section The Echo Area
-@cindex echo area
-
-The @dfn{echo area} is a one line window which appears at the bottom of
-the screen.  It is used to display informative or error messages, and to
-read lines of input from you when that is necessary.  Almost all of the
-commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs
-counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of
-discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text.  The following
-table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being
-read in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-f} (@code{echo-area-forward})
-@kindex C-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward
-Moves forward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-b} (@code{echo-area-backward})
-@kindex C-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward
-Moves backward a character.
-
-@item @code{C-a} (@code{echo-area-beg-of-line})
-@kindex C-a, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-beg-of-line
-Moves to the start of the input line.
-
-@item @code{C-e} (@code{echo-area-end-of-line})
-@kindex C-e, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-end-of-line
-Moves to the end of the input line.
-
-@item @code{M-f} (@code{echo-area-forward-word})
-@kindex M-f, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-forward-word
-Moves forward a word.
-
-@item @code{M-b} (@code{echo-area-backward-word})
-@kindex M-b, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-word
-Moves backward a word.
-
-@item @code{C-d} (@code{echo-area-delete})
-@kindex C-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-delete
-Deletes the character under the cursor.
-
-@item @code{DEL} (@code{echo-area-rubout})
-@kindex DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-rubout
-Deletes the character behind the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{echo-area-abort})
-@kindex C-g, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-abort
-Cancels or quits the current operation.  If completion is being read,
-@samp{C-g} discards the text of the input line which does not match any
-completion.  If the input line is empty, @samp{C-g} aborts the calling
-function.
-
-@item @code{RET} (@code{echo-area-newline})
-@kindex RET, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-newline
-Accepts (or forces completion of) the current input line.
-
-@item @code{C-q} (@code{echo-area-quoted-insert})
-@kindex C-q, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-quoted-insert
-Inserts the next character verbatim.  This is how you can insert control
-characters into a search string, for example.
-
-@item @var{printing character} (@code{echo-area-insert})
-@kindex printing characters, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-insert
-Inserts the character.
-
-@item @code{M-TAB} (@code{echo-area-tab-insert})
-@kindex M-TAB, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-tab-insert
-Inserts a TAB character.
-
-@item @code{C-t} (@code{echo-area-transpose-chars})
-@kindex C-t, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-transpose-chars
-Transposes the characters at the cursor.
-@end table
-
-The next group of commands deal with @dfn{killing}, and @dfn{yanking}
-text.  For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking,
-@pxref{Killing, , Killing and Deleting, emacs, the GNU Emacs Manual}
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-d} (@code{echo-area-kill-word})
-@kindex M-d, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-word
-Kills the word following the cursor.
-
-@item @code{M-DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-word})
-@kindex M-DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-word
-Kills the word preceding the cursor.
-
-@item @code{C-k} (@code{echo-area-kill-line})
-@kindex C-k, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-kill-line
-Kills the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-x DEL} (@code{echo-area-backward-kill-line})
-@kindex C-x DEL, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-backward-kill-line
-Kills the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.
-
-@item @code{C-y} (@code{echo-area-yank})
-@kindex C-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank
-Yanks back the contents of the last kill.
-
-@item @code{M-y} (@code{echo-area-yank-pop})
-@kindex M-y, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-yank-pop
-Yanks back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
-@end table
-
-Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices.  The choices
-represent the @dfn{possible completions}, and you must respond with one
-of them.  Since there are a limited number of responses you can make,
-Info allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it.  In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this
-is called @dfn{completion}.
-
-The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{TAB} (@code{echo-area-complete})
-@itemx @code{SPC}
-@kindex TAB, in the echo area
-@kindex SPC, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-complete
-Inserts as much of a completion as is possible.
-
-@item @code{?} (@code{echo-area-possible-completions})
-@kindex ?, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-possible-completions
-Displays a window containing a list of the possible completions of what
-you have typed so far.  For example, if the available choices are:
-@example
-bar
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end example
-and you have typed an @samp{f}, followed by @samp{?}, the possible
-completions would contain:
-@example
-foliate
-food
-forget
-@end example
-i.e., all of the choices which begin with @samp{f}.  Pressing @key{SPC}
-or @key{TAB} would result in @samp{fo} appearing in the echo area, since
-all of the choices which begin with @samp{f} continue with @samp{o}.
-Now, typing @samp{l} followed by @samp{TAB} results in @samp{foliate}
-appearing in the echo area, since that is the only choice which begins
-with @samp{fol}.
-
-@item @code{ESC C-v} (@code{echo-area-scroll-completions-window})
-@kindex ESC C-v, in the echo area
-@findex echo-area-scroll-completions-window
-Scrolls the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
-window if not.
-@end table
-
-@node Printing Nodes
-@chapter Printing Out Nodes
-@cindex printing
-
-You may wish to print out the contents of a node as  a quick reference
-document for later use.  Info provides you with a command for doing
-this.  In general, we recommend that you use @TeX{} to format the
-document and print sections of it, by running @code{tex} on the texinfo
-source file.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x print-node}
-@findex print-node
-@cindex INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable
-Pipes the contents of the current node through the command in the
-environment variable @code{INFO_PRINT_COMMAND}.  If the variable doesn't
-exist, the node is simply piped to @code{lpr}.
-@end table
-
-@node Miscellaneous Commands
-@chapter Miscellaneous Commands
-
-GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x describe-command}
-@cindex functions, describing
-@cindex commands, describing
-@findex describe-command
-Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area and then displays a
-brief description of what that command does.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-key}
-@cindex keys, describing
-@findex describe-key
-Reads a key sequence in the echo area, and then displays the name and
-documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-
-@item @code{M-x where-is}
-@findex where-is
-Reads the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then displays
-a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command.
-
-@item @code{C-h} (@code{get-help-window})
-@itemx @code{?}
-@kindex C-h
-@kindex ?, in Info windows
-@findex get-help-window
-Creates (or moves into) the window displaying @code{*Help*}, and places
-a node containing a quick reference card into it.  This window displays
-the most concise information about GNU Info available.
-
-@item @code{h} (@code{get-info-help-node})
-@kindex h
-@findex get-info-help-node
-Tries hard to visit the node @code{(info)Help}.  The info file
-@file{info.texi} distributed with GNU Info contains this node.  Of
-course, the file must first be processed with @code{makeinfo}, and then
-placed into the location of your info directory.
-@end table
-
-Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-u} (@code{universal-argument})
-@cindex numeric arguments
-@kindex C-u
-@findex universal-argument
-Starts (or multiplies by 4) the current numeric argument.  @samp{C-u} is
-a good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or
-scrolling commands; @samp{C-u C-v} scrolls the screen 4 lines, while
-@samp{C-u C-u C-n} moves the cursor down 16 lines.
-
-@item @code{M-1} (@code{add-digit-to-numeric-arg})
-@itemx @code{M-2} @dots{} @code{M-9}
-@kindex M-1 @dots{} M-9
-@findex add-digit-to-numeric-arg
-Adds the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric
-argument.  Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just type
-the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix.  For example, you
-might give @samp{C-l} a numeric argument of 32 by typing:
-
-@example
-@kbd{C-u 3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-or
-@example
-@kbd{M-3 2 C-l}
-@end example
-@end table
-
-@samp{C-g} is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key
-sequence, to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and
-to cancel reading input in the echo area.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{C-g} (@code{abort-key})
-@cindex cancelling typeahead
-@cindex cancelling the current operation
-@kindex C-g, in Info windows
-@findex abort-key
-Cancels current operation.
-@end table
-
-The @samp{q} command of Info simply quits running Info.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{q} (@code{quit})
-@cindex quitting
-@kindex q
-@findex quit
-Exits GNU Info.
-@end table
-
-If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall,
-and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that
-the operating system is correct.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-screen-height}
-@findex set-screen-height
-@cindex screen, changing the height of
-Reads a height value in the echo area and sets the height of the
-displayed screen to that value.
-@end table
-
-Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might
-be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{ESC C-f} (@code{show-footnotes})
-@kindex ESC C-f
-@findex show-footnotes
-@cindex footnotes, displaying
-Shows the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in another
-window.  You can have Info automatically display the footnotes
-associated with a node when the node is selected by setting the variable
-@code{automatic-footnotes}.  @xref{Variables, , @code{automatic-footnotes}}.
-@end table
-
-@node Variables
-@chapter Manipulating Variables
-
-GNU Info contains several @dfn{variables} whose values are looked at by various
-Info commands.  You can change the values of these variables, and thus
-change the behaviour of Info to more closely match your environment and
-info file reading manner.
-
-@table @asis
-@item @code{M-x set-variable}
-@cindex variables, setting
-@findex set-variable
-Reads the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo area and
-then sets the variable to that value.  Completion is available when
-reading the variable name; often, completion is available when reading
-the value to give to the variable, but that depends on the variable
-itself.  If a variable does @emph{not} supply multiple choices to
-complete over, it expects a numeric value.
-
-@item @code{M-x describe-variable}
-@cindex variables, describing
-@findex describe-variable
-Reads the name of a variable in the echo area and then displays a brief
-description of what the variable affects.
-@end table
-
-Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
-
-@table @code
-@item automatic-footnotes
-@vindex automatic-footnotes
-When set to @code{On}, footnotes appear and disappear automatically.
-This variable is @code{On} by default.  When a node is selected, a
-window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is created,
-and the footnotes are displayed within the new window.  The window that
-Info creates to contain the footnotes is called @samp{*Footnotes*}.  If
-a node is selected which contains no footnotes, and a @samp{*Footnotes*}
-window is on the screen, the @samp{*Footnotes*} window is deleted.
-Footnote windows created in this fashion are not automatically tiled so
-that they can use as little of the display as is possible.
-
-@item automatic-tiling
-@vindex automatic-tiling
-When set to @code{On}, creating or deleting a window resizes other
-windows.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Normally, typing
-@samp{C-x 2} divides the current window into two equal parts.  When
-@code{automatic-tiling} is set to @code{On}, all of the windows are
-resized automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each
-window.  There are exceptions to the automatic tiling; specifically, the
-windows @samp{*Completions*} and @samp{*Footnotes*} are @emph{not}
-resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original size.
-
-@item visible-bell
-@vindex visible-bell
-When set to @code{On}, GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of
-ringing the bell.  This variable is @code{Off} by default.  Of course,
-Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the case
-that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this variable has no
-effect.  However, you can make Info perform quietly by setting the
-@code{errors-ring-bell} variable to @code{Off}.
-
-@item errors-ring-bell
-@vindex errors-ring-bell
-When set to @code{On}, errors cause the bell to ring.  The default
-setting of this variable is @code{On}.
-
-@item gc-compressed-files
-@vindex gc-compressed-files
-When set to @code{On}, Info garbage collects files which had to be
-uncompressed.  The default value of this variable is @code{Off}.
-Whenever a node is visited in Info, the info file containing that node
-is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags and nodes
-contained in that file.  Once the tags information is read by Info, it
-is never forgotten.  However, the actual text of the nodes does not need
-to remain in core unless a particular info window needs it.  For
-non-compressed files, the text of the nodes does not remain in core when
-it is no longer in use.  But de-compressing a file can be a time
-consuming operation, and so Info tries hard not to do it twice.
-@code{gc-compressed-files} tells Info it is okay to garbage collect the
-text of the nodes of a file which was compressed on disk.
-
-@item show-index-match
-@vindex show-index-match
-When set to @code{On}, the portion of the matched search string is
-highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search
-string was found.  The default value of this variable is @code{On}.
-When Info displays the location where an index match was found,
-(@pxref{Searching Commands, , @code{next-index-match}}), the portion of the
-string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the inverse
-case from its surrounding characters.
-
-@item scroll-behaviour
-@vindex scroll-behaviour
-Controls what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the end of
-a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the beginning of a
-node.  The default value for this variable is @code{Continuous}.  There
-are three possible values for this variable:
-
-@table @code
-@item Continuous
-Tries to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing that, the
-@samp{Next} node, or failing that, the @samp{Next} of the @samp{Up}.
-This behaviour is identical to using the @samp{]}
-(@code{global-next-node}) and @samp{[} (@code{global-prev-node})
-commands.
-
-@item Next Only
-Only tries to get the @samp{Next} node.
-
-@item Page Only
-Simply gives up, changing nothing.  If @code{scroll-behaviour} is
-@code{Page Only}, no scrolling command can change the node that is being
-viewed.
-@end table
-
-@item scroll-step
-@vindex scroll-step
-The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the window.
-Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved out of the
-visible portion of the node text when it is time to display.  Usually
-the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on the center line of the
-current window.  However, if the variable @code{scroll-step} has a
-nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the node text by that many lines;
-if that is enough to bring the cursor back into the window, that is what
-is done.  The default value of this variable is 0, thus placing the
-cursor (and the text it is attached to) in the center of the window.
-Setting this variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which
-some people prefer.
-
-@item ISO-Latin
-@cindex ISO Latin characters
-@vindex ISO-Latin
-When set to @code{On}, Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters.
-By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set.  @code{ISO-Latin} tells
-Info that it is running in an environment where the European standard
-character set is in use, and allows you to input such characters to
-Info, as well as display them.
-@end table
-
-@node Info for Sys Admins
-@chapter Info for System Administrators
-
-This text describes some common ways of setting up an Info heierarchy
-from scratch, and details the various options that are available when
-installing Info.  This text is designed for the person who is installing
-GNU Info on the system; although users may find the information present
-in this section interesting, none of it is vital to understanding how to
-use GNU Info.
-
-@menu
-* Setting the INFOPATH::	Where are my Info files kept?
-* Editing the DIR node::	What goes in `DIR', and why?
-* Storing Info files::		Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups.
-* Using `localdir'::		Building DIR on the fly.
-* Example setups::		Some common ways to origanize Info files.
-@end menu
-
-@node Setting the INFOPATH
-@section Setting the INFOPATH
-Where are my Info files kept?
-
-@node Editing the DIR node
-@section Editing the DIR node
-What goes in `DIR', and why?
-
-@node Storing Info files
-@section Storing Info files
-Alternate formats allow flexibilty in setups.
-
-@node Using `localdir'
-@section Using `localdir'
-Building DIR on the fly.
-
-@node Example setups
-@section Example setups
-Some common ways to origanize Info files.
-
-@ifset STANDALONE
-@node GNU Info Global Index
-@appendix Global Index
-@printindex cp
-@end ifset
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info
deleted file mode 100644
index cd677e8..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,297 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-Indirect:
-texi.info-1: 1096
-texi.info-2: 50585
-texi.info-3: 100344
-texi.info-4: 149083
-texi.info-5: 197497
-texi.info-6: 247275
-texi.info-7: 296490
-texi.info-8: 346023
-texi.info-9: 387598
-texi.info-10: 433598
-texi.info-11: 476101
-
-Tag Table:
-(Indirect)
-Node: Top1096
-Node: Copying21758
-Node: Overview23766
-Node: Using Texinfo25673
-Node: Info Files28165
-Node: Printed Books32225
-Node: Formatting Commands35110
-Node: Conventions38551
-Node: Comments40811
-Node: Minimum42233
-Node: Six Parts44386
-Node: Short Sample45896
-Node: Acknowledgements50027
-Node: Texinfo Mode50585
-Node: Texinfo Mode Overview51956
-Node: Emacs Editing52709
-Node: Inserting54839
-Node: Showing the Structure59115
-Node: Updating Nodes and Menus61634
-Node: Updating Commands62706
-Node: Updating Requirements68741
-Node: Other Updating Commands71042
-Node: Info Formatting74311
-Node: Printing75635
-Node: Texinfo Mode Summary77399
-Node: Beginning a File82167
-Node: Four Parts83056
-Node: Sample Beginning84502
-Node: Header86125
-Node: First Line87476
-Node: Start of Header88448
-Node: setfilename89163
-Node: settitle90763
-Node: setchapternewpage92646
-Node: paragraphindent95412
-Node: End of Header96877
-Node: Info Summary and Permissions97717
-Node: Titlepage & Copyright Page98738
-Node: titlepage100344
-Node: titlefont center sp102665
-Node: title subtitle author103895
-Node: Copyright & Permissions106171
-Node: end titlepage108176
-Node: headings on off109881
-Node: The Top Node111707
-Node: Title of Top Node112862
-Node: Master Menu Parts114099
-Node: Software Copying Permissions116150
-Node: Ending a File117318
-Node: Printing Indices & Menus118165
-Node: Contents120448
-Node: File End122790
-Node: Structuring123462
-Node: Tree Structuring125043
-Node: Structuring Command Types126467
-Node: makeinfo top128792
-Node: chapter129323
-Node: unnumbered & appendix130147
-Node: majorheading & chapheading130986
-Node: section131808
-Node: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading132573
-Node: subsection133560
-Node: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading134131
-Node: subsubsection135083
-Node: Nodes136603
-Node: Two Paths137538
-Node: Node Menu Illustration138810
-Node: node142510
-Node: Node Names145206
-Node: Writing a Node146271
-Node: Node Line Tips148291
-Node: Node Line Requirements149083
-Node: First Node150691
-Node: makeinfo top command151811
-Node: Top Node Summary153591
-Node: makeinfo Pointer Creation154728
-Node: Menus155977
-Node: Menu Location157220
-Node: Writing a Menu158884
-Node: Menu Parts159850
-Node: Less Cluttered Menu Entry160848
-Node: Menu Example161473
-Node: Other Info Files162995
-Node: Cross References164855
-Node: References165734
-Node: Cross Reference Commands167458
-Node: Cross Reference Parts168509
-Node: xref171238
-Node: Reference Syntax172035
-Node: One Argument173679
-Node: Two Arguments174690
-Node: Three Arguments175804
-Node: Four and Five Arguments178189
-Node: Top Node Naming180602
-Node: ref181610
-Node: pxref182998
-Node: inforef185382
-Node: Marking Text186662
-Node: Indicating187283
-Node: Useful Highlighting189014
-Node: code190199
-Node: kbd193243
-Node: key194431
-Node: samp195985
-Node: var197497
-Node: file199287
-Node: dfn199893
-Node: cite200802
-Node: Emphasis201243
-Node: emph & strong202071
-Node: Smallcaps203041
-Node: Fonts204371
-Node: Quotations and Examples205427
-Node: Block Enclosing Commands207048
-Node: quotation209043
-Node: example210132
-Node: noindent212190
-Node: Lisp Example213657
-Node: smallexample & smalllisp214488
-Node: display216516
-Node: format217146
-Node: exdent217605
-Node: flushleft & flushright218684
-Node: cartouche219946
-Node: Lists and Tables220716
-Node: Introducing Lists221311
-Node: itemize222953
-Node: enumerate225104
-Node: Two-column Tables227594
-Node: table228287
-Node: ftable vtable230601
-Node: itemx231644
-Node: Indices232604
-Node: Index Entries233753
-Node: Predefined Indices234870
-Node: Indexing Commands235865
-Node: Combining Indices239873
-Node: syncodeindex241235
-Node: synindex242874
-Node: New Indices243398
-Node: Insertions245227
-Node: Braces Atsigns Periods245985
-Node: Inserting An Atsign247275
-Node: Inserting Braces247533
-Node: Controlling Spacing247932
-Node: dmn249490
-Node: Dots Bullets250719
-Node: dots251525
-Node: bullet251920
-Node: TeX and copyright252297
-Node: tex252861
-Node: copyright symbol253233
-Node: minus253479
-Node: Glyphs254350
-Node: Glyphs Summary255461
-Node: result255973
-Node: expansion256430
-Node: Print Glyph257352
-Node: Error Glyph258203
-Node: Equivalence259021
-Node: Point Glyph259683
-Node: Breaks261206
-Node: Break Commands262558
-Node: Line Breaks263246
-Node: w264248
-Node: sp265066
-Node: page265474
-Node: group265851
-Node: need267596
-Node: Definition Commands268326
-Node: Def Cmd Template269897
-Node: Optional Arguments272807
-Node: deffnx274396
-Node: Def Cmds in Detail275352
-Node: Functions Commands276462
-Node: Variables Commands279391
-Node: Typed Functions281340
-Node: Typed Variables284875
-Node: Abstract Objects286856
-Node: Data Types291752
-Node: Def Cmd Conventions293005
-Node: Sample Function Definition293566
-Node: Footnotes296490
-Node: Conditionals300343
-Node: Conditional Commands301099
-Node: Using Ordinary TeX Commands302508
-Node: set clear value303956
-Node: ifset ifclear304761
-Node: value307921
-Node: value Example309339
-Node: Format/Print Hardcopy310917
-Node: Use TeX312719
-Node: Shell Format & Print313310
-Node: Within Emacs317908
-Node: Texinfo Mode Printing318896
-Node: Compile-Command322646
-Node: Requirements Summary323554
-Node: Preparing for TeX324974
-Node: Overfull hboxes326989
-Node: smallbook328549
-Node: A4 Paper329782
-Node: Cropmarks and Magnification330484
-Node: Create an Info File332460
-Node: makeinfo advantages333764
-Node: Invoking makeinfo334651
-Node: makeinfo options335363
-Node: Pointer Validation340823
-Node: makeinfo in Emacs342207
-Node: texinfo-format commands344752
-Node: Batch Formatting346023
-Node: Tag and Split Files347269
-Node: Install an Info File350626
-Node: Directory file351276
-Node: New Info File352956
-Node: Other Info Directories354095
-Node: Command List355961
-Node: Tips387598
-Node: Sample Texinfo File399031
-Node: Sample Permissions401147
-Node: Inserting Permissions402188
-Node: ifinfo Permissions404469
-Node: Titlepage Permissions406088
-Node: Include Files407348
-Node: Using Include Files408434
-Node: texinfo-multiple-files-update410368
-Node: Include File Requirements412759
-Node: Sample Include File414004
-Node: Include Files Evolution415532
-Node: Headings417509
-Node: Headings Introduced418144
-Node: Heading Format420033
-Node: Heading Choice422489
-Node: Custom Headings423860
-Node: Catching Mistakes428069
-Node: makeinfo preferred429359
-Node: Debugging with Info430260
-Node: Debugging with TeX433598
-Node: Using texinfo-show-structure437940
-Node: Using occur441040
-Node: Running Info-Validate442579
-Node: Using Info-validate443639
-Node: Unsplit445454
-Node: Tagifying446502
-Node: Splitting447361
-Node: Refilling Paragraphs448981
-Node: Command Syntax450800
-Node: Obtaining TeX453731
-Node: New Features454842
-Node: New Texinfo Mode Commands455424
-Node: New Commands458894
-Node: Command and Variable Index463543
-Node: Concept Index476101
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-1 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-1
deleted file mode 100644
index 28b4895..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1131 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Copying,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
-
-Texinfo
-*******
-
-   Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
-produce both on-line information and printed output.
-
-   The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
-document, including the @-command and concept indices.  The rest of the
-menu lists all the lower level nodes in the document.
-
-   This is Edition 2.18 of the Texinfo documentation, 26 March 1993,
-for Texinfo Version 2.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Copying::                     Your rights.
-* Overview::                    Texinfo in brief.
-* Texinfo Mode::                How to use Texinfo mode.
-* Beginning a File::            What is at the beginning of a Texinfo file?
-* Ending a File::               What is at the end of a Texinfo file?
-* Structuring::                 How to create chapters, sections, subsections,
-                                  appendices, and other parts.
-* Nodes::                       How to write nodes.
-* Menus::                       How to write menus.
-* Cross References::            How to write cross references.
-* Marking Text::                How to mark words and phrases as code,
-                                  keyboard input, meta-syntactic
-                                  variables, and the like.
-* Quotations and Examples::     How to write quotations, examples, etc.
-* Lists and Tables::            How to write lists and tables.
-* Indices::                     How to create indices.
-* Insertions::                  How to insert @-signs, braces, etc.
-* Glyphs::                      How to indicate results of evaluation,
-                                  expansion of macros, errors, etc.
-* Breaks::                      How to force and prevent line and page breaks.
-* Definition Commands::         How to describe functions and the like
-                                  in a uniform manner.
-* Footnotes::                   How to write footnotes.
-* Conditionals::                How to specify text for either TeX or Info.
-* Format/Print Hardcopy::       How to convert a Texinfo file to a file
-                                  for printing and how to print that file.
-* Create an Info File::         Convert a Texinfo file into an Info file.
-* Install an Info File::        Make an Info file accessible to users.
-* Command List::                All the Texinfo @-commands.
-* Tips::                        Hints on how to write a Texinfo document.
-* Sample Texinfo File::         A sample Texinfo file to look at.
-* Sample Permissions::          Tell readers they have the right to copy
-                                  and distribute.
-* Include Files::               How to incorporate other Texinfo files.
-* Headings::                    How to write page headings and footings.
-* Catching Mistakes::           How to find formatting mistakes.
-* Refilling Paragraphs::        All about paragraph refilling.
-* Command Syntax::              A description of @-Command syntax.
-* Obtaining TeX::               How to Obtain TeX.
-* New Features::                Texinfo second edition features.
-* Command and Variable Index::  A menu containing commands and variables.
-* Concept Index::               A menu covering many topics.
-
- -- The Detailed Node Listing --
-
-Overview of Texinfo
-
-* Using Texinfo::               Create a conventional printed book
-                                  or an Info file.
-* Info Files::                  What is an Info file?
-* Printed Books::               Characteristics of a printed book or manual.
-* Formatting Commands::         @-commands are used for formatting.
-* Conventions::                 General rules for writing a Texinfo file.
-* Comments::                    How to write comments and mark regions that
-                                  the formatting commands will ignore.
-* Minimum::                     What a Texinfo file must have.
-* Six Parts::                   Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts.
-* Short Sample::                A short sample Texinfo file.
-* Acknowledgements::
-
-Using Texinfo Mode
-
-* Texinfo Mode Overview::       How Texinfo mode can help you.
-* Emacs Editing::               Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general
-                                  purpose editing features.
-* Inserting::                   How to insert frequently used @-commands.
-* Showing the Structure::       How to show the structure of a file.
-* Updating Nodes and Menus::    How to update or create new nodes and menus.
-* Info Formatting::             How to format for Info.
-* Printing::                    How to format and print part or all of a file.
-* Texinfo Mode Summary::        Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.
-
-Updating Nodes and Menus
-
-* Updating Commands::           Five major updating commands.
-* Updating Requirements::       How to structure a Texinfo file for
-                                  using the updating command.
-* Other Updating Commands::     How to indent descriptions, insert
-                                  missing nodes lines, and update
-                                  nodes in sequence.
-
-Beginning a Texinfo File
-
-* Four Parts::                  Four parts begin a Texinfo file.
-* Sample Beginning::            Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file.
-* Header::                      The very beginning of a Texinfo file.
-* Info Summary and Permissions::  Summary and copying permissions for Info.
-* Titlepage & Copyright Page::  Creating the title and copyright pages.
-* The Top Node::                Creating the `Top' node and master menu.
-* Software Copying Permissions::  Ensure that you and others continue to
-                                  have the right to use and share software.
-
-The Texinfo File Header
-
-* First Line::                  The first line of a Texinfo file.
-* Start of Header::             Formatting a region requires this.
-* setfilename::                 Tell Info the name of the Info file.
-* settitle::                    Create a title for the printed work.
-* setchapternewpage::           Start chapters on right-hand pages.
-* paragraphindent::             An option to specify paragraph indentation.
-* End of Header::               Formatting a region requires this.
-
-The Title and Copyright Pages
-
-* titlepage::                   Create a title for the printed document.
-* titlefont center sp::         The `@titlefont', `@center',
-                                  and `@sp' commands.
-* title subtitle author::       The `@title', `@subtitle',
-                                  and `@author' commands.
-* Copyright & Permissions::     How to write the copyright notice and
-                                  include copying permissions.
-* end titlepage::               Turn on page headings after the title and
-                                  copyright pages.
-* headings on off::             An option for turning headings on and off
-                                  and double or single sided printing.
-
-The `Top' Node and Master Menu
-
-* Title of Top Node::           Sketch what the file is about.
-* Master Menu Parts::           A master menu has three or more parts.
-
-Ending a Texinfo File
-
-* Printing Indices & Menus::    How to print an index in hardcopy and
-                                  generate index menus in Info.
-* Contents::                    How to create a table of contents.
-* File End::                    How to mark the end of a file.
-
-Chapter Structuring
-
-* Tree Structuring::            A manual is like an upside down tree ...
-* Structuring Command Types::   How to divide a manual into parts.
-* makeinfo top::                The `@top' command, part of the `Top' node.
-* chapter::
-* unnumbered & appendix::
-* majorheading & chapheading::
-* section::
-* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading::
-* subsection::
-* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading::
-* subsubsection::               Commands for the lowest level sections.
-
-Nodes
-
-* Two Paths::                   Different commands to structure
-                                  Info output and printed output.
-* Node Menu Illustration::      A diagram, and sample nodes and menus.
-* node::                        How to write a node, in detail.
-* makeinfo Pointer Creation::   How to create node pointers with `makeinfo'.
-
-The `@node' Command
-
-* Node Names::                  How to choose node and pointer names.
-* Writing a Node::              How to write an `@node' line.
-* Node Line Tips::              Keep names short.
-* Node Line Requirements::      Keep names unique, without @-commands.
-* First Node::                  How to write a `Top' node.
-* makeinfo top command::        How to use the `@top' command.
-* Top Node Summary::            Write a brief description for readers.
-
-Menus
-
-* Menu Location::               Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::              What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                  A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry::   Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::                Two and three part menu entries.
-* Other Info Files::            How to refer to a different Info file.
-
-Cross References
-
-* References::                  What cross references are for.
-* Cross Reference Commands::    A summary of the different commands.
-* Cross Reference Parts::       A cross reference has several parts.
-* xref::                        Begin a reference with `See' ...
-* Top Node Naming::             How to refer to the beginning of another file.
-* ref::                         A reference for the last part of a sentence.
-* pxref::                       How to write a parenthetical cross reference.
-* inforef::                     How to refer to an Info-only file.
-
-`@xref'
-
-* Reference Syntax::            What a reference looks like and requires.
-* One Argument::                `@xref' with one argument.
-* Two Arguments::               `@xref' with two arguments.
-* Three Arguments::             `@xref' with three arguments.
-* Four and Five Arguments::     `@xref' with four and five arguments.
-
-Marking Words and Phrases
-
-* Indicating::                  How to indicate definitions, files, etc.
-* Emphasis::                    How to emphasize text.
-
-Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
-
-* Useful Highlighting::         Highlighting provides useful information.
-* code::                        How to indicate code.
-* kbd::                         How to show keyboard input.
-* key::                         How to specify keys.
-* samp::                        How to show a literal sequence of characters.
-* var::                         How to indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-* file::                        How to indicate the name of a file.
-* dfn::                         How to specify a definition.
-* cite::                        How to refer to a book that is not in Info.
-
-Emphasizing Text
-
-* emph & strong::               How to emphasize text in Texinfo.
-* Smallcaps::                   How to use the small caps font.
-* Fonts::                       Various font commands for printed output.
-
-Quotations and Examples
-
-* Block Enclosing Commands::    Use different constructs for
-                                  different purposes.
-* quotation::                   How to write a quotation.
-* example::                     How to write an example in a fixed-width font.
-* noindent::                    How to prevent paragraph indentation.
-* Lisp Example::                How to illustrate Lisp code.
-* smallexample & smalllisp::    Forms for the `@smallbook' option.
-* display::                     How to write an example in the current font.
-* format::                      How to write an example that does not narrow
-                                  the margins.
-* exdent::                      How to undo the indentation of a line.
-* flushleft & flushright::      How to push text flushleft or flushright.
-* cartouche::                   How to draw cartouches around examples.
-
-Making Lists and Tables
-
-* Introducing Lists::           Texinfo formats lists for you.
-* itemize::                     How to construct a simple list.
-* enumerate::                   How to construct a numbered list.
-* Two-column Tables::           How to construct a two-column table.
-
-Making a Two-column Table
-
-* table::                       How to construct a two-column table.
-* ftable vtable::               How to construct a two-column table
-                                  with automatic indexing.
-* itemx::                       How to put more entries in the first column.
-
-Creating Indices
-
-* Index Entries::               Choose different words for index entries.
-* Predefined Indices::          Use different indices for different kinds
-                                  of entry.
-* Indexing Commands::           How to make an index entry.
-* Combining Indices::           How to combine indices.
-* New Indices::                 How to define your own indices.
-
-Combining Indices
-
-* syncodeindex::                How to merge two indices, using `@code'
-                                  font for the merged-from index.
-* synindex::                    How to merge two indices, using the
-                                  default font of the merged-to index.
-
-Special Insertions
-
-* Braces Atsigns Periods::      How to insert braces, `@' and periods.
-* dmn::                         How to format a dimension.
-* Dots Bullets::                How to insert dots and bullets.
-* TeX and copyright::           How to insert the TeX logo
-                                  and the copyright symbol.
-* minus::                       How to insert a minus sign.
-
-Inserting `@', Braces, and Periods
-
-* Inserting An Atsign::
-* Inserting Braces::            How to insert `{' and `}'
-* Controlling Spacing::         How to insert the right amount of space
-                                  after punctuation within a sentence.
-
-Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
-
-* dots::                        How to insert dots ...
-* bullet::                      How to insert a bullet.
-
-Inserting TeX and the Copyright Symbol
-
-* tex::                         How to insert the TeX logo.
-* copyright symbol::            How to use `@copyright'{}.
-
-Glyphs for Examples
-
-* Glyphs Summary::
-* result::                      How to show the result of expression.
-* expansion::                   How to indicate an expansion.
-* Print Glyph::                 How to indicate printed output.
-* Error Glyph::                 How to indicate an error message.
-* Equivalence::                 How to indicate equivalence.
-* Point Glyph::                 How to indicate the location of point.
-
-Making and Preventing Breaks
-
-* Break Commands::              Cause and prevent splits.
-* Line Breaks::                 How to force a single line to use two lines.
-* w::                           How to prevent unwanted line breaks.
-* sp::                          How to insert blank lines.
-* page::                        How to force the start of a new page.
-* group::                       How to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-* need::                        Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-
-Definition Commands
-
-* Def Cmd Template::            How to structure a description using a
-                                  definition command.
-* Optional Arguments::          How to handle optional and repeated arguments.
-* deffnx::                      How to group two or more `first' lines.
-* Def Cmds in Detail::          All the definition commands.
-* Def Cmd Conventions::         Conventions for writing definitions.
-* Sample Function Definition::
-
-The Definition Commands
-
-* Functions Commands::          Commands for functions and similar entities.
-* Variables Commands::          Commands for variables and similar entities.
-* Typed Functions::             Commands for functions in typed languages.
-* Typed Variables::             Commands for variables in typed languages.
-* Abstract Objects::            Commands for object-oriented programming.
-* Data Types::                  The definition command for data types.
-
-Conditionally Visible Text
-
-* Conditional Commands::        How to specify text for Info or TeX.
-* Using Ordinary TeX Commands::  You can use any and all TeX commands.
-* set clear value::             How to designate which text to format (for
-                                  both Info and TeX); and how to set a
-                                  flag to a string that you can insert.
-
-`@set', `@clear', and `@value'
-
-* ifset ifclear::               Format a region if a flag is set.
-* value::                       Replace a flag with a string.
-* value Example::               An easy way to update edition information.
-
-Format and Print Hardcopy
-
-* Use TeX::                     Use TeX to format for hardcopy.
-* Shell Format & Print::        How to format and print a hardcopy manual
-                                 with shell commands.
-* Within Emacs::                How to format and print from an Emacs shell.
-* Texinfo Mode Printing::       How to format and print in Texinfo mode.
-* Compile-Command::             How to print using Emacs's compile command.
-* Requirements Summary::        TeX formatting requirements summary.
-* Preparing for TeX::           What you need to do to use TeX.
-* Overfull hboxes::             What are and what to do with overfull hboxes.
-* smallbook::                   How to print small format books and manuals.
-* A4 Paper::                    How to print on European A4 paper.
-* Cropmarks and Magnification::  How to print marks to indicate the size
-                                of pages and how to print scaled up output.
-
-Creating an Info File
-
-* makeinfo advantages::         `makeinfo' provides better error checking.
-* Invoking makeinfo::           How to run `makeinfo' from a shell.
-* makeinfo options::            Specify fill-column and other options.
-* Pointer Validation::          How to check that pointers point somewhere.
-* makeinfo in Emacs::           How to run `makeinfo' from Emacs.
-* texinfo-format commands::     Two Info formatting commands written
-                                  in Emacs Lisp are an alternative
-                                  to `makeinfo'.
-* Batch Formatting::            How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode.
-* Tag and Split Files::         How tagged and split files help Info
-                                  to run better.
-
-Installing an Info File
-
-* Directory file::              The top level menu for all Info files.
-* New Info File::               Listing a new info file.
-* Other Info Directories::      How to specify Info files that are
-                                  located in other directories.
-
-Sample Permissions
-
-* Inserting Permissions::       How to put permissions in your document.
-* ifinfo Permissions::          Sample `ifinfo' copying permissions.
-* Titlepage Permissions::       Sample Titlepage copying permissions.
-
-Include Files
-
-* Using Include Files::         How to use the `@include' command.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update::  How to create and update nodes and
-                                  menus when using included files.
-* Include File Requirements::   What `texinfo-multiple-files-update' expects.
-* Sample Include File::         A sample outer file with included files
-                                  within it; and a sample included file.
-* Include Files Evolution::     How use of the `@include' command
-                                  has changed over time.
-
-Page Headings
-
-* Headings Introduced::         Conventions for using page headings.
-* Heading Format::              Standard page heading formats.
-* Heading Choice::              How to specify the type of page heading.
-* Custom Headings::             How to create your own headings and footings.
-
-Formatting Mistakes
-
-* makeinfo preferred::          `makeinfo' finds errors.
-* Debugging with Info::         How to catch errors with Info formatting.
-* Debugging with TeX::          How to catch errors with TeX formatting.
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use `texinfo-show-structure'.
-* Using occur::                 How to list all lines containing a pattern.
-* Running Info-Validate::       How to find badly referenced nodes.
-
-Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-
-* Using Info-validate::         How to run `Info-validate'.
-* Unsplit::                     How to create an unsplit file.
-* Tagifying::                   How to tagify a file.
-* Splitting::                   How to split a file manually.
-
-Second Edition Features
-
-* New Texinfo Mode Commands::   The updating commands are especially useful.
-* New Commands::                Many newly described @-commands.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Copying,  Next: Overview,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
-
-Texinfo Copying Conditions
-**************************
-
-   The programs currently being distributed that relate to Texinfo
-include portions of GNU Emacs, plus other separate programs (including
-`makeinfo', `info', `texindex', and `texinfo.tex').  These programs are
-"free"; this means that everyone is free to use them and free to
-redistribute them on a free basis.  The Texinfo-related programs are
-not in the public domain; they are copyrighted and there are
-restrictions on their distribution, but these restrictions are designed
-to permit everything that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.
-What is not allowed is to try to prevent others from further sharing
-any version of these programs that they might get from you.
-
-   Specifically, we want to make sure that you have the right to give
-away copies of the programs that relate to Texinfo, that you receive
-source code or else can get it if you want it, that you can change these
-programs or use pieces of them in new free programs, and that you know
-you can do these things.
-
-   To make sure that everyone has such rights, we have to forbid you to
-deprive anyone else of these rights.  For example, if you distribute
-copies of the Texinfo related programs, you must give the recipients all
-the rights that you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or
-can get the source code.  And you must tell them their rights.
-
-   Also, for our own protection, we must make certain that everyone
-finds out that there is no warranty for the programs that relate to
-Texinfo.  If these programs are modified by someone else and passed on,
-we want their recipients to know that what they have is not what we
-distributed, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect
-on our reputation.
-
-   The precise conditions of the licenses for the programs currently
-being distributed that relate to Texinfo are found in the General Public
-Licenses that accompany them.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Texinfo Mode,  Prev: Copying,  Up: Top
-
-Overview of Texinfo
-*******************
-
-   "Texinfo"(1) is a documentation system that uses a single source
-file to produce both on-line information and printed output.  This
-means that instead of writing two different documents, one for the
-on-line help or other on-line information and the other for a typeset
-manual or other printed work, you need write only one document.  When
-the work is revised, you need revise only one document.  (You can read
-the on-line information, known as an "Info file", with an Info
-documentation-reading program.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Using Texinfo::               Create a conventional printed book
-                                  or an Info file.
-* Info Files::                  What is an Info file?
-* Printed Books::               Characteristics of a printed book or manual.
-* Formatting Commands::         @-commands are used for formatting.
-* Conventions::                 General rules for writing a Texinfo file.
-* Comments::                    How to write comments and mark regions that
-                                  the formatting commands will ignore.
-* Minimum::                     What a Texinfo file must have.
-* Six Parts::                   Usually, a Texinfo file has six parts.
-* Short Sample::                A short sample Texinfo file.
-* Acknowledgements::
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  Note that the first syllable of "Texinfo" is pronounced like
-"speck", not "hex".  This odd pronunciation is derived from, but is not
-the same as, the pronunciation of TeX.  In the word TeX, the `X' is
-actually the Greek letter "chi" rather than the English letter "ex".
-Pronounce TeX as if the `X' were the last sound in the name `Bach'; but
-pronounce Texinfo as if the `x' were a `k'.  Spell "Texinfo" with a
-capital "T" and write the other letters in lower case.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Using Texinfo,  Next: Info Files,  Up: Overview
-
-Using Texinfo
-=============
-
-   Using Texinfo, you can create a printed document with the normal
-features of a book, including chapters, sections, cross references, and
-indices.  From the same Texinfo source file, you can create a
-menu-driven, on-line Info file with nodes, menus, cross references, and
-indices.  You can, if you wish, make the chapters and sections of the
-printed document correspond to the nodes of the on-line information;
-and you use the same cross references and indices for both the Info
-file and the printed work.  `The GNU Emacs Manual' is a good example of
-a Texinfo file, as is this manual.
-
-   To make a printed document, you process a Texinfo source file with
-the TeX typesetting program.  This creates a DVI file that you can
-typeset and print as a book or report.  (Note that the Texinfo language
-is completely different from TeX's usual language, PlainTeX, which
-Texinfo replaces.)  If you do not have TeX, but do have `troff' or
-`nroff', you can use the `texi2roff' program instead.
-
-   To make an Info file, you process a Texinfo source file with the
-`makeinfo' utility or Emacs's `texinfo-format-buffer' command; this
-creates an Info file that you can install on-line.
-
-   TeX and `texi2roff' work with many types of printer; similarly, Info
-works with almost every type of computer terminal.  This power makes
-Texinfo a general purpose system, but brings with it a constraint,
-which is that a Texinfo file may contain only the customary
-"typewriter" characters (letters, numbers, spaces, and punctuation
-marks) but no special graphics.
-
-   A Texinfo file is a plain ASCII file containing text and
-"@-commands" (words preceded by an `@') that tell the typesetting and
-formatting programs what to do.  You may edit a Texinfo file with any
-text editor; but it is especially convenient to use GNU Emacs since
-that editor has a special mode, called Texinfo mode, that provides
-various Texinfo-related features.  (*Note Texinfo Mode::.)
-
-   Before writing a Texinfo source file, you should become familiar with
-the Info documentation reading program and learn about nodes, menus,
-cross references, and the rest.  (*note info: (info)Top, for more
-information.)
-
-   You can use Texinfo to create both on-line help and printed manuals;
-moreover, Texinfo is freely redistributable.  For these reasons, Texinfo
-is the format in which documentation for GNU utilities and libraries is
-written.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Info Files,  Next: Printed Books,  Prev: Using Texinfo,  Up: Overview
-
-Info files
-==========
-
-   An Info file is a Texinfo file formatted so that the Info
-documentation reading program can operate on it.  (`makeinfo' and
-`texinfo-format-buffer' are two commands that convert a Texinfo file
-into an Info file.)
-
-   Info files are divided into pieces called "nodes", each of which
-contains the discussion of one topic.  Each node has a name, and
-contains both text for the user to read and pointers to other nodes,
-which are identified by their names.  The Info program displays one node
-at a time, and provides commands with which the user can move to other
-related nodes.
-
-   *note info: (info)Top, for more information about using Info.
-
-   Each node of an Info file may have any number of child nodes that
-describe subtopics of the node's topic.  The names of child nodes are
-listed in a "menu" within the parent node; this allows you to use
-certain Info commands to move to one of the child nodes.  Generally, an
-Info file is organized like a book.  If a node is at the logical level
-of a chapter, its child nodes are at the level of sections; likewise,
-the child nodes of sections are at the level of subsections.
-
-   All the children of any one parent are linked together in a
-bidirectional chain of `Next' and `Previous' pointers.  The `Next'
-pointer provides a link to the next section, and the `Previous' pointer
-provides a link to the previous section.  This means that all the nodes
-that are at the level of sections within a chapter are linked together.
-Normally the order in this chain is the same as the order of the
-children in the parent's menu.  Each child node records the parent node
-name as its `Up' pointer.  The last child has no `Next' pointer, and the
-first child has the parent both as its `Previous' and as its `Up'
-pointer.(1)
-
-   The book-like structuring of an Info file into nodes that correspond
-to chapters, sections, and the like is a matter of convention, not a
-requirement.  The `Up', `Previous', and `Next' pointers of a node can
-point to any other nodes, and a menu can contain any other nodes.
-Thus, the node structure can be any directed graph.  But it is usually
-more comprehensible to follow a structure that corresponds to the
-structure of chapters and sections in a printed book or report.
-
-   In addition to menus and to `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers,
-Info provides pointers of another kind, called references, that can be
-sprinkled throughout the text.  This is usually the best way to
-represent links that do not fit a hierarchical structure.
-
-   Usually, you will design a document so that its nodes match the
-structure of chapters and sections in the printed output.  But there
-are times when this is not right for the material being discussed.
-Therefore, Texinfo uses separate commands to specify the node structure
-for the Info file and the section structure for the printed output.
-
-   Generally, you enter an Info file through a node that by convention
-is called `Top'.  This node normally contains just a brief summary of
-the file's purpose, and a large menu through which the rest of the file
-is reached.  From this node, you can either traverse the file
-systematically by going from node to node, or you can go to a specific
-node listed in the main menu, or you can search the index menus and
-then go directly to the node that has the information you want.
-
-   If you want to read through an Info file in sequence, as if it were a
-printed manual, you can get the whole file with the advanced Info
-command `g* RET'.  (*note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert.)
-
-   The `dir' file in the `info' directory serves as the departure point
-for the whole Info system.  From it, you can reach the `Top' nodes of
-each of the documents in a complete Info system.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  In some documents, the first child has no `Previous' pointer.
-Occasionally, the last child has the node name of the next following
-higher level node as its `Next' pointer.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Printed Books,  Next: Formatting Commands,  Prev: Info Files,  Up: Overview
-
-Printed Books
-=============
-
-   A Texinfo file can be formatted and typeset as a printed book or
-manual.  To do this, you need TeX, a powerful, sophisticated typesetting
-program written by Donald Knuth.(1)
-
-   A Texinfo-based book is similar to any other typeset, printed work:
-it can have a title page, copyright page, table of contents, and
-preface, as well as chapters, numbered or unnumbered sections and
-subsections, page headers, cross references, footnotes, and indices.
-
-   You can use Texinfo to write a book without ever having the intention
-of converting it into on-line information.  You can use Texinfo for
-writing a printed novel, and even to write a printed memo, although
-this latter application is not recommended since electronic mail is so
-much easier.
-
-   TeX is a general purpose typesetting program.  Texinfo provides a
-file called `texinfo.tex' that contains information (definitions or
-"macros") that TeX uses when it typesets a Texinfo file.
-(`texinfo.tex' tells TeX how to convert the Texinfo @-commands to TeX
-commands, which TeX can then process to create the typeset document.)
-`texinfo.tex' contains the specifications for printing a document.
-
-   Most often, documents are printed on 8.5 inch by 11 inch pages
-(216mm by 280mm; this is the default size), but you can also print for
-7 inch by 9.25 inch pages (178mm by 235mm; the `@smallbook' size) or on
-European A4 size paper (`@afourpaper').  (*Note Printing "Small" Books:
-smallbook.  Also, see *Note Printing on A4 Paper: A4 Paper.)
-
-   By changing the parameters in `texinfo.tex', you can change the size
-of the printed document.  In addition, you can change the style in
-which the printed document is formatted; for example, you can change the
-sizes and fonts used, the amount of indentation for each paragraph, the
-degree to which words are hyphenated, and the like.  By changing the
-specifications, you can make a book look dignified, old and serious, or
-light-hearted, young and cheery.
-
-   TeX is freely distributable.  It is written in a dialect of Pascal
-called WEB and can be compiled either in Pascal or (by using a
-conversion program that comes with the TeX distribution) in C.  (*Note
-TeX Mode: (emacs)TeX Mode, for information about TeX.)
-
-   TeX is very powerful and has a great many features.  Because a
-Texinfo file must be able to present information both on a
-character-only terminal in Info form and in a typeset book, the
-formatting commands that Texinfo supports are necessarily limited.
-
-   *Note How to Obtain TeX: Obtaining TeX.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  You can also use the `texi2roff' program if you do not have
-TeX; since Texinfo is designed for use with TeX, `texi2roff' is not
-described here.  `texi2roff' is part of the standard GNU distribution.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Formatting Commands,  Next: Conventions,  Prev: Printed Books,  Up: Overview
-
-@-commands
-==========
-
-   In a Texinfo file, the commands that tell TeX how to typeset the
-printed manual and tell `makeinfo' and `texinfo-format-buffer' how to
-create an Info file are preceded by `@'; they are called "@-commands".
-For example, `@node' is the command to indicate a node and `@chapter'
-is the command to indicate the start of a chapter.
-
-     *Please note:* All the @-commands, with the exception of the
-     `@TeX{}' command, must be written entirely in lower case.
-
-   The Texinfo @-commands are a strictly limited set of constructs.  The
-strict limits make it possible for Texinfo files to be understood both
-by TeX and by the code that converts them into Info files.  You can
-display Info files on any terminal that displays alphabetic and numeric
-characters.  Similarly, you can print the output generated by TeX on a
-wide variety of printers.
-
-   Depending on what they do or what arguments(1) they take, you need
-to write @-commands on lines of their own or as part of sentences:
-
-   * Write a command such as `@noindent' at the beginning of a line as
-     the only text on the line.  (`@noindent' prevents the beginning of
-     the next line from being indented as the beginning of a paragraph.)
-
-   * Write a command such as `@chapter' at the beginning of a line
-     followed by the command's arguments, in this case the chapter
-     title, on the rest of the line.  (`@chapter' creates chapter
-     titles.)
-
-   * Write a command such as `@dots{}' wherever you wish but usually
-     within a sentence. (`@dots{}' creates dots ...)
-
-   * Write a command such as `@code{SAMPLE-CODE}' wherever you wish
-     (but usually within a sentence) with its argument, SAMPLE-CODE in
-     this example, between the braces.  (`@code' marks text as being
-     code.)
-
-   * Write a command such as `@example' at the beginning of a line of
-     its own; write the body-text on following lines; and write the
-     matching `@end' command, `@end example' in this case, at the
-     beginning of a line of its own after the body-text. (`@example'
-     ... `@end example' indents and typesets body-text as an example.)
-
-As a general rule, a command requires braces if it mingles among other
-text; but it does not need braces if it starts a line of its own.  The
-non-alphabetic commands, such as `@:', are exceptions to the rule; they
-do not need braces.
-
-   As you gain experience with Texinfo, you will rapidly learn how to
-write the different commands: the different ways to write commands make
-it easier to write and read Texinfo files than if all commands followed
-exactly the same syntax.  (For details about @-command syntax, see
-*Note @-Command Syntax: Command Syntax.)
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  The word "argument" comes from the way it is used in
-mathematics and does not refer to a disputation between two people; it
-refers to the information presented to the command.  According to the
-`Oxford English Dictionary', the word derives from the Latin for "to
-make clear, prove"; thus it came to mean `the evidence offered as
-proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
-mathematical meaning.  In its other thread of derivation, the word came
-to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make counter
-assertions', which led to the meaning of `argument' as a disputation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Conventions,  Next: Comments,  Prev: Formatting Commands,  Up: Overview
-
-General Syntactic Conventions
-=============================
-
-   All ASCII printing characters except `@', `{' and `}' can appear in
-a Texinfo file and stand for themselves.  `@' is the escape character
-which introduces commands.  `{' and `}' should be used only to surround
-arguments to certain commands.  To put one of these special characters
-into the document, put an `@' character in front of it, like this:
-`@@', `@{', and `@}'.
-
-   It is customary in TeX to use doubled single-quote characters to
-begin and end quotations: ` ` and ' ' (but without a space between the
-two single-quote characters).  This convention should be followed in
-Texinfo files.  TeX converts doubled single-quote characters to left-
-and right-hand doubled quotation marks and Info converts doubled
-single-quote characters to ASCII double-quotes: ` ` and ' ' to " .
-
-   Use three hyphens in a row, `---', for a dash--like this.  In TeX, a
-single or even a double hyphen produces a printed dash that is shorter
-than the usual typeset dash. Info reduces three hyphens to two for
-display on the screen.
-
-   To prevent a paragraph from being indented in the printed manual, put
-the command `@noindent' on a line by itself before the paragraph.
-
-   If you mark off a region of the Texinfo file with the `@iftex' and
-`@end iftex' commands, that region will appear only in the printed
-copy; in that region, you can use certain commands borrowed from
-PlainTeX that you cannot use in Info.  Likewise, if you mark off a
-region with the `@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo' commands, that region will
-appear only in the Info file; in that region, you can use Info commands
-that you cannot use in TeX.  (*Note Conditionals::.)
-
-     *Caution:* Do not use tabs in a Texinfo file!  TeX uses
-     variable-width fonts, which means that it cannot predefine a tab
-     to work in all circumstances.  Consequently, TeX treats tabs like
-     single spaces, and that is not what they look like.
-
-     To avoid this problem, Texinfo mode causes GNU Emacs to insert
-     multiple spaces when you press the TAB key.
-
-     Also, you can run `untabify' in Emacs to convert tabs in a region
-     to multiple spaces.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Comments,  Next: Minimum,  Prev: Conventions,  Up: Overview
-
-Comments
-========
-
-   You can write comments in a Texinfo file that will not appear in
-either the Info file or the printed manual by using the `@comment'
-command (which may be abbreviated to `@c').  Such comments are for the
-person who reads the Texinfo file.  All the text on a line that follows
-either `@comment' or `@c' is a comment; the rest of the line does not
-appear in either the Info file or the printed manual. (Often, you can
-write the `@comment' or `@c' in the middle of a line, and only the text
-that follows after the `@comment' or `@c' command does not appear; but
-some commands, such as `@settitle' and `@setfilename', work on a whole
-line.  You cannot use `@comment' or `@c' in a line beginning with such
-a command.)
-
-   You can write long stretches of text that will not appear in either
-the Info file or the printed manual by using the `@ignore' and `@end
-ignore' commands.  Write each of these commands on a line of its own,
-starting each command at the beginning of the line.  Text between these
-two commands does not appear in the processed output.  You can use
-`@ignore' and `@end ignore' for writing comments.  Often, `@ignore' and
-`@end ignore' is used to enclose a part of the copying permissions that
-applies to the Texinfo source file of a document, but not to the Info
-or printed version of the document.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Minimum,  Next: Six Parts,  Prev: Comments,  Up: Overview
-
-What a Texinfo File Must Have
-=============================
-
-   By convention, the names of Texinfo files end with one of the
-extensions `.texinfo', `.texi', or `.tex'.  The longer extension is
-preferred since it describes more clearly to a human reader the nature
-of the file.  The shorter extensions are for operating systems that
-cannot handle long file names.
-
-   In order to be made into a printed manual and an Info file, a
-Texinfo file *must* begin with lines like this:
-
-     \input texinfo
-     @setfilename INFO-FILE-NAME
-     @settitle NAME-OF-MANUAL
-
-The contents of the file follow this beginning, and then you *must* end
-a Texinfo file with a line like this:
-
-     @bye
-
-The `\input texinfo' line tells TeX to use the `texinfo.tex' file,
-which tells TeX how to translate the Texinfo @-commands into TeX
-typesetting commands.  (Note the use of the backslash, `\'; this is
-correct for TeX.)  The `@setfilename' line provides a name for the Info
-file and the `@settitle' line specifies a title for the page headers (or
-footers) of the printed manual.
-
-   The `@bye' line at the end of the file on a line of its own tells
-the formatters that the file is ended and to stop formatting.
-
-   Usually, you will not use quite such a spare format, but will include
-mode setting and start-of-header and end-of-header lines at the
-beginning of a Texinfo file, like this:
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @c %**start of header
-     @setfilename INFO-FILE-NAME
-     @settitle NAME-OF-MANUAL
-     @c %**end of header
-
-In the first line, `-*-texinfo-*-' causes Emacs to switch into Texinfo
-mode when you edit the file.
-
-   The `@c' lines which surround the `@setfilename' and `@settitle'
-lines are optional, but you need them in order to run TeX or Info on
-just part of the file.  (*Note Start of Header::, for more information.)
-
-   Furthermore, you will usually provide a Texinfo file with a title
-page, indices, and the like.  But the minimum, which can be useful for
-short documents, is just the three lines at the beginning and the one
-line at the end.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Six Parts,  Next: Short Sample,  Prev: Minimum,  Up: Overview
-
-Six Parts of a Texinfo File
-===========================
-
-   Generally, a Texinfo file contains more than the minimal beginning
-and end--it usually contains six parts:
-
-1. Header
-     The "Header" names the file, tells TeX which definitions' file to
-     use, and performs other "housekeeping" tasks.
-
-2. Summary Description and Copyright
-     The "Summary Description and Copyright" segment describes the
-     document and contains the copyright notice and copying permissions
-     for the Info file.  The segment must be enclosed between `@ifinfo'
-     and `@end ifinfo' commands so that the formatters place it only in
-     the Info file.
-
-3. Title and Copyright
-     The "Title and Copyright" segment contains the title and copyright
-     pages and copying permissions for the printed manual.  The segment
-     must be enclosed between `@titlepage' and `@end titlepage'
-     commands.  The title and copyright page appear only in the printed
-     manual.
-
-4. `Top' Node and Master Menu
-     The "Master Menu" contains a complete menu of all the nodes in the
-     whole Info file.  It appears only in the Info file, in the `Top'
-     node.
-
-5. Body
-     The "Body" of the document may be structured like a traditional
-     book or encyclopedia or it may be free form.
-
-6. End
-     The "End" contains commands for printing indices and generating
-     the table of contents, and the `@bye' command on a line of its own.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Short Sample,  Next: Acknowledgements,  Prev: Six Parts,  Up: Overview
-
-A Short Sample Texinfo File
-===========================
-
-   Here is a complete but very short Texinfo file, in 6 parts.  The
-first three parts of the file, from `\input texinfo' through to `@end
-titlepage', look more intimidating than they are.  Most of the material
-is standard boilerplate; when you write a manual, simply insert the
-names for your own manual in this segment. (*Note Beginning a File::.)
-
-In the following, the sample text is *indented*; comments on it are
-not.  The complete file, without any comments, is shown in *Note Sample
-Texinfo File::.
-
-Part 1: Header
---------------
-
-The header does not appear in either the Info file or the
-printed output.  It sets various parameters, including the
-name of the Info file and the title used in the header.
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @c %**start of header
-     @setfilename sample.info
-     @settitle Sample Document
-     @c %**end of header
-     
-     @setchapternewpage odd
-
-Part 2: Summary Description and Copyright
------------------------------------------
-
-The summary description and copyright segment does not
-appear in the printed document.
-
-     @ifinfo
-     This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
-     
-     Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     @end ifinfo
-
-Part 3: Titlepage and Copyright
--------------------------------
-
-The titlepage segment does not appear in the Info file.
-
-     @titlepage
-     @sp 10
-     @comment The title is printed in a large font.
-     @center @titlefont{Sample Title}
-     
-     @c The following two commands start the copyright page.
-     @page
-     @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-     Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     @end titlepage
-
-Part 4: `Top' Node and Master Menu
-----------------------------------
-
-The `Top' node contains the master menu for the Info file.
-Since a printed manual uses a table of contents rather than
-a menu, the master menu appears only in the Info file.
-
-     @node    Top,       First Chapter, (dir),    (dir)
-     @comment node-name, next,          previous, up
-
-     @menu
-     * First Chapter::    The first chapter is the
-                          only chapter in this sample.
-     * Concept Index::    This index has two entries.
-     @end menu
-
-Part 5:  The Body of the Document
----------------------------------
-
-The body segment contains all the text of the document, but not the
-indices or table of contents.  This example illustrates a node and a
-chapter containing an enumerated list.
-
-     @node    First Chapter, Concept Index, Top,      Top
-     @comment node-name,     next,          previous, up
-     @chapter First Chapter
-     @cindex Sample index entry
-     
-     This is the contents of the first chapter.
-     @cindex Another sample index entry
-     
-     Here is a numbered list.
-     
-     @enumerate
-     @item
-     This is the first item.
-     
-     @item
-     This is the second item.
-     @end enumerate
-     
-     The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-     commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into
-     an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed
-     manual.
-
-Part 6: The End of the Document
--------------------------------
-
-The end segment contains commands both for generating an index in a node
-and unnumbered chapter of its own and for generating the table of
-contents; and it contains the `@bye' command that marks the end of the
-document.
-
-     @node    Concept Index,    ,  First Chapter, Top
-     @comment node-name,    next,  previous,      up
-     @unnumbered Concept Index
-     
-     @printindex cp
-     
-     @contents
-     @bye
-
-The Results
------------
-
-   Here is what the contents of the first chapter of the sample look
-like:
-
-     This is the contents of the first chapter.
-
-     Here is a numbered list.
-
-       1. This is the first item.
-
-       2. This is the second item.
-
-     The `makeinfo' and `texinfo-format-buffer' commands transform a
-     Texinfo file such as this into an Info file; and TeX typesets it
-     for a printed manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Acknowledgements,  Prev: Short Sample,  Up: Overview
-
-Acknowledgements
-================
-
-   Richard M. Stallman wrote Edition 1.0 of this manual.
-Robert J. Chassell revised and extended it, starting with Edition 1.1.
-
-   Our thanks go out to all who helped improve this work, particularly
-to Francois Pinard and David D. Zuhn, who tirelessly recorded and
-reported mistakes and obscurities; our special thanks go to
-Melissa Weisshaus for her frequent and often tedious reviews of nearly
-similar editions.  Our mistakes are our own.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-10 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-10
deleted file mode 100644
index f28ff2e..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-10
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1165 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Debugging with TeX,  Next: Using texinfo-show-structure,  Prev: Debugging with Info,  Up: Catching Mistakes
-
-Catching Errors with TeX Formatting
-===================================
-
-   You can also catch mistakes when you format a file with TeX.
-
-   Usually, you do this after you have run `texinfo-format-buffer' (or,
-better, `makeinfo-buffer') on the same file, because
-`texinfo-format-buffer' sometimes displays error messages that make
-more sense than TeX.  (*Note Debugging with Info::, for more
-information.)
-
-   For example, TeX was run on a Texinfo file, part of which is shown
-here:
-
-     ---------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
-     name of the texinfo file as an extension.  The
-     @samp{??} are `wildcards' that cause the shell to
-     substitute all the raw index files.  (@xref{sorting
-     indices, for more information about sorting
-     indices.)@refill
-     ---------- Buffer: texinfo.texi ----------
-
-(The cross reference lacks a closing brace.) TeX produced the following
-output, after which it stopped:
-
-     ---------- Buffer: *texinfo-tex-shell* ----------
-     Runaway argument?
-     {sorting indices, for more information about sorting
-     indices.) @refill @ETC.
-     ! Paragraph ended before @xref was complete.
-     <to be read again>
-                        @par
-     l.27
-     
-     ?
-     ---------- Buffer: *texinfo-tex-shell* ----------
-
-   In this case, TeX produced an accurate and understandable error
-message:
-
-     Paragraph ended before @xref was complete.
-
-`@par' is an internal TeX command of no relevance to Texinfo.  `l.27'
-means that TeX detected the problem on line 27 of the Texinfo file.
-The `?' is the prompt TeX uses in this circumstance.
-
-   Unfortunately, TeX is not always so helpful, and sometimes you must
-truly be a Sherlock Holmes to discover what went wrong.
-
-   In any case, if you run into a problem like this, you can do one of
-three things.
-
-  1. You can tell TeX to continue running and ignore just this error by
-     typing RET at the `?' prompt.
-
-  2. You can tell TeX to continue running and to ignore all errors as
-     best it can by typing `r RET' at the `?' prompt.
-
-     This is often the best thing to do.  However, beware: the one error
-     may produce a cascade of additional error messages as its
-     consequences are felt through the rest of the file.  (To stop TeX
-     when it is producing such an avalanche of error messages, type
-     `C-d' (or `C-c C-d', if you are running a shell inside Emacs
-     Version 18.))
-
-  3. You can tell TeX to stop this run by typing `x RET' at the `?'
-     prompt.
-
-   Please note that if you are running TeX inside Emacs, you need to
-switch to the shell buffer and line at which TeX offers the `?' prompt.
-
-   Sometimes TeX will format a file without producing error messages
-even though there is a problem.  This usually occurs if a command is
-not ended but TeX is able to continue processing anyhow.  For example,
-if you fail to end an itemized list with the `@end itemize' command,
-TeX will write a DVI file that you can print out.  The only error
-message that TeX will give you is the somewhat mysterious comment that
-
-     (@end occurred inside a group at level 1)
-
-However, if you print the DVI file, you will find that the text of the
-file that follows the itemized list is entirely indented as if it were
-part of the last item in the itemized list.  The error message is the
-way TeX says that it expected to find an `@end' command somewhere in
-the file; but that it could not determine where it was needed.
-
-   Another source of notoriously hard-to-find errors is a missing `@end
-group' command.  If you ever are stumped by incomprehensible errors,
-look for a missing `@end group' command first.
-
-   If the Texinfo file lacks header lines, TeX may stop in the
-beginning of its run and display output that looks like the following.
-The `*' indicates that TeX is waiting for input.
-
-     This is TeX, Version 2.0 for Berkeley UNIX
-     (preloaded format=plain-cm 87.10.25)
-     (test.texinfo [1])
-     *
-
-In this case, simply type `\end RET' after the asterisk.  Then write
-the header lines in the Texinfo file and run the TeX command again.
-(Note the use of the backslash, `\'.  TeX uses `\' instead of `@'; and
-in this circumstance, you are working directly with TeX, not with
-Texinfo.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Using texinfo-show-structure,  Next: Using occur,  Prev: Debugging with TeX,  Up: Catching Mistakes
-
-Using `texinfo-show-structure'
-==============================
-
-   It is not always easy to keep track of the nodes, chapters,
-sections, and subsections of a Texinfo file.  This is especially true
-if you are revising or adding to a Texinfo file that someone else has
-written.
-
-   In GNU Emacs, in Texinfo mode, the `texinfo-show-structure' command
-lists all the lines that begin with the @-commands that specify the
-structure: `@chapter', `@section', `@appendix', and so on.  With an
-argument (`C-u' as prefix argument, if interactive), the command also
-shows the `@node' lines.  The `texinfo-show-structure' command is bound
-to `C-c C-s' in Texinfo mode, by default.
-
-   The lines are displayed in a buffer called the `*Occur*' buffer.
-For example, when `texinfo-show-structure' was run on an earlier
-version of this appendix, it produced the following:
-
-     Lines matching "^@\\(chapter \\|sect\\|sub\\|unnum\\|major\\|
-     heading \\|appendix\\)" in buffer texinfo.texi.
-       4:@appendix Formatting Mistakes
-      52:@appendixsec Catching Errors with Info Formatting
-     222:@appendixsec Catching Errors with @TeX{} Formatting
-     338:@appendixsec Using @code{texinfo-show-structure}
-     407:@appendixsubsec Using @code{occur}
-     444:@appendixsec Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-     513:@appendixsubsec Running @code{Info-validate}
-     573:@appendixsubsec Splitting a File Manually
-
-   This says that lines 4, 52, and 222 of `texinfo.texi' begin with the
-`@appendix', `@appendixsec', and `@appendixsec' commands respectively.
-If you move your cursor into the `*Occur*' window, you can position the
-cursor over one of the lines and use the `C-c C-c' command
-(`occur-mode-goto-occurrence'), to jump to the corresponding spot in
-the Texinfo file.  *Note Using Occur: (emacs)Other Repeating Search,
-for more information about `occur-mode-goto-occurrence'.
-
-   The first line in the `*Occur*' window describes the "regular
-expression" specified by TEXINFO-HEADING-PATTERN.  This regular
-expression is the pattern that `texinfo-show-structure' looks for.
-*Note Using Regular Expressions: (emacs)Regexps, for more information.
-
-   When you invoke the `texinfo-show-structure' command, Emacs will
-display the structure of the whole buffer.  If you want to see the
-structure of just a part of the buffer, of one chapter, for example,
-use the `C-x n' (`narrow-to-region') command to mark the region.
-(*Note Narrowing: (emacs)Narrowing.)  This is how the example used
-above was generated.  (To see the whole buffer again, use `C-x w'
-(`widen').)
-
-   If you call `texinfo-show-structure' with a prefix argument by
-typing `C-u C-c C-s', it will list lines beginning with `@node' as well
-as the lines beginning with the @-sign commands for `@chapter',
-`@section', and the like.
-
-   You can remind yourself of the structure of a Texinfo file by
-looking at the list in the `*Occur*' window; and if you have mis-named
-a node or left out a section, you can correct the mistake.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Using occur,  Next: Running Info-Validate,  Prev: Using texinfo-show-structure,  Up: Catching Mistakes
-
-Using `occur'
-=============
-
-   Sometimes the `texinfo-show-structure' command produces too much
-information.  Perhaps you want to remind yourself of the overall
-structure of a Texinfo file, and are overwhelmed by the detailed list
-produced by `texinfo-show-structure'.  In this case, you can use the
-`occur' command directly.  To do this, type
-
-     `M-x occur'
-
-and then, when prompted, type a "regexp", a regular expression for the
-pattern you want to match.  (*Note Regular Expressions:
-(emacs)Regexps.)  The `occur' command works from the current location
-of the cursor in the buffer to the end of the buffer.  If you want to
-run `occur' on the whole buffer, place the cursor at the beginning of
-the buffer.
-
-   For example, to see all the lines that contain the word `@chapter'
-in them, just type `@chapter'.  This will produce a list of the
-chapters.  It will also list all the sentences with `@chapter' in the
-middle of the line.
-
-   If you want to see only those lines that start with the word
-`@chapter', type `^@chapter' when prompted by `occur'.  If you want to
-see all the lines that end with a word or phrase, end the last word
-with a `$'; for example, `catching mistakes$'.  This can be helpful
-when you want to see all the nodes that are part of the same chapter or
-section and therefore have the same `Up' pointer.
-
-   *Note Using Occur: (emacs)Other Repeating Search, for more
-information.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Running Info-Validate,  Prev: Using occur,  Up: Catching Mistakes
-
-Finding Badly Referenced Nodes
-==============================
-
-   You can use the `Info-validate' command to check whether any of the
-`Next', `Previous', `Up' or other node pointers fail to point to a
-node.  This command checks that every node pointer points to an
-existing node.  The `Info-validate' command works only on Info files,
-not on Texinfo files.
-
-   The `makeinfo' program validates pointers automatically, so you do
-not need to use the `Info-validate' command if you are using
-`makeinfo'.  You only may need to use `Info-validate' if you are unable
-to run `makeinfo' and instead must create an Info file using
-`texinfo-format-region' or `texinfo-format-buffer', or if you write an
-Info file from scratch.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Using Info-validate::         How to run `Info-validate'.
-* Unsplit::                     How to create an unsplit file.
-* Tagifying::                   How to tagify a file.
-* Splitting::                   How to split a file manually.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Using Info-validate,  Next: Unsplit,  Up: Running Info-Validate
-
-Running `Info-validate'
------------------------
-
-   To use `Info-validate', visit the Info file you wish to check and
-type:
-
-     M-x Info-validate
-
-(Note that the `Info-validate' command requires an upper case `I'.  You
-may also need to create a tag table before running `Info-validate'.
-*Note Tagifying::.)
-
-   If your file is valid, you will receive a message that says "File
-appears valid".  However, if you have a pointer that does not point to
-a node, error messages will be displayed in a buffer called `*problems
-in info file*'.
-
-   For example, `Info-validate' was run on a test file that contained
-only the first node of this manual.  One of the messages said:
-
-     In node "Overview", invalid Next: Texinfo Mode
-
-This meant that the node called `Overview' had a `Next' pointer that
-did not point to anything (which was true in this case, since the test
-file had only one node in it).
-
-   Now suppose we add a node named `Texinfo Mode' to our test case but
-we do not specify a `Previous' for this node.  Then we will get the
-following error message:
-
-     In node "Texinfo Mode", should have Previous: Overview
-
-This is because every `Next' pointer should be matched by a `Previous'
-(in the node where the `Next' points) which points back.
-
-   `Info-validate' also checks that all menu entries and cross
-references point to actual nodes.
-
-   Note that `Info-validate' requires a tag table and does not work
-with files that have been split.  (The `texinfo-format-buffer' command
-automatically splits large files.)  In order to use `Info-validate' on
-a large file, you must run `texinfo-format-buffer' with an argument so
-that it does not split the Info file; and you must create a tag table
-for the unsplit file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Unsplit,  Next: Tagifying,  Prev: Using Info-validate,  Up: Running Info-Validate
-
-Creating an Unsplit File
-------------------------
-
-   You can run `Info-validate' only on a single Info file that has a
-tag table.  The command will not work on the indirect subfiles that are
-generated when a master file is split.  If you have a large file
-(longer than 70,000 bytes or so), you need to run the
-`texinfo-format-buffer' or `makeinfo-buffer' command in such a way that
-it does not create indirect subfiles.  You will also need to create a
-tag table for the Info file.  After you have done this, you can run
-`Info-validate' and look for badly referenced nodes.
-
-   The first step is to create an unsplit Info file.
-
-   To prevent `texinfo-format-buffer' from splitting a Texinfo file
-into smaller Info files, give a prefix to the `M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer' command:
-
-     C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-
-or else
-
-     C-u C-c C-e C-b
-
-When you do this, Texinfo will not split the file and will not create a
-tag table for it.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Tagifying,  Next: Splitting,  Prev: Unsplit,  Up: Running Info-Validate
-
-Tagifying a File
-----------------
-
-   After creating an unsplit Info file, you must create a tag table for
-it.  Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and type:
-
-     M-x Info-tagify
-
-(Note the upper case I in `Info-tagify'.)  This creates an Info file
-with a tag table that you can validate.
-
-   The third step is to validate the Info file:
-
-     M-x Info-validate
-
-(Note the upper case I in `Info-validate'.) In brief, the steps are:
-
-     C-u M-x texinfo-format-buffer
-     M-x Info-tagify
-     M-x Info-validate
-
-   After you have validated the node structure, you will be able to
-rerun `texinfo-format-buffer' in the normal way so it will construct a
-tag table and split the file automatically, or you can make the tag
-table and split the file manually.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Splitting,  Prev: Tagifying,  Up: Running Info-Validate
-
-Splitting a File Manually
--------------------------
-
-   You should split a large file or else let the
-`texinfo-format-buffer' or `makeinfo-buffer' command do it for you
-automatically.  (Generally you will let one of the formatting commands
-do this job for you.  *Note Create an Info File::.)
-
-   The split-off files are called the indirect subfiles.
-
-   Info files are split to save memory.  With smaller files, Emacs does
-not have make such a large buffer to hold the information.
-
-   If an Info file has more than 30 nodes, you should also make a tag
-table for it. *Note Using Info-validate::, for information about
-creating a tag table.  (Again, tag tables are usually created
-automatically by the formatting command; you only need to create a tag
-table yourself if you are doing the job manually.  Most likely, you
-will do this for a large, unsplit file on which you have run
-`Info-validate'.)
-
-   Visit the Info file you wish to tagify and split and type the two
-commands:
-
-     M-x Info-tagify
-     M-x Info-split
-
-(Note that the `I' in `Info' is upper case.)
-
-   When you use the `Info-split' command, the buffer is modified into a
-(small) Info file which lists the indirect subfiles.  This file should
-be saved in place of the original visited file.  The indirect subfiles
-are written in the same directory the original file is in, with names
-generated by appending `-' and a number to the original file name.
-
-   The primary file still functions as an Info file, but it contains
-just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Refilling Paragraphs,  Next: Command Syntax,  Prev: Catching Mistakes,  Up: Top
-
-Refilling Paragraphs
-********************
-
-   The `@refill' command refills and, optionally, indents the first
-line of a paragraph.(1) The `@refill' command is no longer important,
-but we describe it here because you once needed it.  You will see it in
-many old Texinfo files.
-
-   Without refilling, paragraphs containing long @-constructs may look
-bad after formatting because the formatter removes @-commands and
-shortens some lines more than others.  In the past, neither
-`texinfo-format-region' nor `texinfo-format-buffer' refilled paragraphs
-automatically.  The `@refill' command had to be written at the end of
-every paragraph to cause these formatters to fill them.  (Both TeX and
-`makeinfo' have always refilled paragraphs automatically.)  Now, all
-the Info formatters automatically fill and indent those paragraphs that
-need to be filled and indented.
-
-   The `@refill' command causes both the `texinfo-format-region'
-command and the `texinfo-format-buffer' command to refill a paragraph
-in the Info file *after* all the other processing has been done.  For
-this reason, you can not use `@refill' with a paragraph containing
-either `@*' or `@w{ ... }' since the refilling action will override
-those two commands.
-
-   The `texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' commands now
-automatically append `@refill' to the end of each paragraph that should
-be filled.  They do not append `@refill' to the ends of paragraphs that
-contain `@*' or `@w{ ...}' and therefore do not refill or indent them.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  Perhaps the command should have been called the
-`@refillandindent' command, but `@refill' is shorter and the name was
-chosen before indenting was possible.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Command Syntax,  Next: Obtaining TeX,  Prev: Refilling Paragraphs,  Up: Top
-
-@-Command Syntax
-****************
-
-   The character `@' is used to start special Texinfo commands.  (It
-has the same meaning that `\' has in PlainTeX.)  Texinfo has four types
-of @-command:
-
-1. Non-alphabetic commands.
-     These commands consist of an @ followed by a punctuation mark or
-     other character that is not part of the alphabet.  Non-alphabetic
-     commands are almost always part of the text within a paragraph,
-     and never take any argument.  The two characters (@ and the other
-     one) are complete in themselves; none is followed by braces.  The
-     non-alphabetic commands are: `@.', `@:', `@*', `@@', `@{', and
-     `@}'.
-
-2. Alphabetic commands that do not require arguments.
-     These commands start with @ followed by a word followed by left-
-     and right-hand braces.  These commands insert special symbols in
-     the document; they do not require arguments.  For example,
-     `@dots{}' => `...', `@equiv{}' => `==', `@TeX{}' => `TeX', and
-     `@bullet{}' => `*'.
-
-3. Alphabetic commands that require arguments within braces.
-     These commands start with @ followed by a letter or a word,
-     followed by an argument within braces.  For example, the command
-     `@dfn' indicates the introductory or defining use of a term; it is
-     used as follows: `In Texinfo, @@-commands are @dfn{mark-up}
-     commands.'
-
-4. Alphabetic commands that occupy an entire line.
-     These commands occupy an entire line.  The line starts with @,
-     followed by the name of the command (a word); for example,
-     `@center' or `@cindex'.  If no argument is needed, the word is
-     followed by the end of the line.  If there is an argument, it is
-     separated from the command name by a space.  Braces are not used.
-
-   Thus, the alphabetic commands fall into classes that have different
-argument syntaxes.  You cannot tell to which class a command belongs by
-the appearance of its name, but you can tell by the command's meaning:
-if the command stands for a glyph, it is in class 2 and does not
-require an argument; if it makes sense to use the command together with
-other text as part of a paragraph, the command is in class 3 and must
-be followed by an argument in braces; otherwise, it is in class 4 and
-uses the rest of the line as its argument.
-
-   The purpose of having a different syntax for commands of classes 3
-and 4 is to make Texinfo files easier to read, and also to help the GNU
-Emacs paragraph and filling commands work properly.  There is only one
-exception to this rule: the command `@refill', which is always used at
-the end of a paragraph immediately following the final period or other
-punctuation character.  `@refill' takes no argument and does *not*
-require braces.  `@refill' never confuses the Emacs paragraph commands
-because it cannot appear at the beginning of a line.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Obtaining TeX,  Next: New Features,  Prev: Command Syntax,  Up: Top
-
-How to Obtain TeX
-*****************
-
-   TeX is freely redistributable.  You can obtain TeX for Unix systems
-from the University of Washington for a distribution fee.
-
-   To order a full distribution, send $200.00 for a 1/2-inch 9-track
-1600 bpi (`tar' or `cpio') tape reel, or $210.00 for a 1/4-inch 4-track
-QIC-24 (`tar' or `cpio') cartridge, to:
-
-     Northwest Computing Support Center
-     DR-10, Thomson Hall 35
-     University of Washington
-     Seattle, Washington 98195
-
-Please make checks payable to the University of Washington.
-
-   Prepaid orders are preferred but purchase orders are acceptable;
-however, purchase orders carry an extra charge of $10.00, to pay for
-processing.
-
-   Overseas sites: please add to the base cost $20.00 for shipment via
-air parcel post, or $30.00 for shipment via courier.
-
-   Please check with the Northwest Computing Support Center at the
-University of Washington for current prices and formats:
-
-     telephone:  (206) 543-6259
-     email:      elisabet@u.washington.edu
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: New Features,  Next: Command and Variable Index,  Prev: Obtaining TeX,  Up: Top
-
-Second Edition Features
-***********************
-
-   The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 20 new
-Texinfo mode commands and more than 50 previously undocumented Texinfo
-@-commands.  This edition is more than twice the length of the first
-edition.
-
-   Here is a brief description of the new commands.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* New Texinfo Mode Commands::   The updating commands are especially useful.
-* New Commands::                Many newly described @-commands.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: New Texinfo Mode Commands,  Next: New Commands,  Up: New Features
-
-New Texinfo Mode Commands
-=========================
-
-   Texinfo mode provides commands and features especially designed for
-working with Texinfo files.  More than 20 new commands have been added,
-including commands for automatically creating and updating both nodes
-and menus.  This is a tedious task when done by hand.
-
-   The keybindings are intended to be somewhat mnemonic.
-
-Update all nodes and menus
---------------------------
-
-   The `texinfo-master-menu' command is the primary command:
-
-`C-c C-u m'
-`M-x texinfo-master-menu'
-     Create or update a master menu.  With `C-u' as a prefix argument,
-     first create or update all nodes and regular menus.
-
-Update Pointers
----------------
-
-Create or update `Next', `Previous', and `Up' node pointers.
-
-*Note Updating Nodes and Menus::.
-
-`C-c C-u C-n'
-`M-x texinfo-update-node'
-     Update a node.
-
-`C-c C-u C-e'
-`M-x texinfo-every-node-update'
-     Update every node in the buffer.
-
-Update Menus
-------------
-
-Create or update menus.
-
-*Note Updating Nodes and Menus::.
-
-`C-c C-u C-m'
-`M-x texinfo-make-menu'
-     Make or update a menu.
-
-`C-c C-u C-a'
-`M-x texinfo-all-menus-update'
-     Make or update all the menus in a buffer.  With `C-u' as a prefix
-     argument, first update all the nodes.
-
-Insert Title as Description
----------------------------
-
-Insert a node's chapter or section title in the space for the
-description in a menu entry line; position point so you can edit the
-insert.  (This command works somewhat differently than the other
-insertion commands, which insert only a predefined string.)
-
-*Note Inserting Frequently Used Commands: Inserting.
-
-`C-c C-c C-d'
-     Insert title.
-
-Format for Info
----------------
-
-Provide keybindings both for the Info formatting commands that are
-written in Emacs Lisp and for `makeinfo' that is written in C.
-
-*Note Info Formatting::.
-
-Use the Emacs lisp `texinfo-format...' commands:
-
-`C-c C-e C-r'
-     Format the region.
-
-`C-c C-e C-b'
-     Format the buffer.
-
-Use `makeinfo':
-
-`C-c C-m C-r'
-     Format the region.
-
-`C-c C-m C-b'
-     Format the buffer.
-
-`C-c C-m C-l'
-     Recenter the `makeinfo' output buffer.
-
-`C-c C-m C-k'
-     Kill the `makeinfo' formatting job.
-
-Typeset and Print
------------------
-
-Typeset and print Texinfo documents from within Emacs.
-
-*Note Printing::.
-
-`C-c C-t C-r'
-     Run TeX on the region.
-
-`C-c C-t C-b'
-     Run TeX on the buffer.
-
-`C-c C-t C-i'
-     Run `texindex'.
-
-`C-c C-t C-p'
-     Print the DVI file.
-
-`C-c C-t C-q'
-     Show the print queue.
-
-`C-c C-t C-d'
-     Delete a job from the print queue.
-
-`C-c C-t C-k'
-     Kill the current TeX formatting job.
-
-`C-c C-t C-x'
-     Quit a currently stopped TeX formatting job.
-
-`C-c C-t C-l'
-     Recenter the output buffer.
-
-Other Updating Commands
------------------------
-
-The "other updating commands" do not have standard keybindings because
-they are used less frequently.
-
-*Note Other Updating Commands::.
-
-`M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines'
-     Insert missing `@node' lines using section titles as node names.
-
-`M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update'
-     Update a multi-file document.  With a numeric prefix, such as `C-u
-     8', update  *every* pointer and menu in *all* the files and then
-     insert a master menu.
-
-`M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description'
-     Indent descriptions in menus.
-
-`M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update'
-     Insert node pointers in strict sequence.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: New Commands,  Prev: New Texinfo Mode Commands,  Up: New Features
-
-New Texinfo @-Commands
-======================
-
-   The second edition of the Texinfo manual describes more than 50
-commands that were not described in the first edition.  A third or so
-of these commands existed in Texinfo but were not documented in the
-manual; the others are new.  Here is a listing, with brief descriptions
-of them:
-
-Indexing
---------
-
-Create your own index, and merge indices.
-
-*Note Indices::.
-
-`@defindex INDEX-NAME'
-     Define a new index and its indexing command.  See also the
-     `@defcodeindex' command.
-
-`@synindex FROM-INDEX INTO-INDEX'
-     Merge the FROM-INDEX index into the INTO-INDEX index.  See also
-     the `@syncodeindex' command.
-
-Definitions
------------
-
-Describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user options, special
-forms, and other such artifacts in a uniform format.
-
-*Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@deffn CATEGORY NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for functions, interactive commands, and
-     similar entities.
-
-`@defvr, @defop, ...'
-     15 other related commands.
-
-Glyphs
-------
-
-Indicate the results of evaluation, expansion, printed output, an error
-message, equivalence of expressions, and the location of point.
-
-*Note Glyphs::.
-
-`@equiv{}'
-`=='
-     Equivalence:
-
-`@error{}'
-`error-->'
-     Error message
-
-`@expansion{}'
-`==>'
-     Macro expansion
-
-`@point{}'
-`-!-'
-     Position of point
-
-`@print{}'
-`-|'
-     Printed output
-
-`@result{}'
-`=>'
-     Result of an expression
-
-Page Headings
--------------
-
-Customize page headings.
-
-*Note Headings::.
-
-`@headings ON-OFF-SINGLE-DOUBLE'
-     Headings on or off, single, or double-sided.
-
-`@evenfooting [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.
-
-`@evenheading, @everyheading, @oddheading, ...'
-     Five other related commands.
-
-`@thischapter'
-     Insert name of chapter and chapter number.
-
-`@thischaptername, @thisfile, @thistitle, @thispage'
-     Related commands.
-
-Formatting
-----------
-
-Format blocks of text.
-
-*Note Quotations and Examples::, and
-*Note Making Lists and Tables: Lists and Tables.
-
-`@cartouche'
-     Draw rounded box surrounding text (not in Info).
-
-`@enumerate OPTIONAL-ARG'
-     Enumerate a list with letters or numbers.
-
-`@exdent LINE-OF-TEXT'
-     Remove indentation.
-
-`@flushleft'
-     Left justify.
-
-`@flushright'
-     Right justify.
-
-`@format'
-     Do not narrow nor change font.
-
-`@ftable FORMATTING-COMMAND'
-`@vtable FORMATTING-COMMAND'
-     Two-column table with indexing.
-
-`@lisp'
-     For an example of Lisp code.
-
-`@smallexample'
-`@smalllisp'
-     Like @table and @lisp but for @smallbook.
-
-Conditionals
-------------
-
-Conditionally format text.
-
-*Note `@set' `@clear' `@value': set clear value.
-
-`@set FLAG [STRING]'
-     Set a flag.  Optionally, set value of FLAG to STRING.
-
-`@clear FLAG'
-     Clear a flag.
-
-`@value{FLAG}'
-     Replace with value to which FLAG is set.
-
-`@ifset FLAG'
-     Format, if FLAG is set.
-
-`@ifclear FLAG'
-     Ignore, if FLAG is set.
-
-@heading series for Titles
---------------------------
-
-Produce unnumbered headings that do not appear in a table of contents.
-
-*Note Structuring::.
-
-`@heading TITLE'
-     Unnumbered section-like heading not listed in the table of
-     contents of a printed manual.
-
-`@chapheading, @majorheading, @subheading, @subsubheading'
-     Related commands.
-
-Font commands
--------------
-
-*Note Smallcaps::, and
-*Note Fonts::.
-
-`@r{TEXT}'
-     Print in roman font.
-
-`@sc{TEXT}'
-     Print in SMALL CAPS font.
-
-Miscellaneous
--------------
-
-See *Note `@title' `@subtitle' and `@author' Commands: title subtitle
-author,
-see *Note Overfull hboxes::,
-see *Note Footnotes::,
-see *Note Format a Dimension: dmn,
-see *Note Inserting a Minus Sign: minus,
-see *Note Paragraph Indenting: paragraphindent,
-see *Note Cross Reference Commands::,
-see *Note `@title' `@subtitle' and `@author': title subtitle author, and
-see *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@author AUTHOR'
-     Typeset author's name.
-
-`@finalout'
-     Produce cleaner printed output.
-
-`@footnotestyle'
-     Specify footnote style.
-
-`@dmn{DIMENSION}'
-     Format a dimension.
-
-`@minus{}'
-     Generate a minus sign.
-
-`@paragraphindent'
-     Specify paragraph indentation.
-
-`@ref{NODE-NAME, [ENTRY], [TOPIC-OR-TITLE], [INFO-FILE], [MANUAL]}'
-     Make a reference.  In the printed manual, the reference does not
-     start with the word `see'.
-
-`@title TITLE'
-     Typeset TITLE in the alternative title page format.
-
-`@subtitle SUBTITLE'
-     Typeset SUBTITLE in the alternative title page format.
-
-`@today{}'
-     Insert the current date.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Command and Variable Index,  Next: Concept Index,  Prev: New Features,  Up: Top
-
-Command and Variable Index
-**************************
-
-   This is an alphabetical list of all the @-commands and several
-variables.  To make the list easier to use, the commands are listed
-without their preceding `@'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* * (force line break):                 Line Breaks.
-* .  (true end of sentence):            Controlling Spacing.
-* : (suppress widening):                Controlling Spacing.
-* @ (single @):                         Inserting An Atsign.
-* { (single {):                         Inserting Braces.
-* } (single }):                         Inserting Braces.
-* afourpaper:                           A4 Paper.
-* appendix:                             unnumbered & appendix.
-* appendixsec:                          unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-* appendixsection:                      unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-* appendixsubsec:                       unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
-* appendixsubsubsec:                    subsubsection.
-* apply:                                Sample Function Definition.
-* author:                               title subtitle author.
-* b (bold font):                        Fonts.
-* buffer-end:                           Def Cmd Template.
-* bullet:                               bullet.
-* bye:                                  Ending a File.
-* bye:                                  File End.
-* c (comment):                          Comments.
-* cartouche:                            cartouche.
-* center:                               titlefont center sp.
-* chapheading:                          majorheading & chapheading.
-* chapter:                              chapter.
-* cindex:                               Indexing Commands.
-* cite:                                 cite.
-* clear:                                ifset ifclear.
-* code:                                 code.
-* comment:                              Comments.
-* contents:                             Contents.
-* copyright:                            copyright symbol.
-* copyright:                            Copyright & Permissions.
-* cropmarks:                            Cropmarks and Magnification.
-* defcodeindex:                         New Indices.
-* defcv:                                Abstract Objects.
-* deffn:                                Functions Commands.
-* deffnx:                               deffnx.
-* defindex:                             New Indices.
-* defivar:                              Abstract Objects.
-* defmac:                               Functions Commands.
-* defmethod:                            Abstract Objects.
-* defop:                                Abstract Objects.
-* defopt:                               Variables Commands.
-* defspec:                              Functions Commands.
-* deftp:                                Data Types.
-* deftypefn:                            Typed Functions.
-* deftypefun:                           Typed Functions.
-* deftypevar:                           Typed Variables.
-* deftypevr:                            Typed Variables.
-* defun:                                Functions Commands.
-* defvar:                               Variables Commands.
-* defvr:                                Variables Commands.
-* dfn:                                  dfn.
-* display:                              display.
-* dmn:                                  dmn.
-* dots:                                 dots.
-* emph:                                 emph & strong.
-* end:                                  Quotations and Examples.
-* end:                                  Introducing Lists.
-* end titlepage:                        end titlepage.
-* enumerate:                            enumerate.
-* evenfooting:                          Custom Headings.
-* evenheading:                          Custom Headings.
-* everyfooting:                         Custom Headings.
-* everyheading:                         Custom Headings.
-* example:                              example.
-* exdent:                               exdent.
-* file:                                 file.
-* filll:                                Copyright & Permissions.
-* finalout:                             Overfull hboxes.
-* findex:                               Indexing Commands.
-* flushleft:                            flushleft & flushright.
-* flushright:                           flushleft & flushright.
-* foobar:                               Optional Arguments.
-* footnote:                             Footnotes.
-* footnotestyle:                        Footnotes.
-* format:                               format.
-* forward-word:                         Def Cmd Template.
-* ftable:                               ftable vtable.
-* group:                                group.
-* heading:                              unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-* headings:                             headings on off.
-* i (italic font):                      Fonts.
-* ifclear:                              ifset ifclear.
-* ifinfo:                               Conditionals.
-* ifset:                                ifset ifclear.
-* iftex:                                Conditionals.
-* ignore:                               Comments.
-* include:                              Using Include Files.
-* Info-validate:                        Running Info-Validate.
-* INFOPATH:                             Other Info Directories.
-* inforef:                              inforef.
-* input (TeX command):                  Minimum.
-* isearch-backward:                     deffnx.
-* isearch-forward:                      deffnx.
-* item:                                 itemize.
-* item:                                 table.
-* itemize:                              itemize.
-* itemx:                                itemx.
-* kbd:                                  kbd.
-* key:                                  key.
-* kindex:                               Indexing Commands.
-* lisp:                                 Lisp Example.
-* lpr (DVI print command):              Shell Format & Print.
-* mag (TeX command):                    Cropmarks and Magnification.
-* majorheading:                         majorheading & chapheading.
-* makeinfo-buffer:                      makeinfo in Emacs.
-* makeinfo-kill-job:                    makeinfo in Emacs.
-* makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer:      makeinfo in Emacs.
-* makeinfo-region:                      makeinfo in Emacs.
-* menu:                                 Menus.
-* minus:                                minus.
-* need:                                 need.
-* next-error:                           makeinfo in Emacs.
-* noindent:                             noindent.
-* occur:                                Using occur.
-* occur-mode-goto-occurrence:           Showing the Structure.
-* oddfooting:                           Custom Headings.
-* oddheading:                           Custom Headings.
-* page:                                 page.
-* page-delimiter:                       Showing the Structure.
-* paragraphindent:                      paragraphindent.
-* pindex:                               Indexing Commands.
-* printindex:                           Printing Indices & Menus.
-* pxref:                                pxref.
-* quotation:                            quotation.
-* r (Roman font):                       Fonts.
-* ref:                                  ref.
-* refill:                               Refilling Paragraphs.
-* samp:                                 samp.
-* sc (small caps font):                 Smallcaps.
-* section:                              section.
-* set:                                  ifset ifclear.
-* setchapternewpage:                    setchapternewpage.
-* setfilename:                          setfilename.
-* settitle:                             settitle.
-* shortcontents:                        Contents.
-* smallbook:                            smallbook.
-* smallexample:                         smallexample & smalllisp.
-* smalllisp:                            smallexample & smalllisp.
-* sp (line spacing):                    sp.
-* sp (titlepage line spacing):          titlefont center sp.
-* strong:                               emph & strong.
-* subheading:                           unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
-* subsection:                           subsection.
-* subsubheading:                        subsubsection.
-* subsubsection:                        subsubsection.
-* subtitle:                             title subtitle author.
-* summarycontents:                      Contents.
-* syncodeindex:                         syncodeindex.
-* syncodeindex:                         syncodeindex.
-* synindex:                             synindex.
-* t (typewriter font):                  Fonts.
-* table:                                Two-column Tables.
-* tex:                                  Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-* tex (command):                        tex.
-* texi2dvi (shell script):              Shell Format & Print.
-* texindex:                             Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* texindex:                             Shell Format & Print.
-* texinfo-all-menus-update:             Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-every-node-update:            Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-format-buffer:                Info Formatting.
-* texinfo-format-buffer:                texinfo-format commands.
-* texinfo-format-buffer:                texinfo-format commands.
-* texinfo-format-region:                texinfo-format commands.
-* texinfo-format-region:                texinfo-format commands.
-* texinfo-format-region:                Info Formatting.
-* texinfo-indent-menu-description:      Other Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-insert-@code:                 Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@dfn:                  Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@end:                  Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@example:              Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@item:                 Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@kbd:                  Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@node:                 Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@noindent:             Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@samp:                 Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@table:                Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-@var:                  Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-braces:                Inserting.
-* texinfo-insert-node-lines:            Other Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-make-menu:                    Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-master-menu:                  Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update:        texinfo-multiple-files-update.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update (in brief): Other Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-sequential-node-update:       Other Updating Commands.
-* texinfo-show-structure:               Using texinfo-show-structure.
-* texinfo-show-structure:               Showing the Structure.
-* texinfo-start-menu-description:       Inserting.
-* texinfo-tex-buffer:                   Printing.
-* texinfo-tex-print:                    Printing.
-* texinfo-tex-region:                   Printing.
-* texinfo-update-node:                  Updating Commands.
-* TEXINPUTS:                            Preparing for TeX.
-* thischapter:                          Custom Headings.
-* thischaptername:                      Custom Headings.
-* thisfile:                             Custom Headings.
-* thispage:                             Custom Headings.
-* thistitle:                            Custom Headings.
-* tindex:                               Indexing Commands.
-* title:                                title subtitle author.
-* titlefont:                            titlefont center sp.
-* titlepage:                            titlepage.
-* today:                                Custom Headings.
-* top (@-command):                      makeinfo top command.
-* unnumbered:                           unnumbered & appendix.
-* unnumberedsec:                        unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-* unnumberedsubsec:                     unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
-* unnumberedsubsubsec:                  subsubsection.
-* up-list:                              Inserting.
-* value:                                value.
-* var:                                  var.
-* vindex:                               Indexing Commands.
-* vskip:                                Copyright & Permissions.
-* vtable:                               ftable vtable.
-* w (prevent line break):               w.
-* xref:                                 xref.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-11 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-11
deleted file mode 100644
index f960227..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-11
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,451 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Concept Index,  Prev: Command and Variable Index,  Up: Top
-
-Concept Index
-*************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* @-command in nodename:                Node Line Requirements.
-* @-command list:                       Command List.
-* @-command syntax:                     Command Syntax.
-* @-commands:                           Formatting Commands.
-* .cshrc initialization file:           Preparing for TeX.
-* .profile initialization file:         Preparing for TeX.
-* @include file sample:                 Sample Include File.
-* @menu parts:                          Menu Parts.
-* @node line writing:                   Writing a Node.
-* makeinfo inside Emacs:                makeinfo in Emacs.
-* makeinfo options:                     makeinfo options.
-* TEXINPUTS environment variable:       Preparing for TeX.
-* dir directory for Info installation:  Install an Info File.
-* dir file listing:                     New Info File.
-* End node footnote style:              Footnotes.
-* Separate footnote style:              Footnotes.
-* Top node:                             The Top Node.
-* Top node is first:                    First Node.
-* Top node naming for references:       Top Node Naming.
-* Top node summary:                     Top Node Summary.
-* hboxes, overfull:                     Overfull hboxes.
-* ifinfo permissions:                   ifinfo Permissions.
-* TeX commands, using ordinary:         Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-* TeX index sorting:                    Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* TeX input initialization:             Preparing for TeX.
-* TeX, how to obtain:                   Obtaining TeX.
-* A4 paper, printing on:                A4 Paper.
-* Abbreviations for keys:               key.
-* Adding a new info file:               New Info File.
-* Alphabetical @-command list:          Command List.
-* Another Info directory:               Other Info Directories.
-* Apostrophe in nodename:               Node Line Requirements.
-* Arguments, repeated and optional:     Optional Arguments.
-* Automatic pointer creation with makeinfo: makeinfo Pointer Creation.
-* Automatically insert nodes, menus:    Updating Nodes and Menus.
-* Badly referenced nodes:               Running Info-Validate.
-* Batch formatting for Info:            Batch Formatting.
-* Beginning a Texinfo file:             Beginning a File.
-* Beginning line of a Texinfo file:     First Line.
-* Black rectangle in hardcopy:          Overfull hboxes.
-* Blank lines:                          sp.
-* Book characteristics, printed:        Printed Books.
-* Book, printing small:                 smallbook.
-* Box with rounded corners:             cartouche.
-* Braces and argument syntax:           Command Syntax.
-* Braces, inserting:                    Braces Atsigns Periods.
-* Braces, when to use:                  Formatting Commands.
-* Breaks in a line:                     Line Breaks.
-* Buffer formatting and printing:       Printing.
-* Bullets, inserting:                   Dots Bullets.
-* Capitalizing index entries:           Indexing Commands.
-* Case in nodename:                     Node Line Requirements.
-* Catching errors with TeX formatting:  Debugging with TeX.
-* Catching errors with Info formatting: Debugging with Info.
-* Catching mistakes:                    Catching Mistakes.
-* Chapter structuring:                  Structuring.
-* Characteristics, printed books or manuals: Printed Books.
-* Checking for badly referenced nodes:  Running Info-Validate.
-* Colon in nodename:                    Node Line Requirements.
-* Combining indices:                    Combining Indices.
-* Comma in nodename:                    Node Line Requirements.
-* Command definitions:                  Sample Function Definition.
-* Commands to insert single characters: Braces Atsigns Periods.
-* Commands using ordinary TeX:          Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-* Commands, inserting them:             Inserting.
-* Comments:                             Comments.
-* Compile command for formatting:       Compile-Command.
-* Conditionally visible text:           Conditionals.
-* Conditions for copying Texinfo:       Copying.
-* Contents, Table of:                   Contents.
-* Contents-like outline of file structure: Showing the Structure.
-* Conventions for writing definitions:  Def Cmd Conventions.
-* Conventions, syntactic:               Conventions.
-* Copying conditions:                   Copying.
-* Copying permissions:                  Sample Permissions.
-* Copying software:                     Software Copying Permissions.
-* Copyright page:                       Copyright & Permissions.
-* Correcting mistakes:                  Catching Mistakes.
-* Create nodes, menus automatically:    Updating Nodes and Menus.
-* Creating an Info file:                Create an Info File.
-* Creating an unsplit file:             Unsplit.
-* Creating index entries:               Indexing Commands.
-* Creating indices:                     Indices.
-* Creating pointers with makeinfo:      makeinfo Pointer Creation.
-* Cropmarks for printing:               Cropmarks and Magnification.
-* Cross reference parts:                Cross Reference Parts.
-* Cross references:                     Cross References.
-* Cross references using @inforef:      inforef.
-* Cross references using @pxref:        pxref.
-* Cross references using @ref:          ref.
-* Cross references using @xref:         xref.
-* Debugging the Texinfo structure:      Catching Mistakes.
-* Debugging with TeX formatting:        Debugging with TeX.
-* Debugging with Info formatting:       Debugging with Info.
-* Defining indexing entries:            Indexing Commands.
-* Defining new indices:                 New Indices.
-* Definition commands:                  Definition Commands.
-* Definition conventions:               Def Cmd Conventions.
-* Definition template:                  Def Cmd Template.
-* Definitions grouped together:         deffnx.
-* Description for menu, start:          Inserting.
-* Different cross reference commands:   Cross Reference Commands.
-* Dimension formatting:                 dmn.
-* Display formatting:                   display.
-* Distribution:                         Software Copying Permissions.
-* Dots, inserting:                      dots.
-* Dots, inserting:                      Dots Bullets.
-* Double-colon menu entries:            Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
-* DVI file:                             Shell Format & Print.
-* Ellipsis, inserting:                  Dots Bullets.
-* Emacs:                                Texinfo Mode.
-* Emacs shell, format, print from:      Within Emacs.
-* Emphasizing text:                     Emphasis.
-* Emphasizing text, font for:           emph & strong.
-* End of header line:                   End of Header.
-* End titlepage starts headings:        end titlepage.
-* Ending a Texinfo file:                Ending a File.
-* Entries for an index:                 Indexing Commands.
-* Entries, making index:                Index Entries.
-* Enumeration:                          enumerate.
-* Equivalence, indicating it:           Equivalence.
-* Error message, indicating it:         Error Glyph.
-* Errors, parsing:                      makeinfo in Emacs.
-* European A4 paper:                    A4 Paper.
-* Evaluation glyph:                     result.
-* Example for a small book:             smallexample & smalllisp.
-* Example menu:                         Menu Example.
-* Examples, formatting them:            example.
-* Expansion, indicating it:             expansion.
-* File beginning:                       Beginning a File.
-* File ending:                          Ending a File.
-* File section structure, showing it:   Showing the Structure.
-* Filling paragraphs:                   Refilling Paragraphs.
-* Final output:                         Overfull hboxes.
-* Finding badly referenced nodes:       Running Info-Validate.
-* First line of a Texinfo file:         First Line.
-* First node:                           First Node.
-* Fonts for indices:                    syncodeindex.
-* Fonts for printing, not for Info:     Fonts.
-* Footings:                             Headings.
-* Footnotes:                            Footnotes.
-* Format a dimension:                   dmn.
-* Format and print hardcopy:            Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* Format and print in Texinfo mode:     Texinfo Mode Printing.
-* Format with the compile command:      Compile-Command.
-* Format, print from Emacs shell:       Within Emacs.
-* Formatting a file for Info:           Create an Info File.
-* Formatting commands:                  Formatting Commands.
-* Formatting examples:                  example.
-* Formatting for Info:                  Info Formatting.
-* Formatting for printing:              Printing.
-* Formatting headings and footings:     Headings.
-* Formatting requirements:              Requirements Summary.
-* Frequently used commands, inserting:  Inserting.
-* Function definitions:                 Sample Function Definition.
-* General syntactic conventions:        Conventions.
-* Generating menus with indices:        Printing Indices & Menus.
-* Glyphs:                               Glyphs.
-* GNU Emacs:                            Texinfo Mode.
-* GNU Emacs shell, format, print from:  Within Emacs.
-* Going to other Info files' nodes:     Other Info Files.
-* Group (hold text together vertically): group.
-* Grouping two definitions together:    deffnx.
-* Hardcopy, printing it:                Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* Header for Texinfo files:             Header.
-* Header of a Texinfo file:             First Line.
-* Headings:                             Headings.
-* Headings, page, begin to appear:      end titlepage.
-* Highlighting text:                    Indicating.
-* Hints:                                Tips.
-* Holding text together vertically:     group.
-* If text conditionally visible:        Conditionals.
-* Ignored text:                         Comments.
-* Include file requirements:            Include File Requirements.
-* Include file sample:                  Sample Include File.
-* Include files:                        Include Files.
-* Indentation undoing:                  exdent.
-* Indenting paragraphs:                 paragraphindent.
-* Index entries:                        Indexing Commands.
-* Index entries, making:                Index Entries.
-* Index entry capitalization:           Indexing Commands.
-* Index font types:                     Indexing Commands.
-* Indexing commands, predefined:        Indexing Commands.
-* Indexing table entries automatically: ftable vtable.
-* Indicating commands, definitions, etc.: Indicating.
-* Indicating evaluation:                result.
-* Indices:                              Indices.
-* Indices, combining them:              Combining Indices.
-* Indices, defining new:                New Indices.
-* Indices, printing and menus:          Printing Indices & Menus.
-* Indices, sorting:                     Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* Indices, two letter names:            syncodeindex.
-* Indirect subfiles:                    Tag and Split Files.
-* Info batch formatting:                Batch Formatting.
-* Info file installation:               Install an Info File.
-* Info file requires @setfilename:      setfilename.
-* Info file, listing new one:           New Info File.
-* Info file, splitting manually:        Splitting.
-* Info files:                           Info Files.
-* Info formatting:                      Info Formatting.
-* Info installed in another directory:  Other Info Directories.
-* Info validating a large file:         Using Info-validate.
-* Info, creating an on-line file:       Create an Info File.
-* Info; other files' nodes:             Other Info Files.
-* Initialization file for TeX input:    Preparing for TeX.
-* Insert nodes, menus automatically:    Updating Nodes and Menus.
-* Inserting @, braces, and periods:     Braces Atsigns Periods.
-* Inserting dots:                       Dots Bullets.
-* Inserting dots:                       dots.
-* Inserting ellipsis:                   Dots Bullets.
-* Inserting frequently used commands:   Inserting.
-* Inserting special characters and symbols: Insertions.
-* Installing an Info file:              Install an Info File.
-* Installing Info in another directory: Other Info Directories.
-* Introduction, as part of file:        Software Copying Permissions.
-* Itemization:                          itemize.
-* Keys, recommended names:              key.
-* Larger or smaller pages:              Cropmarks and Magnification.
-* Less cluttered menu entry:            Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
-* License agreement:                    Software Copying Permissions.
-* Line breaks:                          Line Breaks.
-* Line breaks, preventing:              w.
-* Line spacing:                         sp.
-* Lisp example:                         Lisp Example.
-* Lisp example for a small book:        smallexample & smalllisp.
-* List of  @-commands:                  Command List.
-* Listing a new info file:              New Info File.
-* Lists and tables, making them:        Lists and Tables.
-* Local variables:                      Compile-Command.
-* Location of menus:                    Menu Location.
-* Looking for badly referenced nodes:   Running Info-Validate.
-* Macro definitions:                    Sample Function Definition.
-* Magnified printing:                   Cropmarks and Magnification.
-* Making a printed manual:              Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* Making a tag table automatically:     Tag and Split Files.
-* Making a tag table manually:          Unsplit.
-* Making cross references:              Cross References.
-* Making line and page breaks:          Breaks.
-* Making lists and tables:              Lists and Tables.
-* Manual characteristics, printed:      Printed Books.
-* Marking text within a paragraph:      Marking Text.
-* Marking words and phrases:            Marking Text.
-* Master menu:                          The Top Node.
-* Master menu parts:                    Master Menu Parts.
-* Mathematical expressions:             Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-* Menu description, start:              Inserting.
-* Menu entries with two colons:         Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
-* Menu example:                         Menu Example.
-* Menu location:                        Menu Location.
-* Menu parts:                           Menu Parts.
-* Menu writing:                         Writing a Menu.
-* Menus:                                Menus.
-* Menus generated with indices:         Printing Indices & Menus.
-* META key:                             key.
-* Meta-syntactic chars for arguments:   Optional Arguments.
-* Minimal Texinfo file (requirements):  Minimum.
-* Mistakes, catching:                   Catching Mistakes.
-* Mode, using Texinfo:                  Texinfo Mode.
-* Must have in Texinfo file:            Minimum.
-* Names for indices:                    syncodeindex.
-* Names recommended for keys:           key.
-* Naming a `Top' Node in references:    Top Node Naming.
-* Need space at page bottom:            need.
-* New index defining:                   New Indices.
-* New info file, listing it in dir file: New Info File.
-* Node line requirements:               Node Line Requirements.
-* Node line writing:                    Writing a Node.
-* Node, defined:                        node.
-* Node, `Top':                          The Top Node.
-* Nodename must be unique:              Node Line Requirements.
-* Nodename, cannot contain:             Node Line Requirements.
-* Nodes for menus are short:            Menu Location.
-* Nodes in other Info files:            Other Info Files.
-* Nodes, catching mistakes:             Catching Mistakes.
-* Nodes, checking for badly referenced: Running Info-Validate.
-* Obtaining TeX:                        Obtaining TeX.
-* Occurrences, listing with @occur:     Using occur.
-* Optional and repeated arguments:      Optional Arguments.
-* Options for makeinfo:                 makeinfo options.
-* Ordinary TeX commands, using:         Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-* Other Info files' nodes:              Other Info Files.
-* Outline of file structure, showing it: Showing the Structure.
-* Overfull hboxes:                      Overfull hboxes.
-* Overview of Texinfo:                  Overview.
-* Page breaks:                          page.
-* Page delimiter in Texinfo mode:       Showing the Structure.
-* Page headings:                        Headings.
-* Page numbering:                       Headings.
-* Page sizes for books:                 smallbook.
-* Pages, starting odd:                  setchapternewpage.
-* Paper size, European A4:              A4 Paper.
-* Paragraph indentation:                paragraphindent.
-* Paragraph, marking text within:       Marking Text.
-* Parsing errors:                       makeinfo in Emacs.
-* Part of file formatting and printing: Printing.
-* Parts of a cross reference:           Cross Reference Parts.
-* Parts of a master menu:               Master Menu Parts.
-* Parts of a menu:                      Menu Parts.
-* Periods, inserting:                   Braces Atsigns Periods.
-* Permissions:                          Sample Permissions.
-* Permissions, printed:                 Copyright & Permissions.
-* PlainTeX:                             Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-* Point, indicating it in a buffer:     Point Glyph.
-* Pointer creation with makeinfo:       makeinfo Pointer Creation.
-* Pointer validation with makeinfo:     Pointer Validation.
-* Predefined indexing commands:         Indexing Commands.
-* Predefined names for indices:         syncodeindex.
-* Preparing to use TeX:                 Preparing for TeX.
-* Preventing line and page breaks:      Breaks.
-* Print and format in Texinfo mode:     Texinfo Mode Printing.
-* Print, format from Emacs shell:       Within Emacs.
-* Printed book and manual characteristics: Printed Books.
-* Printed output, indicating it:        Print Glyph.
-* Printed permissions:                  Copyright & Permissions.
-* Printing a region or buffer:          Printing.
-* Printing an index:                    Printing Indices & Menus.
-* Printing cropmarks:                   Cropmarks and Magnification.
-* Problems, catching:                   Catching Mistakes.
-* Quotations:                           quotation.
-* Recommended names for keys:           key.
-* Rectangle, ugly, black in hardcopy:   Overfull hboxes.
-* References:                           Cross References.
-* References using @inforef:            inforef.
-* References using @pxref:              pxref.
-* References using @ref:                ref.
-* References using @xref:               xref.
-* Referring to other Info files:        Other Info Files.
-* Refilling paragraphs:                 Refilling Paragraphs.
-* Region formatting and printing:       Printing.
-* Region printing in Texinfo mode:      Texinfo Mode Printing.
-* Repeated and optional arguments:      Optional Arguments.
-* Required in Texinfo file:             Minimum.
-* Requirements for formatting:          Requirements Summary.
-* Requirements for include files:       Include File Requirements.
-* Requirements for updating commands:   Updating Requirements.
-* Result of an expression:              result.
-* Running Info-validate:                Using Info-validate.
-* Running makeinfo in Emacs:            makeinfo in Emacs.
-* Running an Info formatter:            Info Formatting.
-* Sample @include file:                 Sample Include File.
-* Sample function definition:           Sample Function Definition.
-* Sample Texinfo file:                  Short Sample.
-* Sample Texinfo file, no comments:     Sample Texinfo File.
-* Section structure of a file, showing it: Showing the Structure.
-* Shell, format, print from:            Within Emacs.
-* Shell, running makeinfo in:           makeinfo in Emacs.
-* Short nodes for menus:                Menu Location.
-* Showing the section structure of a file: Showing the Structure.
-* Showing the structure of a file:      Using texinfo-show-structure.
-* Single characters, commands to insert: Braces Atsigns Periods.
-* Size of printed book:                 smallbook.
-* Small book example:                   smallexample & smalllisp.
-* Small book size:                      smallbook.
-* Small caps font:                      Smallcaps.
-* Software copying permissions:         Software Copying Permissions.
-* Sorting indices:                      Format/Print Hardcopy.
-* Spaces (blank lines):                 sp.
-* Special insertions:                   Insertions.
-* Special typesetting commands:         Dots Bullets.
-* Specifying index entries:             Indexing Commands.
-* Splitting an Info file manually:      Splitting.
-* Start of header line:                 Start of Header.
-* Starting chapters:                    setchapternewpage.
-* Structure of a file, showing it:      Showing the Structure.
-* Structure, catching mistakes in:      Catching Mistakes.
-* Structuring of chapters:              Structuring.
-* Subsection-like commands:             unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
-* Subsub commands:                      subsubsection.
-* Syntactic conventions:                Conventions.
-* Syntax, optional & repeated arguments: Optional Arguments.
-* Table of contents:                    Contents.
-* Tables and lists, making them:        Lists and Tables.
-* Tables with indexes:                  ftable vtable.
-* Tables, making two-column:            Two-column Tables.
-* Tabs; don't use!:                     Conventions.
-* Tag table, making automatically:      Tag and Split Files.
-* Tag table, making manually:           Unsplit.
-* Template for a definition:            Def Cmd Template.
-* Texinfo file beginning:               Beginning a File.
-* Texinfo file ending:                  Ending a File.
-* Texinfo file header:                  Header.
-* Texinfo file minimum:                 Minimum.
-* Texinfo file section structure, showing it: Showing the Structure.
-* Texinfo mode:                         Texinfo Mode.
-* Texinfo overview:                     Overview.
-* Texinfo printed book characteristics: Printed Books.
-* Text, conditionally visible:          Conditionals.
-* Thin space between number, dimension: dmn.
-* Tips:                                 Tips.
-* Title page:                           titlepage.
-* Titlepage end starts headings:        end titlepage.
-* Titlepage permissions:                Titlepage Permissions.
-* Tree structuring:                     Tree Structuring.
-* Two letter names for indices:         syncodeindex.
-* Two named items for @table:           itemx.
-* Two part menu entry:                  Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
-* Two `First' Lines for @deffn:         deffnx.
-* Typesetting commands for dots, etc.:  Dots Bullets.
-* Uncluttered menu entry:               Less Cluttered Menu Entry.
-* Unique nodename requirement:          Node Line Requirements.
-* Unprocessed text:                     Comments.
-* Unsplit file creation:                Unsplit.
-* Updating nodes and menus:             Updating Nodes and Menus.
-* Updating requirements:                Updating Requirements.
-* Usage tips:                           Tips.
-* Validating a large file:              Using Info-validate.
-* Validation of pointers:               Pointer Validation.
-* Value of an expression, indicating:   result.
-* Vertical whitespace (vskip):          Copyright & Permissions.
-* Vertically holding text together:     group.
-* Visibility of conditional text:       Conditionals.
-* Words and phrases, marking them:      Marking Text.
-* Writing a menu:                       Writing a Menu.
-* Writing an @node line:                Writing a Node.
-
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-2 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-2
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ad094d..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-2
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1289 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Texinfo Mode,  Next: Beginning a File,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Top
-
-Using Texinfo Mode
-******************
-
-   You may edit a Texinfo file with any text editor you choose.  A
-Texinfo file is no different from any other ASCII file.  However, GNU
-Emacs comes with a special mode, called Texinfo mode, that provides
-Emacs commands and tools to help ease your work.
-
-   This chapter describes features of GNU Emacs' Texinfo mode but not
-any features of the Texinfo formatting language.  If you are reading
-this manual straight through from the beginning, you may want to skim
-through this chapter briefly and come back to it after reading
-succeeding chapters which describe the Texinfo formatting language in
-detail.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Texinfo Mode Overview::       How Texinfo mode can help you.
-* Emacs Editing::               Texinfo mode adds to GNU Emacs' general
-                                  purpose editing features.
-* Inserting::                   How to insert frequently used @-commands.
-* Showing the Structure::       How to show the structure of a file.
-* Updating Nodes and Menus::    How to update or create new nodes and menus.
-* Info Formatting::             How to format for Info.
-* Printing::                    How to format and print part or all of a file.
-* Texinfo Mode Summary::        Summary of all the Texinfo mode commands.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Texinfo Mode Overview,  Next: Emacs Editing,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Texinfo Mode Overview
-=====================
-
-   Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo
-files:
-
-   * Insert frequently used @commands.
-
-   * Automatically create `@node' lines.
-
-   * Show the structure of a Texinfo source file.
-
-   * Automatically create or update the `Next',
-     `Previous', and `Up' pointers of a node.
-
-   * Automatically create or update menus.
-
-   * Automatically create a master menu.
-
-   * Format a part or all of a file for Info.
-
-   * Typeset and print part or all of a file.
-
-   Perhaps the two most helpful features are those for inserting
-frequently used @-commands and for creating node pointers and menus.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Emacs Editing,  Next: Inserting,  Prev: Texinfo Mode Overview,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-The Usual GNU Emacs Editing Commands
-====================================
-
-   In most cases, the usual Text mode commands work the same in Texinfo
-mode as they do in Text mode.  Texinfo mode adds new editing commands
-and tools to GNU Emacs' general purpose editing features.  The major
-difference concerns filling.  In Texinfo mode, the paragraph separation
-variable and syntax table are redefined so that Texinfo commands that
-should be on lines of their own are not inadvertently included in
-paragraphs.  Thus, the `M-q' (`fill-paragraph') command will refill a
-paragraph but not mix an indexing command on a line adjacent to it into
-the paragraph.
-
-   In addition, Texinfo mode sets the `page-delimiter' variable to the
-value of `texinfo-chapter-level-regexp'; by default, this is a regular
-expression matching the commands for chapters and their equivalents,
-such as appendices.  With this value for the page delimiter, you can
-jump from chapter title to chapter title with the `C-x ]'
-(`forward-page') and `C-x [' (`backward-page') commands and narrow to a
-chapter with the `C-x p' (`narrow-to-page') command.  (*Note Pages:
-(emacs)Pages, for details about the page commands.)
-
-   You may name a Texinfo file however you wish, but the convention is
-to end a Texinfo file name with one of the three extensions `.texinfo',
-`.texi', or `.tex'.  A longer extension is preferred, since it is
-explicit, but a shorter extension may be necessary for operating
-systems that limit the length of file names.  GNU Emacs automatically
-enters Texinfo mode when you visit a file with a `.texinfo' or  `.texi'
-extension.  Also, Emacs switches to Texinfo mode when you visit a file
-that has `-*-texinfo-*-' in its first line.  If ever you are in another
-mode and wish to switch to Texinfo mode, type `M-x texinfo-mode'.
-
-   Like all other Emacs features, you can customize or enhance Texinfo
-mode as you wish.  In particular, the keybindings are very easy to
-change.  The keybindings described here are the default or standard
-ones.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Inserting,  Next: Showing the Structure,  Prev: Emacs Editing,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Inserting Frequently Used Commands
-==================================
-
-   Texinfo mode provides commands to insert various frequently used
-@-commands into the buffer.  You can use these commands to save
-keystrokes.
-
-   The insert commands are invoked by typing `C-c' twice and then the
-first letter of the @-command:
-
-`C-c C-c c'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@code'
-     Insert `@code{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-
-`C-c C-c d'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@dfn'
-     Insert `@dfn{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-
-`C-c C-c e'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@end'
-     Insert `@end' and attempt to insert the correct following word,
-     such as `example' or `table'.  (This command does not handle
-     nested lists correctly, but inserts the word appropriate to the
-     immediately preceding list.)
-
-`C-c C-c i'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@item'
-     Insert `@item' and put the cursor at the beginning of the next
-     line.
-
-`C-c C-c k'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@kbd'
-     Insert `@kbd{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-
-`C-c C-c n'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@node'
-     Insert `@node' and a comment line listing the sequence for the
-     `Next', `Previous', and `Up' nodes.  Leave point after the `@node'.
-
-`C-c C-c o'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@noindent'
-     Insert `@noindent' and put the cursor at the beginning of the next
-     line.
-
-`C-c C-c s'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@samp'
-     Insert `@samp{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-
-`C-c C-c t'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@table'
-     Insert `@table' followed by a SPC and leave the cursor after the
-     SPC.
-
-`C-c C-c v'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@var'
-     Insert `@var{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-
-`C-c C-c x'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-@example'
-     Insert `@example' and put the cursor at the beginning of the next
-     line.
-
-`C-c C-c {'
-`M-x texinfo-insert-braces'
-     Insert `{}' and put the cursor between the braces.
-
-`C-c C-c }'
-`C-c C-c ]'
-`M-x up-list'
-     Move from between a pair of braces forward past the closing brace.
-     Typing `C-c C-c ]' is easier than typing `C-c C-c }', which is,
-     however, more mnemonic; hence the two keybindings.  (Also, you can
-     move out from between braces by typing `C-f'.)
-
-   To put a command such as `@code{...}' around an *existing* word,
-position the cursor in front of the word and type `C-u 1 C-c C-c c'.
-This makes it easy to edit existing plain text.  The value of the
-prefix argument tells Emacs how many words following point to include
-between braces--1 for one word, 2 for two words, and so on.  Use a
-negative argument to enclose the previous word or words.  If you do not
-specify a prefix argument, Emacs inserts the @-command string and
-positions the cursor between the braces.  This feature works only for
-those @-commands that operate on a word or words within one line, such
-as `@kbd' and `@var'.
-
-   This set of insert commands was created after analyzing the frequency
-with which different @-commands are used in the `GNU Emacs Manual' and
-the `GDB Manual'.  If you wish to add your own insert commands, you can
-bind a keyboard macro to a key, use abbreviations, or extend the code
-in `texinfo.el'.
-
-   `C-c C-c C-d' (`texinfo-start-menu-description') is an insert
-command that works differently from the other insert commands.  It
-inserts a node's section or chapter title in the space for the
-description in a menu entry line.  (A menu entry has three parts, the
-entry name, the node name, and the description.  Only the node name is
-required, but a description helps explain what the node is about.
-*Note The Parts of a Menu: Menu Parts.)
-
-   To use `texinfo-start-menu-description', position point in a menu
-entry line and type `C-c C-c C-d'.  The command looks for and copies
-the title that goes with the node name, and inserts the title as a
-description; it positions point at beginning of the inserted text so you
-can edit it.  The function does not insert the title if the menu entry
-line already contains a description.
-
-   This command is only an aid to writing descriptions; it does not do
-the whole job.  You must edit the inserted text since a title tends to
-use the same words as a node name but a useful description uses
-different words.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Showing the Structure,  Next: Updating Nodes and Menus,  Prev: Inserting,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Showing the Section Structure of a File
-=======================================
-
-   You can show the section structure of a Texinfo file by using the
-`C-c C-s' command (`texinfo-show-structure').  This command shows the
-section structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines that begin
-with the @-commands for `@chapter', `@section', and the like.  It
-constructs what amounts to a table of contents.  These lines are
-displayed in another buffer called the `*Occur*' buffer.  In that
-buffer, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use the
-`C-c C-c' command (`occur-mode-goto-occurrence'), to jump to the
-corresponding spot in the Texinfo file.
-
-`C-c C-s'
-`M-x texinfo-show-structure'
-     Show the `@chapter', `@section', and such lines of a Texinfo file.
-
-`C-c C-c'
-`M-x occur-mode-goto-occurrence'
-     Go to the line in the Texinfo file corresponding to the line under
-     the cursor in the `*Occur*' buffer.
-
-   If you call `texinfo-show-structure' with a prefix argument by
-typing `C-u C-c C-s', it will list not only those lines with the
-@-commands for `@chapter', `@section', and the like, but also the
-`@node' lines.  (This is how the `texinfo-show-structure' command
-worked without an argument in the first version of Texinfo.  It was
-changed because `@node' lines clutter up the `*Occur*' buffer and are
-usually not needed.)  You can use `texinfo-show-structure' with a prefix
-argument to check whether the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of
-an `@node' line are correct.
-
-   Often, when you are working on a manual, you will be interested only
-in the structure of the current chapter.  In this case, you can mark
-off the region of the buffer that you are interested in with the `C-x
-n' (`narrow-to-region') command and `texinfo-show-structure' will work
-on only that region.  To see the whole buffer again, use `C-x w'
-(`widen').  (*Note Narrowing: (emacs)Narrowing, for more information
-about the narrowing commands.)
-
-   In addition to providing the `texinfo-show-structure' command,
-Texinfo mode sets the value of the page delimiter variable to match the
-chapter-level @-commands.  This enables you to use the `C-x ]'
-(`forward-page') and `C-x [' (`backward-page') commands to move forward
-and backward by chapter, and to use the `C-x p' (`narrow-to-page')
-command to narrow to a chapter.  *Note Pages: (emacs)Pages, for more
-information about the page commands.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Updating Nodes and Menus,  Next: Info Formatting,  Prev: Showing the Structure,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Updating Nodes and Menus
-========================
-
-   Texinfo mode provides commands for automatically creating or updating
-menus and node pointers.  The commands are called "update" commands
-because their most frequent use is for updating a Texinfo file after
-you have worked on it; but you can use them to insert the `Next',
-`Previous', and `Up' pointers into an `@node' line that has none and to
-create menus in a file that has none.
-
-   If you do not use the updating commands, you need to write menus and
-node pointers by hand, which is a tedious task.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Updating Commands::           Five major updating commands.
-* Updating Requirements::       How to structure a Texinfo file for
-                                  using the updating command.
-* Other Updating Commands::     How to indent descriptions, insert
-                                  missing nodes lines, and update
-                                  nodes in sequence.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Updating Commands,  Next: Updating Requirements,  Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
-
-The Updating Commands
----------------------
-
-   You can use the updating commands
-
-   * to insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of a
-     node,
-
-   * to insert or update the menu for a section, and
-
-   * to create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
-
-   You can also use the commands to update all the nodes and menus in a
-region or in a whole Texinfo file.
-
-   The updating commands work only with conventional Texinfo files,
-which are structured hierarchically like books.  In such files, a
-structuring command line must follow closely after each `@node' line,
-except for the `Top' `@node' line.  (A "structuring command line" is a
-line beginning with `@chapter', `@section', or other similar command.)
-
-   You can write the structuring command line on the line that follows
-immediately after an `@node' line or else on the line that follows
-after a single `@comment' line or a single `@ifinfo' line.  You cannot
-interpose more than one line between the `@node' line and the
-structuring command line; and you may interpose only an `@comment' line
-or an `@ifinfo' line.
-
-   Commands which work on a whole buffer require that the `Top' node be
-followed by a node with an `@chapter' or equivalent-level command.
-Note that the menu updating commands will not create a main or master
-menu for a Texinfo file that has only `@chapter'-level nodes!  The menu
-updating commands only create menus *within* nodes for lower level
-nodes.  To create a menu of chapters, you must provide a `Top' node.
-
-   The menu updating commands remove menu entries that refer to other
-Info files since they do not refer to nodes within the current buffer.
-This is a deficiency.  Rather than use menu entries, you can use cross
-references to refer to other Info files.  None of the updating commands
-affect cross references.
-
-   Texinfo mode has five updating commands that are used most often: two
-are for updating the node pointers or menu of a single node (or a
-region); two are for updating every node pointer and menu in a file;
-and one, the `texinfo-master-menu' command, is for creating a master
-menu for a complete file, and optionally, for updating every node and
-menu in the whole Texinfo file.
-
-   The `texinfo-master-menu' command is the primary command:
-
-`C-c C-u m'
-`M-x texinfo-master-menu'
-     Create or update a master menu that includes all the other menus
-     (incorporating the descriptions from pre-existing menus, if any).
-
-     With an argument (prefix argument, `C-u,' if interactive), first
-     create or update all the nodes and all the regular menus in the
-     buffer before constructing the master menu.  (*Note The Top Node
-     and Master Menu: The Top Node, for more about a master menu.)
-
-     For `texinfo-master-menu' to work, the Texinfo file must have a
-     `Top' node and at least one subsequent node.
-
-     After extensively editing a Texinfo file, you can type the
-     following:
-
-          C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
-     or
-          C-u C-c C-u m
-
-     This updates all the nodes and menus completely and all at once.
-
-   The other major updating commands do smaller jobs and are designed
-for the person  who updates nodes and menus as he or she writes a
-Texinfo file.
-
-   The commands are:
-
-`C-c C-u C-n'
-`M-x texinfo-update-node'
-     Insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for the node that
-     point is within (i.e., for the `@node' line preceding point).  If
-     the `@node' line has pre-existing `Next', `Previous', or `Up'
-     pointers in it, the old pointers are removed and new ones inserted.
-     With an argument (prefix argument, `C-u', if interactive), this
-     command updates all `@node' lines in the region (which is the text
-     between point and mark).
-
-`C-c C-u C-m'
-`M-x texinfo-make-menu'
-     Create or update the menu in the node that point is within.  With
-     an argument (`C-u' as prefix argument, if interactive), the
-     command makes or updates menus for the nodes which are either
-     within or a part of the region.
-
-     Whenever `texinfo-make-menu' updates an existing menu, the
-     descriptions from that menu are incorporated into the new menu.
-     This is done by copying descriptions from the existing menu to the
-     entries in the new menu that have the same node names.  If the
-     node names are different, the descriptions are not copied to the
-     new menu.
-
-`C-c C-u C-e'
-`M-x texinfo-every-node-update'
-     Insert or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers for
-     every node in the buffer.
-
-`C-c C-u C-a'
-`M-x texinfo-all-menus-update'
-     Create or update all the menus in the buffer.  With an argument
-     (`C-u' as prefix argument, if interactive), first insert or update
-     all the node pointers before working on the menus.
-
-     If a master menu exists, the `texinfo-all-menus-update' command
-     updates it; but the command does not create a new master menu if
-     none already exists.  (Use the `texinfo-master-menu' command for
-     that.)
-
-     When working on a document that does not merit a master menu, you
-     can type the following:
-
-          C-u C-c C-u C-a
-     or
-          C-u M-x texinfo-all-menus-update
-
-     This updates all the nodes and menus.
-
-   The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column
-to which menu descriptions are indented.  By default, the value is 32
-although it is often useful to reduce it to as low as 24.  You can set
-the variable with the `M-x edit-options' command (*note Editing
-Variable Values: (emacs)Edit Options.) or with the `M-x set-variable'
-command (*note Examining and Setting Variables: (emacs)Examining.).
-
-   Also, the `texinfo-indent-menu-description' command may be used to
-indent existing menu descriptions to a specified column.  Finally, if
-you wish, you can use the `texinfo-insert-node-lines' command to insert
-missing `@node' lines into a file.  (*Note Other Updating Commands::,
-for more information.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Updating Requirements,  Next: Other Updating Commands,  Prev: Updating Commands,  Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
-
-Updating Requirements
----------------------
-
-   To use the updating commands, you must organize the Texinfo file
-hierarchically with chapters, sections, subsections, and the like.
-When you construct the hierarchy of the manual, do not `jump down' more
-than one level at a time: you can follow the `Top' node with a chapter,
-but not with a section; you can follow a chapter with a section, but
-not with a subsection.  However, you may `jump up' any number of levels
-at one time--for example, from a subsection to a chapter.
-
-   Each `@node' line, with the exception of the line for the `Top'
-node, must be followed by a line with a structuring command such as
-`@chapter', `@section', or `@unnumberedsubsec'.
-
-   Each `@node' line/structuring-command line combination must look
-either like this:
-
-     @node     Comments,  Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-     @comment  node-name, next,    previous,    up
-     @section Comments
-
-   or like this (without the `@comment' line):
-
-     @node Comments, Minimum, Conventions, Overview
-     @section Comments
-
-In this example, `Comments' is the name of both the node and the
-section.  The next node is called `Minimum' and the previous node is
-called `Conventions'.  The `Comments' section is within the `Overview'
-node, which is specified by the `Up' pointer.  (Instead of an
-`@comment' line, you can write an `@ifinfo' line.)
-
-   If a file has a `Top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and be
-the first node in the file.
-
-   The menu updating commands create a menu of sections within a
-chapter, a menu of subsections within a section, and so on.  This means
-that you must have a `Top' node if you want a menu of chapters.
-
-   Incidentally, the `makeinfo' command will create an Info file for a
-hierarchically organized Texinfo file that lacks `Next', `Previous' and
-`Up' pointers.  Thus, if you can be sure that your Texinfo file will be
-formatted with `makeinfo', you have no need for the `update node'
-commands.  (*Note Creating an Info File: Create an Info File, for more
-information about `makeinfo'.)  However, both `makeinfo' and the
-`texinfo-format-...' commands require that you insert menus in the file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Other Updating Commands,  Prev: Updating Requirements,  Up: Updating Nodes and Menus
-
-Other Updating Commands
------------------------
-
-   In addition to the five major updating commands, Texinfo mode
-possesses several less frequently used updating commands:
-
-`M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines'
-     Insert `@node' lines before the `@chapter', `@section', and other
-     sectioning commands wherever they are missing throughout a region
-     in a Texinfo file.
-
-     With an argument (`C-u' as prefix argument, if interactive), the
-     `texinfo-insert-node-lines' command not only inserts `@node' lines
-     but also inserts the chapter or section titles as the names of the
-     corresponding nodes.  In addition, it inserts the titles as node
-     names in pre-existing `@node' lines that lack names.  Since node
-     names should be more concise than section or chapter titles, you
-     must manually edit node names so inserted.
-
-     For example, the following marks a whole buffer as a region and
-     inserts `@node' lines and titles throughout:
-
-          C-x h C-u M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-
-     (Note that this command inserts titles as node names in `@node'
-     lines; the `texinfo-start-menu-description' command (*note
-     Inserting Frequently Used Commands: Inserting.) inserts titles as
-     descriptions in menu entries, a different action.  However, in both
-     cases, you need to edit the inserted text.)
-
-`M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update'
-     Update nodes and menus in a document built from several separate
-     files.  With `C-u' as a prefix argument, create and insert a
-     master menu in the outer file.  With a numeric prefix argument,
-     such as `C-u 2', first update all the menus and all the `Next',
-     `Previous', and `Up' pointers of all the included files before
-     creating and inserting a master menu in the outer file.  The
-     `texinfo-multiple-files-update' command is described in the
-     appendix on `@include' files.  *Note
-     texinfo-multiple-files-update::.
-
-`M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description'
-     Indent every description in the menu following point to the
-     specified column.  You can use this command to give yourself more
-     space for descriptions.  With an argument (`C-u' as prefix
-     argument, if interactive), the `texinfo-indent-menu-description'
-     command indents every description in every menu in the region.
-     However, this command does not indent the second and subsequent
-     lines of a multi-line description.
-
-`M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update'
-     Insert the names of the nodes immediately following and preceding
-     the current node as the `Next' or `Previous' pointers regardless
-     of those nodes' hierarchical level.  This means that the `Next'
-     node of a subsection may well be the next chapter.  Sequentially
-     ordered nodes are useful for novels and other documents that you
-     read through sequentially.  (However, in Info, the `g* RET'
-     command lets you look through the file sequentially, so
-     sequentially ordered nodes are not strictly necessary.)  With an
-     argument (prefix argument, if interactive), the
-     `texinfo-sequential-node-update' command sequentially updates all
-     the nodes in the region.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Info Formatting,  Next: Printing,  Prev: Updating Nodes and Menus,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Formatting for Info
-===================
-
-   Texinfo mode provides several commands for formatting part or all of
-a Texinfo file for Info.  Often, when you are writing a document, you
-want to format only part of a file--that is, a region.
-
-   You can use either the `texinfo-format-region' or the
-`makeinfo-region' command to format a region:
-
-`C-c C-e C-r'
-`M-x texinfo-format-region'
-`C-c C-m C-r'
-`M-x makeinfo-region'
-     Format the current region for Info.
-
-   You can use either the `texinfo-format-buffer' or the
-`makeinfo-buffer' command to format a whole buffer:
-
-`C-c C-e C-b'
-`M-x texinfo-format-buffer'
-`C-c C-m C-b'
-`M-x makeinfo-buffer'
-     Format the current buffer for Info.
-
-   For example, after writing a Texinfo file, you can type the
-following:
-
-     C-u C-c C-u m
-or
-     C-u M-x texinfo-master-menu
-
-This updates all the nodes and menus.  Then type the following to create
-an Info file:
-
-     C-c C-m C-b
-or
-     M-x makeinfo-buffer
-
-   For the Info formatting commands to work, the file *must* include a
-line that has `@setfilename' in its header.
-
-   Not all systems support the `makeinfo'-based formatting commands.
-
-   *Note Create an Info File::, for details about Info formatting.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Printing,  Next: Texinfo Mode Summary,  Prev: Info Formatting,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Formatting and Printing
-=======================
-
-   Typesetting and printing a Texinfo file is a multi-step process in
-which you first create a file for printing (called a DVI file), and then
-print the file.  Optionally, you may also create indices.  To do this,
-you must run the `texindex' command after first running the `tex'
-typesetting command; and then you must run the `tex' command again.
-
-   Often, when you are writing a document, you want to typeset and print
-only part of a file to see what it will look like.  You can use the
-`texinfo-tex-region' and related commands for this purpose.  Use the
-`texinfo-tex-buffer' command to format all of a buffer.
-
-`C-c C-t C-r'
-`M-x texinfo-tex-region'
-     Run TeX on the region.
-
-`C-c C-t C-b'
-`M-x texinfo-tex-buffer'
-     Run TeX on the buffer.
-
-`C-c C-t C-i'
-`M-x texinfo-texindex'
-     Run `texindex' to sort the indices of a Texinfo file formatted with
-     `texinfo-tex-region' or `texinfo-tex-buffer'.  You must run the
-     `tex' command a second time after sorting the raw index files.
-
-`C-c C-t C-p'
-`M-x texinfo-tex-print'
-     Print the file (or the part of the file) previously formatted with
-     `texinfo-tex-buffer' or `texinfo-tex-region'.
-
-   For `texinfo-tex-region' or `texinfo-tex-buffer' to work, the file
-*must* start with a `\input texinfo' line and must include an
-`@settitle' line.  The file must end with `@bye' on a line by itself.
-(When you use `texinfo-tex-region', you must surround the `@settitle'
-line with start-of-header and end-of-header lines.)
-
-   *Note Format/Print Hardcopy::, for a description of the other TeX
-related commands, such as `tex-show-print-queue'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Texinfo Mode Summary,  Prev: Printing,  Up: Texinfo Mode
-
-Texinfo Mode Summary
-====================
-
-   In Texinfo mode, each set of commands has default keybindings that
-begin with the same keys.  All the commands that are custom-created for
-Texinfo mode begin with `C-c'.  The keys are somewhat mnemonic.
-
-Insert Commands
----------------
-
-   The insert commands are invoked by typing `C-c' twice and then the
-first letter of the @-command to be inserted.  (It might make more
-sense mnemonically to use `C-c C-i', for `custom insert', but `C-c C-c'
-is quick to type.)
-
-     C-c C-c c       Insert `@code'.
-     C-c C-c d       Insert `@dfn'.
-     C-c C-c e       Insert `@end'.
-     C-c C-c i       Insert `@item'.
-     C-c C-c n       Insert `@node'.
-     C-c C-c s       Insert `@samp'.
-     C-c C-c v       Insert `@var'.
-     C-c C-c {       Insert braces.
-     C-c C-c ]
-     C-c C-c }       Move out of enclosing braces.
-     
-     C-c C-c C-d     Insert a node's section title
-                     in the space for the description
-                     in a menu entry line.
-
-Show Structure
---------------
-
-   The `texinfo-show-structure' command is often used within a narrowed
-region.
-
-     C-c C-s         List all the headings.
-
-The Master Update Command
--------------------------
-
-   The `texinfo-master-menu' command creates a master menu; and can be
-used to update every node and menu in a file as well.
-
-     C-c C-u m
-     M-x texinfo-master-menu
-                     Create or update a master menu.
-     
-     C-u C-c C-u m   With `C-u' as a prefix argument, first
-                     create or update all nodes and regular
-                     menus, and then create a master menu.
-
-Update Pointers
----------------
-
-   The update pointer commands are invoked by typing `C-c C-u' and then
-either typing `C-n' for `texinfo-update-node' or typing `C-e' for
-`texinfo-every-node-update'.
-
-     C-c C-u C-n     Update a node.
-     C-c C-u C-e     Update every node in the buffer.
-
-Update Menus
-------------
-
-   Invoke the  update menu commands by typing `C-c C-u' and then either
-`C-m' for `texinfo-make-menu' or `C-a' for `texinfo-all-menus-update'.
-To update both nodes and menus at the same time, precede `C-c C-u C-a'
-with `C-u'.
-
-     C-c C-u C-m     Make or update a menu.
-     
-     C-c C-u C-a     Make or update all
-                     menus in a buffer.
-     
-     C-u C-c C-u C-a With `C-u' as a prefix argument,
-                     first create or update all nodes and
-                     then create or update all menus.
-
-Format for Info
----------------
-
-   The Info formatting commands that are written in Emacs Lisp are
-invoked by typing `C-c C-e' and then either `C-r' for a region or `C-b'
-for the whole buffer.
-
-   The Info formatting commands that are written in C and based on the
-`makeinfo' program are invoked by typing `C-c C-m' and then either
-`C-r' for a region or `C-b' for the whole buffer.
-
-Use the `texinfo-format...' commands:
-
-     C-c C-e C-r     Format the region.
-     C-c C-e C-b     Format the buffer.
-
-Use `makeinfo':
-
-     C-c C-m C-r     Format the region.
-     C-c C-m C-b     Format the buffer.
-     C-c C-m C-l     Recenter the `makeinfo' output buffer.
-     C-c C-m C-k     Kill the `makeinfo' formatting job.
-
-Typeset and Print
------------------
-
-   The TeX typesetting and printing commands are invoked by typing `C-c
-C-t' and then another control command: `C-r' for `texinfo-tex-region',
-`C-b' for `texinfo-tex-buffer', and so on.
-
-     C-c C-t C-r     Run TeX on the region.
-     C-c C-t C-b     Run TeX on the buffer.
-     C-c C-t C-i     Run `texindex'.
-     C-c C-t C-p     Print the DVI file.
-     C-c C-t C-q     Show the print queue.
-     C-c C-t C-d     Delete a job from the print queue.
-     C-c C-t C-k     Kill the current TeX formatting job.
-     C-c C-t C-x     Quit a currently stopped TeX formatting job.
-     C-c C-t C-l     Recenter the output buffer.
-
-Other Updating Commands
------------------------
-
-   The `other updating commands' do not have standard keybindings
-because they are rarely used.
-
-     M-x texinfo-insert-node-lines
-                     Insert missing `@node' lines in region.
-                     With `C-u' as a prefix argument,
-                     use section titles as node names.
-     
-     M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update
-                     Update a multi-file document.
-                     With `C-u 2' as a prefix argument,
-                     create or update all nodes and menus
-                     in all included files first.
-     
-     M-x texinfo-indent-menu-description
-                     Indent descriptions.
-     
-     M-x texinfo-sequential-node-update
-                     Insert node pointers in strict sequence.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Beginning a File,  Next: Ending a File,  Prev: Texinfo Mode,  Up: Top
-
-Beginning a Texinfo File
-************************
-
-   Certain pieces of information must be provided at the beginning of a
-Texinfo file, such as the name of the file and the title of the
-document.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Four Parts::                  Four parts begin a Texinfo file.
-* Sample Beginning::            Here is a sample beginning for a Texinfo file.
-* Header::                      The very beginning of a Texinfo file.
-* Info Summary and Permissions::  Summary and copying permissions for Info.
-* Titlepage & Copyright Page::  Creating the title and copyright pages.
-* The Top Node::                Creating the `Top' node and master menu.
-* Software Copying Permissions::  Ensure that you and others continue to
-                                  have the right to use and share software.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Four Parts,  Next: Sample Beginning,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-Four Parts Begin a File
-=======================
-
-   Generally, the beginning of a Texinfo file has four parts:
-
-  1. The header, delimited by special comment lines, that includes the
-     commands for naming the Texinfo file and telling TeX what
-     definitions' file to use when processing the Texinfo file.
-
-  2. A short statement of what the file is about, with a copyright
-     notice and copying permissions.  This is enclosed in `@ifinfo' and
-     `@end ifinfo' commands so that the formatters place it only in the
-     Info file.
-
-  3. A title page and copyright page, with a copyright notice and
-     copying permissions.  This is enclosed between `@titlepage' and
-     `@end titlepage' commands.  The title and copyright page appear
-     only in the printed manual.
-
-  4. The `Top' node that contains a menu for the whole Info file.  The
-     contents of this node appear only in the Info file.
-
-   Also, optionally, you may include the copying conditions for a
-program and a warranty disclaimer.  The copying section will be
-followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.
-
-   Since the copyright notice and copying permissions for the Texinfo
-document (in contrast to the copying permissions for a program) are in
-parts that appear only in the Info file or only in the printed manual,
-this information must be given twice.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Sample Beginning,  Next: Header,  Prev: Four Parts,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-Sample Texinfo File Beginning
-=============================
-
-   The following sample shows what is needed.
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @c %**start of header
-     @setfilename NAME-OF-INFO-FILE
-     @settitle NAME-OF-MANUAL
-     @setchapternewpage odd
-     @c %**end of header
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     This file documents ...
-     
-     Copyright YEAR COPYRIGHT-OWNER
-     
-     Permission is granted to ...
-     @end ifinfo
-     
-     @c  This title page illustrates only one of the
-     @c  two methods of forming a title page.
-     
-     @titlepage
-     @title NAME-OF-MANUAL-WHEN-PRINTED
-     @subtitle SUBTITLE-IF-ANY
-     @subtitle SECOND-SUBTITLE
-     @author AUTHOR
-     
-     @c  The following two commands
-     @c  start the copyright page.
-     @page
-     @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-     Copyright @copyright{} YEAR COPYRIGHT-OWNER
-     
-     Published by ...
-     
-     Permission is granted to ...
-     @end titlepage
-     
-     @node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     This document describes ...
-     
-     This document applies to version ...
-     of the program named ...
-     @end ifinfo
-     
-     @menu
-     * Copying::          Your rights and freedoms.
-     * First Chapter::    Getting started ...
-     * Second Chapter::              ...
-       ...
-       ...
-     @end menu
-     
-     @node    First Chapter, Second Chapter, top,      top
-     @comment node-name,     next,           previous, up
-     @chapter First Chapter
-     @cindex Index entry for First Chapter
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Header,  Next: Info Summary and Permissions,  Prev: Sample Beginning,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-The Texinfo File Header
-=======================
-
-   Texinfo files start with at least three lines that provide Info and
-TeX with necessary information.  These are the `\input texinfo' line,
-the `@settitle' line, and the `@setfilename' line.  If you want to run
-TeX on just a part of the Texinfo File, you must write the `@settitle'
-and `@setfilename' lines between start-of-header and end-of-header
-lines.
-
-   Thus, the beginning of a Texinfo file looks like this:
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @setfilename sample.info
-     @settitle Sample Document
-
-or else like this:
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @c %**start of header
-     @setfilename sample.info
-     @settitle Sample Document
-     @c %**end of header
-
-* Menu:
-
-* First Line::                  The first line of a Texinfo file.
-* Start of Header::             Formatting a region requires this.
-* setfilename::                 Tell Info the name of the Info file.
-* settitle::                    Create a title for the printed work.
-* setchapternewpage::           Start chapters on right-hand pages.
-* paragraphindent::             An option to specify paragraph indentation.
-* End of Header::               Formatting a region requires this.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: First Line,  Next: Start of Header,  Up: Header
-
-The First Line of a Texinfo File
---------------------------------
-
-   Every Texinfo file that is to be the top-level input to TeX must
-begin with a line that looks like this:
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-
-This line serves two functions:
-
-  1. When the file is processed by TeX, the `\input texinfo' command
-     tells TeX to load the macros needed for processing a Texinfo file.
-     These are in a file called `texinfo.tex', which is usually located
-     in the `/usr/lib/tex/macros' directory.  TeX uses the backslash,
-     `\', to mark the beginning of a command, just as Texinfo uses `@'.
-     The `texinfo.tex' file causes the switch from `\' to `@'; before
-     the switch occurs, TeX requires `\', which is why it appears at
-     the beginning of the file.
-
-  2. When the file is edited in GNU Emacs, the `-*-texinfo-*-' mode
-     specification tells Emacs to use Texinfo mode.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Start of Header,  Next: setfilename,  Prev: First Line,  Up: Header
-
-Start of Header
----------------
-
-   Write a start-of-header line on the second line of a Texinfo file.
-Follow the start-of-header line with `@setfilename' and `@settitle'
-lines and, optionally, with other command lines, such as `@smallbook'
-or `@footnotestyle'; and then by an end-of-header line (*note End of
-Header::.).
-
-   With these lines, you can format part of a Texinfo file for Info or
-typeset part for printing.
-
-   A start-of-header line looks like this:
-
-     @c %**start of header
-
-   The odd string of characters, `%**', is to ensure that no other
-comment is accidentally taken for a start-of-header line.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: setfilename,  Next: settitle,  Prev: Start of Header,  Up: Header
-
-`@setfilename'
---------------
-
-   In order to be made into an Info file, a Texinfo file must contain a
-line that looks like this:
-
-     @setfilename INFO-FILE-NAME
-
-   Write the `@setfilename' command at the beginning of a line and
-follow it on the same line by the Info file name.  Do not write
-anything else on the line; anything on the line after the command is
-considered part of the file name, including a comment.
-
-   The `@setfilename' line specifies the name of the Info file to be
-generated.  This name should be different from the name of the Texinfo
-file.  The convention is to write a name with a `.info' extension, to
-produce an Info file name such as `texinfo.info'.
-
-   Some operating systems cannot handle long file names.  You can run
-into a problem even when the file name you specify is itself short
-enough.  This occurs because the Info formatters split a long Info file
-into short indirect subfiles, and name them by appending `-1', `-2',
-..., `-10', `-11', and so on, to the original file name.  (*Note Tag
-Files and Split Files: Tag and Split Files.)  The subfile name
-`texinfo.info-10', for example, is too long for some systems; so the
-Info file name for this document is actually `texinfo' rather than
-`texinfo.info'.
-
-   The Info formatting commands ignore everything written before the
-`@setfilename' line, which is why the very first line of the file (the
-`\input' line) does not need to be commented out.  The `@setfilename'
-line is ignored when you typeset a printed manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: settitle,  Next: setchapternewpage,  Prev: setfilename,  Up: Header
-
-`@settitle'
------------
-
-   In order to be made into a printed manual, a Texinfo file must
-contain a line that looks like this:
-
-     @settitle TITLE
-
-   Write the `@settitle' command at the beginning of a line and follow
-it on the same line by the title.  This tells TeX the title to use in a
-header or footer.  Do not write anything else on the line; anything on
-the line after the command is considered part of the title, including a
-comment.
-
-   Conventionally, TeX formats a Texinfo file for double-sided output
-so as to print the title in the left-hand (even-numbered) page headings
-and the current chapter titles in the right-hand (odd-numbered) page
-headings.  (TeX learns the title of each chapter from each `@chapter'
-command.)  Page footers are not printed.
-
-   Even if you are printing in a single-sided style, TeX looks for an
-`@settitle' command line, in case you include the manual title in the
-heading.
-
-   The `@settitle' command should precede everything that generates
-actual output in TeX.
-
-   Although the title in the `@settitle' command is usually the same as
-the title on the title page, it does not affect the title as it appears
-on the title page.  Thus, the two do not need not match exactly;  and
-the title in the `@settitle' command can be a shortened or expanded
-version of the title as it appears on the title page. (*Note
-`@titlepage': titlepage.)
-
-   TeX prints page headings only for that text that comes after the
-`@end titlepage' command in the Texinfo file, or that comes after an
-`@headings' command that turns on headings.  (*Note The `@headings'
-Command: headings on off, for more information.)
-
-   You may, if you wish, create your own, customized headings and
-footings.  *Note Page Headings: Headings, for a detailed discussion of
-this process.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: setchapternewpage,  Next: paragraphindent,  Prev: settitle,  Up: Header
-
-`@setchapternewpage'
---------------------
-
-   In a book or a manual, text is usually printed on both sides of the
-paper, chapters start on right-hand pages, and right-hand pages have
-odd numbers.  But in short reports, text often is printed only on one
-side of the paper.  Also in short reports, chapters sometimes do not
-start on new pages, but are printed on the same page as the end of the
-preceding chapter, after a small amount of vertical whitespace.
-
-   You can use the `@setchapternewpage' command with various arguments
-to specify how TeX should start chapters and whether it should typeset
-pages for printing on one or both sides of the paper (single-sided or
-double-sided printing).
-
-   Write the `@setchapternewpage' command at the beginning of a line
-followed by its argument.
-
-   For example, you would write the following to cause each chapter to
-start on a fresh odd-numbered page:
-
-     @setchapternewpage odd
-
-   You can specify one of three alternatives with the
-`@setchapternewpage' command:
-
-`@setchapternewpage off'
-     Cause TeX to typeset a new chapter on the same page as the last
-     chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.  Also, cause TeX
-     to format page headers for single-sided printing. (You can
-     override the headers format with the `@headings double' command;
-     see *Note The `@headings' Command: headings on off.)
-
-`@setchapternewpage on'
-     Cause TeX to start new chapters on new pages and to typeset page
-     headers for single-sided printing.  This is the form most often
-     used for short reports.
-
-     This alternative is the default.
-
-`@setchapternewpage odd'
-     Cause TeX to start new chapters on new, odd-numbered pages
-     (right-handed pages) and to typeset for double-sided printing.
-     This is the form most often used for books and manuals.
-
-Texinfo does not have an `@setchapternewpage even' command.
-
-(You can countermand or modify an `@setchapternewpage' command with an
-`@headings' command.  *Note The `@headings' Command: headings on off.)
-
-   At the beginning of a manual or book, pages are not numbered--for
-example, the title and copyright pages of a book are not numbered.  By
-convention, table of contents pages are numbered with roman numerals
-and not in sequence with the rest of the document.
-
-   Since an Info file does not have pages, the `@setchapternewpage'
-command has no effect on it.
-
-   Usually, you do not write an `@setchapternewpage' command for
-single-sided printing, but accept the default which is to typeset for
-single-sided printing and to start new chapters on new pages.  Usually,
-you write an `@setchapternewpage odd' command for double-sided printing.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: paragraphindent,  Next: End of Header,  Prev: setchapternewpage,  Up: Header
-
-Paragraph Indenting
--------------------
-
-   The Info formatting commands may insert spaces at the beginning of
-the first line of each paragraph, thereby indenting that paragraph.  You
-can use the `@paragraphindent' command to specify the indentation.
-Write an `@paragraphindent' command at the beginning of a line followed
-by either `asis' or a number.  The template is:
-
-     @paragraphindent INDENT
-
-   The Info formatting commands indent according to the value of INDENT:
-
-   * If the value of INDENT is `asis', the Info formatting commands do
-     not change the existing indentation.
-
-   * If the value of INDENT is 0, the Info formatting commands delete
-     existing indentation.
-
-   * If the value of INDENT is greater than 0, the Info formatting
-     commands indent the paragraph by that number of spaces.
-
-   The default value of INDENT is `asis'.
-
-   Write the `@paragraphindent' command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  (If you write
-the command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, the
-region formatting commands indent paragraphs as specified.)
-
-   A peculiarity of `texinfo-format-buffer' and `texinfo-format-region'
-is that they do not indent (nor fill) paragraphs that contain `@w' or
-`@*' commands.  *Note Refilling Paragraphs::, for a detailed
-description of what goes on.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: End of Header,  Prev: paragraphindent,  Up: Header
-
-End of Header
--------------
-
-   Follow the header lines with an end-of-header line.  An
-end-of-header line looks like this:
-
-     @c %**end of header
-
-   If you include the `@setchapternewpage' command between the
-start-of-header and end-of-header lines, TeX will typeset a region as
-that command specifies.  Similarly, if you include an `@smallbook'
-command between the start-of-header and end-of-header lines, TeX will
-typeset a region in the "small" book format.
-
-   The reason for the odd string of characters (`%**') is so that the
-`texinfo-tex-region' command does not accidentally find something that
-it should not when it is looking for the header.
-
-   The start-of-header line and the end-of-header line are Texinfo mode
-variables that you can change.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Info Summary and Permissions,  Next: Titlepage & Copyright Page,  Prev: Header,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-Summary and Copying Permissions for Info
-========================================
-
-   The title page and the copyright page appear only in the printed
-copy of the manual; therefore, the same information must be inserted in
-a section that appears only in the Info file.  This section usually
-contains a brief description of the contents of the Info file, a
-copyright notice, and copying permissions.
-
-   The copyright notice should read:
-
-     Copyright YEAR COPYRIGHT-OWNER
-
-and be put on a line by itself.
-
-   Standard text for the copyright permissions is contained in an
-appendix to this manual; see *Note `ifinfo' Copying Permissions: ifinfo
-Permissions, for the complete text.
-
-   The permissions text appears in an Info file *before* the first
-node.  This mean that a reader does *not* see this text when reading
-the file using Info, except when using the advanced Info command `g *'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Titlepage & Copyright Page,  Next: The Top Node,  Prev: Info Summary and Permissions,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-The Title and Copyright Pages
-=============================
-
-   A manual's name and author are usually printed on a title page.
-Sometimes copyright information is printed on the title page as well;
-more often, copyright information is printed on the back of the title
-page.
-
-   The title and copyright pages appear in the printed manual, but not
-in the Info file.  Because of this, it is possible to use several
-slightly obscure TeX typesetting commands that cannot be used in an
-Info file.  In addition, this part of the beginning of a Texinfo file
-contains the text of the copying permissions that will appear in the
-printed manual.
-
-   *Note Titlepage Copying Permissions: Titlepage Permissions, for the
-standard text for the copyright permissions.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* titlepage::                   Create a title for the printed document.
-* titlefont center sp::         The `@titlefont', `@center',
-                                  and `@sp' commands.
-* title subtitle author::       The `@title', `@subtitle',
-                                  and `@author' commands.
-* Copyright & Permissions::     How to write the copyright notice and
-                                  include copying permissions.
-* end titlepage::               Turn on page headings after the title and
-                                  copyright pages.
-* headings on off::             An option for turning headings on and off
-                                  and double or single sided printing.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-3 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-3
deleted file mode 100644
index 1058a1a..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-3
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1262 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: titlepage,  Next: titlefont center sp,  Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
-
-`@titlepage'
-------------
-
-   Start the material for the title page and following copyright page
-with `@titlepage' on a line by itself and end it with `@end titlepage'
-on a line by itself.
-
-   The `@end titlepage' command starts a new page and turns on page
-numbering. (*Note Page Headings: Headings, for details about how to
-generate of page headings.)  All the material that you want to appear
-on unnumbered pages should be put between the `@titlepage' and `@end
-titlepage' commands.  By using the `@page' command you can force a page
-break within the region delineated by the `@titlepage' and `@end
-titlepage' commands and thereby create more than one unnumbered page.
-This is how the copyright page is produced.  (The `@titlepage' command
-might perhaps have been better named the `@titleandadditionalpages'
-command, but that would have been rather long!)
-
-   When you write a manual about a computer program, you should write
-the version of the program to which the manual applies on the title
-page.  If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is
-independent of it, you should also include an edition number(1) for the
-manual.  This helps readers keep track of which manual is for which
-version of the program.  (The `Top' node should also contain this
-information; see *Note `@top': makeinfo top.)
-
-   Texinfo provides two methods for creating a title page.  One method
-uses the `@titlefont', `@sp', and `@center' commands to generate a
-title page in which the words on the page are centered.
-
-   The second method uses the `@title', `@subtitle', and `@author'
-commands to create a title page with black rules under the title and
-author lines and the subtitle text set flush to the right hand side of
-the page.  With this method, you do not specify any of the actual
-formatting of the title page.  You specify the text you want, and
-Texinfo does the formatting.  You may use either method.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  We have found that it is helpful to refer to versions of
-manuals as `editions' and versions of programs as `versions';
-otherwise, we find we are liable to confuse each other in conversation
-by referring to both the documentation and the software with the same
-words.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: titlefont center sp,  Next: title subtitle author,  Prev: titlepage,  Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
-
-`@titlefont', `@center', and `@sp'
-----------------------------------
-
-   You can use the `@titlefont', `@sp', and `@center' commands to
-create a title page for a printed document.  (This is the first of the
-two methods for creating a title page in Texinfo.)
-
-   Use the `@titlefont' command to select a large font suitable for the
-title itself.
-
-   For example:
-
-     @titlefont{Texinfo}
-
-   Use the `@center' command at the beginning of a line to center the
-remaining text on that line.  Thus,
-
-     @center @titlefont{Texinfo}
-
-centers the title, which in this example is "Texinfo" printed in the
-title font.
-
-   Use the `@sp' command to insert vertical space.  For example:
-
-     @sp 2
-
-This inserts two blank lines on the printed page.  (*Note `@sp': sp,
-for more information about the `@sp' command.)
-
-   A template for this method looks like this:
-
-     @titlepage
-     @sp 10
-     @center @titlefont{NAME-OF-MANUAL-WHEN-PRINTED}
-     @sp 2
-     @center SUBTITLE-IF-ANY
-     @sp 2
-     @center AUTHOR
-     ...
-     @end titlepage
-
-   The spacing of the example fits an 8 1/2 by 11 inch manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: title subtitle author,  Next: Copyright & Permissions,  Prev: titlefont center sp,  Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
-
-`@title', `@subtitle', and `@author'
-------------------------------------
-
-   You can use the `@title', `@subtitle', and `@author' commands to
-create a title page in which the vertical and horizontal spacing is
-done for you automatically.  This contrasts with the method described in
-the previous section, in which the `@sp' command is needed to adjust
-vertical spacing.
-
-   Write the `@title', `@subtitle', or `@author' commands at the
-beginning of a line followed by the title, subtitle, or author.
-
-   The `@title' command produces a line in which the title is set flush
-to the left-hand side of the page in a larger than normal font.  The
-title is underlined with a black rule.
-
-   The `@subtitle' command sets subtitles in a normal-sized font flush
-to the right-hand side of the page.
-
-   The `@author' command sets the names of the author or authors in a
-middle-sized font flush to the left-hand side of the page on a line
-near the bottom of the title page.  The names are underlined with a
-black rule that is thinner than the rule that underlines the title.
-(The black rule only occurs if the `@author' command line is followed
-by an `@page' command line.)
-
-   There are two ways to use the `@author' command: you can write the
-name or names on the remaining part of the line that starts with an
-`@author' command:
-
-     @author by Jane Smith and John Doe
-
-or you can write the names one above each other by using two (or more)
-`@author' commands:
-
-     @author Jane Smith
-     @author John Doe
-
-(Only the bottom name is underlined with a black rule.)
-
-   A template for this method looks like this:
-
-     @titlepage
-     @title NAME-OF-MANUAL-WHEN-PRINTED
-     @subtitle SUBTITLE-IF-ANY
-     @subtitle SECOND-SUBTITLE
-     @author AUTHOR
-     @page
-     ...
-     @end titlepage
-
-Contrast this form with the form of a title page written using the
-`@sp', `@center', and `@titlefont' commands:
-
-     @titlepage
-     @sp 10
-     @center @titlefont{Name of Manual When Printed}
-     @sp 2
-     @center Subtitle, If Any
-     @sp 1
-     @center Second subtitle
-     @sp 2
-     @center Author
-     @page
-     ...
-     @end titlepage
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Copyright & Permissions,  Next: end titlepage,  Prev: title subtitle author,  Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
-
-Copyright Page and Permissions
-------------------------------
-
-   By international treaty, the copyright notice for a book should be
-either on the title page or on the back of the title page.  The
-copyright notice should include the year followed by the name of the
-organization or person who owns the copyright.
-
-   When the copyright notice is on the back of the title page, that page
-is customarily not numbered.  Therefore, in Texinfo, the information on
-the copyright page should be within `@titlepage' and `@end titlepage'
-commands.
-
-   Use the `@page' command to cause a page break.  To push the
-copyright notice and the other text on the copyright page towards the
-bottom of the page, you can write a somewhat mysterious line after the
-`@page' command that reads like this:
-
-     @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-
-This is a TeX command that is not supported by the Info formatting
-commands.  The `@vskip' command inserts whitespace.  The `0pt plus
-1filll' means to put in zero points of mandatory whitespace, and as
-much optional whitespace as needed to push the following text to the
-bottom of the page.  Note the use of three `l's in the word `filll';
-this is the correct usage in TeX.
-
-   In a printed manual, the `@copyright{}' command generates a `c'
-inside a circle.  (In Info, it generates `(C)'.)  The copyright notice
-itself has the following legally defined sequence:
-
-     Copyright (C) YEAR COPYRIGHT-OWNER
-
-   It is customary to put information on how to get a manual after the
-copyright notice, followed by the copying permissions for the manual.
-
-   Note that permissions must be given here as well as in the summary
-segment within `@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo' that immediately follows the
-header since this text appears only in the printed manual and the
-`ifinfo' text appears only in the Info file.
-
-   *Note Sample Permissions::, for the standard text.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: end titlepage,  Next: headings on off,  Prev: Copyright & Permissions,  Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
-
-Heading Generation
-------------------
-
-   An `@end titlepage' command on a line by itself not only marks the
-end of the title and copyright pages, but also causes TeX to start
-generating page headings and page numbers.
-
-   To repeat what is said elsewhere,  Texinfo has two standard page
-heading formats, one for documents which are printed on one side of
-each sheet of paper (single-sided printing), and the other for
-documents which are printed on both sides of each sheet (double-sided
-printing).  (*Note `@setchapternewpage': setchapternewpage.) You can
-specify these formats in different ways:
-
-   * The conventional way is to write an `@setchapternewpage' command
-     before the title page commands, and then have the `@end titlepage'
-     command start generating page headings in the manner desired.
-     (*Note `@setchapternewpage': setchapternewpage.)
-
-   * Alternatively, you can use the `@headings' command to prevent page
-     headings from being generated or to start them for either single or
-     double-sided printing.  (Write an `@headings' command immediately
-     after the `@end titlepage' command.  *Note The `@headings'
-     Command: headings on off, for more information.)
-
-   * Or, you may specify your own page heading and footing format.
-     *Note Page Headings: Headings, for detailed information about page
-     headings and footings.
-
-   Most documents are formatted with the standard single-sided or
-double-sided format, using `@setchapternewpage odd' for double-sided
-printing and no `@setchapternewpage' command for single-sided printing.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: headings on off,  Prev: end titlepage,  Up: Titlepage & Copyright Page
-
-The `@headings' Command
------------------------
-
-   The `@headings' command is rarely used.  It specifies what kind of
-page headings and footings to print on each page.  Usually, this is
-controlled by the `@setchapternewpage' command.  You need the
-`@headings' command only if the `@setchapternewpage' command does not
-do what you want, or if you want to turn off pre-defined page headings
-prior to defining your own.  Write an `@headings' command immediately
-after the `@end titlepage' command.
-
-   There are four ways to use the `@headings' command:
-
-`@headings off'
-     Turn off printing of page headings.
-
-`@headings single'
-     Turn on page headings appropriate for single-sided printing.
-
-`@headings double'
-`@headings on'
-     Turn on page headings appropriate for double-sided printing.  The
-     two commands, `@headings on' and `@headings double', are
-     synonymous.
-
-   For example, suppose you write `@setchapternewpage off' before the
-`@titlepage' command to tell TeX to start a new chapter on the same
-page as the end of the last chapter.  This command also causes TeX to
-typeset page headers for single-sided printing.  To cause TeX to
-typeset for double sided printing, write `@headings double' after the
-`@end titlepage' command.
-
-   You can stop TeX from generating any page headings at all by writing
-`@headings off' on a line of its own immediately after the line
-containing the `@end titlepage' command, like this:
-
-     @end titlepage
-     @headings off
-
-The `@headings off' command overrides the `@end titlepage' command,
-which would otherwise cause TeX to print page headings.
-
-   You can also specify your own style of page heading and footing.
-*Note Page Headings: Headings, for more information.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: The Top Node,  Next: Software Copying Permissions,  Prev: Titlepage & Copyright Page,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-The `Top' Node and Master Menu
-==============================
-
-   The `Top' node is the node from which you enter an Info file.
-
-   A `Top' node should contain a brief description of the Info file and
-an extensive, master menu for the whole Info file.  This helps the
-reader understand what the Info file is about.  Also, you should write
-the version number of the program to which the Info file applies; or,
-at least, the edition number.
-
-   The contents of the `Top' node should appear only in the Info file;
-none of it should appear in printed output, so enclose it between
-`@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo' commands.  (TeX does not print either an
-`@node' line or a menu; they appear only in Info; strictly speaking,
-you are not required to enclose these parts between `@ifinfo' and `@end
-ifinfo', but it is simplest to do so.  *Note Conditionally Visible
-Text: Conditionals.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Title of Top Node::           Sketch what the file is about.
-* Master Menu Parts::           A master menu has three or more parts.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Title of Top Node,  Next: Master Menu Parts,  Up: The Top Node
-
-`Top' Node Title
-----------------
-
-   Sometimes, you will want to place an `@top' sectioning command line
-containing the title of the document immediately after the `@node Top'
-line (*note The `@top' Sectioning Command: makeinfo top command., for
-more information).
-
-   For example, the beginning of the Top node of this manual contains an
-`@top' sectioning command, a short description, and edition and version
-information.  It looks like this:
-
-     ...
-     @end titlepage
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     @node Top, Copying, (dir), (dir)
-     @top Texinfo
-     
-     Texinfo is a documentation system...
-     
-     This is edition...
-     ...
-     @end ifinfo
-     
-     @menu
-     * Copying::                 Texinfo is freely
-                                   redistributable.
-     * Overview::                What is Texinfo?
-     ...
-     @end menu
-
-   In a `Top' node, the `Previous', and `Up' nodes usually refer to the
-top level directory of the whole Info system, which is called `(dir)'.
-The `Next' node refers to the first node that follows the main or master
-menu, which is usually the copying permissions, introduction, or first
-chapter.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Master Menu Parts,  Prev: Title of Top Node,  Up: The Top Node
-
-Parts of a Master Menu
-----------------------
-
-   A "master menu" is a detailed main menu listing all the nodes in a
-file.
-
-   A master menu is enclosed in `@menu' and `@end menu' commands and
-does not appear in the printed document.
-
-   Generally, a master menu is divided into parts.
-
-   * The first part contains the major nodes in the Texinfo file: the
-     nodes for the chapters, chapter-like sections, and the appendices.
-
-   * The second part contains nodes for the indices.
-
-   * The third and subsequent parts contain a listing of the other,
-     lower level nodes, often ordered by chapter.  This way, rather
-     than go through an intermediary menu, an inquirer can go directly
-     to a particular node when searching for specific information.
-     These menu items are not required; add them if you think they are a
-     convenience.
-
-   Each section in the menu can be introduced by a descriptive line.  So
-long as the line does not begin with an asterisk, it will not be
-treated as a menu entry.  (*Note Writing a Menu::, for more
-information.)
-
-   For example, the master menu for this manual looks like the following
-(but has many more entries):
-
-     @menu
-     * Copying::             Texinfo is freely
-                               redistributable.
-     * Overview::            What is Texinfo?
-     * Texinfo Mode::        Special features in GNU Emacs.
-     ...
-     ...
-     * Command and Variable Index::
-                             An entry for each @-command.
-     * Concept Index::       An entry for each concept.
-     
-      --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
-     
-     Overview of Texinfo
-     
-     * Info Files::          What is an Info file?
-     * Printed Manuals::     Characteristics of
-                               a printed manual.
-     ...
-     ...
-     
-     Using Texinfo Mode
-     
-     * Info on a Region::    Formatting part of a file
-                               for Info.
-     ...
-     ...
-     @end menu
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Software Copying Permissions,  Prev: The Top Node,  Up: Beginning a File
-
-Software Copying Permissions
-============================
-
-   If the Texinfo file has a section containing the "General Public
-License" and the distribution information and a warranty disclaimer for
-the software that is documented, this section usually follows the `Top'
-node.  The General Public License is very important to Project GNU
-software.  It ensures that you and others will continue to have a right
-to use and share the software.
-
-   The copying and distribution information and the disclaimer are
-followed by an introduction or else by the first chapter of the manual.
-
-   Although an introduction is not a required part of a Texinfo file, it
-is very helpful.  Ideally, it should state clearly and concisely what
-the file is about and who would be interested in reading it.  In
-general, an introduction would follow the licensing and distribution
-information, although sometimes people put it earlier in the document.
-Usually, an introduction is put in an `@unnumbered' section.  (*Note
-The `@unnumbered' and `@appendix' Commands: unnumbered & appendix.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Ending a File,  Next: Structuring,  Prev: Beginning a File,  Up: Top
-
-Ending a Texinfo File
-*********************
-
-   The end of a Texinfo file should include the commands that create
-indices and generate detailed and summary tables of contents.  And it
-must include the `@bye' command that marks the last line processed by
-TeX.
-
-   For example:
-
-     @node    Concept Index,     , Variables Index, Top
-     @c        node-name,    next, previous,        up
-     @unnumbered Concept Index
-     
-     @printindex cp
-     
-     @contents
-     @bye
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Printing Indices & Menus::    How to print an index in hardcopy and
-                                  generate index menus in Info.
-* Contents::                    How to create a table of contents.
-* File End::                    How to mark the end of a file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Printing Indices & Menus,  Next: Contents,  Up: Ending a File
-
-Index Menus and Printing an Index
-=================================
-
-   To print an index means to include it as part of a manual or Info
-file.  This does not happen automatically just because you use
-`@cindex' or other index-entry generating commands in the Texinfo file;
-those just cause the raw data for the index to be accumulated.  To
-generate an index, you must include the `@printindex' command at the
-place in the document where you want the index to appear.  Also, as
-part of the process of creating a printed manual, you must run a
-program called `texindex' (*note Format/Print Hardcopy::.) to sort the
-raw data to produce a sorted index file.  The sorted index file is what
-is actually used to print the index.
-
-   Texinfo offers six different types of predefined index: the concept
-index, the function index, the variables index, the keystroke index, the
-program index, and the data type index (*note Predefined Indices::.).
-Each index type has a two-letter name: `cp', `fn', `vr', `ky', `pg',
-and `tp'.  You may merge indices, or put them into separate sections
-(*note Combining Indices::.); or you may define your own indices (*note
-Defining New Indices: New Indices.).
-
-   The `@printindex' command takes a two-letter index name, reads the
-corresponding sorted index file and formats it appropriately into an
-index.
-
-   The `@printindex' command does not generate a chapter heading for
-the index.  Consequently, you should precede the `@printindex' command
-with a suitable section or chapter command (usually `@unnumbered') to
-supply the chapter heading and put the index into the table of
-contents.  Precede the `@unnumbered' command with an `@node' line.
-
-   For example:
-
-     @node Variable Index, Concept Index, Function Index, Top
-     @comment    node-name,         next,       previous, up
-     @unnumbered Variable Index
-     
-     @printindex vr
-
-     @node     Concept Index,     , Variable Index, Top
-     @comment      node-name, next,       previous, up
-     @unnumbered Concept Index
-     
-     @printindex cp
-
-     @summarycontents
-     @contents
-     @bye
-
-(Readers often prefer that the concept index come last in a book, since
-that makes it easiest to find.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Contents,  Next: File End,  Prev: Printing Indices & Menus,  Up: Ending a File
-
-Generating a Table of Contents
-==============================
-
-   The `@chapter', `@section', and other structuring commands supply
-the information to make up a table of contents, but they do not cause
-an actual table to appear in the manual.  To do this, you must use the
-`@contents' and `@summarycontents' commands:
-
-`@contents'
-     Generate a table of contents in a printed manual, including all
-     chapters, sections, subsections, etc., as well as appendices and
-     unnumbered chapters.  (Headings generated by the `@heading' series
-     of commands do not appear in the table of contents.)  The
-     `@contents' command should be written on a line by itself.
-
-`@shortcontents'
-`@summarycontents'
-     (`@summarycontents' is a synonym for `@shortcontents'; the two
-     commands are exactly the same.)
-
-     Generate a short or summary table of contents that lists only the
-     chapters (and appendices and unnumbered chapters).  Omit sections,
-     subsections and subsubsections.  Only a long manual needs a short
-     table of contents in addition to the full table of contents.
-
-     Write the `@shortcontents' command on a line by itself right
-     *before* the `@contents' command.
-
-   The table of contents commands automatically generate a chapter-like
-heading at the top of the first table of contents page.  Write the table
-of contents commands at the very end of a Texinfo file, just before the
-`@bye' command, following any index sections--anything in the Texinfo
-file after the table of contents commands will be omitted from the
-table of contents.
-
-   When you print a manual with a table of contents, the table of
-contents are printed last and numbered with roman numerals.  You need
-to place those pages in their proper place, after the title page,
-yourself.  (This is the only collating you need to do for a printed
-manual.  The table of contents is printed last because it is generated
-after the rest of the manual is typeset.)
-
-   Here is an example of where to write table of contents commands:
-
-     INDICES...
-     @shortcontents
-     @contents
-     @bye
-
-   Since an Info file uses menus instead of tables of contents, the Info
-formatting commands ignore the `@contents' and `@shortcontents'
-commands.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: File End,  Prev: Contents,  Up: Ending a File
-
-`@bye' File Ending
-==================
-
-   An `@bye' command terminates TeX or Info formatting.  None of the
-formatting commands see any of the file following `@bye'.  The `@bye'
-command should be on a line by itself.
-
-   If you wish, you may follow the `@bye' line with notes. These notes
-will not be formatted and will not appear in either Info or a printed
-manual; it is as if text after `@bye' were within `@ignore' ... `@end
-ignore'.  Also, you may follow the `@bye' line with a local variables
-list.  *Note Using Local Variables and the Compile Command:
-Compile-Command, for more information.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Structuring,  Next: Nodes,  Prev: Ending a File,  Up: Top
-
-Chapter Structuring
-*******************
-
-   The "chapter structuring" commands divide a document into a
-hierarchy of chapters, sections, subsections, and subsubsections.
-These commands generate large headings; they also provide information
-for the table of contents of a printed manual (*note Generating a Table
-of Contents: Contents.).
-
-   The chapter structuring commands do not create an Info node
-structure, so normally you should put an `@node' command immediately
-before each chapter structuring command (*note Nodes::.).  The only
-time you are likely to use the chapter structuring commands without
-using the node structuring commands is if you are writing a document
-that contains no cross references and will never be transformed into
-Info format.
-
-   It is unlikely that you will ever write a Texinfo file that is
-intended only as an Info file and not as a printable document.  If you
-do, you might still use chapter structuring commands to create a
-heading at the top of each node--but you don't need to.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Tree Structuring::            A manual is like an upside down tree ...
-* Structuring Command Types::   How to divide a manual into parts.
-* makeinfo top::                The `@top' command, part of the `Top' node.
-* chapter::
-* unnumbered & appendix::
-* majorheading & chapheading::
-* section::
-* unnumberedsec appendixsec heading::
-* subsection::
-* unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading::
-* subsubsection::               Commands for the lowest level sections.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Tree Structuring,  Next: Structuring Command Types,  Up: Structuring
-
-Tree Structure of Sections
-==========================
-
-   A Texinfo file is usually structured like a book with chapters,
-sections, subsections, and the like.  This structure can be visualized
-as a tree (or rather as an upside-down tree) with the root at the top
-and the levels corresponding to chapters, sections, subsection, and
-subsubsections.
-
-   Here is a diagram that shows a Texinfo file with three chapters,
-each of which has two sections.
-
-                               Top
-                                |
-              -------------------------------------
-             |                  |                  |
-          Chapter 1          Chapter 2          Chapter 3
-             |                  |                  |
-          --------           --------           --------
-         |        |         |        |         |        |
-      Section  Section   Section  Section   Section  Section
-        1.1      1.2       2.1      2.2       3.1      3.2
-
-   In a Texinfo file that has this structure, the beginning of Chapter 2
-looks like this:
-
-     @node    Chapter 2,  Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top
-     @chapter Chapter 2
-
-   The chapter structuring commands are described in the sections that
-follow; the `@node' and `@menu' commands are described in following
-chapters. (*Note Nodes::, and see *Note Menus::.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Structuring Command Types,  Next: makeinfo top,  Prev: Tree Structuring,  Up: Structuring
-
-Types of Structuring Command
-============================
-
-   The chapter structuring commands fall into four groups or series,
-each of which contains structuring commands corresponding to the
-hierarchical levels of chapters, sections, subsections, and
-subsubsections.
-
-   The four groups are the `@chapter' series, the `@unnumbered' series,
-the `@appendix' series, and the `@heading' series.
-
-   Each command produces titles that have a different appearance on the
-printed page or Info file; only some of the commands produce titles
-that are listed in the table of contents of a printed book or manual.
-
-   * The `@chapter' and `@appendix' series of commands produce numbered
-     or lettered entries both in the body of a printed work and in its
-     table of contents.
-
-   * The `@unnumbered' series of commands produce unnumbered entries
-     both in the body of a printed work and in its table of contents.
-     The `@top' command, which has a special use, is a member of this
-     series (*note `@top': makeinfo top.).
-
-   * The `@heading' series of commands produce unnumbered headings that
-     do not appear in a table of contents.  The heading commands never
-     start a new page.
-
-   * The `@majorheading' command produces results similar to using the
-     `@chapheading' command but generates a larger vertical whitespace
-     before the heading.
-
-   * When an `@setchapternewpage' command says to do so, the
-     `@chapter', `@unnumbered', and `@appendix' commands start new
-     pages in the printed manual; the `@heading' commands do not.
-
-   Here are the four groups of chapter structuring commands:
-
-                                                            No new pages
-     Numbered       Unnumbered       Lettered and numbered  Unnumbered
-     In contents    In contents          In contents        Not in contents
-     
-                    @top                                    @majorheading
-     @chapter       @unnumbered          @appendix          @chapheading
-     @section       @unnumberedsec       @appendixsec       @heading
-     @subsection    @unnumberedsubsec    @appendixsubsec    @subheading
-     @subsubsection @unnumberedsubsubsec @appendixsubsubsec @subsubheading
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo top,  Next: chapter,  Prev: Structuring Command Types,  Up: Structuring
-
-`@top'
-======
-
-   The `@top' command is a special sectioning command that you use only
-after an `@node Top' line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  The
-`@top' command tells the `makeinfo' formatter which node is the `Top'
-node.  It has the same typesetting effect as `@unnumbered' (*note
-`@unnumbered': (`@appendix')unnumbered & appendix.).  For detailed
-information, see *Note The `@top' Command: makeinfo top command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: chapter,  Next: unnumbered & appendix,  Prev: makeinfo top,  Up: Structuring
-
-`@chapter'
-==========
-
-   `@chapter' identifies a chapter in the document.  Write the command
-at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by the title
-of the chapter.
-
-   For example, this chapter in this manual is entitled "Chapter
-Structuring"; the `@chapter' line looks like this:
-
-     @chapter Chapter Structuring
-
-   In TeX, the `@chapter' command creates a chapter in the document,
-specifying the chapter title.  The chapter is numbered automatically.
-
-   In Info, the `@chapter' command causes the title to appear on a line
-by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.  Thus, in
-Info, the above example produces the following output:
-
-     Chapter Structuring
-     *******************
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: unnumbered & appendix,  Next: majorheading & chapheading,  Prev: chapter,  Up: Structuring
-
-`@unnumbered', `@appendix'
-==========================
-
-   Use the `@unnumbered' command to create a chapter that appears in a
-printed manual without chapter numbers of any kind.  Use the
-`@appendix' command to create an appendix in a printed manual that is
-labelled by letter instead of by number.
-
-   For Info file output, the `@unnumbered' and `@appendix' commands are
-equivalent to `@chapter': the title is printed on a line by itself with
-a line of asterisks underneath.  (*Note `@chapter': chapter.)
-
-   To create an appendix or an unnumbered chapter, write an `@appendix'
-or `@unnumbered' command at the beginning of a line and follow it on
-the same line by the title, as you would if you were creating a chapter.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: majorheading & chapheading,  Next: section,  Prev: unnumbered & appendix,  Up: Structuring
-
-`@majorheading', `@chapheading'
-===============================
-
-   The `@majorheading' and `@chapheading' commands put chapter-like
-headings in the body of a document.
-
-   However, neither command causes TeX to produce a numbered heading or
-an entry in the table of contents; and neither command causes TeX to
-start a new page in a printed manual.
-
-   In TeX, an `@majorheading' command generates a larger vertical
-whitespace before the heading than an `@chapheading' command but is
-otherwise the same.
-
-   In Info, the `@majorheading' and `@chapheading' commands are
-equivalent to `@chapter': the title is printed on a line by itself with
-a line of asterisks underneath.  (*Note `@chapter': chapter.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: section,  Next: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading,  Prev: majorheading & chapheading,  Up: Structuring
-
-`@section'
-==========
-
-   In a printed manual, an `@section' command identifies a numbered
-section within a chapter.  The section title appears in the table of
-contents.  In Info, an `@section' command provides a title for a
-segment of text, underlined with `='.
-
-   This section is headed with an `@section' command and looks like
-this in the Texinfo file:
-
-     @section @code{@@section}
-
-   To create a section, write the `@section' command at the beginning
-of a line and follow it on the same line by the section title.
-
-   Thus,
-
-     @section This is a section
-
-produces
-
-     This is a section
-     =================
-
-in Info.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading,  Next: subsection,  Prev: section,  Up: Structuring
-
-`@unnumberedsec', `@appendixsec', `@heading'
-============================================
-
-   The `@unnumberedsec', `@appendixsec', and `@heading' commands are,
-respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and heading-like
-equivalents of the `@section' command.  (*Note `@section': section.)
-
-`@unnumberedsec'
-     The `@unnumberedsec' command may be used within an unnumbered
-     chapter or within a regular chapter or appendix to provide an
-     unnumbered section.
-
-`@appendixsec'
-`@appendixsection'
-     `@appendixsection' is a longer spelling of the `@appendixsec'
-     command; the two are synonymous.
-
-     Conventionally, the `@appendixsec' or `@appendixsection' command
-     is used only within appendices.
-
-`@heading'
-     You may use the `@heading' command anywhere you wish for a
-     section-style heading that will not appear in the table of
-     contents.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: subsection,  Next: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading,  Prev: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading,  Up: Structuring
-
-The `@subsection' Command
-=========================
-
-   Subsections are to sections as sections are to chapters.  (*Note
-`@section': section.)  In Info, subsection titles are underlined with
-`-'.  For example,
-
-     @subsection This is a subsection
-
-produces
-
-     This is a subsection
-     --------------------
-
-   In a printed manual, subsections are listed in the table of contents
-and are numbered three levels deep.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading,  Next: subsubsection,  Prev: subsection,  Up: Structuring
-
-The `@subsection'-like Commands
-===============================
-
-   The `@unnumberedsubsec', `@appendixsubsec', and `@subheading'
-commands are, respectively, the unnumbered, appendix-like, and
-heading-like equivalents of the `@subsection' command.  (*Note
-`@subsection': subsection.)
-
-   In Info, the `@subsection'-like commands generate a title underlined
-with hyphens.  In a printed manual, an `@subheading' command produces a
-heading like that of a subsection except that it is not numbered and
-does not appear in the table of contents.  Similarly, an
-`@unnumberedsubsec' command produces an unnumbered heading like that of
-a subsection and an `@appendixsubsec' command produces a
-subsection-like heading labelled with a letter and numbers; both of
-these commands produce headings that appear in the table of contents.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: subsubsection,  Prev: unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading,  Up: Structuring
-
-The `subsub' Commands
-=====================
-
-   The fourth and lowest level sectioning commands in Texinfo are the
-`subsub' commands.  They are:
-
-`@subsubsection'
-     Subsubsections are to subsections as subsections are to sections.
-     (*Note `@subsection': subsection.)  In a printed manual,
-     subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents and are
-     numbered four levels deep.
-
-`@unnumberedsubsubsec'
-     Unnumbered subsubsection titles appear in the table of contents of
-     a printed manual, but lack numbers.  Otherwise, unnumbered
-     subsubsections are the same as subsubsections.  In Info, unnumbered
-     subsubsections look exactly like ordinary subsubsections.
-
-`@appendixsubsubsec'
-     Conventionally, appendix commands are used only for appendices and
-     are lettered and numbered appropriately in a printed manual.  They
-     also appear in the table of contents.  In Info, appendix
-     subsubsections look exactly like ordinary subsubsections.
-
-`@subsubheading'
-     The `@subsubheading' command may be used anywhere that you need a
-     small heading that will not appear in the table of contents.  In
-     Info, subsubheadings look exactly like ordinary subsubsection
-     headings.
-
-   In Info,  `subsub' titles are underlined with periods.  For example,
-
-     @subsubsection This is a subsubsection
-
-produces
-
-     This is a subsubsection
-     .......................
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Nodes,  Next: Menus,  Prev: Structuring,  Up: Top
-
-Nodes
-*****
-
-   "Nodes" are the primary segments of a Texinfo file.  They do not
-themselves impose a hierarchic or any other kind of structure on a file.
-Nodes contain "node pointers" that name other nodes, and can contain
-"menus" which are lists of nodes.  In Info, the movement commands can
-carry you to a pointed-to node or to a node listed in a menu.  Node
-pointers and menus provide structure for Info files just as chapters,
-sections, subsections, and the like, provide structure for printed
-books.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Two Paths::                   Different commands to structure
-                                  Info output and printed output.
-* Node Menu Illustration::      A diagram, and sample nodes and menus.
-* node::                        How to write a node, in detail.
-* makeinfo Pointer Creation::   How to create node pointers with `makeinfo'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Two Paths,  Next: Node Menu Illustration,  Up: Nodes
-
-Two Paths
-=========
-
-   The node and menu commands and the chapter structuring commands are
-independent of each other:
-
-   * In Info, node and menu commands provide structure.  The chapter
-     structuring commands generate headings with different kinds of
-     underlining--asterisks for chapters, hyphens for sections, and so
-     on; they do nothing else.
-
-   * In TeX, the chapter structuring commands generate chapter and
-     section numbers and tables of contents.  The node and menu
-     commands provide information for cross references; they do nothing
-     else.
-
-   You can use node pointers and menus to structure an Info file any way
-you want; and you can write a Texinfo file so that its Info output has a
-different structure than its printed output.  However, most Texinfo
-files are written such that the structure for the Info output
-corresponds to the structure for the printed output.  It is not
-convenient to do otherwise.
-
-   Generally, printed output is structured in a tree-like hierarchy in
-which the chapters are the major limbs from which the sections branch
-out.  Similarly, node pointers and menus are organized to create a
-matching structure in the Info output.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Node Menu Illustration,  Next: node,  Prev: Two Paths,  Up: Nodes
-
-Node and Menu Illustration
-==========================
-
-   Here is a copy of the diagram shown earlier that illustrates a
-Texinfo file with three chapters, each of which contains two sections.
-
-   Note that the "root" is at the top of the diagram and the "leaves"
-are at the bottom.  This is how such a diagram is drawn conventionally;
-it illustrates an upside-down tree.  For this reason, the root node is
-called the `Top' node, and `Up' node pointers carry you closer to the
-root.
-
-                               Top
-                                |
-              -------------------------------------
-             |                  |                  |
-          Chapter 1          Chapter 2          Chapter 3
-             |                  |                  |
-          --------           --------           --------
-         |        |         |        |         |        |
-      Section  Section   Section  Section   Section  Section
-        1.1      1.2       2.1      2.2       3.1      3.2
-
-   Write the beginning of the node for Chapter 2 like this:
-
-     @node     Chapter 2,  Chapter 3, Chapter 1, top
-     @comment  node-name,  next,      previous,  up
-
-This `@node' line says that the name of this node is "Chapter 2", the
-name of the `Next' node is "Chapter 3", the name of the `Previous' node
-is "Chapter 1", and the name of the `Up' node is "Top".
-
-     *Please Note:* `Next' refers to the next node at the same
-     hierarchical level in the manual, not necessarily to the next node
-     within the Texinfo file.  In the Texinfo file, the subsequent node
-     may be at a lower level--a section-level node may follow a
-     chapter-level node, and a subsection-level node may follow a
-     section-level node.  `Next' and `Previous' refer to nodes at the
-     *same* hierarchical level.  (The `Top' node contains the exception
-     to this rule.  Since the `Top' node is the only node at that
-     level, `Next' refers to the first following node, which is almost
-     always a chapter or chapter-level node.)
-
-   To go to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 using Info, you need a menu inside
-Chapter 2.  (*Note Menus::.)  You would write the menu just before the
-beginning of Section 2.1, like this:
-
-         @menu
-         * Sect. 2.1::    Description of this section.
-         * Sect. 2.2::
-         @end menu
-
-   Write the node for Sect. 2.1 like this:
-
-         @node     Sect. 2.1, Sect. 2.2, Chapter 2, Chapter 2
-         @comment  node-name, next,      previous,  up
-
-   In Info format, the `Next' and `Previous' pointers of a node usually
-lead to other nodes at the same level--from chapter to chapter or from
-section to section (sometimes, as shown, the `Previous' pointer points
-up); an `Up' pointer usually leads to a node at the level above (closer
-to the `Top' node); and a `Menu' leads to nodes at a level below (closer
-to `leaves').  (A cross reference can point to a node at any level; see
-*Note Cross References::.)
-
-   Usually, an `@node' command and a chapter structuring command are
-used in sequence, along with indexing commands.  (You may follow the
-`@node' line with a comment line that reminds you which pointer is
-which.)
-
-   Here is the beginning of the chapter in this manual called "Ending a
-Texinfo File".  This shows an `@node' line followed by a comment line,
-an `@chapter' line, and then by indexing lines.
-
-     @node    Ending a File, Structuring, Beginning a File, Top
-     @comment node-name,     next,        previous,         up
-     @chapter Ending a Texinfo File
-     @cindex Ending a Texinfo file
-     @cindex Texinfo file ending
-     @cindex File ending
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: node,  Next: makeinfo Pointer Creation,  Prev: Node Menu Illustration,  Up: Nodes
-
-The `@node' Command
-===================
-
-   A "node" is a segment of text that begins at an `@node' command and
-continues until the next `@node' command.  The definition of node is
-different from that for chapter or section.  A chapter may contain
-sections and a section may contain subsections; but a node cannot
-contain subnodes; the text of a node continues only until the next
-`@node' command in the file.  A node usually contains only one chapter
-structuring command, the one that follows the `@node' line.  On the
-other hand, in printed output nodes are used only for cross references,
-so a chapter or section may contain any number of nodes.  Indeed, a
-chapter usually contains several nodes, one for each section,
-subsection, and subsubsection.
-
-   To create a node, write an `@node' command at the beginning of a
-line, and follow it with four arguments, separated by commas, on the
-rest of the same line.  These arguments are the name of the node, and
-the names of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, in that order.
-You may insert spaces before each pointer if you wish; the spaces are
-ignored.  You must write the name of the node, and the names of the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers, all on the same line.  Otherwise,
-the formatters fail.  (*note info: (info)Top, for more information
-about nodes in Info.)
-
-   Usually, you write one of the chapter-structuring command lines
-immediately after an `@node' line--for example, an `@section' or
-`@subsection' line.  (*Note Types of Structuring Command: Structuring
-Command Types.)
-
-     *Please note:* The GNU Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work
-     only with Texinfo files in which `@node' lines are followed by
-     chapter structuring lines.  *Note Updating Requirements::.
-
-   TeX uses `@node' lines to identify the names to use for cross
-references.  For this reason, you must write `@node' lines in a Texinfo
-file that you intend to format for printing, even if you do not intend
-to format it for Info.  (Cross references, such as the one at the end
-of this sentence, are made with `@xref' and its related commands; see
-*Note Cross References::.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Node Names::                  How to choose node and pointer names.
-* Writing a Node::              How to write an `@node' line.
-* Node Line Tips::              Keep names short.
-* Node Line Requirements::      Keep names unique, without @-commands.
-* First Node::                  How to write a `Top' node.
-* makeinfo top command::        How to use the `@top' command.
-* Top Node Summary::            Write a brief description for readers.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Node Names,  Next: Writing a Node,  Up: node
-
-Choosing Node and Pointer Names
--------------------------------
-
-   The name of a node identifies the node.  The pointers enable you to
-reach other nodes and consist of the names of those nodes.
-
-   Normally, a node's `Up' pointer contains the name of the node whose
-menu mentions that node.  The node's `Next' pointer contains the name
-of the node that follows that node in that menu and its `Previous'
-pointer contains the name of the node that precedes it in that menu.
-When a node's `Previous' node is the same as its `Up' node, both node
-pointers name the same node.
-
-   Usually, the first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, and its
-`Up' and `Previous' pointers point to the `dir' file, which contains
-the main menu for all of Info.
-
-   The `Top' node itself contains the main or master menu for the
-manual.  Also, it is helpful to include a brief description of the
-manual in the `Top' node.  *Note First Node::, for information on how
-to write the first node of a Texinfo file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Writing a Node,  Next: Node Line Tips,  Prev: Node Names,  Up: node
-
-How to Write an `@node' Line
-----------------------------
-
-   The easiest way to write an `@node' line is to write `@node' at the
-beginning of a line and then the name of the node, like this:
-
-     @node NODE-NAME
-
-   If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use the update node commands
-provided by Texinfo mode to insert the names of the pointers; or you
-can leave the pointers out of the Texinfo file and let `makeinfo'
-insert node pointers into the Info file it creates.  (*Note Texinfo
-Mode::, and *Note makeinfo Pointer Creation::.)
-
-   Alternatively, you can insert the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers yourself.  If you do this, you may find it helpful to use the
-Texinfo mode keyboard command `C-c C-c n'.  This command inserts
-`@node' and a comment line listing the names of the pointers in their
-proper order.  The comment line helps you keep track of which arguments
-are for which pointers.  This comment line is especially useful if you
-are not familiar with Texinfo.
-
-   The template for a node line with `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers looks like this:
-
-     @node NODE-NAME, NEXT, PREVIOUS, UP
-
-   If you wish, you can ignore `@node' lines altogether in your first
-draft and then use the `texinfo-insert-node-lines' command to create
-`@node' lines for you.  However, we do not recommend this practice.  It
-is better to name the node itself at the same time that you write a
-segment so you can easily make cross references.  A large number of
-cross references are an especially important feature of a good Info
-file.
-
-   After you have inserted an `@node' line, you should immediately
-write an @-command for the chapter or section and insert its name.
-Next (and this is important!), put in several index entries.  Usually,
-you will find at least two and often as many as four or five ways of
-referring to the node in the index.  Use them all.  This will make it
-much easier for people to find the node.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Node Line Tips,  Next: Node Line Requirements,  Prev: Writing a Node,  Up: node
-
-`@node' Line Tips
------------------
-
-   Here are three suggestions:
-
-   * Try to pick node names that are informative but short.
-
-     In the Info file, the file name, node name, and pointer names are
-     all inserted on one line, which may run into the right edge of the
-     window.  (This does not cause a problem with Info, but is ugly.)
-
-   * Try to pick node names that differ from each other near the
-     beginnings of their names.  This way, it is easy to use automatic
-     name completion in Info.
-
-   * By convention, node names are capitalized just as they would be for
-     section or chapter titles--initial and significant words are
-     capitalized; others are not.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-4 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-4
deleted file mode 100644
index 8698ab6..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-4
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1412 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Node Line Requirements,  Next: First Node,  Prev: Node Line Tips,  Up: node
-
-`@node' Line Requirements
--------------------------
-
-   Here are several requirements for `@node' lines:
-
-   * All the node names for a single Info file must be unique.
-
-     Duplicates confuse the Info movement commands.  This means, for
-     example, that if you end every chapter with a summary, you must
-     name each summary node differently.  You cannot just call each one
-     "Summary".  You may, however, duplicate the titles of chapters,
-     sections, and the like.  Thus you can end each chapter in a book
-     with a section called "Summary", so long as the node names for
-     those sections are all different.
-
-   * A pointer name must be the name of a node.
-
-     The node to which a pointer points may come before or after the
-     node containing the pointer.
-
-   * You cannot use any of the Texinfo @-commands in a node name;
-     @-commands confuse Info.
-
-     Thus, the beginning of the section called `@chapter' looks like
-     this:
-
-          @node  chapter, unnumbered & appendix, makeinfo top, Structuring
-          @comment  node-name,  next,  previous,  up
-          @section @code{@@chapter}
-          @findex chapter
-
-   * You cannot use commas, colons, or apostrophes within a node name;
-     these confuse TeX or the Info formatters.
-
-     For example, the following is a section title:
-
-          @code{@@unnumberedsec}, @code{@@appendixsec}, @code{@@heading}
-
-     The corresponding node name is:
-
-          unnumberedsec appendixsec heading
-
-   * Case is significant.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: First Node,  Next: makeinfo top command,  Prev: Node Line Requirements,  Up: node
-
-The First Node
---------------
-
-   The first node of a Texinfo file is the `Top' node, except in an
-included file (*note Include Files::.).
-
-   The `Top' node (which must be named `top' or `Top') should have as
-its `Up' and `Previous' nodes the name of a node in another file, where
-there is a menu that leads to this file.  Specify the file name in
-parentheses.  If the file is to be installed directly in the Info
-directory file, use `(dir)' as the parent of the `Top' node; this is
-short for `(dir)top', and specifies the `Top' node in the `dir' file,
-which contains the main menu for Info.  For example, the `@node Top'
-line of this manual looks like this:
-
-     @node Top, Overview, (dir), (dir)
-
-(You may use the Texinfo updating commands or the `makeinfo' utility to
-insert these `Next' and `(dir)' pointers automatically.)
-
-   *Note Install an Info File::, for more information about installing
-an Info file in the `info' directory.
-
-   The `Top' node contains the main or master menu for the document.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo top command,  Next: Top Node Summary,  Prev: First Node,  Up: node
-
-The `@top' Sectioning Command
------------------------------
-
-   A special sectioning command, `@top', has been created for use with
-the `@node Top' line.  The `@top' sectioning command tells `makeinfo'
-that it marks the `Top' node in the file.  It provides the information
-that `makeinfo' needs to insert node pointers automatically.  Write the
-`@top' command at the beginning of the line immediately following the
-`@node Top' line.  Write the title on the remaining part of the same
-line as the `@top' command.
-
-   In Info, the `@top' sectioning command causes the title to appear on
-a line by itself, with a line of asterisks inserted underneath.
-
-   In TeX and `texinfo-format-buffer', the `@top' sectioning command is
-merely a synonym for `@unnumbered'.  Neither of these formatters
-require an `@top' command, and do nothing special with it.  You can use
-`@chapter' or `@unnumbered' after the `@node Top' line when you use
-these formatters.  Also, you can use `@chapter' or `@unnumbered' when
-you use the Texinfo updating commands to create or update pointers and
-menus.
-
-   Whatever sectioning command follows an `@node Top' line, whether it
-be `@top' or `@chapter', the `@node Top' line and the immediately
-following line and any additional text must be enclosed between
-`@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo' commands.  (*Note Conditionals::.)  This
-prevents the title and the accompanying text from appearing in printed
-output.  Write the `@ifinfo' command before the `@node' line and write
-the `@end ifinfo' command after the `@top' or other sectioning command
-and after any additional text.  (You can write the `@end ifinfo'
-command after the `@end menu' command if you like.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Top Node Summary,  Prev: makeinfo top command,  Up: node
-
-The `Top' Node Summary
-----------------------
-
-   You can help readers by writing a summary in the `Top' node, after
-the `@top' line, before the main or master menu.  The summary should
-briefly describe the Info file.  You should also write the version
-number of the program to which the manual applies in this section.  This
-helps the reader keep track of which manual is for which version of the
-program.  If the manual changes more frequently than the program or is
-independent of it, you should also include an edition number for the
-manual.  (The title page should also contain this information: see
-*Note `@titlepage': titlepage.)
-
-   Put the whole of the `Top' node, including the `@top' sectioning
-command line if you have one, between `@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo' so
-none of the text appears in the printed output (*note Conditionally
-Visible Text: Conditionals.).  (You may want to repeat the brief
-description from the `Top' node within `@iftex' ... `@end iftex' at the
-beginning of the first chapter, for those who read the printed manual.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo Pointer Creation,  Prev: node,  Up: Nodes
-
-Creating Pointers with `makeinfo'
-=================================
-
-   The `makeinfo' program has a feature for automatically creating node
-pointers for a hierarchically organized file that lacks them.
-
-   When you take advantage of this feature, you do not need to write the
-`Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers after the name of a node.
-However, you must write a sectioning command, such as `@chapter' or
-`@section', on the line immediately following each truncated `@node'
-line.  You cannot write a comment line after a node line; the section
-line must follow it immediately.
-
-   In addition, you must follow the `Top' `@node' line with a line
-beginning with `@top' to mark the `Top' node in the file. *Note `@top':
-makeinfo top.
-
-   Finally, you must write the name of each node (except for the `Top'
-node) in a menu that is one or more hierarchical levels above the
-node's hierarchical level.
-
-   This node pointer insertion feature in `makeinfo' is an alternative
-to the menu and pointer creation and update commands in Texinfo mode.
-(*Note Updating Nodes and Menus::.)  It is especially helpful to people
-who do not use GNU Emacs for writing Texinfo documents.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Menus,  Next: Cross References,  Prev: Nodes,  Up: Top
-
-Menus
-*****
-
-   "Menus" contain pointers to subordinate nodes.(1) In Info, you use
-menus to go to such nodes.  Menus have no effect in printed manuals and
-do not appear in them.
-
-   By convention, a menu is put at the end of a node since a reader who
-uses the menu may not see text that follows it.
-
-   A node that has a menu should *not* contain much text.  If you have
-a lot of text and a menu, move most of the text into a new subnode--all
-but a few lines.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Menu Location::               Put a menu in a short node.
-* Writing a Menu::              What is a menu?
-* Menu Parts::                  A menu entry has three parts.
-* Less Cluttered Menu Entry::   Two part menu entry.
-* Menu Example::                Two and three part menu entries.
-* Other Info Files::            How to refer to a different Info file.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  Menus can carry you to any node, regardless of the hierarchical
-structure; even to nodes in a different Info file.  However, the GNU
-Emacs Texinfo mode updating commands work only to create menus of
-subordinate nodes.  Conventionally, cross references are used to refer
-to other nodes.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Menu Location,  Next: Writing a Menu,  Up: Menus
-
-Menus Need Short Nodes
-======================
-
-   A reader can easily see a menu that is close to the beginning of the
-node.  The node should be short.  As a practical matter, you should
-locate a menu within 20 lines of the beginning of the node.  Otherwise,
-a reader with a terminal that displays only a few lines may miss the
-menu and its associated text.
-
-   The short text before a menu may look awkward in a printed manual.
-To avoid this, you can write a menu near the beginning of its node and
-follow the menu by an `@node' line, and then an `@heading' line located
-within `@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo'.  This way, the menu, `@node' line,
-and title appear only in the Info file, not the printed document.
-
-   For example, the preceding two paragraphs follow an Info-only menu,
-`@node' line, and heading, and look like this:
-
-     @menu
-     * Menu Location::             Put a menu in a short node.
-     * Writing a Menu::            What is a menu?
-     * Menu Parts::                A menu entry has three parts.
-     * Less Cluttered Menu Entry:: Two part menu entry.
-     * Menu Example::              Two and three part entries.
-     * Other Info Files::          How to refer to a different
-                                     Info file.
-     @end menu
-     
-     @node Menu Location, Writing a Menu,  , Menus
-     @ifinfo
-     @heading Menus Need Short Nodes
-     @end ifinfo
-
-   The Texinfo file for this document contains more than a dozen
-examples of this procedure.  One is at the beginning of this chapter;
-another is at the beginning of the "Cross References" chapter.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Writing a Menu,  Next: Menu Parts,  Prev: Menu Location,  Up: Menus
-
-Writing a Menu
-==============
-
-   A menu consists of an `@menu' command on a line by itself followed
-by menu entry lines or menu comment lines and then by an `@end menu'
-command on a line by itself.
-
-   A menu looks like this:
-
-     @menu
-     Larger Units of Text
-     
-     * Files::                       All about handling files.
-     * Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing
-                                       several files at once.
-     @end menu
-
-   In a menu, every line that begins with an `* ' is a "menu entry".
-(Note the space after the asterisk.)  A line that does not start with
-an `* ' may also appear in a menu.  Such a line is not a menu entry but
-is a menu comment line that appears in the Info file.  In the example
-above, the line `Larger Units of Text' is a menu comment line; the two
-lines starting with `* ' are menu entries.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Menu Parts,  Next: Less Cluttered Menu Entry,  Prev: Writing a Menu,  Up: Menus
-
-The Parts of a Menu
-===================
-
-   A menu entry has three parts, only the second of which is required:
-
-  1. The menu entry name.
-
-  2. The name of the node (required).
-
-  3. A description of the item.
-
-   The template for a menu entry looks like this:
-
-     * MENU-ENTRY-NAME: NODE-NAME.   DESCRIPTION
-
-   Follow the menu entry name with a single colon and follow the node
-name with tab, comma, period, or newline.
-
-   In Info, a user selects a node with the `m' (`Info-menu') command.
-The menu entry name is what the user types after the `m' command.
-
-   The third part of a menu entry is a descriptive phrase or sentence.
-Menu entry names and node names are often short; the description
-explains to the reader what the node is about.  The description, which
-is optional, can spread over two or more lines.  A useful description
-complements the node name rather than repeats it.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Less Cluttered Menu Entry,  Next: Menu Example,  Prev: Menu Parts,  Up: Menus
-
-Less Cluttered Menu Entry
-=========================
-
-   When the menu entry name and node name are the same, you can write
-the name immediately after the asterisk and space at the beginning of
-the line and follow the name with two colons.
-
-   For example, write
-
-     * Name::                                    DESCRIPTION
-
-instead of
-
-     * Name: Name.                               DESCRIPTION
-
-   You should use the node name for the menu entry name whenever
-possible, since it reduces visual clutter in the menu.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Menu Example,  Next: Other Info Files,  Prev: Less Cluttered Menu Entry,  Up: Menus
-
-A Menu Example
-==============
-
-   A menu looks like this in Texinfo:
-
-     @menu
-     * menu entry name: Node name.   A short description.
-     * Node name::                   This form is preferred.
-     @end menu
-
-This produces:
-
-     * menu:
-     
-     * menu entry name: Node name.   A short description.
-     * Node name::                   This form is preferred.
-
-   Here is an example as you might see it in a Texinfo file:
-
-     @menu
-     Larger Units of Text
-     
-     * Files::                       All about handling files.
-     * Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing
-                                       several files at once.
-     @end menu
-
-This produces:
-
-     * menu:
-     Larger Units of Text
-     
-     * Files::                       All about handling files.
-     * Multiples: Buffers.           Multiple buffers; editing
-                                       several files at once.
-
-   In this example, the menu has two entries.  `Files' is both a menu
-entry name and the name of the node referred to by that name.
-`Multiples' is the menu entry name; it refers to the node named
-`Buffers'. The line `Larger Units of Text' is a comment; it appears in
-the menu, but is not an entry.
-
-   Since no file name is specified with either `Files' or `Buffers',
-they must be the names of nodes in the same Info file (*note Referring
-to Other Info Files: Other Info Files.).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Other Info Files,  Prev: Menu Example,  Up: Menus
-
-Referring to Other Info Files
-=============================
-
-   You can create a menu entry that enables a reader in Info to go to a
-node in another Info file by writing the file name in parentheses just
-before the node name.  In this case, you should use the three-part menu
-entry format, which saves the reader from having to type the file name.
-
-   The format looks like this:
-
-     @menu
-     * FIRST-ENTRY-NAME:(FILENAME)NODENAME.     DESCRIPTION
-     * SECOND-ENTRY-NAME:(FILENAME)SECOND-NODE. DESCRIPTION
-     @end menu
-
-   For example, to refer directly to the `Outlining' and `Rebinding'
-nodes in the `Emacs Manual', you would write a menu like this:
-
-     @menu
-     * Outlining: (emacs)Outline Mode. The major mode for
-                                       editing outlines.
-     * Rebinding: (emacs)Rebinding.    How to redefine the
-                                       meaning of a key.
-     @end menu
-
-   If you do not list the node name, but only name the file, then Info
-presumes that you are referring to the `Top' node.
-
-   The `dir' file that contains the main menu for Info has menu entries
-that list only file names.  These take you directly to the `Top' nodes
-of each Info document.  (*Note Install an Info File::.)
-
-   For example:
-
-     * Info: (info).         Documentation browsing system.
-     * Emacs: (emacs).       The extensible, self-documenting
-                             text editor.
-
-(The `dir' top level directory for the Info system is an Info file, not
-a Texinfo file, but a menu entry looks the same in both types of file.)
-
-   Note that the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode menu updating commands only work
-with nodes within the current buffer, so you cannot use them to create
-menus that refer to other files.  You must write such menus by hand.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Cross References,  Next: Marking Text,  Prev: Menus,  Up: Top
-
-Cross References
-****************
-
-   "Cross references" are used to refer the reader to other parts of the
-same or different Texinfo files.  In Texinfo, nodes are the places to
-which cross references can refer.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* References::                  What cross references are for.
-* Cross Reference Commands::    A summary of the different commands.
-* Cross Reference Parts::       A cross reference has several parts.
-* xref::                        Begin a reference with `See' ...
-* Top Node Naming::             How to refer to the beginning of another file.
-* ref::                         A reference for the last part of a sentence.
-* pxref::                       How to write a parenthetical cross reference.
-* inforef::                     How to refer to an Info-only file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: References,  Next: Cross Reference Commands,  Up: Cross References
-
-What References Are For
-=======================
-
-   Often, but not always, a printed document should be designed so that
-it can be read sequentially.  People tire of flipping back and forth to
-find information that should be presented to them as they need it.
-
-   However, in any document, some information will be too detailed for
-the current context, or incidental to it; use cross references to
-provide access to such information.  Also, an on-line help system or a
-reference manual is not like a novel; few read such documents in
-sequence from beginning to end.  Instead, people look up what they
-need.  For this reason, such creations should contain many cross
-references to help readers find other information that they may not
-have read.
-
-   In a printed manual, a cross reference results in a page reference,
-unless it is to another manual altogether, in which case the cross
-reference names that manual.
-
-   In Info, a cross reference results in an entry that you can follow
-using the Info `f' command.  (*note Some advanced Info commands:
-(info)Help-Adv.)
-
-   The various cross reference commands use nodes to define cross
-reference locations.  This is evident in Info, in which a cross
-reference takes you to the specified node.  TeX also uses nodes to
-define cross reference locations, but the action is less obvious.  When
-TeX generates a DVI file, it records nodes' page numbers and uses the
-page numbers in making references.  Thus, if you are writing a manual
-that will only be printed, and will not be used on-line, you must
-nonetheless write `@node' lines to name the places to which you make
-cross references.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Cross Reference Commands,  Next: Cross Reference Parts,  Prev: References,  Up: Cross References
-
-Different Cross Reference Commands
-==================================
-
-   There are four different cross reference commands:
-
-`@xref'
-     Used to start a sentence in the printed manual saying `See ...' or
-     an entry in the Info file saying `*Note ...'.
-
-`@ref'
-     Used within or, more often, at the end of a sentence; same as
-     `@xref' for Info; produces just the reference in the printed
-     manual without a preceding `See'.
-
-`@pxref'
-     Used within parentheses to make a reference that suits both an Info
-     file and a printed book.  Starts with a lower case `see' within the
-     printed manual. (`p' is for `parenthesis'.)
-
-`@inforef'
-     Used to make a reference to an Info file for which there is no
-     printed manual.
-
-(The `@cite' command is used to make references to books and manuals
-for which there is no corresponding Info file and, therefore, no node
-to which to point.   *Note `@cite': cite.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Cross Reference Parts,  Next: xref,  Prev: Cross Reference Commands,  Up: Cross References
-
-Parts of a Cross Reference
-==========================
-
-   A cross reference command requires only one argument, which is the
-name of the node to which it refers.  But a cross reference command may
-contain up to four additional arguments.  By using these arguments, you
-can provide a cross reference name for Info, a topic description or
-section title for the printed output, the name of a different Info
-file, and the name of a different printed manual.
-
-   Here is a simple cross reference example:
-
-     @xref{Node name}.
-
-which produces
-
-     *Note Node name::.
-
-and
-
-     See Section NNN [Node name], page PPP.
-
-   Here is an example of a full five-part cross reference:
-
-     @xref{Node name, Cross Reference Name, Particular Topic,
-     info-file-name, A Printed Manual}, for details.
-
-which produces
-
-     *Note Cross Reference Name: (info-file-name)Node name,
-     for details.
-
-in Info and
-
-     See section "Particular Topic" in A Printed Manual, for details.
-
-in a printed book.
-
-   The five possible arguments for a cross reference are:
-
-  1. The node name (required).  This is the node to which the cross
-     reference takes you.  In a printed document, the location of the
-     node provides the page reference only for references within the
-     same document.
-
-  2. The cross reference name for the Info reference, if it is to be
-     different from the node name.  If you include this argument, it
-     argument becomes the first part of the cross reference. It is
-     usually omitted.
-
-  3. A topic description or section name.  Often, this is the title of
-     the section.  This is used as the name of the reference in the
-     printed manual.  If omitted, the node name is used.
-
-  4. The name of the Info file in which the reference is located, if it
-     is different from the current file.
-
-  5. The name of a printed manual from a different Texinfo file.
-
-   The template for a full five argument cross reference looks like
-this:
-
-     @xref{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME, TITLE-OR-TOPIC,
-     INFO-FILE-NAME, PRINTED-MANUAL-TITLE}.
-
-   Cross references with one, two, three, four, and five arguments are
-described separately following the description of `@xref'.
-
-   Write a node name in a cross reference in exactly the same way as in
-the `@node' line, including the same capitalization; otherwise, the
-formatters may not find the reference.
-
-   You can write cross reference commands within a paragraph, but note
-how Info and TeX format the output of each of the various commands:
-write `@xref' at the beginning of a sentence; write `@pxref' only
-within parentheses, and so on.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: xref,  Next: Top Node Naming,  Prev: Cross Reference Parts,  Up: Cross References
-
-`@xref'
-=======
-
-   The `@xref' command generates a cross reference for the beginning of
-a sentence.  The Info formatting commands convert it into an Info cross
-reference, which the Info `f' command can use to bring you directly to
-another node.  The TeX typesetting commands convert it into a page
-reference, or a reference to another book or manual.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Reference Syntax::            What a reference looks like and requires.
-* One Argument::                `@xref' with one argument.
-* Two Arguments::               `@xref' with two arguments.
-* Three Arguments::             `@xref' with three arguments.
-* Four and Five Arguments::     `@xref' with four and five arguments.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Reference Syntax,  Next: One Argument,  Up: xref
-
-What a Reference Looks Like and Requires
-----------------------------------------
-
-   Most often, an Info cross reference looks like this:
-
-     *Note NODE-NAME::.
-
-or like this
-
-     *Note CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME: NODE-NAME.
-
-In TeX, a cross reference looks like this:
-
-     See Section SECTION-NUMBER [NODE-NAME], page PAGE.
-
-or like this
-
-     See Section SECTION-NUMBER [TITLE-OR-TOPIC], page PAGE.
-
-   The `@xref' command does not generate a period or comma to end the
-cross reference in either the Info file or the printed output.  You
-must write that period or comma yourself; otherwise, Info will not
-recognize the end of the reference.  (The `@pxref' command works
-differently.  *Note `@pxref': pxref.)
-
-     *Please note:* A period or comma *must* follow the closing brace
-     of an `@xref'.  It is required to terminate the cross reference.
-     This period or comma will appear in the output, both in the Info
-     file and in the printed manual.
-
-   `@xref' must refer to an Info node by name.  Use `@node' to define
-the node (*note Writing a Node::.).
-
-   `@xref' is followed by several arguments inside braces, separated by
-commas.  Whitespace before and after these commas is ignored.
-
-   A cross reference requires only the name of a node; but it may
-contain up to four additional arguments.  Each of these variations
-produces a cross reference that looks somewhat different.
-
-     *Please note:* Commas separate arguments in a cross reference;
-     avoid including them in the title or other part lest the formatters
-     mistake them for separators.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: One Argument,  Next: Two Arguments,  Prev: Reference Syntax,  Up: xref
-
-`@xref' with One Argument
--------------------------
-
-   The simplest form of `@xref' takes one argument, the name of another
-node in the same Info file.    The Info formatters produce output that
-the Info readers can use to jump to the reference; TeX produces output
-that specifies the page and section number for you.
-
-For example,
-
-     @xref{Tropical Storms}.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note Tropical Storms::.
-
-and
-
-     See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24.
-
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-period.)
-
-   You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:
-
-     @xref{Tropical Storms}, for more info.
-
-which produces
-
-     *Note Tropical Storms::, for more info.
-
-     See Section 3.1 [Tropical Storms], page 24, for more info.
-
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Two Arguments,  Next: Three Arguments,  Prev: One Argument,  Up: xref
-
-`@xref' with Two Arguments
---------------------------
-
-   With two arguments, the second is used as the name of the Info cross
-reference, while the first is still the name of the node to which the
-cross reference points.
-
-The template is like this:
-
-     @xref{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME}.
-
-For example,
-
-     @xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning}.
-
-produces:
-
-     *Note Lightning: Electrical Effects.
-
-and
-
-     See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57.
-
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-period; and that the node name is printed, not the cross reference
-name.)
-
-   You can write a clause after the cross reference, like this:
-
-     @xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning}, for more info.
-
-which produces
-     *Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for more info.
-
-and
-
-     See Section 5.2 [Electrical Effects], page 57, for more info.
-
-(Note that in the preceding example the closing brace is followed by a
-comma, and then by the clause, which is followed by a period.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Three Arguments,  Next: Four and Five Arguments,  Prev: Two Arguments,  Up: xref
-
-`@xref' with Three Arguments
-----------------------------
-
-   A third argument replaces the node name in the TeX output.  The third
-argument should be the name of the section in the printed output, or
-else state the topic discussed by that section.  Often, you will want to
-use initial upper case letters so it will be easier to read when the
-reference is printed.  Use a third argument when the node name is
-unsuitable because of syntax or meaning.
-
-   Remember to avoid placing a comma within the title or topic section
-of a cross reference, or within any other section.  The formatters
-divide cross references into arguments according to the commas; a comma
-within a title or other section will divide it into two arguments.  In
-a reference, you need to write a title such as "Clouds, Mist, and Fog"
-without the commas.
-
-   Also, remember to write a comma or period after the closing brace of
-a `@xref' to terminate the cross reference.  In the following examples,
-a clause follows a terminating comma.
-
-The template is like this:
-
-     @xref{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME, TITLE-OR-TOPIC}.
-
-For example,
-
-     @xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning},
-     for details.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
-
-and
-
-     See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
-
-   If a third argument is given and the second one is empty, then the
-third argument serves both.  (Note how two commas, side by side, mark
-the empty second argument.)
-
-     @xref{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning},
-     for details.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note Thunder and Lightning: Electrical Effects, for details.
-
-and
-
-     See Section 5.2 [Thunder and Lightning], page 57, for details.
-
-   As a practical matter, it is often best to write cross references
-with just the first argument if the node name and the section title are
-the same, and with the first and third arguments if the node name and
-title are different.
-
-   Here are several examples from `The GAWK Manual':
-
-     @xref{Sample Program}.
-     @xref{Glossary}.
-     @xref{Case-sensitivity, ,Case-sensitivity in Matching}.
-     @xref{Close Output, , Closing Output Files and Pipes},
-        for more information.
-     @xref{Regexp, , Regular Expressions as Patterns}.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Four and Five Arguments,  Prev: Three Arguments,  Up: xref
-
-`@xref' with Four and Five Arguments
-------------------------------------
-
-   In a cross reference, a fourth argument specifies the name of another
-Info file, different from the file in which the reference appears, and
-a fifth argument specifies its title as a printed manual.
-
-   Remember that a comma or period must follow the closing brace of an
-`@xref' command to terminate the cross reference.  In the following
-examples, a clause follows a terminating comma.
-
-The template is:
-
-     @xref{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME, TITLE-OR-TOPIC,
-     INFO-FILE-NAME, PRINTED-MANUAL-TITLE}.
-
-For example,
-
-     @xref{Electrical Effects, Lightning, Thunder and Lightning,
-     weather, An Introduction to Meteorology}, for details.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects, for details.
-
-The name of the Info file is enclosed in parentheses and precedes the
-name of the node.
-
-In a printed manual, the reference looks like this:
-
-     See section "Thunder and Lightning" in An Introduction to
-     Meteorology, for details.
-
-The title of the printed manual is typeset in italics; and the
-reference lacks a page number since TeX cannot know to which page a
-reference refers when that reference is to another manual.
-
-   Often, you will leave out the second argument when you use the long
-version of `@xref'.  In this case, the third argument, the topic
-description, will be used as the cross reference name in Info.
-
-The template looks like this:
-
-     @xref{NODE-NAME, , TITLE-OR-TOPIC, INFO-FILE-NAME,
-     PRINTED-MANUAL-TITLE}, for details.
-
-which produces
-
-     *Note TITLE-OR-TOPIC: (INFO-FILE-NAME)NODE-NAME, for details.
-
-and
-
-     See section TITLE-OR-TOPIC in PRINTED-MANUAL-TITLE, for details.
-
-For example,
-
-     @xref{Electrical Effects, , Thunder and Lightning,
-     weather, An Introduction to Meteorology}, for details.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note Thunder and Lightning: (weather)Electrical Effects,
-     for details.
-
-and
-
-     See section "Thunder and Lightning" in An Introduction to
-     Meteorology, for details.
-
-   On rare occasions, you may want to refer to another Info file that
-is within a single printed manual--when multiple Texinfo files are
-incorporated into the same TeX run but make separate Info files.  In
-this case, you need to specify only the fourth argument, and not the
-fifth.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Top Node Naming,  Next: ref,  Prev: xref,  Up: Cross References
-
-Naming a `Top' Node
-===================
-
-   In a cross reference, you must always name a node.  This means that
-in order to refer to a whole manual, you must identify the `Top' node by
-writing it as the first argument to the `@xref' command.  (This is
-different from the way you write a menu entry; see *Note Referring to
-Other Info Files: Other Info Files.)  At the same time, to provide a
-meaningful section topic or title in the printed cross reference
-(instead of the word `Top'), you must write an appropriate entry for
-the third argument to the `@xref' command.
-
-Thus, to make a cross reference to `The GNU Make Manual', write:
-
-     @xref{Top, , Overview, make, The GNU Make Manual}.
-
-which produces
-
-     *Note Overview: (make)Top.
-
-and
-
-     See section "Overview" in The GNU Make Manual.
-
-In this example, `Top' is the name of the first node, and `Overview' is
-the name of the first section of the manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: ref,  Next: pxref,  Prev: Top Node Naming,  Up: Cross References
-
-`@ref'
-======
-
-   `@ref' is nearly the same as `@xref' except that it does not
-generate a `See' in the printed output, just the reference itself.
-This makes it useful as the last part of a sentence.
-
-For example,
-
-     For more information, see @ref{Hurricanes}.
-
-produces
-
-     For more information, see *Note Hurricanes.
-
-and
-
-     For more information, see Section 8.2 [Hurricanes], page 123.
-
-   The `@ref' command sometimes leads writers to express themselves in
-a manner that is suitable for a printed manual but looks awkward in the
-Info format.  Bear in mind that your audience will be using both the
-printed and the Info format.
-
-For example,
-
-     Sea surges are described in @ref{Hurricanes}.
-
-produces
-
-     Sea surges are described in Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72.
-
-in a printed document, and the following in Info:
-
-     Sea surges are described in *Note Hurricanes::.
-
-     *Caution:* You *must* write a period or comma immediately after an
-     `@ref' command with two or more arguments.  Otherwise, Info will
-     not find the end of the cross reference entry and its attempt to
-     follow the cross reference will fail.  As a general rule, you
-     should write a period or comma after every `@ref' command.  This
-     looks best in both the printed and the Info output.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: pxref,  Next: inforef,  Prev: ref,  Up: Cross References
-
-`@pxref'
-========
-
-   The parenthetical reference command, `@pxref', is nearly the same as
-`@xref', but you use it *only* inside parentheses and you do *not* type
-a comma or period after the command's closing brace.  The command
-differs from `@xref' in two ways:
-
-  1. TeX typesets the reference for the printed manual with a lower case
-     `see' rather than an upper case `See'.
-
-  2. The Info formatting commands automatically end the reference with a
-     closing colon or period.
-
-   Because one type of formatting automatically inserts closing
-punctuation and the other does not, you should use `@pxref' *only*
-inside parentheses as part of another sentence.  Also, you yourself
-should not insert punctuation after the reference, as you do with
-`@xref'.
-
-   `@pxref' is designed so that the output looks right and works right
-between parentheses both in printed output and in an Info file.  In a
-printed manual, a closing comma or period should not follow a cross
-reference within parentheses; such punctuation is wrong.  But in an
-Info file, suitable closing punctuation must follow the cross reference
-so Info can recognize its end.  `@pxref' spares you the need to use
-complicated methods to put a terminator into one form of the output and
-not the other.
-
-With one argument, a parenthetical cross reference looks like this:
-
-     ... storms cause flooding (@pxref{Hurricanes}) ...
-
-which produces
-
-     ... storms cause flooding (*Note Hurricanes::) ...
-
-and
-
-     ... storms cause flooding (see Section 6.7 [Hurricanes], page 72)
-     ...
-
-   With two arguments, a parenthetical cross reference has this
-template:
-
-     ... (@pxref{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME}) ...
-
-which produces
-
-     ... (*Note CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME: NODE-NAME.) ...
-
-and
-
-     ... (see Section NNN [NODE-NAME], page PPP) ...
-
-   `@pxref' can be used with up to five arguments just like `@xref'
-(*note `@xref': xref.).
-
-     *Please note:* Use `@pxref' only as a parenthetical reference.  Do
-     not try to use `@pxref' as a clause in a sentence.  It will look
-     bad in either the Info file, the printed output, or both.
-
-     Also, parenthetical cross references look best at the ends of
-     sentences.  Although you may write them in the middle of a
-     sentence, that location breaks up the flow of text.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: inforef,  Prev: pxref,  Up: Cross References
-
-`@inforef'
-==========
-
-   `@inforef' is used for cross references to Info files for which
-there are no printed manuals.  Even in a printed manual, `@inforef'
-generates a reference directing the user to look in an Info file.
-
-   The command takes either two or three arguments, in the following
-order:
-
-  1. The node name.
-
-  2. The cross reference name (optional).
-
-  3. The Info file name.
-
-Separate the arguments with commas, as with `@xref'.  Also, you must
-terminate the reference with a comma or period after the `}', as you do
-with `@xref'.
-
-The template is:
-
-     @inforef{NODE-NAME, CROSS-REFERENCE-NAME, INFO-FILE-NAME},
-
-Thus,
-
-     @inforef{Expert, Advanced Info commands, info},
-     for more information.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert,
-     for more information.
-
-and
-
-     See Info file `info', node `Expert', for more information.
-
-Similarly,
-
-     @inforef{Expert, , info}, for more information.
-
-produces
-
-     *Note (info)Expert::, for more information.
-
-and
-
-     See Info file `info', node `Expert', for more information.
-
-   The converse of `@inforef' is `@cite', which is used to refer to
-printed works for which no Info form exists.  *Note `@cite': cite.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Marking Text,  Next: Quotations and Examples,  Prev: Cross References,  Up: Top
-
-Marking Words and Phrases
-*************************
-
-   In Texinfo, you can mark words and phrases in a variety of ways.
-The Texinfo formatters use this information to determine how to
-highlight the text.  You can specify, for example, whether a word or
-phrase is a defining occurrence, a metasyntactic variable, or a symbol
-used in a program.  Also, you can emphasize text.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Indicating::                  How to indicate definitions, files, etc.
-* Emphasis::                    How to emphasize text.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Indicating,  Next: Emphasis,  Up: Marking Text
-
-Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.
-======================================
-
-   Texinfo has commands for indicating just what kind of object a piece
-of text refers to.  For example, metasyntactic variables are marked by
-`@var', and code by `@code'.  Since the pieces of text are labelled by
-commands that tell what kind of object they are, it is easy to change
-the way the Texinfo formatters prepare such text.  (Texinfo is an
-*intentional* formatting language rather than a *typesetting*
-formatting language.)
-
-   For example, in a printed manual, code is usually illustrated in a
-typewriter font; `@code' tells TeX to typeset this text in this font.
-But it would be easy to change the way TeX highlights code to use
-another font, and this change would not effect how keystroke examples
-are highlighted.  If straight typesetting commands were used in the body
-of the file and you wanted to make a change, you would need to check
-every single occurrence to make sure that you were changing code and
-not something else that should not be changed.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Useful Highlighting::         Highlighting provides useful information.
-* code::                        How to indicate code.
-* kbd::                         How to show keyboard input.
-* key::                         How to specify keys.
-* samp::                        How to show a literal sequence of characters.
-* var::                         How to indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-* file::                        How to indicate the name of a file.
-* dfn::                         How to specify a definition.
-* cite::                        How to refer to a book that is not in Info.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Useful Highlighting,  Next: code,  Up: Indicating
-
-Highlighting Commands are Useful
---------------------------------
-
-   The highlighting commands can be used to generate useful information
-from the file, such as lists of functions or file names.  It is
-possible, for example, to write a program in Emacs Lisp (or a keyboard
-macro) to insert an index entry after every paragraph that contains
-words or phrases marked by a specified command.  You could do this to
-construct an index of functions if you had not already made the entries.
-
-   The commands serve a variety of purposes:
-
-`@code{SAMPLE-CODE}'
-     Indicate text that is a literal example of a piece of a program.
-
-`@kbd{KEYBOARD-CHARACTERS}'
-     Indicate keyboard input.
-
-`@key{KEY-NAME}'
-     Indicate the conventional name for a key on a keyboard.
-
-`@samp{TEXT}'
-     Indicate text that is a literal example of a sequence of
-     characters.
-
-`@var{METASYNTACTIC-VARIABLE}'
-     Indicate a metasyntactic variable.
-
-`@file{FILE-NAME}'
-     Indicate the name of a file.
-
-`@dfn{TERM}'
-     Indicate the introductory or defining use of a term.
-
-`@cite{REFERENCE}'
-     Indicate the name of a book.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: code,  Next: kbd,  Prev: Useful Highlighting,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@code'{SAMPLE-CODE}
---------------------
-
-   Use the `@code' command to indicate text that is a piece of a
-program and which consists of entire syntactic tokens.  Enclose the
-text in braces.
-
-   Thus, you should use `@code' for an expression in a program, for the
-name of a variable or function used in a program, or for a keyword.
-Also, you should use `@code' for the name of a program, such as `diff',
-that is a name used in the machine. (You should write the name of a
-program in the ordinary text font if you regard it as a new English
-word, such as `Emacs' or `Bison'.)
-
-   Use `@code' for environment variables such as `TEXINPUTS', and other
-variables.
-
-   Use `@code' for command names in command languages that resemble
-programming languages, such as Texinfo or the shell.  For example,
-`@code' and `@samp' are produced by writing `@code{@@code}' and
-`@code{@@samp}' in the Texinfo source, respectively.
-
-   Note, however, that you should not use `@code' for shell options
-such as `-c' when such options stand alone. (Use `@samp'.) Also, an
-entire shell command often looks better if written using `@samp' rather
-than `@code'.  In this case, the rule is to choose the more pleasing
-format.
-
-   It is incorrect to alter the case of a word inside an `@code'
-command when it appears at the beginning of a sentence.  Most computer
-languages are case sensitive.  In C, for example, `Printf' is different
-from the identifier `printf', and most likely is a misspelling of it.
-Even in languages which are not case sensitive, it is confusing to a
-human reader to see identifiers spelled in different ways.  Pick one
-spelling and always use that.  If you do not want to start a sentence
-with a command written all in lower case, you should rearrange the
-sentence.
-
-   Do not use the `@code' command for a string of characters shorter
-than a syntactic token.  If you are writing about `TEXINPU', which is
-just a part of the name for the `TEXINPUTS' environment variable, you
-should use `@samp'.
-
-   In particular, you should not use the `@code' command when writing
-about the characters used in a token; do not, for example, use `@code'
-when you are explaining what letters or printable symbols can be used
-in the names of functions.  (Use `@samp'.)  Also, you should not use
-`@code' to mark text that is considered input to programs unless the
-input is written in a language that is like a programming language.
-For example, you should not use `@code' for the keystroke commands of
-GNU Emacs (use `@kbd' instead) although you may use `@code' for the
-names of the Emacs Lisp functions that the keystroke commands invoke.
-
-   In the printed manual, `@code' causes TeX to typeset the argument in
-a typewriter face.  In the Info file, it causes the Info formatting
-commands to use single quotation marks around the text.
-
-   For example,
-
-     Use @code{diff} to compare two files.
-
-produces this in the printed manual:
-
-     Use `diff' to compare two files.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: kbd,  Next: key,  Prev: code,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@kbd'{KEYBOARD-CHARACTERS}
----------------------------
-
-   Use the `@kbd' command for characters of input to be typed by users.
-For example, to refer to the characters `M-a', write
-
-     @kbd{M-a}
-
-and to refer to the characters `M-x shell', write
-
-     @kbd{M-x shell}
-
-   The `@kbd' command has the same effect as `@code' in Info, but may
-produce a different font in a printed manual.
-
-   You can embed another @-command inside the braces of an `@kbd'
-command.  Here, for example, is the way to describe a command that
-would be described more verbosely as "press an `r' and then press the
-RET key":
-
-     @kbd{r @key{RET}}
-
-This produces: `r RET'
-
-   You also use the `@kbd' command if you are spelling out the letters
-you type; for example:
-
-     To give the @code{logout} command,
-     type the characters @kbd{l o g o u t @key{RET}}.
-
-This produces:
-
-     To give the `logout' command, type the characters `l o g o u t
-     RET'.
-
-   (Also, this example shows that you can add spaces for clarity.  If
-you really want to mention a space character as one of the characters of
-input, write `@key{SPC}' for it.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: key,  Next: samp,  Prev: kbd,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@key'{KEY-NAME}
-----------------
-
-   Use the `@key' command for the conventional name for a key on a
-keyboard, as in:
-
-     @key{RET}
-
-   You can use the `@key' command within the argument of an `@kbd'
-command when the sequence of characters to be typed includes one or
-more keys that are described by name.
-
-   For example, to produce `C-x ESC' you would type:
-
-     @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}
-
-   Here is a list of the recommended names for keys; they are all in
-upper case:
-
-    SPC
-          Space
-
-    RET
-          Return
-
-    LFD
-          Linefeed
-
-    TAB
-          Tab
-
-    BS
-          Backspace
-
-    ESC
-          Escape
-
-    DEL
-          Delete
-
-    SFT
-          Shift
-
-    CTL
-          Control
-
-    META
-          Meta
-
-   There are subtleties to handling words like `meta' or `ctl' that are
-names of shift keys.  When mentioning a character in which the shift
-key is used, such as `Meta-a', use the `@kbd' command alone; do not use
-the `@key' command; but when you are referring to the shift key in
-isolation, use the `@key' command.  For example, write `@kbd{Meta-a}'
-to produce `Meta-a' and `@key{META}' to produce META.  This is because
-`Meta-a' refers to keys that you press on a keyboard, but META refers
-to a key without implying that you press it.  In short, use `@kbd' for
-what you do, and use `@key' for what you talk about: "Press `@kbd{M-a}'
-to move point to the beginning of the sentence.  The `@key{META}' key
-is often in the lower left of the keyboard."
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: samp,  Next: var,  Prev: key,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@samp'{TEXT}
--------------
-
-   Use the `@samp' command to indicate text that is a literal example
-or `sample' of a sequence of characters in a file, string, pattern, etc.
-Enclose the text in braces.  The argument appears within single
-quotation marks in both the Info file and the printed manual; in
-addition, it is printed in a fixed-width font.
-
-     To match @samp{foo} at the end of the line,
-     use the regexp @samp{foo$}.
-
-produces
-
-     To match `foo' at the end of the line, use the regexp `foo$'.
-
-   Any time you are referring to single characters, you should use
-`@samp' unless `@kbd' is more appropriate.  Use `@samp' for the names
-of command-line options.  Also, you may use `@samp' for entire
-statements in C and for entire shell commands--in this case, `@samp'
-often looks better than `@code'.  Basically, `@samp' is a catchall for
-whatever is not covered by `@code', `@kbd', or `@key'.
-
-   Only include punctuation marks within braces if they are part of the
-string you are specifying.  Write punctuation marks outside the braces
-if those punctuation marks are part of the English text that surrounds
-the string.  In the following sentence, for example, the commas and
-period are outside of the braces:
-
-     In English, the vowels are @samp{a}, @samp{e},
-     @samp{i}, @samp{o}, @samp{u}, and sometimes
-     @samp{y}.
-
-This produces:
-
-     In English, the vowels are `a', `e', `i', `o', `u',  and sometimes
-     `y'.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-5 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-5
deleted file mode 100644
index 84b7295..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-5
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1433 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: var,  Next: file,  Prev: samp,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@var'{METASYNTACTIC-VARIABLE}
-------------------------------
-
-   Use the `@var' command to indicate metasyntactic variables.  A
-"metasyntactic variable" is something that stands for another piece of
-text.  For example, you should use a metasyntactic variable in the
-documentation of a function to describe the arguments that are passed
-to that function.
-
-   Do not use `@var' for the names of particular variables in
-programming languages.  These are specific names from a program, so
-`@code' is correct for them.  For example, the Lisp variable
-`texinfo-tex-command' is not a metasyntactic variable; it is properly
-formatted using `@code'.
-
-   The effect of `@var' in the Info file is to change the case of the
-argument to all upper case; in the printed manual, to italicize it.
-
-   For example,
-
-     To delete file @var{filename},
-     type @code{rm @var{filename}}.
-
-produces
-
-     To delete file FILENAME, type `rm FILENAME'.
-
-(Note that `@var' may appear inside `@code', `@samp', `@file', etc.)
-
-   Write a metasyntactic variable all in lower case without spaces, and
-use hyphens to make it more readable.  Thus, the Texinfo source for the
-illustration of how to begin a Texinfo manual looks like this:
-
-     \input texinfo
-     @@setfilename @var{info-file-name}
-     @@settitle @var{name-of-manual}
-
-This produces:
-
-     \input texinfo
-     @setfilename INFO-FILE-NAME
-     @settitle NAME-OF-MANUAL
-
-   In some documentation styles, metasyntactic variables are shown with
-angle brackets, for example:
-
-     ..., type rm <filename>
-
-However, that is not the style that Texinfo uses.  (You can, of course,
-modify the sources to TeX and the Info formatting commands to output
-the `<...>' format if you wish.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: file,  Next: dfn,  Prev: var,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@file'{FILE-NAME}
-------------------
-
-   Use the `@file' command to indicate text that is the name of a file,
-buffer, or directory, or is the name of a node in Info.  You can also
-use the command for file name suffixes.  Do not use `@file' for symbols
-in a programming language; use `@code'.
-
-   Currently, `@file' is equivalent to `@samp' in its effects.  For
-example,
-
-     The @file{.el} files are in
-     the @file{/usr/local/emacs/lisp} directory.
-
-produces
-
-     The `.el' files are in the `/usr/local/emacs/lisp' directory.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: dfn,  Next: cite,  Prev: file,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@dfn'{TERM}
-------------
-
-   Use the `@dfn' command to identify the introductory or defining use
-of a technical term.  Use the command only in passages whose purpose is
-to introduce a term which will be used again or which the reader ought
-to know.  Mere passing mention of a term for the first time does not
-deserve `@dfn'.  The command generates italics in the printed manual,
-and double quotation marks in the Info file.  For example:
-
-     Getting rid of a file is called @dfn{deleting} it.
-
-produces
-
-     Getting rid of a file is called "deleting" it.
-
-   As a general rule, a sentence containing the defining occurrence of a
-term should be a definition of the term.  The sentence does not need to
-say explicitly that it is a definition, but it should contain the
-information of a definition--it should make the meaning clear.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: cite,  Prev: dfn,  Up: Indicating
-
-`@cite'{REFERENCE}
-------------------
-
-   Use the `@cite' command for the name of a book that lacks a
-companion Info file. The command produces italics in the printed
-manual, and quotation marks in the Info file.
-
-   (If a book is written in Texinfo, it is better to use a cross
-reference command since a reader can easily follow such a reference in
-Info.  *Note `@xref': xref.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Emphasis,  Prev: Indicating,  Up: Marking Text
-
-Emphasizing Text
-================
-
-   Usually, Texinfo changes the font to mark words in the text
-according to what category the words belong to; an example is the
-`@code' command.  Most often, this is the best way to mark words.
-However, sometimes you will want to emphasize text without indicating a
-category.  Texinfo has two commands to do this.  Also, Texinfo has
-several commands that specify the font in which TeX will typeset text.
-These commands have no affect on Info and only one of them, the `@r'
-command, has any regular use.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* emph & strong::               How to emphasize text in Texinfo.
-* Smallcaps::                   How to use the small caps font.
-* Fonts::                       Various font commands for printed output.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: emph & strong,  Next: Smallcaps,  Up: Emphasis
-
-`@emph'{TEXT} and `@strong'{TEXT}
----------------------------------
-
-   The `@emph' and `@strong' commands are for emphasis; `@strong' is
-stronger.  In printed output, `@emph' produces *italics* and `@strong'
-produces *bold*.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @quotation
-     @strong{Caution:} @code{rm * .[^.]*} removes @emph{all}
-     files in the directory.
-     @end quotation
-
-produces:
-
-          *Caution*: `rm * .[^.]*' removes *all*
-          files in the directory.
-
-   The `@strong' command is seldom used except to mark what is, in
-effect, a typographical element, such as the word `Caution' in the
-preceding example.
-
-   In the Info file, both `@emph' and `@strong' put asterisks around
-the text.
-
-     *Caution:* Do not use `@emph' or `@strong' with the word `Note';
-     Info will mistake the combination for a cross reference.  Use a
-     phrase such as *Please note* or *Caution* instead.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Smallcaps,  Next: Fonts,  Prev: emph & strong,  Up: Emphasis
-
-`@sc'{TEXT}: The Small Caps Font
---------------------------------
-
-   Use the `@sc' command to set text in the printed output in a small
-caps font and set text in the Info file in upper case letters.
-
-   Write the text between braces in lower case, like this:
-
-     The @sc{acm} and @sc{ieee} are technical societies.
-
-This produces:
-
-     The ACM and IEEE are technical societies.
-
-   TeX typesets the small caps font in a manner that prevents the
-letters from `jumping out at you on the page'.  This makes small caps
-text easier to read than text in all upper case.  The Info formatting
-commands set all small caps text in upper case.
-
-   If the text between the braces of an `@sc' command is upper case,
-TeX typesets in full-size capitals.  Use full-size capitals sparingly.
-
-   You may also use the small caps font for a jargon word such as ATO
-(a NASA word meaning `abort to orbit').
-
-   There are subtleties to using the small caps font with a jargon word
-such as CDR, a word used in Lisp programming.  In this case, you should
-use the small caps font when the word refers to the second and
-subsequent elements of a list (the CDR of the list), but you should use
-`@code' when the word refers to the Lisp function of the same spelling.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Fonts,  Prev: Smallcaps,  Up: Emphasis
-
-Fonts for Printing, Not Info
-----------------------------
-
-   Texinfo provides four font commands that specify font changes in the
-printed manual but have no effect in the Info file.  `@i' requests
-italic font (in some versions of TeX, a slanted font is used), `@b'
-requests bold face, `@t' requests the fixed-width, typewriter-style
-font used by `@code', and `@r' requests a roman font, which is the
-usual font in which text is printed.  All four commands apply to an
-argument that follows, surrounded by braces.
-
-   Only the `@r' command has much use: in example programs, you can use
-the `@r' command to convert code comments from the fixed-width font to
-a roman font.  This looks better in printed output.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @lisp
-     (+ 2 2)    ; @r{Add two plus two.}
-     @end lisp
-
-produces
-
-     (+ 2 2)    ; Add two plus two.
-
-   If possible, you should avoid using the other three font commands.
-If you need to use one, it probably indicates a gap in the Texinfo
-language.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Quotations and Examples,  Next: Lists and Tables,  Prev: Marking Text,  Up: Top
-
-Quotations and Examples
-***********************
-
-   Quotations and examples are blocks of text consisting of one or more
-whole paragraphs that are set off from the bulk of the text and treated
-differently.  They are usually indented.
-
-   In Texinfo, you always begin a quotation or example by writing an
-@-command at the beginning of a line by itself, and end it by writing
-an `@end' command that is also at the beginning of a line by itself.
-For instance, you begin an example by writing `@example' by itself at
-the beginning of a line and end the example by writing `@end example'
-on a line by itself, at the beginning of that line.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Block Enclosing Commands::    Use different constructs for
-                                  different purposes.
-* quotation::                   How to write a quotation.
-* example::                     How to write an example in a fixed-width font.
-* noindent::                    How to prevent paragraph indentation.
-* Lisp Example::                How to illustrate Lisp code.
-* smallexample & smalllisp::    Forms for the `@smallbook' option.
-* display::                     How to write an example in the current font.
-* format::                      How to write an example that does not narrow
-                                  the margins.
-* exdent::                      How to undo the indentation of a line.
-* flushleft & flushright::      How to push text flushleft or flushright.
-* cartouche::                   How to draw cartouches around examples.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Block Enclosing Commands,  Next: quotation,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-The Block Enclosing Commands
-============================
-
-   Here are commands for quotations and examples:
-
-`@quotation'
-     Indicate text that is quoted. The text is filled, indented, and
-     printed in a roman font by default.
-
-`@example'
-     Illustrate code, commands, and the like. The text is printed in a
-     fixed-width font, and indented but not filled.
-
-`@lisp'
-     Illustrate Lisp code. The text is printed in a fixed-width font,
-     and indented but not filled.
-
-`@smallexample'
-     Illustrate code, commands, and the like.  Similar to `@example',
-     except that in TeX this command typesets text in a smaller font
-     for the smaller `@smallbook' format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch
-     format.
-
-`@smalllisp'
-     Illustrate Lisp code.  Similar to `@lisp', except that in TeX this
-     command typesets text in a smaller font for the smaller
-     `@smallbook' format than for the 8.5 by 11 inch format.
-
-`@display'
-     Display illustrative text.  The text is indented but not filled,
-     and no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).
-
-`@format'
-     Print illustrative text.  The text is not indented and not filled
-     and no font is specified (so, by default, the font is roman).
-
-   The `@exdent' command is used within the above constructs to undo
-the indentation of a line.
-
-   The `@flushleft' and `@flushright' commands are used to line up the
-left or right margins of unfilled text.
-
-   The `@noindent' command may be used after one of the above
-constructs to prevent the following text from being indented as a new
-paragraph.
-
-   You can use the `@cartouche' command within one of the above
-constructs to highlight the example or quotation by drawing a box with
-rounded corners around it.  (The `@cartouche' command affects only the
-printed manual; it has no effect in the Info file; see *Note Drawing
-Cartouches Around Examples: cartouche.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: quotation,  Next: example,  Prev: Block Enclosing Commands,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@quotation'
-============
-
-   The text of a quotation is processed normally except that:
-
-   * the margins are closer to the center of the page, so the whole of
-     the quotation is indented;
-
-   * the first lines of paragraphs are indented no more than other
-     lines;
-
-   * in the printed output, interparagraph spacing is reduced.
-
-     This is an example of text written between an `@quotation' command
-     and an `@end quotation' command.  An `@quotation' command is most
-     often used to indicate text that is excerpted from another (real
-     or hypothetical) printed work.
-
-   Write an `@quotation' command as text on a line by itself.  This
-line will disappear from the output.  Mark the end of the quotation
-with a line beginning with and containing only `@end quotation'.  The
-`@end quotation' line will likewise disappear from the output.  Thus,
-the following,
-
-     @quotation
-     This is
-     a foo.
-     @end quotation
-
-produces
-
-     This is a foo.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: example,  Next: noindent,  Prev: quotation,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@example'
-==========
-
-   The `@example' command is used to indicate an example that is not
-part of the running text, such as computer input or output.
-
-     This is an example of text written between an
-     `@example' command
-     and an `@end example' command.
-     The text is indented but not filled.
-     
-     In the printed manual, the text is typeset in a
-     fixed-width font, and extra spaces and blank lines are
-     significant.  In the Info file, an analogous result is
-     obtained by indenting each line with five spaces.
-
-   Write an `@example' command at the beginning of a line by itself.
-This line will disappear from the output.  Mark the end of the example
-with an `@end example' command, also written at the beginning of a line
-by itself.  The `@end example' will disappear from the output.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @example
-     mv foo bar
-     @end example
-
-produces
-
-     mv foo bar
-
-   Since the lines containing `@example' and `@end example' will
-disappear, you should put a blank line before the `@example' and
-another blank line after the `@end example'.  (Remember that blank
-lines between the beginning `@example' and the ending `@end example'
-will appear in the output.)
-
-     *Caution:* Do not use tabs in the lines of an example (or anywhere
-     else in Texinfo, for that matter)!  TeX treats tabs as single
-     spaces, and that is not what they look like.  This is a problem
-     with TeX.  (If necessary, in Emacs, you can use `M-x untabify' to
-     convert tabs in a region to multiple spaces.)
-
-   Examples are often, logically speaking, "in the middle" of a
-paragraph, and the text continues after an example should not be
-indented.  The `@noindent' command prevents a piece of text from being
-indented as if it were a new paragraph.  (*Note noindent::.)
-
-   (The `@code' command is used for examples of code that are embedded
-within sentences, not set off from preceding and following text.  *Note
-`@code': code.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: noindent,  Next: Lisp Example,  Prev: example,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@noindent'
-===========
-
-   An example or other inclusion can break a paragraph into segments.
-Ordinarily, the formatters indent text that follows an example as a new
-paragraph.  However, you can prevent this by writing `@noindent' at the
-beginning of a line by itself preceding the continuation text.
-
-   For example:
-
-     @example
-     This is an example
-     @end example
-     
-     @noindent
-     This line is not indented.  As you can see, the
-     beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line
-     that follows after it.  (This whole example is between
-     @code{@@display} and @code{@@end display}.)
-
-produces
-
-          This is an example
-     
-     
-     This line is not indented.  As you can see, the
-     beginning of the line is fully flush left with the line
-     that follows after it.  (This whole example is between
-     `@display' and `@end display'.)
-
-   To adjust the number of blank lines properly in the Info file output,
-remember that the line containing `@noindent' does not generate a blank
-line, and neither does the `@end example' line.
-
-   In the Texinfo source file for this manual, each line that says
-`produces' is preceded by a line containing `@noindent'.
-
-   Do not put braces after an `@noindent' command; they are not
-necessary, since `@noindent' is a command used outside of paragraphs
-(*note Command Syntax::.).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Lisp Example,  Next: smallexample & smalllisp,  Prev: noindent,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@lisp'
-=======
-
-   The `@lisp' command is used for Lisp code.  It is synonymous with
-the `@example' command.
-
-     This is an example of text written between an
-     `@lisp' command and an `@end lisp' command.
-
-   Use `@lisp' instead of `@example' so as to preserve information
-regarding the nature of the example.  This is useful, for example, if
-you write a function that evaluates only and all the Lisp code in a
-Texinfo file.  Then you can use the Texinfo file as a Lisp library.(1)
-
-   Mark the end of `@lisp' with `@end lisp' on a line by itself.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  It would be straightforward to extend Texinfo to work in a
-similar fashion for C, FORTRAN, or other languages.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: smallexample & smalllisp,  Next: display,  Prev: Lisp Example,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@smallexample' and `@smalllisp'
-================================
-
-   In addition to the regular `@example' and `@lisp' commands, Texinfo
-has two other "example-style" commands.  These are the `@smallexample'
-and `@smalllisp' commands.  Both these commands are designed for use
-with the `@smallbook' command that causes TeX to produce a printed
-manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format rather than the regular 8.5 by 11
-inch format.
-
-   In TeX, the `@smallexample' and `@smalllisp' commands typeset text
-in a smaller font for the smaller `@smallbook' format than for the 8.5
-by 11 inch format.  Consequently, many examples containing long lines
-fit in a narrower, `@smallbook' page without needing to be shortened.
-Both commands typeset in the normal font size when you format for the
-8.5 by 11 inch size; indeed, in this situation, the `@smallexample' and
-`@smalllisp' commands are defined to be the `@example' and `@lisp'
-commands.
-
-   In Info, the `@smallexample' and `@smalllisp' commands are
-equivalent to the `@example' and `@lisp' commands, and work exactly the
-same.
-
-   Mark the end of `@smallexample' or `@smalllisp' with `@end
-smallexample' or `@end smalllisp', respectively.
-
-     This is an example of text written between `@smallexample' and
-     `@end smallexample'.  In Info and in an 8.5 by 11 inch manual,
-     this text appears in its normal size; but in a 7 by 9.25 inch manual,
-     this text appears in a smaller font.
-
-   The `@smallexample' and `@smalllisp' commands make it easier to
-prepare smaller format manuals without forcing you to edit examples by
-hand to fit them onto narrower pages.
-
-   As a general rule, a printed document looks better if you write all
-the examples in a chapter consistently in `@example' or in
-`@smallexample'.  Only occasionally should you mix the two formats.
-
-   *Note Printing "Small" Books: smallbook, for more information about
-the `@smallbook' command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: display,  Next: format,  Prev: smallexample & smalllisp,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@display'
-==========
-
-   The `@display' command begins a kind of example.  It is like the
-`@example' command except that, in a printed manual, `@display' does
-not select the fixed-width font.  In fact, it does not specify the font
-at all, so that the text appears in the same font it would have
-appeared in without the `@display' command.
-
-     This is an example of text written between an `@display' command
-     and an `@end display' command.  The `@display' command
-     indents the text, but does not fill it.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: format,  Next: exdent,  Prev: display,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@format'
-=========
-
-   The `@format' command is similar to `@example' except that, in the
-printed manual, `@format' does not select the fixed-width font and does
-not narrow the margins.
-
-This is an example of text written between an `@format' command
-and an `@end format' command.  As you can see
-from this example,
-the `@format' command does not fill the text.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: exdent,  Next: flushleft & flushright,  Prev: format,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@exdent': Undoing a Line's Indentation
-=======================================
-
-   The `@exdent' command removes any indentation a line might have.
-The command is written at the beginning of a line and applies only to
-the text that follows the command that is on the same line.  Do not use
-braces around the text.  In a printed manual, the text on an `@exdent'
-line is printed in the roman font.
-
-   `@exdent' is usually used within examples.  Thus,
-
-     @example
-     This line follows an @@example command.
-     @exdent This line is exdented.
-     This line follows the exdented line.
-     The @@end example comes on the next line.
-     @end group
-
-produces
-
-     This line follows an @example command.
-This line is exdented.
-     This line follows the exdented line.
-     The @end example comes on the next line.
-
-   In practice, the `@exdent' command is rarely used.  Usually, you
-un-indent text by ending the example and returning the page to its
-normal width.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: flushleft & flushright,  Next: cartouche,  Prev: exdent,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-`@flushleft' and `@flushright'
-==============================
-
-   The `@flushleft' and `@flushright' commands line up the ends of
-lines on the left and right margins of a page, but do not fill the
-text.  The commands are written on lines of their own, without braces.
-The `@flushleft' and `@flushright' commands are ended by `@end
-flushleft' and `@end flushright' commands on lines of their own.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @flushleft
-     This text is
-     written flushleft.
-     @end flushleft
-
-produces
-
-     This text is
-     written flushleft.
-
-   Flushright produces the type of indentation often used in the return
-address of letters.
-
-For example,
-
-     @flushright
-     Here is an example of text written
-     flushright.  The @code{@flushright} command
-     right justifies every line but leaves the
-     left end ragged.
-     @end flushright
-
-produces
-
-                                     Here is an example of text written
-                                 flushright.  The `@flushright' command
-                              right justifies every line but leaves the
-                                                       left end ragged.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: cartouche,  Prev: flushleft & flushright,  Up: Quotations and Examples
-
-Drawing Cartouches Around Examples
-==================================
-
-   In a printed manual, the `@cartouche' command draws a box with
-rounded corners around its contents.  You can use this command to
-further highlight an example or quotation.  For instance, you could
-write a manual in which one type of example is surrounded by a cartouche
-for emphasis.
-
-   The `@cartouche' command affects only the printed manual; it has no
-effect in the Info file.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @example
-     @cartouche
-     % pwd
-     /usr/local/lib/emacs/info
-     @end cartouche
-     @end example
-
-surrounds the two-line example with a box with rounded corners, in the
-printed manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Lists and Tables,  Next: Indices,  Prev: Quotations and Examples,  Up: Top
-
-Making Lists and Tables
-***********************
-
-   Texinfo has several ways of making lists and two-column tables.
-Lists can be bulleted or numbered, while two-column tables can
-highlight the items in the first column.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Introducing Lists::           Texinfo formats lists for you.
-* itemize::                     How to construct a simple list.
-* enumerate::                   How to construct a numbered list.
-* Two-column Tables::           How to construct a two-column table.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Introducing Lists,  Next: itemize,  Up: Lists and Tables
-
-Introducing Lists
-=================
-
-   Texinfo automatically indents the text in lists or tables, and
-numbers an enumerated list.  This last feature is useful if you modify
-the list, since you do not need to renumber it yourself.
-
-   Numbered lists and tables begin with the appropriate @-command at the
-beginning of a line, and end with the corresponding `@end' command on a
-line by itself.  The table and itemized-list commands also require that
-you write formatting information on the same line as the beginning
-@-command.
-
-   Begin an enumerated list, for example, with an `@enumerate' command
-and end the list with an `@end enumerate' command.  Begin an itemized
-list with an `@itemize' command, followed on the same line by a
-formatting command such as `@bullet', and end the list with an `@end
-itemize' command.
-
-   Precede each element of a list with an `@item' or `@itemx' command.
-
-Here is an itemized list of the different kinds of table and lists:
-
-   * Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-   * Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-   * Two-column tables with highlighting.
-
-Here is an enumerated list with the same items:
-
-  1. Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-  2. Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-  3. Two-column tables with highlighting.
-
-And here is a two-column table with the same items and their @-commands:
-
-`@itemize'
-     Itemized lists with and without bullets.
-
-`@enumerate'
-     Enumerated lists, using numbers or letters.
-
-`@table'
-`@ftable'
-`@vtable'
-     Two-column tables with highlighting.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: itemize,  Next: enumerate,  Prev: Introducing Lists,  Up: Lists and Tables
-
-Making an Itemized List
-=======================
-
-   The `@itemize' command produces sequences of indented paragraphs,
-with a bullet or other mark inside the left margin at the beginning of
-each paragraph for which such a mark is desired.
-
-   Begin an itemized list by writing `@itemize' at the beginning of a
-line.  Follow the command, on the same line, with a character or a
-Texinfo command that generates a mark.  Usually, you will write
-`@bullet' after `@itemize', but you can use `@minus', or any character
-or any special symbol that results in a single character in the Info
-file.  (When you write `@bullet' or `@minus' after an `@itemize'
-command, you may omit the `{}'.)
-
-   Write the text of the indented paragraphs themselves after the
-`@itemize', up to another line that says `@end itemize'.
-
-   Before each paragraph for which a mark in the margin is desired,
-write a line that says just `@item'.  Do not write any other text on
-this line.
-
-   Usually, you should put a blank line before an `@item'.  This puts a
-blank line in the Info file. (TeX inserts the proper interline
-whitespace in either case.)  Except when the entries are very brief,
-these blank lines make the list look better.
-
-   Here is an example of the use of `@itemize', followed by the output
-it produces.  Note that `@bullet' produces an `*' in Info and a round
-dot in TeX.
-
-     @itemize @bullet
-     @item
-     Some text for foo.
-     
-     @item
-     Some text
-     for bar.
-     @end itemize
-
-This produces:
-
-        * Some text for foo.
-
-        * Some text for bar.
-
-   Itemized lists may be embedded within other itemized lists.  Here is
-a list marked with dashes embedded in a list marked with bullets:
-
-     @itemize @bullet
-     @item
-     First item.
-     
-     @itemize @minus
-     @item
-     Inner item.
-     
-     @item
-     Second inner item.
-     @end itemize
-     
-     @item
-     Second outer item.
-     @end itemize
-
-This produces:
-
-        * First item.
-
-             - Inner item.
-
-             - Second inner item.
-
-        * Second outer item.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: enumerate,  Next: Two-column Tables,  Prev: itemize,  Up: Lists and Tables
-
-Making a Numbered or Lettered List
-==================================
-
-   `@enumerate' is like `@itemize' except that the marks in the left
-margin contain successive integers or letters.  (*Note `@itemize':
-itemize.)
-
-   Write the `@enumerate' command at the beginning of a line.  The
-command does not require an argument, but accepts either a number or a
-letter as an option.  Without an argument, `@enumerate' starts the list
-with the number 1.  With a numeric argument, such as 3, the command
-starts the list with that number.  With an upper or lower case letter,
-such as `a' or `A', the command starts the list with that letter.
-
-   Write the text of the enumerated list in the same way you write an
-itemized list: put `@item' on a line of its own before the start of
-each paragraph that you want enumerated.  Do not write any other text on
-the line beginning with `@item'.
-
-   You should put a blank line between entries in the list.  This
-generally makes it easier to read the Info file.
-
-   Here is an example of `@enumerate' without an argument:
-
-     @enumerate
-     @item
-     Underlying causes.
-     
-     @item
-     Proximate causes.
-     @end enumerate
-
-This produces:
-
-  1. Underlying causes.
-
-  2. Proximate causes.
-
-   Here is an example with an argument of `3':
-
-     @enumerate 3
-     @item
-     Predisposing causes.
-     
-     @item
-     Precipitating causes.
-     
-     @item
-     Perpetuating causes.
-     @end enumerate
-
-This produces:
-
-  3. Predisposing causes.
-
-  4. Precipitating causes.
-
-  5. Perpetuating causes.
-
-   Here is a brief summary of the alternatives.  The summary is
-constructed using `@enumerate' with an argument of `a'.
-
-  a. `@enumerate'
-
-     Without an argument, produce a numbered list, starting with the
-     number 1.
-
-  b. `@enumerate POSITIVE-INTEGER'
-
-     With a (positive) numeric argument, start a numbered list with that
-     number.  You can use this to continue a list that you interrupted
-     with other text.
-
-  c. `@enumerate UPPER-CASE-LETTER'
-
-     With an upper case letter as argument, start a list in which each
-     item is marked by a letter, beginning with that upper case letter.
-
-  d. `@enumerate LOWER-CASE-LETTER'
-
-     With a lower case letter as argument, start a list in which each
-     item is marked by a letter, beginning with that lower case letter.
-
-   You can also nest enumerated lists, as in an outline.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Two-column Tables,  Prev: enumerate,  Up: Lists and Tables
-
-Making a Two-column Table
-=========================
-
-   `@table' is similar to `@itemize', but the command allows you to
-specify a name or heading line for each item.  (*Note `@itemize':
-itemize.)  The `@table' command is used to produce two-column tables,
-and is especially useful for glossaries and explanatory exhibits.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* table::                       How to construct a two-column table.
-* ftable vtable::               How to construct a two-column table
-                                  with automatic indexing.
-* itemx::                       How to put more entries in the first column.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: table,  Next: ftable vtable,  Up: Two-column Tables
-
-Using the `@table' Command
---------------------------
-
-   Use the `@table' command to produce two-column tables.
-
-   Write the `@table' command at the beginning of a line and follow it
-on the same line with an argument that is a Texinfo command such as
-`@code', `@samp', `@var', or `@kbd'.  Although these commands are
-usually followed by arguments in braces, in this case you use the
-command name without an argument because `@item' will supply the
-argument.  This command will be applied to the text that goes into the
-first column of each item and determines how it will be highlighted.
-For example, `@samp' will cause the text in the first column to be
-highlighted with an `@samp' command.
-
-   You may also choose to use the `@asis' command as an argument to
-`@table'.  `@asis' is a command that does nothing; if you use this
-command after `@table', TeX and the Info formatting commands output the
-first column entries without added highlighting (`as is').
-
-   (The `@table' command may work with other commands besides those
-listed here.  However, you can only use commands that normally take
-arguments in braces.)
-
-   Begin each table entry with an `@item' command at the beginning of a
-line.  Write the first column text on the same line as the `@item'
-command.  Write the second column text on the line following the
-`@item' line and on subsequent lines.  (You do not need to type
-anything for an empty second column entry.)  You may write as many
-lines of supporting text as you wish, even several paragraphs.  But
-only text on the same line as the `@item' will be placed in the first
-column.
-
-   Normally, you should put a blank line before an `@item' line.  This
-puts a blank like in the Info file.  Except when the entries are very
-brief, a blank line looks better.
-
-   The following table, for example, highlights the text in the first
-column with an `@samp' command:
-
-     @table @samp
-     @item foo
-     This is the text for
-     @samp{foo}.
-     
-     @item bar
-     Text for @samp{bar}.
-     @end table
-
-This produces:
-
-`foo'
-     This is the text for `foo'.
-
-`bar'
-     Text for `bar'.
-
-   If you want to list two or more named items with a single block of
-text, use the `@itemx' command.  (*Note `@itemx': itemx.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: ftable vtable,  Next: itemx,  Prev: table,  Up: Two-column Tables
-
-`@ftable' and `@vtable'
------------------------
-
-   The `@ftable' and `@vtable' commands are the same as the `@table'
-command except that `@ftable' automatically enters each of the items in
-the first column of the table into the index of functions and `@vtable'
-automatically enters each of the items in the first column of the table
-into the index of variables.  This simplifies the task of creating
-indices.  Only the items on the same line as the `@item' commands are
-indexed, and they are indexed in exactly the form that they appear on
-that line.  *Note Creating Indices: Indices, for more information about
-indices.
-
-   Begin a two-column table using `@ftable' or `@vtable' by writing the
-@-command at the beginning of a line, followed on the same line by an
-argument that is a Texinfo command such as `@code', exactly as you
-would for an `@table' command; and end the table with an `@end ftable'
-or `@end vtable' command on a line by itself.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: itemx,  Prev: ftable vtable,  Up: Two-column Tables
-
-`@itemx'
---------
-
-   Use the `@itemx' command inside a table when you have two or more
-first column entries for the same item, each of which should appear on
-a line of its own.  Use `@itemx' for all but the first entry.  The
-`@itemx' command works exactly like `@item' except that it does not
-generate extra vertical space above the first column text.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @table @code
-     @item upcase
-     @itemx downcase
-     These two functions accept a character or a string as
-     argument, and return the corresponding upper case (lower
-     case) character or string.
-     @end table
-
-This produces:
-
-`upcase'
-`downcase'
-     These two functions accept a character or a string as argument,
-     and return the corresponding upper case (lower case) character or
-     string.
-
-(Note also that this example illustrates multi-line supporting text in
-a two-column table.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Indices,  Next: Insertions,  Prev: Lists and Tables,  Up: Top
-
-Creating Indices
-****************
-
-   Using Texinfo, you can generate indices without having to sort and
-collate entries manually.  In an index, the entries are listed in
-alphabetical order, together with information on how to find the
-discussion of each entry.  In a printed manual, this information
-consists of page numbers.  In an Info file, this information is a menu
-entry leading to the first node referenced.
-
-   Texinfo provides several predefined kinds of index: an index for
-functions, an index for variables, an index for concepts, and so on.
-You can combine indices or use them for other than their canonical
-purpose.  If you wish, you can define your own indices.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Index Entries::               Choose different words for index entries.
-* Predefined Indices::          Use different indices for different kinds
-                                  of entry.
-* Indexing Commands::           How to make an index entry.
-* Combining Indices::           How to combine indices.
-* New Indices::                 How to define your own indices.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Index Entries,  Next: Predefined Indices,  Up: Indices
-
-Making Index Entries
-====================
-
-   When you are making index entries, it is good practice to think of
-the different ways people may look for something.  Different people *do
-not* think of the same words when they look something up.  A helpful
-index will have items indexed under all the different words that people
-may use.  For example, one reader may think it obvious that the
-two-letter names for indices should be listed under "Indices,
-two-letter names", since the word "Index" is the general concept.  But
-another reader may remember the specific concept of two-letter names
-and search for the entry listed as "Two letter names for indices".  A
-good index will have both entries and will help both readers.
-
-   Like typesetting, the construction of an index is a highly skilled,
-professional art, the subtleties of which are not appreciated until you
-need to do it yourself.
-
-   *Note Printing Indices & Menus::, for information about printing an
-index at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Predefined Indices,  Next: Indexing Commands,  Prev: Index Entries,  Up: Indices
-
-Predefined Indices
-==================
-
-   Texinfo provides six predefined indices:
-
-   * A "concept index" listing concepts that are discussed.
-
-   * A "function index" listing functions (such as entry points of
-     libraries).
-
-   * A "variables index" listing variables (such as global variables of
-     libraries).
-
-   * A "keystroke index" listing keyboard commands.
-
-   * A "program index" listing names of programs.
-
-   * A "data type index" listing data types (such as structures defined
-     in header files).
-
-Not every manual needs all of these, and most manuals use two or three
-of them.  This manual has two indices: a concept index and an @-command
-index (that is actually the function index but is called a command
-index in the chapter heading).  Two or more indices can be combined
-into one using the `@synindex' or `@syncodeindex' commands.  *Note
-Combining Indices::.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Indexing Commands,  Next: Combining Indices,  Prev: Predefined Indices,  Up: Indices
-
-Defining the Entries of an Index
-================================
-
-   The data to make an index come from many individual indexing commands
-scattered throughout the Texinfo source file.  Each command says to add
-one entry to a particular index; after formatting, the index will give
-the current page number or node name as the reference.
-
-   An index entry consists of an indexing command at the beginning of a
-line followed, on the rest of the line, by the entry.
-
-   For example, this section begins with the following five entries for
-the concept index:
-
-     @cindex Defining indexing entries
-     @cindex Index entries
-     @cindex Entries for an index
-     @cindex Specifying index entries
-     @cindex Creating index entries
-
-   Each predefined index has its own indexing command--`@cindex' for
-the concept index, `@findex' for the function index, and so on.
-
-   The usual convention is to capitalize the first word of each index
-entry, unless that word is the name of a function, variable, or other
-such entity that should not be capitalized.  Thus, if you are
-documenting Emacs Lisp, you should usually capitalize entries in the
-concept index, but not those in the function index.  However, if your
-concept index entries are consistently short (one or two words each) it
-may look better for each regular entry to start with a lower case
-letter.  Whichever convention you adapt, please be consistent!
-
-   By default, entries for a concept index are printed in a small roman
-font and entries for the other indices are printed in a small `@code'
-font.  You may change the way part of an entry is printed with the
-usual Texinfo commands, such as `@file' for file names and `@emph' for
-emphasis (*note Marking Text::.).
-
-   The six indexing commands for predefined indices are:
-
-`@cindex CONCEPT'
-     Make an entry in the concept index for CONCEPT.
-
-`@findex FUNCTION'
-     Make an entry in the function index for FUNCTION.
-
-`@vindex VARIABLE'
-     Make an entry in the variable index for VARIABLE.
-
-`@kindex KEYSTROKE'
-     Make an entry in the key index for KEYSTROKE.
-
-`@pindex PROGRAM'
-     Make an entry in the program index for PROGRAM.
-
-`@tindex DATA TYPE'
-     Make an entry in the data type index for DATA TYPE.
-
-     *Caution:* Do not use a colon in an index entry.  In Info, a colon
-     separates the menu entry name from the node name.  An extra colon
-     confuses Info.  *Note The Parts of a Menu: Menu Parts, for more
-     information about the structure of a menu entry.
-
-   If you write several identical index entries in different places in a
-Texinfo file, the index in the printed manual will list all the pages to
-which those entries refer.  However, the index in the Info file will
-list *only* the node that references the *first* of those index
-entries.  Therefore, it is best to write indices in which each entry
-refers to only one place in the Texinfo file.  Fortunately, this
-constraint is a feature rather than a loss since it means that the index
-will be easy to use.  Otherwise, you could create an index that lists
-several pages for one entry and your reader would not know to which page
-to turn.  If you have two identical entries for one topic, change the
-topics slightly, or qualify them to indicate the difference.
-
-   You are not actually required to use the predefined indices for their
-canonical purposes.  For example, suppose you wish to index some C
-preprocessor macros.  You could put them in the function index along
-with actual functions, just by writing `@findex' commands for them;
-then, when you print the "Function Index" as an unnumbered chapter, you
-could give it the title `Function and Macro Index' and all will be
-consistent for the reader.  Or you could put the macros in with the
-data types by writing `@tindex' commands for them, and give that index
-a suitable title so the reader will understand.  (*Note Printing
-Indices & Menus::.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Combining Indices,  Next: New Indices,  Prev: Indexing Commands,  Up: Indices
-
-Combining Indices
-=================
-
-   Sometimes you will want to combine two disparate indices such as
-functions and concepts, perhaps because you have few enough of one of
-them that a separate index for them would look silly.
-
-   You could put functions into the concept index by writing `@cindex'
-commands for them instead of `@findex' commands, and produce a
-consistent manual by printing the concept index with the title
-`Function and Concept Index' and not printing the `Function Index' at
-all; but this is not a robust procedure.  It works only if your
-document is never included as part of another document that is designed
-to have a separate function index; if your document were to be included
-with such a document, the functions from your document and those from
-the other would not end up together.  Also, to make your function names
-appear in the right font in the concept index, you would need to
-enclose every one of them between the braces of `@code'.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* syncodeindex::                How to merge two indices, using `@code'
-                                  font for the merged-from index.
-* synindex::                    How to merge two indices, using the
-                                  default font of the merged-to index.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: syncodeindex,  Next: synindex,  Up: Combining Indices
-
-`@syncodeindex'
-...............
-
-   When you want to combine functions and concepts into one index, you
-should index the functions with `@findex' and index the concepts with
-`@cindex', and use the `@syncodeindex' command to redirect the function
-index entries into the concept index.
-
-   The `@syncodeindex' command takes two arguments; they are the name
-of the index to redirect, and the name of the index to redirect it to.
-The template looks like this:
-
-     @syncodeindex FROM TO
-
-   For this purpose, the indices are given two-letter names:
-
-`cp'
-     concept index
-
-`fn'
-     function index
-
-`vr'
-     variable index
-
-`ky'
-     key index
-
-`pg'
-     program index
-
-`tp'
-     data type index
-
-   Write an `@syncodeindex' command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  For example, to
-merge a function index with a concept index, write the following:
-
-     @syncodeindex fn cp
-
-This will cause all entries designated for the function index to merge
-in with the concept index instead.
-
-   To merge both a variables index and a function index into a concept
-index, write the following:
-
-     @syncodeindex vr cp
-     @syncodeindex fn cp
-
-   The `@syncodeindex' command puts all the entries from the `from'
-index (the redirected index) into the `@code' font, overriding whatever
-default font is used by the index to which the entries are now
-directed.  This way, if you direct function names from a function index
-into a concept index, all the function names are printed in the `@code'
-font as you would expect.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: synindex,  Prev: syncodeindex,  Up: Combining Indices
-
-`@synindex'
-...........
-
-   The `@synindex' command is nearly the same as the `@syncodeindex'
-command, except that it does not put the `from' index  entries into the
-`@code' font; rather it puts them in the roman font.  Thus, you use
-`@synindex' when you merge a concept index into a function index.
-
-   *Note Printing Indices & Menus::, for information about printing an
-index at the end of a book or creating an index menu in an Info file.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: New Indices,  Prev: Combining Indices,  Up: Indices
-
-Defining New Indices
-====================
-
-   In addition to the predefined indices, you may use the `@defindex'
-and `@defcodeindex' commands to define new indices.  These commands
-create new indexing @-commands with which you mark index entries.  The
-`@defindex 'command is used like this:
-
-     @defindex NAME
-
-   The name of an index should be a two letter word, such as `au'.  For
-example:
-
-     @defindex au
-
-   This defines a new index, called the `au' index.  At the same time,
-it creates a new indexing command, `@auindex', that you can use to make
-index entries.  Use the new indexing command just as you would use a
-predefined indexing command.
-
-   For example, here is a section heading followed by a concept index
-entry and two `au' index entries.
-
-     @section Cognitive Semantics
-     @cindex kinesthetic image schemas
-     @auindex Johnson, Mark
-     @auindex Lakoff, George
-
-(Evidently, `au' serves here as an abbreviation for "author".) Texinfo
-constructs the new indexing command by concatenating the name of the
-index with `index'; thus, defining an `au' index leads to the automatic
-creation of an `@auindex' command.
-
-   Use the `@printindex' command to print the index, as you do with the
-predefined indices.  For example:
-
-     @node Author Index, Subject Index, , Top
-     @unnumbered Author Index
-     
-     @printindex au
-
-   The `@defcodeindex' is like the `@defindex' command, except that, in
-the printed output, it prints entries in an `@code' font instead of a
-roman font.  Thus, it parallels the `@findex' command rather than the
-`@cindex' command.
-
-   You should define new indices within or right after the end-of-header
-line of a Texinfo file, before any `@synindex' or `@syncodeindex'
-commands (*note Header::.).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Insertions,  Next: Glyphs,  Prev: Indices,  Up: Top
-
-Special Insertions
-******************
-
-   Texinfo provides several commands for formatting dimensions, for
-inserting single characters that have special meaning in Texinfo, such
-as braces, and for inserting special graphic symbols that do not
-correspond to characters, such as dots and bullets.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Braces Atsigns Periods::      How to insert braces, `@' and periods.
-* dmn::                         How to format a dimension.
-* Dots Bullets::                How to insert dots and bullets.
-* TeX and copyright::           How to insert the TeX logo
-                                  and the copyright symbol.
-* minus::                       How to insert a minus sign.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Braces Atsigns Periods,  Next: dmn,  Up: Insertions
-
-Inserting `@', Braces, and Periods
-==================================
-
-   `@' and curly braces are special characters in Texinfo.  To insert
-these characters so they appear in text, you must put an `@' in front
-of these characters to prevent Texinfo from misinterpreting them.
-
-   Periods are also special.  Depending on whether the period is inside
-or at the end of a sentence, less or more space is inserted after a
-period in a typeset manual.  Since it is not always possible for
-Texinfo to determine when a period ends a sentence and when it is used
-in an abbreviation, special commands are needed in some circumstances.
-(Usually, Texinfo can guess how to handle periods, so you do not need
-to use the special commands; you just enter a period as you would if
-you were using a typewriter, which means you put two spaces after the
-period, question mark, or exclamation mark that ends a sentence.)
-
-   Do not put braces after any of these commands; they are not
-necessary.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Inserting An Atsign::
-* Inserting Braces::            How to insert `{' and `}'
-* Controlling Spacing::         How to insert the right amount of space
-                                  after punctuation within a sentence.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-6 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-6
deleted file mode 100644
index cac7b3a..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-6
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1461 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Inserting An Atsign,  Next: Inserting Braces,  Up: Braces Atsigns Periods
-
-Inserting `@' with @@
----------------------
-
-   `@@' stands for a single `@' in either printed or Info output.
-
-   Do not put braces after an `@@' command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Inserting Braces,  Next: Controlling Spacing,  Prev: Inserting An Atsign,  Up: Braces Atsigns Periods
-
-Inserting `{' and `}'with @{ and @}
------------------------------------
-
-   `@{' stands for a single `{' in either printed or Info output.
-
-   `@}' stands for a single `}' in either printed or Info output.
-
-   Do not put braces after either an `@{' or an `@}' command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Controlling Spacing,  Prev: Inserting Braces,  Up: Braces Atsigns Periods
-
-Spacing After Colons and Periods
---------------------------------
-
-   Use the `@:' command after a period, question mark, exclamation
-mark, or colon that should not be followed by extra space.  For
-example, use `@:' after periods that end abbreviations which are not at
-the ends of sentences.  `@:' has no effect on the Info file output.
-
-   For example,
-
-     The s.o.p.@: has three parts ...
-     The s.o.p. has three parts ...
-
-produces
-
-     The s.o.p. has three parts ...
-     The s.o.p. has three parts ...
-
-`@:' has no effect on the Info output.  (`s.o.p' is an acronym for
-"Standard Operating Procedure".)
-
-   Use `@.' instead of a period at the end of a sentence that ends with
-a single capital letter.  Otherwise, TeX will think the letter is an
-abbreviation and will not insert the correct end-of-sentence spacing.
-Here is an example:
-
-     Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W@.  Also, give it to R.J.C@.
-     Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-
-produces
-
-     Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-     Give it to M.I.B. and to M.E.W.  Also, give it to R.J.C.
-
-   In the Info file output, `@.' is equivalent to a simple `.'.
-
-   The meanings of `@:' and `@.' in Texinfo are designed to work well
-with the Emacs sentence motion commands.  This made it necessary for
-them to be incompatible with some other formatting systems that use
-@-commands.
-
-   Do not put braces after either an `@:' or an `@.' command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: dmn,  Next: Dots Bullets,  Prev: Braces Atsigns Periods,  Up: Insertions
-
-`@dmn'{DIMENSION}: Format a Dimension
-=====================================
-
-   At times, you may want to write `12pt' or `8.5in' with little or no
-space between the number and the abbreviation for the dimension.  You
-can use the `@dmn' command to do this.  On seeing the command, TeX
-inserts just enough space for proper typesetting; the Info formatting
-commands insert no space at all, since the Info file does not require
-it.
-
-   To use the `@dmn' command, write the number and then follow it
-immediately, with no intervening space, by `@dmn', and then by the
-dimension within braces.
-
-For example,
-
-     A4 paper is 8.27@dmn{in} wide.
-
-produces
-
-     A4 paper is 8.27in wide.
-
-   Not everyone uses this style.  Instead of writing `8.27@dmn{in}' in
-the Texinfo file, you may write `8.27 in.' or `8.27 inches'.  (In these
-cases, the formatters may insert a line break between the number and the
-dimension.  Also, if you write a period after an abbreviation within a
-sentence, you should write `@:' after the period to prevent TeX from
-inserting extra whitespace.  *Note Spacing After Colons and Periods:
-Controlling Spacing.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Dots Bullets,  Next: TeX and copyright,  Prev: dmn,  Up: Insertions
-
-Inserting Ellipsis, Dots, and Bullets
-=====================================
-
-   An "ellipsis" (a line of dots) is not typeset as a string of
-periods, so a special command is used for ellipsis in Texinfo.  The
-`@bullet' command is special, too.  Each of these commands is followed
-by a pair of braces, `{}', without any whitespace between the name of
-the command and the braces.  (You need to use braces with these
-commands because you can use them next to other text; without the
-braces, the formatters would be confused.  *Note @-Command Syntax:
-Command Syntax, for further information.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* dots::                        How to insert dots ...
-* bullet::                      How to insert a bullet.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: dots,  Next: bullet,  Up: Dots Bullets
-
-`@dots'{}
----------
-
-   Use the `@dots{}' command to generate an ellipsis, which is three
-dots in a row, appropriately spaced, like this: `...'.  Do not simply
-write three periods in the input file; that would work for the Info
-file output, but would produce the wrong amount of space between the
-periods in the printed manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: bullet,  Prev: dots,  Up: Dots Bullets
-
-`@bullet'{}
------------
-
-   Use the `@bullet{}' command to generate a large round dot, or the
-closest possible thing to one.  In Info, an asterisk is used.
-
-   Here is a bullet: *
-
-   When you use `@bullet' in `@itemize', you do not need to type the
-braces, because `@itemize' supplies them.  *Note itemize::.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: TeX and copyright,  Next: minus,  Prev: Dots Bullets,  Up: Insertions
-
-Inserting TeX and the Copyright Symbol
-======================================
-
-   The logo `TeX' is typeset in a special fashion and it needs an
-@-command.  The copyright symbol, `(C)', is also special.  Each of
-these commands is followed by a pair of braces, `{}', without any
-whitespace between the name of the command and the braces.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* tex::                         How to insert the TeX logo.
-* copyright symbol::            How to use `@copyright'{}.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: tex,  Next: copyright symbol,  Up: TeX and copyright
-
-`@TeX'{}
---------
-
-   Use the `@TeX{}' command to generate `TeX'.  In a printed manual,
-this is a special logo that is different from three ordinary letters.
-In Info, it just looks like `TeX'.  The `@TeX{}' command is unique
-among Texinfo commands in that the T and the X are in upper case.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: copyright symbol,  Prev: tex,  Up: TeX and copyright
-
-`@copyright'{}
---------------
-
-   Use the `@copyright{}' command to generate `(C)'.  In a printed
-manual, this is a `c' inside a circle, and in Info, this is `(C)'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: minus,  Prev: TeX and copyright,  Up: Insertions
-
-`@minus'{}: Inserting a Minus Sign
-==================================
-
-   Use the `@minus{}' command to generate a minus sign.  In a
-fixed-width font, this is a single hyphen, but in a proportional font,
-the symbol is the customary length for a minus sign--a little longer
-than a hyphen.
-
-   You can compare the two forms:
-
-     `-' is a minus sign generated with `@minus{}',
-     
-     `-' is a hyphen generated with the character `-'.
-
-In the fixed-width font used by Info, `@minus{}' is the same as a
-hyphen.
-
-   You should not use `@minus{}' inside `@code' or `@example' because
-the width distinction is not made in the fixed-width font they use.
-
-   When you use `@minus' to specify the mark beginning each entry in an
-itemized list, you do not need to type the braces (*note itemize::.).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Glyphs,  Next: Breaks,  Prev: Insertions,  Up: Top
-
-Glyphs for Examples
-*******************
-
-   In Texinfo, code is often illustrated in examples that are delimited
-by `@example' and `@end example', or by `@lisp' and `@end lisp'.  In
-such examples, you can indicate the results of evaluation or an
-expansion using `=>' or `==>'.  Likewise, there are commands to insert
-glyphs to indicate printed output, error messages, equivalence of
-expressions, and the location of point.
-
-   The glyph-insertion commands do not need to be used within an
-example, but most often they are.  Every  glyph-insertion command is
-followed by a pair of left- and right-hand braces.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Glyphs Summary::
-* result::                      How to show the result of expression.
-* expansion::                   How to indicate an expansion.
-* Print Glyph::                 How to indicate printed output.
-* Error Glyph::                 How to indicate an error message.
-* Equivalence::                 How to indicate equivalence.
-* Point Glyph::                 How to indicate the location of point.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Glyphs Summary,  Next: result,  Up: Glyphs
-
-Glyphs Summary
-==============
-
-   Here are the different glyph commands:
-
-=>
-     `@result{}' points to the result of an expression.
-
-==>
-     `@expansion{}' shows the results of a macro expansion.
-
--|
-     `@print{}' indicates printed output.
-
-error-->
-     `@error{}' indicates that the following text is an error message.
-
-==
-     `@equiv{}' indicates the exact equivalence of two forms.
-
--!-
-     `@point{}' shows the location of point.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: result,  Next: expansion,  Prev: Glyphs Summary,  Up: Glyphs
-
-=>: Indicating Evaluation
-=========================
-
-   Use the `@result{}' command to indicate the result of evaluating an
-expression.
-
-   The `@result{}' command is displayed as `=>' in Info and as a double
-stemmed arrow in the printed output.
-
-   Thus, the following,
-
-     (cdr '(1 2 3))
-          => (2 3)
-
-may be read as "`(cdr '(1 2 3))' evaluates to `(2 3)'".
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: expansion,  Next: Print Glyph,  Prev: result,  Up: Glyphs
-
-==>: Indicating an Expansion
-============================
-
-   When an expression is a macro call, it expands into a new expression.
-You can indicate the result of the expansion with the `@expansion{}'
-command.
-
-   The `@expansion{}' command is displayed as `==>' in Info and as a
-long arrow with a flat base in the printed output.
-
-   For example, the following
-
-     @lisp
-     (third '(a b c))
-          @expansion{} (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
-          @result{} c
-     @end lisp
-
-produces
-
-     (third '(a b c))
-          ==> (car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))
-          => c
-
-which may be read as:
-
-     `(third '(a b c))' expands to `(car (cdr (cdr '(a b c))))'; the
-     result of evaluating the expression is `c'.
-
-Often, as in this case, an example looks better if the `@expansion{}'
-and `@result{}' commands are indented five spaces.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Print Glyph,  Next: Error Glyph,  Prev: expansion,  Up: Glyphs
-
--|: Indicating Printed Output
-=============================
-
-   Sometimes an expression will print output during its execution.  You
-can indicate the printed output with the `@print{}' command.
-
-   The `@print{}' command is displayed as `-|' in Info and similarly,
-as a horizontal dash butting against a vertical bar, in the printed
-output.
-
-   In the following example, the printed text is indicated with `-|',
-and the value of the expression follows on the last line.
-
-     (progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar))
-          -| foo
-          -| bar
-          => bar
-
-In a Texinfo source file, this example is written as follows:
-
-     @lisp
-     (progn (print 'foo) (print 'bar))
-          @print{} foo
-          @print{} bar
-          @result{} bar
-     @end lisp
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Error Glyph,  Next: Equivalence,  Prev: Print Glyph,  Up: Glyphs
-
-error-->: Indicating an Error Message
-=====================================
-
-   A piece of code may cause an error when you evaluate it.  You can
-designate the error message with the `@error{}' command.
-
-   The `@error{}' command is displayed as `error-->' in Info and as the
-word `error' in a box in the printed output.
-
-   Thus,
-
-     @lisp
-     (+ 23 'x)
-     @error{} Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-     @end lisp
-
-produces
-
-     (+ 23 'x)
-     error--> Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-
-This indicates that the following error message is printed when you
-evaluate the expression:
-
-     Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, x
-
-   Note that `error-->' itself is not part of the error message.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Equivalence,  Next: Point Glyph,  Prev: Error Glyph,  Up: Glyphs
-
-==: Indicating Equivalence
-==========================
-
-   Sometimes two expressions produce identical results.  You can
-indicate the exact equivalence of two forms with the `@equiv{}' command.
-
-   The `@equiv{}' command is displayed as `==' in Info and as a three
-parallel horizontal lines in the printed output.
-
-   Thus,
-
-     @lisp
-     (make-sparse-keymap) @equiv{} (list 'keymap)
-     @end lisp
-
-produces
-
-     (make-sparse-keymap) == (list 'keymap)
-
-This indicates that evaluating `(make-sparse-keymap)' produces
-identical results to evaluating `(list 'keymap)'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Point Glyph,  Prev: Equivalence,  Up: Glyphs
-
-Indicating Point in a Buffer
-============================
-
-   Sometimes you need to show an example of text in an Emacs buffer.  In
-such examples, the convention is to include the entire contents of the
-buffer in question between two lines of dashes containing the buffer
-name.
-
-   You can use the `@point{}' command to show the location of point in
-the text in the buffer.  (The symbol for point, of course, is not part
-of the text in the buffer; it indicates the place *between* two
-characters where point is located.)
-
-   The `@point{}' command is displayed as `-!-' in Info and as a small
-five pointed star in the printed output.
-
-   The following example shows the contents of buffer `foo' before and
-after evaluating a Lisp command to insert the word `changed'.
-
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-     This is the -!-contents of foo.
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-     (insert "changed ")
-          => nil
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-     This is the changed -!-contents of foo.
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-
-   In a Texinfo source file, the example is written like this:
-
-     @example
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-     This is the @point{}contents of foo.
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-     
-     (insert "changed ")
-          @result{} nil
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-     This is the changed @point{}contents of foo.
-     ---------- Buffer: foo ----------
-     @end example
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Breaks,  Next: Definition Commands,  Prev: Glyphs,  Up: Top
-
-Making and Preventing Breaks
-****************************
-
-   Usually, a Texinfo file is processed both by TeX and by one of the
-Info formatting commands.  Line, paragraph, or page breaks sometimes
-occur in the `wrong' place in one or other form of output.  You must
-ensure that text looks right both in the printed manual and in the Info
-file.
-
-   For example, in a printed manual, page breaks may occur awkwardly in
-the middle of an example; to prevent this, you can hold text together
-using a grouping command that keeps the text from being split across
-two pages.  Conversely, you may want to force a page break where none
-would occur normally.  Fortunately, problems like these do not often
-arise.  When they do, use the break, break prevention, or pagination
-commands.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Break Commands::              Cause and prevent splits.
-* Line Breaks::                 How to force a single line to use two lines.
-* w::                           How to prevent unwanted line breaks.
-* sp::                          How to insert blank lines.
-* page::                        How to force the start of a new page.
-* group::                       How to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-* need::                        Another way to prevent unwanted page breaks.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Break Commands,  Next: Line Breaks,  Up: Breaks
-
-The Break Commands
-==================
-
-   The break commands create line and paragraph breaks:
-
-`@*'
-     Force a line break.
-
-`@sp N'
-     Skip N blank lines.
-
-   The line-break-prevention command holds text together all on one
-line:
-
-`@w{TEXT}'
-     Prevent TEXT from being split and hyphenated across two lines.
-
-   The pagination commands apply only to printed output, since Info
-files do not have pages.
-
-`@page'
-     Start a new page in the printed manual.
-
-`@group'
-     Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.
-
-`@need MILS'
-     Start a new printed page if not enough space on this one.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Line Breaks,  Next: w,  Prev: Break Commands,  Up: Breaks
-
-`@*': Generate Line Breaks
-==========================
-
-   The `@*' command forces a line break in both the printed manual and
-in Info.
-
-   For example,
-
-     This line @* is broken @*in two places.
-
-produces
-
-     This line
-      is broken
-     in two places.
-
-(Note that the space after the first `@*' command is faithfully carried
-down to the next line.)
-
-   The `@*' command is often used in a file's copyright page:
-
-     This is edition 2.0 of the Texinfo documentation,@*
-     and is for ...
-
-In this case, the `@*' command keeps TeX from stretching the line
-across the whole page in an ugly manner.
-
-     *Please note:* Do not write braces after an `@*' command; they are
-     not needed.
-
-     Do not write an `@refill' command at the end of a paragraph
-     containing an `@*' command; it will cause the paragraph to be
-     refilled after the line break occurs, negating the effect of the
-     line break.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: w,  Next: sp,  Prev: Line Breaks,  Up: Breaks
-
-`@w'{TEXT}: Prevent Line Breaks
-===============================
-
-   `@w{TEXT}' outputs TEXT and prohibits line breaks within TEXT.
-
-   You can use the `@w' command to prevent TeX from automatically
-hyphenating a long name or phrase that accidentally falls near the end
-of a line.
-
-     You can copy GNU software from @w{@file{prep.ai.mit.edu}}.
-
-produces
-
-     You can copy GNU software from `prep.ai.mit.edu'.
-
-   In the Texinfo file, you must write the `@w' command and its
-argument (all the affected text) all on one line.
-
-     *Caution:* Do not write an `@refill' command at the end of a
-     paragraph containing an `@w' command; it will cause the paragraph
-     to be refilled and may thereby negate the effect of the `@w'
-     command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: sp,  Next: page,  Prev: w,  Up: Breaks
-
-`@sp' N: Insert Blank Lines
-===========================
-
-   A line beginning with and containing only `@sp N' generates N blank
-lines of space in both the printed manual and the Info file.  `@sp'
-also forces a paragraph break.  For example,
-
-     @sp 2
-
-generates two blank lines.
-
-   The `@sp' command is most often used in the title page.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: page,  Next: group,  Prev: sp,  Up: Breaks
-
-`@page': Start a New Page
-=========================
-
-   A line containing only `@page' starts a new page in a printed
-manual.  The command has no effect on Info files since they are not
-paginated.  An `@page' command is often used in the `@titlepage'
-section of a Texinfo file to start the copyright page.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: group,  Next: need,  Prev: page,  Up: Breaks
-
-`@group': Prevent Page Breaks
-=============================
-
-   The `@group' command (on a line by itself) is used inside an
-`@example' or similar construct to begin an unsplittable vertical
-group, which will appear entirely on one page in the printed output.
-The group is terminated by a line containing only `@end group'.  These
-two lines produce no output of their own, and in the Info file output
-they have no effect at all.
-
-   Although `@group' would make sense conceptually in a wide variety of
-contexts, its current implementation works reliably only within
-`@example' and variants, and within `@display', `@format', `@flushleft'
-and `@flushright'.  *Note Quotations and Examples::.  (What all these
-commands have in common is that each line of input produces a line of
-output.)  In other contexts, `@group' can cause anomalous vertical
-spacing.
-
-   This formatting requirement means that you should write:
-
-     @example
-     @group
-     ...
-     @end group
-     @end example
-
-with the `@group' and `@end group' commands inside the `@example' and
-`@end example' commands.
-
-   The `@group' command is most often used to hold an example together
-on one page.  In this Texinfo manual, more than 100 examples contain
-text that is enclosed between `@group' and `@end group'.
-
-   If you forget to end a group, you may get strange and unfathomable
-error messages when you run TeX.  This is because TeX keeps trying to
-put the rest of the Texinfo file onto the one page and does not start
-to generate error messages until it has processed considerable text.
-It is a good rule of thumb to look for a missing `@end group' if you
-get incomprehensible error messages in TeX.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: need,  Prev: group,  Up: Breaks
-
-`@need MILS': Prevent Page Breaks
-=================================
-
-   A line containing only `@need N' starts a new page in a printed
-manual if fewer than N mils (thousandths of an inch) remain on the
-current page.  Do not use braces around the argument N.  The `@need'
-command has no effect on Info files since they are not paginated.
-
-   This paragraph is preceded by an `@need' command that tells TeX to
-start a new page if fewer than 800 mils (eight-tenths inch) remain on
-the page.  It looks like this:
-
-     @need 800
-     This paragraph is preceded by ...
-
-   The `@need' command is useful for preventing orphans (single lines
-at the bottoms of printed pages).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Definition Commands,  Next: Footnotes,  Prev: Breaks,  Up: Top
-
-Definition Commands
-*******************
-
-   The `@deffn' command and the other "definition commands" enable you
-to describe functions, variables, macros, commands, user options,
-special forms and other such artifacts in a uniform format.
-
-   In the Info file, a definition causes the entity
-category--`Function', `Variable', or whatever--to appear at the
-beginning of the first line of the definition, followed by the entity's
-name and arguments.  In the printed manual, the command causes TeX to
-print the entity's name and its arguments on the left margin and print
-the category next to the right margin.  In both output formats, the
-body of the definition is indented.  Also, the name of the entity is
-entered into the appropriate index: `@deffn' enters the name into the
-index of functions, `@defvr' enters it into the index of variables, and
-so on.
-
-   A manual need not and should not contain more than one definition for
-a given name.  An appendix containing a summary should use `@table'
-rather than the definition commands.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Def Cmd Template::            How to structure a description using a
-                                  definition command.
-* Optional Arguments::          How to handle optional and repeated arguments.
-* deffnx::                      How to group two or more `first' lines.
-* Def Cmds in Detail::          All the definition commands.
-* Def Cmd Conventions::         Conventions for writing definitions.
-* Sample Function Definition::
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Def Cmd Template,  Next: Optional Arguments,  Up: Definition Commands
-
-The Template for a Definition
-=============================
-
-   The `@deffn' command is used for definitions of entities that
-resemble functions.  To write a definition using the `@deffn' command,
-write the `@deffn' command at the beginning of a line and follow it on
-the same line by the category of the entity, the name of the entity
-itself, and its arguments (if any).  Then write the body of the
-definition on succeeding lines.  (You may embed examples in the body.)
-Finally, end the definition with an `@end deffn' command written on a
-line of its own.  (The other definition commands follow the same
-format.)
-
-   The template for a definition looks like this:
-
-     @deffn CATEGORY NAME ARGUMENTS...
-     BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-     @end deffn
-
-For example,
-
-     @deffn Command forward-word count
-     This command moves point forward @var{count} words
-     (or backward if @var{count} is negative). ...
-     @end deffn
-
-produces
-
-      - Command: forward-word COUNT
-          This function moves point forward COUNT words (or backward if
-          COUNT is negative). ...
-
-   Capitalize the category name like a title.  If the name of the
-category contains spaces, as in the phrase `Interactive Command', write
-braces around it.  For example:
-
-     @deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward
-     ...
-     @end deffn
-
-Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for the name of the entity.
-
-   Some of the definition commands are more general than others.  The
-`@deffn' command, for example, is the general definition command for
-functions and the like--for entities that may take arguments.  When you
-use this command, you specify the category to which the entity belongs.
-The `@deffn' command possesses three predefined, specialized
-variations, `@defun', `@defmac', and `@defspec', that specify the
-category for you: "Function", "Macro", and "Special Form" respectively.
-The `@defvr' command also is accompanied by several predefined,
-specialized variations for describing particular kinds of variables.
-
-   The template for a specialized definition, such as `@defun', is
-similar to the template for a generalized definition, except that you
-do not need to specify the category:
-
-     @defun NAME ARGUMENTS...
-     BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-     @end defun
-
-Thus,
-
-     @defun buffer-end flag
-     This function returns @code{(point-min)} if @var{flag}
-     is less than 1, @code{(point-max)} otherwise.
-     ...
-     @end defun
-
-produces
-
-      - Function: buffer-end FLAG
-          This function returns `(point-min)' if FLAG is less than 1,
-          `(point-max)' otherwise.  ...
-
-*Note Sample Function Definition: Sample Function Definition, for a
-more detailed example of a function definition, including the use of
-`@example' inside the definition.
-
-   The other specialized commands work like `@defun'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Optional Arguments,  Next: deffnx,  Prev: Def Cmd Template,  Up: Definition Commands
-
-Optional and Repeated Arguments
-===============================
-
-   Some entities take optional or repeated arguments, which may be
-specified by a distinctive glyph that uses square brackets and
-ellipses.  For example, a special form often breaks its argument list
-into separate arguments in more complicated ways than a straightforward
-function.
-
-   An argument enclosed within square brackets is optional.  Thus,
-[OPTIONAL-ARG] means that OPTIONAL-ARG is optional.  An argument
-followed by an ellipsis is optional and may be repeated more than once.
-Thus, REPEATED-ARGS... stands for zero or more arguments.  Parentheses
-are used when several arguments are grouped into additional levels of
-list structure in Lisp.
-
-   Here is the `@defspec' line of an example of an imaginary special
-form:
-
-      - Special Form: foobar (VAR [FROM TO [INC]]) BODY...
-
-In this example, the arguments FROM and TO are optional, but must both
-be present or both absent.  If they are present, INC may optionally be
-specified as well.  These arguments are grouped with the argument VAR
-into a list, to distinguish them from BODY, which includes all
-remaining elements of the form.
-
-   In a Texinfo source file, this `@defspec' line is written like this
-(except it would not be split over two lines, as it is in this example).
-
-     @defspec foobar (@var{var} [@var{from} @var{to}
-          [@var{inc}]]) @var{body}@dots{}
-
-The function is listed in the Command and Variable Index under `foobar'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: deffnx,  Next: Def Cmds in Detail,  Prev: Optional Arguments,  Up: Definition Commands
-
-Two or More `First' Lines
-=========================
-
-   To create two or more `first' or header lines for a definition,
-follow the first `@deffn' line by a line beginning with `@deffnx'.  The
-`@deffnx' command works exactly like `@deffn' except that it does not
-generate extra vertical white space between it and the preceding line.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @deffn {Interactive Command} isearch-forward
-     @deffnx {Interactive Command} isearch-backward
-     These two search commands are similar except ...
-     @end deffn
-
-produces
-
- - Interactive Command: isearch-forward
- - Interactive Command: isearch-backward
-     These two search commands are similar except ...
-
-   Each of the other definition commands has an `x' form: `@defunx',
-`@defvrx', `@deftypefunx', etc.
-
-   The `x' forms work just like `@itemx'; see *Note `@itemx': itemx.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Def Cmds in Detail,  Next: Def Cmd Conventions,  Prev: deffnx,  Up: Definition Commands
-
-The Definition Commands
-=======================
-
-   Texinfo provides more than a dozen definition commands, all of which
-are described in this section.
-
-   The definition commands automatically enter the name of the entity in
-the appropriate index: for example, `@deffn', `@defun', and `@defmac'
-enter function names in the index of functions; `@defvr' and `@defvar'
-enter variable names in the index of variables.
-
-   Although the examples that follow mostly illustrate Lisp, the
-commands can be used for other programming languages.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Functions Commands::          Commands for functions and similar entities.
-* Variables Commands::          Commands for variables and similar entities.
-* Typed Functions::             Commands for functions in typed languages.
-* Typed Variables::             Commands for variables in typed languages.
-* Abstract Objects::            Commands for object-oriented programming.
-* Data Types::                  The definition command for data types.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Functions Commands,  Next: Variables Commands,  Up: Def Cmds in Detail
-
-Functions and Similar Entities
-------------------------------
-
-   This section describes the commands for describing functions and
-similar entities:
-
-`@deffn CATEGORY NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@deffn' command is the general definition command for
-     functions, interactive commands, and similar entities that may take
-     arguments.  You must choose a term to describe the category of
-     entity being defined; for example, "Function" could be used if the
-     entity is a function.  The `@deffn' command is written at the
-     beginning of a line and is followed on the same line by the
-     category of entity being described, the name of this particular
-     entity, and its arguments, if any.  Terminate the definition with
-     `@end deffn' on a line of its own.
-
-     For example, here is a definition:
-
-          @deffn Command forward-char nchars
-          Move point forward @var{nchars} characters.
-          @end deffn
-
-     This shows a rather terse definition for a "command" named
-     `forward-char' with one argument, NCHARS.
-
-     `@deffn' prints argument names such as NCHARS in italics or upper
-     case, as if `@var' had been used, because we think of these names
-     as metasyntactic variables--they stand for the actual argument
-     values.  Within the text of the description, write an argument name
-     explicitly with `@var' to refer to the value of the argument.  In
-     the example above, we used `@var{nchars}' in this way.
-
-     The template for `@deffn' is:
-
-          @deffn CATEGORY NAME ARGUMENTS...
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end deffn
-
-`@defun NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@defun' command is the definition command for functions.
-     `@defun' is equivalent to `@deffn Function ...'.
-
-     For example,
-
-          @defun set symbol new-value
-          Change the value of the symbol @var{symbol}
-          to @var{new-value}.
-          @end defun
-
-     shows a rather terse definition for a function `set' whose
-     arguments are SYMBOL and NEW-VALUE.  The argument names on the
-     `@defun' line automatically appear in italics or upper case as if
-     they were enclosed in `@var'.  Terminate the definition with `@end
-     defun' on a line of its own.
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @defun FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end defun
-
-     `@defun' creates an entry in the index of functions.
-
-`@defmac NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@defmac' command is the definition command for macros.
-     `@defmac' is equivalent to `@deffn Macro ...' and works like
-     `@defun'.
-
-`@defspec NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@defspec' command is the definition command for special
-     forms.  (In Lisp, a special form is an entity much like a
-     function.) `@defspec' is equivalent to `@deffn {Special Form} ...'
-     and works like `@defun'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Variables Commands,  Next: Typed Functions,  Prev: Functions Commands,  Up: Def Cmds in Detail
-
-Variables and Similar Entities
-------------------------------
-
-   Here are the commands for defining variables and similar entities:
-
-`@defvr CATEGORY NAME'
-     The `@defvr' command is a general definition command for something
-     like a variable--an entity that records a value.  You must choose
-     a term to describe the category of entity being defined; for
-     example, "Variable" could be used if the entity is a variable.
-     Write the `@defvr' command at the beginning of a line and followed
-     it on the same line by the category of the entity and the name of
-     the entity.
-
-     Capitalize the category name like a title.  If the name of the
-     category contains spaces, as in the name `User Option', write
-     braces around it.  Otherwise, the second word will be mistaken for
-     the name of the entity, for example:
-
-          @defvr {User Option} fill-column
-          This buffer-local variable specifies
-          the maximum width of filled lines.
-          ...
-          @end defvr
-
-     Terminate the definition with `@end defvr' on a line of its own.
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @defvr CATEGORY NAME
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end defvr
-
-     `@defvr' creates an entry in the index of variables for NAME.
-
-`@defvar NAME'
-     The `@defvar' command is the definition command for variables.
-     `@defvar' is equivalent to `@defvr Variable ...'.
-
-     For example:
-
-          @defvar kill-ring
-          ...
-          @end defvar
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @defvar NAME
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end defvar
-
-     `@defvar' creates an entry in the index of variables for NAME.
-
-`@defopt NAME'
-     The `@defopt' command is the definition command for user options.
-     `@defopt' is equivalent to `@defvr {User Option} ...' and works
-     like `@defvar'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Typed Functions,  Next: Typed Variables,  Prev: Variables Commands,  Up: Def Cmds in Detail
-
-Functions in Typed Languages
-----------------------------
-
-   The `@deftypefn' command and its variations are for describing
-functions in C or any other language in which you must declare types of
-variables and functions.
-
-`@deftypefn CATEGORY DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@deftypefn' command is the general definition command for
-     functions and similar entities that may take arguments and that are
-     typed.  The `@deftypefn' command is written at the beginning of a
-     line and is followed on the same line by the category of entity
-     being described, the type of the returned value, the name of this
-     particular entity, and its arguments, if any.
-
-     For example,
-
-          @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar
-             (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-          ...
-          @end deftypefn
-
-     (where the text before the "...", shown above as two lines, would
-     actually be a single line in a real Texinfo file) produces the
-     following in Info:
-
-          -- Library Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR)
-          ...
-
-     This means that `foobar' is a "library function" that returns an
-     `int', and its arguments are FOO (an `int') and BAR (a `float').
-
-     The argument names that you write in `@deftypefn' are not subject
-     to an implicit `@var'--since the actual names of the arguments in
-     `@deftypefn' are typically scattered among data type names and
-     keywords, Texinfo cannot find them without help.  Instead, you
-     must write `@var' explicitly around the argument names.  In the
-     example above, the argument names are `foo' and `bar'.
-
-     The template for `@deftypefn' is:
-
-          @deftypefn CATEGORY DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS ...
-          BODY-OF-DESCRIPTION
-          @end deftypefn
-
-     Note that if the CATEGORY or DATA TYPE is more than one word then
-     it must be enclosed in braces to make it a single argument.
-
-     If you are describing a procedure in a language that has packages,
-     such as Ada, you might consider using `@deftypefn' in a manner
-     somewhat contrary to the convention described in the preceding
-     paragraphs.
-
-     For example:
-
-          @deftypefn stacks private push
-                  (@var{s}:in out stack;
-                  @var{n}:in integer)
-          ...
-          @end deftypefn
-
-     (The `@deftypefn' arguments are shown split into three lines, but
-     would be a single line in a real Texinfo file.)
-
-     In this instance, the procedure is classified as belonging to the
-     package `stacks' rather than classified as a `procedure' and its
-     data type is described as `private'.  (The name of the procedure
-     is `push', and its arguments are S and N.)
-
-     `@deftypefn' creates an entry in the index of functions for NAME.
-
-`@deftypefun DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@deftypefun' command is the specialized definition command
-     for functions in typed languages.  The command is equivalent to
-     `@deftypefn Function ...'.
-
-     Thus,
-
-          @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-          ...
-          @end deftypefun
-
-     produces the following in Info:
-
-          -- Function: int foobar (int FOO, float BAR)
-          ...
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @deftypefun TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...
-          BODY-OF-DESCRIPTION
-          @end deftypefun
-
-     `@deftypefun' creates an entry in the index of functions for NAME.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Typed Variables,  Next: Abstract Objects,  Prev: Typed Functions,  Up: Def Cmds in Detail
-
-Variables in Typed Languages
-----------------------------
-
-   Variables in typed languages are handled in a manner similar to
-functions in typed languages.  *Note Typed Functions::.  The general
-definition command `@deftypevr' corresponds to `@deftypefn' and the
-specialized definition command `@deftypevar' corresponds to
-`@deftypefun'.
-
-`@deftypevr CATEGORY DATA-TYPE NAME'
-     The `@deftypevr' command is the general definition command for
-     something like a variable in a typed language--an entity that
-     records a value.  You must choose a term to describe the category
-     of the entity being defined; for example, "Variable" could be used
-     if the entity is a variable.
-
-     The `@deftypevr' command is written at the beginning of a line and
-     is followed on the same line by the category of the entity being
-     described, the data type, and the name of this particular entity.
-
-     For example:
-
-          @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-          ...
-          @end deftypevr
-
-     produces the following in Info:
-
-          -- Global Flag: int enable
-          ...
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @deftypevr CATEGORY DATA-TYPE NAME
-          BODY-OF-DESCRIPTION
-          @end deftypevr
-
-     `@deftypevr' creates an entry in the index of variables for NAME.
-
-`@deftypevar DATA-TYPE NAME'
-     The `@deftypevar' command is the specialized definition command
-     for variables in typed languages.  `@deftypevar' is equivalent to
-     `@deftypevr Variable ...'.
-
-     For example:
-
-          @deftypevar int fubar
-          ...
-          @end deftypevar
-
-     produces the following in Info:
-
-          -- Variable: int fubar
-          ...
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @deftypevar DATA-TYPE NAME
-          BODY-OF-DESCRIPTION
-          @end deftypevar
-
-     `@deftypevar' creates an entry in the index of variables for NAME.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Abstract Objects,  Next: Data Types,  Prev: Typed Variables,  Up: Def Cmds in Detail
-
-Object-Oriented Programming
----------------------------
-
-   Here are the commands for formatting descriptions about abstract
-objects, such as are used in object-oriented programming.  A class is a
-defined type of abstract object.  An instance of a class is a
-particular object that has the type of the class.  An instance variable
-is a variable that belongs to the class but for which each instance has
-its own value.
-
-   In a definition, if the name of a class is truly a name defined in
-the programming system for a class, then you should write an `@code'
-around it.  Otherwise, it is printed in the usual text font.
-
-`@defcv CATEGORY CLASS NAME'
-     The `@defcv' command is the general definition command for
-     variables associated with classes in object-oriented programming.
-     The `@defcv' command is followed by three arguments: the category
-     of thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its
-     name.  Thus,
-
-          @defcv {Class Option} Window border-pattern
-          ...
-          @end defcv
-
-     illustrates how you would write the first line of a definition of
-     the `border-pattern' class option of the class `Window'.
-
-     The template is
-
-          @defcv CATEGORY CLASS NAME
-          ...
-          @end defcv
-
-     `@defcv' creates an entry in the index of variables.
-
-`@defivar CLASS NAME'
-     The `@defivar' command is the definition command for instance
-     variables in object-oriented programming.  `@defivar' is
-     equivalent to `@defcv {Instance Variable} ...'
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @defivar CLASS INSTANCE-VARIABLE-NAME
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end defivar
-
-     `@defivar' creates an entry in the index of variables.
-
-`@defop CATEGORY CLASS NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@defop' command is the general definition command for
-     entities that may resemble methods in object-oriented programming.
-     These entities take arguments, as functions do, but are associated
-     with particular classes of objects.
-
-     For example, some systems have constructs called "wrappers" that
-     are associated with classes as methods are, but that act more like
-     macros than like functions.  You could use `@defop Wrapper' to
-     describe one of these.
-
-     Sometimes it is useful to distinguish methods and "operations".
-     You can think of an operation as the specification for a method.
-     Thus, a window system might specify that all window classes have a
-     method named `expose'; we would say that this window system
-     defines an `expose' operation on windows in general.  Typically,
-     the operation has a name and also specifies the pattern of
-     arguments; all methods that implement the operation must accept
-     the same arguments, since applications that use the operation do
-     so without knowing which method will implement it.
-
-     Often it makes more sense to document operations than methods.  For
-     example, window application developers need to know about the
-     `expose' operation, but need not be concerned with whether a given
-     class of windows has its own method to implement this operation.
-     To describe this operation, you would write:
-
-          @defop Operation windows expose
-
-     The `@defop' command is written at the beginning of a line and is
-     followed on the same line by the overall name of the category of
-     operation, the name of the class of the operation, the name of the
-     operation, and its arguments, if any.
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @defop CATEGORY CLASS NAME ARGUMENTS...
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end defop
-
-     `@defop' creates an entry, such as ``expose' on `windows'', in the
-     index of functions.
-
-`@defmethod CLASS NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     The `@defmethod' command is the definition command for methods in
-     object-oriented programming.  A method is a kind of function that
-     implements an operation for a particular class of objects and its
-     subclasses.  In the Lisp Machine, methods actually were functions,
-     but they were usually defined with `defmethod'.
-
-     `@defmethod' is equivalent to `@defop Method ...'.  The command is
-     written at the beginning of a line and is followed by the name of
-     the class of the method, the name of the method, and its
-     arguments, if any.
-
-     For example,
-
-          @defmethod `bar-class' bar-method argument
-          ...
-          @end defmethod
-
-     illustrates the definition for a method called `bar-method' of the
-     class `bar-class'.  The method takes an argument.
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @defmethod CLASS METHOD-NAME ARGUMENTS...
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end defmethod
-
-     `@defmethod' creates an entry in the index of functions, such as
-     ``bar-method' on `bar-class''.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Data Types,  Prev: Abstract Objects,  Up: Def Cmds in Detail
-
-Data Types
-----------
-
-   Here is the command for data types:
-
-`@deftp CATEGORY NAME ATTRIBUTES...'
-     The `@deftp' command is the generic definition command for data
-     types.  The command is written at the beginning of a line and is
-     followed on the same line by the category, by the name of the type
-     (which is a word like `int' or `float'), and then by names of
-     attributes of objects of that type.  Thus, you could use this
-     command for describing `int' or `float', in which case you could
-     use `data type' as the category.  (A data type is a category of
-     certain objects for purposes of deciding which operations can be
-     performed on them.)
-
-     In Lisp, for example,  "pair" names a particular data type, and an
-     object of that type has two slots called the CAR and the CDR.
-     Here is how you would write the first line of a definition of
-     `pair'.
-
-          @deftp {Data type} pair car cdr
-          ...
-          @end deftp
-
-     The template is:
-
-          @deftp CATEGORY NAME-OF-TYPE ATTRIBUTES...
-          BODY-OF-DEFINITION
-          @end deftp
-
-     `@deftp' creates an entry in the index of data types.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Def Cmd Conventions,  Next: Sample Function Definition,  Prev: Def Cmds in Detail,  Up: Definition Commands
-
-Conventions for Writing Definitions
-===================================
-
-   When you write a definition using `@deffn', `@defun', or one of the
-other definition commands, please take care to use arguments that
-indicate the meaning, as with the COUNT argument to the `forward-word'
-function.  Also, if the name of an argument contains the name of a
-type, such as INTEGER, take care that the argument actually is of that
-type.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Sample Function Definition,  Prev: Def Cmd Conventions,  Up: Definition Commands
-
-A Sample Function Definition
-============================
-
-   A function definition uses the `@defun' and `@end defun' commands.
-The name of the function follows immediately after the `@defun' command
-and it is followed, on the same line, by the parameter list.
-
-   Here is a definition from `The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual'.
-(*Note Calling Functions: (elisp)Calling Functions.)
-
-      - Function: apply FUNCTION &rest ARGUMENTS
-          `apply' calls FUNCTION with ARGUMENTS, just like `funcall'
-          but with one difference: the last of ARGUMENTS is a list of
-          arguments to give to FUNCTION, rather than a single argument.
-          We also say that this list is "appended" to the other
-          arguments.
-
-          `apply' returns the result of calling FUNCTION.  As with
-          `funcall', FUNCTION must either be a Lisp function or a
-          primitive function; special forms and macros do not make
-          sense in `apply'.
-
-               (setq f 'list)
-                    => list
-               (apply f 'x 'y 'z)
-               error--> Wrong type argument: listp, z
-               (apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4))
-                    => 10
-               (apply '+ '(1 2 3 4))
-                    => 10
-               
-               (apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil))
-                    => (a b c x y z)
-
-          An interesting example of using `apply' is found in the
-          description of `mapcar'.
-
-   In the Texinfo source file, this example looks like this:
-
-     @defun apply function &rest arguments
-     
-     @code{apply} calls @var{function} with
-     @var{arguments}, just like @code{funcall} but with one
-     difference: the last of @var{arguments} is a list of
-     arguments to give to @var{function}, rather than a single
-     argument.  We also say that this list is @dfn{appended}
-     to the other arguments.
-     
-     @code{apply} returns the result of calling
-     @var{function}.  As with @code{funcall},
-     @var{function} must either be a Lisp function or a
-     primitive function; special forms and macros do not make
-     sense in @code{apply}.
-     
-     @example
-     (setq f 'list)
-          @result{} list
-     (apply f 'x 'y 'z)
-     @error{} Wrong type argument: listp, z
-     (apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4))
-          @result{} 10
-     (apply '+ '(1 2 3 4))
-          @result{} 10
-     
-     (apply 'append '((a b c) nil (x y z) nil))
-          @result{} (a b c x y z)
-     @end example
-     
-     An interesting example of using @code{apply} is found
-     in the description of @code{mapcar}.@refill
-     @end defun
-
-In this manual, this function is listed in the Command and Variable
-Index under `apply'.
-
-   Ordinary variables and user options are described using a format like
-that for functions except that variables do not take arguments.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-7 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-7
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ea85ee..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-7
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1307 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Footnotes,  Next: Conditionals,  Prev: Definition Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Footnotes
-*********
-
-   A "footnote" is for a reference that documents or elucidates the
-primary text.(1)
-
-   In Texinfo, footnotes are created with the `@footnote' command.
-This command is followed immediately by a left brace, then by the text
-of the footnote, and then by a terminating right brace.  The template
-is:
-
-     @footnote{TEXT}
-
-   Footnotes may be of any length, but are usually short.
-
-   For example, this clause is followed by a sample footnote(2); in the
-Texinfo source, it looks like this:
-
-     ...a sample footnote @footnote{Here is the sample
-     footnote.}; in the Texinfo source...
-
-   In a printed manual or book, the reference mark for a footnote is a
-small, superscripted number; the text of the footnote is written at the
-bottom of the page, below a horizontal line.
-
-   In Info, the reference mark for a footnote is a pair of parentheses
-with the footnote number between them, like this: `(1)'.
-
-   Info has two footnote styles, which determine where the text of the
-footnote is located:
-
-   * In the `End' node style, all the footnotes for a single node are
-     placed at the end of that node.  The footnotes are separated from
-     the rest of the node by a line of dashes with the word `Footnotes'
-     within it.  Each footnote begins with an `(N)' reference mark.
-
-     Here is an example of a single footnote in the end of node style:
-
-           --------- Footnotes ---------
-          
-          (1)  Here is a sample footnote.
-
-   * In the `Separate' node style, all the footnotes for a single node
-     are placed in an automatically constructed node of their own.  In
-     this style, a "footnote reference" follows each `(N)' reference
-     mark in the body of the node.  The footnote reference is actually
-     a cross reference which you use to reach the footnote node.
-
-     The name of the node containing the footnotes is constructed by
-     appending `-Footnotes' to the name of the node that contains the
-     footnotes. (Consequently, the footnotes' node for the `Footnotes'
-     node is `Footnotes-Footnotes'!)  The footnotes' node has an `Up'
-     node pointer that leads back to its parent node.
-
-     Here is how the first footnote in this manual looks after being
-     formatted for Info in the separate node style:
-
-          File: texinfo.info  Node: Overview-Footnotes, Up: Overview
-          
-          (1) Note that the first syllable of "Texinfo" is
-          pronounced like "speck", not "hex". ...
-
-   A Texinfo file may be formatted into an Info file with either
-footnote style.
-
-   Use the `@footnotestyle' command to specify an Info file's footnote
-style.  Write this command at the beginning of a line followed by an
-argument, either `end' for the end node style or `separate' for the
-separate node style.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @footnotestyle end
-
-or
-     @footnotestyle separate
-
-   Write an `@footnotestyle' command before or shortly after the
-end-of-header line at the beginning of a Texinfo file.  (If you include
-the `@footnotestyle' command between the start-of-header and
-end-of-header lines, the region formatting commands will format
-footnotes as specified.)
-
-   If you do not specify a footnote style, the formatting commands use
-their default style.  Currently, `makeinfo' uses the `end' style, while
-`texinfo-format-buffer' and `texinfo-format-region' use the `separate'
-style.
-
-   This chapter contains two footnotes.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  A footnote should complement or expand upon the primary text,
-but a reader should not need to read a footnote to understand the
-primary text.  For a thorough discussion of footnotes, see `The Chicago
-Manual of Style', which is published by the University of Chicago Press.
-
-   (2)  Here is the sample footnote.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Conditionals,  Next: Format/Print Hardcopy,  Prev: Footnotes,  Up: Top
-
-Conditionally Visible Text
-**************************
-
-   Sometimes it is good to use different text for a printed manual and
-its corresponding Info file.  In this case, you can use the
-"conditional commands" to specify which text is for the printed manual
-and which is for the Info file.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Conditional Commands::        How to specify text for Info or TeX.
-* Using Ordinary TeX Commands::  You can use any and all TeX commands.
-* set clear value::             How to designate which text to format (for
-                                  both Info and TeX); and how to set a
-                                  flag to a string that you can insert.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Conditional Commands,  Next: Using Ordinary TeX Commands,  Up: Conditionals
-
-Using `@ifinfo' and `@iftex'
-============================
-
-   `@ifinfo' begins segments of text that should be ignored by TeX when
-it typesets the printed manual.  The segment of text appears only in
-the Info file.  The `@ifinfo' command should appear on a line by
-itself;  end the Info-only text with a line containing `@end ifinfo' by
-itself.  At the beginning of a Texinfo file, the Info permissions are
-contained within a region marked by `@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo'. (*Note
-Info Summary and Permissions::.)
-
-   The `@iftex' and `@end iftex' commands are similar to the `@ifinfo'
-and `@end ifinfo' commands, except that they specify text that will
-appear in the printed manual but not in the Info file.
-
-   For example,
-
-     @iftex
-     This text will appear only in the printed manual.
-     @end iftex
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     However, this text will appear only in Info.
-     @end ifinfo
-
-The preceding example produces the following line:
-
-   However, this text will appear only in Info.
-
-Note how you only see one of the two lines, depending on whether you
-are reading the Info version or the printed version of this manual.
-
-   The `@titlepage' command is a special variant of `@iftex' that is
-used for making the title and copyright pages of the printed manual.
-(*Note `@titlepage': titlepage.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Using Ordinary TeX Commands,  Next: set clear value,  Prev: Conditional Commands,  Up: Conditionals
-
-Using Ordinary TeX Commands
-===========================
-
-   Inside a region delineated by `@iftex' and `@end iftex', you can
-embed some PlainTeX commands.  Info will ignore these commands since
-they are only in that part of the file which is seen by TeX.  You can
-write the TeX commands as you would write them in a normal TeX file,
-except that you must replace the `\' used by TeX with an `@'.  For
-example, in the `@titlepage' section of a Texinfo file, you can use the
-TeX command `@vskip' to format the copyright page.  (The `@titlepage'
-command causes Info to ignore the region automatically, as it does with
-the `@iftex' command.)
-
-   However, many features of PlainTeX will not work, as they are
-overridden by features of Texinfo.
-
-   You can enter PlainTeX completely, and use `\' in the TeX commands,
-by delineating a region with the `@tex' and `@end tex' commands.  (The
-`@tex' command also causes Info to ignore the region, like the `@iftex'
-command.)
-
-   For example, here is a mathematical expression written in PlainTeX:
-
-     @tex
-     $$ \chi^2 = \sum_{i=1}^N
-               \left (y_i - (a + b x_i)
-               \over \sigma_i\right)^2 $$
-     @end tex
-
-The output of this example will appear only in a printed manual.  If
-you are reading this in Info, you will not see anything after this
-paragraph.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: set clear value,  Prev: Using Ordinary TeX Commands,  Up: Conditionals
-
-`@set', `@clear', and `@value'
-==============================
-
-   You can direct the Texinfo formatting commands to format or ignore
-parts of a Texinfo file with the `@set', `@clear', `@ifset', and
-`@ifclear' commands.
-
-   In addition, you can use the `@set FLAG' command to set the value of
-FLAG to a string of characters; and use `@value{FLAG}' to insert that
-string.  You can use `@set', for example, to set a date and use
-`@value' to insert the date in several places in the Texinfo file.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ifset ifclear::               Format a region if a flag is set.
-* value::                       Replace a flag with a string.
-* value Example::               An easy way to update edition information.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: ifset ifclear,  Next: value,  Up: set clear value
-
-`@ifset' and `@ifclear'
------------------------
-
-   When a FLAG is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-between subsequent pairs of `@ifset FLAG' and `@end ifset' commands.
-When the FLAG is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do *not*
-format the text.
-
-   Use the `@set FLAG' command to turn on, or "set", a FLAG; a "flag"
-can be any single word.  The format for the command looks like this:
-
-     @set FLAG
-
-   Write the conditionally formatted text between `@ifset FLAG' and
-`@end ifset' commands, like this:
-
-     @ifset FLAG
-     CONDITIONAL-TEXT
-     @end ifset
-
-   For example, you can create one document that has two variants, such
-as a manual for a `large' and `small' model:
-
-     You can use this machine to dig up shrubs
-     without hurting them.
-     
-     @set large
-     
-     @ifset large
-     It can also dig up fully grown trees.
-     @end ifset
-     
-     Remember to replant promptly ...
-
-In the example, the formatting commands will format the text between
-`@ifset large' and `@end ifset' because the `large' flag is set.
-
-   Use the `@clear FLAG' command to turn off, or "clear", a flag.
-Clearing a flag is the opposite of setting a flag.  The command looks
-like this:
-
-     @clear FLAG
-
-Write the command on a line of its own.
-
-   When FLAG is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands do *not*
-format the text between `@ifset FLAG' and `@end ifset'; that text is
-ignored and does not appear in either printed or Info output.
-
-   For example, if you clear the flag of the preceding example by
-writing an `@clear large' command after the `@set large' command (but
-before the conditional text), then the Texinfo formatting commands
-ignore the text between the `@ifset large' and `@end ifset' commands.
-In the formatted output, that text does not appear; in both printed and
-Info output, you see only the lines that say, "You can use this machine
-to dig up shrubs without hurting them.  Remember to replant promptly
-...".
-
-   If a flag is cleared with an `@clear FLAG' command, then the
-formatting commands format text between subsequent pairs of `@ifclear'
-and `@end ifclear' commands.  But if the flag is set with `@set FLAG',
-then the formatting commands do *not* format text between an `@ifclear'
-and an `@end ifclear' command; rather, they ignore that text.  An
-`@ifclear' command looks like this:
-
-     @ifclear FLAG
-
-   In brief, the commands are:
-
-`@set FLAG'
-     Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that FLAG is set.
-
-`@clear FLAG'
-     Tell the Texinfo formatting commands that FLAG is cleared.
-
-`@ifset FLAG'
-     If FLAG is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to format the
-     text up to the following `@end ifset' command.
-
-     If FLAG is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to ignore
-     text up to the following `@end ifset' command.
-
-`@ifclear FLAG'
-     If FLAG is set, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to ignore the
-     text up to the following `@end ifclear' command.
-
-     If FLAG is cleared, tell the Texinfo formatting commands to format
-     the text up to the following `@end ifclear' command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: value,  Next: value Example,  Prev: ifset ifclear,  Up: set clear value
-
-`@value'
---------
-
-   You can use the `@set' command to specify a value for a flag, which
-is expanded by the `@value' command.  The value is a string a
-characters.
-
-   Write the `@set' command like this:
-
-     @set foo This is a string.
-
-This sets the value of `foo' to "This is a string."
-
-   The Texinfo formatters replace an `@value{FLAG}' command with the
-string to which FLAG is set.
-
-   Thus, when `foo' is set as shown above, the Texinfo formatters
-convert
-
-     @value{foo}
-to
-     This is a string.
-
-   You can write an `@value' command within a paragraph; but you must
-write an `@set' command on a line of its own.
-
-   If you write the `@set' command like this:
-
-     @set foo
-
-without specifying a string, the value of `foo' is an empty string.
-
-   If you clear a previously set flag with an `@clear FLAG' command, a
-subsequent `@value{flag}' command is invalid and the string is replaced
-with an error message that says `{No value for "FLAG"}'.
-
-   For example, if you set `foo' as follows:
-
-     @set how-much very, very, very
-
-then the formatters transform
-
-     It is a @value{how-much} wet day.
-into
-     It is a very, very, very wet day.
-
-   If you write
-
-     @clear how-much
-
-then the formatters transform
-
-     It is a @value{how-much} wet day.
-into
-     It is a {No value for "how-much"} wet day.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: value Example,  Prev: value,  Up: set clear value
-
-`@value' Example
-----------------
-
-   You can use the `@value' command to limit the number of places you
-need to change when you record an update to a manual.  Here is how it
-is done in `The GNU Make Manual':
-
-Set the flags:
-
-     @set EDITION 0.35 Beta
-     @set VERSION 3.63 Beta
-     @set UPDATED 14 August 1992
-     @set UPDATE-MONTH August 1992
-
-Write text for the first `@ifinfo' section, for people reading the
-Texinfo file:
-
-     This is Edition @value{EDITION},
-     last updated @value{UPDATED},
-     of @cite{The GNU Make Manual},
-     for @code{make}, Version @value{VERSION}.
-
-Write text for the title page, for people reading the printed manual:
-
-     @title GNU Make
-     @subtitle A Program for Directing Recompilation
-     @subtitle Edition @value{EDITION}, ...
-     @subtitle @value{UPDATE-MONTH}
-
-(On a printed cover, a date listing the month and the year looks less
-fussy than a date listing the day as well as the month and year.)
-
-Write text for the Top node, for people reading the Info file:
-
-     This is Edition @value{EDITION}
-     of the @cite{GNU Make Manual},
-     last updated @value{UPDATED}
-     for @code{make} Version @value{VERSION}.
-
-   After you format the manual, the text in the first `@ifinfo' section
-looks like this:
-
-     This is Edition 0.35 Beta, last updated 14 August 1992,
-     of `The GNU Make Manual', for `make', Version 3.63 Beta.
-
-   When you update the manual, change only the values of the flags; you
-do not need to rewrite the three sections.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Format/Print Hardcopy,  Next: Create an Info File,  Prev: Conditionals,  Up: Top
-
-Format and Print Hardcopy
-*************************
-
-   There are three major shell commands for making a printed manual
-from a Texinfo file: one for converting the Texinfo file into a file
-that will be printed, a second for sorting indices, and a third for
-printing the formatted document.  When you use the shell commands, you
-can either work directly in the operating system shell or work within a
-shell inside GNU Emacs.
-
-   If you are using GNU Emacs, you can use commands provided by Texinfo
-mode instead of shell commands.  In addition to the three commands to
-format a file, sort the indices, and print the result, Texinfo mode
-offers key bindings for commands to recenter the output buffer, show the
-print queue, and delete a job from the print queue.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Use TeX::                     Use TeX to format for hardcopy.
-* Shell Format & Print::        How to format and print a hardcopy manual
-                                 with shell commands.
-* Within Emacs::                How to format and print from an Emacs shell.
-* Texinfo Mode Printing::       How to format and print in Texinfo mode.
-* Compile-Command::             How to print using Emacs's compile command.
-* Requirements Summary::        TeX formatting requirements summary.
-* Preparing for TeX::           What you need to do to use TeX.
-* Overfull hboxes::             What are and what to do with overfull hboxes.
-* smallbook::                   How to print small format books and manuals.
-* A4 Paper::                    How to print on European A4 paper.
-* Cropmarks and Magnification::  How to print marks to indicate the size
-                                of pages and how to print scaled up output.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Use TeX,  Next: Shell Format & Print,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Use TeX
-=======
-
-   The typesetting program called TeX is used for formatting a Texinfo
-file.  TeX is a very powerful typesetting program and, if used right,
-does an exceptionally good job.  *Note How to Obtain TeX: Obtaining
-TeX, for information on how to obtain TeX.
-
-   The `makeinfo', `texinfo-format-region', and `texinfo-format-buffer'
-commands read the very same @-commands in the Texinfo file as does TeX,
-but process them differently to make an Info file; see *Note Create an
-Info File::.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Shell Format & Print,  Next: Within Emacs,  Prev: Use TeX,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Format and Print Using Shell Commands
-=====================================
-
-   Format the Texinfo file with the shell command `tex' followed by the
-name of the Texinfo file.  This produces a formatted DVI file as well
-as several auxiliary files containing indices, cross references, etc.
-The DVI file (for "DeVice Independent" file) can be printed on a wide
-variety of printers.
-
-   The `tex' formatting command itself does not sort the indices; it
-writes an output file of unsorted index data.  This is a misfeature of
-TeX.  Hence, to generate a printed index, you first need a sorted index
-to work from.  The `texindex' command sorts indices.  (The source file
-`texindex.c' comes as part of the standard GNU distribution and is
-usually installed when Emacs is installed.)
-
-   The `tex' formatting command outputs unsorted index files under
-names that obey a standard convention.  These names are the name of
-your main input file to the `tex' formatting command, with everything
-after the first period thrown away, and the two letter names of indices
-added at the end.  For example, the raw index output files for the
-input file `foo.texinfo' would be `foo.cp', `foo.vr', `foo.fn',
-`foo.tp', `foo.pg' and `foo.ky'.  Those are exactly the arguments to
-give to `texindex'.
-
-   Or else, you can use `??' as "wild-cards" and give the command in
-this form:
-
-     texindex foo.??
-
-This command will run `texindex' on all the unsorted index files,
-including any that you have defined yourself using `@defindex' or
-`@defcodeindex'.  (You may execute `texindex foo.??' even if there are
-similarly named files with two letter extensions that are not index
-files, such as `foo.el'.  The `texindex' command reports but otherwise
-ignores such files.)
-
-   For each file specified, `texindex' generates a sorted index file
-whose name is made by appending `s' to the input file name.  The
-`@printindex' command knows to look for a file of that name.
-`texindex' does not alter the raw index output file.
-
-   After you have sorted the indices, you need to rerun the `tex'
-formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This regenerates a formatted
-DVI file with up-to-date index entries.(1)
-
-   To summarize, this is a three step process:
-
-  1. Run the `tex' formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This
-     generates the formatted DVI file as well as the raw index files
-     with two letter extensions.
-
-  2. Run the shell command `texindex' on the raw index files to sort
-     them.  This creates the corresponding sorted index files.
-
-  3. Rerun the `tex' formatting command on the Texinfo file.  This
-     regenerates a formatted DVI file with the index entries in the
-     correct order.  This second run also corrects the page numbers for
-     the cross references.  (The tables of contents are always correct.)
-
-   You need not run `texindex' each time after you run the `tex'
-formatting.  If you do not, on the next run, the `tex' formatting
-command will use whatever sorted index files happen to exist from the
-previous use of `texindex'.  This is usually OK while you are debugging.
-
-   Rather than type the `tex' and `texindex' commands yourself, you can
-use `texi2dvi'.  This shell script is designed to simplify the
-`tex'--`texindex'--`tex' sequence by figuring out whether index files
-and DVI files are up-to-date.  It runs `texindex' and `tex' only when
-necessary.
-
-   The syntax for `texi2dvi' is like this (where `%' is the shell
-prompt):
-
-     % texi2dvi FILENAME...
-
-   Finally, you can print the DVI file with the DVI print command.  The
-precise command to use depends on the system; `lpr -d' is common.  The
-DVI print command may require a file name without any extension or with
-a `.dvi' extension.
-
-   The following commands, for example, sort the indices, format, and
-print the `Bison Manual' (where `%' is the shell prompt):
-
-     % tex bison.texinfo
-     % texindex bison.??
-     % tex bison.texinfo
-     % lpr -d bison.dvi
-
-(Remember that the shell commands may be different at your site; but
-these are commonly used versions.)
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  If you use more than one index and have cross references to an
-index other than the first, you must run `tex' *three times* to get
-correct output: once to generate raw index data; again (after
-`texindex') to output the text of the indices and determine their true
-page numbers; and a third time to output correct page numbers in cross
-references to them.  However, cross references to indices are rare.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Within Emacs,  Next: Texinfo Mode Printing,  Prev: Shell Format & Print,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-From an Emacs Shell ...
-=======================
-
-   You can give formatting and printing commands from a shell within GNU
-Emacs.  To create a shell within Emacs, type `M-x shell'.  In this
-shell, you can format and print the document.  *Note How to Format and
-Print Using Shell Commands: Shell Format & Print, for details.
-
-   You can switch to and from the shell buffer while `tex' is running
-and do other editing.  If you are formatting a long document on a slow
-machine, this can be very convenient.
-
-   You can also use `texi2dvi' from an Emacs shell.  For example, here
-is how to use `texi2dvi' to format and print `Using and Porting GNU CC'
-from a shell within Emacs (where `%' is the shell prompt):
-
-     % texi2dvi gcc.texinfo
-     % lpr -d gcc.dvi
-
-   *Note Texinfo Mode Printing::, for more information about formatting
-and printing in Texinfo mode.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Texinfo Mode Printing,  Next: Compile-Command,  Prev: Within Emacs,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Formatting and Printing in Texinfo Mode
-=======================================
-
-   Texinfo mode provides several predefined key commands for TeX
-formatting and printing.  These include commands for sorting indices,
-looking at the printer queue, killing the formatting job, and
-recentering the display of the buffer in which the operations occur.
-
-`C-c C-t C-r'
-`M-x texinfo-tex-region'
-     Run TeX on the current region.
-
-`C-c C-t C-b'
-`M-x texinfo-tex-buffer'
-     Run TeX on the current buffer.
-
-`C-c C-t C-i'
-`M-x texinfo-texindex'
-     Sort the indices of a Texinfo file that have been formatted with
-     `texinfo-tex-region' or `texinfo-tex-buffer'.
-
-`C-c C-t C-p'
-`M-x texinfo-tex-print'
-     Print a DVI file that was made with `texinfo-tex-region' or
-     `texinfo-tex-buffer'.
-
-`C-c C-t C-q'
-`M-x texinfo-show-tex-print-queue'
-     Show the print queue.
-
-`C-c C-t C-d'
-`M-x texinfo-delete-from-tex-print-queue'
-     Delete a job from the print queue; you will be prompted for the job
-     number shown by a preceding `C-c C-t C-q' command
-     (`texinfo-show-tex-print-queue').
-
-`C-c C-t C-k'
-`M-x texinfo-kill-tex-job'
-     Kill either the currently running TeX job that has been started by
-     `texinfo-tex-region' or `texinfo-tex-buffer', or any other process
-     running in the Texinfo shell buffer.
-
-`C-c C-t C-x'
-`M-x texinfo-quit-tex-job'
-     Quit a TeX formatting job that has stopped because of an error by
-     sending an x to it.  When you do this, TeX preserves a record of
-     what it did in a `.log' file.
-
-`C-c C-t C-l'
-`M-x texinfo-recenter-tex-output-buffer'
-     Redisplay the shell buffer in which the TeX printing and formatting
-     commands are run to show its most recent output.
-
-   Thus, the usual sequence of commands for formatting a buffer is as
-follows (with comments to the right):
-
-     C-c C-t C-b             Run TeX on the buffer.
-     C-c C-t C-i             Sort the indices.
-     C-c C-t C-b             Rerun TeX to regenerate indices.
-     C-c C-t C-p             Print the DVI file.
-     C-c C-t C-q             Display the printer queue.
-
-   The Texinfo mode TeX formatting commands start a subshell in Emacs
-called the `*texinfo-tex-shell*'.  The `texinfo-tex-command',
-`texinfo-texindex-command', and `tex-dvi-print-command' commands are
-all run in this shell.
-
-   You can watch the commands operate in the `*texinfo-tex-shell*'
-buffer, and you can switch to and from and use the
-`*texinfo-tex-shell*' buffer as you would any other shell buffer.
-
-   The formatting and print commands depend on the values of several
-variables.  The default values are:
-
-          Variable                            Default value
-     
-     texinfo-tex-command                       "tex"
-     texinfo-texindex-command                  "texindex"
-     texinfo-tex-shell-cd-command              "cd"
-     texinfo-tex-dvi-print-command             "lpr -d"
-     texinfo-show-tex-queue-command            "lpq"
-     texinfo-delete-from-print-queue-command   "lprm"
-     texinfo-start-of-header                   "%**start"
-     texinfo-end-of-header                     "%**end"
-     texinfo-tex-trailer                       "@bye"
-
-   The default values of both the `texinfo-tex-command' and the
-`texinfo-texindex-command' variables are set in the `texnfo-tex.el'
-file.
-
-   You can change the values of these variables with the `M-x
-edit-options' command (*note Editing Variable Values: (emacs)Edit
-Options.), with the `M-x set-variable' command (*note Examining and
-Setting Variables: (emacs)Examining.), or with your `.emacs'
-initialization file (*note Init File: (emacs)Init File.).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Compile-Command,  Next: Requirements Summary,  Prev: Texinfo Mode Printing,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Using the Local Variables List
-==============================
-
-   Yet another way to apply the TeX formatting command to a Texinfo
-file is to put that command in a "local variables list" at the end of
-the Texinfo file.  You can then specify the TeX formatting command as a
-`compile-command' and have Emacs run the TeX formatting command by
-typing `M-x compile'.  This creates a special shell called the
-`*compilation buffer*' in which Emacs runs the compile command.  For
-example, at the end of the `gdb.texinfo' file, after the `@bye', you
-would put the following:
-
-     @c Local Variables:
-     @c compile-command: "tex gdb.texinfo"
-     @c End:
-
-This technique is most often used by programmers who also compile
-programs this way; see *Note Compilation: (emacs)Compilation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Requirements Summary,  Next: Preparing for TeX,  Prev: Compile-Command,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-TeX Formatting Requirements Summary
-===================================
-
-   Every Texinfo file that is to be input to TeX must begin with a
-`\input' command and contain an `@settitle' command:
-
-     \input texinfo
-     @settitle NAME-OF-MANUAL
-
-The first command instructs TeX to load the macros it needs to process
-a Texinfo file and the second command specifies the title of printed
-manual.
-
-   Every Texinfo file must end with a line that terminates TeX
-processing and forces out unfinished pages:
-
-     @bye
-
-   Strictly speaking, these three lines are all a Texinfo file needs for
-TeX, besides the body.  (The `@setfilename' line is the only line that
-a Texinfo file needs for Info formatting.)
-
-   Usually, the file's first line contains an `@c -*-texinfo-*-'
-comment that causes Emacs to switch to Texinfo mode when you edit the
-file.  In addition, the beginning usually includes an `@setfilename'
-for Info formatting, an `@setchapternewpage' command, a title page, a
-copyright page, and permissions.  Besides an `@bye', the end of a file
-usually includes indices and a table of contents.
-
-For more information, see
-*Note `@setchapternewpage': setchapternewpage,
-*Note Page Headings: Headings,
-*Note Titlepage & Copyright Page::,
-*Note Printing Indices & Menus::, and
-*Note Contents::.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Preparing for TeX,  Next: Overfull hboxes,  Prev: Requirements Summary,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Preparing to Use TeX
-====================
-
-TeX needs to know where to find the `texinfo.tex' file that you have
-told it to input with the `\input texinfo' command at the beginning of
-the first line.  The `texinfo.tex' file tells TeX how to handle
-@-commands.  (`texinfo.tex' is included in the standard GNU
-distributions.)
-
-   Usually, the `texinfo.tex' file is put in the default directory that
-contains TeX macros (the `/usr/lib/tex/macros' directory) when GNU
-Emacs or other GNU software is installed.  In this case, TeX will find
-the file and you do not need to do anything special.  Alternatively,
-you can put `texinfo.tex' in the directory in which the Texinfo source
-file is located, and TeX will find it there.
-
-   However, you may want to specify the location of the `\input' file
-yourself.  One way to do this is to write the complete path for the file
-after the `\input' command.  Another way is to set the `TEXINPUTS'
-environment variable in your `.cshrc' or `.profile' file.  The
-`TEXINPUTS' environment variable will tell TeX where to find the
-`texinfo.tex' file and any other file that you might want TeX to use.
-
-   Whether you use a `.cshrc' or `.profile' file depends on whether you
-use `csh', `sh', or `bash' for your shell command interpreter.  When
-you use `csh', it looks to the `.cshrc' file for initialization
-information, and when you use `sh' or `bash', it looks to the
-`.profile' file.
-
-   In a `.cshrc' file, you could use the following `csh' command
-sequence:
-
-     setenv TEXINPUTS .:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
-
-   In a `.profile' file, you could use the following `sh' command
-sequence:
-
-     TEXINPUTS=.:/usr/me/mylib:/usr/lib/tex/macros
-     export TEXINPUTS
-
-This would cause TeX to look for `\input' file first in the current
-directory, indicated by the `.', then in a hypothetical user's
-`me/mylib' directory, and finally in the system library.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Overfull hboxes,  Next: smallbook,  Prev: Preparing for TeX,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Overfull "hboxes"
-=================
-
-   TeX is sometimes unable to typeset a line without extending it into
-the right margin.  This can occur when TeX comes upon what it
-interprets as a long word that it cannot hyphenate, such as an
-electronic mail network address or a very long title.  When this
-happens, TeX prints an error message like this:
-
-     Overfull \hbox (20.76302pt too wide)
-
-(In TeX, lines are in "horizontal boxes", hence the term, "hbox".  The
-backslash, `\', is the TeX equivalent of `@'.)
-
-   TeX also provides the line number in the Texinfo source file and the
-text of the offending line, which is marked at all the places that TeX
-knows how to hyphenate words.  *Note Catching Errors with TeX
-Formatting: Debugging with TeX, for more information about typesetting
-errors.
-
-   If the Texinfo file has an overfull hbox, you can rewrite the
-sentence so the overfull hbox does not occur, or you can decide to
-leave it.  A small excursion into the right margin often does not
-matter and may not even be noticeable.
-
-   However, unless told otherwise, TeX will print a large, ugly, black
-rectangle beside the line that contains the overful hbox.  This is so
-you will notice the location of the problem if you are correcting a
-draft.
-
-   To prevent such a monstrosity from marring your final printout, write
-the following in the beginning of the Texinfo file on a line of its own,
-before the `@titlepage' command:
-
-     @finalout
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: smallbook,  Next: A4 Paper,  Prev: Overfull hboxes,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Printing "Small" Books
-======================
-
-   By default, TeX typesets pages for printing in an 8.5 by 11 inch
-format.  However, you can direct TeX to typeset a document in a 7 by
-9.25 inch format that is suitable for bound books by inserting the
-following command on a line by itself at the beginning of the Texinfo
-file, before the title page:
-
-     @smallbook
-
-(Since regular sized books are often about 7 by 9.25 inches, this
-command might better have been called the `@regularbooksize' command,
-but it came to be called the `@smallbook' command by comparison to the
-8.5 by 11 inch format.)
-
-   If you write the `@smallbook' command between the start-of-header
-and end-of-header lines, the Texinfo mode TeX region formatting
-command, `texinfo-tex-region', will format the region in "small" book
-size (*note Start of Header::.).
-
-   The Free Software Foundation distributes printed copies of `The GNU
-Emacs Manual' and other manuals in the "small" book size.  *Note
-`@smallexample' and `@smalllisp': smallexample & smalllisp, for
-information about commands that make it easier to produce examples for
-a smaller manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: A4 Paper,  Next: Cropmarks and Magnification,  Prev: smallbook,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Printing on A4 Paper
-====================
-
-   You can tell TeX to typeset a document for printing on European size
-A4 paper with the `@afourpaper' command.  Write the command on a line
-by itself between `@iftex' and `@end iftex' lines near the beginning of
-the Texinfo file, before the title page:
-
-   For example, this is how you would write the header for this manual:
-
-     \input texinfo    @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @c %**start of header
-     @setfilename texinfo
-     @settitle Texinfo
-     @syncodeindex vr fn
-     @iftex
-     @afourpaper
-     @end iftex
-     @c %**end of header
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Cropmarks and Magnification,  Prev: A4 Paper,  Up: Format/Print Hardcopy
-
-Cropmarks and Magnification
-===========================
-
-   You can attempt to direct TeX to print cropmarks at the corners of
-pages with the `@cropmarks' command.  Write the `@cropmarks' command on
-a line by itself between `@iftex' and `@end iftex' lines near the
-beginning of the Texinfo file, before the title page, like this:
-
-     @iftex
-     @cropmarks
-     @end iftex
-
-   This command is mainly for printers that typeset several pages on one
-sheet of film; but you can attempt to use it to mark the corners of a
-book set to 7 by 9.25 inches with the `@smallbook' command.  (Printers
-will not produce cropmarks for regular sized output that is printed on
-regular sized paper.)  Since different printing machines work in
-different ways, you should explore the use of this command with a
-spirit of adventure.  You may have to redefine the command in the
-`texinfo.tex' definitions file.
-
-   You can attempt to direct TeX to typeset pages larger or smaller than
-usual with the `\mag' TeX command.  Everything that is typeset is
-scaled proportionally larger or smaller.  (`\mag' stands for
-"magnification".)  This is *not* a Texinfo @-command, but is a PlainTeX
-command that is prefixed with a backslash.  You have to write this
-command between `@tex' and `@end tex' (*note Using Ordinary TeX
-Commands: Using Ordinary TeX Commands.).
-
-   Follow the `\mag' command with an `=' and then a number that is 1000
-times the magnification you desire.  For example, to print pages at 1.2
-normal size, write the following near the beginning of the Texinfo
-file, before the title page:
-
-     @tex
-     \mag=1200
-     @end tex
-
-   With some printing technologies, you can print normal-sized copies
-that look better than usual by using a larger-than-normal master.
-
-   Depending on your system, `\mag' may not work or may work only at
-certain magnifications.  Be prepared to experiment.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Create an Info File,  Next: Install an Info File,  Prev: Format/Print Hardcopy,  Up: Top
-
-Creating an Info File
-*********************
-
-   `makeinfo' is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; `texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' are GNU Emacs
-functions that do the same.
-
-   A Texinfo file must possess an `@setfilename' line near its
-beginning, otherwise the Info formatting commands will fail.
-
-   For information on installing the Info file in the Info system, see
-*Note Install an Info File::.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* makeinfo advantages::         `makeinfo' provides better error checking.
-* Invoking makeinfo::            How to run `makeinfo' from a shell.
-* makeinfo options::            Specify fill-column and other options.
-* Pointer Validation::          How to check that pointers point somewhere.
-* makeinfo in Emacs::           How to run `makeinfo' from Emacs.
-* texinfo-format commands::     Two Info formatting commands written
-                                  in Emacs Lisp are an alternative
-                                  to `makeinfo'.
-* Batch Formatting::            How to format for Info in Emacs Batch mode.
-* Tag and Split Files::         How tagged and split files help Info
-                                  to run better.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo advantages,  Next: Invoking makeinfo,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-`makeinfo' Preferred
-====================
-
-   The `makeinfo' utility creates an Info file from a Texinfo source
-file more quickly than either of the Emacs formatting commands and
-provides better error messages.  We recommend it.  `makeinfo' is a C
-program that is independent of Emacs.  You do not need to run Emacs to
-use `makeinfo', which means you can use `makeinfo' on machines that are
-too small to run Emacs. You can run `makeinfo' in any one of three
-ways: from an operating system shell, from a shell inside Emacs, or by
-typing a key command in Texinfo mode in Emacs.
-
-   The `texinfo-format-region' and the `texinfo-format-buffer' commands
-are useful if you cannot run `makeinfo'.  Also, in some circumstances,
-they format short regions or buffers more quickly than `makeinfo'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Invoking makeinfo,  Next: makeinfo options,  Prev: makeinfo advantages,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-Invoking `makeinfo' from a Shell
-================================
-
-   To create an Info file from a Texinfo file, type `makeinfo' followed
-by the name of the Texinfo file.  Thus, to create the Info file for
-Bison, type the following at the shell prompt (where `%' is the prompt):
-
-     % makeinfo bison.texinfo
-
-   (You can run a shell inside Emacs by typing `M-x shell'.)
-
-   Sometimes you will want to specify options.  For example, if you wish
-to discover which version of `makeinfo' you are using, type:
-
-     % makeinfo --version
-
-   *Note makeinfo options::, for more information.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo options,  Next: Pointer Validation,  Prev: Invoking makeinfo,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-Options for `makeinfo'
-======================
-
-   The `makeinfo' command takes a number of options.  Most often,
-options are used to set the value of the fill column and specify the
-footnote style.  Each command line option is a word preceded by `--'(1)
-or a letter preceded by `-'.  You can use abbreviations for the option
-names as long as they are unique.
-
-   For example, you could use the following command to create an Info
-file for `bison.texinfo' in which each line is filled to only 68
-columns (where `%' is the prompt):
-
-     % makeinfo --fill-column=68 bison.texinfo
-
-   You can write two or more options in sequence, like this:
-
-     % makeinfo --no-split --fill-column=70 ...
-
-This would keep the Info file together as one possibly very long file
-and would also set the fill column to 70.
-
-   The options are:
-
-`-D VAR'
-     Cause VAR to be defined.  This is equivalent to `@set VAR' in the
-     Texinfo file.
-
-`--error-limit LIMIT'
-     Set the maximum number of errors that `makeinfo' will report
-     before exiting (on the assumption that continuing would be
-     useless).  The default number of errors that can be reported before
-     `makeinfo' gives up is 100.
-
-`--fill-column WIDTH'
-     Specify the maximum number of columns in a line; this is the
-     right-hand edge of a line.  Paragraphs that are filled will be
-     filled to this width.  (Filling is the process of breaking up and
-     connecting lines so that lines are the same length as or shorter
-     than the number specified as the fill column.  Lines are broken
-     between words.) The default value for `fill-column' is 72.
-
-`--footnote-style STYLE'
-     Set the footnote style to STYLE, either `end' for the end node
-     style or `separate' for the separate node style.  The value set by
-     this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-     `@footnotestyle' command.  When the footnote style is `separate',
-     `makeinfo' makes a new node containing the footnotes found in the
-     current node.  When the footnote style is `end', `makeinfo' places
-     the footnote references at the end of the current node.
-
-`-I DIR'
-     Add `dir' to the directory search list for finding files that are
-     included using the `@include' command.  By default, `makeinfo'
-     searches only the current directory.
-
-`--no-headers'
-     Do not include menus or node lines in the output.  This results in
-     an ASCII file that you cannot read in Info since it does not
-     contain the requisite nodes or menus; but you can print such a
-     file in a single, typewriter-like font and produce acceptable
-     output.
-
-`--no-split'
-     Suppress the splitting stage of `makeinfo'.  Normally, large
-     output files (where the size is greater than 70k bytes) are split
-     into smaller subfiles, each one approximately 50k bytes.  If you
-     specify `--no-split', `makeinfo' will not split up the output file.
-
-`--no-pointer-validate'
-`--no-validate'
-     Suppress the pointer-validation phase of `makeinfo'.  Normally,
-     after a Texinfo file is processed, some consistency checks are
-     made to ensure that cross references can be resolved, etc.  *Note
-     Pointer Validation::.
-
-`--no-warn'
-     Suppress the output of warning messages.  This does *not* suppress
-     the output of error messages, only warnings.  You might want this
-     if the file you are creating has examples of Texinfo cross
-     references within it, and the nodes that are referenced do not
-     actually exist.
-
-`--no-number-footnotes'
-     Supress automatic footnote numbering.  By default, `makeinfo'
-     numbers each footnote sequentially in a single node, resetting the
-     current footnote number to 1 at the start of each node.
-
-`--output FILE'
-`-o FILE'
-     Specify that the output should be directed to FILE and not to the
-     file name specified in the `@setfilename' command found in the
-     Texinfo source.  FILE can be the special token `-', which specifies
-     standard output.
-
-`--paragraph-indent INDENT'
-     Set the paragraph indentation style to INDENT.  The value set by
-     this option overrides the value set in a Texinfo file by an
-     `@paragraphindent' command.  The value of INDENT is interpreted as
-     follows:
-
-        * If the value of INDENT is `asis', do not change the existing
-          indentation at the starts of paragraphs.
-
-        * If the value of INDENT is zero, delete any existing
-          indentation.
-
-        * If the value of INDENT is greater than zero, indent each
-          paragraph by that number of spaces.
-
-`--reference-limit LIMIT'
-     Set the value of the number of references to a node that
-     `makeinfo' will make without reporting a warning.  If a node has
-     more than this number of references in it, `makeinfo' will make the
-     references but also report a warning.
-
-`-U VAR'
-     Cause VAR to be undefined.  This is equivalent to `@clear VAR' in
-     the Texinfo file.
-
-`--verbose'
-     Cause `makeinfo' to display messages saying what it is doing.
-     Normally, `makeinfo' only outputs messages if there are errors or
-     warnings.
-
-`--version'
-     Report the version number of this copy of `makeinfo'.
-
-   ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
-   (1)  `--' has replaced `+', the old introductory character, to
-maintain POSIX.2 compatibility without losing long-named options.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Pointer Validation,  Next: makeinfo in Emacs,  Prev: makeinfo options,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-Pointer Validation
-==================
-
-   `makeinfo' will check the validity of the final Info file unless you
-suppress pointer-validation by using the `--no-pointer-validation'
-option.  Mostly, this means ensuring that nodes you have referenced
-really exist.  Here is a complete list of what is checked:
-
-  1. If a `Next', `Previous', or `Up' node reference is a reference to a
-     node in the current file and is not an external reference such as
-     to `(dir)', then the referenced node must exist.
-
-  2. In every node, if the `Previous' node is different from the `Up'
-     node, then the `Previous' node must also be pointed to by a `Next'
-     node.
-
-  3. Every node except the `Top' node must have an `Up' pointer.
-
-  4. The node referenced by an `Up' pointer must contain a reference to
-     the current node in some manner other than through a `Next'
-     reference.  This includes menu entries and cross references.
-
-  5. If the `Next' reference of a node is not the same as the `Next'
-     reference of the `Up' reference, then the node referenced by the
-     `Next' pointer must have a `Previous' pointer that points back to
-     the current node.  This rule allows the last node in a section to
-     point to the first node of the next chapter.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo in Emacs,  Next: texinfo-format commands,  Prev: Pointer Validation,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-Running `makeinfo' inside Emacs
-===============================
-
-   You can run `makeinfo' in GNU Emacs Texinfo mode by using either the
-`makeinfo-region' or the `makeinfo-buffer' commands.  In Texinfo mode,
-the commands are bound to `C-c C-m C-r' and `C-c C-m C-b' by default.
-
-`C-c C-m C-r'
-`M-x makeinfo-region'
-     Format the current region for Info.
-
-`C-c C-m C-b'
-`M-x makeinfo-buffer'
-     Format the current buffer for Info.
-
-   When you invoke either `makeinfo-region' or `makeinfo-buffer', Emacs
-prompts for a file name, offering the name of the visited file as the
-default.  You can edit the default file name in the minibuffer if you
-wish, before typing RET to start the `makeinfo' process.
-
-   The Emacs `makeinfo-region' and `makeinfo-buffer' commands run the
-`makeinfo' program in a temporary shell buffer.  If `makeinfo' finds
-any errors, Emacs displays the error messages in the temporary buffer.
-
-   You can parse the error messages by typing `C-x `' (`next-error').
-This causes Emacs to go to and position the cursor on the line in the
-Texinfo source that `makeinfo' thinks caused the error.  *Note Running
-`make' or Compilers Generally: (emacs)Compilation, for more information
-about using the `next-error' command.
-
-   In addition, you can kill the shell in which the `makeinfo' command
-is running or make the shell buffer display its most recent output.
-
-`C-c C-m C-k'
-`M-x makeinfo-kill-job'
-     Kill the currently running job created by `makeinfo-region' or
-     `makeinfo-buffer'.
-
-`C-c C-m C-l'
-`M-x makeinfo-recenter-output-buffer'
-     Redisplay the `makeinfo' shell buffer to display its most recent
-     output.
-
-(Note that the parallel commands for killing and recentering a TeX job
-are `C-c C-t C-k' and `C-c C-t C-l'.  *Note Texinfo Mode Printing::.)
-
-   You can specify options for `makeinfo' by setting the
-`makeinfo-options' variable with either the `M-x edit-options' or the
-`M-x set-variable' command, or by setting the variable in your `.emacs'
-initialization file.
-
-   For example, you could write the following in your `.emacs' file:
-
-     (setq makeinfo-options
-           "--paragraph-indent=0 --no-split
-            --fill-column=70 --verbose")
-
-For more information, see
-*Note Editing Variable Values: (emacs)Edit Options,
-*Note Examining and Setting Variables: (emacs)Examining,
-*Note Init File: (emacs)Init File, and
-*Note Options for `makeinfo': makeinfo options.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: texinfo-format commands,  Next: Batch Formatting,  Prev: makeinfo in Emacs,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-The `texinfo-format...' Commands
-================================
-
-In GNU Emacs in Texinfo mode, you can format part or all of a Texinfo
-file with the `texinfo-format-region' command.  This formats the
-current region and displays the formatted text in a temporary buffer
-called `*Info Region*'.
-
-   Similarly, you can format a buffer with the `texinfo-format-buffer'
-command.  This command creates a new buffer and generates the Info file
-in it.  Typing `C-x C-s' will save the Info file under the name
-specified by the `@setfilename' line which must be near the beginning
-of the Texinfo file.
-
-`C-c C-e C-r'
-``texinfo-format-region''
-     Format the current region for Info.
-
-`C-c C-e C-b'
-``texinfo-format-buffer''
-     Format the current buffer for Info.
-
-   The `texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' commands
-provide you with some error checking, and other functions can provide
-you with further help in finding formatting errors.  These procedures
-are described in an appendix; see *Note Catching Mistakes::.  However,
-the `makeinfo' program is often faster and provides better error
-checking (*note makeinfo in Emacs::.).
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-8 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-8
deleted file mode 100644
index ba35e6e..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-8
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1056 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Batch Formatting,  Next: Tag and Split Files,  Prev: texinfo-format commands,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-Batch Formatting
-================
-
-   You can format Texinfo files for Info using `batch-texinfo-format'
-and Emacs Batch mode.  You can run Emacs in Batch mode from any shell,
-including a shell inside of Emacs.  (*Note Command Line Switches and
-Arguments: (emacs)Command Switches.)
-
-   Here is the command to format all the files that end in `.texinfo'
-in the current directory (where `%' is the shell prompt):
-
-     % emacs -batch -funcall batch-texinfo-format *.texinfo
-
-Emacs processes all the files listed on the command line, even if an
-error occurs while attempting to format some of them.
-
-   Run `batch-texinfo-format' only with Emacs in Batch mode as shown;
-it is not interactive.  It kills the Batch mode Emacs on completion.
-
-   `batch-texinfo-format' is convenient if you lack `makeinfo' and want
-to format several Texinfo files at once.  When you use Batch mode, you
-create a new Emacs process.  This frees your current Emacs, so you can
-continue working in it.  (When you run `texinfo-format-region' or
-`texinfo-format-buffer', you cannot use that Emacs for anything else
-until the command finishes.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Tag and Split Files,  Prev: Batch Formatting,  Up: Create an Info File
-
-Tag Files and Split Files
-=========================
-
-   If a Texinfo file has more than 30,000 bytes,
-`texinfo-format-buffer' automatically creates a tag table for its Info
-file;  `makeinfo' always creates a tag table.  With a "tag table", Info
-can jump to new nodes more quickly than it can otherwise.
-
-   In addition, if the Texinfo file contains more than about 70,000
-bytes, `texinfo-format-buffer' and `makeinfo' split the large Info file
-into shorter "indirect" subfiles of about 50,000 bytes each.  Big files
-are split into smaller files so that Emacs does not need to make a
-large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file; instead, Emacs
-allocates just enough memory for the small, split off file that is
-needed at the time.  This way, Emacs avoids wasting memory when you run
-Info.  (Before splitting was implemented, Info files were always kept
-short and "include files" were designed as a way to create a single,
-large printed manual out of the smaller Info files.  *Note Include
-Files::, for more information.  Include files are still used for very
-large documents, such as `The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual', in which
-each chapter is a separate file.)
-
-   When a file is split, Info itself makes use of a shortened version of
-the original file that contains just the tag table and references to
-the files that were split off.  The split off files are called
-"indirect" files.
-
-   The split off files have names that are created by appending `-1',
-`-2', `-3' and so on to the file name specified by the `@setfilename'
-command.  The shortened version of the original file continues to have
-the name specified by `@setfilename'.
-
-   At one stage in writing this document, for example, the Info file
-was saved as `test-texinfo' and that file looked like this:
-
-     Info file: test-texinfo,    -*-Text-*-
-     produced by texinfo-format-buffer
-     from file: new-texinfo-manual.texinfo
-     
-     ^_
-     Indirect:
-     test-texinfo-1: 102
-     test-texinfo-2: 50422
-     test-texinfo-3: 101300
-     ^_^L
-     Tag table:
-     (Indirect)
-     Node: overview^?104
-     Node: info file^?1271
-     Node: printed manual^?4853
-     Node: conventions^?6855
-     ...
-
-(But `test-texinfo' had far more nodes than are shown here.)  Each of
-the split off, indirect files, `test-texinfo-1', `test-texinfo-2', and
-`test-texinfo-3', is listed in this file after the line that says
-`Indirect:'.  The tag table is listed after the line that says `Tag
-table:'.
-
-   In the list of indirect files, the number following the file name
-records the cumulative number of bytes in the preceding indirect files,
-not counting the file list itself, the tag table, or the permissions
-text in each file.  In the tag table, the number following the node name
-records the location of the beginning of the node, in bytes from the
-beginning.
-
-   If you are using `texinfo-format-buffer' to create Info files, you
-may want to run the `Info-validate' command.  (The `makeinfo' command
-does such a good job on its own, you do not need `Info-validate'.)
-However, you cannot run the `M-x Info-validate' node-checking command
-on indirect files.  For information on how to prevent files from being
-split and how to validate the structure of the nodes, see *Note Using
-Info-validate::.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Install an Info File,  Next: Command List,  Prev: Create an Info File,  Up: Top
-
-Installing an Info File
-***********************
-
-   Info files are usually kept in the `info' directory.  (You can find
-the location of this directory within Emacs by typing `C-h i' to enter
-Info and then typing `C-x C-f' to see the full pathname to the `info'
-directory.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Directory file::              The top level menu for all Info files.
-* New Info File::               Listing a new info file.
-* Other Info Directories::      How to specify Info files that are
-                                  located in other directories.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Directory file,  Next: New Info File,  Up: Install an Info File
-
-The `dir' File
-==============
-
-   For Info to work, the `info' directory must contain a file that
-serves as a top level directory for the Info system.  By convention,
-this file is called `dir'.  The `dir' file is itself an Info file.  It
-contains the top level menu for all the Info files in the system.  The
-menu looks like this:
-
-     * Menu:
-     
-     * Info:    (info).     Documentation browsing system.
-     * Emacs:   (emacs).    The extensible, self-documenting
-                            text editor.
-     * Texinfo: (texinfo).  With one source file, make
-                            either a printed manual using
-                            TeX or an Info file.
-     ...
-
-   Each of these menu entries points to the `Top' node of the Info file
-that is named in parentheses.  (The menu entry does not need to specify
-the `Top' node, since Info goes to the `Top' node if no node name is
-mentioned.  *Note Nodes in Other Info Files: Other Info Files.)
-
-   Thus, the `Info' entry points to the `Top' node of the `info' file
-and the `Emacs' entry points to the `Top' node of the `emacs' file.
-
-   In each of the Info files, the `Up' pointer of the `Top' node refers
-back to the `dir' file.  For example, the line for the `Top' node of
-the Emacs manual looks like this in Info:
-
-     File: emacs  Node: Top, Up: (DIR), Next: Distrib
-
-(Note that in this case, the `dir' file name is written in upper case
-letters--it can be written in either upper or lower case.  Info has a
-feature that it will change the case of the file name to lower case if
-it cannot find the name as written.)
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: New Info File,  Next: Other Info Directories,  Prev: Directory file,  Up: Install an Info File
-
-Listing a New Info File
-=======================
-
-   To add a new Info file to your system, write a menu entry for it in
-the menu in the `dir' file in the `info' directory.  Also, move the new
-Info file itself to the `info' directory.  For example, if you were
-adding documentation for GDB, you would write the following new entry:
-
-     * GDB: (gdb).           The source-level C debugger.
-
-The first part of the menu entry is the menu entry name, followed by a
-colon.  The second part is the name of the Info file, in parentheses,
-followed by a period.  The third part is the description.
-
-   Conventionally, the name of an Info file has a `.info' extension.
-Thus, you might list the name of the file like this:
-
-     * GDB: (gdb.info).           The source-level C debugger.
-
-However, Info will look for a file with a `.info' extension if it does
-not find the file under the name given in the menu.  This means that
-you can refer to the file `gdb.info' as `gdb', as shown in the first
-example.  This looks better.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Other Info Directories,  Prev: New Info File,  Up: Install an Info File
-
-Info Files in Other Directories
-===============================
-
-   If an Info file is not in the `info' directory, there are two ways
-to specify its location:
-
-   * Write the pathname as the menu's second part, or;
-
-   * Specify the `info' directory name in an environment variable in
-     your `.profile' or `.cshrc' initialization file.  (Only you and
-     others with the same environment variable will be able to find Info
-     files whose location is specified this way.)
-
-   For example, to reach a test file in the `~bob/manuals' directory,
-you could add an entry like this to the menu in the `dir' file:
-
-     * Test: (~bob/manuals/info-test).  Bob's own test file.
-
-In this case, the absolute file name of the `info-test' file is written
-as the second part of the menu entry.
-
-   Alternatively, you can tell Info where to look by setting the
-`INFOPATH' environment variable in your `.cshrc' or `.profile' file.
-
-   If you use `sh' or `bash' for your shell command interpreter, you
-must set the `INFOPATH' environment variable in the `.profile'
-initialization file; but if you use `csh', you must set the variable in
-the `.cshrc' initialization file.  The two files require slightly
-different command formats.
-
-   * In a `.cshrc' file, you could set the `INFOPATH' variable as
-     follows:
-
-          setenv INFOPATH .:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info
-
-   * In a `.profile' file, you would achieve the same effect by writing:
-
-          INFOPATH=.:~bob/manuals:/usr/local/emacs/info
-          export INFOPATH
-
-Either form would cause Info to look first in the current directory,
-indicated by the `.', then in the `~bob/manuals' directory, and finally
-in the `/usr/local/emacs/info' directory (which is a common location
-for the standard Info directory).
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Command List,  Next: Tips,  Prev: Install an Info File,  Up: Top
-
-@-Command List
-**************
-
-   Here is an alphabetical list of the @-commands in Texinfo.  Square
-brackets, [ ], indicate optional arguments; an ellipsis, `...',
-indicates repeated text.
-
-`@*'
-     Force a line break. Do not end a paragraph that uses `@*' with an
-     `@refill' command.  *Note Line Breaks::.
-
-`@.'
-     Stands for a period that really does end a sentence (usually after
-     an end-of-sentence capital letter).  *Note Controlling Spacing::.
-
-`@:'
-     Indicate to TeX that an immediately preceding period, question
-     mark, exclamation mark, or colon does not end a sentence.  Prevent
-     TeX from inserting extra whitespace as it does at the end of a
-     sentence.  The command has no effect on the Info file output.
-     *Note Controlling Spacing::.
-
-`@@'
-     Stands for `@'.  *Note Inserting `@': Braces Atsigns Periods.
-
-`@{'
-     Stands for a left-hand brace, `{'.  *Note Inserting @ braces and
-     periods: Braces Atsigns Periods.
-
-`@}'
-     Stands for a right-hand brace, `}'.  *Note Inserting @ braces and
-     periods: Braces Atsigns Periods.
-
-`@appendix TITLE'
-     Begin an appendix.  The title appears in the table of contents of
-     a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with
-     asterisks.  *Note The `@unnumbered' and `@appendix' Commands:
-     unnumbered & appendix.
-
-`@appendixsec TITLE'
-`@appendixsection TITLE'
-     Begin an appendix section within an appendix.  The section title
-     appears in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info,
-     the title is underlined with equal signs.  `@appendixsection' is a
-     longer spelling of the `@appendixsec' command.  *Note Section
-     Commands: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-
-`@appendixsubsec TITLE'
-     Begin an appendix subsection within an appendix.  The title appears
-     in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title
-     is underlined with hyphens.  *Note Subsection Commands:
-     unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
-
-`@appendixsubsubsec TITLE'
-     Begin an appendix subsubsection within a subappendix.  The title
-     appears in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the
-     title is underlined with periods.  *Note The `subsub' Commands:
-     subsubsection.
-
-`@asis'
-     Used following `@table', `@ftable', and `@vtable' to print the
-     table's first column without highlighting ("as is").  *Note Making
-     a Two-column Table: Two-column Tables.
-
-`@author AUTHOR'
-     Typeset AUTHOR flushleft and underline it.  *Note The `@title' and
-     `@author' Commands: title subtitle author.
-
-`@b{TEXT}'
-     Print TEXT in bold font.  No effect in Info.  *Note Fonts::.
-
-`@bullet{}'
-     Generate a large round dot, or the closest possible thing to one.
-     *Note `@bullet': bullet.
-
-`@bye'
-     Stop formatting a file.  The formatters do not see the contents of
-     a file following an `@bye' command.  *Note Ending a File::.
-
-`@c COMMENT'
-     Begin a comment in Texinfo.  The rest of the line does not appear
-     in either the Info file or the printed manual.  A synonym for
-     `@comment'.  *Note General Syntactic Conventions: Conventions.
-
-`@cartouche'
-     Highlight an example or quotation by drawing a box with rounded
-     corners around it.  Pair with `@end cartouche'.  No effect in
-     Info.  *Note Drawing Cartouches Around Examples: cartouche.)
-
-`@center LINE-OF-TEXT'
-     Center the line of text following the command.  *Note `@center':
-     titlefont center sp.
-
-`@chapheading TITLE'
-     Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of
-     contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined
-     with asterisks.  *Note `@majorheading' and `@chapheading':
-     majorheading & chapheading.
-
-`@chapter TITLE'
-     Begin a chapter.  The chapter title appears in the table of
-     contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined
-     with asterisks.  *Note `@chapter': chapter.
-
-`@cindex ENTRY'
-     Add ENTRY to the index of concepts.  *Note Defining the Entries of
-     an Index: Index Entries.
-
-`@cite{REFERENCE}'
-     Highlight the name of a book or other reference that lacks a
-     companion Info file.  *Note `@cite': cite.
-
-`@clear FLAG'
-     Unset FLAG, preventing the Texinfo formatting commands from
-     formatting text between subsequent pairs of `@ifset FLAG' and
-     `@end ifset' commands, and preventing `@value{FLAG}' from
-     expanding to the value to which FLAG is set.  *Note `@set'
-     `@clear' `@value': set clear value.
-
-`@code{SAMPLE-CODE}'
-     Highlight text that is an expression, a syntactically complete
-     token of a program, or a program name.  *Note `@code': code.
-
-`@comment COMMENT'
-     Begin a comment in Texinfo.  The rest of the line does not appear
-     in either the Info file or the printed manual.  A synonym for `@c'.
-     *Note General Syntactic Conventions: Conventions.
-
-`@contents'
-     Print a complete table of contents.  Has no effect in Info, which
-     uses menus instead.  *Note Generating a Table of Contents:
-     Contents.
-
-`@copyright{}'
-     Generate a copyright symbol.  *Note `@copyright': copyright symbol.
-
-`@defcodeindex INDEX-NAME'
-     Define a new index and its indexing command.  Print entries in an
-     `@code' font.  *Note Defining New Indices: New Indices.
-
-`@defcv CATEGORY CLASS NAME'
-     Format a description for a variable associated with a class in
-     object-oriented programming.  Takes three arguments: the category
-     of thing being defined, the class to which it belongs, and its
-     name.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@deffn CATEGORY NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for a function, interactive command, or
-     similar entity that may take arguments.  `@deffn' takes as
-     arguments the category of entity being described, the name of this
-     particular entity, and its arguments, if any.  *Note Definition
-     Commands::.
-
-`@defindex INDEX-NAME'
-     Define a new index and its indexing command.  Print entries in a
-     roman font.  *Note Defining New Indices: New Indices.
-
-`@defivar CLASS INSTANCE-VARIABLE-NAME'
-     Format a description for an instance variable in object-oriented
-     programming.  The command is equivalent to `@defcv {Instance
-     Variable} ...'.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defmac MACRO-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for a macro.  The command is equivalent to
-     `@deffn Macro ...'.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defmethod CLASS METHOD-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for a method in object-oriented programming.
-     The command is equivalent to `@defop Method ...'.  Takes as
-     arguments the name of the class of the method, the name of the
-     method, and its arguments, if any.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defop CATEGORY CLASS NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for an operation in object-oriented
-     programming.  `@defop' takes as arguments the overall name of the
-     category of operation, the name of the class of the operation, the
-     name of the operation, and its arguments, if any.  *Note
-     Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defopt OPTION-NAME'
-     Format a description for a user option.  The command is equivalent
-     to `@defvr {User Option} ...'.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defspec SPECIAL-FORM-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for a special form.  The command is
-     equivalent to `@deffn {Special Form} ...'.  *Note Definition
-     Commands::.
-
-`@deftp CATEGORY NAME-OF-TYPE ATTRIBUTES...'
-     Format a description for a data type.  `@deftp' takes as arguments
-     the category, the name of the type (which is a word like `int' or
-     `float'), and then the names of attributes of objects of that
-     type.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@deftypefn CLASSIFICATION DATA-TYPE NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for a function or similar entity that may take
-     arguments and that is typed.  `@deftypefn' takes as arguments the
-     classification of entity being described, the type, the name of
-     the entity, and its arguments, if any.  *Note Definition
-     Commands::.
-
-`@deftypefun DATA-TYPE FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for a function in a typed language.  The
-     command is equivalent to `@deftypefn Function ...'.  *Note
-     Definition Commands::.
-
-`@deftypevr CLASSIFICATION DATA-TYPE NAME'
-     Format a description for something like a variable in a typed
-     language--an entity that records a value.  Takes as arguments the
-     classification of entity being described, the type, and the name of
-     the entity.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@deftypevar DATA-TYPE VARIABLE-NAME'
-     Format a description for a variable in a typed language.  The
-     command is equivalent to `@deftypevr Variable ...'.  *Note
-     Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defun FUNCTION-NAME ARGUMENTS...'
-     Format a description for functions.  The command is equivalent to
-     `@deffn Function ...'.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defvar VARIABLE-NAME'
-     Format a description for variables.  The command is equivalent to
-     `@defvr Variable ...'.  *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@defvr CATEGORY NAME'
-     Format a description for any kind of variable.  `@defvr' takes as
-     arguments the category of the entity and the name of the entity.
-     *Note Definition Commands::.
-
-`@dfn{TERM}'
-     Highlight the introductory or defining use of a term.  *Note
-     `@dfn': dfn.
-
-`@display'
-     Begin a kind of example.  Indent text, do not fill, do not select a
-     new font.  Pair with `@end display'.  *Note `@display': display.
-
-`@dmn{DIMENSION}'
-     Format a dimension.  Cause TeX to insert a narrow space before
-     DIMENSION.  No effect in Info.  Use for writing a number followed
-     by an abbreviation of a dimension name, such as `12pt', written as
-     `12@dmn{pt}', with no space between the number and the `@dmn'
-     command.  *Note `@dmn': dmn.
-
-`@dots{}'
-     Insert an ellipsis: `...'.  *Note `@dots': dots.
-
-`@emph{TEXT}'
-     Highlight TEXT; text is displayed in *italics* in printed output,
-     and surrounded by asterisks in Info.  *Note Emphasizing Text:
-     Emphasis.
-
-`@enumerate [NUMBER-OR-LETTER]'
-     Begin a numbered list, using `@item' for each entry.  Optionally,
-     start list with NUMBER-OR-LETTER.  Pair with `@end enumerate'.
-     *Note `@enumerate': enumerate.
-
-`@equiv{}'
-     Indicate to the reader the exact equivalence of two forms with a
-     glyph: `=='.  *Note Equivalence::.
-
-`@error{}'
-     Indicate to the reader with a glyph that the following text is an
-     error message: `error-->'.  *Note Error Glyph::.
-
-`@evenfooting [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Specify page footings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.  Not
-     relevant to Info.  *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom
-     Headings.
-
-`@evenheading [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Specify page headings for even-numbered (left-hand) pages.  Not
-     relevant to Info.  *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom
-     Headings.
-
-`@everyfooting [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Specify page footings for every page.  Not relevant to Info.
-     *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@everyheading [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Specify page headings for every page.  Not relevant to Info.
-     *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@example'
-     Begin an example.  Indent text, do not fill, and select
-     fixed-width font.  Pair with `@end example'.  *Note `@example':
-     example.
-
-`@exdent LINE-OF-TEXT'
-     Remove any indentation a line might have.  *Note Undoing the
-     Indentation of a Line: exdent.
-
-`@expansion{}'
-     Indicate the result of a macro expansion to the reader with a
-     special glyph: `==>'.  *Note ==> Indicating an Expansion:
-     expansion.
-
-`@file{FILENAME}'
-     Highlight the name of a file, buffer, node, or directory.  *Note
-     `@file': file.
-
-`@finalout'
-     Prevent TeX from printing large black warning rectangles beside
-     over-wide lines.  *Note Overfull hboxes::.
-
-`@findex ENTRY'
-     Add ENTRY to the index of functions.  *Note Defining the Entries
-     of an Index: Index Entries.
-
-`@flushleft'
-     Left justify every line but leave the right end ragged.  Leave
-     font as is.  Pair with `@end flushleft'.  *Note `@flushleft' and
-     `@flushright': flushleft & flushright.
-
-`@flushright'
-     Right justify every line but leave the left end ragged.  Leave
-     font as is.  Pair with `@end flushright'.  *Note `@flushleft' and
-     `@flushright': flushleft & flushright.
-
-`@footnote{TEXT-OF-FOOTNOTE}'
-     Enter a footnote.  Footnote text is printed at the bottom of the
-     page by TeX; Info may format in either `End' node or `Separate'
-     node style.  *Note Footnotes::.
-
-`@footnotestyle STYLE'
-     Specify an Info file's footnote style, either `end' for the end
-     node style or `separate' for the separate node style.  *Note
-     Footnotes::.
-
-`@format'
-     Begin a kind of example.  Like `@example' or `@display', but do
-     not narrow the margins and do not select the fixed-width font.
-     Pair with `@end format'.  *Note `@example': example.
-
-`@ftable FORMATTING-COMMAND'
-     Begin a two-column table, using `@item' for each entry.
-     Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
-     index of functions.  Pair with `@end ftable'.  The same as
-     `@table', except for indexing.  *Note `@ftable' and `@vtable':
-     ftable vtable.
-
-`@group'
-     Hold text together that must appear on one printed page.  Pair with
-     `@end group'.  Not relevant to Info.  *Note `@group': group.
-
-`@heading TITLE'
-     Print an unnumbered section-like heading in the text, but not in
-     the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-     underlined with equal signs.  *Note Section Commands:
-     unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-
-`@headings ON-OFF-SINGLE-DOUBLE'
-     Turn page headings on or off, or specify single-sided or
-     double-sided page headings for printing.  `@headings on' is
-     synonymous with `@headings double'.  *Note The `@headings'
-     Command: headings on off.
-
-`@i{TEXT}'
-     Print TEXT in italic font.  No effect in Info.  *Note Fonts::.
-
-`@ifclear FLAG'
-     If FLAG is cleared, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-     between `@ifclear FLAG' and the following `@end ifclear' command.
-     *Note `@set' `@clear' `@value': set clear value.
-
-`@ifinfo'
-     Begin a stretch of text that will be ignored by TeX when it
-     typesets the printed manual.  The text appears only in the Info
-     file.  Pair with `@end ifinfo'.  *Note Conditionally Visible Text:
-     Conditionals.
-
-`@ifset FLAG'
-     If FLAG is set, the Texinfo formatting commands format text
-     between `@ifset FLAG' and the following `@end ifset' command.
-     *Note `@set' `@clear' `@value': set clear value.
-
-`@iftex'
-     Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in the Info file, but
-     will be processed only by TeX.  Pair with `@end iftex'.  *Note
-     Conditionally Visible Text: Conditionals.
-
-`@ignore'
-     Begin a stretch of text that will not appear in either the Info
-     file or the printed output.  Pair with `@end ignore'.  *Note
-     Comments and Ignored Text: Comments.
-
-`@include FILENAME'
-     Incorporate the contents of the file FILENAME into the Info file
-     or printed document.  *Note Include Files::.
-
-`@inforef{NODE-NAME, [ENTRY-NAME], INFO-FILE-NAME}'
-     Make a cross reference to an Info file for which there is no
-     printed manual.  *Note Cross references using `@inforef': inforef.
-
-`\input MACRO-DEFINITIONS-FILE'
-     Use the specified macro definitions file.  This command is used
-     only in the first line of a Texinfo file to cause TeX to make use
-     of the `texinfo' macro definitions file.  The backslash in `\input'
-     is used instead of an `@' because TeX does not properly recognize
-     `@' until after it has read the definitions file.  *Note The
-     Texinfo File Header: Header.
-
-`@item'
-     Indicate the beginning of a marked paragraph for `@itemize' and
-     `@enumerate'; indicate the beginning of the text of a first column
-     entry for `@table', `@ftable', and `@vtable'.  *Note Lists and
-     Tables::.
-
-`@itemize  MARK-GENERATING-CHARACTER-OR-COMMAND'
-     Produce a sequence of indented paragraphs, with a mark inside the
-     left margin at the beginning of each paragraph.  Pair with `@end
-     itemize'.  *Note `@itemize': itemize.
-
-`@itemx'
-     Like `@item' but do not generate extra vertical space above the
-     item text.  *Note `@itemx': itemx.
-
-`@kbd{KEYBOARD-CHARACTERS}'
-     Indicate text that consists of characters of input to be typed by
-     users.  *Note `@kbd': kbd.
-
-`@key{KEY-NAME}'
-     Highlight KEY-NAME, a conventional name for a key on a keyboard.
-     *Note `@key': key.
-
-`@kindex ENTRY'
-     Add ENTRY to the index of keys.  *Note Defining the Entries of an
-     Index: Index Entries.
-
-`@lisp'
-     Begin an example of Lisp code.  Indent text, do not fill, and
-     select fixed-width font.  Pair with `@end lisp'.  *Note `@lisp':
-     Lisp Example.
-
-`@majorheading  TITLE'
-     Print a chapter-like heading in the text, but not in the table of
-     contents of a printed manual.  Generate more vertical whitespace
-     before the heading than the `@chapheading' command.  In Info, the
-     chapter heading line is underlined with asterisks.  *Note
-     `@majorheading' and `@chapheading': majorheading & chapheading.
-
-`@menu'
-     Mark the beginning of a menu of nodes in Info.  No effect in a
-     printed manual.  Pair with `@end menu'.  *Note Menus::.
-
-`@minus{}'
-     Generate a minus sign.  *Note `@minus': minus.
-
-`@need N'
-     Start a new page in a printed manual if fewer than N mils
-     (thousandths of an inch) remain on the current page.  *Note
-     `@need': need.
-
-`@node NAME, NEXT, PREVIOUS, UP'
-     Define the beginning of a new node in Info, and serve as a locator
-     for references for TeX.  *Note `@node': node.
-
-`@noindent'
-     Prevent text from being indented as if it were a new paragraph.
-     *Note `@noindent': noindent.
-
-`@oddfooting [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Specify page footings for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.  Not
-     relevant to Info.  *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom
-     Headings.
-
-`@oddheading [LEFT] @| [CENTER] @| [RIGHT]'
-     Specify page headings for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.  Not
-     relevant to Info.  *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom
-     Headings.
-
-`@page'
-     Start a new page in a printed manual.  No effect in Info.  *Note
-     `@page': page.
-
-`@paragraphindent INDENT'
-     Indent paragraphs by INDENT number of spaces; delete indentation
-     if the value of INDENT is 0; and do not change indentation if
-     INDENT is `asis'. *Note Paragraph Indenting: paragraphindent.
-
-`@pindex ENTRY'
-     Add ENTRY to the index of programs.  *Note Defining the Entries of
-     an Index: Index Entries.
-
-`@point{}'
-     Indicate the position of point in a buffer to the reader with a
-     glyph: `-!-'.  *Note Indicating Point in a Buffer: Point Glyph.
-
-`@print{}'
-     Indicate printed output to the reader with a glyph: `-|'.  *Note
-     Print Glyph::.
-
-`@printindex INDEX-NAME'
-     Print an alphabetized two-column index in a printed manual or
-     generate an alphabetized menu of index entries for Info.  *Note
-     Printing Indices & Menus::.
-
-`@pxref{NODE-NAME, [ENTRY], [TOPIC-OR-TITLE], [INFO-FILE], [MANUAL]}'
-     Make a reference that starts with a lower case `see' in a printed
-     manual.  Use within parentheses only.  Do not follow command with a
-     punctuation mark.  The Info formatting commands automatically
-     insert terminating punctuation as needed, which is why you do not
-     need to insert punctuation.  Only the first argument is mandatory.
-     *Note `@pxref': pxref.
-
-`@quotation'
-     Narrow the margins to indicate text that is quoted from another
-     real or imaginary work.  Write command on a line of its own.  Pair
-     with `@end quotation'.  *Note `@quotation': quotation.
-
-`@r{TEXT}'
-     Print TEXT in roman font.  No effect in Info.  *Note Fonts::.
-
-`@ref{NODE-NAME, [ENTRY], [TOPIC-OR-TITLE], [INFO-FILE], [MANUAL]}'
-     Make a reference.  In a printed manual, the reference does not
-     start with a `See'.  Follow command with a punctuation mark.  Only
-     the first argument is mandatory.  *Note `@ref': ref.
-
-`@refill'
-     In Info, refill and indent the paragraph after all the other
-     processing has been done.  No effect on TeX, which always refills.
-     This command is no longer needed, since all formatters now
-     automatically refill.  *Note Refilling Paragraphs::.
-
-`@result{}'
-     Indicate the result of an expression to the reader with a special
-     glyph: `=>'.  *Note `@result': result.
-
-`@samp{TEXT}'
-     Highlight TEXT that is a literal example of a sequence of
-     characters.  Used for single characters, for statements, and often
-     for entire shell commands.  *Note `@samp': samp.
-
-`@sc{TEXT}'
-     Set TEXT in a printed output in THE SMALL CAPS FONT and set text
-     in the Info file in uppercase letters.  *Note Smallcaps::.
-
-`@section TITLE'
-     Begin a section within a chapter.  In a printed manual, the section
-     title is numbered and appears in the table of contents.  In Info,
-     the title is underlined with equal signs.  *Note `@section':
-     section.
-
-`@set FLAG [STRING]'
-     Make FLAG active, causing the Texinfo formatting commands to
-     format text between subsequent pairs of `@ifset FLAG' and `@end
-     ifset' commands.  Optionally, set value of FLAG to STRING.  *Note
-     `@set' `@clear' `@value': set clear value.
-
-`@setchapternewpage ON-OFF-ODD'
-     Specify whether chapters start on new pages, and if so, whether on
-     odd-numbered (right-hand) new pages.  *Note `@setchapternewpage':
-     setchapternewpage.
-
-`@setfilename INFO-FILE-NAME'
-     Provide a name for the Info file.  *Note General Syntactic
-     Conventions: Conventions.
-
-`@settitle TITLE'
-     Provide a title for page headers in a printed manual.  *Note
-     General Syntactic Conventions: Conventions.
-
-`@shortcontents'
-     Print a short table of contents.  Not relevant to Info, which uses
-     menus rather than tables of contents.  A synonym for
-     `@summarycontents'.  *Note Generating a Table of Contents:
-     Contents.
-
-`@smallbook'
-     Cause TeX to produce a printed manual in a 7 by 9.25 inch format
-     rather than the regular 8.5 by 11 inch format.  *Note Printing
-     Small Books: smallbook.  Also, see *Note `@smallexample' and
-     `@smalllisp': smallexample & smalllisp.
-
-`@smallexample'
-     Indent text to indicate an example.  Do not fill, select
-     fixed-width font.  In `@smallbook' format, print text in a smaller
-     font than with `@example'.  Pair with `@end smallexample'.  *Note
-     `@smallexample' and `@smalllisp': smallexample & smalllisp.
-
-`@smalllisp'
-     Begin an example of Lisp code.  Indent text, do not fill, select
-     fixed-width font.  In `@smallbook' format, print text in a smaller
-     font.  Pair with `@end smalllisp'.  *Note `@smallexample' and
-     `@smalllisp': smallexample & smalllisp.
-
-`@sp N'
-     Skip N blank lines.  *Note `@sp': sp.
-
-`@strong TEXT'
-     Emphasize TEXT by typesetting it in a *bold* font for the printed
-     manual and by surrounding it with asterisks for Info.  *Note
-     Emphasizing Text: emph & strong.
-
-`@subheading TITLE'
-     Print an unnumbered subsection-like heading in the text, but not in
-     the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is
-     underlined with hyphens.  *Note `@unnumberedsubsec'
-     `@appendixsubsec' `@subheading': unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec
-     subheading.
-
-`@subsection TITLE'
-     Begin a subsection within a section.  In a printed manual, the
-     subsection title is numbered and appears in the table of contents.
-     In Info, the title is underlined with hyphens.  *Note
-     `@subsection': subsection.
-
-`@subsubheading TITLE'
-     Print an unnumbered subsubsection-like heading in the text, but
-     not in the table of contents of a printed manual.  In Info, the
-     title is underlined with periods.  *Note The `subsub' Commands:
-     subsubsection.
-
-`@subsubsection TITLE'
-     Begin a subsubsection within a subsection.  In a printed manual,
-     the subsubsection title is numbered and appears in the table of
-     contents.  In Info, the title is underlined with periods.  *Note
-     The `subsub' Commands: subsubsection.
-
-`@subtitle TITLE'
-     In a printed manual, set a subtitle in a normal sized font flush to
-     the right-hand side of the page.  Not relevant to Info, which does
-     not have title pages.  *Note `@title' `@subtitle' and `@author'
-     Commands: title subtitle author.
-
-`@summarycontents'
-     Print a short table of contents.  Not relevant to Info, which uses
-     menus rather than tables of contents.  A synonym for
-     `@shortcontents'.  *Note Generating a Table of Contents: Contents.
-
-`@syncodeindex FROM-INDEX INTO-INDEX'
-     Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in
-     the second argument, printing the entries from the first index in
-     `@code' font.  *Note Combining Indices::.
-
-`@synindex FROM-INDEX INTO-INDEX'
-     Merge the index named in the first argument into the index named in
-     the second argument.  Do not change the font of FROM-INDEX
-     entries.  *Note Combining Indices::.
-
-`@t{TEXT}'
-     Print TEXT in a fixed-width, typewriter-like font.  No effect in
-     Info.  *Note Fonts::.
-
-`@table FORMATTING-COMMAND'
-     Begin a two-column table, using `@item' for each entry.  Write
-     each first column entry on the same line as `@item'.  First column
-     entries are printed in the font resulting from FORMATTING-COMMAND.
-     Pair with `@end table'.  *Note Making a Two-column Table:
-     Two-column Tables.  Also see *Note `@ftable' and `@vtable': ftable
-     vtable, and *Note `@itemx': itemx.
-
-`@TeX{}'
-     Insert the logo TeX.  *Note Inserting TeX and (C): TeX and
-     copyright.
-
-`@tex'
-     Enter TeX completely.  Pair with `@end tex'.  *Note Using Ordinary
-     TeX Commands: Using Ordinary TeX Commands.
-
-`@thischapter'
-     In a heading or footing, stands for the number and name of the
-     current chapter, in the format `Chapter 1: Title'.  *Note How to
-     Make Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@thischaptername'
-     In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the current
-     chapter.  *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@thisfile'
-     In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the current
-     `@include' file.  Does not insert anything if not within an
-     `@include' file.  *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom
-     Headings.
-
-`@thispage'
-     In a heading or footing, stands for the current page number.
-     *Note How to Make Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@thistitle'
-     In a heading or footing, stands for the name of the document, as
-     specified by the `@settitle' command.  *Note How to Make Your Own
-     Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@tindex ENTRY'
-     Add ENTRY to the index of data types.  *Note Defining the Entries
-     of an Index: Index Entries.
-
-`@title TITLE'
-     In a printed manual, set a title flush to the left-hand side of the
-     page in a larger than normal font and underline it with a black
-     rule.  Not relevant to Info, which does not have title pages.
-     *Note The `@title' `@subtitle' and `@author' Commands: title
-     subtitle author.
-
-`@titlefont{TEXT}'
-     In a printed manual, print TEXT in a larger than normal font.  Not
-     relevant to Info, which does not have title pages.  *Note The
-     `@titlefont' `@center' and `@sp' Commands: titlefont center sp.
-
-`@titlepage'
-     Indicate to Texinfo the beginning of the title page.  Write
-     command on a line of its own.  Pair with `@end titlepage'.
-     Nothing between `@titlepage' and `@end titlepage' appears in Info.
-     *Note `@titlepage': titlepage.
-
-`@today{}'
-     Insert the current date, in `1 Jan 1900' style.  *Note How to Make
-     Your Own Headings: Custom Headings.
-
-`@top TITLE'
-     In a Texinfo file to be formatted with `makeinfo', identify the
-     topmost `@node' line in the file, which must be written on the line
-     immediately preceding the `@top' command.  Used for `makeinfo''s
-     node pointer insertion feature.  The title is underlined with
-     asterisks.  Both the `@node' line and the `@top' line normally
-     should be enclosed by `@ifinfo' and `@end ifinfo'.  In TeX and
-     `texinfo-format-buffer', the `@top' command is merely a synonym
-     for `@unnumbered'.  *Note Creating Pointers with `makeinfo':
-     makeinfo Pointer Creation.
-
-`@unnumbered TITLE'
-     In a printed manual, begin a chapter that appears without chapter
-     numbers of any kind.  The title appears in the table of contents
-     of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with
-     asterisks.  *Note `@unnumbered' and `@appendix': unnumbered &
-     appendix.
-
-`@unnumberedsec TITLE'
-     In a printed manual, begin a section that appears without section
-     numbers of any kind.  The title appears in the table of contents
-     of a printed manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with equal
-     signs.  *Note Section Commands: unnumberedsec appendixsec heading.
-
-`@unnumberedsubsec TITLE'
-     In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsection within a
-     chapter.  The title appears in the table of contents of a printed
-     manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with hyphens.  *Note
-     `@unnumberedsubsec' `@appendixsubsec' `@subheading':
-     unnumberedsubsec appendixsubsec subheading.
-
-`@unnumberedsubsubsec TITLE'
-     In a printed manual, begin an unnumbered subsubsection within a
-     chapter.  The title appears in the table of contents of a printed
-     manual.  In Info, the title is underlined with periods.  *Note The
-     `subsub' Commands: subsubsection.
-
-`@value{FLAG}'
-     Replace FLAG with the value to which it is set by `@set FLAG'.
-     *Note `@set' `@clear' `@value': set clear value.
-
-`@var{METASYNTACTIC-VARIABLE}'
-     Highlight a metasyntactic variable, which is something that stands
-     for another piece of text.  *Note Indicating Metasyntactic
-     Variables: var.
-
-`@vindex ENTRY'
-     Add ENTRY to the index of variables.  *Note Defining the Entries
-     of an Index: Index Entries.
-
-`@vskip AMOUNT'
-     In a printed manual, insert whitespace so as to push text on the
-     remainder of the page towards the bottom of the page.  Used in
-     formatting the copyright page with the argument `0pt plus 1filll'.
-     (Note spelling of `filll'.)  `@vskip' may be used only in
-     contexts ignored for Info.  *Note The Copyright Page and Printed
-     Permissions: Copyright & Permissions.
-
-`@vtable FORMATTING-COMMAND'
-     Begin a two-column table, using `@item' for each entry.
-     Automatically enter each of the items in the first column into the
-     index of variables.  Pair with `@end vtable'.  The same as
-     `@table', except for indexing.  *Note `@ftable' and `@vtable':
-     ftable vtable.
-
-`@w{TEXT}'
-     Prevent TEXT from being split across two lines.  Do not end a
-     paragraph that uses `@w' with an `@refill' command.  In the
-     Texinfo file, keep TEXT on one line.  *Note `@w': w.
-
-`@xref{NODE-NAME, [ENTRY], [TOPIC-OR-TITLE], [INFO-FILE], [MANUAL]}'
-     Make a reference that starts with `See' in a printed manual.
-     Follow command with a punctuation mark.  Only the first argument is
-     mandatory.  *Note `@xref': xref.
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-9 b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-9
deleted file mode 100644
index b128db5..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info-files/texi.info-9
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1210 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file texi.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file texi.texi.
-
-   This file documents Texinfo, a documentation system that uses a
-single source file to produce both on-line information and a printed
-manual.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation,
-Inc.
-
-   This is the second edition of the Texinfo documentation,
-and is consistent with version 2 of `texinfo.tex'.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Tips,  Next: Sample Texinfo File,  Prev: Command List,  Up: Top
-
-Tips and Hints
-**************
-
-   Here are some tips for writing Texinfo documentation:
-
-   * Write in the present tense, not in the past or the future.
-
-   * Write actively!  For example, write "We recommend that ..." rather
-     than "It is recommended that ...".
-
-   * Use 70 or 72 as your fill column.  Longer lines are hard to read.
-
-   * Include a copyright notice and copying permissions.
-
-Index, index, index!
-....................
-
-   Write many index entries, in different ways.  Readers like indices;
-they are helpful and convenient.
-
-   Although it is easiest to write index entries as you write the body
-of the text, some people prefer to write entries afterwards.  In either
-case, write an entry before the paragraph to which it applies.  This
-way, an index entry points to the first page of a paragraph that is
-split across pages.
-
-   Here are more hints we have found valuable:
-
-   * Write each index entry differently, so each entry refers to a
-     different place in the document.  The index of an Info file lists
-     only one location for each entry.
-
-   * Write index entries only where a topic is discussed significantly.
-     For example, it is not useful to index "debugging information" in
-     a chapter on reporting bugs.  Someone who wants to know about
-     debugging information will certainly not find it in that chapter.
-
-   * Consistently capitalize the first word of every index entry, or
-     else use lower case.  According to convention, you should
-     capitalize the first word of an index entry.  However, this
-     practice may make an index look crowded.  Some writers prefer
-     lower case.  Regardless of which you prefer, choose one style and
-     stick to it.  Mixing the two styles looks bad.
-
-   * Always capitalize or use upper case for those words in an index for
-     which this is proper, such as names of countries or acronyms.
-
-   * Write the indexing commands that refer to a whole section
-     immediately after the section command, and write the indexing
-     commands that refer to the paragraph before the paragraph.
-
-     In the example that follows, a blank line comes after the index
-     entry for "Leaping":
-
-          @section The Dog and the Fox
-          @cindex Jumping, in general
-          @cindex Leaping
-          
-          @cindex Dog, lazy, jumped over
-          @cindex Lazy dog jumped over
-          @cindex Fox, jumps over dog
-          @cindex Quick fox jumps over dog
-          The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.
-
-     (Note that the example shows entries for the same concept that are
-     written in different ways--`Lazy dog', and `Dog, lazy'--so readers
-     can look up the concept in different ways.)
-
-Blank lines
-...........
-
-   * Insert a blank line between a sectioning command and the first
-     following sentence or paragraph, or between the indexing commands
-     associated with the sectioning command and the first following
-     sentence or paragraph, as shown in the tip on indexing.
-     Otherwise, a formatter may fold title and paragraph together.
-
-   * Always insert a blank line before an `@table' command and after an
-     `@end table' command; but never insert a blank line after an
-     `@table' command or before an `@end table' command.
-
-     For example,
-
-          Types of fox:
-          
-          @table @samp
-          @item Quick
-          Jump over lazy dogs.
-          
-          @item Brown
-          Also jump over lazy dogs.
-          @end table
-          @noindent
-          On the other hand, ...
-
-     Insert blank lines before and after `@itemize' ... `@end itemize'
-     and `@enumerate' ... `@end enumerate' in the same way.
-
-Complete phrases
-................
-
-   Complete phrases are easier to read than ...
-
-   * Write entries in an itemized list as complete sentences; or at
-     least, as complete phrases.  Incomplete expressions ... awkward
-     ... like this.
-
-   * Write the prefatory sentence or phrase for a multi-item list or
-     table as a complete expression.  Do not write "You can set:";
-     instead, write "You can set these variables:".  The former
-     expression sounds cut off.
-
-Editions, dates and versions
-............................
-
-   Write the edition and version numbers and date in three places in
-every manual:
-
-  1. In the first `@ifinfo' section, for people reading the Texinfo
-     file.
-
-  2. In the `@titlepage' section, for people reading the printed manual.
-
-  3. In the `Top' node, for people reading the Info file.
-
-Also, it helps to write a note before the first `@ifinfo' section to
-explain what you are doing.
-
-For example:
-
-     @c ===> NOTE! <==
-     @c Specify the edition and version numbers and date
-     @c in *three* places:
-     @c   1. First ifinfo section  2. title page  3. top node
-     @c To find the locations, search for !!set
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     @c !!set edition, date, version
-     This is Edition 4.03, January 1992,
-     of the @cite{GDB Manual} for GDB Version 4.3.
-     ...
-
---or use `@set' and `@value' (*note `@value' Example: value Example.).
-
-Definition Commands
-...................
-
-   Definition commands are `@deffn', `@defun', `@defmac', and the like,
-and enable you to write descriptions in a uniform format.
-
-   * Write just one definition command for each entity you define with a
-     definition command.  The automatic indexing feature creates an
-     index entry that leads the reader to the definition.
-
-   * Use `@table' ... `@end table' in an appendix that contains a
-     summary of functions, not `@deffn' or other definition commands.
-
-Capitalization
-..............
-
-   * Capitalize `Texinfo'; it is a name.  Do not write the `x' or `i'
-     in upper case.
-
-   * Capitalize `Info'; it is a name.
-
-   * Write TeX using the `@TeX{}' command.  Note the uppercase `T' and
-     `X'.  This command causes the formatters to typeset the name
-     according to the wishes of Donald Knuth, who wrote TeX.
-
-Spaces
-......
-
-   Do not use spaces to format a Texinfo file, except inside of
-`@example' ... `@end example' and similar commands.
-
-   For example, TeX fills the following:
-
-         @kbd{C-x v}
-         @kbd{M-x vc-next-action}
-            Perform the next logical operation
-            on the version-controlled file
-            corresponding to the current buffer.
-
-so it looks like this:
-
-     `C-x v' `M-x vc-next-action' Perform the next logical operation on
-     the version-controlled file corresponding to the current buffer.
-
-In this case, the text should be formatted with `@table', `@item', and
-`@itemx', to create a table.
-
-@code, @samp, @var, and `---'
-.............................
-
-   * Use `@code' around Lisp symbols, including command names.  For
-     example,
-
-          The main function is @code{vc-next-action}, ...
-
-   * Avoid putting letters such as `s' immediately after an `@code'.
-     Such letters look bad.
-
-   * Use `@var' around meta-variables.  Do not write angle brackets
-     around them.
-
-   * Use three hyphens in a row, `---', to indicate a long dash.  TeX
-     typesets these as a long dash and the Info formatters reduce three
-     hyphens to two.
-
-Periods Outside of Quotes
-.........................
-
-   Place periods and other punctuation marks *outside* of quotations,
-unless the punctuation is part of the quotation.  This practice goes
-against convention, but enables the reader to distinguish between the
-contents of the quotation and the whole passage.
-
-   For example, you should write the following sentence with the period
-outside the end quotation marks:
-
-     Evidently, `au' is an abbreviation for ``author''.
-
-since `au' does *not* serve as an  abbreviation for `author.' (with a
-period following the word).
-
-Introducing New Terms
-.....................
-
-   * Introduce new terms so that a user who does not know them can
-     understand them from context; or write a definition for the term.
-
-     For example, in the following, the terms "check in", "register" and
-     "delta" are all appearing for the first time; the example sentence
-     should be rewritten so they are understandable.
-
-          The major function assists you in checking in a file to your
-          version control system and registering successive sets of
-          changes to it as deltas.
-
-   * Use the `@dfn' command around a word being introduced, to indicate
-     that the user should not expect to know the meaning already, and
-     should expect to learn the meaning from this passage.
-
-@pxref
-......
-
-   Absolutely never use `@pxref' except in the special context for
-which it is designed: inside parentheses, with the closing parenthesis
-following immediately after the closing brace.  One formatter
-automatically inserts closing punctuation and the other does not.  This
-means that the output looks right both in printed output and in an Info
-file, but only when the command is used inside parentheses.
-
-Invoking from a Shell
-.....................
-
-   You can invoke programs such as Emacs, GCC, and GAWK from a shell.
-The documentation for each program should contain a section that
-describes this.  Unfortunately, if the node names and titles for these
-sections are all different, readers find it hard to search for the
-section.
-
-   Name such sections with a phrase beginning with the word
-`Invoking ...', as in `Invoking Emacs'; this way users can find the
-section easily.
-
-ANSI C Syntax
-.............
-
-   When you use `@example' to describe a C function's calling
-conventions, use the ANSI C syntax, like this:
-
-     void dld_init (char *@var{path});
-
-And in the subsequent discussion, refer to the argument values by
-writing the same argument names, again highlighted with `@var'.
-
-   Avoid the obsolete style that looks like this:
-
-     #include <dld.h>
-     
-     dld_init (path)
-     char *path;
-
-   Also, it is best to avoid writing `#include' above the declaration
-just to indicate that the function is declared in a header file.  The
-practice may give the misimpression that the `#include' belongs near
-the declaration of the function.  Either state explicitly which header
-file holds the declaration or, better yet, name the header file used
-for a group of functions at the beginning of the section that describes
-the functions.
-
-Bad Examples
-............
-
-   Here are several examples of bad writing to avoid:
-
-   In this example, say, " ... you must `@dfn'{check in} the new
-version."  That flows better.
-
-     When you are done editing the file, you must perform a
-     `@dfn'{check in}.
-
-   In the following example, say, "... makes a unified interface such
-as VC mode possible."
-
-     SCCS, RCS and other version-control systems all perform similar
-     functions in broadly similar ways (it is this resemblance which
-     makes a unified control mode like this possible).
-
-   And in this example, you should specify what `it' refers to:
-
-     If you are working with other people, it assists in coordinating
-     everyone's changes so they do not step on each other.
-
-And Finally ...
-...............
-
-   * Pronounce TeX as if the `X' were a Greek `chi', as the last sound
-     in the name `Bach'.  But pronounce Texinfo as in `speck':
-     `teckinfo'.
-
-   * Write notes for yourself at the very end of a Texinfo file after
-     the `@bye'.  None of the formatters process text after the `@bye';
-     it is as if the text were within `@ignore' ...  `@end ignore'.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Sample Texinfo File,  Next: Sample Permissions,  Prev: Tips,  Up: Top
-
-A Sample Texinfo File
-*********************
-
-   Here is a complete, short sample Texinfo file, without any
-commentary.  You can see this file, with comments, in the first chapter.
-*Note A Short Sample Texinfo File: Short Sample.
-
-     \input texinfo   @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @c %**start of header
-     @setfilename sample.info
-     @settitle Sample Document
-     @c %**end of header
-     
-     @setchapternewpage odd
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     This is a short example of a complete Texinfo file.
-     
-     Copyright 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     @end ifinfo
-     
-     @titlepage
-     @sp 10
-     @comment The title is printed in a large font.
-     @center @titlefont{Sample Title}
-     
-     @c The following two commands start the copyright page.
-     @page
-     @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-     Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     @end titlepage
-     
-     @node    Top,       First Chapter, (dir),    (dir)
-     @comment node-name, next,          previous, up
-     
-     @menu
-     * First Chapter::    The first chapter is the
-                          only chapter in this sample.
-     * Concept Index::    This index has two entries.
-     @end menu
-     
-     @node    First Chapter, Concept Index, Top,      Top
-     @comment node-name,     next,          previous, up
-     @chapter First Chapter
-     @cindex Sample index entry
-     
-     This is the contents of the first chapter.
-     @cindex Another sample index entry
-     
-     Here is a numbered list.
-     
-     @enumerate
-     @item
-     This is the first item.
-     
-     @item
-     This is the second item.
-     @end enumerate
-     
-     The @code{makeinfo} and @code{texinfo-format-buffer}
-     commands transform a Texinfo file such as this into
-     an Info file; and @TeX{} typesets it for a printed
-     manual.
-     
-     @node    Concept Index,    ,  First Chapter, Top
-     @comment node-name,    next,  previous,      up
-     @unnumbered Concept Index
-     
-     @printindex cp
-     
-     @contents
-     @bye
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Sample Permissions,  Next: Include Files,  Prev: Sample Texinfo File,  Up: Top
-
-Sample Permissions
-******************
-
-   Texinfo files should contain sections that tell the readers that they
-have the right to copy and distribute the Texinfo file, the Info file,
-and the printed manual.
-
-   Also, if you are writing a manual about software, you should explain
-that the software is free and either include the GNU General Public
-License (GPL) or provide a reference to it.  *Note Distribution:
-(emacs)Distrib, for an example of the text that could be used in the
-software "Distribution", "General Public License", and "NO WARRANTY"
-sections of a document.  *Note Texinfo Copying Conditions: Copying, for
-an example of a brief explanation of how the copying conditions provide
-you with rights.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Inserting Permissions::       How to put permissions in your document.
-* ifinfo Permissions::          Sample `ifinfo' copying permissions.
-* Titlepage Permissions::       Sample Titlepage copying permissions.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Inserting Permissions,  Next: ifinfo Permissions,  Up: Sample Permissions
-
-Inserting Permissions
-=====================
-
-   In a Texinfo file, the first `@ifinfo' section usually begins with a
-line that says what the file documents.  This is what a person reading
-the unprocessed Texinfo file or using the advanced Info command `g *'
-sees first.  *note Advanced Info commands: (info)Expert, for more
-information. (A reader using the regular Info commands usually starts
-reading at the first node and skips this first section, which is not in
-a node.)
-
-   In the `@ifinfo' section, the summary sentence is followed by a
-copyright notice and then by the copying permission notice.  One of the
-copying permission paragraphs is enclosed in `@ignore' and `@end
-ignore' commands.  This paragraph states that the Texinfo file can be
-processed through TeX and printed, provided the printed manual carries
-the proper copying permission notice.  This paragraph is not made part
-of the Info file since it is not relevant to the Info file; but it is a
-mandatory part of the Texinfo file since it permits people to process
-the Texinfo file in TeX and print the results.
-
-   In the printed manual, the Free Software Foundation copying
-permission notice follows the copyright notice and publishing
-information and is located within the region delineated by the
-`@titlepage' and `@end titlepage' commands.  The copying permission
-notice is exactly the same as the notice in the `@ifinfo' section
-except that the paragraph enclosed in `@ignore' and `@end ignore'
-commands is not part of the notice.
-
-   To make it simple to insert a permission notice into each section of
-the Texinfo file, sample permission notices for each section are
-reproduced in full below.
-
-   Note that you may need to specify the correct name of a section
-mentioned in the permission notice.  For example, in `The GDB Manual',
-the name of the section referring to the General Public License is
-called the "GDB General Public License", but in the sample shown below,
-that section is referred to generically as the "GNU General Public
-License".  If the Texinfo file does not carry a copy of the General
-Public License, leave out the reference to it, but be sure to include
-the rest of the sentence.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: ifinfo Permissions,  Next: Titlepage Permissions,  Prev: Inserting Permissions,  Up: Sample Permissions
-
-`ifinfo' Copying Permissions
-============================
-
-   In the `@ifinfo' section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
-Software Foundation permission notice reads as follows:
-
-     This file documents ...
-     
-     Copyright 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     
-     Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-     copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-     this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-     
-     @ignore
-     Permission is granted to process this file through TeX
-     and print the results, provided the printed document
-     carries a copying permission notice identical to this
-     one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
-     paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-     
-     @end ignore
-     Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-     versions of this manual under the conditions for
-     verbatim copying, provided also that the sections
-     entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License''
-     are included exactly as in the original, and provided
-     that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
-     under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
-     one.
-     
-     Permission is granted to copy and distribute
-     translations of this manual into another language,
-     under the above conditions for modified versions,
-     except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-     translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Titlepage Permissions,  Prev: ifinfo Permissions,  Up: Sample Permissions
-
-Titlepage Copying Permissions
-=============================
-
-   In the `@titlepage' section of a Texinfo file, the standard Free
-Software Foundation copying permission notice follows the copyright
-notice and publishing information.  The standard phrasing is as follows:
-
-     Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim
-     copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and
-     this permission notice are preserved on all copies.
-     
-     Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified
-     versions of this manual under the conditions for
-     verbatim copying, provided also that the sections
-     entitled ``Copying'' and ``GNU General Public License''
-     are included exactly as in the original, and provided
-     that the entire resulting derived work is distributed
-     under the terms of a permission notice identical to this
-     one.
-     
-     Permission is granted to copy and distribute
-     translations of this manual into another language,
-     under the above conditions for modified versions,
-     except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-     translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Include Files,  Next: Headings,  Prev: Sample Permissions,  Up: Top
-
-Include Files
-*************
-
-   When TeX or an Info formatting command sees an `@include' command in
-a Texinfo file, it processes the contents of the file named by the
-command and incorporates them into the DVI or Info file being created.
-Index entries from the included file are incorporated into the indices
-of the output file.
-
-   Include files let you keep a single large document as a collection of
-conveniently small parts.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Using Include Files::         How to use the `@include' command.
-* texinfo-multiple-files-update::  How to create and update nodes and
-                                  menus when using included files.
-* Include File Requirements::   What `texinfo-multiple-files-update' expects.
-* Sample Include File::         A sample outer file with included files
-                                  within it; and a sample included file.
-* Include Files Evolution::     How use of the `@include' command
-                                  has changed over time.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Using Include Files,  Next: texinfo-multiple-files-update,  Up: Include Files
-
-How to Use Include Files
-========================
-
-   To include another file within a Texinfo file, write the `@include'
-command at the beginning of a line and follow it on the same line by
-the name of a file to be included.  For example:
-
-     @include buffers.texi
-
-   An included file should simply be a segment of text that you expect
-to be included as is into the overall or "outer" Texinfo file; it
-should not contain the standard beginning and end parts of a Texinfo
-file.  In particular, you should not start an included file with a line
-saying `\input texinfo'; if you do, that phrase is inserted into the
-output file as is.  Likewise, you should not end an included file with
-an `@bye' command; nothing after `@bye' is formatted.
-
-   In the past, you were required to write an `@setfilename' line at the
-beginning of an included file, but no longer.  Now, it does not matter
-whether you write such a line.  If an `@setfilename' line exists in an
-included file, it is ignored.
-
-   Conventionally, an included file begins with an `@node' line that is
-followed by an `@chapter' line.  Each included file is one chapter.
-This makes it easy to use the regular node and menu creating and
-updating commands to create the node pointers and menus within the
-included file.  However, the simple Emacs node and menu creating and
-updating commands do not work with multiple Texinfo files.  Thus you
-cannot use these commands to fill in the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-pointers of the `@node' line that begins the included file.  Also, you
-cannot use the regular commands to create a master menu for the whole
-file.  Either you must insert the menus and the `Next', `Previous', and
-`Up' pointers by hand, or you must use the GNU Emacs Texinfo mode
-command, `texinfo-multiple-files-update', that is designed for
-`@include' files.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: texinfo-multiple-files-update,  Next: Include File Requirements,  Prev: Using Include Files,  Up: Include Files
-
-`texinfo-multiple-files-update'
-===============================
-
-   GNU Emacs Texinfo mode provides a command to handle included files
-called `texinfo-multiple-files-update'.  This command creates or
-updates `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of included files as well
-as those in the outer or overall Texinfo file, and it creates or
-updates a main menu in the outer file.  Depending whether you call it
-with optional arguments, the command updates only the pointers in the
-first `@node' line of the included files or all of them:
-
-`M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update'
-     Called without any arguments:
-
-        - Create or update the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' pointers of
-          the first `@node' line in each file included in an outer or
-          overall Texinfo file.
-
-        - Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or
-          overall file.
-
-        - Create or update a main menu in the outer file.
-
-`C-u M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update'
-     Called with `C-u' as a prefix argument:
-
-        - Create or update pointers in the first `@node' line in each
-          included file.
-
-        - Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer
-          file.
-
-        - Create and insert a master menu in the outer file.  The
-          master menu is made from all the menus in all the included
-          files.
-
-`C-u 8 M-x texinfo-multiple-files-update'
-     Called with a numeric prefix argument, such as `C-u 8':
-
-        - Create or update *all* the `Next', `Previous', and `Up'
-          pointers of all the included files.
-
-        - Create or update *all* the menus of all the included files.
-
-        - Create or update the `Top' level node pointers of the outer or
-          overall file.
-
-        - And then create a master menu in the outer file.  This is
-          similar to invoking `texinfo-master-menu' with an argument
-          when you are working with just one file.
-
-   Note the use of the prefix argument in interactive use: with a
-regular prefix argument, just `C-u', the
-`texinfo-multiple-files-update' command inserts a master menu; with a
-numeric prefix argument, such as `C-u 8', the command updates *every*
-pointer and menu in *all* the files and then inserts a master menu.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Include File Requirements,  Next: Sample Include File,  Prev: texinfo-multiple-files-update,  Up: Include Files
-
-Include File Requirements
-=========================
-
-   If you plan to use the `texinfo-multiple-files-update' command, the
-outer Texinfo file that lists included files within it should contain
-nothing but the beginning and end parts of a Texinfo file, and a number
-of `@include' commands listing the included files.  It should not even
-include indices, which should be listed in an included file of their
-own.
-
-   Moreover, each of the included files must contain exactly one highest
-level node (conventionally, `@chapter' or equivalent), and this node
-must be the first node in the included file.  Furthermore, each of
-these highest level nodes in each included file must be at the same
-hierarchical level in the file structure.  Usually, each is an
-`@chapter', an `@appendix', or an `@unnumbered' node.  Thus, normally,
-each included file contains one, and only one, chapter or
-equivalent-level node.
-
-   The outer file should contain only *one* node, the `Top' node.  It
-should *not* contain any nodes besides the single `Top' node.  The
-`texinfo-multiple-files-update' command will not process them.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Sample Include File,  Next: Include Files Evolution,  Prev: Include File Requirements,  Up: Include Files
-
-Sample File with `@include'
-===========================
-
-   Here is an example of a complete outer Texinfo file with `@include'
-files within it before running `texinfo-multiple-files-update', which
-would insert a main or master menu:
-
-     \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
-     @setfilename  include-example.info
-     @settitle Include Example
-     
-     @setchapternewpage odd
-     @titlepage
-     @sp 12
-     @center @titlefont{Include Example}
-     @sp 2
-     @center by Whom Ever
-     
-     @page
-     @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-     Copyright @copyright{} 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     @end titlepage
-     
-     @ifinfo
-     @node Top, First, (dir), (dir)
-     @top Master Menu
-     @end ifinfo
-     
-     @include foo.texinfo
-     @include bar.texinfo
-     @include concept-index.texinfo
-     
-     @summarycontents
-     @contents
-     
-     @bye
-
-   An included file, such as `foo.texinfo', might look like this:
-
-     @node First, Second, , Top
-     @chapter First Chapter
-     
-     Contents of first chapter ...
-
-   The full contents of `concept-index.texinfo' might be as simple as
-this:
-
-     @node Concept Index, , Second, Top
-     @unnumbered Concept Index
-     
-     @printindex cp
-
-   The outer Texinfo source file for `The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
-Manual' is named `elisp.texi'.  This outer file contains a master menu
-with 417 entries and a list of 41 `@include' files.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Include Files Evolution,  Prev: Sample Include File,  Up: Include Files
-
-Evolution of Include Files
-==========================
-
-   When Info was first created, it was customary to create many small
-Info files on one subject.  Each Info file was formatted from its own
-Texinfo source file.  This custom meant that Emacs did not need to make
-a large buffer to hold the whole of a large Info file when someone
-wanted information; instead, Emacs allocated just enough memory for the
-small Info file that contained the particular information sought.  This
-way, Emacs could avoid wasting memory.
-
-   References from one file to another were made by referring to the
-file name as well as the node name. (*Note Referring to Other Info
-Files: Other Info Files.  Also, see *Note `@xref' with Four and Five
-Arguments: Four and Five Arguments.)
-
-   Include files were designed primarily as a way to create a single,
-large printed manual out of several smaller Info files.  In a printed
-manual, all the references were within the same document, so TeX could
-automatically determine the references' page numbers.  The Info
-formatting commands used include files only for creating joint indices;
-each of the individual Texinfo files had to be formatted for Info
-individually.  (Each, therefore, required its own `@setfilename' line.)
-
-   However, because large Info files are now split automatically, it is
-no longer necessary to keep them small.
-
-   Nowadays, multiple Texinfo files are used mostly for large documents,
-such as `The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual', and for projects in
-which several different people write different sections of a document
-simultaneously.
-
-   In addition, the Info formatting commands have been extended to work
-with the `@include' command so as to create a single large Info file
-that is split into smaller files if necessary.  This means that you can
-write menus and cross references without naming the different Texinfo
-files.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Headings,  Next: Catching Mistakes,  Prev: Include Files,  Up: Top
-
-Page Headings
-*************
-
-   Most printed manuals contain headings along the top of every page
-except the title and copyright pages.  Some manuals also contain
-footings.  (Headings and footings have no meaning to Info, which is not
-paginated.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Headings Introduced::         Conventions for using page headings.
-* Heading Format::              Standard page heading formats.
-* Heading Choice::              How to specify the type of page heading.
-* Custom Headings::             How to create your own headings and footings.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Headings Introduced,  Next: Heading Format,  Up: Headings
-
-Headings Introduced
-===================
-
-   Texinfo provides standard page heading formats for manuals that are
-printed on one side of each sheet of paper and for manuals that are
-printed on both sides of the paper.  Usually, you will use one or other
-of these formats, but you can specify your own format, if you wish.
-
-   In addition, you can specify whether chapters should begin on a new
-page, or merely continue the same page as the previous chapter; and if
-chapters begin on new pages, you can specify whether they must be
-odd-numbered pages.
-
-   By convention, a book is printed on both sides of each sheet of
-paper.  When you open a book, the right-hand page is odd-numbered, and
-chapters begin on right-hand pages--a preceding left-hand page is left
-blank if necessary.  Reports, however, are often printed on just one
-side of paper, and chapters begin on a fresh page immediately following
-the end of the preceding chapter.  In short or informal reports,
-chapters often do not begin on a new page at all, but are separated
-from the preceding text by a small amount of whitespace.
-
-   The `@setchapternewpage' command controls whether chapters begin on
-new pages, and whether one of the standard heading formats is used.  In
-addition, Texinfo has several heading and footing commands that you can
-use to generate your own heading and footing formats.
-
-   In Texinfo, headings and footings are single lines at the tops and
-bottoms of pages; you cannot create multiline headings or footings.
-Each header or footer line is divided into three parts: a left part, a
-middle part, and a right part.  Any part, or a whole line, may be left
-blank.  Text for the left part of a header or footer line is set
-flushleft; text for the middle part is centered; and, text for the
-right part is set flushright.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Heading Format,  Next: Heading Choice,  Prev: Headings Introduced,  Up: Headings
-
-Standard Heading Formats
-========================
-
-   Texinfo provides two standard heading formats, one for manuals
-printed on one side of each sheet of paper, and the other for manuals
-printed on both sides of the paper.
-
-   By default, nothing is specified for the footing of a Texinfo file,
-so the footing remains blank.
-
-   The standard format for single-sided printing consists of a header
-line in which the left-hand part contains the name of the chapter, the
-central part is blank, and the right-hand part contains the page number.
-
-   A single-sided page looks like this:
-
-        _______________________
-       |                       |
-       | chapter   page number |
-       |                       |
-       | Start of text ...     |
-       | ...                   |
-       |                       |
-
-   The standard format for two-sided printing depends on whether the
-page number is even or odd.  By convention, even-numbered pages are on
-the left- and odd-numbered pages are on the right.  (TeX will adjust the
-widths of the left- and right-hand margins.  Usually, widths are
-correct, but during double-sided printing, it is wise to check that
-pages will bind properly--sometimes a printer will produce output in
-which the even-numbered pages have a larger right-hand margin than the
-odd-numbered pages.)
-
-   In the standard double-sided format, the left part of the left-hand
-(even-numbered) page contains the page number, the central part is
-blank, and the right part contains the title (specified by the
-`@settitle' command).  The left part of the right-hand (odd-numbered)
-page contains the name of the chapter, the central part is blank, and
-the right part contains the page number.
-
-   Two pages, side by side as in an open book, look like this:
-
-        _______________________     _______________________
-       |                       |   |                       |
-       | page number     title |   | chapter   page number |
-       |                       |   |                       |
-       | Start of text ...     |   | More  text ...        |
-       | ...                   |   | ...                   |
-       |                       |   |                       |
-
-The chapter name is preceded by the word `Chapter', the chapter number
-and a colon.  This makes it easier to keep track of where you are in
-the manual.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Heading Choice,  Next: Custom Headings,  Prev: Heading Format,  Up: Headings
-
-Specifying the Type of Heading
-==============================
-
-   TeX does not begin to generate page headings for a standard Texinfo
-file until it reaches the `@end titlepage' command.  Thus, the title
-and copyright pages are not numbered.  The `@end titlepage' command
-causes TeX to begin to generate page headings according to a standard
-format specified by the `@setchapternewpage' command that precedes the
-`@titlepage' section.
-
-   There are four possibilities:
-
-No `@setchapternewpage' command
-     Cause TeX to specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters
-     on new pages. This is the same as `@setchapternewpage on'.
-
-`@setchapternewpage on'
-     Specify the single-sided heading format, with chapters on new
-     pages.
-
-`@setchapternewpage off'
-     Cause TeX to start a new chapter on the same page as the last page
-     of the preceding chapter, after skipping some vertical whitespace.
-     Also cause TeX to typeset for single-sided printing.  (You can
-     override the headers format with the `@headings double' command;
-     see *Note The `@headings' Command: headings on off.)
-
-`@setchapternewpage odd'
-     Specify the double-sided heading format, with chapters on new
-     pages.
-
-Texinfo lacks an `@setchapternewpage even' command.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Custom Headings,  Prev: Heading Choice,  Up: Headings
-
-How to Make Your Own Headings
-=============================
-
-   You can use the standard headings provided with Texinfo or specify
-your own.
-
-   Texinfo provides six commands for specifying headings and footings.
-The `@everyheading' command and `@everyfooting' command generate page
-headers and footers that are the same for both even- and odd-numbered
-pages.  The `@evenheading' command and `@evenfooting' command generate
-headers and footers for even-numbered (left-hand) pages; and the
-`@oddheading' command and `@oddfooting' command generate headers and
-footers for odd-numbered (right-hand) pages.
-
-   Write custom heading specifications in the Texinfo file immediately
-after the `@end titlepage' command.  Enclose your specifications
-between `@iftex' and `@end iftex' commands since the
-`texinfo-format-buffer' command may not recognize them.  Also, you must
-cancel the predefined heading commands with the `@headings off' command
-before defining your own specifications.
-
-   Here is how to tell TeX to place the chapter name at the left, the
-page number in the center, and the date at the right of every header
-for both even- and odd-numbered pages:
-
-     @iftex
-     @headings off
-     @everyheading @thischapter @| @thispage @| @today{}
-     @end iftex
-
-You need to divide the left part from the central part and the central
-part from the right had part by inserting `@|' between parts.
-Otherwise, the specification command will not be able to tell where the
-text for one part ends and the next part begins.
-
-   Each part can contain text or @-commands.  The text is printed as if
-the part were within an ordinary paragraph in the body of the page.
-The @-commands replace themselves with the page number, date, chapter
-name, or whatever.
-
-   Here are the six heading and footing commands:
-
-`@everyheading LEFT @| CENTER @| RIGHT'
-`@everyfooting LEFT @| CENTER @| RIGHT'
-     The `every' commands specify the format for both even- and
-     odd-numbered pages.  These commands are for documents that are
-     printed on one side of each sheet of paper, or for documents in
-     which you want symmetrical headers or footers.
-
-`@evenheading LEFT @| CENTER @| RIGHT'
-`@oddheading  LEFT @| CENTER @| RIGHT'
-`@evenfooting LEFT @| CENTER @| RIGHT'
-`@oddfooting  LEFT @| CENTER @| RIGHT'
-     The `even' and `odd' commands specify the format for even-numbered
-     pages and odd-numbered pages.  These commands are for books and
-     manuals that are printed on both sides of each sheet of paper.
-
-   Use the `@this...' series of @-commands to provide the names of
-chapters and sections and the page number.  You can use the `@this...'
-commands in the left, center, or right portions of headers and footers,
-or anywhere else in a Texinfo file so long as they are between `@iftex'
-and `@end iftex' commands.
-
-   Here are the `@this...' commands:
-
-`@thispage'
-     Expands to the current page number.
-
-`@thischaptername'
-     Expands to the name of the current chapter.
-
-`@thischapter'
-     Expands to the number and name of the current chapter, in the
-     format `Chapter 1: Title'.
-
-`@thistitle'
-     Expands to the name of the document, as specified by the
-     `@settitle' command.
-
-`@thisfile'
-     For `@include' files only: expands to the name of the current
-     `@include' file.  If the current Texinfo source file is not an
-     `@include' file, this command has no effect.  This command does
-     *not* provide the name of the current Texinfo source file unless
-     it is an `@include' file.  (*Note Include Files::, for more
-     information about `@include' files.)
-
-You can also use the `@today{}' command, which expands to the current
-date, in `1 Jan 1900' format.
-
-   Other @-commands and text are printed in a header or footer just as
-if they were in the body of a page.  It is useful to incorporate text,
-particularly when you are writing drafts:
-
-     @iftex
-     @headings off
-     @everyheading @emph{Draft!} @| @thispage @| @thischapter
-     @everyfooting @| @| Version: 0.27: @today{}
-     @end iftex
-
-   Beware of overlong titles: they may overlap another part of the
-header or footer and blot it out.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Catching Mistakes,  Next: Refilling Paragraphs,  Prev: Headings,  Up: Top
-
-Formatting Mistakes
-*******************
-
-   Besides mistakes in the content of your documentation, there are two
-kinds of mistake you can make with Texinfo:  you can make mistakes with
-@-commands, and you can make mistakes with the structure of the nodes
-and chapters.
-
-   Emacs has two tools for catching the @-command mistakes and two for
-catching structuring mistakes.
-
-   For finding problems with @-commands, you can run TeX or a region
-formatting command on the region that has a problem; indeed, you can
-run these commands on each region as you write it.
-
-   For finding problems with the structure of nodes and chapters, you
-can use `C-c C-s' (`texinfo-show-structure') and the related `occur'
-command and you can use the `M-x Info-validate' command.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* makeinfo preferred::          `makeinfo' finds errors.
-* Debugging with Info::         How to catch errors with Info formatting.
-* Debugging with TeX::          How to catch errors with TeX formatting.
-* Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use `texinfo-show-structure'.
-* Using occur::                 How to list all lines containing a pattern.
-* Running Info-Validate::       How to find badly referenced nodes.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: makeinfo preferred,  Next: Debugging with Info,  Up: Catching Mistakes
-
-`makeinfo' Find Errors
-======================
-
-   The `makeinfo' program does an excellent job of catching errors and
-reporting them--far better than either the `texinfo-format-region' or
-the `texinfo-format-buffer' command.  In addition, the various
-functions for automatically creating and updating node pointers and
-menus remove many opportunities for human error.
-
-   If you can, use the updating commands to create and insert pointers
-and menus.  These prevent many errors.  Then use `makeinfo' (or its
-Texinfo mode manifestations, `makeinfo-region' and `makeinfo-buffer')
-to format your file and check for other errors.  This is the best way
-to work with Texinfo.  But if you cannot use `makeinfo', or your
-problem is very puzzling, then you may want to use the tools described
-in this appendix.
-
-
-File: texi.info,  Node: Debugging with Info,  Next: Debugging with TeX,  Prev: makeinfo preferred,  Up: Catching Mistakes
-
-Catching Errors with Info Formatting
-====================================
-
-   After you have written part of a Texinfo file, you can use the
-`texinfo-format-region' or the `makeinfo-region' command to see whether
-the region formats properly.
-
-   Most likely, however, you are reading this section because for some
-reason you cannot use the `makeinfo-region' command; therefore, the
-rest of this section presumes that you are using
-`texinfo-format-region'.
-
-   If you make a mistake with an @-command, `texinfo-format-region'
-will stop processing at or after the error and display an error
-message.  To see where in the buffer the error occurred, switch to the
-`*Info Region*' buffer; the cursor will be in a position that is after
-the location of the error.  Also, the text will not be formatted after
-the place where the error occurred (or more precisely, where it was
-detected).
-
-   For example, if you accidentally end a menu with the command `@end
-menus' with an `s' on the end, instead of with `@end menu', you will
-see an error message that says:
-
-     @end menus is not handled by texinfo
-
-The cursor will stop at the point in the buffer where the error occurs,
-or not long after it.  The buffer will look like this:
-
-     ---------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
-     * Menu:
-     
-     * Using texinfo-show-structure::  How to use
-                                       `texinfo-show-structure'
-                                       to catch mistakes.
-     * Running Info-Validate::         How to check for
-                                       unreferenced nodes.
-     @end menus
-     -!-
-     ---------- Buffer: *Info Region* ----------
-
-   The `texinfo-format-region' command sometimes provides slightly odd
-error messages.  For example, the following cross reference fails to
-format:
-
-     (@xref{Catching Mistakes, for more info.)
-
-In this case, `texinfo-format-region' detects the missing closing brace
-but displays a message that says `Unbalanced parentheses' rather than
-`Unbalanced braces'.  This is because the formatting command looks for
-mismatches between braces as if they were parentheses.
-
-   Sometimes `texinfo-format-region' fails to detect mistakes.  For
-example, in the following, the closing brace is swapped with the
-closing parenthesis:
-
-     (@xref{Catching Mistakes), for more info.}
-
-Formatting produces:
-     (*Note for more info.: Catching Mistakes)
-
-   The only way for you to detect this error is to realize that the
-reference should have looked like this:
-
-     (*Note Catching Mistakes::, for more info.)
-
-   Incidentally, if you are reading this node in Info and type `f RET'
-(`Info-follow-reference'), you will generate an error message that says:
-
-     No such node: "Catching Mistakes) The only way ...
-
-This is because Info perceives the example of the error as the first
-cross reference in this node and if you type a RET immediately after
-typing the Info `f' command, Info will attempt to go to the referenced
-node.  If you type `f catch TAB RET', Info will complete the node name
-of the correctly written example and take you to the `Catching
-Mistakes' node.  (If you try this, you can return from the `Catching
-Mistakes' node by typing `l' (`Info-last').)
-
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info-stnd.info b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info-stnd.info
deleted file mode 100644
index 31f486a..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info-stnd.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1259 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file info-stnd.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the
-input file info-stnd.texi.
-
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line
-formatted versions of Texinfo files.  This documentation is different
-from the documentation for the Info reader that is part of GNU Emacs.
-If you do not know how to use Info, but have a working Info reader, you
-should read that documentation first.
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
-sections entitled "Copying" and "GNU General Public License" are
-included exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation
-approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Top,  Next: What is Info,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
-
-The GNU Info Program
-********************
-
-This file documents GNU Info, a program for viewing the on-line
-formatted versions of Texinfo files, version 2.9.  This documentation
-is different from the documentation for the Info reader that is part of
-GNU Emacs.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* What is Info::
-* Options::                     Options you can pass on the command line.
-* Cursor Commands::             Commands which move the cursor within a node.
-* Scrolling Commands::          Commands for moving the node around
-                                  in a window.
-* Node Commands::               Commands for selecting a new node.
-* Searching Commands::          Commands for searching an Info file.
-* Xref Commands::               Commands for selecting cross references.
-* Window Commands::             Commands which manipulate multiple windows.
-* Printing Nodes::              How to print out the contents of a node.
-* Miscellaneous Commands::      A few commands that defy categories.
-* Variables::                   How to change the default behavior of Info.
-* GNU Info Global Index::       Global index containing keystrokes,
-                                  command names, variable names,
-                                  and general concepts.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: What is Info,  Next: Options,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
-
-What is Info?
-*************
-
-"Info" is a program which is used to view Info files on an ASCII
-terminal.  "Info files" are the result of processing Texinfo files with
-the program `makeinfo' or with one of the Emacs commands, such as `M-x
-texinfo-format-buffer'.  Texinfo itself is a documentation system that
-uses a single source file to produce both on-line information and
-printed output.  You can typeset and print the files that you read in
-Info.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Options,  Next: Cursor Commands,  Prev: What is Info,  Up: Top
-
-Command Line Options
-********************
-
-GNU Info accepts several options to control the initial node being
-viewed, and to specify which directories to search for Info files.  Here
-is a template showing an invocation of GNU Info from the shell:
-
-     info [--OPTION-NAME OPTION-VALUE] MENU-ITEM...
-
-The following OPTION-NAMES are available when invoking Info from the
-shell:
-
-`--directory DIRECTORY-PATH'
-`-d DIRECTORY-PATH'
-     Add DIRECTORY-PATH to the list of directory paths searched when
-     Info needs to find a file.  You may issue `--directory' multiple
-     times; once for each directory which contains Info files.
-     Alternatively, you may specify a value for the environment variable
-     `INFOPATH'; if `--directory' is not given, the value of `INFOPATH'
-     is used.  The value of `INFOPATH' is a colon separated list of
-     directory names.  If you do not supply `INFOPATH' or
-     `--directory-path', Info uses a default path.
-
-`--file FILENAME'
-`-f FILENAME'
-     Specify a particular Info file to visit.  By default, Info visits
-     the file `dir'; if you use this option, Info will start with
-     `(FILENAME)Top' as the first file and node.
-
-`--node NODENAME'
-`-n NODENAME'
-     Specify a particular node to visit in the initial file that Info
-     loads.  This is especially useful in conjunction with `--file'(1)
-     (*note Options-Footnotes::).  You may specify `--node' multiple
-     times; for an interactive Info, each NODENAME is visited in its
-     own window, for a non-interactive Info (such as when `--output' is
-     given) each NODENAME is processed sequentially.
-
-`--output FILENAME'
-`-o FILENAME'
-     Specify FILENAME as the name of a file to which to direct output.
-     Each node that Info visits will be output to FILENAME instead of
-     interactively viewed.  A value of `-' for FILENAME specifies the
-     standard output.
-
-`--subnodes'
-     This option only has meaning when given in conjunction with
-     `--output'.  It means to recursively output the nodes appearing in
-     the menus of each node being output.  Menu items which resolve to
-     external Info files are not output, and neither are menu items
-     which are members of an index.  Each node is only output once.
-
-`--help'
-`-h'
-     Produces a relatively brief description of the available Info
-     options.
-
-`--version'
-     Prints the version information of Info and exits.
-
-`MENU-ITEM'
-     Info treats its remaining arguments as the names of menu items.
-     The first argument is a menu item in the initial node visited,
-     while the second argument is a menu item in the first argument's
-     node.  You can easily move to the node of your choice by
-     specifying the menu names which describe the path to that node.
-     For example,
-
-          info emacs buffers
-
-     first selects the menu item `Emacs' in the node `(dir)Top', and
-     then selects the menu item `Buffers' in the node `(emacs)Top'.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Options-Footnotes,  Up: Options
-
-(1)  Of course, you can specify both the file and node in a `--node'
-command; but don't forget to escape the open and close parentheses from
-the shell as in: `info --node '(emacs)Buffers''
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Cursor Commands,  Next: Scrolling Commands,  Prev: Options,  Up: Top
-
-Moving the Cursor
-*****************
-
-Many people find that reading screens of text page by page is made
-easier when one is able to indicate particular pieces of text with some
-kind of pointing device.  Since this is the case, GNU Info (both the
-Emacs and standalone versions) have several commands which allow you to
-move the cursor about the screen.  The notation used in this manual to
-describe keystrokes is identical to the notation used within the Emacs
-manual, and the GNU Readline manual.  *Note Character Conventions:
-(emacs)Characters, if you are unfamiliar with the notation.
-
-The following table lists the basic cursor movement commands in Info.
-Each entry consists of the key sequence you should type to execute the
-cursor movement, the `M-x'(1) (*note Cursor Commands-Footnotes::)
-command name (displayed in parentheses), and a short description of
-what the command does.  All of the cursor motion commands can take an
-"numeric" argument (*note `universal-argument': Miscellaneous
-Commands.), to find out how to supply them.  With a numeric argument,
-the motion commands are simply executed that many times; for example, a
-numeric argument of 4 given to `next-line' causes the cursor to move
-down 4 lines.  With a negative numeric argument, the motion is
-reversed; an argument of -4 given to the `next-line' command would
-cause the cursor to move *up* 4 lines.
-
-`C-n' (`next-line')
-     Move the cursor down to the next line.
-
-`C-p' (`prev-line')
-     Move the cursor up to the previous line.
-
-`C-a' (`beginning-of-line')
-     Move the cursor to the start of the current line.
-
-`C-e' (`end-of-line')
-     Move the cursor to the end of the current line.
-
-`C-f' (`forward-char')
-     Move the cursor forward a character.
-
-`C-b' (`backward-char')
-     Move the cursor backward a character.
-
-`M-f' (`forward-word')
-     Move the cursor forward a word.
-
-`M-b' (`backward-word')
-     Move the cursor backward a word.
-
-`M-<' (`beginning-of-node')
-`b'
-     Move the cursor to the start of the current node.
-
-`M->' (`end-of-node')
-     Move the cursor to the end of the current node.
-
-`M-r' (`move-to-window-line')
-     Move the cursor to a specific line of the window.  Without a
-     numeric argument, `M-r' moves the cursor to the start of the line
-     in the center of the window.  With a numeric argument of N, `M-r'
-     moves the cursor to the start of the Nth line in the window.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Cursor Commands-Footnotes,  Up: Cursor Commands
-
-(1)  `M-x' is also a command; it invokes `execute-extended-command'.
-*Note Executing an extended command: (emacs)M-x, for more detailed
-information.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Scrolling Commands,  Next: Node Commands,  Prev: Cursor Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Moving Text Within a Window
-***************************
-
-Sometimes you are looking at a screenful of text, and only part of the
-current paragraph you are reading is visible on the screen.  The
-commands detailed in this section are used to shift which part of the
-current node is visible on the screen.
-
-`SPC' (`scroll-forward')
-`C-v'
-     Shift the text in this window up.  That is, show more of the node
-     which is currently below the bottom of the window.  With a numeric
-     argument, show that many more lines at the bottom of the window; a
-     numeric argument of 4 would shift all of the text in the window up
-     4 lines (discarding the top 4 lines), and show you four new lines
-     at the bottom of the window.  Without a numeric argument, SPC
-     takes the bottom two lines of the window and places them at the
-     top of the window, redisplaying almost a completely new screenful
-     of lines.
-
-`DEL' (`scroll-backward')
-`M-v'
-     Shift the text in this window down.  The inverse of
-     `scroll-forward'.
-
-The `scroll-forward' and `scroll-backward' commands can also move
-forward and backward through the node structure of the file.  If you
-press SPC while viewing the end of a node, or DEL while viewing the
-beginning of a node, what happens is controlled by the variable
-`scroll-behavior'.  *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more
-information.
-
-`C-l' (`redraw-display')
-     Redraw the display from scratch, or shift the line containing the
-     cursor to a specified location.  With no numeric argument, `C-l'
-     clears the screen, and then redraws its entire contents.  Given a
-     numeric argument of N, the line containing the cursor is shifted
-     so that it is on the Nth line of the window.
-
-`C-x w' (`toggle-wrap')
-     Toggles the state of line wrapping in the current window.
-     Normally, lines which are longer than the screen width "wrap",
-     i.e., they are continued on the next line.  Lines which wrap have
-     a `\' appearing in the rightmost column of the screen.  You can
-     cause such lines to be terminated at the rightmost column by
-     changing the state of line wrapping in the window with `C-x w'.
-     When a line which needs more space than one screen width to
-     display is displayed, a `$' appears in the rightmost column of the
-     screen, and the remainder of the line is invisible.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Node Commands,  Next: Searching Commands,  Prev: Scrolling Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Selecting a New Node
-********************
-
-This section details the numerous Info commands which select a new node
-to view in the current window.
-
-The most basic node commands are `n', `p', `u', and `l'.
-
-When you are viewing a node, the top line of the node contains some Info
-"pointers" which describe where the next, previous, and up nodes are.
-Info uses this line to move about the node structure of the file when
-you use the following commands:
-
-`n' (`next-node')
-     Select the `Next' node.
-
-`p' (`prev-node')
-     Select the `Prev' node.
-
-`u' (`up-node')
-     Select the `Up' node.
-
-You can easily select a node that you have already viewed in this window
-by using the `l' command - this name stands for "last", and actually
-moves through the list of already visited nodes for this window.  `l'
-with a negative numeric argument moves forward through the history of
-nodes for this window, so you can quickly step between two adjacent (in
-viewing history) nodes.
-
-`l' (`history-node')
-     Select the most recently selected node in this window.
-
-Two additional commands make it easy to select the most commonly
-selected nodes; they are `t' and `d'.
-
-`t' (`top-node')
-     Select the node `Top' in the current Info file.
-
-`d' (`dir-node')
-     Select the directory node (i.e., the node `(dir)').
-
-Here are some other commands which immediately result in the selection
-of a different node in the current window:
-
-`<' (`first-node')
-     Selects the first node which appears in this file.  This node is
-     most often `Top', but it does not have to be.
-
-`>' (`last-node')
-     Select the last node which appears in this file.
-
-`]' (`global-next-node')
-     Move forward or down through node structure.  If the node that you
-     are currently viewing has a `Next' pointer, that node is selected.
-     Otherwise, if this node has a menu, the first menu item is
-     selected.  If there is no `Next' and no menu, the same process is
-     tried with the `Up' node of this node.
-
-`[' (`global-prev-node')
-     Move backward or up through node structure.  If the node that you
-     are currently viewing has a `Prev' pointer, that node is selected.
-     Otherwise, if the node has an `Up' pointer, that node is selected,
-     and if it has a menu, the last item in the menu is selected.
-
-You can get the same behavior as `global-next-node' and
-`global-prev-node' while simply scrolling through the file with SPC and
-DEL; *Note `scroll-behavior': Variables, for more information.
-
-`g' (`goto-node')
-     Read the name of a node and select it.  No completion is done while
-     reading the node name, since the desired node may reside in a
-     separate file.  The node must be typed exactly as it appears in
-     the Info file.  A file name may be included as with any node
-     specification, for example
-
-          `g(emacs)Buffers'
-
-     finds the node `Buffers' in the Info file `emacs'.
-
-`C-x k' (`kill-node')
-     Kill a node.  The node name is prompted for in the echo area, with
-     a default of the current node.  "Killing" a node means that Info
-     tries hard to forget about it, removing it from the list of
-     history nodes kept for the window where that node is found.
-     Another node is selected in the window which contained the killed
-     node.
-
-`C-x C-f' (`view-file')
-     Read the name of a file and selects the entire file.  The command
-          `C-x C-f FILENAME'
-     is equivalent to typing
-          `g(FILENAME)*'
-
-`C-x C-b' (`list-visited-nodes')
-     Make a window containing a menu of all of the currently visited
-     nodes.  This window becomes the selected window, and you may use
-     the standard Info commands within it.
-
-`C-x b' (`select-visited-node')
-     Select a node which has been previously visited in a visible
-     window.  This is similar to `C-x C-b' followed by `m', but no
-     window is created.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Searching Commands,  Next: Xref Commands,  Prev: Node Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Searching an Info File
-**********************
-
-GNU Info allows you to search for a sequence of characters throughout an
-entire Info file, search through the indices of an Info file, or find
-areas within an Info file which discuss a particular topic.
-
-`s' (`search')
-     Read a string in the echo area and search for it.
-
-`C-s' (`isearch-forward')
-     Interactively search forward through the Info file for a string as
-     you type it.
-
-`C-r' (`isearch-backward')
-     Interactively search backward through the Info file for a string as
-     you type it.
-
-`i' (`index-search')
-     Look up a string in the indices for this Info file, and select a
-     node where the found index entry points to.
-
-`,' (`next-index-match')
-     Move to the node containing the next matching index item from the
-     last `i' command.
-
-The most basic searching command is `s' (`search').  The `s' command
-prompts you for a string in the echo area, and then searches the
-remainder of the Info file for an occurrence of that string.  If the
-string is found, the node containing it is selected, and the cursor is
-left positioned at the start of the found string.  Subsequent `s'
-commands show you the default search string within `[' and `]';
-pressing RET instead of typing a new string will use the default search
-string.
-
-"Incremental searching" is similar to basic searching, but the string
-is looked up while you are typing it, instead of waiting until the
-entire search string has been specified.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Xref Commands,  Next: Window Commands,  Prev: Searching Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Selecting Cross References
-**************************
-
-We have already discussed the `Next', `Prev', and `Up' pointers which
-appear at the top of a node.  In addition to these pointers, a node may
-contain other pointers which refer you to a different node, perhaps in
-another Info file.  Such pointers are called "cross references", or
-"xrefs" for short.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Parts of an Xref::            What a cross reference is made of.
-* Selecting Xrefs::             Commands for selecting menu or note items.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Parts of an Xref,  Next: Selecting Xrefs,  Up: Xref Commands
-
-Parts of an Xref
-================
-
-Cross references have two major parts: the first part is called the
-"label"; it is the name that you can use to refer to the cross
-reference, and the second is the "target"; it is the full name of the
-node that the cross reference points to.
-
-The target is separated from the label by a colon `:'; first the label
-appears, and then the target.  For example, in the sample menu cross
-reference below, the single colon separates the label from the target.
-
-     * Foo Label: Foo Target.        More information about Foo.
-
-Note the `.' which ends the name of the target.  The `.' is not part of
-the target; it serves only to let Info know where the target name ends.
-
-A shorthand way of specifying references allows two adjacent colons to
-stand for a target name which is the same as the label name:
-
-     * Foo Commands::                Commands pertaining to Foo.
-
-In the above example, the name of the target is the same as the name of
-the label, in this case `Foo Commands'.
-
-You will normally see two types of cross reference while viewing nodes:
-"menu" references, and "note" references.  Menu references appear
-within a node's menu; they begin with a `*' at the beginning of a line,
-and continue with a label, a target, and a comment which describes what
-the contents of the node pointed to contains.
-
-Note references appear within the body of the node text; they begin with
-`*Note', and continue with a label and a target.
-
-Like `Next', `Prev', and `Up' pointers, cross references can point to
-any valid node.  They are used to refer you to a place where more
-detailed information can be found on a particular subject.  Here is a
-cross reference which points to a node within the Texinfo
-documentation:  *Note Writing an Xref: (texinfo)xref, for more
-information on creating your own texinfo cross references.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Selecting Xrefs,  Prev: Parts of an Xref,  Up: Xref Commands
-
-Selecting Xrefs
-===============
-
-The following table lists the Info commands which operate on menu items.
-
-`1' (`menu-digit')
-`2' ... `9'
-     Within an Info window, pressing a single digit, (such as `1'),
-     selects that menu item, and places its node in the current window.
-     For convenience, there is one exception; pressing `0' selects the
-     *last* item in the node's menu.
-
-`0' (`last-menu-item')
-     Select the last item in the current node's menu.
-
-`m' (`menu-item')
-     Reads the name of a menu item in the echo area and selects its
-     node.  Completion is available while reading the menu label.
-
-`M-x find-menu'
-     Move the cursor to the start of this node's menu.
-
-This table lists the Info commands which operate on note cross
-references.
-
-`f' (`xref-item')
-`r'
-     Reads the name of a note cross reference in the echo area and
-     selects its node.  Completion is available while reading the cross
-     reference label.
-
-Finally, the next few commands operate on menu or note references alike:
-
-`TAB' (`move-to-next-xref')
-     Move the cursor to the start of the next nearest menu item or note
-     reference in this node.  You can then use RET
-     (`select-reference-this-line') to select the menu or note
-     reference.
-
-`M-TAB' (`move-to-prev-xref')
-     Move the cursor the start of the nearest previous menu item or note
-     reference in this node.
-
-`RET' (`select-reference-this-line')
-     Select the menu item or note reference appearing on this line.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Window Commands,  Next: Printing Nodes,  Prev: Xref Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Manipulating Multiple Windows
-*****************************
-
-A "window" is a place to show the text of a node.  Windows have a view
-area where the text of the node is displayed, and an associated "mode
-line", which briefly describes the node being viewed.
-
-GNU Info supports multiple windows appearing in a single screen; each
-window is separated from the next by its modeline.  At any time, there
-is only one "active" window, that is, the window in which the cursor
-appears.  There are commands available for creating windows, changing
-the size of windows, selecting which window is active, and for deleting
-windows.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* The Mode Line::               What appears in the mode line?
-* Basic Windows::               Manipulating windows in Info.
-* The Echo Area::               Used for displaying errors and reading input.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: The Mode Line,  Next: Basic Windows,  Up: Window Commands
-
-The Mode Line
-=============
-
-A "mode line" is a line of inverse video which appears at the bottom of
-an Info window.  It describes the contents of the window just above it;
-this information includes the name of the file and node appearing in
-that window, the number of screen lines it takes to display the node,
-and the percentage of text that is above the top of the window.  It can
-also tell you if the indirect tags table for this Info file needs to be
-updated, and whether or not the Info file was compressed when stored on
-disk.
-
-Here is a sample mode line for a window containing an uncompressed file
-named `dir', showing the node `Top'.
-
-     -----Info: (dir)Top, 40 lines --Top---------------------------------------
-                 ^^   ^   ^^^        ^^
-               (file)Node #lines    where
-
-When a node comes from a file which is compressed on disk, this is
-indicated in the mode line with two small `z''s.  In addition, if the
-Info file containing the node has been split into subfiles, the name of
-the subfile containing the node appears in the modeline as well:
-
-     --zz-Info: (emacs)Top, 291 lines --Top-- Subfile: emacs-1.Z---------------
-
-When Info makes a node internally, such that there is no corresponding
-info file on disk, the name of the node is surrounded by asterisks
-(`*').  The name itself tells you what the contents of the window are;
-the sample mode line below shows an internally constructed node showing
-possible completions:
-
-     -----Info: *Completions*, 7 lines --All-----------------------------------
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Basic Windows,  Next: The Echo Area,  Prev: The Mode Line,  Up: Window Commands
-
-Window Commands
-===============
-
-It can be convenient to view more than one node at a time.  To allow
-this, Info can display more than one "window".  Each window has its own
-mode line (*note The Mode Line::.) and history of nodes viewed in that
-window (*note `history-node': Node Commands.).
-
-`C-x o' (`next-window')
-     Select the next window on the screen.  Note that the echo area can
-     only be selected if it is already in use, and you have left it
-     temporarily.  Normally, `C-x o' simply moves the cursor into the
-     next window on the screen, or if you are already within the last
-     window, into the first window on the screen.  Given a numeric
-     argument, `C-x o' moves over that many windows.  A negative
-     argument causes `C-x o' to select the previous window on the
-     screen.
-
-`M-x prev-window'
-     Select the previous window on the screen.  This is identical to
-     `C-x o' with a negative argument.
-
-`C-x 2' (`split-window')
-     Split the current window into two windows, both showing the same
-     node.  Each window is one half the size of the original window,
-     and the cursor remains in the original window.  The variable
-     `automatic-tiling' can cause all of the windows on the screen to
-     be resized for you automatically, please *note automatic-tiling:
-     Variables. for more information.
-
-`C-x 0' (`delete-window')
-     Delete the current window from the screen.  If you have made too
-     many windows and your screen appears cluttered, this is the way to
-     get rid of some of them.
-
-`C-x 1' (`keep-one-window')
-     Delete all of the windows excepting the current one.
-
-`ESC C-v' (`scroll-other-window')
-     Scroll the other window, in the same fashion that `C-v' might
-     scroll the current window.  Given a negative argument, scroll the
-     "other" window backward.
-
-`C-x ^' (`grow-window')
-     Grow (or shrink) the current window.  Given a numeric argument,
-     grow the current window that many lines; with a negative numeric
-     argument, shrink the window instead.
-
-`C-x t' (`tile-windows')
-     Divide the available screen space among all of the visible windows.
-     Each window is given an equal portion of the screen in which to
-     display its contents.  The variable `automatic-tiling' can cause
-     `tile-windows' to be called when a window is created or deleted.
-     *Note `automatic-tiling': Variables.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: The Echo Area,  Prev: Basic Windows,  Up: Window Commands
-
-The Echo Area
-=============
-
-The "echo area" is a one line window which appears at the bottom of the
-screen.  It is used to display informative or error messages, and to
-read lines of input from you when that is necessary.  Almost all of the
-commands available in the echo area are identical to their Emacs
-counterparts, so please refer to that documentation for greater depth of
-discussion on the concepts of editing a line of text.  The following
-table briefly lists the commands that are available while input is being
-read in the echo area:
-
-`C-f' (`echo-area-forward')
-     Move forward a character.
-
-`C-b' (`echo-area-backward')
-     Move backward a character.
-
-`C-a' (`echo-area-beg-of-line')
-     Move to the start of the input line.
-
-`C-e' (`echo-area-end-of-line')
-     Move to the end of the input line.
-
-`M-f' (`echo-area-forward-word')
-     Move forward a word.
-
-`M-b' (`echo-area-backward-word')
-     Move backward a word.
-
-`C-d' (`echo-area-delete')
-     Delete the character under the cursor.
-
-`DEL' (`echo-area-rubout')
-     Delete the character behind the cursor.
-
-`C-g' (`echo-area-abort')
-     Cancel or quit the current operation.  If completion is being read,
-     `C-g' discards the text of the input line which does not match any
-     completion.  If the input line is empty, `C-g' aborts the calling
-     function.
-
-`RET' (`echo-area-newline')
-     Accept (or forces completion of) the current input line.
-
-`C-q' (`echo-area-quoted-insert')
-     Insert the next character verbatim.  This is how you can insert
-     control characters into a search string, for example.
-
-PRINTING CHARACTER (`echo-area-insert')
-     Insert the character.
-
-`M-TAB' (`echo-area-tab-insert')
-     Insert a TAB character.
-
-`C-t' (`echo-area-transpose-chars')
-     Transpose the characters at the cursor.
-
-The next group of commands deal with "killing", and "yanking" text.
-For an in depth discussion of killing and yanking, *note Killing and
-Deleting: (emacs)Killing.
-
-`M-d' (`echo-area-kill-word')
-     Kill the word following the cursor.
-
-`M-DEL' (`echo-area-backward-kill-word')
-     Kill the word preceding the cursor.
-
-`C-k' (`echo-area-kill-line')
-     Kill the text from the cursor to the end of the line.
-
-`C-x DEL' (`echo-area-backward-kill-line')
-     Kill the text from the cursor to the beginning of the line.
-
-`C-y' (`echo-area-yank')
-     Yank back the contents of the last kill.
-
-`M-y' (`echo-area-yank-pop')
-     Yank back a previous kill, removing the last yanked text first.
-
-Sometimes when reading input in the echo area, the command that needed
-input will only accept one of a list of several choices.  The choices
-represent the "possible completions", and you must respond with one of
-them.  Since there are a limited number of responses you can make, Info
-allows you to abbreviate what you type, only typing as much of the
-response as is necessary to uniquely identify it.  In addition, you can
-request Info to fill in as much of the response as is possible; this is
-called "completion".
-
-The following commands are available when completing in the echo area:
-
-`TAB' (`echo-area-complete')
-`SPC'
-     Insert as much of a completion as is possible.
-
-`?' (`echo-area-possible-completions')
-     Display a window containing a list of the possible completions of
-     what you have typed so far.  For example, if the available choices
-     are:
-
-          bar
-          foliate
-          food
-          forget
-
-     and you have typed an `f', followed by `?', the possible
-     completions would contain:
-
-          foliate
-          food
-          forget
-
-     i.e., all of the choices which begin with `f'.  Pressing SPC or
-     TAB would result in `fo' appearing in the echo area, since all of
-     the choices which begin with `f' continue with `o'.  Now, typing
-     `l' followed by `TAB' results in `foliate' appearing in the echo
-     area, since that is the only choice which begins with `fol'.
-
-`ESC C-v' (`echo-area-scroll-completions-window')
-     Scroll the completions window, if that is visible, or the "other"
-     window if not.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Printing Nodes,  Next: Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: Window Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Printing Out Nodes
-******************
-
-You may wish to print out the contents of a node as  a quick reference
-document for later use.  Info provides you with a command for doing
-this.  In general, we recommend that you use TeX to format the document
-and print sections of it, by running `tex' on the Texinfo source file.
-
-`M-x print-node'
-     Pipe the contents of the current node through the command in the
-     environment variable `INFO_PRINT_COMMAND'.  If the variable does
-     not exist, the node is simply piped to `lpr'.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Commands,  Next: Variables,  Prev: Printing Nodes,  Up: Top
-
-Miscellaneous Commands
-**********************
-
-GNU Info contains several commands which self-document GNU Info:
-
-`M-x describe-command'
-     Read the name of an Info command in the echo area and then display
-     a brief description of what that command does.
-
-`M-x describe-key'
-     Read a key sequence in the echo area, and then display the name and
-     documentation of the Info command that the key sequence invokes.
-
-`M-x describe-variable'
-     Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a
-     brief description of what the variable affects.
-
-`M-x where-is'
-     Read the name of an Info command in the echo area, and then display
-     a key sequence which can be typed in order to invoke that command.
-
-`C-h' (`get-help-window')
-`?'
-     Create (or Move into) the window displaying `*Help*', and place a
-     node containing a quick reference card into it.  This window
-     displays the most concise information about GNU Info available.
-
-`h' (`get-info-help-node')
-     Try hard to visit the node `(info)Help'.  The Info file
-     `info.texi' distributed with GNU Info contains this node.  Of
-     course, the file must first be processed with `makeinfo', and then
-     placed into the location of your Info directory.
-
-Here are the commands for creating a numeric argument:
-
-`C-u' (`universal-argument')
-     Start (or multiply by 4) the current numeric argument.  `C-u' is a
-     good way to give a small numeric argument to cursor movement or
-     scrolling commands; `C-u C-v' scrolls the screen 4 lines, while
-     `C-u C-u C-n' moves the cursor down 16 lines.
-
-`M-1' (`add-digit-to-numeric-arg')
-`M-2' ... `M-9'
-     Add the digit value of the invoking key to the current numeric
-     argument.  Once Info is reading a numeric argument, you may just
-     type the digits of the argument, without the Meta prefix.  For
-     example, you might give `C-l' a numeric argument of 32 by typing:
-
-          `C-u 3 2 C-l'
-
-     or
-
-          `M-3 2 C-l'
-
-`C-g' is used to abort the reading of a multi-character key sequence,
-to cancel lengthy operations (such as multi-file searches) and to
-cancel reading input in the echo area.
-
-`C-g' (`abort-key')
-     Cancel current operation.
-
-The `q' command of Info simply quits running Info.
-
-`q' (`quit')
-     Exit GNU Info.
-
-If the operating system tells GNU Info that the screen is 60 lines tall,
-and it is actually only 40 lines tall, here is a way to tell Info that
-the operating system is correct.
-
-`M-x set-screen-height'
-     Read a height value in the echo area and set the height of the
-     displayed screen to that value.
-
-Finally, Info provides a convenient way to display footnotes which might
-be associated with the current node that you are viewing:
-
-`ESC C-f' (`show-footnotes')
-     Show the footnotes (if any) associated with the current node in
-     another window.  You can have Info automatically display the
-     footnotes associated with a node when the node is selected by
-     setting the variable `automatic-footnotes'.  *Note
-     `automatic-footnotes': Variables.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: Variables,  Next: GNU Info Global Index,  Prev: Miscellaneous Commands,  Up: Top
-
-Manipulating Variables
-**********************
-
-GNU Info contains several "variables" whose values are looked at by
-various Info commands.  You can change the values of these variables,
-and thus change the behavior of Info to more closely match your
-environment and Info file reading manner.
-
-`M-x set-variable'
-     Read the name of a variable, and the value for it, in the echo
-     area and then set the variable to that value.  Completion is
-     available when reading the variable name; often, completion is
-     available when reading the value to give to the variable, but that
-     depends on the variable itself.  If a variable does *not* supply
-     multiple choices to complete over, it expects a numeric value.
-
-`M-x describe-variable'
-     Read the name of a variable in the echo area and then display a
-     brief description of what the variable affects.
-
-Here is a list of the variables that you can set in Info.
-
-`automatic-footnotes'
-     When set to `On', footnotes appear and disappear automatically.
-     This variable is `On' by default.  When a node is selected, a
-     window containing the footnotes which appear in that node is
-     created, and the footnotes are displayed within the new window.
-     The window that Info creates to contain the footnotes is called
-     `*Footnotes*'.  If a node is selected which contains no footnotes,
-     and a `*Footnotes*' window is on the screen, the `*Footnotes*'
-     window is deleted.  Footnote windows created in this fashion are
-     not automatically tiled so that they can use as little of the
-     display as is possible.
-
-`automatic-tiling'
-     When set to `On', creating or deleting a window resizes other
-     windows.  This variable is `Off' by default.  Normally, typing
-     `C-x 2' divides the current window into two equal parts.  When
-     `automatic-tiling' is set to `On', all of the windows are resized
-     automatically, keeping an equal number of lines visible in each
-     window.  There are exceptions to the automatic tiling;
-     specifically, the windows `*Completions*' and `*Footnotes*' are
-     *not* resized through automatic tiling; they remain their original
-     size.
-
-`visible-bell'
-     When set to `On', GNU Info attempts to flash the screen instead of
-     ringing the bell.  This variable is `Off' by default.  Of course,
-     Info can only flash the screen if the terminal allows it; in the
-     case that the terminal does not allow it, the setting of this
-     variable has no effect.  However, you can make Info perform
-     quietly by setting the `errors-ring-bell' variable to `Off'.
-
-`errors-ring-bell'
-     When set to `On', errors cause the bell to ring.  The default
-     setting of this variable is `On'.
-
-`gc-compressed-files'
-     When set to `On', Info garbage collects files which had to be
-     uncompressed.  The default value of this variable is `Off'.
-     Whenever a node is visited in Info, the Info file containing that
-     node is read into core, and Info reads information about the tags
-     and nodes contained in that file.  Once the tags information is
-     read by Info, it is never forgotten.  However, the actual text of
-     the nodes does not need to remain in core unless a particular Info
-     window needs it.  For non-compressed files, the text of the nodes
-     does not remain in core when it is no longer in use.  But
-     de-compressing a file can be a time consuming operation, and so
-     Info tries hard not to do it twice.  `gc-compressed-files' tells
-     Info it is okay to garbage collect the text of the nodes of a file
-     which was compressed on disk.
-
-`show-index-match'
-     When set to `On', the portion of the matched search string is
-     highlighted in the message which explains where the matched search
-     string was found.  The default value of this variable is `On'.
-     When Info displays the location where an index match was found,
-     (*note `next-index-match': Searching Commands.), the portion of the
-     string that you had typed is highlighted by displaying it in the
-     inverse case from its surrounding characters.
-
-`scroll-behavior'
-     Control what happens when forward scrolling is requested at the
-     end of a node, or when backward scrolling is requested at the
-     beginning of a node.  The default value for this variable is
-     `Continuous'.  There are three possible values for this variable:
-
-    `Continuous'
-          Try to get the first item in this node's menu, or failing
-          that, the `Next' node, or failing that, the `Next' of the
-          `Up'.  This behavior is identical to using the `]'
-          (`global-next-node') and `[' (`global-prev-node') commands.
-
-    `Next Only'
-          Only try to get the `Next' node.
-
-    `Page Only'
-          Simply give up, changing nothing.  If `scroll-behavior' is
-          `Page Only', no scrolling command can change the node that is
-          being viewed.
-
-`scroll-step'
-     The number of lines to scroll when the cursor moves out of the
-     window.  Scrolling happens automatically if the cursor has moved
-     out of the visible portion of the node text when it is time to
-     display.  Usually the scrolling is done so as to put the cursor on
-     the center line of the current window.  However, if the variable
-     `scroll-step' has a nonzero value, Info attempts to scroll the
-     node text by that many lines; if that is enough to bring the
-     cursor back into the window, that is what is done.  The default
-     value of this variable is 0, thus placing the cursor (and the text
-     it is attached to) in the center of the window.  Setting this
-     variable to 1 causes a kind of "smooth scrolling" which some
-     people prefer.
-
-`ISO-Latin'
-     When set to `On', Info accepts and displays ISO Latin characters.
-     By default, Info assumes an ASCII character set.  `ISO-Latin' tells
-     Info that it is running in an environment where the European
-     standard character set is in use, and allows you to input such
-     characters to Info, as well as display them.
-
-
-File: info-stnd.info,  Node: GNU Info Global Index,  Prev: Variables,  Up: Top
-
-Global Index
-************
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ,:                                    Searching Commands.
-* 0, in Info windows:                   Selecting Xrefs.
-* 1 ... 9, in Info windows:             Selecting Xrefs.
-* 1 ... 9, in Info windows:             Selecting Xrefs.
-* <:                                    Node Commands.
-* >:                                    Node Commands.
-* ?, in Info windows:                   Miscellaneous Commands.
-* ?, in the echo area:                  The Echo Area.
-* -subnodes, command line option:       Options.
-* abort-key:                            Miscellaneous Commands.
-* add-digit-to-numeric-arg:             Miscellaneous Commands.
-* arguments, command line:              Options.
-* automatic-footnotes:                  Variables.
-* automatic-tiling:                     Variables.
-* b, in Info windows:                   Cursor Commands.
-* backward-char:                        Cursor Commands.
-* backward-word:                        Cursor Commands.
-* beginning-of-line:                    Cursor Commands.
-* beginning-of-node:                    Cursor Commands.
-* C-a, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-a, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-b, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-b, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-d, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-e, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-e, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-f, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* C-f, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-g, in Info windows:                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* C-g, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-h:                                  Miscellaneous Commands.
-* C-k, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-l:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* C-n:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* C-p:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* C-q, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-r:                                  Searching Commands.
-* C-s:                                  Searching Commands.
-* C-t, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* C-u:                                  Miscellaneous Commands.
-* C-v:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* C-w:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* C-x 0:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x 1:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x 2:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x b:                                Node Commands.
-* C-x C-b:                              Node Commands.
-* C-x C-f:                              Node Commands.
-* C-x DEL, in the echo area:            The Echo Area.
-* C-x k:                                Node Commands.
-* C-x o:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x t:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-x ^:                                Basic Windows.
-* C-y, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* cancelling the current operation:     Miscellaneous Commands.
-* cancelling typeahead:                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* command line options:                 Options.
-* commands, describing:                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* cursor, moving:                       Cursor Commands.
-* d:                                    Node Commands.
-* DEL, in Info windows:                 Scrolling Commands.
-* DEL, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* delete-window:                        Basic Windows.
-* describe-command:                     Miscellaneous Commands.
-* describe-key:                         Miscellaneous Commands.
-* describe-variable:                    Variables.
-* dir-node:                             Node Commands.
-* directory path:                       Options.
-* echo area:                            The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-abort:                      The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward:                   The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward-kill-line:         The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward-kill-word:         The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-backward-word:              The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-beg-of-line:                The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-complete:                   The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-delete:                     The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-end-of-line:                The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-forward:                    The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-forward-word:               The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-insert:                     The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-kill-line:                  The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-kill-word:                  The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-newline:                    The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-possible-completions:       The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-quoted-insert:              The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-rubout:                     The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-scroll-completions-window:  The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-tab-insert:                 The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-transpose-chars:            The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-yank:                       The Echo Area.
-* echo-area-yank-pop:                   The Echo Area.
-* end-of-line:                          Cursor Commands.
-* end-of-node:                          Cursor Commands.
-* errors-ring-bell:                     Variables.
-* ESC C-f:                              Miscellaneous Commands.
-* ESC C-v, in Info windows:             Basic Windows.
-* ESC C-v, in the echo area:            The Echo Area.
-* f:                                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* file, outputting to:                  Options.
-* find-menu:                            Selecting Xrefs.
-* first-node:                           Node Commands.
-* footnotes, displaying:                Miscellaneous Commands.
-* forward-char:                         Cursor Commands.
-* forward-word:                         Cursor Commands.
-* functions, describing:                Miscellaneous Commands.
-* g:                                    Node Commands.
-* gc-compressed-files:                  Variables.
-* get-help-window:                      Miscellaneous Commands.
-* get-info-help-node:                   Miscellaneous Commands.
-* global-next-node:                     Node Commands.
-* global-prev-node:                     Node Commands.
-* goto-node:                            Node Commands.
-* grow-window:                          Basic Windows.
-* h:                                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* history-node:                         Node Commands.
-* i:                                    Searching Commands.
-* index-search:                         Searching Commands.
-* Info file, selecting:                 Options.
-* INFO_PRINT_COMMAND, environment variable: Printing Nodes.
-* isearch-backward:                     Searching Commands.
-* isearch-forward:                      Searching Commands.
-* ISO Latin characters:                 Variables.
-* ISO-Latin:                            Variables.
-* keep-one-window:                      Basic Windows.
-* keys, describing:                     Miscellaneous Commands.
-* kill-node:                            Node Commands.
-* l:                                    Node Commands.
-* last-menu-item:                       Selecting Xrefs.
-* last-node:                            Node Commands.
-* list-visited-nodes:                   Node Commands.
-* m:                                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* M-1 ... M-9:                          Miscellaneous Commands.
-* M-<:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* M->:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* M-b, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* M-b, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* M-d, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* M-DEL, in the echo area:              The Echo Area.
-* M-f, in Info windows:                 Cursor Commands.
-* M-f, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* M-r:                                  Cursor Commands.
-* M-TAB, in Info windows:               Selecting Xrefs.
-* M-TAB, in the echo area:              The Echo Area.
-* M-v:                                  Scrolling Commands.
-* M-y, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* menu, following:                      Options.
-* menu-digit:                           Selecting Xrefs.
-* menu-item:                            Selecting Xrefs.
-* move-to-next-xref:                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* move-to-prev-xref:                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* move-to-window-line:                  Cursor Commands.
-* n:                                    Node Commands.
-* next-index-match:                     Searching Commands.
-* next-line:                            Cursor Commands.
-* next-node:                            Node Commands.
-* next-window:                          Basic Windows.
-* node, selecting:                      Options.
-* nodes, selection of:                  Node Commands.
-* numeric arguments:                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* outputting to a file:                 Options.
-* p:                                    Node Commands.
-* prev-line:                            Cursor Commands.
-* prev-node:                            Node Commands.
-* prev-window:                          Basic Windows.
-* print-node:                           Printing Nodes.
-* printing:                             Printing Nodes.
-* printing characters, in the echo area: The Echo Area.
-* q:                                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* quit:                                 Miscellaneous Commands.
-* quitting:                             Miscellaneous Commands.
-* r:                                    Selecting Xrefs.
-* redraw-display:                       Scrolling Commands.
-* RET, in Info windows:                 Selecting Xrefs.
-* RET, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* s:                                    Searching Commands.
-* screen, changing the height of:       Miscellaneous Commands.
-* scroll-backward:                      Scrolling Commands.
-* scroll-behavior:                      Variables.
-* scroll-forward:                       Scrolling Commands.
-* scroll-other-window:                  Basic Windows.
-* scroll-step:                          Variables.
-* scrolling:                            Scrolling Commands.
-* scrolling through node structure:     Scrolling Commands.
-* search:                               Searching Commands.
-* searching:                            Searching Commands.
-* select-reference-this-line:           Selecting Xrefs.
-* select-visited-node:                  Node Commands.
-* set-screen-height:                    Miscellaneous Commands.
-* set-variable:                         Variables.
-* show-footnotes:                       Miscellaneous Commands.
-* show-index-match:                     Variables.
-* SPC, in Info windows:                 Scrolling Commands.
-* SPC, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* split-window:                         Basic Windows.
-* t:                                    Node Commands.
-* TAB, in Info windows:                 Selecting Xrefs.
-* TAB, in the echo area:                The Echo Area.
-* tile-windows:                         Basic Windows.
-* tiling:                               Basic Windows.
-* toggle-wrap:                          Scrolling Commands.
-* top-node:                             Node Commands.
-* u:                                    Node Commands.
-* universal-argument:                   Miscellaneous Commands.
-* up-node:                              Node Commands.
-* variables, describing:                Variables.
-* variables, setting:                   Variables.
-* version information:                  Options.
-* view-file:                            Node Commands.
-* visible-bell:                         Variables.
-* where-is:                             Miscellaneous Commands.
-* windows, creating:                    Basic Windows.
-* windows, deleting:                    Basic Windows.
-* windows, manipulating:                Window Commands.
-* windows, selecting:                   Basic Windows.
-* xref-item:                            Selecting Xrefs.
-* [:                                    Node Commands.
-* ]:                                    Node Commands.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top1263
-Node: What is Info2593
-Node: Options3127
-Node: Options-Footnotes6157
-Node: Cursor Commands6411
-Node: Cursor Commands-Footnotes8906
-Node: Scrolling Commands9136
-Node: Node Commands11600
-Node: Searching Commands15563
-Node: Xref Commands17151
-Node: Parts of an Xref17766
-Node: Selecting Xrefs19711
-Node: Window Commands21298
-Node: The Mode Line22233
-Node: Basic Windows23872
-Node: The Echo Area26374
-Node: Printing Nodes30531
-Node: Miscellaneous Commands31174
-Node: Variables34345
-Node: GNU Info Global Index40515
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.info b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.info
deleted file mode 100644
index b6fd850..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/info/info.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,777 +0,0 @@
-This is Info file info.info, produced by Makeinfo-1.55 from the input
-file info.texi.
-
-   This file describes how to use Info, the on-line, menu-driven GNU
-documentation system.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this
-manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are
-preserved on all copies.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of
-this manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that
-the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-
-   Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be stated in a
-translation approved by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Top,  Next: Getting Started,  Prev: (dir),  Up: (dir)
-
-Info: An Introduction
-*********************
-
-   Info is a program for reading documentation, which you are using now.
-
-   To learn how to use Info, type the command `h'.  It brings you to a
-programmed instruction sequence.
-
-   To learn advanced Info commands, type `n' twice.  This brings you to
-`Info for Experts', skipping over the .  `Getting Started' chapter.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Getting Started::
-* Advanced Info::
-* Create an Info File::
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Getting Started,  Next: Advanced Info,  Prev: Top,  Up: Top
-
-Getting Started
-***************
-
-   This first part of the Info manual describes how to get around inside
-of Info.  The second part of the manual describes various advanced Info
-commands, and how to write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.
-The third part is about how to generate Info files from Texinfo files.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Help-Small-Screen::   Starting Info on a Small Screen
-* Help::                How to use Info
-* Help-P::              Returning to the Previous node
-* Help-^L::             The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-* Help-M::              Menus
-* Help-Adv::            Some advanced Info commands
-* Help-Q::              Quitting Info
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Small-Screen,  Next: Help,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Starting Info on a Small Screen
-===============================
-
-   Since your terminal has an unusually small number of lines on its
-screen, it is necessary to give you special advice at the beginning.
-
-   If you see the text `--All----' at near the bottom right corner of
-the screen, it means the entire text you are looking at fits on the
-screen.  If you see `--Top----' instead, it means that there is more
-text below that does not fit.  To move forward through the text and see
-another screen full, press the Space bar, SPC.  To move back up, press
-the key labeled `Rubout' or `Delete' or DEL.
-
-   Here are 40 lines of junk, so you can try SPC and DEL and see what
-they do.  At the end are instructions of what you should do next.
-
-   This is line 17
-This is line 18
-This is line 19
-This is line 20
-This is line 21
-This is line 22
-This is line 23
-This is line 24
-This is line 25
-This is line 26
-This is line 27
-This is line 28
-This is line 29
-This is line 30
-This is line 31
-This is line 32
-This is line 33
-This is line 34
-This is line 35
-This is line 36
-This is line 37
-This is line 38
-This is line 39
-This is line 40
-This is line 41
-This is line 42
-This is line 43
-This is line 44
-This is line 45
-This is line 46
-This is line 47
-This is line 48
-This is line 49
-This is line 50
-This is line 51
-This is line 52
-This is line 53
-This is line 54
-This is line 55
-This is line 56
-If you have managed to get here, go back to the beginning with DEL, and
-come back here again, then you understand SPC and DEL.  So now type an
-`n'--just one character; do not type the quotes and do not type the
-Return key, RET, afterward--to get to the normal start of the course.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help,  Next: Help-P,  Prev: Help-Small-Screen,  Up: Getting Started
-
-How to use Info
-===============
-
-   You are talking to the program Info, for reading documentation.
-
-   Right now you are looking at one "Node" of Information.  A node
-contains text describing a specific topic at a specific level of
-detail.  This node's topic is "how to use Info".
-
-   The top line of a node is its "header".  This node's header (look at
-it now) says that it is the node named `Help' in the file `info'.  It
-says that the `Next' node after this one is the node called `Help-P'.
-An advanced Info command lets you go to any node whose name you know.
-
-   Besides a `Next', a node can have a `Previous' or an `Up'.  This
-node has a `Previous' but no `Up', as you can see.
-
-   Now it is time to move on to the `Next' node, named `Help-P'.
-
-   >> Type `n' to move there.  Type just one character;    do not type
-the quotes and do not type a RET afterward.
-
-   `>>' in the margin means it is really time to try a command.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-P,  Next: Help-^L,  Prev: Help,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Returning to the Previous node
-==============================
-
-   This node is called `Help-P'.  The `Previous' node, as you see, is
-`Help', which is the one you just came from using the `n' command.
-Another `n' command now would take you to the next node, `Help-^L'.
-
-   >> But do not do that yet.  First, try the `p' command, which takes
- you to the `Previous' node.  When you get there, you can do an    `n'
-again to return here.
-
-   This all probably seems insultingly simple so far, but *do not* be
-led into skimming.  Things will get more complicated soon.  Also, do
-not try a new command until you are told it is time to.  Otherwise, you
-may make Info skip past an important warning that was coming up.
-
-   >> Now do an `n' to get to the node `Help-^L' and learn more.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-^L,  Next: Help-M,  Prev: Help-P,  Up: Getting Started
-
-The Space, Rubout, B and ^L commands.
-=====================================
-
-   This node's header tells you that you are now at node `Help-^L', and
-that `p' would get you back to `Help-P'.  The node's title is
-underlined; it says what the node is about (most nodes have titles).
-
-   This is a big node and it does not all fit on your display screen.
-You can tell that there is more that is not visible because you can see
-the string `--Top-----' rather than `--All----' near the bottom right
-corner of the screen.
-
-   The SPC, DEL and `b' commands exist to allow you to "move around" in
-a node that does not all fit on the screen at once.  SPC moves forward,
-to show what was below the bottom of the screen.  DEL moves backward,
-to show what was above the top of the screen (there is not anything
-above the top until you have typed some spaces).
-
-   >> Now try typing a SPC (afterward, type a DEL to return here).
-
-   When you type the SPC, the two lines that were at the bottom of the
-screen appear at the top, followed by more lines.  DEL takes the two
-lines from the top and moves them to the bottom, *usually*, but if
-there are not a full screen's worth of lines above them they may not
-make it all the way to the bottom.
-
-   If you type a SPC when there is no more to see, it rings the bell
-and otherwise does nothing.  The same goes for a DEL when the header of
-the node is visible.
-
-   If your screen is ever garbaged, you can tell Info to print it out
-again by typing `C-l' (`Control-L', that is--hold down "Control" and
-type an L or `l').
-
-   >> Type `C-l' now.
-
-   To move back to the beginning of the node you are on, you can type a
-lot of DELs.  You can also type simply `b' for beginning.
-
-   >> Try that now.  (I have put in enough verbiage to make sure you are
-  not on the first screenful now).  Then come back, typing SPC
-several times.
-
-   You have just learned a considerable number of commands.  If you
-want to use one but have trouble remembering which, you should type a ?
-which prints out a brief list of commands.  When you are finished
-looking at the list, make it go away by typing a SPC.
-
-   >> Type a ? now.  After it finishes, type a SPC.
-
-   (If you are using the standalone Info reader, type `l' to return
-here.)
-
-   From now on, you will encounter large nodes without warning, and
-will be expected to know how to use SPC and DEL to move around in them
-without being told.  Since not all terminals have the same size screen,
-it would be impossible to warn you anyway.
-
-   >> Now type `n' to see the description of the `m' command.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-M,  Next: Help-Adv,  Prev: Help-^L,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Menus
-=====
-
-   Menus and the `m' command
-
-   With only the `n' and `p' commands for moving between nodes, nodes
-are restricted to a linear sequence.  Menus allow a branching
-structure.  A menu is a list of other nodes you can move to.  It is
-actually just part of the text of the node formatted specially so that
-Info can interpret it.  The beginning of a menu is always identified by
-a line which starts with `* Menu:'.  A node contains a menu if and only
-if it has a line in it which starts that way.  The only menu you can
-use at any moment is the one in the node you are in.  To use a menu in
-any other node, you must move to that node first.
-
-   After the start of the menu, each line that starts with a `*'
-identifies one subtopic.  The line usually contains a brief name for
-the subtopic (followed by a `:'), the name of the node that talks about
-that subtopic, and optionally some further description of the subtopic.
-Lines in the menu that do not start with a `*' have no special
-meaning--they are only for the human reader's benefit and do not define
-additional subtopics.  Here is an example:
-
-     * Foo:  FOO's Node      This tells about FOO
-
-   The subtopic name is Foo, and the node describing it is `FOO's Node'.
-The rest of the line is just for the reader's Information.  [[ But this
-line is not a real menu item, simply because there is no line above it
-which starts with `* Menu:'.]]
-
-   When you use a menu to go to another node (in a way that will be
-described soon), what you specify is the subtopic name, the first thing
-in the menu line.  Info uses it to find the menu line, extracts the
-node name from it, and goes to that node.  The reason that there is
-both a subtopic name and a node name is that the node name must be
-meaningful to the computer and may therefore have to be ugly looking.
-The subtopic name can be chosen just to be convenient for the user to
-specify.  Often the node name is convenient for the user to specify and
-so both it and the subtopic name are the same.  There is an
-abbreviation for this:
-
-     * Foo::   This tells about FOO
-
-This means that the subtopic name and node name are the same; they are
-both `Foo'.
-
-   >> Now use SPCs to find the menu in this node, then come back to
-the front with a `b'.  As you see, a menu is actually visible in    its
-node.  If you cannot find a menu in a node by looking at it,    then
-the node does not have a menu and the `m' command is not    available.
-
-   The command to go to one of the subnodes is `m'--but *do not do it
-yet!*  Before you use `m', you must understand the difference between
-commands and arguments.  So far, you have learned several commands that
-do not need arguments.  When you type one, Info processes it and is
-instantly ready for another command.  The `m' command is different: it
-is incomplete without the "name of the subtopic".  Once you have typed
-`m', Info tries to read the subtopic name.
-
-   Now look for the line containing many dashes near the bottom of the
-screen.  There is one more line beneath that one, but usually it is
-blank If it is empty, Info is ready for a command, such as `n' or `b'
-or SPC or `m'.  If that line contains text ending in a colon, it mean
-Info is trying to read the "argument" to a command.  At such times,
-commands do not work, because Info tries to use them as the argument.
-You must either type the argument and finish the command you started,
-or type `Control-g' to cancel the command.  When you have done one of
-those things, the line becomes blank again.
-
-   The command to go to a subnode via a menu is `m'.  After you type
-the `m', the line at the bottom of the screen says `Menu item: '.  You
-must then type the name of the subtopic you want, and end it with a RET.
-
-   You can abbreviate the subtopic name.  If the abbreviation is not
-unique, the first matching subtopic is chosen.  Some menus put the
-shortest possible abbreviation for each subtopic name in capital
-letters, so you can see how much you need to type.  It does not matter
-whether you use upper case or lower case when you type the subtopic.
-You should not put any spaces at the end, or inside of the item name,
-except for one space where a space appears in the item in the menu.
-
-   Here is a menu to give you a chance to practice.
-
-   * Menu:	   The menu starts here.
-
-   This menu givs you three ways of going to one place, Help-FOO.
-
-   * Foo:  Help-FOO.       A node you can visit for fun.
-* Bar:  Help-FOO.       Strange!  two ways to get to the same place.
-* Help-FOO::            And yet another!
->>  Now type just an `m' and see what happens:
-
-   Now you are "inside" an `m' command.  Commands cannot be used now;
-the next thing you will type must be the name of a subtopic.
-
-   You can change your mind about doing the `m' by typing Control-g.
-
-   >> Try that now;  notice the bottom line clear.
-
-   >> Then type another `m'.
-
-   >> Now type `BAR' item name.  Do not type RET yet.
-
-   While you are typing the item name, you can use the DEL character to
-cancel one character at a time if you make a mistake.
-
-   >> Type one to cancel the `R'.  You could type another `R' to
-replace it.  You do not have to, since `BA' is a valid abbreviation.
-
-   >> Now you are ready to go.  Type a RET.
-
-   After visiting Help-FOO, you should return here.
-
-   >> Type `n' to see more commands.
-
-   Here is another way to get to  Help-FOO, a menu.  You can ignore this
-if you want, or else try it (but then please come back to here).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Help-FOO::
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-FOO,  Up: Help-M
-
-The `u' command
----------------
-
-   Congratulations!  This is the node `Help-FOO'.  Unlike the other
-nodes you have seen, this one has an `Up': `Help-M', the node you just
-came from via the `m' command.  This is the usual convention--the nodes
-you reach from a menu have `Up' nodes that lead back to the menu.
-Menus move Down in the tree, and `Up' moves Up.  `Previous', on the
-other hand, is usually used to "stay on the same level but go backwards"
-
-   You can go back to the node `Help-M' by typing the command `u' for
-"Up".  That puts you at the *front* of the node--to get back to where
-you were reading you have to type some SPCs.
-
-   >> Now type `u' to move back up to `Help-M'.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Adv,  Next: Help-Q,  Prev: Help-M,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Some advanced Info commands
-===========================
-
-   The course is almost over, so please stick with it to the end.
-
-   If you have been moving around to different nodes and wish to
-retrace your steps, the `l' command (`l' for "last") will do that, one
-node at a time.  If you have been following directions, an `l' command
-now will get you back to `Help-M'.  Another `l' command would undo the
-`u' and get you back to `Help-FOO'.  Another `l' would undo the `m' and
-get you back to `Help-M'.
-
-   >> Try typing three `l''s, pausing in between to see what each
-`l' does.
-
-   Then follow directions again and you will end up back here.
-
-   Note the difference between `l' and `p': `l' moves to where *you*
-last were, whereas `p' always moves to the node which the header says
-is the `Previous' node (from this node, to `Help-M').
-
-   The `d' command gets you instantly to the Directory node.  This
-node, which is the first one you saw when you entered Info, has a menu
-which leads (directly, or indirectly through other menus), to all the
-nodes that exist.
-
-   >> Try doing a `d', then do an `l' to return here (yes,    *do*
-return).
-
-   Sometimes, in Info documentation, you will see a cross reference.
-Cross references look like this: *Note Cross: Help-Cross.  That is a
-real, live cross reference which is named `Cross' and points at the
-node named `Help-Cross'.
-
-   If you wish to follow a cross reference, you must use the `f'
-command.  The `f' must be followed by the cross reference name (in this
-case, `Cross').  You can use DEL to edit the name, and if you change
-your mind about following any reference you can use `Control-g' to
-cancel the command.
-
-   Completion is available in the `f' command; you can complete among
-all the cross reference names in the current node.
-
-   >> Type `f', followed by `Cross', and a RET.
-
-   To get a list of all the cross references in the current node, you
-can type `?' after an `f'.  The `f' continues to await a cross
-reference name even after printing the list, so if you do not actually
-want to follow a reference you should type a `Control-g' to cancel the
-`f'.
-
-   >> Type "f?" to get a list of the footnotes in this node.  Then type
-a    `Control-g' and see how the `f' gives up.
-
-   >> Now type `n' to see the last node of the course.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Cross,  Up: Help-Adv
-
-The node reached by the cross reference in Info
------------------------------------------------
-
-   This is the node reached by the cross reference named `Cross'.
-
-   While this node is specifically intended to be reached by a cross
-reference, most cross references lead to nodes that "belong" someplace
-else far away in the structure of Info.  So you cannot expect the
-footnote to have a `Next', `Previous' or `Up' pointing back to where
-you came from.  In general, the `l' (el) command is the only way to get
-back there.
-
-   >> Type `l' to return to the node where the cross reference was.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Help-Q,  Prev: Help-Adv,  Up: Getting Started
-
-Quitting Info
-=============
-
-   To get out of Info, back to what you were doing before, type `q' for
-"Quit".
-
-   This is the end of the course on using Info.  There are some other
-commands that are not essential or are meant for experienced users;
-they are useful, and you can find them by looking in the directory for
-documentation on Info.  Finding them will be a good exercise in using
-Info in the usual manner.
-
-   >> Type `d' to go to the Info directory node; then type    `mInfo'
-and RET, to get to the node about Info    and see what other help is
-available.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Advanced Info,  Next: Create an Info File,  Prev: Getting Started,  Up: Top
-
-Info for Experts
-****************
-
-   This chapter describes various advanced Info commands, and how to
-write an Info as distinct from a Texinfo file.  (However, in most
-cases, writing a Texinfo file is better, since you can use it *both* to
-generate an Info file and to make a printed manual.  *Note Overview of
-Texinfo: (texinfo)Top.)
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Expert::              Advanced Info commands: g, s, e, and 1 - 5.
-* Add::                 Describes how to add new nodes to the hierarchy.
-                          Also tells what nodes look like.
-* Menus::               How to add to or create menus in Info nodes.
-* Cross-refs::          How to add cross-references to Info nodes.
-* Tags::                How to make tag tables for Info files.
-* Checking::            Checking an Info File
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Expert,  Next: Add,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Advanced Info Commands
-======================
-
-   `g', `s', `1', - `5', and `e'
-
-   If you know a node's name, you can go there by typing `g', the name,
-and RET.  Thus, `gTopRET' would go to the node called `Top' in this
-file (its directory node).  `gExpertRET' would come back here.
-
-   Unlike `m', `g' does not allow the use of abbreviations.
-
-   To go to a node in another file, you can include the filename in the
-node name by putting it at the front, in parentheses.  Thus,
-`g(dir)TopRET' would go to the Info Directory node, which is node `Top'
-in the file `dir'.
-
-   The node name `*' specifies the whole file.  So you can look at all
-of the current file by typing `g*RET' or all of any other file with
-`g(FILENAME)RET'.
-
-   The `s' command allows you to search a whole file for a string.  It
-switches to the next node if and when that is necessary.  You type `s'
-followed by the string to search for, terminated by RET.  To search for
-the same string again, just `s' followed by RET will do.  The file's
-nodes are scanned in the order they are in in the file, which has no
-necessary relationship to the order that they may be in in the tree
-structure of menus and `next' pointers.  But normally the two orders
-are not very different.  In any case, you can always do a `b' to find
-out what node you have reached, if the header is not visible (this can
-happen, because `s' puts your cursor at the occurrence of the string,
-not at the beginning of the node).
-
-   If you grudge the system each character of type-in it requires, you
-might like to use the commands `1', `2', `3', `4', and `5'.  They are
-short for the `m' command together with an argument.  "1", "2", "3",
-"4", and "5".  `1' goes through the first item in the current node's
-menu; `2' goes through the second item, etc.  Note that numbers larger
-than 5 are not allowed.  If the item you want is that far down, you are
-better off using an abbreviation for its name than counting.
-
-   The Info command `e' changes from Info mode to an ordinary Emacs
-editing mode, so that you can edit the text of the current node.  Type
-`C-c C-c' to switch back to Info.  The `e' command is allowed only if
-the variable `Info-enable-edit' is non-`nil'.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Add,  Next: Menus,  Prev: Expert,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Adding a new node to Info
-=========================
-
-   To add a new topic to the list in the directory, you must:
-
-  1. Create a node, in some file, to document that topic.
-
-  2. Put that topic in the menu in the directory.  *Note Menu: Menus.
-
-   The new node can live in an existing documentation file, or in a new
-one.  It must have a ^_ character before it (invisible to the user;
-this node has one but you cannot see it), and it ends with either a ^_,
-a ^L, or the end of file.  Note: If you put in a ^L to end a new node,
-be sure that there is a ^_ after it to start the next one, since ^L
-cannot *start* a node.  Also, a nicer way to make a node boundary be a
-page boundary as well is to put a ^L *right after* the ^_.
-
-   The ^_ starting a node must be followed by a newline or a ^L
-newline, after which comes the node's header line.  The header line
-must give the node's name (by which Info finds it), and state the names
-of the `Next', `Previous', and `Up' nodes (if there are any).  As you
-can see, this node's `Up' node is the node `Top', which points at all
-the documentation for Info.  The `Next' node is `Menus'.
-
-   The keywords "Node", "Previous", "Up" and "Next", may appear in any
-order, anywhere in the header line, but the recommended order is the
-one in this sentence.  Each keyword must be followed by a colon, spaces
-and tabs, and then the appropriate name.  The name may be terminated
-with a tab, a comma, or a newline.  A space does not end it; node names
-may contain spaces.  The case of letters in the names is insignificant.
-
-   A node name has two forms.  A node in the current file is named by
-what appears after the `Node: ' in that node's first line.  For
-example, this node's name is `Add'.  A node in another file is named by
-`(FILENAME)NODE-WITHIN-FILE', as in `(info)Add' for this node.  If the
-file name is relative, it is taken starting from the standard Info file
-directory of your site.  The name `(FILENAME)Top' can be abbreviated to
-just `(FILENAME)'.  By convention, the name `Top' is used for the
-"highest" node in any single file--the node whose `Up' points out of
-the file.  The Directory node is `(dir)'.  The `Top' node of a document
-file listed in the Directory should have an `Up: (dir)' in it.
-
-   The node name `*' is special: it refers to the entire file.  Thus,
-`g*' shows you the whole current file.  The use of the node `*' is to
-make it possible to make old-fashioned, unstructured files into nodes
-of the tree.
-
-   The `Node:' name, in which a node states its own name, must not
-contain a filename, since Info when searching for a node does not
-expect one to be there.  The `Next', `Previous' and `Up' names may
-contain them.  In this node, since the `Up' node is in the same file,
-it was not necessary to use one.
-
-   Note that the nodes in this file have a file name in the header
-line.  The file names are ignored by Info, but they serve as comments
-to help identify the node for the user.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Menus,  Next: Cross-refs,  Prev: Add,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-How to Create Menus
-===================
-
-   Any node in the Info hierarchy may have a "menu"--a list of subnodes.
-The `m' command searches the current node's menu for the topic which it
-reads from the terminal.
-
-   A menu begins with a line starting with `* Menu:'.  The rest of the
-line is a comment.  After the starting line, every line that begins
-with a `* ' lists a single topic.  The name of the topic-the argument
-that the user must give to the `m' command to select this topic--comes
-right after the star and space, and is followed by a colon, spaces and
-tabs, and the name of the node which discusses that topic.  The node
-name, like node names following `Next', `Previous' and `Up', may be
-terminated with a tab, comma, or newline; it may also be terminated
-with a period.
-
-   If the node name and topic name are the same, than rather than
-giving the name twice, the abbreviation `* NAME::' may be used (and
-should be used, whenever possible, as it reduces the visual clutter in
-the menu).
-
-   It is considerate to choose the topic names so that they differ from
-each other very near the beginning--this allows the user to type short
-abbreviations.  In a long menu, it is a good idea to capitalize the
-beginning of each item name which is the minimum acceptable
-abbreviation for it (a long menu is more than 5 or so entries).
-
-   The nodes listed in a node's menu are called its "subnodes", and it
-is their "superior".  They should each have an `Up:' pointing at the
-superior.  It is often useful to arrange all or most of the subnodes in
-a sequence of `Next' and `Previous' pointers so that someone who wants
-to see them all need not keep revisiting the Menu.
-
-   The Info Directory is simply the menu of the node `(dir)Top'--that
-is, node `Top' in file `.../info/dir'.  You can put new entries in that
-menu just like any other menu.  The Info Directory is *not* the same as
-the file directory called `info'.  It happens that many of Info's files
-live on that file directory, but they do not have to; and files on that
-directory are not automatically listed in the Info Directory node.
-
-   Also, although the Info node graph is claimed to be a "hierarchy",
-in fact it can be *any* directed graph.  Shared structures and pointer
-cycles are perfectly possible, and can be used if they are appropriate
-to the meaning to be expressed.  There is no need for all the nodes in
-a file to form a connected structure.  In fact, this file has two
-connected components.  You are in one of them, which is under the node
-`Top'; the other contains the node `Help' which the `h' command goes
-to.  In fact, since there is no garbage collector, nothing terrible
-happens if a substructure is not pointed to, but such a substructure is
-rather useless since nobody can ever find out that it exists.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Cross-refs,  Next: Tags,  Prev: Menus,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Creating Cross References
-=========================
-
-   A cross reference can be placed anywhere in the text, unlike a menu
-item which must go at the front of a line.  A cross reference looks
-like a menu item except that it has `*note' instead of `*'.  It
-*cannot* be terminated by a `)', because `)''s are so often part of
-node names.  If you wish to enclose a cross reference in parentheses,
-terminate it with a period first.  Here are two examples of cross
-references pointers:
-
-     *Note details: commands.  (See *note 3: Full Proof.)
-
-   They are just examples.  The places they "lead to" do not really
-exist!
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Tags,  Next: Checking,  Prev: Cross-refs,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Tag Tables for Info Files
-=========================
-
-   You can speed up the access to nodes of a large Info file by giving
-it a tag table.  Unlike the tag table for a program, the tag table for
-an Info file lives inside the file itself and is used automatically
-whenever Info reads in the file.
-
-   To make a tag table, go to a node in the file using Emacs Info mode
-and type `M-x Info-tagify'.  Then you must use `C-x C-s' to save the
-file.
-
-   Once the Info file has a tag table, you must make certain it is up
-to date.  If, as a result of deletion of text, any node moves back more
-than a thousand characters in the file from the position recorded in
-the tag table, Info will no longer be able to find that node.  To
-update the tag table, use the `Info-tagify' command again.
-
-   An Info file tag table appears at the end of the file and looks like
-this:
-
-     ^_
-     Tag Table:
-     File: info, Node: Cross-refs^?21419
-     File: info,  Node: Tags^?22145
-     ^_
-     End Tag Table
-
-Note that it contains one line per node, and this line contains the
-beginning of the node's header (ending just after the node name), a DEL
-character, and the character position in the file of the beginning of
-the node.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Checking,  Prev: Tags,  Up: Advanced Info
-
-Checking an Info File
-=====================
-
-   When creating an Info file, it is easy to forget the name of a node
-when you are making a pointer to it from another node.  If you put in
-the wrong name for a node, this is not detected until someone tries to
-go through the pointer using Info.  Verification of the Info file is an
-automatic process which checks all pointers to nodes and reports any
-pointers which are invalid.  Every `Next', `Previous', and `Up' is
-checked, as is every menu item and every cross reference.  In addition,
-any `Next' which does not have a `Previous' pointing back is reported.
-Only pointers within the file are checked, because checking pointers to
-other files would be terribly slow.  But those are usually few.
-
-   To check an Info file, do `M-x Info-validate' while looking at any
-node of the file with Emacs Info mode.
-
-
-File: info.info,  Node: Create an Info File,  Prev: Advanced Info,  Up: Top
-
-Creating an Info File from a Makeinfo file
-******************************************
-
-   `makeinfo' is a utility that converts a Texinfo file into an Info
-file; `texinfo-format-region' and `texinfo-format-buffer' are GNU Emacs
-functions that do the same.
-
-   *Note Creating an Info File: (texinfo)Create an Info File, to learn
-how to create an Info file from a Texinfo file.
-
-   *Note Overview of Texinfo: (texinfo)Top, to learn how to write a
-Texinfo file.
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top913
-Node: Getting Started1431
-Node: Help-Small-Screen2179
-Node: Help3921
-Node: Help-P4949
-Node: Help-^L5811
-Node: Help-M8462
-Node: Help-FOO14030
-Node: Help-Adv14766
-Node: Help-Cross17148
-Node: Help-Q17794
-Node: Advanced Info18434
-Node: Expert19330
-Node: Add21601
-Node: Menus24635
-Node: Cross-refs27509
-Node: Tags28211
-Node: Checking29510
-Node: Create an Info File30434
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/misc/texindex.c b/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/misc/texindex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a88d516..0000000
--- a/gnu/usr.bin/texinfo/misc/texindex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1700 +0,0 @@
-/* Prepare TeX index dribble output into an actual index.
-
-   Version 1.45
-
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
-
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include "getopt.h"
-
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS)
-#  include <string.h>
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-#  if !defined (bzero)
-#    define bzero(p, n) memset((p), '\0', (n))
-#  endif /* !bzero */
-#else /* !STDC_HEADERS */
-extern int errno;
-char *getenv (), *malloc (), *realloc ();
-void bzero ();
-#endif /* !STDC_HEADERS */
-
-#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#  include <unistd.h>
-#else /* !HAVE_UNISTD_H */
-long lseek ();
-#endif /* !HAVE_UNISTD_H */
-
-char *mktemp ();
-
-#if defined (VMS)
-#  if !defined (VAX11C)
-#    define noshare
-#  endif /* !VAX11C */
-#  include <perror.h>
-extern noshare int sys_nerr;
-extern noshare char *sys_errlist[];
-
-#  include <file.h>
-
-#  define TI_NO_ERROR ((1 << 28) | 1)
-#  define TI_FATAL_ERROR ((1 << 28) | 4)
-#  define unlink delete
-
-#else /* !VMS */
-
-extern int sys_nerr;
-extern char *sys_errlist[];
-
-#  if defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H)
-#    include <sys/types.h>
-#    include <sys/fcntl.h>
-#  endif /* HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H */
-
-#  if defined (_AIX) || !defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
-#    include <sys/file.h>
-#  else /* !AIX && _POSIX_VERSION */
-#    if !defined (HAVE_SYS_FCNTL_H)
-#      include <fcntl.h>
-#    endif /* !HAVE_FCNTL_H */
-#  endif /* !_AIX && _POSIX_VERSION */
-#  define TI_NO_ERROR 0
-#  define TI_FATAL_ERROR 1
-#endif /* !VMS */
-
-#if !defined (SEEK_SET)
-#  define SEEK_SET 0
-#  define SEEK_CUR 1
-#  define SEEK_END 2
-#endif /* !SEEK_SET */
-
-/* When sorting in core, this structure describes one line
-   and the position and length of its first keyfield.  */
-struct lineinfo
-{
-  char *text;		/* The actual text of the line. */
-  union {
-    char *text;		/* The start of the key (for textual comparison). */
-    long number;	/* The numeric value (for numeric comparison). */
-  } key;
-  long keylen;		/* Length of KEY field. */
-};
-
-/* This structure describes a field to use as a sort key. */
-struct keyfield
-{
-  int startwords;	/* Number of words to skip. */
-  int startchars;	/* Number of additional chars to skip. */
-  int endwords;		/* Number of words to ignore at end. */
-  int endchars;		/* Ditto for characters of last word. */
-  char ignore_blanks;	/* Non-zero means ignore spaces and tabs. */
-  char fold_case;	/* Non-zero means case doesn't matter. */
-  char reverse;		/* Non-zero means compare in reverse order. */
-  char numeric;		/* Non-zeros means field is ASCII numeric. */
-  char positional;	/* Sort according to file position. */
-  char braced;		/* Count balanced-braced groupings as fields. */
-};
-
-/* Vector of keyfields to use. */
-struct keyfield keyfields[3];
-
-/* Number of keyfields stored in that vector.  */
-int num_keyfields = 3;
-
-/* Vector of input file names, terminated with a null pointer. */
-char **infiles;
-
-/* Vector of corresponding output file names, or NULL, meaning default it
-   (add an `s' to the end). */
-char **outfiles;
-
-/* Length of `infiles'. */
-int num_infiles;
-
-/* Pointer to the array of pointers to lines being sorted. */
-char **linearray;
-
-/* The allocated length of `linearray'. */
-long nlines;
-
-/* Directory to use for temporary files.  On Unix, it ends with a slash.  */
-char *tempdir;
-
-/* Start of filename to use for temporary files.  */
-char *tempbase;
-
-/* Number of last temporary file.  */
-int tempcount;
-
-/* Number of last temporary file already deleted.
-   Temporary files are deleted by `flush_tempfiles' in order of creation.  */
-int last_deleted_tempcount;
-
-/* During in-core sort, this points to the base of the data block
-   which contains all the lines of data.  */
-char *text_base;
-
-/* Additional command switches .*/
-
-/* Nonzero means do not delete tempfiles -- for debugging. */
-int keep_tempfiles;
-
-/* The name this program was run with. */
-char *program_name;
-
-/* Forward declarations of functions in this file. */
-
-void decode_command ();
-void sort_in_core ();
-void sort_offline ();
-char **parsefile ();
-char *find_field ();
-char *find_pos ();
-long find_value ();
-char *find_braced_pos ();
-char *find_braced_end ();
-void writelines ();
-int compare_field ();
-int compare_full ();
-long readline ();
-int merge_files ();
-int merge_direct ();
-void pfatal_with_name ();
-void fatal ();
-void error ();
-void *xmalloc (), *xrealloc ();
-char *concat ();
-char *maketempname ();
-void flush_tempfiles ();
-char *tempcopy ();
-
-#define MAX_IN_CORE_SORT 500000
-
-void
-main (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int i;
-
-  tempcount = 0;
-  last_deleted_tempcount = 0;
-  program_name = argv[0];
-
-  /* Describe the kind of sorting to do. */
-  /* The first keyfield uses the first braced field and folds case. */
-  keyfields[0].braced = 1;
-  keyfields[0].fold_case = 1;
-  keyfields[0].endwords = -1;
-  keyfields[0].endchars = -1;
-
-  /* The second keyfield uses the second braced field, numerically. */
-  keyfields[1].braced = 1;
-  keyfields[1].numeric = 1;
-  keyfields[1].startwords = 1;
-  keyfields[1].endwords = -1;
-  keyfields[1].endchars = -1;
-
-  /* The third keyfield (which is ignored while discarding duplicates)
-     compares the whole line. */
-  keyfields[2].endwords = -1;
-  keyfields[2].endchars = -1;
-
-  decode_command (argc, argv);
-
-  tempbase = mktemp (concat ("txiXXXXXX", "", ""));
-
-  /* Process input files completely, one by one.  */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < num_infiles; i++)
-    {
-      int desc;
-      long ptr;
-      char *outfile;
-
-      desc = open (infiles[i], O_RDONLY, 0);
-      if (desc < 0)
-	pfatal_with_name (infiles[i]);
-      lseek (desc, 0L, SEEK_END);
-      ptr = lseek (desc, 0L, SEEK_CUR);
-
-      close (desc);
-
-      outfile = outfiles[i];
-      if (!outfile)
-	{
-	  outfile = concat (infiles[i], "s", "");
-	}
-
-      if (ptr < MAX_IN_CORE_SORT)
-	/* Sort a small amount of data. */
-	sort_in_core (infiles[i], ptr, outfile);
-      else
-	sort_offline (infiles[i], ptr, outfile);
-    }
-
-  flush_tempfiles (tempcount);
-  exit (TI_NO_ERROR);
-}
-
-void
-usage ()
-{
-  fprintf (stderr, "\
-Usage: %s [-k] infile [-o outfile] ...\n", program_name);
-  exit (1);
-}
-
-/* Decode the command line arguments to set the parameter variables
-   and set up the vector of keyfields and the vector of input files. */
-
-void
-decode_command (argc, argv)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-{
-  int optc;
-  char **ip;
-  char **op;
-
-  /* Store default values into parameter variables. */
-
-  tempdir = getenv ("TMPDIR");
-#ifdef VMS
-  if (tempdir == NULL)
-    tempdir = "sys$scratch:";
-#else
-  if (tempdir == NULL)
-    tempdir = "/tmp/";
-  else
-    tempdir = concat (tempdir, "/", "");
-#endif
-
-  keep_tempfiles = 0;
-
-  /* Allocate ARGC input files, which must be enough.  */
-
-  infiles = (char **) xmalloc (argc * sizeof (char *));
-  outfiles = (char **) xmalloc (argc * sizeof (char *));
-  ip = infiles;
-  op = outfiles;
-
-  while ((optc = getopt (argc, argv, "-ko:")) != EOF)
-    {
-      switch (optc)
-	{
-	case 1:		/* Non-option filename. */
-	  *ip++ = optarg;
-	  *op++ = NULL;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'k':
-	  keep_tempfiles = 1;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'o':
-	  if (op > outfiles)
-	    *(op - 1) = optarg;
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  usage ();
-	}
-    }
-
-  /* Record number of keyfields and terminate list of filenames. */
-  num_infiles = ip - infiles;
-  *ip = 0;
-  if (num_infiles == 0)
-    usage ();
-}
-
-/* Return a name for a temporary file. */
-
-char *
-maketempname (count)
-     int count;
-{
-  char tempsuffix[10];
-  sprintf (tempsuffix, "%d", count);
-  return concat (tempdir, tempbase, tempsuffix);
-}
-
-/* Delete all temporary files up to TO_COUNT. */
-
-void
-flush_tempfiles (to_count)
-     int to_count;
-{
-  if (keep_tempfiles)
-    return;
-  while (last_deleted_tempcount < to_count)
-    unlink (maketempname (++last_deleted_tempcount));
-}
-
-/* Copy the input file open on IDESC into a temporary file
-   and return the temporary file name. */
-
-#define BUFSIZE 1024
-
-char *
-tempcopy (idesc)
-     int idesc;
-{
-  char *outfile = maketempname (++tempcount);
-  int odesc;
-  char buffer[BUFSIZE];
-
-  odesc = open (outfile, O_WRONLY | O_CREAT, 0666);
-
-  if (odesc < 0)
-    pfatal_with_name (outfile);
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int nread = read (idesc, buffer, BUFSIZE);
-      write (odesc, buffer, nread);
-      if (!nread)
-	break;
-    }
-
-  close (odesc);
-
-  return outfile;
-}
-
-/* Compare LINE1 and LINE2 according to the specified set of keyfields. */
-
-int
-compare_full (line1, line2)
-     char **line1, **line2;
-{
-  int i;
-
-  /* Compare using the first keyfield;
-     if that does not distinguish the lines, try the second keyfield;
-     and so on. */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < num_keyfields; i++)
-    {
-      long length1, length2;
-      char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], *line1, &length1);
-      char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], *line2, &length2);
-      int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, *line1 - text_base,
-			       start2, length2, *line2 - text_base);
-      if (tem)
-	{
-	  if (keyfields[i].reverse)
-	    return -tem;
-	  return tem;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 0;			/* Lines match exactly. */
-}
-
-/* Compare LINE1 and LINE2, described by structures
-   in which the first keyfield is identified in advance.
-   For positional sorting, assumes that the order of the lines in core
-   reflects their nominal order.  */
-
-int
-compare_prepared (line1, line2)
-     struct lineinfo *line1, *line2;
-{
-  int i;
-  int tem;
-  char *text1, *text2;
-
-  /* Compare using the first keyfield, which has been found for us already. */
-  if (keyfields->positional)
-    {
-      if (line1->text - text_base > line2->text - text_base)
-	tem = 1;
-      else
-	tem = -1;
-    }
-  else if (keyfields->numeric)
-    tem = line1->key.number - line2->key.number;
-  else
-    tem = compare_field (keyfields, line1->key.text, line1->keylen, 0,
-			 line2->key.text, line2->keylen, 0);
-  if (tem)
-    {
-      if (keyfields->reverse)
-	return -tem;
-      return tem;
-    }
-
-  text1 = line1->text;
-  text2 = line2->text;
-
-  /* Compare using the second keyfield;
-     if that does not distinguish the lines, try the third keyfield;
-     and so on. */
-
-  for (i = 1; i < num_keyfields; i++)
-    {
-      long length1, length2;
-      char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], text1, &length1);
-      char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], text2, &length2);
-      int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, text1 - text_base,
-			       start2, length2, text2 - text_base);
-      if (tem)
-	{
-	  if (keyfields[i].reverse)
-	    return -tem;
-	  return tem;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 0;			/* Lines match exactly. */
-}
-
-/* Like compare_full but more general.
-   You can pass any strings, and you can say how many keyfields to use.
-   POS1 and POS2 should indicate the nominal positional ordering of
-   the two lines in the input.  */
-
-int
-compare_general (str1, str2, pos1, pos2, use_keyfields)
-     char *str1, *str2;
-     long pos1, pos2;
-     int use_keyfields;
-{
-  int i;
-
-  /* Compare using the first keyfield;
-     if that does not distinguish the lines, try the second keyfield;
-     and so on. */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < use_keyfields; i++)
-    {
-      long length1, length2;
-      char *start1 = find_field (&keyfields[i], str1, &length1);
-      char *start2 = find_field (&keyfields[i], str2, &length2);
-      int tem = compare_field (&keyfields[i], start1, length1, pos1,
-			       start2, length2, pos2);
-      if (tem)
-	{
-	  if (keyfields[i].reverse)
-	    return -tem;
-	  return tem;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return 0;			/* Lines match exactly. */
-}
-
-/* Find the start and length of a field in STR according to KEYFIELD.
-   A pointer to the starting character is returned, and the length
-   is stored into the int that LENGTHPTR points to.  */
-
-char *
-find_field (keyfield, str, lengthptr)
-     struct keyfield *keyfield;
-     char *str;
-     long *lengthptr;
-{
-  char *start;
-  char *end;
-  char *(*fun) ();
-
-  if (keyfield->braced)
-    fun = find_braced_pos;
-  else
-    fun = find_pos;
-
-  start = (*fun) (str, keyfield->startwords, keyfield->startchars,
-		  keyfield->ignore_blanks);
-  if (keyfield->endwords < 0)
-    {
-      if (keyfield->braced)
-	end = find_braced_end (start);
-      else
-	{
-	  end = start;
-	  while (*end && *end != '\n')
-	    end++;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      end = (*fun) (str, keyfield->endwords, keyfield->endchars, 0);
-      if (end - str < start - str)
-	end = start;
-    }
-  *lengthptr = end - start;
-  return start;
-}
-
-/* Return a pointer to a specified place within STR,
-   skipping (from the beginning) WORDS words and then CHARS chars.
-   If IGNORE_BLANKS is nonzero, we skip all blanks
-   after finding the specified word.  */
-
-char *
-find_pos (str, words, chars, ignore_blanks)
-     char *str;
-     int words, chars;
-     int ignore_blanks;
-{
-  int i;
-  char *p = str;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < words; i++)
-    {
-      char c;
-      /* Find next bunch of nonblanks and skip them. */
-      while ((c = *p) == ' ' || c == '\t')
-	p++;
-      while ((c = *p) && c != '\n' && !(c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
-	p++;
-      if (!*p || *p == '\n')
-	return p;
-    }
-
-  while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
-    p++;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < chars; i++)
-    {
-      if (!*p || *p == '\n')
-	break;
-      p++;
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Like find_pos but assumes that each field is surrounded by braces
-   and that braces within fields are balanced. */
-
-char *
-find_braced_pos (str, words, chars, ignore_blanks)
-     char *str;
-     int words, chars;
-     int ignore_blanks;
-{
-  int i;
-  int bracelevel;
-  char *p = str;
-  char c;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < words; i++)
-    {
-      bracelevel = 1;
-      while ((c = *p++) != '{' && c != '\n' && c)
-	/* Do nothing. */ ;
-      if (c != '{')
-	return p - 1;
-      while (bracelevel)
-	{
-	  c = *p++;
-	  if (c == '{')
-	    bracelevel++;
-	  if (c == '}')
-	    bracelevel--;
-	  if (c == 0 || c == '\n')
-	    return p - 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  while ((c = *p++) != '{' && c != '\n' && c)
-    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-
-  if (c != '{')
-    return p - 1;
-
-  if (ignore_blanks)
-    while ((c = *p) == ' ' || c == '\t')
-      p++;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < chars; i++)
-    {
-      if (!*p || *p == '\n')
-	break;
-      p++;
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Find the end of the balanced-brace field which starts at STR.
-   The position returned is just before the closing brace. */
-
-char *
-find_braced_end (str)
-     char *str;
-{
-  int bracelevel;
-  char *p = str;
-  char c;
-
-  bracelevel = 1;
-  while (bracelevel)
-    {
-      c = *p++;
-      if (c == '{')
-	bracelevel++;
-      if (c == '}')
-	bracelevel--;
-      if (c == 0 || c == '\n')
-	return p - 1;
-    }
-  return p - 1;
-}
-
-long
-find_value (start, length)
-     char *start;
-     long length;
-{
-  while (length != 0L)
-    {
-      if (isdigit (*start))
-	return atol (start);
-      length--;
-      start++;
-    }
-  return 0l;
-}
-
-/* Vector used to translate characters for comparison.
-   This is how we make all alphanumerics follow all else,
-   and ignore case in the first sorting.  */
-int char_order[256];
-
-void
-init_char_order ()
-{
-  int i;
-  for (i = 1; i < 256; i++)
-    char_order[i] = i;
-
-  for (i = '0'; i <= '9'; i++)
-    char_order[i] += 512;
-
-  for (i = 'a'; i <= 'z'; i++)
-    {
-      char_order[i] = 512 + i;
-      char_order[i + 'A' - 'a'] = 512 + i;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Compare two fields (each specified as a start pointer and a character count)
-   according to KEYFIELD.
-   The sign of the value reports the relation between the fields. */
-
-int
-compare_field (keyfield, start1, length1, pos1, start2, length2, pos2)
-     struct keyfield *keyfield;
-     char *start1;
-     long length1;
-     long pos1;
-     char *start2;
-     long length2;
-     long pos2;
-{
-  if (keyfields->positional)
-    {
-      if (pos1 > pos2)
-	return 1;
-      else
-	return -1;
-    }
-  if (keyfield->numeric)
-    {
-      long value = find_value (start1, length1) - find_value (start2, length2);
-      if (value > 0)
-	return 1;
-      if (value < 0)
-	return -1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      char *p1 = start1;
-      char *p2 = start2;
-      char *e1 = start1 + length1;
-      char *e2 = start2 + length2;
-
-      while (1)
-	{
-	  int c1, c2;
-
-	  if (p1 == e1)
-	    c1 = 0;
-	  else
-	    c1 = *p1++;
-	  if (p2 == e2)
-	    c2 = 0;
-	  else
-	    c2 = *p2++;
-
-	  if (char_order[c1] != char_order[c2])
-	    return char_order[c1] - char_order[c2];
-	  if (!c1)
-	    break;
-	}
-
-      /* Strings are equal except possibly for case.  */
-      p1 = start1;
-      p2 = start2;
-      while (1)
-	{
-	  int c1, c2;
-
-	  if (p1 == e1)
-	    c1 = 0;
-	  else
-	    c1 = *p1++;
-	  if (p2 == e2)
-	    c2 = 0;
-	  else
-	    c2 = *p2++;
-
-	  if (c1 != c2)
-	    /* Reverse sign here so upper case comes out last.  */
-	    return c2 - c1;
-	  if (!c1)
-	    break;
-	}
-
-      return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-/* A `struct linebuffer' is a structure which holds a line of text.
-   `readline' reads a line from a stream into a linebuffer
-   and works regardless of the length of the line.  */
-
-struct linebuffer
-{
-  long size;
-  char *buffer;
-};
-
-/* Initialize LINEBUFFER for use. */
-
-void
-initbuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
-{
-  linebuffer->size = 200;
-  linebuffer->buffer = (char *) xmalloc (200);
-}
-
-/* Read a line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
-   Return the length of the line.  */
-
-long
-readline (linebuffer, stream)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
-     FILE *stream;
-{
-  char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
-  char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
-  char *end = p + linebuffer->size;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      int c = getc (stream);
-      if (p == end)
-	{
-	  buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size *= 2);
-	  p += buffer - linebuffer->buffer;
-	  end += buffer - linebuffer->buffer;
-	  linebuffer->buffer = buffer;
-	}
-      if (c < 0 || c == '\n')
-	{
-	  *p = 0;
-	  break;
-	}
-      *p++ = c;
-    }
-
-  return p - buffer;
-}
-
-/* Sort an input file too big to sort in core.  */
-
-void
-sort_offline (infile, nfiles, total, outfile)
-     char *infile;
-     int nfiles;
-     long total;
-     char *outfile;
-{
-  /* More than enough. */
-  int ntemps = 2 * (total + MAX_IN_CORE_SORT - 1) / MAX_IN_CORE_SORT;
-  char **tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (ntemps * sizeof (char *));
-  FILE *istream = fopen (infile, "r");
-  int i;
-  struct linebuffer lb;
-  long linelength;
-  int failure = 0;
-
-  initbuffer (&lb);
-
-  /* Read in one line of input data.  */
-
-  linelength = readline (&lb, istream);
-
-  if (lb.buffer[0] != '\\' && lb.buffer[0] != '@')
-    {
-      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Split up the input into `ntemps' temporary files, or maybe fewer,
-     and put the new files' names into `tempfiles' */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++)
-    {
-      char *outname = maketempname (++tempcount);
-      FILE *ostream = fopen (outname, "w");
-      long tempsize = 0;
-
-      if (!ostream)
-	pfatal_with_name (outname);
-      tempfiles[i] = outname;
-
-      /* Copy lines into this temp file as long as it does not make file
-	 "too big" or until there are no more lines.  */
-
-      while (tempsize + linelength + 1 <= MAX_IN_CORE_SORT)
-	{
-	  tempsize += linelength + 1;
-	  fputs (lb.buffer, ostream);
-	  putc ('\n', ostream);
-
-	  /* Read another line of input data.  */
-
-	  linelength = readline (&lb, istream);
-	  if (!linelength && feof (istream))
-	    break;
-
-	  if (lb.buffer[0] != '\\' && lb.buffer[0] != '@')
-	    {
-	      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
-	      failure = 1;
-	      goto fail;
-	    }
-	}
-      fclose (ostream);
-      if (feof (istream))
-	break;
-    }
-
-  free (lb.buffer);
-
-fail:
-  /* Record number of temp files we actually needed.  */
-
-  ntemps = i;
-
-  /* Sort each tempfile into another tempfile.
-    Delete the first set of tempfiles and put the names of the second
-    into `tempfiles'. */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++)
-    {
-      char *newtemp = maketempname (++tempcount);
-      sort_in_core (&tempfiles[i], MAX_IN_CORE_SORT, newtemp);
-      if (!keep_tempfiles)
-	unlink (tempfiles[i]);
-      tempfiles[i] = newtemp;
-    }
-
-  if (failure)
-    return;
-
-  /* Merge the tempfiles together and indexify. */
-
-  merge_files (tempfiles, ntemps, outfile);
-}
-
-/* Sort INFILE, whose size is TOTAL,
-   assuming that is small enough to be done in-core,
-   then indexify it and send the output to OUTFILE (or to stdout).  */
-
-void
-sort_in_core (infile, total, outfile)
-     char *infile;
-     long total;
-     char *outfile;
-{
-  char **nextline;
-  char *data = (char *) xmalloc (total + 1);
-  char *file_data;
-  long file_size;
-  int i;
-  FILE *ostream = stdout;
-  struct lineinfo *lineinfo;
-
-  /* Read the contents of the file into the moby array `data'. */
-
-  int desc = open (infile, O_RDONLY, 0);
-
-  if (desc < 0)
-    fatal ("failure reopening %s", infile);
-  for (file_size = 0;;)
-    {
-      i = read (desc, data + file_size, total - file_size);
-      if (i <= 0)
-	break;
-      file_size += i;
-    }
-  file_data = data;
-  data[file_size] = 0;
-
-  close (desc);
-
-  if (file_size > 0 && data[0] != '\\' && data[0] != '@')
-    {
-      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  init_char_order ();
-
-  /* Sort routines want to know this address. */
-
-  text_base = data;
-
-  /* Create the array of pointers to lines, with a default size
-     frequently enough.  */
-
-  nlines = total / 50;
-  if (!nlines)
-    nlines = 2;
-  linearray = (char **) xmalloc (nlines * sizeof (char *));
-
-  /* `nextline' points to the next free slot in this array.
-     `nlines' is the allocated size.  */
-
-  nextline = linearray;
-
-  /* Parse the input file's data, and make entries for the lines.  */
-
-  nextline = parsefile (infile, nextline, file_data, file_size);
-  if (nextline == 0)
-    {
-      error ("%s: not a texinfo index file", infile);
-      return;
-    }
-
-  /* Sort the lines. */
-
-  /* If we have enough space, find the first keyfield of each line in advance.
-     Make a `struct lineinfo' for each line, which records the keyfield
-     as well as the line, and sort them.  */
-
-  lineinfo = (struct lineinfo *) malloc ((nextline - linearray) * sizeof (struct lineinfo));
-
-  if (lineinfo)
-    {
-      struct lineinfo *lp;
-      char **p;
-
-      for (lp = lineinfo, p = linearray; p != nextline; lp++, p++)
-	{
-	  lp->text = *p;
-	  lp->key.text = find_field (keyfields, *p, &lp->keylen);
-	  if (keyfields->numeric)
-	    lp->key.number = find_value (lp->key.text, lp->keylen);
-	}
-
-      qsort (lineinfo, nextline - linearray, sizeof (struct lineinfo), compare_prepared);
-
-      for (lp = lineinfo, p = linearray; p != nextline; lp++, p++)
-	*p = lp->text;
-
-      free (lineinfo);
-    }
-  else
-    qsort (linearray, nextline - linearray, sizeof (char *), compare_full);
-
-  /* Open the output file. */
-
-  if (outfile)
-    {
-      ostream = fopen (outfile, "w");
-      if (!ostream)
-	pfatal_with_name (outfile);
-    }
-
-  writelines (linearray, nextline - linearray, ostream);
-  if (outfile)
-    fclose (ostream);
-
-  free (linearray);
-  free (data);
-}
-
-/* Parse an input string in core into lines.
-   DATA is the input string, and SIZE is its length.
-   Data goes in LINEARRAY starting at NEXTLINE.
-   The value returned is the first entry in LINEARRAY still unused.
-   Value 0 means input file contents are invalid.  */
-
-char **
-parsefile (filename, nextline, data, size)
-     char *filename;
-     char **nextline;
-     char *data;
-     long size;
-{
-  char *p, *end;
-  char **line = nextline;
-
-  p = data;
-  end = p + size;
-  *end = 0;
-
-  while (p != end)
-    {
-      if (p[0] != '\\' && p[0] != '@')
-	return 0;
-
-      *line = p;
-      while (*p && *p != '\n')
-	p++;
-      if (p != end)
-	p++;
-
-      line++;
-      if (line == linearray + nlines)
-	{
-	  char **old = linearray;
-	  linearray = (char **) xrealloc (linearray, sizeof (char *) * (nlines *= 4));
-	  line += linearray - old;
-	}
-    }
-
-  return line;
-}
-
-/* Indexification is a filter applied to the sorted lines
-   as they are being written to the output file.
-   Multiple entries for the same name, with different page numbers,
-   get combined into a single entry with multiple page numbers.
-   The first braced field, which is used for sorting, is discarded.
-   However, its first character is examined, folded to lower case,
-   and if it is different from that in the previous line fed to us
-   a \initial line is written with one argument, the new initial.
-
-   If an entry has four braced fields, then the second and third
-   constitute primary and secondary names.
-   In this case, each change of primary name
-   generates a \primary line which contains only the primary name,
-   and in between these are \secondary lines which contain
-   just a secondary name and page numbers. */
-
-/* The last primary name we wrote a \primary entry for.
-   If only one level of indexing is being done, this is the last name seen. */
-char *lastprimary;
-/* Length of storage allocated for lastprimary. */
-int lastprimarylength;
-
-/* Similar, for the secondary name. */
-char *lastsecondary;
-int lastsecondarylength;
-
-/* Zero if we are not in the middle of writing an entry.
-   One if we have written the beginning of an entry but have not
-   yet written any page numbers into it.
-   Greater than one if we have written the beginning of an entry
-   plus at least one page number. */
-int pending;
-
-/* The initial (for sorting purposes) of the last primary entry written.
-   When this changes, a \initial {c} line is written */
-
-char *lastinitial;
-
-int lastinitiallength;
-
-/* When we need a string of length 1 for the value of lastinitial,
-   store it here.  */
-
-char lastinitial1[2];
-
-/* Initialize static storage for writing an index. */
-
-void
-init_index ()
-{
-  pending = 0;
-  lastinitial = lastinitial1;
-  lastinitial1[0] = 0;
-  lastinitial1[1] = 0;
-  lastinitiallength = 0;
-  lastprimarylength = 100;
-  lastprimary = (char *) xmalloc (lastprimarylength + 1);
-  bzero (lastprimary, lastprimarylength + 1);
-  lastsecondarylength = 100;
-  lastsecondary = (char *) xmalloc (lastsecondarylength + 1);
-  bzero (lastsecondary, lastsecondarylength + 1);
-}
-
-/* Indexify.  Merge entries for the same name,
-   insert headers for each initial character, etc.  */
-
-void
-indexify (line, ostream)
-     char *line;
-     FILE *ostream;
-{
-  char *primary, *secondary, *pagenumber;
-  int primarylength, secondarylength = 0, pagelength;
-  int nosecondary;
-  int initiallength;
-  char *initial;
-  char initial1[2];
-  register char *p;
-
-  /* First, analyze the parts of the entry fed to us this time. */
-
-  p = find_braced_pos (line, 0, 0, 0);
-  if (*p == '{')
-    {
-      initial = p;
-      /* Get length of inner pair of braces starting at `p',
-	 including that inner pair of braces.  */
-      initiallength = find_braced_end (p + 1) + 1 - p;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      initial = initial1;
-      initial1[0] = *p;
-      initial1[1] = 0;
-      initiallength = 1;
-
-      if (initial1[0] >= 'a' && initial1[0] <= 'z')
-	initial1[0] -= 040;
-    }
-
-  pagenumber = find_braced_pos (line, 1, 0, 0);
-  pagelength = find_braced_end (pagenumber) - pagenumber;
-  if (pagelength == 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  primary = find_braced_pos (line, 2, 0, 0);
-  primarylength = find_braced_end (primary) - primary;
-
-  secondary = find_braced_pos (line, 3, 0, 0);
-  nosecondary = !*secondary;
-  if (!nosecondary)
-    secondarylength = find_braced_end (secondary) - secondary;
-
-  /* If the primary is different from before, make a new primary entry. */
-  if (strncmp (primary, lastprimary, primarylength))
-    {
-      /* Close off current secondary entry first, if one is open. */
-      if (pending)
-	{
-	  fputs ("}\n", ostream);
-	  pending = 0;
-	}
-
-      /* If this primary has a different initial, include an entry for
-	 the initial. */
-      if (initiallength != lastinitiallength ||
-	  strncmp (initial, lastinitial, initiallength))
-	{
-	  fprintf (ostream, "\\initial {");
-	  fwrite (initial, 1, initiallength, ostream);
-	  fprintf (ostream, "}\n", initial);
-	  if (initial == initial1)
-	    {
-	      lastinitial = lastinitial1;
-	      *lastinitial1 = *initial1;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      lastinitial = initial;
-	    }
-	  lastinitiallength = initiallength;
-	}
-
-      /* Make the entry for the primary.  */
-      if (nosecondary)
-	fputs ("\\entry {", ostream);
-      else
-	fputs ("\\primary {", ostream);
-      fwrite (primary, primarylength, 1, ostream);
-      if (nosecondary)
-	{
-	  fputs ("}{", ostream);
-	  pending = 1;
-	}
-      else
-	fputs ("}\n", ostream);
-
-      /* Record name of most recent primary. */
-      if (lastprimarylength < primarylength)
-	{
-	  lastprimarylength = primarylength + 100;
-	  lastprimary = (char *) xrealloc (lastprimary,
-					   1 + lastprimarylength);
-	}
-      strncpy (lastprimary, primary, primarylength);
-      lastprimary[primarylength] = 0;
-
-      /* There is no current secondary within this primary, now. */
-      lastsecondary[0] = 0;
-    }
-
-  /* Should not have an entry with no subtopic following one with a subtopic. */
-
-  if (nosecondary && *lastsecondary)
-    error ("entry %s follows an entry with a secondary name", line);
-
-  /* Start a new secondary entry if necessary. */
-  if (!nosecondary && strncmp (secondary, lastsecondary, secondarylength))
-    {
-      if (pending)
-	{
-	  fputs ("}\n", ostream);
-	  pending = 0;
-	}
-
-      /* Write the entry for the secondary.  */
-      fputs ("\\secondary {", ostream);
-      fwrite (secondary, secondarylength, 1, ostream);
-      fputs ("}{", ostream);
-      pending = 1;
-
-      /* Record name of most recent secondary. */
-      if (lastsecondarylength < secondarylength)
-	{
-	  lastsecondarylength = secondarylength + 100;
-	  lastsecondary = (char *) xrealloc (lastsecondary,
-					     1 + lastsecondarylength);
-	}
-      strncpy (lastsecondary, secondary, secondarylength);
-      lastsecondary[secondarylength] = 0;
-    }
-
-  /* Here to add one more page number to the current entry. */
-  if (pending++ != 1)
-    fputs (", ", ostream);	/* Punctuate first, if this is not the first. */
-  fwrite (pagenumber, pagelength, 1, ostream);
-}
-
-/* Close out any unfinished output entry. */
-
-void
-finish_index (ostream)
-     FILE *ostream;
-{
-  if (pending)
-    fputs ("}\n", ostream);
-  free (lastprimary);
-  free (lastsecondary);
-}
-
-/* Copy the lines in the sorted order.
-   Each line is copied out of the input file it was found in. */
-
-void
-writelines (linearray, nlines, ostream)
-     char **linearray;
-     int nlines;
-     FILE *ostream;
-{
-  char **stop_line = linearray + nlines;
-  char **next_line;
-
-  init_index ();
-
-  /* Output the text of the lines, and free the buffer space. */
-
-  for (next_line = linearray; next_line != stop_line; next_line++)
-    {
-      /* If -u was specified, output the line only if distinct from previous one.  */
-      if (next_line == linearray
-      /* Compare previous line with this one, using only the
-         explicitly specd keyfields. */
-	  || compare_general (*(next_line - 1), *next_line, 0L, 0L, num_keyfields - 1))
-	{
-	  char *p = *next_line;
-	  char c;
-
-	  while ((c = *p++) && c != '\n')
-	    /* Do nothing. */ ;
-	  *(p - 1) = 0;
-	  indexify (*next_line, ostream);
-	}
-    }
-
-  finish_index (ostream);
-}
-
-/* Assume (and optionally verify) that each input file is sorted;
-   merge them and output the result.
-   Returns nonzero if any input file fails to be sorted.
-
-   This is the high-level interface that can handle an unlimited
-   number of files.  */
-
-#define MAX_DIRECT_MERGE 10
-
-int
-merge_files (infiles, nfiles, outfile)
-     char **infiles;
-     int nfiles;
-     char *outfile;
-{
-  char **tempfiles;
-  int ntemps;
-  int i;
-  int value = 0;
-  int start_tempcount = tempcount;
-
-  if (nfiles <= MAX_DIRECT_MERGE)
-    return merge_direct (infiles, nfiles, outfile);
-
-  /* Merge groups of MAX_DIRECT_MERGE input files at a time,
-     making a temporary file to hold each group's result.  */
-
-  ntemps = (nfiles + MAX_DIRECT_MERGE - 1) / MAX_DIRECT_MERGE;
-  tempfiles = (char **) xmalloc (ntemps * sizeof (char *));
-  for (i = 0; i < ntemps; i++)
-    {
-      int nf = MAX_DIRECT_MERGE;
-      if (i + 1 == ntemps)
-	nf = nfiles - i * MAX_DIRECT_MERGE;
-      tempfiles[i] = maketempname (++tempcount);
-      value |= merge_direct (&infiles[i * MAX_DIRECT_MERGE], nf, tempfiles[i]);
-    }
-
-  /* All temporary files that existed before are no longer needed
-     since their contents have been merged into our new tempfiles.
-     So delete them.  */
-  flush_tempfiles (start_tempcount);
-
-  /* Now merge the temporary files we created.  */
-
-  merge_files (tempfiles, ntemps, outfile);
-
-  free (tempfiles);
-
-  return value;
-}
-
-/* Assume (and optionally verify) that each input file is sorted;
-   merge them and output the result.
-   Returns nonzero if any input file fails to be sorted.
-
-   This version of merging will not work if the number of
-   input files gets too high.  Higher level functions
-   use it only with a bounded number of input files.  */
-
-int
-merge_direct (infiles, nfiles, outfile)
-     char **infiles;
-     int nfiles;
-     char *outfile;
-{
-  struct linebuffer *lb1, *lb2;
-  struct linebuffer **thisline, **prevline;
-  FILE **streams;
-  int i;
-  int nleft;
-  int lossage = 0;
-  int *file_lossage;
-  struct linebuffer *prev_out = 0;
-  FILE *ostream = stdout;
-
-  if (outfile)
-    {
-      ostream = fopen (outfile, "w");
-    }
-  if (!ostream)
-    pfatal_with_name (outfile);
-
-  init_index ();
-
-  if (nfiles == 0)
-    {
-      if (outfile)
-	fclose (ostream);
-      return 0;
-    }
-
-  /* For each file, make two line buffers.
-     Also, for each file, there is an element of `thisline'
-     which points at any time to one of the file's two buffers,
-     and an element of `prevline' which points to the other buffer.
-     `thisline' is supposed to point to the next available line from the file,
-     while `prevline' holds the last file line used,
-     which is remembered so that we can verify that the file is properly sorted. */
-
-  /* lb1 and lb2 contain one buffer each per file. */
-  lb1 = (struct linebuffer *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer));
-  lb2 = (struct linebuffer *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer));
-
-  /* thisline[i] points to the linebuffer holding the next available line in file i,
-     or is zero if there are no lines left in that file.  */
-  thisline = (struct linebuffer **)
-    xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer *));
-  /* prevline[i] points to the linebuffer holding the last used line
-     from file i.  This is just for verifying that file i is properly
-     sorted.  */
-  prevline = (struct linebuffer **)
-    xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (struct linebuffer *));
-  /* streams[i] holds the input stream for file i.  */
-  streams = (FILE **) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (FILE *));
-  /* file_lossage[i] is nonzero if we already know file i is not
-     properly sorted.  */
-  file_lossage = (int *) xmalloc (nfiles * sizeof (int));
-
-  /* Allocate and initialize all that storage. */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
-    {
-      initbuffer (&lb1[i]);
-      initbuffer (&lb2[i]);
-      thisline[i] = &lb1[i];
-      prevline[i] = &lb2[i];
-      file_lossage[i] = 0;
-      streams[i] = fopen (infiles[i], "r");
-      if (!streams[i])
-	pfatal_with_name (infiles[i]);
-
-      readline (thisline[i], streams[i]);
-    }
-
-  /* Keep count of number of files not at eof. */
-  nleft = nfiles;
-
-  while (nleft)
-    {
-      struct linebuffer *best = 0;
-      struct linebuffer *exch;
-      int bestfile = -1;
-      int i;
-
-      /* Look at the next avail line of each file; choose the least one.  */
-
-      for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
-	{
-	  if (thisline[i] &&
-	      (!best ||
-	       0 < compare_general (best->buffer, thisline[i]->buffer,
-				 (long) bestfile, (long) i, num_keyfields)))
-	    {
-	      best = thisline[i];
-	      bestfile = i;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* Output that line, unless it matches the previous one and we
-	 don't want duplicates. */
-
-      if (!(prev_out &&
-	    !compare_general (prev_out->buffer,
-			      best->buffer, 0L, 1L, num_keyfields - 1)))
-	indexify (best->buffer, ostream);
-      prev_out = best;
-
-      /* Now make the line the previous of its file, and fetch a new
-	 line from that file.  */
-
-      exch = prevline[bestfile];
-      prevline[bestfile] = thisline[bestfile];
-      thisline[bestfile] = exch;
-
-      while (1)
-	{
-	  /* If the file has no more, mark it empty. */
-
-	  if (feof (streams[bestfile]))
-	    {
-	      thisline[bestfile] = 0;
-	      /* Update the number of files still not empty. */
-	      nleft--;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  readline (thisline[bestfile], streams[bestfile]);
-	  if (thisline[bestfile]->buffer[0] || !feof (streams[bestfile]))
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-  finish_index (ostream);
-
-  /* Free all storage and close all input streams. */
-
-  for (i = 0; i < nfiles; i++)
-    {
-      fclose (streams[i]);
-      free (lb1[i].buffer);
-      free (lb2[i].buffer);
-    }
-  free (file_lossage);
-  free (lb1);
-  free (lb2);
-  free (thisline);
-  free (prevline);
-  free (streams);
-
-  if (outfile)
-    fclose (ostream);
-
-  return lossage;
-}
-
-/* Print error message and exit.  */
-
-void
-fatal (s1, s2)
-     char *s1, *s2;
-{
-  error (s1, s2);
-  exit (TI_FATAL_ERROR);
-}
-
-/* Print error message.  S1 is printf control string, S2 is arg for it. */
-
-void
-error (s1, s2)
-     char *s1, *s2;
-{
-  printf ("%s: ", program_name);
-  printf (s1, s2);
-  printf ("\n");
-}
-
-void
-perror_with_name (name)
-     char *name;
-{
-  char *s;
-
-  if (errno < sys_nerr)
-    s = concat ("", sys_errlist[errno], " for %s");
-  else
-    s = "cannot open %s";
-  error (s, name);
-}
-
-void
-pfatal_with_name (name)
-     char *name;
-{
-  char *s;
-
-  if (errno < sys_nerr)
-    s = concat ("", sys_errlist[errno], " for %s");
-  else
-    s = "cannot open %s";
-  fatal (s, name);
-}
-
-/* Return a newly-allocated string whose contents concatenate those of
-   S1, S2, S3.  */
-
-char *
-concat (s1, s2, s3)
-     char *s1, *s2, *s3;
-{
-  int len1 = strlen (s1), len2 = strlen (s2), len3 = strlen (s3);
-  char *result = (char *) xmalloc (len1 + len2 + len3 + 1);
-
-  strcpy (result, s1);
-  strcpy (result + len1, s2);
-  strcpy (result + len1 + len2, s3);
-  *(result + len1 + len2 + len3) = 0;
-
-  return result;
-}
-
-/* Just like malloc, but kills the program in case of fatal error. */
-void *
-xmalloc (nbytes)
-     int nbytes;
-{
-  void *temp = (void *) malloc (nbytes);
-
-  if (nbytes && temp == (void *)NULL)
-    memory_error ("xmalloc", nbytes);
-
-  return (temp);
-}
-
-/* Like realloc (), but barfs if there isn't enough memory. */
-void *
-xrealloc (pointer, nbytes)
-     void *pointer;
-     int nbytes;
-{
-  void *temp;
-
-  if (!pointer)
-    temp = (void *)xmalloc (nbytes);
-  else
-    temp = (void *)realloc (pointer, nbytes);
-
-  if (nbytes && !temp)
-    memory_error ("xrealloc", nbytes);
-
-  return (temp);
-}
-
-memory_error (callers_name, bytes_wanted)
-     char *callers_name;
-     int bytes_wanted;
-{
-  char printable_string[80];
-
-  sprintf (printable_string,
-	   "Virtual memory exhausted in %s ()!  Needed %d bytes.",
-	   callers_name, bytes_wanted);
-
-  error (printable_string);
-  abort ();
-}
-
-#ifndef STDC_HEADERS
-void
-bzero (b, length)
-     register char *b;
-     register int length;
-{
-#ifdef VMS
-  short zero = 0;
-  long max_str = 65535;
-
-  while (length > max_str)
-    {
-      (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &max_str, b);
-      length -= max_str;
-      b += max_str;
-    }
-  (void) LIB$MOVC5 (&zero, &zero, &zero, &length, b);
-#else
-  while (length-- > 0)
-    *b++ = 0;
-#endif /* not VMS */
-}
-#endif /* not STDC_HEADERS */